WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Structure Of Atom Questions And Answers

Structure Of Atom Long Questions and Answers

Structure of Atom Questions: 1. Which one of the following is associated with Ans. A = A Broglie wave of longer wavelength—a proton or an I electron moving with the same velocity?
Answer: \(\lambda=\frac{h}{m v}\)

∴ \(\frac{\lambda_p}{\lambda_e}=\frac{m_e}{m_p} \text { Since } m_p>m_{e^{\prime}}\)

∴ \(\lambda_e>\lambda_p\)

Question 2. Mention the difference in angular momentum of the electron belonging to 3p and 4p -subshell.
Answer: In the case of p -p-orbitals, the value of the azimuthal quantum number Is 1. Hut the magnitude of angular momentum of an electron present in any subshell depends on the value of l. It is Independent ofthe value of the principal quantum number n. Orbital angular momentum \(=\sqrt{l(l+1)} \times \frac{h}{2 \pi}\)

Thus, there is no difference in angular momentum of the electrons belonging to 3p and 4p -subshells.

Question 3. Are the differences in energy between successive energy levels of a hydrogen-like atom the same? Explain.
Answer: No, the differences are not the same. The energy of an electron revolving in ‘ n ‘th orbit, En \(=-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{n^2 h^2}\)

Hence, the difference in energy between first (n = 1) and second (n = 2) shell, \(E_1-E_2=-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{h^2}\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{2^2}\right)=-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{h^2} \times \frac{3}{4}\)

Similarly \(\begin{aligned}
E_2-E_3 & =-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{h^2}\left(\frac{1}{2^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right) \\
& =-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{h^2} \times \frac{5}{36}
\end{aligned}\)

Obviously, E1- E2±E2- E3

Question 4. Energy by associated the expression, with the \(E_n=-\frac{13.6}{n^2} \mathrm{eV}\) orbite V of. Show-atom \(E_{(n+I)}-E_n=\frac{13.6 \times 2}{n^3} \mathrm{eV},\)
Answer: \(E_{(n+1)}-E_n=\left[-\frac{13.6}{(n+1)^2}-\left(-\frac{13.6}{n^2}\right)\right]\)

\(=\left[\frac{13.6}{n^2}-\frac{13.6}{(n+1)^2}\right] \mathrm{eV}=\frac{13.6(2 n+1)}{n^2(n+1)^2}\)

If the value of n is very large, then (2n + 1)= 2n and

\((n+1) \approx n \quad\)

∴ \(E_{(n+1)}-E_n=\frac{13.6 \times 2 n}{n^2 \times n^2}=\frac{13.6 \times 2}{n^3} \mathrm{eV}\)

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 5. de Broglie wavelength of the wave associated with a moving electron and a proton are equal. Show the velocity of the electron is greater than that of the proton.
Answer: According to de-Broglie’s theory applicable to microscopic particles like electron-\(\lambda=\frac{h}{m v}\)[m =maSsofthe moving particle, v = velocity ofthe moving particle].

Now if the mass and velocity of the electron are me and ve and the mass and velocity of the proton are mp and vp respectively then according to the question

\(\frac{h}{m_e v_e}=\lambda=\frac{h}{m_p v_p}\)

∴ \(m_e v_e=m_p v_p \quad \text { or, } \frac{v_e}{v_p}=\frac{m_p}{m_e}\)

But, mp > me so, ve > vp (proved)

Question 6. Calculate the accelerating potential that must be applied on a proton beam to give it an effective wavelength of 0.005 nm.
Answer: \(\lambda=\frac{h}{m v}=\frac{6.626 \times 10^{-34}}{1.67 \times 10^{-27} \times v}\)

∴ v = 7.94 x 104m.s-1

If the accelerating potential is V volts, then energy acquired by the proton =eV. This becomes the kinetic energy ofthe proton.

Hence \(e V=\frac{1}{2} m v^2\)

\(e V=\frac{1}{2} m v^2\)

∴ v=32.8v

Question 7. The second line of the Lyman series of H-atom coincides with the sixth line of the Paschen series of an ionic species ‘X. Identify ‘X. (Suppose the value of the Rydberg constant, R is the same in both cases)
Answer: For the second line of the Lyman series of H-atom,

\(\bar{v}=R\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right)\)

For the sixth line of the Paschen series of the species ‘X with atomic number Z, v \(=R Z^2\left(\frac{1}{3^2}-\frac{1}{9^2}\right)\)

Since the Second Line Of Lyman Seriea Coincides With The Sixth Line Of the Paschen Series Of The Species X We Can equate

\(R\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right)=R Z^2\left(\frac{1}{3^2}-\frac{1}{9^2}\right)\) \(\frac{8}{9}=Z^2 \times \frac{8}{81} \quad \text { or, } Z^2=9\)

Z = 3

∴ The Ionic Spec ies Would Be Li2+

Question 8. An element of atomic weight Z consists of two isotopes of mass number (Z-l) and (Z + 2). Calculate the % of the higher isotope.
Answer: Let the % of the higher isotope [mass number (Z + 2) ] be x.
Hence other isotope [mass number (Z- 1) ] will be (100- x)

Average atomic weight (Z) \(=\frac{x(Z+2)+(100-x)(Z-1)}{100}\)

100Z = Zx + 2x+ 100Z- 100- Zx + x

Or, 3x = 100

or, x= 33.3%

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 9. Show that the sum of energies for the transition from n = 3 to n = 2 and from n = 2 to n = 1 is equals to the energy of transition from n = 3 to n = 1 in the case of an H-atom. Are wavelength and frequencies of the emitted spectrum also additive to their energies?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 2}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{2^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right) \\
& \Delta E_{2 \rightarrow 1}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{2^2}\right) \\
& \Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 1}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right)
\end{aligned}\)

From equation (1), (2) and (3) we have,

\(\Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 2}+\Delta E_{2 \rightarrow 1}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right)=\Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 1}\) \(\text { Thus, } \Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 1}=\Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 2}+\Delta E_{2 \rightarrow 1}\)

Since, E – hv hence frequencies are also additive but \(E=\frac{h c}{\lambda}\) and thus wavelengths are not additive

Question 10. In the case of a 15X-atom, five valence electrons are. If the spin quantum number of B and R is +1 then find the group(s) of electrons with three of the quantum numbers the same.
Answer: The spin quantum number of ‘R’ is given as \(+\frac{1}{2}\) and hence that of ‘P’ and ‘Q’ will also be \(+\frac{1}{2}\).

Electrons P, Q, and R are in 3p -orbital, so their n and l values i.e., principal and azimuthal quantum numbers will also be the same.

Therefore, P, Q, and R form a group having three quantum numbers the same. Both A and B belong to 3s having the value of n = 3, l = 0 and m = 0. Hence they also have values of three quantum numbers the same.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Structure Of Atom Questions And Answers

Question 11. The Schrodinger wave equation for the 2s electron of a hydrogen atom is, \(\psi_{2 s}=\frac{1}{4 \sqrt{2 \pi}}\left[\frac{1}{a_0}\right]^{3 / 2} \times\left[2-\frac{r}{a_0}\right] \times e^{-r / 2 a_0}\) Node is defined as the point where the probability of finding an electron is zero.
Answer: 

∴ \(\text { If } r=r_0, \psi_{2 s}^2=0\)

∴ \(\frac{1}{32 \pi}\left(\frac{1}{a_0}\right)^2\left(2-\frac{r_0}{a_0}\right)^2 e^{-r_0 / 2 a_0}=0\)

The only factor that can be zero in the above expression is \(\left(2-\frac{r_0}{a_0}\right)\)

∴ \(2-\frac{r_0}{a_0}=0 ; \quad \text { or, } r_0=2 a_0 \text {. }\)

Question 12. If the uncertainty in the position of a moving electron is equal to its DC Broglie wavelength, prove that Its velocity is completely uncertain.
Answer: Uncertainty in the position of the electron, Ax = λ.

\(\lambda=\frac{h}{p}\) [From de Broglie equation]

∴ \(p=\frac{h}{\lambda}=\frac{h}{\Delta x} \quad \text { or, } \Delta x=\frac{h}{p}\)

According to Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle

∴ \(\Delta x \cdot \Delta p  \frac{h}{4 \pi} \quad \text { or, } \frac{h}{p} \cdot \Delta p\frac{h}{4 \pi} \quad \text { or, } \quad \frac{\Delta p}{p}\frac{1}{4 \pi}\)

or, \(\frac{m \Delta v}{m v}  \frac{1}{4 \pi} \quad \text { or, } \quad \Delta v  \frac{v}{4 \pi}\)

The uncertainty in velocity is so large that its velocity Is uncertain.

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 13. The electron revolving In the n-th orbit of Be3+ ion has the same speed as that of the electron in the ground state of the hydrogen atom. Find the value of n.
Answer: The velocity of an electron in the n-th orbit of hydrogen-like species is given by, \(v_n=\frac{Z}{n} \times v_1\)

[where v1 = velocity of the electron in the 1st orbit of H-atom i.e., the velocity of the electron in the ground state of H-atom and Z = Atomic number of hydrogen-like species]

Now for \(\mathrm{Be}^{3+} \text {-ion } Z=4 \text {, so } v_n=\frac{4}{n} \times v_1\)

But it is given that, v n = v1

∴ \(v_1=\frac{4}{n} v_1 \quad \text { or } n=4\)

Question 14. When Be is bombarded with a -particles, a new element viz carbon Is formed whereas, when gold is bombarded with a -particles, no new elements are formed. Explain.
Answer: There are 79 protons in the nucleus of a gold (7gAu) atom, while o’ -particles are helium nuclei with 2 unit positive charges.

The approaching a -particles are repelled strongly due to high positive charges of Au nuclei and thus suffer deflection.

On the other hand, there are only 4 protons in the nucleus of the beryllium (4Be) atom are very weak compared to those between the gold nuclei and o – particles, due to the low positive charge of the Be nucleus. Thus, the fast-moving a -particles collide with Be nuclei and cause splitting \({ }_4^9 \mathrm{Be}+{ }_2^4 \mathrm{He} \longrightarrow{ }_6^{12} \mathrm{C}+{ }_0^1 n\)

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

Question 15. Why are atomic spectra not continuous?
Answer: Each electron in an atom is associated with a definite energy corresponding to different energy levels.

These electrons absorb energy from various external sources (like heat, light, etc.) and are promoted to higher energy-levels. These excited electrons radiate different amounts of energy and return to the ground state.

Structure of Atom Questions

Since the difference between any two energy levels is fixed, the atomic spectra obtained are discontinuous line spectra having fixed wavelengths.

The spectrum so obtained consists of a few bright lines but does not contain all the possible spectral lines corresponding to a range of given wavelengths. Thus, atomic spectra are not continuous.

Question 16. With the help of Bohr’s theory, how will you determine the kinetic energy of hydrogen or hydrogen-like atoms?
Answer: Let the no. of positive charges in the nucleus of a given atom or ion be Z.e (Z = atomic no., e = charge of a proton).

According to Bohr’s theory, the electron present in that atom or ion revolves around the nucleus only in stationary orbits.

Let the radius ofthe stationary orbit be ‘r’ For the stability of the atom, the coulombic force must be equal to the centrifugal force of the electron moving with a velocity \(\frac{Z e^2}{r^2}=\frac{m v^2}{r} \text { or } \frac{1}{2} m v^2=\frac{Z e^2}{2 r}\)

Question 17. What is the precessional motion of the orbit?
Answer: According to Sommerfeld’s relativistic correction of the atomic model, an electron revolves in an elliptical orbit around the nucleus, which is located at the focus of the ellipse. This results in a continual change in the mass and velocity of the electron. The mass of the moving electron increases with its velocity.

The velocity of this electron is maximum when closest to the focus of the ellipse (perihelion) and minimum when farthest from the focus (aphelion). Because of its increased mass at the perihelion, the electron experiences a stronger force of attraction from the nucleus.

This compels the electron to deviate from its original orbit to a new and identical orbit, which lies in the same plane. The perihelion moves each time the electron completes a revolution.

Thus the entire electron orbit moves about an axis passing through the nucleus. This phenomenon is known as Sommerfeld’s precession or precessional motion of the orbit.

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 18. Name the noble gas and give its atomic number if the number of d -d-electrons present in this atom is equal
to the difference in the no. of electrons present in the p and s- s-subshells
Answer: The noble gas is krypton (Kr). Its atomic number = 36

Electronic configuration: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s24p6

  • Number of s -electrons = 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 8
  • Number of p -electrons = 6 + 6 + 6 = 18
  • Number of d -electrons = 10

∴ Number of p -electrons number of s -electrons =18-8 = 10= number of d -electrons

Question 19. There is a wavelength limit beyond which the spectrum of any given series of the H-atom becomes Ze2 continuous. Why?
Answer: The energy difference between the first and second orbits is maximum. With the increase in the value of the principal quantum number (n), the energy difference between two successive orbits decreases. Consequently, after a particular value of n, the energy levels become very closely spaced and as a result, they seem to be continuous.

Structure Of Atom Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The ionization potential of a hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV. A hydrogen atom in the ground state is excited by monochromatic light of energy 12.1 eV. The spectral lines emitted by hydrogen according to Bohr’s theory will be.

  1. One
  2. Two
  3. Three
  4. Four

Answer: 3. Three

Question 2. The number of waves made by a Bohr electron in an orbit of maximum magnetic quantum number 3 is-

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 1. 4

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 3. In which of the following cases would the probability of finding an electron residing in a d -d-orbital be zero

  1. xz and yz -planes
  2. xy and yz -planes
  3. z -direction, yz and xz -plane
  4. xy and xz -planes

Answer: 1. xz and yz -planes

Question 4. An electron beam with a de Broglie wavelength of P A is accelerated till its wavelength is halved. By what factor will kinetic energy change

  1. 2
  2. 1/4
  3. 4
  4. none

Answer: 3. 1/4

Question 5. If the Aufbau rule is not followed then the percent change in total (n + l) value for unpaired electrons in 25Mn is-

  1. 60
  2. 50
  3. 40
  4. 30

Answer: 3. 40

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 6. If the shortest wavelength of the IT -atom in the Lyman series is X, then the longest wavelength in the Paschen series of He+ is

  1. \(\frac{36 X}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{36 X}{7}\)
  3. \(\frac{7 X}{36}\)
  4. \(\frac{6 X}{5}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{36 X}{7}\)

Question 7. The atomic numbers of elements X, Y, and Z are 19, 21, and 25 respectively. The number of electrons present in the ‘M’ shells of these elements follows the order —

  1. Z<Y<x
  2. X<y<Z
  3. Z>X>Y
  4. Y>Z>X

Answer: 1. Z<Y<x

Question 8. Hydrogen atoms are excited in the n = 4 state. In the spectrum of the emitted radiation, the number of lines in the ultraviolet and visible regions are respectively—

  1. 2:3
  2. 3:1
  3. 1:3
  4. 3:2

Answer: 4. 3:2

Question 9. Which orbital has only a positive value of wave function at all distances from the nucleus—

  1. 3d
  2. 2p
  3. 2s
  4. 1s

Answer: 4. 1s

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 10. The number of photons of light having wave number ‘a’ in the 32 energy source is

  1. \(\frac{h c}{3 a}\)
  2. 3hca
  3. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)

Question 11. The wavelength of the de Broglie wave of the electron in the sixth orbit of-atom is—( rQ = Bohr’s radius

  1. πr0
  2. 12πr0
  3. 6πr0
  4. 24πr0

Answer: 2. 12πr0

Question 12. In an orbit, the velocity of an electron in the excited state of Hatom is 1.093 X 108 cm-s-1. The circumference of this orbit is —

  1. 13.3A
  2. 6.65A
  3. 3.33A
  4. 26.65A

Answer: 1. 13.3A

Question 13. Which have the largest number of unpaired electrons in p -p-orbitals in their ground state electronic configurations—

  1. Te, I, Xe
  2. F, Cl, Br
  3. Ne, Ar, K
  4. N, P, As

Answer: 4. N, P, As

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 14. Which orbitals have two nodal planes passing through the nucleus —

  1. de
  2. p
  3. s
  4. None

Answer: 1. de

Question 15. Compared to the mass of the lightest nuclei, the mass of an electron is only-

  1. 1/80
  2. 1/800
  3. 1/1800
  4. 1/2800

Answer: 3. 1/1800

Question 16. Among the following sets of quantum numbers, which one Is Incorrect for 4d -electrons-

  1. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)
  2. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)
  3. \(4,2,-2, \frac{1}{2}\)
  4. \(4,2,1, \frac{-1}{2}\)

Answer: 2. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17. Which d -orbitals have a different shape from the rest of all d orbitals—

  1. \(d_{x^2-y}\)
  2. dx
  3. dz2
  4. dyz

Answer: 3. dz2

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 18. Which element possesses non-spherical shells

  1. he
  2. B
  3. Be
  4. Li

Answer: 2. B

Question 19. Which have the same number of s -electrons as the d electrons In Fe2+

  1. li
  2. Na
  3. Na
  4. Fe

Answer: 4. Fe

Question 20. An anion X3 has 36 electrons and 45 neutrons. What is the mass number ofthe element X-

  1. 81
  2. 84
  3. 78
  4. 88

Answer: 3. 78

Question 21. Consider the set of quantum numbers \(3,2,-2,+\frac{1}{2}\), if the given subshell is filled. The next electron will enter orbital with n and l value—

  1. n=3, l=3
  2. n=4,l=1
  3. n=1,l=1
  4. n=2,l-1

Answer: 2. n=4,l=1

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 22. Given that an orbital is symmetric about the nucleus, then the value of azimuthal quantum number and magnetic quantum number are respectively

  1. -1+1
  2. +1+1
  3. 0,0
  4. 1,0

Answer: 3. 0,0

Question 23. A certain F.M. station broadcasts at a wavelength equal to 3.5 m. How many photons per second correspond to the transmission of one kilowatt–

  1. 2.24×1027
  2. 1.76×1028
  3. 2.26×1028
  4. 1.43×1026

Answer: 2. 1.76×1028

Question 24. A Bohr orbit in H-atom has a radius of 8.464 A. How many transitions may occur from this orbit to the ground state-

  1. 10
  2. 3
  3. 6
  4. 15

Answer: 3. 6

Question 25. The angular momentum of the electron in the 4/-orbital of a one-electron species according to wave mechanics is —

  1. \(\sqrt{3} \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  2. \(2 \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{3}{2}} \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{2}} \frac{h}{\pi}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{3} \frac{h}{\pi}\)

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 26. Consider the Structure of the ground Atom Mato of cnCr atom (z= 24).-The1 number of electrons with the azimuthal quantum numbers, =1 and 2 nrc respectively

  1. 12 and 4
  2. 12 and 5
  3. 16 and 4
  4. 16 and 5

Answer: 2. 12 and 5

Question 27. The magnetic moment of Mx+ (atomic number of M = 25 ) is Jl5 BM. The number of unpaired electrons and the value of x respectively are—

  1. 5,2
  2. 3,2
  3. 3,4
  4. 4,3

Answer: 3. 3,4

Question 28. Radial part of the wave function depends upon quantum numbers

  1. n and s
  2. 1 and m
  3. 1 and s
  4. n and 1

Answer: 1. n and s

Question 29. Which ofthe following pairs of nuclides are in diapers

  1. \({ }_6^{13} \mathrm{C} \text { and }{ }_8^{16} \mathrm{O}\)
  2. \({ }_6^{13} \mathrm{C} \text { and }{ }_8^{16} \mathrm{O}\)
  3. \({ }_1^3 \mathrm{H} \text { and }{ }_2^4 \mathrm{He}\)
  4. \({ }_{25}^{55} \mathrm{Mn} \text { and }{ }_{30}^{65} \mathrm{Zn}\)

Answer: 4. \({ }_{25}^{55} \mathrm{Mn} \text { and }{ }_{30}^{65} \mathrm{Zn}\)

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 30. The dissociation energy of H2 is 430.53 kfrmol-1. If hydrogen is dissociated by illumination with radiation of wavelength 253.7 nm, the fraction of the radiant energy that will be converted into kinetic energy is given by

  1. 100%
  2. 8.76%
  3. 2.22%
  4. 1.22%

Answer: 2. 8.76%

Question 31. The correct order of penetrating power of 3s, 3p, and 3d electrons is

  1. 3d>3p>3s
  2. 3s>3p>3d
  3. 3s>3p>3d
  4. 3d>3s>3p

Answer: 3. 3s>3p>3d

Question 32. Hund’s rule pertains to the distribution of electrons in

  1. Principal energy shell
  2. An orbital
  3. Degenerate
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Degenerate

Question 33. A principal shell having the highest energy subshell to be V can accommodate electrons to a maximum of—

  1. 18
  2. 32
  3. 25
  4. 50

Answer: 4. 50

Question 34. When an electron of H-atom jumps from a higher to lower energy, then—

  1. Its potential energy increases
  2. Its kinetic energy increases
  3. Its angular momentum remains unchanged
  4. Its de Broglie wavelength increases

Answer: 4. Its de Broglie wavelength increases

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 35. What will be the number of spectral lines (AO observed if an electron undergoes a transition from n2 excited level to nl excited level in an atom of hydrogen—

  1. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2-n_1\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)
  2. \(N=\frac{\left(n_1-n_2\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)
  3. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2+n_1\right)\left(n_1+n_2+1\right)}{2}\)
  4. N = 2(nl-n2)(n2 + n1-l)

Answer: 1. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2-n_1\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)

Question 36. The given diagram indicates the energy levels of certain atoms. When the system moves from 2E level to E, a photon of wavelength X is emitted. The wavelength of photon produced during its transition from level to E iS-

  1. \(\frac{3 \lambda}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{4}{3} \lambda\)
  3. 3 lambada

Answer: 4. 3 lambada

Question 37. Electromagnetic radiation with maximum wavelength Is-

  1. Ultraviolet
  2. Radiowaves
  3. X-way
  4. infrared

Answer: 2. Radiowaves

Question 38. Brackett series are produced when the electrons from the outer orbits jump to—

  1. 2nd orbit
  2. 3rd orbit
  3. 4th orbit
  4. 5th orbit

Answer: 3. 4th orbit

Question 39. The following sets that do NOT contain isoelectronic species—

  1. \(\mathrm{BO}_3^{3-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{CN}^{-}, \mathrm{N}_2, \mathrm{C}_2^{2-}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}, \mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{ClO}_4^{-}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)

Question 40. The hydrogen-like species Li2+ is in a spherically symmetric state S1 with one radial node. Upon absorbing light, the ion undergoes a transition to a state S2. The state S2 has one radial node and its energy is equal to the ground state energy ofthe hydrogen atom-

The state is

  1. 1s
  2. 2s
  3. 2p
  4. 3s

Answer: 2. 2s

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 41. The energy of the state S1 in units of the hydrogen atom ground state energy is-

  1. 0.75
  2. 1.50
  3. 2.25
  4. 4.50

Answer: 3. 2.25

Question 42. In an atom, an electron is moving with a speed of 600 m/s with an accuracy of 0.005% certainty with which the position ofthe electron can be located is{h = 6.6 x 10-34 kg-m2 s_1, mass of electron, mg = 9.1 x 10-31 kg).

  1. 3.84 x 10-3 m
  2. 1.52x 10-4 m
  3. 5.10×10-3m
  4. 1.92 x 10-3m

Answer: 2. 1.52x 10-4 m

Question 43. The ionization enthalpy of a hydrogen atom is 1.312 x 106J-mol-1. The energy required to excite the electron in the atom from n – 1 to n = 2 is

  1. 7.56 X 105 J-mol-1
  2. 9.84 X105 J-mol-1
  3. 8.51 x 105 J-mol-1
  4. 6.56 X 105 J-mol-1

Answer: 2. 9.84 X105 J-mol-1

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 44. If we apply potential difference so that an electron is accelerated continuously in a vacuum tube such that a decrease of 10% occurs in its de-Broglie wavelength. In such a case the change observed in the kinetic energy of the election will be approximately—

  1. A Decrease Of 11%
  2. An increase of 11.1%
  3. An Increase Of 10%
  4. An increase of 23.4%

Answer: 4. An increase of 23.4%

Question 45. The approximate wavelength of matter wave associated with an electron, that is accelerated by applying 100 V of potential difference in a discharge tube, will be-

  1. 123pm
  2. 12.3pm
  3. 1.23 pm
  4. 0.123pm

Answer: 1. 123pm

Question 46. If two particles are associated with the same kinetic energy, then the de Broglie’s wavelength (A) ofthese particles is—

  1. Directly proportional to the velocity
  2. Inversely proportional to the velocity
  3. Independent of mass and velocity
  4. Cannot be predicted.

Answer: 1. Directly proportional to the velocity

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 47. The ratio of magnetic moments of Fe (3) and CO (2) is

  1. \(\sqrt{3}: \sqrt{7}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{3}: \sqrt{7}\)
  3. 7:3
  4. 3:7

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{3}: \sqrt{7}\)

Question 48. If it were possible for a hydrogen atom to exist with a position as the extra-nuclear particle, then the energy of position in the first excited state would be—

  1. 13.6v
  2. 3.4ev
  3. -3.4ev
  4. 6.8ev

Answer: 2. 3.4ev

Question 49. Identify the orbitals for which n = 4 and / = 1 —

  1. 4py
  2. 4px
  3. 4dxy
  4. 4dx2-y2

Answer: 1. 4py

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 50. The orbitals which have the same number of nodes are

  1. 2s,3p
  2. 3p,3d
  3. 2s,2p
  4. 3s,4d

Answer: 2. 3p,3d

Question 51. In the ground state, an element has 13 electrons in its Afshell. The element is

  1. Mn
  2. Cr
  3. Ni
  4. Fe

Answer: 1. Mn

Question 52. The angular momentum of an electron may have the values—

  1. \(0.5 \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  2. \(\frac{h}{\pi}\)
  3. \(0.2 \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  4. \(2.5 \frac{h}{2 \pi}\)

Answer: 1. \(0.5 \frac{h}{\pi}\)

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 53. The line spectrum is noticed during the transition of an electron from a higher excited state to a lower one in the H-atom only when it falls from

  1. 2s→ls
  2. 2p→ls
  3. 3s→2p
  4. 4p→2p

Answer: 3. 3s→2p

Question 54. Select the pair of atoms having the same no. of electrons in their outermost shell —

  1. Na, Ca
  2. Mg, Fe
  3. As, Bi
  4. Rb, Sb

Answer: 3. Rb, Sb

Question 55. Which consists of particles of matter—

  1. a -rays
  2. 0 -rays
  3. y -rays
  4. X-rays

Answer: 1. a -rays

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 56. Which have two radial nodes-

  1. 2p
  2. 3s
  3. 4p
  4. 3p

Answer: 2. 3s

Question 57. The ratio of λα to λβ for the Balmer series ofhydrogen spectra is given by

  1. \(\frac{108}{80}\)
  2. \(\frac{108}{90}\)
  3. \(\frac{40}{54}\)
  4. \(\frac{20}{27}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{108}{90}\)

Question 58. Indicate the conditions under which the ratio of Broglie wavelengths of a -particle and a proton will be—

  1. When the ratio of their velocities is 4: 1
  2. When the ratio of their velocities is 1: 8
  3. When the ratio of their energies is 128: 1
  4. When the ratio of their velocities is 1: 16

Answer: 2. When the ratio of their velocities is 1: 8

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 59. Which ofthe following ions is paramagnetic—

  1. Zn2+
  2. Cu2+
  3. He+2
  4. O2-

Answer: 2. Cu2+

Question 60. The energy of an electron in the first Bohr orbit of the H-atom is -13.6 eV. Then, which of the following statement(s) is/ are correct for He+ —

  1. The energy of electron in the second Bohr orbit is -13.6 ev
  2. Kinetic energy of electron in the first orbit is 54.46 ev
  3. Kinetic energy of electron in second orbit is 13.6 ev
  4. The speed of an electron in the second orbit is 2.19 x 106m-s-1

Answer: 1. Energy electron in second Bohr orbit is -13.6 ev

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 61. For which of the following species, the expression for the 13 6Z2 eV-atom-1 energy of an electron in nth orbit, En = \(-\frac{13.6 Z^2}{n^2}\) eV. Atom-1. has the validity—

  1. He2+
  2. Li2+
  3. Deuterium
  4. Li2+

Answer: 2. He2+

Question 62. According to Bohr’s atomic theory, which of the following relations is correct—

  1. The kinetic energy of electron oc z2/ n2
  2. The product of the velocity of the electron and the principal quantum number oc z2
  3. Frequency of revolution of the electron in an orbit zp/n3
  4. Coulombic force of attraction on electron oc z3/n4

Answer: 1. Kinetic energy of electron oc z2/ n2

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 63. Which is correct in the case of p -p-orbitals—

  1. They are spherically symmetrical
  2. They have strong directional character
  3. They are three-fold degenerate
  4. Their charge density along the x, y, and z -axes is zero

Answer: 2. They have strong directional character

Question 64. An isotone of \(\mathrm{f}_{32}^{76} \mathrm{Ge}\) is –

  1. \({ }_{32}^{77} \mathrm{Ge}\)
  2. \({ }_{33}^{77} \mathrm{As}\)
  3. \({ }_{34}^{77} \mathrm{Se}\)
  4. \({ }_{34}^{77} \mathrm{Se}\)

Answer: 2. \({ }_{33}^{77} \mathrm{As}\)

Question 65. Which of the following is correct—

  1. Only the Lyman series is observed in both emission and absorption spectrum
  2. The continuum in the line spectrum is noticed after a certain value of n
  3. the wavelength of the mth line of Balmer Series is \(\frac{1}{\lambda}=R_H Z^2\left[\frac{1}{2^2}-\frac{1}{m^2}\right]\)
  4. The number of spectral lines given when an electron drops from the 5th to the 2nd shell is six.

Answer: 1. Only the Lyman series is observed in both the emission and absorption spectrum

Structure Of Atom Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. What is the value of the elm of an electron?
Answer: 1.76 x 108Cg-I/

Question 2. How many times a proton is heavier than an electron?
Answer: 1837 times (approx.),

Question 3. Mention one similarity between isobar and isotone-
Answer: Atoms of different elements,

Question 4. What is wave number?
Answer: No. of waves in 1 cm,

Question 5. Arrange in order of the increasing wavelength
Answer: γ-ray

Question 6. What is meant by stationary orbit?
Answer: Orbits in which the energy of revolving electrons remains fixed

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 7. Who proposed the quantum theory of radiation?
Answer: M. Planck

Question 8. What is the value of Planck’s constant in the SI unit?
Answer: 6.626×10-34

Question 9. What is the value of the angular momentum of an electron
occupying the second orbit in an atom?
Answer: \(\frac{h}{\pi}\)

Question 10. Mention the symbol and the mass number of an element
which contains two neutrons in the nucleus.
Answer: \({ }_2^4 \mathrm{He}\)

Question 11. Why is the spectrum of H+ not obtained?
Answer: Because H+ does not contain any electrons,

Question 12. How many proton(s) & electron(s) are in H- ion?  
Answer: One proton and two electrons,

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 13. From which principal energy state, the excited electron
comes down to yield spectral lines in the Balmer series?
Answer: L-shell (n = 2),

Question 14. How many neutrons are present in 2oCa2+ ion?
Answer: 20 neutrons,

Question 15. What is the nature of hydrogen spectra?
Answer: Discontinuous spectrum or line spectrum,

Question 16. Mention one ion that obeys Bohr’s theory.
Answer: He+,

Question 17. Write the relationship between wavelength and momentum of a moving microscopic particle. Who proposed this relationship?
Answer: \(\lambda=\frac{h}{m v}\)

Question 18. Indicate the limitation of Broglie’s equation.
Answer: Not applicable to macroscopic particles,

Question 19. Is the uncertainty principle applicable to stationary electrons?
Answer: Not applicable

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 20. Energy associated with which of the following waves is not quantized?

  • Electromagnetic wave
  • Matter-wave

Answer: Matter waves,

Question 21. What is an orbital according to quantum mechanical
model?
Answer: The region around the nucleus has the maximum probability of finding an electron,

Question 22. How do you specify an electron in an atom?
Answer: By using four quantum numbers (n, l, m and s),

Question 23. What is the maximum number of orbitals in the ‘j’th orbit?
Answer: n2,

Question 24. Which is the lowest energy level containing ‘g1 sub-shell?
Answer:  n = 5 (fifth shell),

Question 25. Identify the orbital with n = 4 and 1 = 0.
Answer: 4s,

Question 26. Which ‘d’-orbital does not contain four lobes?
Answer: dz2,

Question 27. Which quantum electron?
Answer: Azimuthal quantum number (/),

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 28. Write the electronic configuration of Mn
Answer: ls22s22p63s23p63d5,

Question 28. What is the total number of nodes in 3d -orbital?
Answer: Total no. of nodes =(n-l) =3- 1 = 2 ,

Question 30. Which subshell has the lowest screening power?
Answer: F

Question 31. Which quantum number is used to distinguish between the electrons present in a single orbital?
Answer: Spin quantum number, S,

Question 32. What are the quantum numbers used to indicate the size and shape of orbitals?
Answer: Principal & azimuthal quantum numbers,

Question 33. State the condition under which electronic energy is considered to be negative.
Answer: When the electron is at an infinite distance from the nucleus ( n = oo )

Structure Of Atom Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The cgs unit of Planck’s constant is unit is _____________
Answer: erg-s, J.s,

Question 2. The angular momentum of an electron in the nth orbit is _____________ 2+ ion.
Answer: nhl2n,

Question 3. If an a -particle and two (i -particles are emitted from a radioactive element, the element produced becomes an _____________ofthe parent element.
Answer: isotope,

Question 4. With the help of Bohr’s atomic model, the idea of _____________quantum number was first obtained.
Answer: principal,

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 5. Bohr’sunitatomic of Rydberg’smodel ignored constant _____________
Answer: three-dimensional,

Question 6. The unit of Rydergs’s Constant In CGS UNit is _____________
Answer: Cm-1

Question 7. The range of wavelength of visible light is _____________
Answer: 4000-8000A,

Question 8. The ionization potential of hydrogen is _____________
Answer: cm-1

Question 9. Uhlenbeck and Goudsmit introduced the concept of_____________ quantum number.
Answer: 13.54eV,

Question 10. The product of uncertainties in the position and momentum ofan the electron is always equal to or greater than_____________
Answer: Spin,

Question 11. The product of uncertainties in the position and momentum of electron is always equal to or greater than_____________
Answer: h/4n,

Question 12. The number of magnetic quantum numbers required to describe the electrons of-subshell is _____________
Answer: 1. 12.5

Numerical Examples

Question 1. A sample of gaseous oxygen contains only 180 isotopes. How many neutrons are present in 11.2 L of the gas at STP?
Answer: No. of neutrons present in an atom of 180 isotope
=(18-8) = 10

∴ No. of neutrons present in 11.2L ofthe gas

\(=\frac{2 \times 10 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 11.2}{22.4}=6.022 \times 10^{24}\)

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 2. Calculate the energy required for the promotion of electrons from the 1st to 5th Bohr orbit of all the atoms present in 1 mole of H-atoms.
Answer: Electronic energy in the n-th orbit ofH-atom

\(E_n=-\frac{1312}{n^2} \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

∴ Total energy required

\(=\left(E_5-E_1\right)=-\frac{1312}{5^2}-\left(-\frac{1312}{1^2}\right)=1259.52 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 3. Calculate the velocity (cm-s-1) and frequency of revolution of electron present in the 3rd orbit of H-atom.
Answer: Velocity of revolving electron present in the 3rd orbit of H atom

\(=\frac{2 \pi z e^2}{n h}=\frac{2 \times \pi \times 1 \times\left(4.8 \times 10^{-10}\right)^2}{3 \times 6.626 \times 10^{-27}}\)

Frequency of revolution ofthe electron

\(=\frac{v}{2 \pi r}=\frac{v}{2 \pi\left(\frac{n^2 h^2}{4 \pi^2 m z e^2}\right)}=\frac{2 \pi m v z e^2}{n^2 h^2}\) \(=\frac{2 \times 3.14 \times\left(9.11 \times 10^{-28}\right) \times\left(7.27 \times 10^7\right) \times 1 \times\left(4.8 \times 10^{-10}\right)^2}{(3)^2 \times\left(6.626 \times 10^{-27}\right)^2}\)

= 2.4242×1014

Question 4. Calculate the wavelength and frequency associated with the spectral line having the longest wavelength in the fund series of hydrogen spectra.
Answer: In the case of the Pfund series, the spectral line with the longest wavelength is obtained when the electronic transition occurs from n2 = 6 to nl = 5. Thus

\(\bar{v}=\frac{1}{\lambda}=109678\left(\frac{1}{5^2}-\frac{1}{6^2}\right)=1340.5\) \(\begin{aligned}
\lambda=7.4 \times 10^{-4} \mathrm{~cm} & \\
v=\frac{c}{\lambda}=\frac{3 \times 10^{10}}{7.4 \times 10^{-4}} & =4.05 \times 10^{13} \mathrm{~s}^{-1} \\
& =4.05 \times 10^{13} \mathrm{~Hz}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 5. Calculate the energy of 1 mol of photons associated with a frequency of 5 x 1010s-1.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
E=N_0 h v & =6.022 \times 10^{23}\left(6.626 \times 10^{-34}\right)\left(5 \times 10^{10}\right) \\
& =19.95 \mathrm{~J}
\end{aligned}\)

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 6. The wavelength associated with a moving particle of mass
0.1 mg is 3.3 x 10-29m . Find its velocity.
[h = 6.6 X 10~34 kg-m2-s_1]
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \lambda=\frac{h}{m v} \\
& \text { or, } v=\frac{h}{m \lambda}=\frac{6.6 \times 10^{-34}}{\left(0.1 \times 10^{-6}\right) \times\left(3.3 \times 10^{-29}\right)}=200 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 7. Calculate the kinetic energy of a moving electron associated with a wavelength of 4.8 pm.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
\nu & =\frac{h}{m \lambda}=\frac{6.626 \times 10^{-34} \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^2 \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{\left(9.11 \times 10^{-31} \mathrm{~kg}\right) \times\left(4.8 \times 10^{-12} \mathrm{~m}\right)} \\
& =1.51 \times 10^8 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Kinetic energy

\(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{1}{2} \times\left(9.11 \times 10^{-31} \mathrm{~kg}\right) \times\left(1.51 \times 10^8 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\right)^2 \\
& =1.038 \times 10^{-14} \mathrm{~J}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 8. Calculate the frequency and wavelength of the energy emitted when the electron jumps from the 4th orbit to the 1st orbit of the H-atom.
Answer: \(\bar{v}=\frac{1}{\lambda}=1.09678 \times 10^7 \times\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{4^2}\right)=10.28 \times 10^6 \mathrm{~m}^{-1}\)

\(\text { Frequency, } v=\frac{c}{\lambda}=\frac{3 \times 10^8 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{9.73 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~m}}=3.1 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~s}^{-1}\)

Question 9. The wavelength of the first line in the Balmer series of H-atom is 15200 cm-1. Calculate the wavelength of the first line in the same series of Li2+ ions. 10. The ionization potential of sodium is 4.946 x 102kJ-mol-1. Calculate the wavelength of the radiation required to ionize a sodium atom

\(\begin{aligned}
& \bar{v}_{\mathrm{H}}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{2^2}-\frac{1}{n^2}\right)=15200 \mathrm{~cm}^{-1} \\
& \bar{v}_{\mathrm{Li} \mathrm{i}^{3+}}=\bar{v}_{\mathrm{H}} \times z^2=15200 \times 3^2=136800 \mathrm{~cm}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Structure of Atom Questions

Question 11. The wavelength range of the visible spectrum extends from violet (400 nm) to red (750 nm). Express these wavelengths in frequencies (Hz) (Inm = 10~9m)
Answer: For violet light, \(v_1=\frac{c}{\lambda_1}=\frac{3 \times 10^8}{400 \times 10^{-9}}=7.5 \times 10^{14} \mathrm{~Hz}\)

For red light, \(v_2=\frac{c}{\lambda_2}=\frac{3 \times 10^8}{750 \times 10^{-9}}=4.0 \times 10^{14} \mathrm{~Hz}\)

Thus the frequency range of visible light extends from 11.0 X 1014HZ to 7.5 x 1014Hz.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Notes

Redox Reactions Introduction

Redox Reactions Notes: Chemical reactions, according to their nature, are divided into different classes, such as combination reactions, decomposition reactions, elimination reactions, polymerisation reactions and many other types.

Oxidation-reduction or redox-reaction is a class of chemical reactions in which oxidation and reduction occur simultaneously. A large number of chemical and biological reactions belong to this class. Some processes that are associated with oxidation-reduction reactions are the rusting of iron, the production of caustic soda and chlorine by electrochemical method, the production of glucose by photosynthesis, the generation of electric power by battery, fuel cell, etc.

Redox Concept Reactions According To Electronic

Oxidation reaction: A chemical reaction in which an atom, an ion or a molecule loses one or more electrons is called an oxidation reaction. An atom, ion or molecule is oxidised by loss of electron (s).

Examples: Oxidation reactions involving—

Loss of electron(s) by an atom: Generally atoms of metallic elements such as Na, K, Ca, etc., undergo oxidation by losing electron(s), thereby producing positive ions.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Na}^{+}+e ; \mathrm{K} \longrightarrow \mathrm{K}^{+}+e ; \mathrm{Ca} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Ca}^{2+}+2 e\)

Loss of electron(s) by a cation: Some cations such as Fe2+, Sn2+, Cu+, etc., undergo oxidation by losing one or more electrons, thereby forming cations with higher charges.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Fe}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+e ; \mathrm{Sn}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Sn}^{4+}+2 e ; \\
\mathrm{Cu}^{+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}+e
\end{gathered}\)

Loss of electron(s) by an anion: Anions such as I- and Br- ions oxidise to neutral atoms or molecules by losing electron(s).

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{I}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{I}_2+2 e ; 2 \mathrm{Br}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Br}_2+2 e\)

Loss of electron(s) by a molecule: Neutral molecules such as H2, H2O2 and H2O oxidise to cations by losing one or more electrons

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{H}_2 \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e ; \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e \\
\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e
\end{gathered}\)

Reduction reaction: A chemical reaction in which an atom, an ion or a molecule gains one or more electrons is called a reduction reaction. An atom, ion or molecule is reduced by the gain of electron(s).

Examples: Reduction reactions involving—

Gain of electron(s) by an atom: Atoms of different elements in particular, such as, atoms of chlorine, bromine, oxygen and other non-metals are reduced to anions by gaining electron(s).

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-} ; \mathrm{Br}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Br}^{-} ; \mathrm{O}+2 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{O}^{2-}\)

Gain of electron(s) by a cation: Cations such as H+, Fe2+, Fe3+, Cu2+ etc., are reduced to neutral atoms or cations with lower charges by accepting electron(s)

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{H}^{+}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{H} ; \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+2 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe} \\
\mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{2+} ; \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+3 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe} \\
\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}+2 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu} ; \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}^{+}
\end{gathered}\)

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Notes

Gain of electron(s) by a molecule: Neutral molecules such as Cl2, O2, H2O2 etc., are reduced by gaining one or more electrons.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Cl}_2+2 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-} ; \mathrm{O}_2+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}+4 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{gathered}\)

Oxidant and reductant in light of electronic concept

Oxidant: In a redox reaction, the species that itself gets reduced by accepting electron(s) but oxidises other substances is called an oxidant or oxidising agent. So, an oxidising agent is an electron acceptor. The greater the tendency of a substance to accept electrons, the greater the oxidising power it possesses.

Examples: Oxygen (O2), hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), halogens (F2, Cl2, Br2, 12), nitric acid (HNO3), potassium permanganate (KMn04), potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O7), sulphuric acid (H2SO4), etc.

Reductant: In a redox reaction, the species that itself gets oxidised by losing electron(s) but reduces other substances is called a reductant or a reducing agent. So, a reducing agent is an electron donor.

The substance having a high tendency to lose electrons acts as a strong reducing agent. Alkali metals (Na, K, Rb, Cs, etc.,) of group-IA of the periodic table show a strong tendency to lose electrons and hence behave as powerful reducing agents.

Example; Hydrogen (H2), hydrogen sulphide (H2S), carbon (C), some metals (Na. K, Fe. Al, etc.), stannous chloride (SnCl2), sulphur dioxide (SO2), oxalic add (H2C2O4), sodium thiosulphate (Na2S2O2), etc.

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

 

According to an electronic concept;

  1. Oxidation involves the loss of one or more electrons. Reduction involves the gain of one or more electrons.
  2. Oxidants are electron acceptors. Reductants are electron donors.

Identification of oxidants and reductants with the help of electronic concept

Reaction: 2KI(aq) + Br2(l)→2KBr(aq) + l2(s)

The reaction can be represented in ionic form as—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{~K}^{+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \longrightarrow \\
& 2 \mathrm{~K}^{+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s)
\end{aligned}\)

This equation shows that in the reaction, the K4 ion does not undergo any change. The only function that it does In the reaction is to balance the charge. So, the K+ ion only acts as a spectator ion in the reaction.

Hence, the net ionic equation of the reaction is-

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{I}_2(s)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)\)

Equation(2) shows that the 1 ion produces I2 by losing electrons, while Br2 forms Br ions by gaining electrons. 1 lenco, In this reaction, the conversion of I- into [2l(aq) → l2(s) + 2e] is an oxidation reaction. On the other hand, the conversion of Br2 into Br →2Br (l)] is a reduction reaction. Thus, in this reaction, ion, i.e., Kl is the reductant and Br2 is the oxidant.

Oxidation-reduction occur simultaneously

Neither an oxidation reaction nor a reduction reaction can occur alone. Oxidation and reduction reactions are complementary to each other. In a reaction system, if a reactant loses an electron, then there must be another reactant In the system that will gain the lost electron. Thus, oxidation and reduction reactions must occur together.

In a redox reaction, the reducing agent gets oxidised by losing electron(s), while the oxidising agent gets reduced by accepting the lost electron(s). For example, Metallic zinc reacts with copper sulphate in a solution to form metallic copper and zinc sulphate.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Zn}(s)+\mathrm{CuSO}_4(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{ZnSO}_4(a q)+\mathrm{Cu}(s) \downarrow\)

In an aqueous solution, CuSO4 and ZnSO4 exist almost completely In dissociated state. So, the reaction can be expressed in the form of an ionic equation as

⇒ \(\mathrm{Zn}(s)+\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Zn}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cu}(s)\)

In this reaction, the Zn atom loses two electrons, forming the Zn2- ion (oxidation). On the other hand, the Cu2+ ion accepts these two lost electrons to produce Cu atom (reduction)

Redox Reactions The Two Lost Electrons To Produce Cu- Atom Reduction

In this reaction, the Zn-atom can lose electrons only because the Cu2+ ion present in the reaction system accepts those lost electrons. Alternatively, the Cu2+ ion can get reduced by accepting electrons only because the Zn-atom present in the reaction system lose electrons.

So, in a reaction, when a substance undergoes oxidation, another substance present in the reaction system undergoes reduction. Tints it can be said that oxidation and reduction occur simultaneously.

Half-reaction

Any redox reaction consists of two half-reactions, one is for an oxidation reaction and the other is for a reduction reaction Both of these reactions are called a half-reaction.

In a redox reaction, the half-reaction Involving oxidation Is called oxidation half-reaction, and the half-reaction involving reduction is called reduction half-reaction.

Redox reaction = Oxidation half-reaction Reduction half-reaction

Reaction: Zn (s)+Cu2+(aq)→Zn2+(aq)+Cu(s)

Oxidation Half Reaction: Zn(s)→Zn2+(Aq)+2e

Reduction Half- reaction: Cu2+(aq)+2e→Cu(s)

Oxidation State And Oxidation Number

According to electronic theory, redox reactions can be explained in terms of electron transfer. The electronic theory can be applied in the case of ionic compounds because, in the formation of ionic compounds, one reactant gives up the electron(s) and another reactant accepts those electron(s).

However, this theory cannot be applied in the case of a redox reaction involving covalent compounds due to the absence of cations or anions in such compounds. Thus this theory is unable to Identify the oxidant and reductant in such types of reactions.

To overcome this problem, the concept of oxidation number has been introduced. All types of redox reactions can be explained based on oxidation number. Each constituent element of any compound has a definite valency. Similarly, it can be assumed that each atom of any element has a definite oxidation number.

Oxidation state

An atom of an element converts into an ion when it loses or gains an electron. The loss of one or more electrons by an atom results in the formation of a cation, while the gain of one or more electrons produces an anion.

Cation is the oxidised state and anion is the reduced state of an element For example, the Na+ ion is the oxidised state of the Na atom and the Cl- ion represents the reduced state of the Cl -atom. The state of oxidation or reduction of an element presenting a compound is called the oxidation state of that element.

Oxidation state Definition: The state of oxidation or reduction in which an atom of an element exists in a compound is called the oxidation state of the element in that compound.

From the element charge of the compound ion of an element present in an ionic compound, the oxidation state of that element can be easily determined. If the element exists as a cation in the compound, the element is said to be in the oxidised state. On the other hand, if the element exists as an anion in the compound, then the element is said to be in a reduced state.

Example: In the formation of the compound ZnCl2, the Zn atom loses two electrons to produce a Zn2+ ion and two CIatoms accept two electrons, one electron each to yield two Cl- ions. Zn2+ ion combines with two Cl- ions to form a ZnCl2 molecule.

Thus, in ZnCl2, the Zn -atom exists in the oxidised state, while the Cl -atom exists in the reduced state. Cations or anions derived from the same element may exist in different oxidation states in different compounds. For example, in CuCl2, Cu exists as Cu2+, while in CuCl, it exists as Cu+ ion. Thus, the oxidation state of Cu in CuCl2 is higher than that in CuCl.

Oxidation number

Oxidation number Definition: The oxidation number of an element in a compound is a definite number, which indicates the extent of oxidation or reduction to convert an atom of the element from its free state to its bonded state in the compound.

If oxidation is necessary to effect such a change, then the oxidation number will be positive. The oxidation number will be negative when such a change requires reduction. The oxidation number of an atom or molecule in its free state is considered to be zero (0).

The number expressing the die oxidation state of the atom of an element in a compound denotes the oxidation number of the elements in the compound.

The oxidation number of elements in electrovalent compounds:

The charge that an atom of an element In the molecule of an electrovalent compound carries, is equal to the oxidation number of the element In a compound, According to the nature (positive or negative) of the charge, the oxidation number may be positive or negative. The number of electrons (s) lost or gained by an atom during the formation of an Ionic compound determines the oxidation number of the clement in that compound.

Examples: ln NaCl, sodium and chlorine exist ns Na + and (11- ions, respectively. So the oxidation numbers of sodium and chlorine are +1 and – 1, respectively. In PeCI2> Iron and chlorine are present as PO2+ and Cl- Ions, so the oxidation numbers of iron and chlorine are +2 and -1, respectively.

The oxidation number of elements in covalent compounds: The formation of a covalent compound does not involve the direct transfer of electron(s) between the participating atoms; instead, a covalent bond Is formed by the sharing of electrons.

When two atoms of different electronegativities form a covalent bond(s) through the sharing of one or more electron pairs, they do not get an equal share of the electrons.

The more electronegative atom acquires a greater possession of the shared electron pair (s) than the less electronegative atom.

As a result, the more electronegative atom acquires a partial negative charge. It Is assumed that the atom of the more electronegative element has gained electron(s) i.e. it has been reduced and the less electronegative atom has lost electron(s) i.e., It has been oxidised.

The oxidation number of an atom In a covalent compound is considered to be equal to the number of electron pair(s) the atom shares with one or more atoms of different electronegativities in the compound, If the atom concerned is of higher electronegativity, then Its oxidation number is taken as negative, and if It is of lower electronegativity, its oxidation number is taken as positive.

In the case of a molecule of an element, such as H2, N2, O2, Cl2 etc., the two atoms of the same electronegativity are covalently linked by sharing electron pair (s) between them. Hence, these two atoms use the electron pair(s) equally and none of the atoms acquire a positive or negative charge. Therefore, the oxidation number of the atoms In the molecule of these elements is regarded as zero.

Example: In hydrogen chloride molecule (HC1) one electron pair exists between H and Cl-atoms, As the electronegativity of chlorine is more than that of hydrogen, the oxidation number of H – +1 and that of Cl =-J,

In water (H2O) molecule, the O -atom shares two electron palms, one each with two separate H -atoms. As oxygen is more electronegative than hydrogen, the oxidation number of H -atom -+l and that of O -atom =-2.

Redox Reactions In water H2O Molecules

In a carbon dioxide molecule (CO2), a carbon atom shares four electron pairs, to each with two separate O atoms. As oxygen has higher electronegativity than carbon, in CO2 molecule, the oxidation number of C = + 4 and that of O =-2

Redox Reactions In water H2O Molecules

In the ethylene (C2H4) molecule, two equivalent carbon atoms share two C=C electron pairs between themselves, Since these two electron pairs are equally shared by two C -atoms, they have no role in determining the oxidation number of C.

Again, each carbon atom shares two electron pairs with two separate H -atoms. As carbon is more electronegative than hydrogen, the oxidation number of each H -atom = + 1 and the oxidation number of each C -atom =-2.

Rules For Calculating the Oxidation Number Of An Element

The following rules are to be followed in determining the oxidation number of an element in a compound.

The oxidation number of an element in its free or elementary state is taken as zero (0).

Example: \(\stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{Z}} \mathrm{n}, \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Cu}}, \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{L}_2, \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{P}}_4, \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~S}}_8 \text {, etc. }\) Etc.,

The oxidation number of a monoatomic ion in an ionic compound is equal to its charge.

Example: In FeCl2, iron and chlorine exist as Fe2+ and Cl-. So, in i.e., Cl2, the oxidation number of Fe and Cl are +2 and -1 respectively.

In the case of a polyatomic ion, the sum of the oxidation numbers of all the atoms present in it is equal to the charge of the Ion.

Examples: The sum of oxidation numbers of all the atoms presenting [Fe(CN)8]4- =-1.0 The sum of the oxidation numbers of the atoms Cr2O2-7  ion =-2.

Determination of the oxidation numbers of the atoms in covalent compounds has been discussed in

The algebraic sum ofthe oxidation numbers of all atoms in a neutral molecule is zero(O).

Example: In the FCC13 molecule, the oxidation number of Fe is +3 and the oxidation number of Cl is -1. So, the total oxidation number of the atoms in the FeCl3 molecule =(+3) + 3 X (- 1) = 0.

The oxidation number of hydrogen:

In metallic hydride, it is always \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{NaH}}, \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{CaH}_2\)

In all hydrogen-containing compounds except for metallic hydrides, it is +1.

Example; \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{NH}}_3, \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}} \mathrm{O}, \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}_2} \mathrm{SO}_4, \mathrm{NaHCO}_3 \text {, etc. }\)

The oxidation number of oxygen in its compounds: The oxidation number of oxygen in most compounds=-2

Example:

  1. In peroxide compounds (H2O2 Na2O2), the oxidation number of oxygen =-1.
  2. In superoxides (Example; KO2), the oxidation number of oxygen =-1/2.
  3. Since fluorine is more electronegative than oxygen, the oxidation number of oxygen in F2O = +2.
  4. In all fluorine-containing compounds, the oxidation number of fluorine =- 1.
  5. There are some elements which always show, fixed oxidation numbers in their compounds.

Example: Alkali metals (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs) always show a +1 oxidation state in their compounds. The oxidation number of alkaline earth metals (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra ) is +2 in their compounds. The oxidation number of Zn in its compounds is +2 and the oxidation number of A1 in its compounds is +3.

The maxim oxidation1 number of an element cannot exceed its group numbering in the periodic table.

The following always have definite oxidation numbers in their compound

Redox Reactions The Following Ions Always Have Definite Oxidation Numbers In Their Compounds

Calculation of oxidation number in some compounds

The oxidation number of an element in a compound can be calculated if the oxidation numbers of other elements in the compound are known.

Oxidation number of S in H2SO4: Suppose, the oxidation number of S in H2SO4 = x.

Total oxidation number of two H-atoms in H2S04 molecule = 2 X (+1) = +2 Total oxidation number of four O -atoms in H2SO4 molecule = 4 X (-2) =-8 .% Total oxidation number of all atoms in a H2SO4 molecule = +2 + x + (-8) = x- 6.

Now, the sum of the oxidation numbers of all atoms in a molecule = 0.

Therefore, x-6 = 0 or, x = +6

∴ The oxidation number of S in H2SO4 = +6

Redox Reactions Notes

The oxidation number of Cl in KC1O4: If the oxidation number of Cl = x, then the total oxidation number of all the atoms in the KC1O4 molecule =+1+x+ 4x (-2) = x- 7 Sum of oxidation numbers) all the atoms present in a molecule = 0.

∴ x-7 = 0 or, x = +7

Hence, the oxidation number of Cl in KC1O4 =

The oxidation number of N in NH4NO3: NH4NO3 is an ionic compound in which NH4 and NO-3 are the cation and anion, respectively.

Let the oxidation no. of in NH+4 ion be x. Then the total oxidation no. of the atoms present in this ion = x + 4.

Redox Reactions Notes

For a polyatomic ion, the oxidation no. of the ion is equal to its charge i.e., the oxidation number of NH4 ion = +1. x + 4 = +1 or, x = -3 Again, if the oxidation number of N in NO3 be y, then y + 3 X (-2) = -1 or, y = +5.

Hence, in NH4NO3 the oxidation number of one Natom is -3 and that of another N -atom is +5.

The oxidation number of Cl in Ca(OCl)Cl: In this compound. The cl -atom in OCl- is linked with the O-atom, and another Cl atom exists as the Cl- ion. The oxidation number of the Cl -atom that exists as Cl- ion =-1.

Let the oxidation number of Cl atom in OCP be x.

∴ – 2+ x =-1 or, x =+l

So, in Ca(.OCDCl, the oxidation number of one Cl atom is 1 and that of another Cl -atom is +1.

Redox Reactions Notes

The oxidation number of Mn in KMnO4: Suppose, the oxidation number ofMn.in KMn04 = x.

Total oxidation number ofthe atoms in KMnO4 =+1 + x+ 4 x (-2) = x-7

∴ x-7 = 0 or, x = +7

Hence, the oxidation number of in KMnO4 =+7

The oxidation number of P in H4P2O7: Let the oxidation number of P in H4P2O7 be x. Hence, the total oxidation number of P-atom in H4P2O7 molecule = 4 x (+1) -+2 x x+ 7(-2) = 4-+2x-14 =2x— 10 2x- 10 = 0 or, x = 5

Therefore, the oxidation number of P in H4P9O2 = +5

The oxidation number of Fe in Fe(CO)5: CO is a neutral ligand (molecule) and its oxidation number = 0. So, the oxidation number of Fein Fe(CO)- is zero (0).

Redox Reactions Notes

The oxidation number of Fe in K4[Fe(CN)6]: Suppose, the oxidation number of Fe in K4[Fe(CN)6] =x. Hence, 4 x (+1) + x+ 6 x (-1) = 0

The oxidation number of an element in 3 compounds may be zero(0); In compounds like C6H12O6, HCHO, CH2C12 etc., the oxidation number of carbon is zero (0). Suppose, the oxidation number ofCin C6H12O6 = x. So, 6x+ 12x(+1) + 6x(-2) = 0

∴ x=0

Some exceptions regarding the determination of oxidation number

The anomaly fractional oxidation state:

Since electrons can not be transferred fractionally, the fractional oxidation state of an element seems to be a hypothetical case. But in compounds like Fe3O4, and NaS4O6 the oxidation states of Fe, and S are \(+\frac{8}{3}\) and +2.5, respectively.

Redox Reactions Notes

The fractional oxidation state is only the average oxidation state of an element when two or more of its atoms with different oxidation states are present in a compound. For such compounds, the actual oxidation state can be determined by knowing the structure of the compound.

The oxidation number of Cr in CrO5: According to the usual method, the oxidation number of Cr in the CrO5 molecule would be +10. TAT -2 [CrO5, or x = +10]. However, the oxidation number of Cr can never exceed 6 because the total number of electrons in its 3d and 4s orbitals is 6. From the chemical structure of CrO5, it can be shown that the oxidation No number of Cr in CrO5 is, in fact, +6.

Let the oxidation number of Cr in the Cr05 molecule be x. x + lx (-2) + 4 X (-1) = 0 (for O) (for O-atoms linked O — O bond) -V x = +6. Hence, the oxidation number of Cr in Cr05 = +6.

The oxidation number of S in H2SO6: According to the tyre .usual method, the oxidation number of sulphur in the H2SO6 molecule is +8

Redox Reactions Notes

⇒ \(\left[\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}_2} \stackrel{x-2}{\mathrm{SO}}_5^{-2}, x+2-10=0 \quad \text { or, } x=+8\right] \text {. }\)

The oxidation number of sulphur can never exceed + 6. The chemical structure of H9SO6 shows that the oxidation number of sulphur in H2SO5 is Suppose, the oxidation number of S in H2SO5=x

Hence, the oxidation number of the S -atom in H2SO5 = +6

The oxidation number of S in Na2S2O3: According to the usual method, the average value of oxidation numbers of S in Na2S2O3 molecule = +2 However the reaction of Na2S2O3 with dilute H2SO4, one of the two S -atoms in Na2S2O3 is precipitated as sulphur and the other is oxidised to SO2.

Redox Reactions Notes

Therefore, the two S -atoms in the Na2S2O3 molecule are not identical. Consequently, their oxidation numbers cannot be the same. The chemical structure of the Na2S2O3 molecule indicates that the two sulphur atoms in it are linked by a coordinate bond.

The oxidation number of the S -atom accepting the electron pair in the coordinate bond is considered to have an oxidation number of -2. If the oxidation number ofthe other S -atom is taken as .v, then.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \times(+1)+3 \times(-2)+x \times 1+1 \times(-2)=0 \\
& \text { (For Na-atoms) (For } \mathrm{O} \text {-atoms) (For } \mathrm{S} \text {-atom held } \\
& \text { by coordinate bond) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

∴ x=+6

Redox Reactions Notes

Hence, the oxidation number of S -atoms H2SO5= +6

The oxidation number of S in Na2S2O3: According to the usual method, the average value of oxidation numbers of S in Na2S2O3 molecule = +2

⇒ \(\left[\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{Na}_2} \stackrel{x}{\mathrm{~S}}_2-2 \mathrm{O}_3, 2 \times(+1)+2 x+3 \times(-2)=0 \text { or, } x=+2\right] \text {. }\)

However, in the reaction of Na2S2O3 with dilute H2SO4, one of the two S -atoms in Na2S2O3 is precipitated as sulphur and the other is oxidised to SO2. Therefore, the two S -atoms in the Na2S2O3 molecule are not identical.

Redox Reactions Notes

Consequently, their oxidation numbers cannot be the same. The chemical structure of the Na2S2O3 molecule indicates that the two sulphur atoms in it are linked by a coordinate bond. The oxidation number of the S -atom accepting the electron pair in the coordinate bond is considered to have an oxidation number of -2. If the oxidation number ofthe other S -atom is taken as .v, then

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \times(+1)+3 \times(-2)+x \times 1+1 \times(-2)=0 \\
& \text { (For } \mathrm{Na} \text {-atoms) (For } \mathrm{O} \text {-atoms) (For } \mathrm{S} \text {-atom held } \\
& \text { by coordinate bond) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, in the Na2S2O3 molecule, the oxidation number of one S -atom is -2 and that ofthe others +6.

Redox Reactions Notes

The oxidation number of S in Na2S4O6: According to the usual method, the average value of oxidation numbers of S in Na2S4O6 molecule would be + 2.5.

In atoms that molecule, are covalently the oxidation linked number is zero. If the two oxidation sulphur numbers of each of the remaining two s- atoms is x then

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& x \times 2+2 \times 0+6 \times(-2) \times 2 \times(+1)=0 \\
& \text { (For } \mathrm{S}) \text { (For } \mathrm{S}-\mathrm{S}) \text { (For } \mathrm{F} \text { ) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, the oxidation number of each of the two remaining S -atoms in N2S4O (. is +5.

The oxidation number of Fe in Fe2O, According to the usual method, the oxidation number of Fe in Fe,0, would be +[ 3 x .v + 4 x (-2) – 0]. This value of the oxidation number of Fe in Fe3O expresses the average oxidation number of Fe.

Redox Reactions Notes

Fe, O4 is a mixed oxide having the composition FeO>Fe2O3. Therefore, in FeO, the oxidation number of Fe is + 2, and in Fe4O2 the oxidation number of Fe is +3.

Explanation Of Oxidation-Reduction In Terms Of Oxidation Number

According to the concept of oxidation number, oxidation is a chemical reaction in which the oxidation number of atoms increases and reduction is a chemical reaction in which the oxidation number of an atom decreases.

Redox Reactions Notes

So, oxidation means an increase in oxidation number, whereas reduction means a decrease in oxidation number. Examples of oxidation and reduction are as follows.

Explanation of oxidation-reduction reaction

Consider the reaction of HNO3 with H2S, forming nitric oxide (NO) and sulphur. In this reaction, the oxidation number of N decreases from +5 in HNO2 to +2 in NO and the oxidation number of S increases from -2 in H2S to 0 in S. So, the reaction brings about a reduction of HN03 and oxidation of H2S.

Redox Reactions Decrease In O.N Of N

In a redox reaction, all the atoms of a participating reactant do not change their oxidation number. Only one atom of the reactant changes oxidation number. This element is called an effective or reactive element.

Redox Reactions Notes

In the previous example, only the N -atom of HNO3 changes oxidation number. The oxidation numbers of hydrogen or oxygen remain the same before and after the reaction.

The reaction of FeSO4 with KMnO4 acidified with dilute H2SO4 results in K2SO4, MnSO4, FeSO4 and H2O.

Redox Reactions The Reaction Of FeSo4 With KMnO4 acidified with dilute

In this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn decreases (+ 7→ + 2) and the oxidation number of Fe increases (+2 → + 3). Therefore, in the reaction, KMnO4 is reduced and FeSO4 is oxidised

Identification of oxidant and reductant based on oxidation number

In redox reactions, the substance that gets oxidised is the reducing agent and the substance that gets reduced is the oxidising agent. Based on oxidation number, it can be stated that in a redox reaction, the substance in which the oxidation number of an atom increases is the producing agent and the substance in which the oxidation number of an atom decreases is the oxidising agent.

Redox Reactions Notes

Example: In presence of H2SO4, K2Cr2O7 reacts with KI to form I2 and chromic sulphate [Cr2(SO4)3]

Redox Reactions In Presence Of H2SO4, K2Cr2O7 reacts with KI To From I2 And Chromic Sulphate

Here, the oxidation number of Cr decreases from +6 to +3 and the oxidation number of 1- increases from -1 to 0. Therefore, K2Cr2O7 acts as an oxidising agent and KI acts as a reducing agent.

How a redox reaction is identified: At first oxidation number of each of the constituent elements of the participating substances is assigned. If the oxidation numbers of the elements change, then the reaction is identified as a redox reaction. If none of the elements shows any change in oxidation number, then the reaction is not a redox reaction.

Example: Identify whether the given two reactions are redox reactions or not

Redox Reactions In This Reaction The Oxidation Numbers Of All the Atoms

In this reaction, the oxidation numbers of all the atoms of the participating substances remain the same. Hence, it is not a redox reaction.

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{H}^{3+1} \mathrm{H}_3(g)+3 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~N}}_2(g)+6 \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}}_2^{-2}(g)\)

Redox Reactions Notes

In this reaction, the oxidation number of N increases 0) and the oxidation number of oxygen decreases (0 →2). Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Auto Oxidation-Reduction Reactions

There are some redox reactions in which the same substance gets partially oxidised and reduced. This type of reaction is termed an auto oxidation-reduction reaction.

Example: Potassium chlorate (KC1O3) on heating decomposes to produce KC1 and O2 gas:

Redox Reactions Potassium Chlorate KCIO3 On Heating Decomposes To Produce KCL And O2 Gas

In this reaction, the oxidation number of Cl decreases from +5 to -1 and the oxidation number of oxygen increases from- 2 to 0. So, in this reaction of KC1O3, one atom (O) is oxidised and the other (Cl) is reduced.

Redox Reactions Notes

Lead nitrate undergoes thermal decomposition to produce PbO, N02 gas and 02 gas:

Redox Reactions Lead nitrate undergoes thermal decomposition to produce PBo, NO2 gas and O2 Gas

In this reaction, the oxidation number of the N -atom reduces from +5 to +4 and the oxidation number of the O -atom increases from -2 to zero (0 ). Hence, in the reaction, the N atom is reduced and the 0 -atom is oxidised. So, Pb(NO3)3 in its thermal decomposition undergoes oxidation and reduction simultaneously.

Ammonium nitrate (NH4NO3) on heating decomposes to produce water vapour, N2 gas and O2 gas

Redox Reactions Ammonium Nitrate (NH4NO3) On heating Decomposes To produce Water Vapour N2 gas And O2 Gas

NFI4NO3 is an ionic compound, consisting of ammonium cation (NH+4) and nitrate anion (NO3). The oxidation numbers of the N -atom in NH+ and NO2 ions are -3 and 5 respectively. In this reaction, the oxidation number of N in the NH4 ion increases (-3→ 0) and the oxidation number of N in NO3 decreases (+ 5 →+ 0). Therefore, NH4NO3 undergoes oxidation and t In this reaction, reduction at die same time.

Redox Reactions Notes

Disproportionation And Comproportionation Reactions

Disproportionation reaction in which an element of a reactant undergoes oxidation and reduction simultaneously, resulting in two substances in which one of the elements exists in a higher oxidation state and the other exists in a lower oxidation state

Examples: In the reaction of chlorine with cold and dilute NaOH solution, sodium hypochlorite (NaOCl) and sodium chloride are formed. In this reaction oxidation number of chlorine decreases (0→ -1) and increases (0→ +1) at the same time. thus, chlorine is simultaneously oxidised and reduced in the reaction.

Redox Reactions Disproportiobnation Reaction

Therefore, this reaction is an example of a disproportionation reaction.

When white phosphorus is heated with a caustic soda solution, phosphine (PH4) and sodium hypophosphite (NaH2PO2) and produced.

Redox Reactions Sodium Hypophosphite

Here P. undergoes oxidation and reduction simultaneously. In one of the products (PH4), P exists in a lower oxidation state (-3) and in the other product (NaH4PO2), it exists in a higher oxidation state (+1). Hence, tills reaction is an example of a disproportionation reaction.

Redox Reactions Notes

Comproportionation Reaction: It is a reaction in which two reactants containing a particular element but in two different oxidation states react with each other to produce a substance in which the said element exists in an intermediate oxidation state.

Therefore, a comproportionation reaction is the opposite of a disproportionation reaction. Example: KBrO3 reacts with KBr in an acidic medium to produce Br2.

Redox Reactions Comproportionation Reaction

In this reaction, the oxidation number of one Br-torn decreases (from +5 to. 0) and that of another Br-atom increases (from -1 to 0 ). Br2 is formed by the oxidation of KBrO3 and the reduction of KBr. The oxidation number of Br2 is zero, which is intermediate between the oxidation numbers of Br atoms in KBrO, (+5 ) and KBr (-1 ). Therefore, it is a comproportionation reaction.

Equivalent Mass Of Oxidant And Reductant

The equivalent mass of oxidants and reductants is calculated by following two different methods. In one method, the calculation is done in terms of several electron (s) gained by an oxidant or the number of electrons (s) lost by a reductant. The other method takes into account the change in the oxidation number of an element present in the oxidising and reducing agents.

Redox Reactions Notes

Oxidation number method: Equivalent mass of an oxidant or reductant denotes the number obtained by dividing the molecular mass of the oxidant or reductant with the change in oxidation number of an element in the oxidant or reductant in their respective reduction or oxidation reaction.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\text { Equivalent mass } \\
\text { of the oxidant }
\end{gathered} \frac{\text { Molecular or formula mass of oxidant }}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Total change in oxidation number } \\
\text { of an element present in a molecule } \\
\text { of the oxidant during its reduction }
\end{array}}\)

Redox Reactions Determination Of Equivalent Mass Of Oxidants

Redox Reactions Notes

Redox Reactions Determination Of Equivalent Mass Of Reductants

Redox Reactions Determination Of Equivalent Mass Of Oxidants.

.Redox Reactions Notes

Redox Reactions Determination Of Equivalent Mass Of Reductants.

Balancing Of Chemical Equations Involving Redox Reactions

Redox reaction can be balanced with the help of two methods. These are the ion—electron method and the Oxidation number method.

Ion-electron method

Jade and Lamer in 1927 introduced this method. In the ion-electron method, only the molecules and ions which participate in the chemical reaction are shown.

In balancing redox reactions by this method the following steps are followed: 

The reaction is written in ionic form.

The reaction is divided into two half-reactions with the help of ions and electrons. One half-reaction is for oxidation reaction and the other half-reaction is for reduction reaction.

Redox Reactions Notes

While writing the oxidation reaction, the reducing agent and the oxidised substance are written respectively on the left and right of an arrow signing are written respectively on the left and right of the arrow sign

To denote the loss of electrons in oxidation half-reaction, the number of electrons (s) is written on the right of the arrow sign (→). While writing the reduction half-reaction, the number of electrons (s) gained is written on the left arrow sign ( →).

Thus, oxidation half-reaction is: Reducing agent – Oxidised substance +ne [where n = no. of electron (s) lost in oxidation reaction] Thus reduction half-reaction is Oxidising agent + ne Reduced substance [where n = no. of electron(s) gained reduction reaction] 2Cr3+

Then each half-reaction is balanced according to the following steps:

In each of the half-reactions, the number of atoms other than H and O -atoms on both sides ofthe arrow sign is balanced.

If a reaction takes place in an acidic medium, for balancing the number of H and O-atoms on both sides of the arrow sign, H2O or H+ is used. First, oxygen atoms are balanced by adding H2O molecules to the side that needs O-atoms.

Redox Reactions Notes

Then to balance the number of H-atoms, two H+ ions (2H+) for each molecule of water are added to the opposite side (i.e., the side deficient in hydrogen atoms). 0If the reaction occurs in an alkaline medium, for balancing the H and O -atoms, H2O or OH- ion is used. Each excess oxygen atom on one side of the arrow sign is balanced by adding one water molecule to the same side and two ions to the other side.

If the hydrogen atom is still not balanced, it is then balanced by adding one OH- for every excess hydrogen atom on the side of the hydrogen atoms and one water molecule on the other side of the arrow sign in a half-reaction, both H+ and OH- ions cannot participate.

The charge on both sides of each half-reaction is balanced. This is done by adding an electron to that side which is a deficient negative charge.

To equalise the number of electrons of the two half-reactions, any one of the reactions or both reactions should be multiplied by suitable integers.

Now, the two half-reactions thus obtained are added. Cancelling the common term(s) on both sides, the balanced equation is obtained.

Examples: In the presence of H2SO4, potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O2) and ferrous sulphate (FeSO4) react together to produce ferric sulphate [Fe2(SO4)3] and chromic sulphate [Cr2(SO4)3].

Reaction: K2Cr2O7 + FeSO4 + H2SO4→ K2SO4 + Cr2(SO4)3 + Fe2(SO4)3 + H2O The reaction can be expressedin ionic form as: Cr3+ + Fe3+ + H2O Oxidation half-reaction: Fe2+→Fe3++ e Reduction half-reaction: Cr2O2-

Redox Reactions Notes

Balancing the Cr -atom: Cr2O2-

To equalise the number of O -atoms on both sides, 7 water molecules are to be added to the right side. 2Cr3+ + 7H2O

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

[One water molecule is required for each O-atom.]

To balance H-atoms on both sides, 14H+ ions are to be added to the left side.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

2H+ ions are required for each water molecule] Jd] For equalising the charge on both sides, 6 electrons are to be added to the left side.

Now, for balancing the number of electrons in oxidation and reduction half-reactions, the balanced oxidation half-reaction is multiplied by 6 and the balanced reduction half-reaction by 1. Then these two equations are added.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
6 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+} & \longrightarrow 6 \mathrm{Fe}^{3++} 6 e \\
\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e & \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
6 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} & \longrightarrow 6 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Redox Reactions Notes

This balanced equation has been expressed in ionic form. This equation can be represented in molecular form as—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
6 \mathrm{FeSO}_4+ & \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& 3 \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{Cr}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

For 2H+ ions, one H2SO4 molecule is required]

In presence of H2SO4, KMnO4 and FeSO4 react together to produce MnSO4 and Fe2(SO4)3.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Reaction: } \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{FeSO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Redox Reactions Notes

To balance the number of electrons lost in the oxidation half-reaction, the oxidation half-reaction is multiplied by 5 and then the two reactions are added.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+} & \longrightarrow 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+5 e \\
\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 e & \longrightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
\hline 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+} & \longrightarrow 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

As one Fe2(SO4)3 molecule contains two Fe -atoms, the equation is multiplied by 2

10Fe2+ + 2MnO-4 + 16H+→10Fe3+ + 2Mn2+ + 8H2O

This is the balanced equation in ionic form. This equation when expressed in molecular form becomes—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
10 \mathrm{FeSO}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+ & 8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& 5 \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Redox Reactions Notes

Equalising the number of atoms of different elements and the sulphate radicals we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 10 \mathrm{FeSO}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& 5 \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

This is a balanced equation of the given reaction in molecular form.

In H2SO4 the reaction and KI, between Cr2(SO4) 3K2Cr2O7 and I2 are acidified formed.

The equation can be expressed in ionic form as— Cr2O2-7 +1- + H + — Cr3+ + 12 + H2O

Oxidation half-reaction: 21→ I2 + 2e Reduction half-reaction:

Cr2O2→+ 14H+ + 6e — 2Cr3+ + 7H2O

To balance the electrons, equation (1) is multiplied by 3 and added to equation (2). Thus the equation stands as—

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
6 \mathrm{I}^{-} \longrightarrow 3 \mathrm{I}_2+6 e \\
\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
\hline 6 \mathrm{I}^{-}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow 3 \mathrm{I}_2+2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{gathered}\)

This is the balanced equation ofthe reaction in ionic form. The above ionic reaction can be expressed in molecular form as follows— 6KI + K2Cr2O7 + 7H2SO4→3I2 + Cr2(SO4)3 + 7H2O

Equalising the number of atoms of potassium and sulphate radical on the left and right sides, we have,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{KI}+ \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \\
& 3 \mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{Cr}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+4 \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

In the reaction between KMnO4, acidified with dilute H2SO4 and oxalic acid (H2C2O4), MnSO4 and CO2 were produced.

Redox Reactions Notes

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Reaction: } \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \text { noils } \\
& 10 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{Mh} S \mathrm{O}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \quad{ }^2 \quad 10 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Equalising the number of atoms of potassium and sulphate radical we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \\
10 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

This Is the balanced equation of the given reaction in molecular form.

In NaOH solution, Zn reacts with NaNO3 to yield Na2ZnO2, NH3 and H2O.

Reaction: Zn + NaNO3 + NaOH — Na2ZnO2 + NH3 + H2O The equation can be expressed in ionic form as—

Zn + NO + OH→ ZnO2 →+ NH3 +H2O

Oxidation half-reaction: Zn + 40H→ ZnO2 + 2H2O + 2C

Redox Reactions Notes

Reduction half-reaction: NO3 + 6H2O + 8c — NH3 + 90H

Now multiplying equation (1) by 4 and then adding to equation (2), we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 4 \mathrm{Zn}+16 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+ 6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \\
& 4 \mathrm{ZnO}_2^{-}+\mathrm{NH}_3+9 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}
\)

or, 4Zn + 70H→+ NO3→4ZnO-2 + NH3 + 2H2O It is the balanced equation of the reaction in ionic form. Expressing the above equation in molecular form— 4Zn + 7NaOH + NaNO3→ 4Na2ZnO2 + NH3 + 2H2O It is the molecular form of the balanced equation of the reaction.

In the presence of HNO3, sodium bismuthatic (NaHO3) reacts with Mn(NO3)2 to produce coloured sodium permanganate (NaMnO4) and itself gets reduced to bismuth nitrate.

Reaction: NaBIO3 + Mn(NO3) + UNO2 →NaMnO4 + Bi(NO3) + H2O The equation can be expressed in ionic form as— BIO2 + Mn2+ → Bl3+ + MnO4 + H2O

Oxidation half-reaction: Mn2+ + 4H2O → Mn04+8H+→+5c

Reduction half-reaction: BIO2 + 6H+ + 2e — Bi3+ + 3H2O.

Multiplying equation (1) by 2 and equation (2) by 5 and then adding them we get—

\(\begin{array}{r}
2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+5 \mathrm{BiO}_3^{-}+30 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow \\
2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 \mathrm{Bi}^{3+}+15 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
\text { or, } 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+5 \mathrm{BiO}_3^{-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 5 \mathrm{Bi}^{3+}+2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{array}\)

This is the balanced ionic equation of the reaction. The equation in the molecular form stands as— \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Mn}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2+5 \mathrm{NaBiO}_3+14 \mathrm{HNO}_3 \\
& 5 \mathrm{Bi}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_3+2 \mathrm{NaMnO}_4+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\) Balancing the number of Na -atoms and the nitrate radicals, we get \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Mn}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2+5 \mathrm{NaBiO}_3+14 \mathrm{HNO}_3- \\
& 5 \mathrm{Bi}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_3+2 \mathrm{NaMnO}_4+3 \mathrm{NaNO}_3+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\) In an acidic medium, iodate ( IO-3) oxidises iodide (I-) to iodine and itself gets reduced to iodine.

Ionic reaction: IO-2 + I- + H+→ I2 + H2O

Oxidation half-reaction: 21- → I2 + 2e

Reduction half-reaction: 2IO-3 + 12H++ 10 e →6I2 + 6H2O Multiplying equation (1) by 5 and then adding to equation (2) we get, 10I- + 21O-3+ 12H+ → 6I2 + 6H2O or, 5I- + 1O-3 + 6H+ — 3I2 + 3H2O This is the balanced ionic equation of the reaction.

Oxidation number method

In any redox reaction, the increase in the oxidation number of some of the atoms is balanced by the decrease in the oxidation number of some other atoms.

The steps which are to be followed while balancing the oxidation-reduction equation by this method are given below— After identifying the oxidant and reductant, the skeleton equation for the reaction is written.

The elements of the reactants and the products changing oxidation number are identified and the oxidation number of the concerned atoms is mentioned.

The reactant in which the element undergoes a decrease in oxidation number is the oxidant, while the reactant in which the element undergoes an increase in oxidation number is the reductant.

Redox Reactions Notes

As oxidation and reduction are complementary to each other, die increase and decrease in oxidation numbers should necessarily be equal, For this reason, the respective formulae of the oxidants and reductants are multiplied by a possible suitable integer so that the changes in oxidation numbers arc equalised.

For balancing the equation, it may sometimes be necessary to multiply the formula of other substances participating in the reaction by a suitable integer.

If the reactions are carried out in an acidic medium, then, to balance the number of O -atoms, one molecule of O- is added for each O -atom to the side of the equation deficient in oxygen. To balance the number of -atoms, H+ ions are added to the side deficient in hydrogen.

In case of a reaction occurring in an alkaline medium, to balance the number of O -atoms on both sides of the equations, for each O -atom one molecule of water is added to the side deficient in O -atoms and to the opposite side two OH- ions for each water molecule are added.

Again for balancing the number of FI -atoms on both sides of the equation, for each 2 -atom one OH- ion is added to the side which contains excess 2 -atoms and the same number of FI2O molecules are added to the other side.

Example 1. Copper dissolves in concentrated HNO3 to form CU(NO3)2, NO2 and H2O

Reaction:

Redox Reactions Copper Dissolves In Concentarated HNO3

In the given reaction, the increase in oxidation number of Cu -atom =(+2)-0 = 2 unit (oxidation) and the decrease in oxidation number of N -atom =(+5)-(+4) = 1 unit (reduction).

To nullify the effect of increase and decrease in the oxidation numbers, the ratio of the number of Cu -atoms and UNO2 molecules in the reaction should be 1:2. So the equation may be written as—

Cu + 2HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 + H2O

Now, to produce one molecule of Cu(NO3)2 two NO2 radicals i.e. two molecules of UNO2 are required.

Hence in the reaction further addition of two molecules of HNO3 is necessary. So the balanced equation is expressed as—

Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 + 2H2O

Now, to produce one molecule of Cu(NO3)2, two NO3 radicals i.e. two molecules of UNO2 are required.

Hence in the reaction further addition of two molecules of HNO2 is necessary. So the balanced equation is expressed as—

Cu+4HNO3 Cu(NO3)2+2NO2+2H2O

When H2S gas is passed through chlorine water H2SO4 is produced.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions When H2S gas Is Passed Through Chlorine Water

In this reaction, an increase in the oxidation number of S = (+6) — (— 2) = 2 units (oxidation) and a decrease In the oxidation number of Cl = 0 – (— 1 ) I unit (reduction). So decrease In oxidation number for two (‘,1 -atoms or I molecule of Cl2 -2 unit.

Redox Reactions Notes

To neutralise the effect of Increase and decrease In oxidation number in the given equation, the number of molecules of H2S and Cl2 should be in the ratio of 2: i.e., 1: <1.

Therefore, the equation becomes—

H2S+4CI2+HCl+H2SO4

Balancing the number of 11 and O -atoms on both sides gives the balanced equation —

H2S+4Cl2+4H2O-8HCl+H2SO4

NH3 gas when passed over heated Cut) produces Cu, N2 and H2O.

Redox Reactions NH3 Gas When Passed over heated

In this reaction, increase In oxidation number of N=0-(-3) = 3 unit (oxidation) and decrease In oxidation number of Cu =(+2)-0 = 2 unit (reduction). As, in a redox reaction, the total increase in oxidation number is equal to the total decrease In oxidation number, the number of molecules of CuO and Nil3 in the reaction should be in the ratio of 3:2. Hence, the balanced equation will be—

3CuO+2NH3→3Cu+N2+3H2O

In the reaction between KMnO4 and H2O2, the products obtained were K2SO2 MnSO2, H2O And O2.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions In The Reaction Between KMNO4 And H2O2

In this reaction increases in oxdination number of O=0-(-1)=1 (oxidaxtion) and dexrease in oxidation number of MN= (+7)-(+20)=5 unit (reduction).

The total increase in the oxidation number of two 0 -atoms presents one molecule of H2O2To balance the decrease and increase in oxidation numbers, the ratio of the number of KMnO2 and H2O, molecules in the equation for the reaction will be 2:5. Again from 2 molecules of KMnO4 and 5 molecules of H2O2, 2 molecules of MnSO2 and 5 molecules of O2 are produced respectively. Thus the equation becomes—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+ \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+5 \mathrm{O}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Redox Reactions Notes

Again, for the formation of 1 molecule of K2SO4 and 2 molecules of MnSO4, three SO4- radicals are required and hence three H2SO4 molecules are necessary on the left-hand side. Besides this, the total number of H-atoms in 5 molecules of H2O2 and 3 molecules of H2SO4 = 16. These H-atoms produce water molecules. Therefore, 8 molecules of H2O are to be placed on the right-hand side. So the balanced equation will be—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4-7 \\
& \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+5 \mathrm{O}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

White phosphorus and concentrated NaOH react together to yield NaH2PO2 and PH3. Reaction

Redox Reactions White Phosphorus And Concentrated NaOH

The increase in oxidation number of P [P to NaH2PO9 ] = +1- 0 = 1 unit (oxidation). The decrease in oxidation number of P [P to PH3] = 0-(-3) = 3 unit (reduction). To balance the increase and decrease in oxidation number, three P atoms for oxidation and one P -atom for reduction are required. Thus four P -atoms are necessary.

Redox Reactions Notes

Now, in the oxidation of P, NaH2PO2 and its reduction, PH3 are formed. So the oxidation of three P atoms forms 3 molecules of NaH2PO9 and for this, three NaOH molecules are required. Again 1 atom of P reduction produces 1 molecule of PH3. So the equation will be—

P4+3NaOH + H2O→ 3NaH2PO2 + PH3

On the right side of the equation, there are 6 oxygen atoms, out of which 3 atoms will come from 3 molecules of NaOH and for the rest three atoms, 3 molecules of H2O will be necessary. Hence, the balanced equation will be

P4+ 3NaOH + H2O → 3NaH2PO2 + PH3

In NaOH solution, Zn reacts with NaNO3 to yield Na2ZnO2, NH3 and H2O.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions In NaOH Solution, Zn reacts With NaNO3 To yeild

In the reaction, an increase in the oxidation number of Zn =(+2) -0 = 2 unit (oxidation) and a decrease in the oxidation number of N =(+5)-(-3) = 8 unit (reduction). As the increase and decrease in oxidation number in the reaction must be equal, the number of Zn -atoms and the number of molecules of NaNO3 should be in the ratio of 4:1. Now, 1 molecule of NaNO3 and 4 atoms of Zn produce 1 molecule of NH3 and 4 molecules of Na2ZnO2 respectively. Therefore the reaction is—

4Zn + NaNO3 + NaOH →4Na2ZnO2 + NH3 + H2O

Redox Reactions Notes

Again formation of 4 molecules of Na2ZnO2 requires 8 Na -atoms, out of which 1 atom is supplied by 1 molecule of NaNO3. Additional 7 Na -atoms come from NaOH on the left side. To balance H -atoms on both sides, 1 H2O molecule is to be placed on the right side. Thus the balanced equation will be —

4Zn + NaNO3 + 7NaOH →4Na2ZnO2 + NH3 + 2H2O

In the reaction between Cr2O3 and Na2O2, Na2CrO4 and NaOH are produced.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions In The Reaction Between Cr2O3 And Na2O2

In this reaction, an increase in the oxidation number of Cr = (+6)- (+3) = 3 unit (oxidation) and a decrease in the oxidation number of O =(- 1 )-(- 2) = 1 unit (reduction). Thus a total increase in the oxidation number of two Cr -atoms =3×2 = 6 units and the total decrease in the oxidation number of two O -atoms = 1×2 = 2 units.

To balance the increase and decrease in oxidation number, the ratio of Cr2O3 and Na2O2 should be =1:3.

Now 2 molecules of Na2CrO4 are produced from 1 molecule of Cr2O3. Hence the equation will be as follows—

Cr2O3+3Na2O2+H2O-2Na2CrO2+NaOH

If Na, H and O- atoms are balanced on both sides, the balanced equation will stand as —

Cr2O3+ 3Na2O2 + H2O→ 2Na2CrO4 + 2NaOH

Redox Reactions Notes

White phosphorus reacts with copper sulphate solution to produce Cu, H3PO4 and H2SO4.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions White Phosphorus Reacts With Copper Sulphate Solution

In this reaction, an increase in the oxidation number of P = (+5)-0 = 5 unit (oxidation) and a decrease in the oxidation number of Cu =(+2)-0 = 2 unit (reduction).

Since the increase and decrease in oxidation number must be equal, in the given reaction, the ratio of the number of atoms of P and the number of CuSO4 molecules should be in the ratio of 2: 5. Again 2 molecules of H3PO4 and five Cu -atoms will be produced respectively from two P atoms and five CuSO4 molecules. As a result, the equation becomes—

2P + 5CuSO4 + H2O→ 5Cu + 2H3PO4 + H2SO4

To balance the number of SO²‾4 radicals on both sides of the equation, 5 molecules of H2SO4 are to be added to the right-hand side ofthe equation.

2P + 5CuSO4 + H2O→5Cu + 2H3PO4 + 5H2SO4

Now, the total number of H-atoms present in 2 molecules of H3PO4 and 5 molecules of H2SO4 =16. So, for balancing the number of H-atoms, 8 water molecules are to be placed on the left-hand side. So, the balanced equation will be

2P + 5CuSO4 + 8H2O→5Cu + 2H3PO4 + 5H2SO4

Aluminium powder when boiled with caustic soda solution yields sodium aluminate and hydrogen gas.

Reaction:

⇒ \(\stackrel{-0}{\mathrm{~A}} \mathrm{l}+\mathrm{NaOH}+\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{NaAlO}_2}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{H}_2}\)

Aluminium is oxidised in this reaction to produce sodium aluminate. On the other hand, the H -atoms of NaOH and H2O are reduced to produce H2. Therefore, the change in oxidation number in the reaction may be shown as follows—

Redox Reactions The Chnage In Oxidation Number In The Reaction

The increase in oxidation number of A1 = (+3) -0 = 3 unit (oxidation), the decrease in oxidation number of 1 H atom of NaOH molecule \(=(+1)-\left(\frac{1}{2} \times 0\right)\) (reduction) and decrease in oxidation number of 2 H -atoms
of water molecule = 2 x (+1) -2×0 = 2 unit(reduction).

Hence, the total decrease in oxidation number for the Hatoms in 1 molecule of NaOH and 1 molecule of H2O =3 unit.

Redox Reactions Notes

Since, in a chemical reaction, the increase and decrease in oxidation number are the same, the ratio of the number of A1 atoms, NaOH molecule and water molecules in the given reaction should be =1: 1: 1.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Al}+\mathrm{NaOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NaAlO}_2+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{H}_2\)

Hence, the given reaction may be represented as:

Now, to express the number of molecules of reactants and products in terms of whole numbers, both sides of the equation should be multiplied by 2.

So, the balanced equation will be as follows:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Al}+\mathrm{NaOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NaAlO}_2+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{H}_2\)

Determination of equivalent mass of an element or compound in disproportionation reaction: Ifin oxidation and reduction reaction, the change in oxidation number of any element or an element of any compound participating in a disproportionation reaction be n1 and n2 respectively and M be the molecular mass of that element or compound, then the equivalent mass of that element or compound \(=\frac{M}{n_1}+\frac{M}{n_2}\)

In oxidation reaction (P4— change in oxidation number of each P -atom = 1 unit. So the total change in oxidation number of four P-atoms =4×1 =4 units. In the reduction reaction, (P4->PH3), the change in oxidation number of each P-atom is 3 units. So the total change in oxidation number of four P-atoms =4×3 = 12 units. Thus in this reaction, the equivalent mass of P4.

\(=\frac{M}{4}+\frac{M}{12}=\frac{4 \times 31}{4}+\frac{4 \times 31}{12}=31+10.33 \text {= } 41.33\) [since atomic mass of p = 31]

Redox Titration

A process by which a standard solution of an oxidant (or a standard solution of a reductant) is completely reacted with a solution of an unknown concentration of a reductant (or with a solution of an unknown concentration of an oxidant) in the presence of a suitable indicator is called redox titration.

In a redox titration, an oxidant (or a reductant) reacts completely with an equivalent amount of a reductant (or an oxidant). Therefore, in a redox titration, the number of grams equivalent of oxidant = number of grams equivalent of reductant.

Types of redox titrations

Permanganometry titration: A titration in which KMnO4 solution is used as the standard solution. In this titration, no indicators are needed.

Example: The amount of iron present in an acidic ferrous ion (Fe2+) solution can be estimated by titrating the solution with a standard solution of KMnO4.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+ 8 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Oxidation reaction: Fe2+→ Fe3+ + e

Redox Reactions Notes

Reduction reaction: MnO-4 + 8H+ + 5e→Mn2+ + 4H2O

So, in this reaction, the equivalent mass of Fe2+ — an atomic mass of Fe and the equivalent mass of KMnO4 \(=\frac{1}{5} \times\) Molecular or formula mass of KMnO4 According to the reaction (1), 1 mol of KMnO4 = 5 mol of Fe2+ ions or, 1000 mLof1 mol of KMnO4 solution = 5 x 55.85g of Fe2+ ions or, 1 mLof l(M) KMnO4 solution = 0.2792g of Fe2+ ions mL of 5(N) KMnO4 solution = 0.2792g of Fe2+ ions. [In the given reaction, the normality of KMnO4 solution is five times its molarity.]

lmL of (N) KMnO4 solution = 0.05585g of Fe2+ ions

Dichromatometry titration: A ptration in which a standard solution of potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O7) is used.

In this titration, sodium or barium diphenylamine sulphonate or diphenylamine is used as an indicator.

Example: The amount of iron present in an acidic ferrous ion (Fe2+) solution can be calculated by titrating the solution with a standard solution of K2Cr2O7.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+} \\
& 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+6 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

In reaction (1), the equivalent mass of Fe2+ is equal to the atomic mass of Fe, & the equivalent mass of K2Cr2O7 is equal to one-sixth of its molecular or formula mass. According to the reaction(l), 1 mol of K2Cr2O7 H 6mol of Fe2+ ions or, 1000mL of 1M K2Cr2O7 = 6 x 55.85 g of Fe2+ ions or, lmLof1M K2Cr2O7 solution s 0.3351g of Fe2+ ions or, lmL of 6N K2Cr2O7 solution s 0.3351g of Fe2+ ions [In the given reaction, normality of K2Cr2O7 solution is six times its molarity.]

lmL of IN K2Cr2O7 solution = 0.05585g of Fe2+ ions

Redox Reactions Notes

iodometry titration: In this titration, KI in excess is added to a neutral or an acidic solution of an oxidant. Consequently, the oxidant quantitatively oxidises I- ions (reductant), to form I2. The liberated I2 is then titrated with a standard Na2S2O3 solution using starch as an indicator.

The amount of liberated iodine is calculated from the volume of standard Na2S2O3 solution consumed in one titration. After the amount of liberated iodine is known, one can calculate the amount of oxidant by using the balanced chemical equation for the reaction of oxidant with iodine.

Example: Iodometric titration is often used for quantitative estimation of Cu2+ ions. The addition of excess KI to a neutral or an acidic solution of Cu2+ ions results in oxidation of 1 to I2 and reduction of Cu2+ to Cu+.

So, in the reaction(l), the equivalent mass of \(\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}=\frac{2 \times \text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{Cu}}{2}=\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{Cu}\)

The reaction of I2 with Na2S2O3 is: \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}\)

In this reaction, Oxidation reaction: \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 e\)

Reduction reaction: I2 + 2e→2I-

Therefore, the equivalent mass of Na2S2O3

⇒ \(=\frac{2 \times \text { molecular or formula mass of } \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3}{2}\)

= molecular or formula mass of Na2S2O3

Equivalent mass of I2 \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{I}_2}{2}=\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{I}\)

According to the reactions (1) and (2), 2mol of Cu2+ = 1 mol of I2 and 2 mol of Na2S2O3 s 1 mol of I2 Therefore, 2mol of Na2S2O3= 2 mol of Cu2+ or, 1 mol of Na2S2O3 = l mol of Cu2+ = 63.5g of Cu2+ or, l mol of lM Na2S2O3 solution = 63.5 g of Cu2+ or, 1 mol ofIN Na2S2O3 solution = 63.5gof Cu2+ [As in the reaction of Na2S203 with I2, the equivalent mass of Na2S2O3 is equal to its molecular mass].

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Questions And Answers

Redox Reactions Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1. In the following redox reactions, identify the oxidation half-reactions and reduction half-reactions along with the oxidants and reductants

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(g) \\
& \mathrm{Sn}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Sn}^{4+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}(a q) \\
& 2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+2 \mathrm{NaI}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Fe}(s)+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2(g) \\
& \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{S}(s)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \\
& 2 \mathrm{FeCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{FeCl}_3(a q) \\
& 2 \mathrm{Hg}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{Sn}^{2+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Hg}_2^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{Sn}^{4+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)
Answer:

Oxidation half-reaction: 2l-(aq)→I2(s) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: Cl2(g) + 2e→2Cl-(aq)
Oxidant: Cl2(g); Reductant: l-(aq)

Oxidation half-reaction: Sn2+(aq)→Sn4+(aq) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: Fe3+(aq) + e→Fe2+(aq)
Oxidant: Fe3+(aq); Reductant: Sn2+(aq)

Redox Reactions Questions

Oxidation half-reaction:
\(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}(a q)+2 e\)
Reduction half-reaction: I2(s) + 2e→2l-(aq)
Oxidant: I2(s); Reductant: Na2S2O3(aq)

Oxidation half-reaction: Fe(s)→Fe2+(aq) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: 2H+(aq) + 2e→H2(g)
Oxidant: H+(aq); Reductant: Fe(s)

Oxidation half-reaction: S2-(aq)→S(s) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: Cl2(g) + 2e→CI-(aq)
Oxidant: Cl2(g); Reductant: H2S(aq)

Oxidation half-reaction: Fe2+(aq)→Fe3+(aq)
Reduction half-reaction: Cl2(g) + 2e→2Cl-(aq)
Oxidant: Cl2; Reductant: FeCl2

Oxidation half-reaction: Sn2+(aq)→Sn4+(aq) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: \(2 \mathrm{Hg}^{2+}(a q)+2 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Hg}_2^{2+}(a q)\)
Oxidant: Hg2+(aq); Reductant: Sn2+(aq)

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Questions And Answers

Question 2. Give an example of an oxygen-containing compound for each of the following oxidation states of oxygen: \(+1,-\frac{1}{2},-1\)
Answer:
The oxidation states of O in O2F2, KOAnd H2Oare \(+1,-\frac{1}{2} \text { and }-1\) respectively

Question 3. A compound is composed of three elements A, B, and C. The oxidation numbers of A, B, and C in the compound are 1 1, +5, and -2, respectively. Which one of the following formulas represents the molecular formula of the compound? A2BC4 or A2(BC3).
Answer: The algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all atoms present in a molecule is equal to zero.

In an A2BC4 molecule, the algebraic sum ofthe oxidation numbers of all the constituent atoms

= 2 X (+1) +1 X (+5) + 4 X (-2) = -1

In A2(BC3)2 molecule, the algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all the atoms

Redox Reactions Questions

= 2 X (+ 1) + 2[5 + 3 x (-2)] = 0

Therefore, A2(BC3)2 represents the molecular formula ofthe compound.

Question 4.  Give two examples of nitrogen-containing compounds, in one of which, the oxidation state of N-atom is +1, while in the other compound, N-atoms exist in two different oxidation states.
Answer:

  1. The oxidation number of N in N2O is +1.
  2. The oxidation numbers of two N-atoms in NH4NO3 are -3 and +5 respectively

Question 5. A compound is composed of three elements A, B, and C. The oxidation numbers of A, B, and C in the compound are 11, +5, and -2, respectively. Which one of the following formulas represents the molecular formula of the compound? A2BC, or A2(BC3)
Answer: The algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all atoms present in a molecule is equal to zero.

In an A2BC4 molecule, the algebraic sum ofthe oxidation numbers of all the constituent atoms. = 2 X (+1) +1 X (+5) + 4 X (-2) = -1

In A2(BC3)2 molecule, the algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all the atoms = 2 X (+ 1) + 2[5 + 3 x (-2)] = 0

Redox Reactions Questions

Therefore, A2(BC3)2 represents the molecular formula ofthe compound.

Question 6. Give two examples of nitrogen-containing compounds, in one of which, the oxidation state N-atom is +1, while in the other compound, N-atoms exist in two different oxidation states.
Answer: The Oxidation number of N in N2O is +1. The Oxidation Numbers Of Two N-atoms in NH4NO3 are -3 and +5 respectively

Question 7. Among the reactions given below, identify the redox reactions and also mention the oxidant and the reductant in each case

⇒ \(\mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~s})+3 \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{s})+3 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

Answer: \(\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Fe}_2} \mathrm{O}_3(s)+3 \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{O}(g) \rightarrow 2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Fe}}(s)+\stackrel{+4}{3} \mathrm{CO}_2(g)\)

The Oxdination number of Fe decreases from +3 to 0 while that of C increases from +2 to +4. so in this reaction, Fe2O3 undergoes reduction and Co undergoes Oxdination. Hence, it’s a redox reaction in which Fe2O3 acts as an Oxdiant and Co as Reductant.

2. \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+2 \mathrm{NaI}(a q)\)

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~S}} \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \stackrel{+2.5}{\mathrm{~S}_4} \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+2 \mathrm{NaI}^{-1}(a q)\)

The oxidation number of S increases from +2 to +2.5 while that of decreases from 0 to -l. So, in this reaction, Na2S2O3 undergoes oxidation and I2 undergoes reduction. Hence, it is a redox reaction in which Na2S203 acts as a reductant and I2 as an oxidant.

In this reaction, there occurs no change in oxidation number for any element. So, it is not a redox reaction.

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1 .}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{u}_2 \mathrm{~S}(\mathrm{~s})+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C} \mathrm{Cu}}(\mathrm{s})+\stackrel{+4-2}{\mathrm{SO}_2}(\mathrm{~g})\)

The oxidation number of Cu decreases from +1 to 0 while that of S increases from -2 to +4. Also, the oxidation number of 0 decreases from O to -2. So, in this reaction, Cu2S undergoes oxidation as well as reduction and O2 undergoes reduction. Hence, it is a redox reaction in which Cu2S serves as both oxidant and reductant and O2 acts as an oxidant.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{u}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{~S}}(s)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}(g) \rightarrow 2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}}(s)+\stackrel{+4-2}{\mathrm{SO}_2}(g)\)

The oxidation number of Cu decreases from +1 to 0 while that of S increases from -2 to +4. Also, the oxidation number of 0 decreases from 0 to -2. So, in this reaction, Cu2S undergoes oxidation as well as reduction and O2 undergoes reduction. Hence, it is a redox reaction in which Cu2S serves as both oxidant and reductant, and O2 acts as an oxidant.

Redox Reactions Questions

In this reaction, no change in oxidation number for any element takes place. So, it is not a redoxreaction.

The oxidation number of S increases from -2 to +6 while that of N decreases from +5 to +4. So, in this reaction, H2S undergoes oxidation and HNO3 undergoes reduction. Hence, it is a redox reaction in which H2S acts as a reductant and HNO3 acts as an oxidant

Hence, it is a redox reaction in which H2S acts as a reductant and HNO3 acts as an oxidant.

Question 8. Identify the following half-reactions as oxidation half¬ reactions and reduction half-reactions:

  1. \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_4^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)
  3. \(\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{IO}_4^{-}(a q)\)
  4. \(\mathrm{ClO}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)\)
  5. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)\)
  6. \(\stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{C}}_2 \mathrm{O}_7 \rightarrow 2^{+3} \mathrm{Cr}\)

The oxidation number of Cr changes from +6 to +3. This indicates that the reaction involves the reduction of Cr2O²¯. Hence, it is a reduction half-reaction.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}^{+3}(\mathrm{OH})_4^{-} \rightarrow{ }^{+6} \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}(a q)\) The reaction involves the oxidation of Cr(OH)4 because the oxidation number of Cr increases from +3 to +6. So, this reaction represents an oxidation half-reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{I}}_3^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{IO}_4^{-}}(a q)\) This reaction represents an oxidation half-reaction since the oxidation number of I increases from +5 to +7 in the reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{ClO}^{-}}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-1}(a q)\)

This reaction represents a reduction half-reaction because the oxidation number of Cl decreases from +1 to -1 in the reaction.

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(\stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}(s)\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}^{+3}(\mathrm{OH})_4^{-} \rightarrow{ }^{66} \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}(a q)\) The reaction involves the oxidation of Cr(OH)4 because the oxidation number of Cr increases from +3 to +6. So, this reaction represents an oxidation half-reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{IO}_4^{-}}(a q)\) This reaction represents an oxidation half-reaction since the oxidation number of I increases from +5 to +7 in the reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{Cl}} \mathrm{O}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{Cl}}^{-}(a q)\) This reaction represents a reduction half-reaction because the oxidation number of Cl decreases from +1 to -1 in the reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}(s) .\) This is a reduction half¬ reaction because the oxidation number of Mn decreases from +7 to +4.

Question 9. Give an example of a disproportionation reaction. Calculate the volume of /0.225(M) KMnO4 solution that can completely react with 45mL of a 0.125(M) I:eS04 solution in an acid medium.
Answer: Second part: \(\left[\mathrm{Fe}^{2+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}(a q)+e\right] \times 5\)

Reduction reaction: \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+5 e \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \times 1
\end{aligned}\)

Net reaction: \(\begin{aligned}
& 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \rightharpoondown \\
& 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}(a q)+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

5 mol of FeSO4 = 1 mol of MnO4

or, 1000mL of5 M FeSO4 = 1000 ml limit of 1M KMnO4

or, 1mL of 5M FeSO4 s lmL of lMKMnO4

or, 1mL of 1M FeSO4 \(\equiv \frac{1}{5} \mathrm{~mL}\) of 1M KMno4

or, 45mL of 0.125M FeSO4 = 45 X 0.125 ,\(\times \frac{1}{5} \mathrm{~mL}\) of 1M KMnO4 \(\equiv \frac{9 \times 0.125}{0.225} \mathrm{~mL}\) = 5mL of0.225M KMnO4

= The volume of KMnO4 required = 5mL

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

 

Question 10. For an element to undergo a disproportionation reaction, at least how many oxidation states should the clement exhibit?
Answer: When an element undergoes disproportionation reaction, oxidation state the element changes in the following way

Intermediate- Higher oxidation + Lower oxidation

Example: The reaction of Cl2 with cold and dilute NaOH is a disproportionation reaction.

So. an element will be able to undergo disproportionation reactionist exhibits at least three oxidation states

Question 11. A clement has three oxidation numbers, +6, +7, and +4. If it exhibits a +7 oxidation number in a compound, will the compound be able to participate In a disproportionation reaction?
Answer: The compound cannot undergo a disproportionation reaction. This is because the element in the compound exists in its highest oxidation state.

The compound would have been able to undergo a disproportionation reaction if the element existed in the +6 oxidation state in the compound as this oxidation state lies between the oxidation states +7 and +4.

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 12. An element can show 0, 1, and +5 oxidation states. The oxidation numbers of the element In two compounds are -1 and +5. Is a comproportionation reaction Involving these two compounds possible?
Answer: In a comproportionation reaction, two reactants in which a particular element exists in different oxidation states, react to form a substance in which that element exists in an intermediate oxidation state.

The given oxidation states of die elementin two compounds are -1 and +5. So, if these two compounds together undergo a compro-portionation reaction they will form a substance in which the element will exist in a zero oxidation state. This oxidation state lies between -1 and +5. Hence, the two compounds together can undergo a comproportionation reaction.

Question 13. Identify the following reactions as disproportionation and comproportionation reactions—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Ag}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{Ag}(s) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Ag}^{+}(a q)\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
& 4 \mathrm{KClO}_3(\mathrm{~s}) \rightarrow \mathrm{KCl}(\mathrm{s})+3 \mathrm{KClO}_4(\mathrm{~s})
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}(a q)+ 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightharpoondown \\
& 2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2(g)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \\
& 1 \mathrm{O}_3^{-}(a q)+5 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{I}_2(s)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

Answer: \({\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{Ag}^2}}^{2+}(a q)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Ag}}(s) \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{Ag}^{+}}(a q)\)

In this reaction, the resulting species, Ag+, exists in an oxidation state (+1) that lies between the oxidation states of Ag2+(+2) and Ag(0). Hence, it is a comproportio¬ nation reaction.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2^{-1}(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}}(l)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2(\mathrm{~g})\) In this reaction, H2O2 (oxidation number of 0 is -1 ) decomposes to form H2O (oxidation number of O is -2) and O2 (oxidation number of O is zero). The oxidation state -1 lies between 0 and -2. So, this reaction represents a disproportionation reaction.

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{~K}^{+5} \mathrm{IO}_3(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{KC} \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{I}}+3 \mathrm{~K}^{+7} \mathrm{ClO}_4(s)\) In this reaction, the oxidation number of Cl decreases (+5 to-1 ) as well as increases (+5 to +7). This means KC1O3 undergoes both oxidation and reduction in the reaction. Hence, this reaction is a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}(a q) & +2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& \stackrel{+7}{2} \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}(s)+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn increases (+6 to +7) and decreases (+6 to +4) as well. ‘Hus’ means MnO- undergoes both oxidation and reduction in the reaction. Therefore, this reaction is a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(2 \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{NH}_4} \stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{NO}_3}(\mathrm{~s}) \rightarrow \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{~N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

NH4NO3 molecule has two N-atoms, out of which one has an oxidation number of -3 and the other has an oxidation number of +5—the decomposition of NH4NO3 results in N2(g). So, in this reaction, the oxidation number of one N-atom increases from -3 to 0 while the oxidation number of other N-atom decreases from +5 to 0. Since the oxidation number 0 lies between the oxidation numbers -3 and +5, the reaction represents a comproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}}(a q)+\stackrel{-1}{5}^{-1}(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \rightarrow 3 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}(s)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

In this reaction, 10J (oxidation number of I = +5) reacts with I- (oxidation number of = -1 ) to form I2 (oxidation number of = 0 ). Since the oxidation number 0 lies between -1 and +5, the reaction represents a comproportionation reaction.

Question 14. Determine the equivalent masses of the following underlined compounds by both oxidation number and electronic methods

SO2 + 2H2O→H2SO4

HNO3→NO2 + H2O

HNO3 + 3H+→ NO + 2H2O

MnO2 + 4H+→ Mn2+→ + 2H2O

⇒ \(\xrightarrow{\mathrm{KMnO}_4}+\frac{\mathrm{FeSO}_4}{\mathrm{~K}_2} \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{HnSO}_4+\mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Answer: Oxidation number method: \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{SO}_2}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of S increases from +4 to +6. The change in oxidation number per molecule of S02 = 6-4 = 2 units.

∴ Equivalent mass of SO2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{SO}_2}{2}=\frac{64}{2}=32\)

Electronic method: SO, + 2H2O→4H+→+ SO2- + 2e

Number of electrons lost by a molecule of SO2 for its oxidation = 2.

Equivalent mass of SO2 \(=\frac{64}{2}=32\)

Oxidation number method: \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{HN}} \mathrm{O}_3 \rightarrow \stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{O}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The change in oxidation number per molecule of HNO3 = 5-4 = unit:

∴ Equivalent mass of HNO3

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{HNO}_3}{1}=\frac{63}{1}=63\)

Electronic method: NO3 + 2H+ → NO2+ HaO.

The number of electrons involved in the die reduction of NO3 is 1.

Redox Reactions Questions

∴ Equivalent mass of HNO3

⇒ c\(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{HNO}_3}{1}=\frac{63}{1}=63\)

Oxidation number method:

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}^{+5} \mathrm{~S}_3+3 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~N} O}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of N decreases from +5 to +2. So, the change in oxidation number per molecule of I-INOg = 5-2 = 3 units.

∴ Equivalent mass of HNO3

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{HNO}_3}{1}=\frac{63}{3}=21\)

Electronic method: \(\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}+3 e \rightarrow \mathrm{NO}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The number of electrons involved in the reduction of 1 molecule of HNOg = 3

∴ Equivalent mass of HNO3

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{HNO}_3}{1}=\frac{63}{3}=21\)

Oxidation number method:

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}+4 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{M}}{ }^{2+}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number decreases from +4 to +2. So, the change in oxidation number per molecule of MnO2 = 4-2 = 2 units.

Equivalent mass of MnO2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{MNO}_2}{1}=\frac{87}{2}=43.5\)

Electronic method:

⇒ \(\mathrm{MnO}_2+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The number of electrons involved in the reduction of a molecule of MnO2 =-2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{MnO}_2}{1}=\frac{87}{2}=43.5\)

Oxidation number method:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{~K}} \mathrm{nO}_4+\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~F}} \mathrm{eSO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \\
& \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{MnSO}_4+\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Fe}} \mathrm{e}_2}\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

In this reaction, KMnO4 undergoes reduction because the oxidation number of Mn decreases from +7 to +2. So, the change in oxidation number of Mn= 7-2=5 units.

Equivalent mass of KMnO4

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Change in oxidation number per molecule } \\
\text { of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4 \text { because of its reduction }
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{158}{5}=31.6
\end{aligned}\)

In the reaction, FeSO4 undergoes oxidation because the oxidation number of Fe increases from +2 to +3. So, the change in oxidation number of Fe = 3-2 = 1 unit.

Equivalent mass of FeSO4

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{FeSO}_4}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Change in oxidation number per molecule } \\
\text { of } \mathrm{FeSO}_4 \text { because of its oxidation }
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{151.85}{1}=151.85
\end{aligned}\)

Electronic method:

MnO4 + 8H+→+ 5e→ Mn2+  + 4H2O

Equivalent mass of KMnO4

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Number of electrons gained in reduction of } \\
\text { one molecule of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{158}{5}=31.6
\end{aligned}\)

Fe2+ →Fe3+ + e

Equivalent mass of FeSO4

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{FeSO}_4}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Number of electrons lost in oxidation of } \\
\text { one molecule of } \mathrm{FeSO}_4
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{151.85}{1}=151.85
\end{aligned}\)

Question 15. Determine the equivalent mass of Br2(Z) [Molecular mass =159.82/in the given reaction:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \rightharpoondown \\
& 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{BrO}_3^{-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

In the given reaction, the oxidation half-reaction is —

⇒ \(\mathrm{Br}_2(l)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{BrO}_3^{-}(a q)+12 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+10 e\)

The number of electrons involved in the oxidation of one molecule of Br2 = 10 Equivalent mass of Br2.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{Br}_2}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Number of electrons involved per } \\
\text { molecule of } \mathrm{Br}_2 \text { in its oxidation }
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{159.82}{10}=15.982
\end{aligned}\)

Question 16. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) undergoes a disproportionation reaction in an acidic medium but MnO4 docs do not. Give reason.
Answer: The oxidation number of Mn in MnO4 is +7, which is the highest oxidation number that Mn can possess. So, it does not undergo the disproportionation reaction.

Again, in the case of \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) the oxidation number of Mn is +6. Therefore, Mn in \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) can increase its oxidation number to +7 or decrease it to some lower value. So, \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) undergoes a disproportionation reaction as given below—

Redox Reactions MnO2-4 undergoes disproportionation reaxtion in Acidic Medium

In the above reaction, the oxidation number of Mn increases from +6 in \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) to +7 in MnO4 and decreases to +4 in MnO4.

Question 17. What amount of K2Cr2O7? (in mmol) is required to oxidize 24 mL 0.5 M Mohr’s salt?
Answer: The number of mmol of Mohr’s salt in 24 mL 0.5MMohr’s salt solution =24 x 0.5 = 12.

So, the balanced redox reaction is

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+6\left(\mathrm{NH}_4\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \cdot \mathrm{FeSO}_4 \cdot 6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \\
& \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+6\left(\mathrm{NH}_4\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+3 \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{Cr}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+43 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

So, from the balanced equation, we see that 6mmol Mohr’s salt gets oxidized by 1mmol K2Cr2O7.

12 mmol Mohr’s salt gets oxidized by \(\frac{1}{6} \times 12\) = 2 mmol K2Cr2O7.

Question 18. Explain with reaction mechanism why the reaction between 03 and H2O2 is written as— \(\mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)
Answer: The reaction between O3 and H2O2 isasfollowsFirst step: O3(g)→O2(g) + O(g)’

Second step: H2O2(g) + O(g)→H2O(g) +O2(g)

In the first step, ozone produces nascent oxygen which is H2O2 in the second step. So, the overall reaction is as follows H2O2 + O3→H2O + O2 + O2

So, in the overall reaction, O2 Is written twice because a total of two molecules of O2 are produced during the reaction.

Question 19. 12.53 cm3 0.051M SeO2 reacts completely with 25.5 cm3 0.1 M CrSO4 to produce Cr2(SO4)3. What is the change in the oxidation number of Se in this redox reaction?
Answer: Let the oxidation number of Se in the newly produced compound be x.

The redox reaction is as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
{\left[\mathrm{Se}^{4+}+x e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Se}^{4-x}\right] \times 1} \\
{\left[\mathrm{Cr}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+e\right] \times x}
\end{gathered}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Se}^{4+}+x \mathrm{Cr}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Se}^{4-x}+x \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}\)

Now, 12.53 cm3 0.051M SeO2 = 12.53 x 0.051 = 0.64 mmol SeO2

25.5 cm3 0.1 M CrSO4=25.5 x 0.1 = 2.55 mmol CrSO4 However according to the balanced equation, 1 mol SeO2 gets reduced by x mol CrSO4.

2.55 mmol CrSO4 is reduced by \(\frac{2.55}{x}\) mmol SeO2

Redox Reactions Questions

But 0.64 mmol SeO2 gets reduced

⇒ \(\text { So, } \frac{2.55}{x}=0.64 \quad \text { or, } x=4\)

The change in oxidation number of Se -atom = 4- (4- x) = x = 4.

Question 20. 30 ml 0.05 M KMnb4 is required for the complete oxidation of 0.5 g oxalate in an acidic medium. Calculate ) tl,e percent amount of oxalate in that salt sample.
Answer: \(2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

According to the equation, 2 mol MnO-4 = 5 mol C2O4

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-} \equiv \frac{5}{2} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2 \mathrm{ris}}\)

Again, 1000 mL 0.05(M)KMnO4 =→ 0.05 mol KMnO4

30 mL 0.05(M)MnO4 \(\Rightarrow \frac{0.05 \times 30}{1000}\)

= 1.5×10-3 mol KMnO4

Now, 1 mol \(\mathrm{MnO}_4=\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4\)

⇒ \(1.5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{MnO}_4=\frac{5}{2} \times 1.5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^2\)

⇒ \(=\frac{5}{2} \times 1.5 \times 10^{-3} \times 38 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}=0.33 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}\)

⇒ \(\text { Percentage of } \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-} \text { in the sample }=\frac{0.33 \times 100}{0.5}=66 \%\)

Question 21. What will be the nature ofthe suit formed when 2 mol Nil Is added to the pigeon’s solution of mol pyrophosphoric? Clive equation?

Redox Reactions When 2 mol NaOH is Added To the Equation

Answer: From the structure of pyrophosphoric acid, it Is clear that it contains four replaceable hydrogen atoms.

So, the reaction between and 2 mol NaOH will be as follows— \(-\mathrm{H}_4 \mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+2 \mathrm{NaOH} \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) 2HaO There are two replaceable 11-atoms in Na., H2PO7 fonned due to the above reaction. So, it is an acidic salt.

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 22. Find the oxidation state of C-l and C-2 In CH3CH2OH.
Answer: The oxidation number of eadi of three H -atoms attached to C-2 = +1. Therefore, the total oxidation number of three Hatorns = +3. For the C — C bond, the oxidation number of the C-2 atom does not change.

So die oxidation number of the C-2 atom =-3. Now, die total oxidation number of two H -atoms attached to the C-l atom =+2. Again the oxidation number of the —OH group attached to the C-l atom =-l.

Hence the total oxidation number of two H -atoms and one linked to the C-l atom =+→2 + (-1) = +1. Thus, the oxidation number of C-l Hence, die oxidation staties’&f C-l and C-2 in CH3CH, OH are -1 and -3 respectively.

Question 23. 1 mol N2H4 loses 10 mol of electrons with, the formation of 1 mol of a new compound Y. If the new compound contains the same number of N-atoms then what will be the oxidation number of nitrogen in the new compound? (Assume that the oxidation number of the H -atom does not change.
Answer: The oxidation number of each N -atom in N2H2 = -2 As given, 1 mol N2H4→1 mol Y + 10 mol e.

Suppose, oxidation million of N in its molecule of Y – x.

Total oxidation uninbor of two N -Moms In Y molecule -Oxidation number of two N atoms In N2H4 molecule = 2 x (-2) + IO or, x = + 3

The oxidation number of each N-atom In compound Y = +3

Question 24. Oxidation million of the elements A, It mid-C are 12,1 to mid -2 respectively. Which one will lie the formula of the compound containing these three elements? \(\mathrm{A}_2\left(\mathrm{BC}_2\right)_2, \mathrm{~A}_3\left(\mathrm{~B}_2 \mathrm{C}\right)_2, \mathrm{~A}_3\left(\mathrm{BC}_4\right)_2\)
Answer: The total oxidation number of all the elements in a compound should be zero (0).

In A2(BC2) molecule, the sum of oxidation numbers of all the atoms =2x (+ 2) + 2 X (+ 5) + 4 X (-2) = + 6

In the A2(B2C)2 molecule, the sum of oxidation numbers of all the atoms = 3 X (+ 2) + 4 X (+ 5) + 2 X (-2) = + 22

In A3(BC4)2 molecule, the sum of oxidation numbers of all the atoms = 3 X (+ 2) + 2 x (+ 5) + 8 x (-2) = 0.

∴ The correct formula of the compound will be A3(BC4)2

Question 25. In an acidic medium, for the reduction of each NO3 ion in the given reaction, how many electrons will be required? NO3 NH2OH
Answer: NO3— NH2OH; For equalizing the number of O -atoms on both sides, two H2O molecules are added to the right side (having a lesser number of O -atoms) and two H+ ions are added to the left side for each molecule of H2O added.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+4 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

For equalizing the number of H -atoms on both sides, three additional H+ ions are required on the left side

Redox Reactions Questions

so we get, \(\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+7 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

To balance the charge on both sides, 6 electrons are added to the left side ofthe equation.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+7 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Hence, for the reduction of each NO3 ion into an NH2OH molecule, 6 electrons are required.

Question 26. CO3O4 is an oxide of CO3 and CO2 If its formula is Cox(2)Co,(m)O4, then what is the value of x and y?
Answer: The sum of the oxidation number of the elements in a compound is equal to zero. So, for Cox(2)COy(3)O4, 2x+3y-4 x2 = 0 or, 2x+ 3y = 8 The only solution for this equation is x = 1 and y = 2.

Question 27. How many electrons should A2H3 liberate so that In the new compound, A shows an oxidation number of \(-\frac{1}{2}\)?
Answer: Let, A2H3 will liberate x electrons.

Therefore \(2 \times\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)+3 \times(+1)=+x\)

or, -1+3=+x or, x=2.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Identify the redox reactions among the following:

  • 2CuSO4 + 4KI→2CuI + I2 + 2K2SO4
  • BaCl2 + Na2SO4→BaSO4 + 2NaCl
  • 2NaBr + Cl2→2NaCl + Br2
  • NH4NO2→+N2 + 2H2O
  • CUSO4 + 4NH3→[CU(NH3)4]SO4
  • 3I2 + 6NaOH→NaIO3 + 5NaI + 3H2O

Answer: In this reaction, the oxidation number of Cu decreases (+ 2 → +1) and the oxidation number of I4 increases (-1→ 0) i.e. reduction of CuSO4 and oxidation of KI take place. Thus, it is a redoxreaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{CuSO}_4}+\stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{KI}} \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{CuI}}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}} 2+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

This reaction does not involve any change in the oxidation number of any element i.e., in this reaction, oxidation or reduction does not take place. Hence, it is not a redoxreaction

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{BaCl}_2}+\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{Na}_2} \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{BaSO}}{ }_4+2 \mathrm{NaCl}^{-1}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of bromine increases from -1 to 0 and the oxidation number of chlorine decreases from 0 to -1. In this case, NaBr gets oxidized whereas Cl2 gets reduced. Hence, this reaction is a redox reaction.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{NaBr}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{l}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Na}{ }^{-1} \mathrm{Cl}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Br}}{ }_2\)

In NH4NO2, the oxidation number of N in NH4 increases from -3 to 0, while the oxidation number of N in NO2 decreases from +3 to 0, i.e., in this reaction, simultaneous oxidation of NH+ and reduction of NO2 in the compound occur. So, this reaction is a redoxreaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{NH}_4}{\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~N}}}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

This reaction does not involve any change in the oxidation number of any element. So, it is not a redox reaction.

⇒ \(\left(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{CuSO}_4}+4 \mathrm{NH}_3\right) \rightarrow\left[\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{Cu}}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_4\right] \mathrm{SO}_4\)

In the given reaction, the oxidation number of iodine increases from 0 to +5 and decreases from 0 to -1 i.e., both oxidation and reduction occur in this reaction. Thus, it is a redox reaction.

⇒ \(3 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}_2+6 \mathrm{NaOH} \rightarrow \mathrm{NaIO}_3^{+5}+5 \mathrm{NaI}^{-1}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Question 2. Which of the following reactions are disproportionation reactions and comproportionation reactions?

  • 4KC1O3→KC1 + 3KC1O4
  • 3K2MnO4 + 2H2O→2KMnO4 + MnO2 + 4KOH
  • KIO3 + 5KI + 6HCI→3I2 + 6KCI + 3H2O
  • 2C6H5CHO + NaOH C6H5COONa + C6H5CH2OH
  • Ag2+ + Ag→2Ag+

Answer: \(\stackrel{45}{4 \mathrm{KClO}_3} \rightarrow \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{KCl}}+3 \stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{KClO}_4}\)

In KC1O3, the oxidation number of Cl = + 5. The oxidation numbers of Cl in KC1 and KC1O4 are -1 and + 7 respectively. So in this reaction, KC1O3 undergoes simultaneous oxidation and reduction producing KC1O4 and KC1 respectively. Hence, it is a disproportionation reaction.

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{~K}_2 \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{MnO}}_4+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}+4 \mathrm{KOH}\)

The oxidation number of Mn in K2MnO4 = + 6. On the other hand, the oxidation numbers of Mn in the products KMnO4 and MnOa are + 7 and + 4 respectively. Therefore, in the reaction, K2MnO4 is oxidized and reduced at the same time forming KMn04 and MnOa. Thus, it is a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+55}{\mathrm{KIO}_3}+5 \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{KI}}+6 \mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow 3 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}_2+6 \mathrm{KCl}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The oxidation numbers of iodine in K103 and KI are + 5 and -1 respectively and the oxidation number of iodine in 12 is zero. This oxidation number lies between + 5 and -1, which is an intermediate oxidation state. So, it is a comproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5^{+1} \mathrm{C} \mathrm{HO}+\mathrm{NaOH} \underset{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5+3}{+3} \mathrm{COONa}+\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5^{-1} \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of carbon in the benzene ring does not change. However, the oxidation number of carbon atoms in the —CHO group (the oxidation number of carbon in —CHO is +1 ) changes to a higher oxidation number of +3 in the —COONa group and a lower oxidation number of -1 in the —CH2OH group. Here, —the CHO group gets simultaneously oxidized & reduced. Hence, it is a disproportionation reaction.

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{Ag}^{2+}}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Ag}} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Ag}^{+1}\)

The oxidation numbers of the reactants Ag2+ and Ag are + 2 and O respectively and the oxidation number of the product is +1. This oxidation number is intermediate between the oxidation numbers +2 and O . so it is a comproportionation reaction.

Question 3. Identify the redox reaction(s) and also the oxidants B and the reductants from the following reaction(s).

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{SO}_2+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}+\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_3+\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-} \\
& \mathrm{HClO}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}+\mathrm{S}
\end{aligned}\)
Answer: In this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn decreases from (+7→+2) and the oxidation number of S increases from (+4→+6). So this reaction causes a reduction of Mn04 and oxidation of SO2. Hence, the reaction is a redox reaction. Here Mnt)ÿ acts as an oxidant and SO2 as a reductant.

This reaction does not involve any change in the oxidation number of any element. So it is, not a redoxreaction.

This reaction involves an increase in the oxidation number of S from -2 to 0, and a decrease in the oxidation number of, Cl from +1 to -1. So it is a redox reaction. Here HCIO is an oxidising agent and H2S is a reducing agent.

Question 4. Determine the equivalent masses of Na2S2O3.5H20 +2 and KBrO3 In the following reactions.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{BrO}_3^{-}+6 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Br}^{-}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: In this reaction, two \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}\) ions are oxidised by losing 2 electrons. So, for the oxidation of one \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}\) ion, one electron is given up

Equivalent mass of Na2S2O3-5H2O

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3 \cdot 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}{1}=248\)

This reaction produces Br- from BrO3. In the reduction of each molecule of KBr03, 6 electrons are accepted.

Redox Reactions Questions

In the given reaction, equivalent mass of KBrO3

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{KBrO}_3}{6}=\frac{167}{6}=27.8\)

Question 5. Determine the equivalent weights of the underlined compounds in the following two reactions:

⇒ \(\mathrm{FeSO}_4+\frac{\mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown}{\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{HCl} \longrightarrow \mathrm{MnCl}_2+\mathrm{Cl}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& {[K=39, M n=55,0=16]} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Answer: In this reaction, the decrease in oxidation number of Mn =(7-2) = 5 units. Equivalent weight of Mn.

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4}{\text { Change in oxidation number }}=\frac{158}{5}=31.6\)

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}}{ }_2 \longrightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{MnCl}}{ }_2\) Here the oxidation number ofMn decreases by (4-2) = 2 unit.

∴ Equivalent weight of MnO2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{MnO}_2}{\text { Change in oxidation number }}=\frac{87}{2}=43.5\)

Question 6. Balance the following equation with the help of the oxidation number method.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Fe}_3 \mathrm{O}_4+\mathrm{CO} \rightarrow \mathrm{FeO}+\mathrm{CO}_2\)

Answer: In Fe3O4, the oxidation number of each Fe -atom =+2.67. In the reaction, the oxidation number of each Fe -atom decreases from + 2.67 to 2. So, decrease in oxidation number. of eachFe -atom = +0.67

Therefore for three Fe -atoms, the total decrease in oxidation number 3 x (+ 0.67) =+ 2 unit.

On the other hand, the oxidation number of C increases from +2 to +4. Hence, an increase in the oxidation number of C= 2 units.

Therefore, in the reaction, Fe3O4 and CO will react with each other in the molar ratio of 2: 2 or 1: 1 . Again 1 molecule of Fe3O4 will produce 3 molecules of F2O. Hence, the balance equation will be—Fe3O4 + CO →3FeO + CO2.

Question 7. Balance by ion-electron method: MnO2 + HCl→+Mn2+ + Cl2 + H2O
Answer: Oxidation half-reaction: 2C1¯→ Cl2+ 2e

  • Reduction half-reaction: MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e→Mn2+ + 2H2O
  • Net reaction: MnO2 + 4H+ →+ 2Cl →Mn2+ Cl2 + 2H2O or, MnO2 + 4H+ +4C1→ Mn2++ 2C1 + C12 + 2H2O

Redox Reactions Questions

Therefore the balanced chemical equation is—

MnO2 + 4HC1 MnCl2 + Cl2 + 2H2O

Question 8. In a basic medium, balance the half-reactions below:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-} \text { (2) } \mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}\)

Answer: To equalize the number of O -atoms, one H2O molecule is added to the right side (because it has an excess O -atom) and for this 1 molecule of H2O, two OH Now, we get Cr(OH)2 + 2OH ions are added to the left side. CrO2- +H2O. In this equation, five H -atoms are on the left side, and two H atoms are present on the right side. To equalize the number of H -atoms on both sides, three OH-(aq) and three H2O molecules are added to the left side and right side respectively. Finally, we get—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+3 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \text { or, } \mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

For balancing the charge, 3 electrons are added to the right side. Therefore, the final half-reaction becomes,

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 e\)

To balance the number of 0 -atoms on both sides, 3 molecules of H2O(Z) are added to the left side (because there are excess O -atoms on this side) and for these three H2O(l) molecules, six OH- (aq) ions are added to the right side. Then we get—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}+6 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

To balance the charge, electrons are added to the left side. Hence, the balanced equation is

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+8 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}+6 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Question 9. Balance the following reaction in acidic and alkaline
medium: \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}(a q) \longrightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\) 
Answer: Addlemedium: \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}(a q) \longrightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)

In Tills reaction, this left side of the equation is deficient in one () -atom. So the number of O -atoms on both sides is equalized by adding one H2O(aq) molecule to the left side.

⇒ \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \longrightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)

Answer: To equalize the number of O -atoms, one H2O molecule is added to the right side (because it has an excess 0 -atom) and for this 1 molecule of H2O, two OH- ions are added to the left side. Now, we get \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this equation, five H -atoms are on the left side and two H atoms are present on the right side. To equalize the number of H -atoms on both sides, three OH-(aq) and three H20 molecules are added to the left side and right side respectively. Finally, we get-

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒\(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+3 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \text { or, } \mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

For balancing the charge, 3 electrons are added to the right side. Therefore, the final half-reaction becomes,

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 e\)

To balance the number of 0 -atoms on both sides, 3 molecules of H2O(Z) are added to the left side (because there is excess O -atoms on this side) and for these three H2O(l) molecules, six OH-(aq) ions are added to the right side. Then we get—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}+6 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

For balancing the charge, 8 electrons are added to the left side. Hence, the balanced equation is,

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+8 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}+6 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Question 10. Determine the values of x and y in the following balanced equation:
\(5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+x \mathrm{ClO}_2+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow x \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+y \mathrm{O}_2+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) 
Answer: Oxidation half-reaction: \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+2 e\)

Reduction half-reaction:

⇒\(\mathrm{ClO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+5 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Multiplying equations (1) and (2) by 5 and 2 respectively and adding the equations, we get—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+10 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+2 \mathrm{ClO}_2+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \\
2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+5 \mathrm{O}_2+10 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+8 \mathrm{OH}^{-}
\end{aligned}\)

5H2O2 + 2C1O2 + 2OH→2Cr + 5O2 + 6H2O ….[3]

Comparing equation (3) with the given equation, we get x = 2 and y – 5.

Question 11. In the given reaction determine the equivalent weight of AS2S3: [Assume that M.W. of As2S3 =AM]

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{As}_2 \mathrm{~S}_3+7 \mathrm{ClO}_3^{-}+ & 7 \mathrm{OH}^{-}-7 \\
& 2 \mathrm{AsO}_4^{3-}+7 \mathrm{ClO}^{-}+3 \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

The increase in oxidation number of each As -atom =5-3 = 2 units. So, the total increase in oxidation number of two As -atoms =2×2 = 4 units.

Tlw Increase In oxidation number of each S-atom =+6-(-2) Therefore, the total Increase in oxidation number of three S -atoms = 3 x B = 24 unit.

Hence, the total Increase In oxidation number for each As2S,t molecule In Its oxidation Is a (24 + 4) = 20 unit.

Equivalent weight of AS2S3 In the given reaction

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{As}_2 \mathrm{~S}_3}{\text { Increase in oxidation number }}=\frac{M}{28}\)

Question 12. Determine the equivalent mass of Fe.,04 in the given Mn = 6-4 = 2 units. reaction: FeO4 + KMn04↓Fc2O3 + MnO2 (Assume that the molecular mass of FC3O4 =M
Answer: \(\stackrel{+\mathrm{F} / 3}{\mathrm{Fe}} \mathrm{e}_3 \mathrm{O}_4 \rightarrow \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{~F}} \mathrm{e}_2 \mathrm{O}_3\stackrel{+\mathrm{F} / 3}{\mathrm{Fe}} \mathrm{e}_3 \mathrm{O}_4 \rightarrow \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{~F}} \mathrm{e}_2 \mathrm{O}_3\)

In this reaction, the increase in oxidation number for each Pc -atom \(=3-\frac{8}{3}=\frac{1}{3} \text {. }\)

So, the total increase in oxidation number for 3 Fe -atoms

⇒ \(=3 \times \frac{1}{3}=1 \text { unit. }\)

Therefore, the equivalent mass of Fe3O4

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{Fe}_3 \mathrm{O}_4}{\text { Increase in oxidation number }}=\frac{M}{1}=M\)

Question 13. An oxidizing agent KH(IO3)2 in the presence of 4.0 (N) HCI gives IC1 as a product. Determine the equivalent weight of KH(IO3)2. [K = 39,1 = 127]
Answer: According to the question, \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{KH}}\left(\mathrm{IO}_3\right)_2 \xrightarrow{+1} \mathrm{ICl} ;\) In the reaction, the change in oxidation number of each I -atom = + 5- (+1) = 4 unit. So, for two -atoms present in 1 molecule of KH(IO3)2, the total change in oxidation number =2×4 = 8 units. So, in acid medium, the equivalent weight of KH(IO3)2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{KH}\left(\mathrm{IO}_3\right)_2}{\text { Total change in oxidation number }}=\frac{390}{8}=48.75\)

Question 14. Find the oxidation number of carbon in methanal and methanoic acid.
Answer: Methanal: The oxidation number of C in the HCHO molecule = 0.

Methanol acid: Suppose the oxidation number of C in methanoic acid.

2 X (+1) + x + 2 x (-2) = 0 (for two H-atoms)(for two O-atoms) Hence, oxidation number of C in HCOOH molecule = +2.

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 15. What will be the change in the oxidation number of Mn when MnO2 is melted with solid KNO3 & NaOH?
Answer: Potassium manganate is produced when MnO2 is melted in the presence of solid KNO3 and NaOH.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}+2 \mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{KNO}_3 \longrightarrow \mathrm{K}_2 \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{MnO}}{ }_4+\mathrm{KNO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Soin this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn increases from +4 to +6 i.e., a change in oxidation number of Mm= 6-4=2 unit

Question 16. What is the ratio of equivalent weights of MnO4 in acidic, basic & neutral mediums?
Answer: The reaction that the MnO4 ion undergoes in acidic, basic, and neutral medium are as follows. Acidic Medium:

⇒ \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+5 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

  • Equivalent weight \(E_1=\frac{M}{5}\) where M = KMn04.
  • Basic Medium: MnO4 (aq) + e→MnO4 (aq)
  • Equivalent weight \(E_2=\frac{M}{1}\)

Neutral Medium:

⇒ \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+3 e \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

Therefore \(E_1: E_2: E_2=\frac{1}{5}: 1: \frac{1}{3}=3: 15: 5\)

Question 17. MnO4 reacts with Ax+ to form AO-, Mn2+, and O2. One mole of MnO- oxidizes 1.25 moles of Ax+ to AO3. What is the value of x?
Answer: \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+\mathrm{A}^{x+} \rightarrow \mathrm{AO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+\mathrm{O}_2\)

The change in oxidation number of = 5 unit (+7→+2) and that of A = (5- x) unit [+x→+5 in AO3-3]

1 mole of MnO3 reacts completely with 1.25 mole of Ax+

Therefore, 1×5 = 1.25(5 -x)

Redox Reactions Questions

Solving for x gives x = +1

Thus, the value of x = +1

Question 18. 20 mL solution of 0.1 (M) FeSO2 as completely oxidized using a suitable oxidizing agent. What is the number of electrons exchanged?
Answer: 20 mL of 0.1(M) FeSO4 \(\begin{aligned}
& \equiv \frac{0.1}{1000} \times 20 \\
& \equiv 2 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}
\end{aligned}\)

Fe2+ is oxidized to Fe3+, leaving 1 electron.

Hence, the number of electrons exchanged by 2 x 10-3 mol of Fe2+ is— 2 X 10-3 x 6.022 x 1023 = 1.2044 x 1021 electrons

Question 19. Give an example of a compound In which The mime element exists In two different oxidation slates.
Answer: NH4NO3

Question 20. Given an example of a compound In which the oxidation number of N=+1.
Answer: N2O

Question 21. Give an example of a compound In which the oxidation number of O r2.
Answer: OF2

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 22. What Is the oxidation number of Fe In Po(CO)s?
Answer: Zero(0)

Question 23. What is the oxidation number of sodium In sodium amalgam?
Answer: Zero(0)

Question 24. Give an example of a compound In which the oxidation number and valency of an element In the compound are the same.
Answer: CCl4

Question 25. What are the oxidation numbers of three C -atoms In C3°2?
Answer: \(\mathrm{O}=\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}}=\mathrm{O},\)

Question 26. What Is the oxidation number of carbon In CUCOCH3?
Answer: -4/3

Question 27. What type of redox reaction does the given reaction belong to? \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}+\mathrm{SO}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 \mathrm{~S}\)
Answer: Comproportlonation

Question 28. Which of the following Is unable to participate in disproportionation reaction? CIO-, C1O2, C1O3, ClO4
Answer: CIO¯4

Question 29. In which of the following ions does Fe exist in the same oxidation state? \(\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]^{4-},\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]^{3-},\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_5 \mathrm{NO}^{2-}\right.\)
Answer: [Fe(CN6)]4‾ and [Fc(CN)gNO]2-

Question 30. What is the equivalent mass of CuSO4 in the given reaction? 2CuSO4 + \(2 \mathrm{CuSO}_4+4 \mathrm{KI} \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_2 \mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)
Answer: M

Question 31. What is the average oxidation number of Fe in \(\mathrm{Fe}_4\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]_3\)?
Answer: \(+\frac{18}{7}\)

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 32. Which one is the oxidizing agent in the given reaction: Which element In oxidized and which element Is reduced In the reaction, \(\mathrm{AsO}_2^{-}+\mathrm{Sn}^{2+} \rightarrow \mathrm{As}+\mathrm{Sn}^{4+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: AsO‾²

Question 33. Which element In oxidized and which element Is reduced In the reaction, 4KCIO2(g) → 3KClO4(g) + KCi(g)?
Answer: Cl is reduced and oxidized simultaneously

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. What are the oxidation numbers of the underlined elements in each of the following and how do you rationalise your results?

  1. Kl3
  2. CH3COOH

Answer: The chemical structure of KI3 is K+[1-1→1]¯

In Kl3-1 ion forms a coordinate Bond with I2. The Osditaion Number Of Each 1 atom in 12 molecules is zero, and the oxidation number of K+ id +1, therefore from the oxidation number of one I- will be -1

Redox Reactions CH3COOH

2. The C-1 atom is linked to one O-atom and one OH group, For O -atom and OH -group, the oxidation numbers are 2 and I respectively, As C-l and C-2 are the atoms of the name element, the covalent linkage between them makes no change In oxidation number of either atom.

So, the oxidation number of C- 1 would be +3 since the total oxidation number of one O-atom and one Oil -group is -3. The total oxidation number of three 11 -atoms linked to the C-2 atom Is +3. So, the oxidation number of C-2 would be -3.

Question 2. Justify the following reactions are redox reactions:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CuO}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \\
& \mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(s)+3 \mathrm{CO}(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Fe}(s)+3 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)
\end{aligned}\)

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 4 \mathrm{BCl}_3(g)+3 \mathrm{LiAlH}_4(s)- \\
& 2 \mathrm{~B}_2 \mathrm{H}_6(g)+3 \mathrm{LiCl}(s)+3 \mathrm{AlCl}_3(s)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{~K}(s)+\mathrm{P}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~K}^{+} \mathrm{F}^{-}(s) \\
& 4 \mathrm{NH}_3(g)+5 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{NO}(g)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)
\end{aligned}\)
Answer: In the reaction, the oxidation number of Cu decreases (+2→0) indicating the reduction of CuO, and the oxidation number of 2 increases (0 →+1), indicating the oxidation of H2. Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Redox Reactions The Oxidation Number Of Fe Decreases

In the reaction, the oxidation number of Fe decreases (+3→+O) and that of C increases
→+4). Therefore, the reaction involves the reduction of Fe2O3 and the oxidation of CO. Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Redox Reactions White Phosphorus Reacts With Copper Sulphate Solution

The reaction involves the reduction of BC13 because the oxidation number of B decreases from +3 to -3 and the oxidation of LiAH4 as the oxidation number increases from -1 to +1. So, it is a redox reaction.

⇒ \(2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~K}}(s)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~F}}_2(g) \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{2} \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~K}}^{-} \mathrm{F}^{-}(s)\)

In the reaction, the increase in the oxidation number of K (0→+1) and the decrease in the oxidation number of F (0 to -1) indicate that the former undergoes oxidation and the latter reduces. Hence, the given reaction is a redox reaction.

⇒ \(4 \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{~N}}_3(\mathrm{~g})+5 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{O}^{-2}(\mathrm{~g})+6 \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}}_2^{-2} \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\)

In the reaction, NH3 undergoes oxidation because the oxidation number of N-atom increases (-3 to +2), while O2 undergoes reduction, as is evident from the decrease in the oxidation number of O (0→-2). So, it is a redox reaction.

Question 3. Fluorine reacts with ice and results in the change: H2O(s) + F2(g)-+HF(g) + HOF(g); Justify that this reaction is a redox reaction.
Answer: \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}}^{-2}(s)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~F}}{ }_2(g) \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}} \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~F}}^{}(g)+\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{HOF}}^{0-1}(g)\)

Redox Reactions Questions

In the reaction, H2O undergoes oxidation because the oxidation number,0 increases (-2 to 0 and F2 undergoes reduction as the oxidation number of F decreases (0 to -1). Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Question 4. Calculate the oxidation number of sulphur, chromium and nitrogen in H2SO5, \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}\) & NO-3. Suggest the structure of these compounds. Count for the
Answer: \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}\): If the oxidation number of Cr in \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}\) be x, then \(\begin{gathered}
2(x)+7(-2)=-2 \\
(\text { For } 0)
\end{gathered}\)

∴ x=6

Therefore, there is no fallacy.

NO-3: According to a conventional method, the oxidation number of N in NO3: x+ 3(-2) = -1 or, x = +5 (where x = +3 -1. oxidation number of N in NO3)

However, according to the chemical bonding method, the structure of NO-3 is if the oxidation number of N is -0=0 the above structure is x, then, x+ (-1) + (-2) + (-2) = 0 (for O-)(for= O)(for-O)

or, x = +5

So, in both conventional and chemical bonding methods. the oxidation number of N in NO-3 is +5. Therefore, there is no fallacy.

Question 5. Write formulas for the following compounds:

  1. Mercury chloride
  2. Nickel sulphate
  3. Tin 4
  4. Oxide
  5. Thallium sulphate Iron(3)
  6. Sulphate Chromium(3) oxide

Answer: HgCl2

  1. NiSO4
  2. SnO2
  3. TI2SO4
  4. Fe2(SO4)3
  5. Cr2O3.

Question 6. Suggest a list of the substances where carbon can exhibit oxidation states from -4 to +4 and nitrogen from -3 to +5
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { C: } \stackrel{-4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_4, \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3-\stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3, \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{Cl}, \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H} \equiv \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}, \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{Cl}_2 \text {, } \\
& \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{C}} 2_2 \mathrm{Cl}_2 \text { or } \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{C}}_6 \mathrm{Cl}_6, \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{Cl}_6, \stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{Cl}_4 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{N}: \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_3, \quad \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_2-\stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_2, \quad \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{Cl}, \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{N}}, \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{O} \mathrm{O}, \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{NO}} \text {, } \\
& \stackrel{+3}{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_3, \stackrel{4}{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4, \stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{~N}_2} \mathrm{O}_5 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Question 7. While sulphur dioxide and hydrogen peroxide can act as oxidising as well as reducing agents in their reactions, ozone and nitric acid act only as oxidants. why?
Answer: A species can act as both oxidant and reductant am one of its constituent atoms has an intermediate value of oxidation number. So, in a reaction the atom can increase or decrease its oxidation number i.e., it can act as an oxidant as well as a; reductant.

In SO2, the oxidation number of S is +4. The highest and lowest oxidation numbers of S are +6 and -2 respectively. Therefore, the S-atom in SO2 can increase its oxidation number in a reaction in which SO2 acts as a reductant and decrease its oxidation number in a reaction in which SO2 plays the role of an oxidant. Hence, SO2 can act as an oxidant as well as a reductant.

In H2O2, the oxidation number of 0 is —1 1 The highest and lowest oxidation numbers of oxygen are -2 and O respectively. Therefore, the oxygen atom in H2O2 is capable of increasing or decreasing its oxidation number. In the reaction in which H2O2 acts as an oxidant, the oxidation number of oxygen decreases from -1 to -2 and in the reaction in which it acts as a reductant, the oxidation number of oxygen increases from -1 to 0. Hence, H2O2 can act both as an oxidant and a reductant.

In O3, the oxidation number of oxygen is zero. Oxygen can show two oxidation numbers, -1 and -2. So, the oxidation number of oxygen O3 can reduce to -1 or -2, but it can never increase. Hence, O3 can act only as an oxidant.

Redox Reactions Questions

In HNO3, the oxidation number of nitrogen is +5. It is the maximum oxidation number that nitrogen can exhibit. So, the only opportunity for nitrogen in HNO3 is to decrease its oxidation number. Hence, HNO3 can act only as an oxidant.

Question 8. Consider the reactions:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+6 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
& \mathrm{O}_3(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})
\end{aligned}\)

Why it is more appropriate to write these reactions as:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+12 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& \quad \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+6 \mathrm{O}_2(g)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g)\)Also, suggest a technique to investigate the path of the above and redox reactions.
Answer: The reaction shown by the equation takes place in the photosynthesis process. From the equation, it may seem that the reaction involves only the consumption of H2O. However, if we look at the steps that are supposed to be involved in the photosynthesis reaction, it becomes evident that consumption as well as formation of H2O takes place in the photosynthesis reaction. The proposed steps of the photosynthesis reaction are

Decomposition of H2O into H2 and O2

12H2O(Z)→12H2(g) + 6O2(g)

Formation of C6H1206 and H2O due to reduction of CO2(g) by H2(g) produced in step.

Redox Reactions Questions

6CO2(g) + 12H2(g)→C6HI2O6(s) + 6H2O(l) -[2]

Combining equations (1) and (2) gives the complete reaction for the photosynthesis process.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+12 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightharpoondown \downarrow \\
& \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(s)+6 \mathrm{O}_2(g)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \cdots[3]
\end{aligned}\)

Thus, equation (3) will be more appropriate for representing the photosynthesis reaction because it gives the actual stoichiometry of the reactants and the products involved in the given reaction.

From the equation, the source of O2 formed in the reaction is not obvious. One may think O2 is formed from O3 or H2O2 or both O3 and H2O2. The detailed steps of this reaction as shown below reveal that O2 is formed from both O3 and H2O2.

⇒\(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \\
& \frac{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l)+\mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})}{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l)+\mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, it is appropriate to represent the reaction by equation (1).

To investigate the paths of the reaction 1 and 2, we adopt the tracer technique method. In this method, we use H2OI8 instead of H2O for reaction 1 and \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2^{18}\) instead of H2O2 for reaction 2.

Question 9. The compound AgF2 is unstable. However, if formed the compound acts as a very strong oxidising agent. Why?
Answer: AgF2 can be prepared although it is not a stable compound. This is because the oxidation state of Ag in AgF2 is +2, which is not the stable oxidation state of Ag. The stable oxidation state of Ag is +1. As a result, Ag2+ in AgF2 quickly reduces to Ag+ by gaining an electron (Ag2+ e→Ag+). This brings about the instability of AgF2 and makes it a very strong oxidising agent.

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 10. Whenever a reaction between an oxidising agent and a reducing agent is carried out, a compound of a lower oxidation state is formed if the reducing agent is in excess and a compound of a higher oxidation state is formed if the oxidising agent is in excess. Justify this statement by giving three illustrations.
Answer: The given statement can be justified from the examples of j reactions mentioned below.

The reaction of C (reductant) with O2 (oxidant) may result in CO or CO2 or a mixture of CO and CO2. However, if this reaction is initiated with the excess amount of C, the only product that forms is CO. On the other hand, if O2 is taken in excess in the reaction, only CO2 is formed. In CO, the oxidation state of C is +2, and in CO2, it is +4.

Thus, we see that taking an excess amount of reductant leads to the formation of a compound lower oxidation state. Conversely, a compound of a higher oxidation state is formed when the oxidant is taken in excess.

Redox Reactions Oxdiation State Is Formed when the oxdiant is taken in excess

The reaction of P4 (reductant) with Cl2 (oxidant) results in PCl3 when P4 is taken in excess, while it results in PC15 when Cl2 is taken in excess.

Redox Reactions The reaction Of P4 (reductant)

The oxidation state of PC13 is +3 and that in PC15 is +5. Thus, an excess amount of reductant produces an oil compound lower oxidation state and an excess amount of oxidant produces a compound with a higher oxidation state.

Redox Reactions Questions

The same thing happens when Na (reductant) is reacted with O2 (oxidant).In the presence of excess Na, the resulting compound is Na2O, in which the oxidation state of oxygen is -2 in the presence of excess O2, the resulting compound is Na202, in which the oxidation state of oxygen is -1.

Redox Reactions In This Reaction, the mass of Na is 46g and that of oxygen is 64g

[In this reaction, the mass of Na is 46g and that of oxygen is 64 g]

Question 11. How do you count for the following observations? Although alkaline potassium permanganate and acidic potassium permanganate both are used as oxidants, yet In the manufacture of benzoic acid from toluene we use alcoholic potassium permanganate as an oxidant. Why? Write a balanced redox equation for the reaction.

When concentrated sulphuric acid is added to an inorganic mixture containing chloride, we get colourless pungent-smelling gas HC1, but if the mixture contains bromide then we get red vapour of bromine. Why?
Answer: The reaction in acid medium:

Redox Reactions The reaction in acid medium

Redox Reactions Questions

Multiplying equation (1) by 6 and equation (2) by 5 and then adding them together, we have

Redox Reactions Multiplying equation (1) by 6 and equation (2) by 5

The reaction in alkaline or neutral medium:

Redox Reactions The reactionin alkaline or neutral medium

Multiply equation (3) by 2 and then adding it to equation (4), we have

Redox Reactions Even though toluene oxidises to benzoic acid

Even though toluene oxidises to benzoic acid in the presence of acidic or alkaline KMnO4, the manufacture of benzoic acid from toluene is usually carried out by using alcoholic KMnO4 as an oxidant.

Redox Reactions Questions

This is because ofthe following advantages:

The use of alcoholic KMnO4 is cost-effective because carrying out the reaction in the presence of it does not require adding either acid or alkali in the reaction medium. In a neutral medium, OH- ions are produced during the reaction.

Both KMnO4 and toluene are soluble in alcohol and they form a homogeneous mixture. This facilitates the reaction and contributes towards speeding up the reaction.

When concentrated H2SO4 is added to an inorganic mixture containing chloride, HC1, which has a pungent smell, is produced.

Question 13. Identify the substance oxidised, reduced, oxidising agent and reducing agent for each of the following reactions

\(2 \mathrm{AgBr}(s)+\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6 \mathrm{O}_2(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Ag}(s)+2 \mathrm{HBr}(a q)+\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_4 \mathrm{O}_2(a q)\) \(\mathrm{HCHO}(l)+2\left[\mathrm{Ag}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_0\right]^{+}(a q)+3 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathbf{A g}(s)+\mathrm{HCOO}^{-}(a q)+4 \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) \(\mathrm{HCHO}(l)+2 \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_2 \mathrm{O}(s)+\mathrm{HCOO}^{-}(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) \(\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{H}_4(l)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2(g)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) \(\mathrm{Pb}(s)+\mathrm{PbO}_2(s)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{PbSO}_4(s)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

Redox Reactions Identify The Substance Oxidised reduced, Oxidising Agent And Reducing Agent

Question 14. Consider the reaction:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \\
& \mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Br}_2(l)+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \downarrow \\
& 2 \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)+4 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)+10 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)
Answer: The standard reduction potential for Br2/2Br- system is greater than that for I2/2I- system \(\left(E_{\mathrm{Br}_2 / 2 \mathrm{Br}}^0=1.09 \mathrm{~V}\right.\) and \(E_{1_2 / 21^{-}}^0=0.54 \mathrm{~V}\) indicating Br2 is a stronger oxidising agent than I2. The average oxidation number of S in \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}\) is +2. and that in \(\mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\) is 2.5, while the oxidation number of S in SO2– is +6. The oxidation number per S-atom changes by 0.5 unit in the reaction \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\) while in the reaction \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) this change occurs by 4 unit. Being a stronger oxidising agent, Br2 is capable of increasing the oxidation number of S in \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}\) to the maximum oxidation number of6, thereby leading to the formation of SO2– ion. On the other hand, I2, being a weaker oxidising agent, increases the oxidation number of Sin S20|~ to an oxidation number of 2.5 and results in the formation of \(\mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\) ion.

Question 15. Justify giving reactions that among halogens, fluorine is the best oxidant and among hydrohalic compounds, hydroiodic acid is the best reductant
Answer: The standard redox potentials (or standard reduction potentials) ofthe redox couples formed by halogens are—

Redox Reactions The Standard Redox Potentials

Are doxcouple consists of a reduced form and an oxidised form. The larger the value of E° for a redox couple, the greater the tendency of its oxidised form to get reduced and the smaller the tendency of its reduced form to get oxidised. The reverse is true when the value of E° for a redox couple is small.

Combining this idea with standard electrode potentials of the redox couples given, we can infer that the tendency of oxidised forms (i.e., F2, Cl2, Br2 and I2) to get reduced or the strength of oxidising power of the oxidised forms follows the order: F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2, and the tendency of reduced forms {i.e., F-, Cl-, Br- and I-) to get oxidised or the strength of reducing power ofthe reduced forms follows the order:

Redox Reactions Questions

I¯> Br¯> Cl¯ > F¯

As the oxidising power of F2 is highest among the halogens, it is capable of oxidising other halides to the corresponding halogens. No other halogen except F2, has this ability

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{F}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~F}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \\
& \mathrm{F}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~F}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \\
& \mathrm{F}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~F}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \\
& \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \\
& \mathrm{Br}_2(l)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s)
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, F2 has the strongest oxidising power among the halogens. The oxidation of a hydrohalic acid produces its halogen. The tendency of a hydrohalic acid to get oxidised or the reducing power of a hydrohalic acid is high when the halide ion of the hydrohalic acid exhibits a greater tendency to get oxidised. As the tendency ofhalide ions to get oxidised follows the order I¯ > Br¯ > Cl¯ > F-, the reducing power of hydrohalic acids will follow the order HI>HBr>HCl>HF.

This is confirmed by the following reactions: HI or HBr can reduce H2SO2 to SO2, but HC1 or HF cannot reduce it.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{HI}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{SO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 2 \mathrm{HBr}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{Br}_2+\mathrm{SO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

I- can reduce Cu2+ to Cu+, but Br- cannot.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_2 \mathrm{I}_2(s)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \\
& \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \text { No reaction }
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, we can conclude that HI is the strongest reducing agent among the hydrohalic acids.

Question 16. Why does the following reaction occur?

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{XeO}_6^{4-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{~F}^{-}(a q)+ 6 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{XeO}_3(g)+\mathrm{F}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

What conclusion about the compound Na4Xe06 (of which XeO3 is a part) can be drawn from the reaction?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \stackrel{+8}{\mathrm{XeO}} \mathrm{O}_6^{4-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{~F}^{-1}-(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \\
& \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{X}} \mathrm{OO}_3(g)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~F}}{ }_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

The oxidation numbers of Xe in XeO4-6 and XeO3 are +8 and +6 respectively. Thus, in the reaction the oxidation number of Xe decreases and hence XeOg- undergoes reduction and acts as an oxidising agent. On the other hand, the oxidation number of F increases from -1 to 0.

Redox Reactions Questions

Therefore, in the reaction fluorine undergoes oxidation and hence it acts as a reductant. As the reaction is spontaneous and XeO- oxidises F-, it can be concluded that Na4XeOg has stronger oxidising power than F2.

Question 17. Consider the reactions:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_2(a q)+ & 4 \mathrm{AgNO}_3(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)- \\
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_4(a q)+4 \mathrm{Ag}(s)+4 \mathrm{HNO}_3(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_2(a q)+2 \mathrm{CuSO}_4(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)- \\
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_4(a q)+2 \mathrm{Cu}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CHO}(l)+2\left[\mathrm{Ag}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_2\right]^{+}(a q)+3 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)- \\
& \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{COO}^{-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Ag}(s)+4 \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

What inference do you draw about the behaviour of Ag+ and Cu2+ from these reactions?
Answer: The reaction involves the reduction of the Ag+ ion to Ag and the oxidation of H3PO2 to H3PO4. Thus, in this reaction, the Ag+ ion behaves as an oxidant. It oxidises H3PO2 to H3PO4.

The reaction involves the reduction of Cu2+ ion to Cu and the oxidation of H3PO2 to H3PO4. Thus, in this reaction, the Cu2+ ion behaves as an oxidant. It oxidises H3PO2 to H3PO4.

The reaction involves the oxidation of C6H5CHO to C6H5COOH and the reduction of [Ag(NH23)2]+ to Ag. Thus, in this reaction, the Ag+ ion acts as an oxidant. It oxidizes C6H5CHO to C6H5COOH.

This reaction indicates that the Cu2+ ion is not capable of oxidizing C6H5CHO. This explains why the Cu2+ ion is a weaker oxidising agent than the Ag+ ion.

Question 20. What sorts of information can you draw from the following reaction?
Answer: Let us first analyze whether (CN)2 in the reaction gets oxidised or reduced or simultaneously oxidized as well as reduced. To know this the knowledge of the oxidation states of C in (CN)2, CN and CNO- are required.

The oxidation state of C in (CN)2 is \(+3\left[(\stackrel{+3-3}{(\mathrm{CN}})_2\right]\) is +2 \(\mathrm{CN}^{-}\left[\mathrm{CN}^{-}\right] \text {and }+4 \text { in } \mathrm{CNO}^{-}\left[\mathrm{C}^{+3-32} \mathrm{CN}^{-}\right]\)

Now let us consider the given equation \((\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{N})_2(g)+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \xrightarrow[+2]{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{N}^{-}(a q)+\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{NO}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

Redox Reactions Questions

From this equation, we see that (CN)2 reduced to the oxidation number of C reduces (+3→+2) in this change, and It gets oxidised to CNO- because the oxidation number of C Increases (+3→+4) In this change. Thus, from this reaction, we have the following information: CD In an alkaline medium cyanogen gas dissociates into cyanide Ion (ON-) and cyanate Ion (CNO-).

It Is a redox reaction. More particularly, it is a disproportionation reaction because (CN)2 undergoes oxidation and reduction simultaneously. Cyanogen is a pseudohalogen. It acts as a halogen on reacting with alkalis.

Question 21. The Mn3+ 1 ion Is unstable In solution and undergoes disproportionation to give Mn2+, MnO2, and H+ ions. Write a balanced ionic equation for the reaction.
Answer: Mn3+ is unstable in an aqueous medium and undergoes a disproportionation reaction, forming Mn3+, MnO2 and H+. So, the reaction is—

Here the oxidation reaction is—

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(\mathrm{Mn}^{3+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+e \quad \cdots[1]\)

Adding equation (1) and equation (2), we have

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Mn}^{3+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\)

This is the balanced equation for the disproportionation reaction that the Mn3+ ion undergoes in an aqueous medium.

Question 22. Consider the elements: Cs, Ne, I and F

  • Identify the element that exhibits only a negative oxidation state.
  • Identify the element that exhibits only a positive oxidation state.
  • Identify the element that exhibits both positive and negative oxidation states.
  • Identify the element which exhibits neither the negative nor the positive oxidation state

Answer: Being an element of the highest electronegativity, F always shows a negative oxidation state. It exhibits only a -1 oxidation state

Cs is an alkali metal and shows a strong electropositive character. As a result, it always shows a positive oxidation state. It exhibits only a +1 oxidation state.

Like other halogens, I also show a -1 oxidation state. In addition, it shows positive oxidation states, +1, +3, +5 and +7 when it forms compounds with more electronegative elements.

Ne is an inert element and does not tend to gain or lose electrons. As a result, it shows neither a positive oxidation state nor a negative oxidation state.

Question 23. Chlorine is used to purify drinking water. Excess of chlorine is harmful. The excess chlorine is removed by treating it with sulphur dioxide. Present a balanced equation for this redox change taking place in water.
Answer: The reaction that occurs when S02 is used to remove excess Cl2 in drinking water is—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_2(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)

Oxidation reaction: \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{SO}_2}(a q) \xrightarrow{+6} \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)

To balance O-atoms, we add 2H2O to the left-hand side and 4H+ to the right-hand side.

⇒ \(\mathrm{SO}_2(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\)

Balancing charges on both sides, we have

Redox Reactions Questions

Reduction reaction: Cl2(aq) + 2e→2Cl-(aq)….2

Adding equation (1) to equation (2), we have

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{Cl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_2(a q)+ & 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

This is the balanced equation for the reaction.

Question 24. Refer to the periodic table given in your book and now answer the following questions:

Select the possible non-metals that can show a disproportionation reaction. Select three metals that can show a disproportionation reaction.
Answer: Non-metals such as P4(s), Cl2(g) and Br2(Z) undergo disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{P}_4(s)+3 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \longrightarrow \downarrow \\
\mathrm{PH}_3(g)+3 \mathrm{NaH}_2 \mathrm{PO}_2(a q)
\end{gathered}\)

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+6 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q)(\mathrm{Hot}) \longrightarrow \\
5 \mathrm{NaCl}(a q)+\mathrm{NaClO}_3(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{gathered}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{Br}_2(l)+6 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q)(\mathrm{Hot}) \\
5 \mathrm{NaBr}(a q)+\mathrm{NaBrO}_3(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

Three metals that can show disproportionation reactions are copper, gallium and manganese.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
2 \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{C}} u^{+}(a q) & \rightarrow \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Cu}}(s)+\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}}(a q) \\
3 \mathrm{Ha}^{+}(a q) & \rightarrow \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Ga}}^{3+}(a q)+2 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{Ga}}(s)
\end{aligned}\)

Redox Reactions Questions

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{3+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

Question 25. In Ostwald’s process for the manufacture of nitric acid, the first step involves the oxidation of ammonia gas by oxygen gas to give nitric oxide gas and steam. What is the maximum weight of nitric oxide that can be obtained starting only with 10.00 g of ammonia and 20.00 g of oxygen?
Answer: Reaction: \(\begin{gathered}
4 \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g})+5 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g})+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \\
4 \times 17 \mathrm{~g}=68 \mathrm{~g} \quad 5 \times 32 \mathrm{~g}=160 \mathrm{~g} 4 \times 30 \mathrm{~g}=120 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered}\)

Therefore, 160 g O2 is required to oxidise 68 g NH3.

20g O2 is required to oxidise \(\frac{68}{160} \times 20 \mathrm{~g}\)

= 8.5 g of NH3

So, here O2 is the limiting reagent. The amount of nitric oxide produced depends upon the amount of oxygen taken and not on the amount of NH3 taken

According to the above equation,

160 g O2 produces 120 g NO

⇒ \(20 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{O}_2 \text { produces } \frac{120}{160} \times 20 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NO}=15 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NO}\)

Thus the reaction between 10 g NH3 and 20gO2 produces a maximum amount of 15 g NO.

Question 26. Identify whether the following reactions are redox reactions or not:

\(\begin{array}{r}
\mathrm{Pb}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2(a q)+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{CrO}_4(a q) \longrightarrow \\
\mathrm{PbCrO}_4(s)+2 \mathrm{KNO}_3(a q)
\end{array}\)

NH4NO2(s)→N2(g) + 2H2O(g)

Redox Reactions Questions

\(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CaCO}_3(s)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{CaCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

2HgO(s)→2Hg(l) + O2(g)

2HNO3(aq) + P2O5(s)→N2O5(g) + 2HPO3(a<7)

3CuSO4(aq) + 2PH3(g)→Cu3P2(s) + 3H2S04(aq)

Answer: Redox Reaction

Question 27. Identify the oxidant and reductant in the following reactions:

N2H(l)+ ClO2(aq)→NO(g) + Cl-(aq)

\(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q) \\
\mathrm{NaCl}(a q)+\mathrm{NaOCl}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

Cu2S(s) + 2Cu2O(s)→6Cu(s) + SO2(g)

2HgCl2(aq) + SnCl2(aq)→Hg2Cl2(aq) + SnCl4(aq)

HOCl(aq) + H2S(aq)→S(s) + H3O+(a<7) + Cl-(aq)

Redox Reactions Questions

Answer: Oxidant

  1. CIO3
  2. Cl2
  3. Cu2O
  4. CI2
  5. HOCl
  6. K2MnO4
  7. KIO3

Reductant:

  1. N2H4
  2. Cl2
  3. Cu2S
  4. SnCl2
  5. H2S
  6. K2MnO4
  7. K1

Question 28. Which are oxidized in the following reactions? Give reasons.

  • 2Na + H2→2NaH
  • H2O2 + Q3 H2O + O2

Answer: Na H2O2

Question 29. In which of the following two reactions does HNPO3 not act as an oxidizing agent? Explain 
Answer: 2

Question 30. Which one of the following two reactions is a redox reaction?
Answer: 2

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 31. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of the oxidation number of S. Na2S4O6, H2S2O7, H2SO3, Na2S2O3
Answer: Na2S2O3 < Na2S4Og < H2SO3 < H2S2O7

Question 32. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of the oxidation number of N. Mg3N2, NH2OH, (N2H5)2SO4, [CO(NH3)5CI]CI2
Answer: \(\mathrm{Mg}_3 \mathrm{~N}_2<\left(\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{H}_5\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4<\mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}<\left[\mathrm{Co}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_5 \mathrm{Cl}\right] \mathrm{Cl}_2 ;\) 

Question 33. What are the values of a and b in the given redox reaction?
\(a \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{NH}_3 \rightarrow b \mathrm{KNO}_3+\mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: a=8,b=3

Question 34. Write the half-reactions ofthe given redox reaction \(\mathrm{UO}^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{UO}_2^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: \(\mathrm{UO}^{2+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{UO}_2^{2+}+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e\) \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Question 35. How many moles of electrons will be required to reduce 1 mol N03 ion to hydrazine in the acidic medium?
Answer: 7 mol

Question 36. In an alkaline medium, C1O2 oxidizes H2O2 to O2 and itself reduces to Cl- ion. How many moles of H2O2 will be oxidized by 1 mol of C1O2?
Answer: 2.5 mol

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 37. In the basic medium, KNO2 is oxidized by KMnO4, forming KNO3. How many moles of KMnO4 are required to oxidize 1 mol of KNO2?
Answer: 2/3 mol

Question 38. Calculate— the number of mol of KMnO4 required to oxidize 1 mol of ferrous oxalate in an acidic medium, The number of mol of K2Cr2O7 required to oxidize 1 mol of ferrous oxalate in an acidic medium
Answer: 0.6 mol

Question 39. Calculate the equivalent mass of the underlined Compounds.
Answer: 183.75 16.5

Question 40. Iodine reacts with sodium sulfate a neutral medium. Write the balanced equation of this reaction. Calculate the equivalent mass of sodium thiosulfate in this reaction. (Assume molecular mass of sodium thiosulfate =M).
Answer: \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}\) Equivalent mass = M.

Redox Reactions Questions

Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. Oxidation number of N in Mg3N2 is_________________.
Answer: -3

Question 2. An element can exist in +1, 0, +5 oxidation states. In a compound, if the element exists in a state, then the compound can participate in a disproportionation reaction.
Answer: +1

Question 3. The oxidation number of S in (CH3)2SO is_________________.
Answer: +4

Question 4. Number of electron(s) involved in the reaction, IO¯3 →I‾ in basic medium is_________________.
Answer: 6

Question 5. The equivalent mass of SO2 in the reaction, SO2 →\(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) in acidic medium is_________________.
Answer: 32

Question 6. \(\mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+x \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+y e^{-} \rightarrow\left[\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_x\right]^{-}+x \mathrm{OH}^{-}\), where y =_________________.
Answer: 3

Question 7. The oxidation number of Mo in [Mo2O4-(C2H4)2(H2O2)]2+ is_________________.
Answer: +5

Redox Reactions Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Oxidation numbers of S in peroxonosulphric and peroxonosulphric acids respectively are-

  1. +3 and +3
  2. +4 and +6
  3. +6 and +6
  4. +8 and +7

Answer: 2. +4 and +6

Question 2. The oxidation number of pyrophosphoriqaeid is-

  1. +1
  2. +3
  3. +4
  4. +5

Answer: 4. +5

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 3. When SO2 gas is passed through an acidic solution of K2Gr2O7, the oxidation number of S changes by

  1. 2 unit
  2. 3 unit
  3. 4 unit
  4. 6 unit

Answer: 1. 2 unit

Question 4. When manganous salt is fused with KNO3 and solid NaOH, the oxidation number changes from—

  1. +2 to +3
  2. +2 to +4
  3. +2 to +6
  4. +2 to +7

Answer: 3. +2 to +6

Question 5. Which ofthe following reactions is not a redox reaction—

  1. 2CuSO4 + 4KI→ CU2I2 + 2K2SO4 + I2
  2. SO2 + H2O→H2SO3
  3. CUSO4 + 4NH3→ [CU(NH3)4]SO4
  4. 4KC1O3 →3KC1O4 + KC1

Answer: 3. CUSO4 + 4NH3→ [CU(NH3)4]SO4

Question 6. Which of the following reactions does the reaction, Ag2+ + Ag→Ag+, belong to—

  1. Reduction
  2. Oxidation
  3. Comproportionation
  4. Disproportionation

Answer: 3. Comproportionation

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 7. In the following reaction, the oxidation half-reaction gives—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \\
\mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

  1. MnSO4
  2. CO2
  3. K2SO4
  4. H2O

Answer: 2. CO2

Question 8. The amount of electrons required to reduce 1 mol of nitrate ions to hydrazine is-

  1. 7 mol
  2. 6 mol
  3. 5 mol
  4. 4 mol

Answer: 1. 7 mol

Question 9. The reaction of C1O2 with H2O2 in an alkaline medium results in O2 and Cl- ions. In this reaction, C1O2 acts as an oxidant. The number of mol of H2O2 oxidised by1 mol of C1O2 is-

  1. 1.0
  2. 1.2
  3. 2.5
  4. 2.8

Answer: 3. 2.5

Question 10. In the balanced equation of the reaction, \(\mathrm{Zn}+\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{ZnO}_2^{2-}+\mathrm{NH}_3\), the coefficients of Zn, NO3 and OH- respectively are—

  1. 1,4 and 8
  2. 8,3 and 2
  3. 4,1 and 7
  4. 5,2 and 8

Answer: 3. 4,1 and 7

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 11. The amount of iodine that liberates in the reaction of 0.1 mol of K2Cr2O? with an excess of K3 in an acidic solution is

  1. 0.1 mol
  2. 0.2 mol
  3. 0.3 mol
  4. 0.4 mol

Answer: 3. 0.3 mol

Question 12. In a strong alkaline solution, the equivalent mass of KMnO4 (molecular mass =M) is—

  1. M/5
  2. M/2
  3. M/2
  4. M

Answer: 4. M

Question 13. In the balanced equation for the reaction,
\(a \mathrm{KMnO}_4+b \mathrm{NH}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{KNO}_3+\mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O},\) the
values of a and b respectively are-

  1. 3 and 7
  2. 8 and 3
  3. 5 and 2
  4. 6 and 8

Answer: 2. 8 and 3

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 14. In the reaction of KMnO4 with ferrous ions in an acidic medium, KMnO4 oxidizes ferrous ions to ferric ions and itself gets reduced to manganous salt. The number of ferrous ions oxidized by 100 mL of 0.2(N) KMnO4 solution is—

  1. 1.117 g
  2. 1.562 g
  3. 2.173 g
  4. 1.934 g

Answer: 1. 1.117 g

Question 15. The oxidation number of B in NaBH4 is —

  1. -3
  2. +3
  3. +2
  4. -4

Answer: 2. +3

Question 16. The equivalent mass of the oxidant in the reaction, 3C12 + 6NaOH- 5NaCl + NaC1O3 + 3H2O is

  1. 71
  2. 14.2
  3. 7.1
  4. 35.5

Answer: 3. 7.1

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 17. \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{I}_2\) In the
balanced equation of this reaction, the coefficient of H2O is-

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 4. 5

Question 18. In the balanced equation for the reaction-

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{As}_2 \mathrm{~S}_3+a \mathrm{ClO}_3^{-}+b \mathrm{OH}^{-} \\
& x \mathrm{AsO}_4^{3-}+y \mathrm{ClO}^{-}+z \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

  1. x+y+z=a
  2. a+x+z=b
  3. a-x-z=y
  4. b-a=y-z

Answer: 2. a+x+z=b

Question 19. In the reaction, Fe3O4 + KMnO4 → Fe2O3 +MnO2, the equivalent mass of Fe3O4 is—

  1. 116
  2. 232
  3. 773
  4. 154.6

Answer: 2. 232

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 20. Which of the following requires an oxidant—

  1. Cu2+→ Cu
  2. Cu3P2→2PH3
  3. \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{SO}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\)

Answer: 3. \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)

Question 21. In the presence of HCl(aq), K2Cr2O7 oxidizes tin (Sn) into Sn4+ ions. The amount of that will be oxidisedby1 mol K2Cr2O7 is —

  1. 1.0 mol
  2. 1.5 mol
  3. 2.0 mol
  4. 2.5 mol

Answer: 2. 1.5 mol

Question 22. The amount of Na2S2O3 to be required for reducing iodine produced by the reaction of mol ofKI with H2O2 in an acid medium is—

  1. 0.5 mol
  2. 1 mol
  3. 2 mol
  4. 2.5 mol

Answer: 3. 2 mol

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 23. The ratio of equivalent masses of KMnO4 in acidic, strong alkaline, and neutral solutions is—

  1. 3:5:15
  2. 3:15:5
  3. 5:5:3
  4. 3:3:5

Answer: 2. 3:15:5

Question 24. The amount of H2O2 required for decolorizing 1 mol of KMnO4 in an acid solution is—

  1. 1.5 mol
  2. 2.0 mol
  3. 2.5 mol
  4. 3.0 mol

Answer: 3. 2.5 mol

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 25. Fe has the lowest oxidation state in—

  1. FeSO4(NH4)2S04-62O
  2. K4[Fe(CN)g]
  3. Fe(CO)5
  4. Fe0.94O

Answer: 3. Fe(CO)5

Question 26. A compound of Xe and F is found to have 53.5% Xe. What is the oxidation number of Xein in this compound—

  1. -4
  2. 0
  3. +4
  4. +6

Answer: 4. +6

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 27. Disproportionation reaction is not possible for—

  1. ASH3
  2. SF4
  3. H5106
  4. PC13

Answer: 3. PC13

Question 28. When lmol of KC.103 accepts 4 t nol of electrons, the expected product is—

  1. C102
  2. or
  3. C104
  4. cr

Answer: 3. cr

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 29. \(\mathrm{M}^{x+}+\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{MO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2\) If 1 mol of Mn04 oxidises 2.5 mol of M-v+, then the value of X is —

  1. 5
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 1

Answer: 4. 1

Question 30. During the reaction between KC1O3 and (COOH)2 in an acidic medium, the tire element that undergoes a maximum change in the oxidation number is—

  1. K
  2. O
  3. Cl
  4. C

Answer: 3. Cl

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 31. If the oxidation numbers of Cr in CrOg, K2CrO K,Cr2O- and [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl are +a, +b, +c and +d respectively, then—

  1. a>c>b>d
  2. a=x>b>d
  3. a=b>c>d
  4. a=b=c>d

Answer: 2. a=x>b>d

Question 32. The oxidation number of Pt in [Pt(C2H4)Cl3]- is—

  1. +3
  2. +4
  3. +2
  4. O

Answer: 3. +2

Question 34. For the reaction: \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+x \mathrm{ClO}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+y \mathrm{O}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) the value of y/x is—

  1. 2.0
  2. 2.5
  3. 1.0
  4. 1.5

Answer: 2. 2.5

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 35. The oxidation number of Ba(H2PO2)2 is—

  1. +3
  2. +2
  3. +1
  4. -1

Answer: 3. +1

Question 36. \(a \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+b \mathrm{BiO}_3^{-}+c \mathrm{H}^{+}=\mathrm{I}^{-} \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+b \mathrm{Bi}^{3+}+d \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

  1. a=3
  2. b=5
  3. c=10
  4. d=6

Answer: 2. b=5

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 37. The mixture of NaOH solution and white P on heating produces PH3 gas and Na2H2PO2. The above reaction is an example of

  1. Oxidation reaction
  2. Reduction reaction
  3. Comproportionation reaction
  4. Disproportionation reaction

Answer: 4. Disproportionation reaction

Question 38. For the reaction:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Zn}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{HNO}_3(a q) \longrightarrow \\
& \quad \mathrm{Zn}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2(a q)+\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

Redox Reactions Questions

The change in oxidation number per mole HNO3 is—

  1. Increases by 6 unit
  2. Decreases by 4 unit
  3. Decreases by 8 unit
  4. Decreases by 6 unit

Answer: 3. Decreases by 8 unit

Question 39. To balance the chemical equation \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+x e \rightarrow \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\) the value of x should be-

  1. 8
  2. 6
  3. 5
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 6

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 40. Find the equivalent mass of Na2S2O3 for the reaction,

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(\mathrm{~s}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+\mathrm{NaI}(a q)\)

[Assume that the molecular mass of Na2S2O3 is M]—

  1. M/8
  2. M
  3. M/2
  4. M/4

Answer: 2. M

Question 41. Which of die following substances undergo disproportionation reactions in basic medium—

  1. F2
  2. P4
  3. S2
  4. Br2

Answer: 2. P4

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 42. In which of the following compounds, the oxidation number of oxygen is fractional—

  1. B4O10
  2. B2H6
  3. CSO2
  4. KO3

Answer: 1. B4O10

Question 43. Wlien Cl2 is passed through NaOH in the cold, the oxidation number of changes from—

  1. 0 to -1
  2. 0 to +2
  3. 0 to -2
  4. 0 to -1

Answer: 1. 0 to -1

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 44. In which of the following cases equivalent mass of a reductant is equal to its molecular mass—

  1. \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+6 \mathrm{I}^{-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+3 \mathrm{I}_2+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
  3. \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6+2 \mathrm{NaI}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Question 45. Identify the redox reactions—

  1. 2CuSO4 + 4KI→2CuI + 12 + 2K2SO4
  2. BaCl2 + Na2SO4→BaSO4 + 2NaGl
  3. 3I2 + 6NaOH→NaIO3 + 5Nal + 3H2O
  4. CuSO4 + 4NH3→[Cu(NH3)4]SO4

Answer: 1. 2CuSO4 + 4KI→2CuI + 12 + 2K2SO4

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 46. When ammonium nitrate is heated, the oxidation numbers of the N-atoms present it change from—

  1. -3 to +1
  2. -3 to 0
  3. -2 to +4
  4. +5 to 0

Answer: 2. -3 to 0

Question 47. For the reaction, \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}-\)

  1. \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \text { gets oxidised to } \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \text { gets reduced to } \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)
  3. I2 gets oxidized to I¯
  4. I2 gets reduced to I¯

Answer: 1. \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \text { gets oxidised to } \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 48. Which of the following statements about the following reaction is wrong—

  1. 2Cu2O + cu2s→6cu + SO2
  2. Both cu2O and cu2s are reduced
  3. Only cu2s is reduced
  4. Cu2s is the oxidation
  5. Only cu2O is reduced

Answer: 2. Both cu2O and cu2s are reduced

Question 49. Which of the following orders represents the correct descending order of oxidation numbers—

  1. HNO2 > NO > NH4C1 > N2
  2. HNO3 > NO > N2 > NH2C1
  3. H2S2O7 > Na2S2O3 > Na2S4O6 > S8
  4. H2SO5 > H2SO3 > SC12 > H2S

Answer: 2. HNO3 > NO > N2 > NH4C1

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 50. Which ofthe following reactions are not reactions—

  1. SO2(g) +H2O(f) H2SO3(aq)
  2. Ca(s) + H2(g) → CaH2(s)
  3. 2H2S(aq) + SO2(g)→2H20(l) + 3S(s)
  4. \(\begin{aligned}
    2 \mathrm{PCl}_5(g)+ & \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q) \longrightarrow \\
    & 2 \mathrm{POCl}_3(a q)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_2 \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)
    \end{aligned}\)

Answer: 1. SO2(g) +H2O(f) H2SO3(aq)

Question 51. In which compounds does Cr exist +6 oxidation state

  1. CrO2Cl2
  2. Na2[Cr(CN)6]
  3. CrO5
  4. K2Cr2O7

Answer: 1. CrO2Cl2

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 52. When ammonium nitrite (NH2NO2) is heated—

  1. Oxidation of nitrogen takes place
  2. Reduction of nitrogen takes place
  3. The overall reaction is a disproportionation reaction
  4. The overall reaction is a double decomposition reaction

Answer: 2. Reduction of nitrogen takes place

Question 53. In which compounds does an atom exist in two different oxidation states

  1. H2SO5
  2. NH4NO3
  3. Fe2O3
  4. H2O2

Answer: 1. H2SO5

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 54. In the balanced equation for the reaction—

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+x \mathrm{HI} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}+y \mathrm{I}_2+z \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

  1. x=y-z
  2. y=z
  3. x=2y
  4. z=2x

Answer: 2. y=z

Question 55. In the reaction,

⇒ \(\mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

(Assume formula masses of KMnO2 and Na2S2O3 M1 and M2 respectively)—

  1. The equivalent mass of KMnO2 = M1/3
  2. The equivalent mass of Na2S2O3 = M2
  3. The equivalent mass of KMnO4 = M1/5
  4. The equivalent mass of Na2S2O2 = M2/8

Answer: 1. The equivalent mass of KMnO4 = M1/3

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 56. In the balanced equation for the reaction,

⇒ \(\mathrm{UO}^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{UO}_2^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) the coefficient of-

  1. UO2+
  2. \(\mathrm{UO}_2^{2+} \text { is } 3\)
  3. \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-} \text { is } 1\)
  4. H2O is 7

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{UO}_2^{2+} \text { is } 3\)

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 57. The disproportionation of 1 mol of \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) ions in a neutral aqueous solution results in—

  1. 1/3 mol of MnO¯4
  2. 2/3 mol of MnO2
  3. 2/3 mol of MnO4
  4. 1/3 mol of MnO2

Answer: 3. 2/3 mol of MnO4

Question 58. In the reaction the oxidation number of marked with (*)-

  1. Increases by 2 units
  2. Increases by 1 unit
  3. Decreases by 2 units
  4. Decreases by 3 units

Answer: 1. Increases by 2 units

Question 59. For the reaction: SO2 + 2H2S→3S + 2H2O —

  1. The equivalent mass of the oxidant is 64
  2. Equivalent mass ofoxidantis 16
  3. The number of electrons accepted oxidant is 4
  4. The number of electrons lost by reductant is 6

Answer: 2. Equivalent mass of oxidant is 16

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 60. The species that cannot be reducing agents are—

  1. SO3
  2. \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}\)
  3. H2SO4
  4. S2-

Answer: 1. SO3

Question 61. Which are conserved all redox reactions—

  1. Charge
  2. Mass
  3. Either charger or Mass
  4. Neither charge nor mass

Answer: 1. Charge

Question 62. The equivalent weight of K2Cr2O7 in an acidic medium is expressed in terms of its molecular weight (M) as—

  1. \(\frac{M}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{M}{4}\)
  3. \(\frac{M}{6}\)
  4. \(\frac{M}{7}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{M}{6}\)

In an acidic medium, K2Cr2O7 undergoes reduction, forming a Cr3+ ion.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this reaction, the equivalent weight of K2Cr2O7

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { No of electrons gained by a molecule of } \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7 \\
\text { in its reduction }
\end{array}}=\frac{M}{6}\)

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 63. If Cl2 is passed through hot aqueous NaOH, the products formed have Cl in different oxidation states. These are indicated as

  1. -1 and +1
  2. -1 and +5
  3. -1 and +5
  4. -1 and +3

Answer: 2. -1 and +5

Reaction: Cl2 + 6NaOH→NaCl + 5NaC1O3 + 3H2O The oxidation number of Cl in NaCl is -1 and that in NaCIO3 is +5.

Question 64. In an aqueous alkaline solution, two-electron reductions of HO‾2 give—

  1. HO‾
  2. H2O
  3. O2
  4. O‾2

Answer: 1. HO‾

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 65. Consider the following reactions

⇒ \(x \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+y \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+z \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow x \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+2 y \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{z}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The values of x, y, and z in the reaction are respectively

  1. 5,2 And 8
  2. 5,2 and 16
  3. 2,5 and 8
  4. 2,5 and 16

Answer: 4. 2,5 and 16

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& {\left[\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right] \times 2} \\
& \frac{\left[\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 e\right] \times 5}{2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}
\end{aligned}\)

‍∴ x=2, y=5 and z=16

Question 66. In which of the following reactions, H2O2 acts as a reducing agent-

  1. H2O2 + 2H+ + 2e→2H2O
  2. H2O2-2e→ O2 + 2H+
  3. H2O2 + 2e→2OH¯
  4. H2O2 + 2OH¯-2e→O2 + 2H2O

Choose the correct option 

  1. 2,4
  2. 1,2
  3. 3,4
  4. 1,3

Answer: 1. 2,4

In the reaction, H2O2 → O2 + 2H+ + 2e, electrons are lost by H2O2 and hence H2O2 acts as a reductant. In the reaction, H2O2+2OH¯→ O2 + 2H2O + 2e, electrons are lost by H2O2 and hence H2O2 acts as a reductant.

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 67. The Pair in which phosphorus atoms have a formal oxidation state of +3 is-

  1. Orthophosphoric and Pyrophosphoric acid
  2. Pyrophosphorus and Hypophosphoric acid
  3. Orthophosphoric and Hypophosphoric acid
  4. Pyrophosphorus and Pyrophosphoric acid

Answer: 1. Orthophosphorus and pyrophosphoric acid

Orthophosphoric acid: \(\begin{aligned}
& +1+3-2 \\
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_3
\end{aligned}\)

Pyrophosphorus acid:

Let the oxidation number of P in pyrophosphoric acid be x.

So, 4(+1) + 2x + 5(-2) = 0

or, 2x = 6 or, x = +3

Question 68. Which of the following reactions is an example of a redox creation:

  1. XeFG + H2O→XeOF4 + 2HF
  2. XeF6 + 2H2O→XeO2F2 + 4HF
  3. XeF4 +O2F4→XeF6 + O2
  4. XeF2 + PF5→[XeF]+[PF6]-

Answer: 3. XeF4 + O2F4→XeF6 + O2

⇒ \(\stackrel{+6-1}{\mathrm{XeF}_6}+\mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}} \rightarrow \mathrm{XeOF}_4^{-2-1}+2 \mathrm{HF}\)

⇒ \(\stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{XeF}_6-1}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}} \xrightarrow[\rightarrow]{+6} \mathrm{XeO}_2^{-2-1} \mathrm{~F}_2+4 \mathrm{HF}\)

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{XeF}_2^{-1}}+\stackrel{+5-1}{\mathrm{PF}_2^{-1}} \rightarrow\left[\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{XeF}} \mathrm{F}^{-1}\right]\left[\mathrm{PF}_6^{-1}\right]\)

For these reactions, there is no change in the oxidation number of the respective elements. So these reactions are not redox reactions.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{XeF}_4}+\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{O}_2} \mathrm{~F}_4^{-1} \rightarrow \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{X}} \mathrm{XeF}_6-\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2\)

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 69. The oxidation states of Cr in [Cr(H2O) ]C13 [Cr(C6HG)2] and K2[Cr(CN2)(0)2(O2)(NH3)] respectively are—

  1. +3,+4 and +6
  2. +3,+2 and +4
  3. +3,0 and +6
  4. +3,0 and +4

Answer: 3. +3,0 and +6

⇒ \(\left[\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Cr}}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_6\right] \mathrm{Cl}_3,\left[\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Cr}}\left(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6\right)_2\right]\)

In K2[Cr(CN)2(O2)(0)2(NH3)] compound, let, the oxidation number of Cr be x.

Redox Reactions The oxdiation number of Cr Be x

or, 2 + X-2-4-2 + 0

or, x = +6

Question 70. A mixture of potassium, Oxalic acid, and sulphuric acid is heated. During the reaction which element undergoes maximum change in the oxidation number-

  1. S
  2. H
  3. Cl
  4. C

Answer: 3. Cl

Question 71. In which of the following compounds, nitrogen exhibits the highest oxidation state—

  1. N2H4
  2. NH3
  3. N3H
  4. NH2OH

Answer: 3. N3H

⇒ \(\stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{~N}_2} \mathrm{H}_4, \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_3, \stackrel{-1 / 3}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{H}, \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{OH}\)

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 72. In acidic medium, H2O2 changes \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}\) to CrO5 which has two (—0—0— ) bonds. The oxidation state of Cr in CrO5 is-

  1. +5
  2. +3
  3. +6
  4. -10

Answer: 3. +6 let the oxidation number of Cr in CrO5 be x

Question 73.

  1. H2O2 + O3 →H2O + 2O2
  2. H2O2 + Ag2O→ 2Ag + H2O + O2

The role of hydrogen peroxide in the above reactions is respectively—

  1. Oxidisingin (1) and reducing (2)
  2. Reducing (1) and oxidising (2)
  3. Reducing (1) and (12)
  4. Oxidisingin (1) and (2)

Answer: 3. Reducing (1) and (12)

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{O}}_2+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2\)

In this reaction, H2O2 undergoes oxidation and forms O2. Hence, it acts as a reductant

Question 74. Assuming complete ionization, the same moles of which of the following compounds will require the least amount of acidified KMnO4 for complete oxidation—

  1. FeSO4
  2. FeSO3
  3. FeC2O4
  4. Fe(NO2)2

Answer: 1. FeSO4 will require the least amount of acidified KMnO4 for complete oxidation.

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 75. Hot concentrated sulphuric acid is a moderately strong oxidizing agent. Which of the following reactions does not show oxidizing behavior-

  1. Cu + 2H2SO4→CuSO4 + SO2 + 2H2O
  2. S + 2H2SO4→3SO2 + 2H2O
  3. C + 2H2SO4→CO2 + 2SO2 + 2H2O
  4. CaF2 + H2SO4→CaSO4 + 2HF

Answer: 4. CaF2 + H2SO4→CaSO4 + 2HF

In this reaction, there is no change in the oxidation number of any elements, present. Thus, it is not a redox reaction.

Question 76. For the redoxreaction—

⇒ \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The correct coefficients of the reactants for the balanced equation are:

  1. 16,5,2
  2. 2,5,16
  3. 2,16,5
  4. 5,16,2

Answer: 2. 2,5,16

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& {\left[\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right] \times 2} \\
& {\left[\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 e\right] \times 5} \\
& 2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 77. When KMnO4 reacts with KBr in an alkaline medium and gives a bromate ion, the oxidation state of Mn changes from +7 to—

  1. +6
  2. +4
  3. +3
  4. +2

Answer: 2. +4

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+\mathrm{Br}^{-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow 2 \stackrel{+4}{2} \mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{BrO}_3^{-}+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Question 78. K2Cr2O7 in an acidic medium converts into

  1. Cr2+
  2. Cr2+
  3. Cr4+
  4. Cr5+

Answer: 2. Cr2+

Question 79. The oxidation state of iron in hemoglobin is—

  1. 0
  2. +2
  3. -2
  4. +3

Answer: 2. +2

Question 80. What is the oxidation number of Br in KBrO2

  1. +6
  2. +7
  3. +5
  4. +8

Answer: 2. +7

Redox Reactions Questions

Question 81. Substances that are oxidized and reduced in the following reaction are respectively—

⇒ \(\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{H}_4(l)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2(g)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

  1. N2H4H2O
  2. N2H4H2O2
  3. N2H2O2
  4. H2O2N2

Answer: 2. N2H4H2O2

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Questions And Answers

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Long Answer Type Questions

States of Matter Questions: 1. Determine the types of intermodular forces of attraction in the following instances. w-hexane, SO2,CO2, CHCI3, (CH3)2CO, (CH3)2O
Answer: London forces or instantaneous induced dipole instantaneous induced dipole attraction: n-hexane, CO2, Dipole-dipole attraction: SO2 CHCI3, (CH3)2O. However, the London force also acts in this case.

Question 2. Which type of intermodular forces of attraction act between O2 and water modules when O2 is dissolved in water?
Answer:  O2 is a non-polar molecule, whereas the H2O molecule is polar. Hence, the force of attraction acting between O2 and H2O molecules is dipole-induced dipole attraction

Question 3. Which types of intermodular forces of attraction act between the modules in liquid HF?
Answer: HF is a polar covalent molecule. Hence, the forces of attraction between HF molecules in their liquid state are dipole-dipole attraction and H -H-H-bonding.

Question 4. What do you mean by the pressure of the gas?
Answer: Since E2>E1, T2>T1. This is because, with the increase in the absolute temperature of a gas, the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules increases

States of Matter Questions

Question 5. At a constant temperature, the pressures of four gases A, B, C, and D are 0.2 atm, 250torr, 26.23k Pa, and 14.2 bar, respectively. Arrange them according to their increasing pressure.
Answer: \(A: 0.2 \mathrm{~atm}, B: 250 \mathrm{torr}=\frac{250}{760} \mathrm{~atm}=0.33 \mathrm{~atm}\)

⇒ \(A: 0.2 \mathrm{~atm}, B: 250 \mathrm{torr}=\frac{250}{760} \mathrm{~atm}=0.33 \mathrm{~atm}\)

⇒ \(D: 14.2 \mathrm{bar}=\frac{14.2}{1.013}=14.02 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ A<C<B<D

Question 6. Among the four quantities—mass, pressure, temperature, and volume, which are taken to be constant in the following gas laws?

  • Boyle’slaw
  • Charles’law
  • Gay-Lussac’slaw
  • Avogadro’s law.

Answer:

  • Boyle’s law: Mass and temperature ofthe gas
  • Charles’ law: Mass and pressure of the gas
  • Gay-Lussac’s law: Mass and volume of the gas
  • Avogadro’s law: Pressure and temperature of the gas

Question 7. Why does the volume of a given mass of gas increase by decreasing its pressure at constant temperature?
Answer: According to Boyle’s law, PV= constant for a fixed mass of gas at a constant temperature. That is, the product of P and V for a fixed mass of gas at a constant temperature is always constant. Suppose, P and V are the pressure and volume of a given mass of gas at a constant temperature.

States of Matter Questions

Keeping the temperature constant, if the pressure is made to \(\frac{P}{x}\)(where x > 1 ), then the volume ofthe gas will be V x x because PV = constant

Question 8. Why does the volume of a gas increase by increasing its number of moles at a given temperature and pressure?
Answer: According to Avogadro’s law, at a given temperature and pressure the volume (V) of a gas is directly proportional to its number of moles (n), i.e., V ∝ n. Therefore, if the number of moles of a gas is increased at a constant temperature and pressure, its volume will increase

Question 9. Will the nature of the following graphical presentations for a given mass of gas be the same?
Answer: 

P vs V ata constant temperature

For a fixed mass of a gas at a given temperature PV = constant. This relation expresses an equation of a rectangular hyperbola. Therefore, the P vs V plot for a fixed mass of gas at a given temperature will produce a curve of a rectangular hyperbola.

States of Matter Questions

V vs T at constant pressure

For a fixed amount of a gas at a constant pressure, V = KxT (K = constant). This relation expresses an equation of a straight line passing through the origin. Therefore, the V vs T plot for a fixed mass of gas at constant pressure will give a straight line passing through the origin.

Question 10. When does the graph showing variation ofthe volume ofa given mass of gas with pressure at a constant temperature become linear?
Answer: For a given mass of gas at a fixed temperature, PV = K (constant). That is, \(P=\frac{K}{V}\) This relation expresses an equation of a straight line passing through the origin. Therefore, if P is plotted against \(\frac{1}{V}\) for a given mass of a gas at a fixed temperature, a straight line will be obtained

States of Matter Questions

Question 11. N2 gas is present in a 1L desiccator at latm pressure. The pressure ofthe gas decreases to 78mmHg pressure when the desiccator is partially evacuated using a vacuum pump at a constant temperature. Find out the final volume of the gas.
Answer: Since the volume of the desiccator is fixed, the final volume of the gas will be 1L even after the desiccator is partially evacuated. In this process, the number of moles of the gas decreases but its volume and temperature remain the same. As the pressure ofthe gas is reduced

Question 12. Plot density vs pressure for a fixed mass of an ideal gas at a
constant temperature.
Answer: Since docs for a given mass of gas at a constant temperature.

States of Matter Questions

Question 13. According to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, the volume ofa given mass of gas is inversely proportional to its pressure. But when a balloon is filled with air, both the volume and pressure ofthe gas inside it increase—Explain.
Answer: When the balloon is pumped, the quantity of air inside the balloon goes on increasing. As a result, the mass of air inside it does not remain constant. Moreover, pumping causes a rise in the temperature of the air inside the balloon. Thus, neither the temperature nor the mass of the air remains constant. So, Boyle’s law is not applicable in this case.

States of Matter Questions

Question 14. Under different conditions, the following graph is obtained for an ideal gas. Mentioning A and B,- identify the conditions.
Answer: For a fixed amount of gas at a given temperature, PV is constant. This means the value of PV will always be constant for a fixed amount of a gas at a given temperature no matter what the pressure of the gas is. Hence PV vs P or PV vs V plot will give a straight line parallel to the P-axis or V-axis, respectively. Therefore, A will be equal to PV and B will be equal to P or V.

For a fixed amount of a gas at a given pressure V – K (constant) x T, i.e., V/T = K. This relation tells us that the value of V/ T will always be constant for a fixed amount of gas at a given pressure irrespective of the value of temperature of the gas. Hence, the V/T vs T plot will give a straight line parallel to the T axis. Hence, A will be equal to V/ T and B will be equal to T.

States of Matter Questions

Question 14. What are the molar volumes of nitrogen and argon gases at 273.15K temperature and 1 atm pressure? [consider both the gases behave ideally]
Answer: At 273.15K and late pressure, both nitrogen and argon behave ideally. Hence, at this temperature and pressure, the molar volume of each of them will be 22.4L

Question 15. Comment on the validity of Boyle’s law for the following
reaction: N3O4(g) 2NO2(g)
Answer: The number of molecules of N2O4 and NO2 varies with the pressure at constant temperature. Hence, the mass ofthe gas mixture does not remain constant. Thus, Boyle’s law is not applicable here.

States of Matter Questions

Question 16. If a substance were to be in a gaseous state at absolute zero temperature, what would be the theoretical value of its pressure?
Answer: \(V_t=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Pressure and mass of gas being constant] At absolute zero temperature, t = -273°C.

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(\text { Hence, } V_{-273^{\circ} \mathrm{C}}=V_0\left(1-\frac{273}{273}\right)=0 \text {. }\)

Since the volume of the gas is zero (0), the theoretical value of pressure will be zero (0).

Question 17. At a given pressure, the volume of a given amount of gas at 0°C is V0. Will the V vs t (celsius temperature) plot for this gas be linear? Will it be a straight line passing through the origin? If this straight line does not pass through the origin, then what will be its slope and intercept?
Answer: According to Charles’ law, Vt = V0 \(\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\); where Vt and V0 are the volumes of a given mass of gas at a temperature t°C respectively, when the pressure of the gas is kept constant. Hence, the above equation can be rewritten as \(V_t=V_0+\frac{t}{273} V_0\)……………[1]

States of Matter Questions

V0 is a fixed quantity for a given mass of gas at a constant pressure. Thus, the equation [1] represents a straight-line equation. Hence, the Vt vs t plot will give a straight line.

Equation [1] does not represent an equation of a straight line passing through the origin. Hence, the Vf vs t plot will not be a straight line passing through the origin

According to the equation [1], the straight line resulting from the plot of V( vs t has a slope of V0/273 and an intercept of V0.

Question 18. Under what conditions will the value of- always be the same irrespective ofthe value of T?
Answer: For a fixed mass of gas at constant volume, P ∝ T or, P = f Cx T (K = constant). Therefore, P/T = K. This relation indicates that the value of P/T is always constant for a fixed mass of a gas at constant volume irrespective of the value of T is

States of Matter Questions

Question 19. Under what conditions will the value of PV always be the same irrespective of the value of P (or V)?
Answer: According to Boyle’s law, for a fixed mass of gas at a constant temperature, PV = constant. Therefore, the value of PV is always constant for a fixed mass of a gas at a constant temperature irrespective ofthe value of P.

Question 20. A certain amount of an ideal gas is enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a movable piston. What would be the changes in the volume ofthe gain in the following processes?

  • The pressure of the gas is reduced by 25% at constant temperature.
  • The temperature of the gas is increased by 50% at constant pressure.

Answer: According to Boyle’s law, P1V1 = P2V2 when the mass and temperature of a gas are constant. After the reduction of initial pressure (P1) by 25%, the final pressure (P2) becomes \(\left(P_1-P_1 \times \frac{25}{100}\right)=0.75 P_1\)
i.e., P2 = 0.75P1

∴ \(V_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{P_2}=\frac{P_1 \times V_1}{0.75 P_1}=\frac{4}{3} V_1\)

Therefore, the change in volume \(=\frac{4}{3} V_1-V_1=\frac{V_1}{3}\)

States of Matter Questions

According to Charles’ law, V1T2 = V2T1 when the mass and pressure of a gas remain constant. After increasing the initial temperature (T1) by 50%, the final temperature (T2) becomes \(\left(T_1+T_1 \times \frac{50}{100}\right)=1.5 T_1 \text {, i.e., } T_2=1.5 T_1\)

∴ \(V_1 \times 1.5 T_2=V_2 T_2 \quad \text { or, } V_2=1.5 \times V_1\)

∴ The change in volume = 1.5 V1– V1 = 0.5V1

Question 21. Determine the values of molar gas constant in the following units— mL torr K-1 mol-1; kPa-L-K-1-mol-1.
Answer: R =0.0821 L-atm -K-1. mol-1

= 0.0821 x 103 x 760 torr -mL -K-1.mol-1

[Since 1L = 103mL and latm = 760tor]

States of Matter Questions

= 6.23 x 104 torr -mL -K-1 .mol-1

= 0.0821 L .atm -K-1 -mol-1

= 0.0821 X 1.013 x 1 02 kPa . L K-1. mol-1

= 8.31 kPa-L-K1-mol-1

[Since 1 atm = 1.013 x 105 Pa = 1.013 x 102kPa]

Question 22. For the same mass of two ideal gases X and Y at the same temperature and pressure, the volume of Y is found to be three times as large as that of X. Compare the values of their molar masses.
Answer: Px = Py, Tx = Ty, 3VX = Vy
According to the ideal gas equation, Pxvx = nXRTx and = PY VY = NY R TY

i.e., \(\frac{P_X}{P_Y} \times \frac{V_X}{V_Y}=\frac{n_X}{n_Y} \times \frac{T_X}{T_Y} \quad \text { or, } \frac{1}{3}=\frac{n_X}{n_Y}\)

Let, molar masses of X and Y be My and My respectively

States of Matter Questions

∴ \(\frac{w / M_X}{w / M_Y}=\frac{1}{3} \quad \text { or, } \frac{M_X}{M_Y}=3\)

Question 23. At constant temperature and pressure volume of an ideal gas (molecular mass 28 g. mol-1) is 23.36 times greater than its mole number. Find out its density at the same temperature and pressure.
Answer: Let us suppose, the tire volume and density of n mol of an ideal gas are V L and d g.L-1 at P atm and T K.

Now, PV = nRT and d \(=\frac{P M}{R T}\)i.e., \(d=M \times \frac{n}{V}\)

Question 24. When a flask of fixed volume is filled with – mol of an ideal gas A at a constant temperature, the pressure ofthe gas becomes 2 atoms. Adding 2y mol of another ideal gas B to the flask at the same temperature causes the pressure of the system to increase to 4.0 atm.
Answer: For tyre gas. A: P = 2 atm and \(n=\frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Hence, PV \(=n R T \text { or, } 2 \times V=\frac{x R T}{2}\)

For gas mixture: P=4atm \(\& n=\frac{x}{2}+2 y=\frac{1}{2}(x+4 y) \mathrm{mol}\)

∴ In case of gas mixture \(4 \times V=\frac{1}{2}(x+4 y) R T\)

States of Matter Questions

Deriding [2] -r [1] we get \(\frac{4}{2}=\frac{x+4 y}{x} \text { or, } x=4 y\)

Question 25. Rank the gases N2, CO2, and CH5 in order of their increasing densities given temperature and pressure.
Answer: We know \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\) Thus, docM at a certain temperature and pressure. Since, \(M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<M_{\mathrm{N}_2}<M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}\) at a fixed temperature and pressure, \(d_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<d_{\mathrm{N}_2}<d_{\mathrm{CO}_2}\)

Question 26. Under which of the following conditions will the density of a, fixed mass of SO2 gas be higher?— STP 27°C and 3atm pressure.
Answer: \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\) and M is constant for a particular gas. Hence ∝PIT. The value of PIT at 3atm and 27°C is greater than that at STP. Therefore, the density of SO2 at 3atm and 27°C will be greater than that at STP.

States of Matter Questions

Question 27. Determine the SI unit of
Answer: \(\frac{P V^2 T^2}{n}=\frac{\mathrm{N} \times\left(\mathrm{m}^3\right)^2 \times \mathrm{K}^2}{\mathrm{~m}^2 \times \mathrm{mol}}=\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^4 \cdot \mathrm{K}^2 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 28. At 27°C and 1 atm pressure, the volume of a 5.0g mixture of He and Ar gases is 10dm3. Find the mass per cent of the two gases in the gas mixture.
Answer: Let, the amount of He and Ar in the mixture be ag and bg respectively. Hence, a + b = 5

⇒ \(\text { Now, } P V=\left(n_1+n_2\right) R T \text { or, } 1 \times 10=\left[\frac{a}{4}+\frac{b}{40}\right] \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

∴ 10 a +b = 16.24

By solving [1] and [2] we get, a = 1.25g and b = 3.75g

States of Matter Questions

∴ \(\% \mathrm{He}=\frac{1.25}{5} \times 100=25 \text { and } \% \mathrm{Ar}=\frac{3.75}{5} \times 100=75\)

Question 29. Arrange O2, CO2, Ar, and SO2 gases to present a sample of air in order of their increasing pressures.
Answer: \(d_1=\frac{P M}{R T}, d_2=\frac{P M}{4 \times 8 R T}=\frac{1}{32} \frac{P M}{R T}=\frac{d_1}{32}\)

Question 30. A gas mixture consisting of O2 and N2 gases has a volume of 5 L at 25°C. In the mixture, if the mass of O2 gas is twice that of N2 gas, then which one of them will have a greater contribution to the total pressure ofthe mixture?
Answer: In the mixture \(n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{2 w}{32}=\frac{w}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{w}{28} \mathrm{~mol} \text {. }\)

∴ Total number of moles (n) \(=\frac{w}{16}+\frac{w}{28}=\frac{11 w}{112} \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(\text { Hence, } x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{w}{28} \times \frac{112}{11 w}=\frac{4}{11} \text { and } x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{w}{16} \times \frac{112}{11 w}=\frac{7}{11}\)

Thus, xO2 > xN2. So, pO2> PN2

States of Matter Questions

(Since pi = zip)

Question 31. In a gas mixture of H2 and He, the partial pressure of H2 is half that of He. Find the mole fractions of H2 and He in the mixture.
Answer: As given, p2 = pH2 or, pHe = 2 x PH2

or, xHe x P = 2 x XH2 x P or, xHe = 2x xe = 2x xH2

Hence, 2 x xH2+ xH2 = 1 or, \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{1}{3} \approx 0.34\)

∴ xHe = 2 X XH2 = 0.68

Question 32. A closed vessel contains an equal mass of O2 and CH4 gases at 25°C. What fraction of the total pressure is contributed by CH4 gas?
Answer: \(n_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{w}{16}, n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{w}{32}\)

∴ Total number of moles = \(\frac{w}{16}+\frac{w}{32}=\frac{3 w}{32}\)

∴ \(x_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{w}{16} \times \frac{32}{3 w}=\frac{2}{3}\)

⇒ \(p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{2}{3}\); Thus Memthane Contributes \(\frac{2}{3}\) rd of the total pressure.

Question 33. A mixture of O2 and H2 gases contains 20% of H2 gas. At a certain temperature, the total pressure of the mixture is found to be 1 bar. What is the partial pressure of O2 (in bar) in the mixture?
Answer: In the mixture, 20% H2 is present. Hence extent of oxygen = 80%

∴ \(n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{20}{2}=10 \text { and } n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{80}{32}=\frac{5}{2}\)

∴ Total number of moles \(=\left(10+\frac{5}{2}\right)=\frac{25}{2}\)

∴ \(p_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{5}{2} \times \frac{2}{25} \times 1 \mathrm{bar}=0.2 \mathrm{bar}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 34. At a constant temperature, gas A (volume VA and pressure PA) is mixed with gas B (volume VR and pressure PB). What will the total pressure ofthe gas mixture be?
Answer: Total pressure ofthe gas mixture \(P=\frac{P_A V_A+P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B}\)

Question 35. For which of the following gas mixtures is Dalton’s law
of partial pressures applicable? NO + O2, CO2 + CO , CO + O2 ,CH4 + C2H6,CO + H2
Answer: Dalton’s law is applicable in case NO reacts with O2 to form NO2. CO reacts with O2 to form CO2. Hence, Dalton’s law does not apply to 1 and 3.

Question 36. In a mixture of A, B, and Cgases, the mole fractions of A are 0.25 and 0.45, respectively. If the total pressure of the mixture is P, then find the partial pressure of B in the mixture.
Answer: In the gas mixture, the mole of B =1- (0.25 + 0.45) = 0.3.

∴ The partial pressure of B in the mixture = 0.3 p.

Question 36. A gas mixture consists of three gases A, B, and C with the number of moles 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Which of these gases will have a maximum partial pressure if the total pressure ofthe mixture is Pata given temperature t what temperature will the average velocity of O2 molecules be equal to that of U2 molecules at 20K?
Answer: In the mixture, the total number of moles of the constituent gases =(1 + 2 + 4) = 7mol. The mole fractions of A, B, and C \(\frac{1}{7}, \frac{2}{7} \text { and } \frac{4}{7} \text {, }\) respectively. Since the mole fraction of C is the highest, its partial pressure will be the highest in the mixture.

Question 37. Rank Cl2, SO2, CO2, and CH4 gases in Increasing order of their rates of diffusion under identical set of conditions.
Answer: The molar mass of the gases follows the order: \(M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}<M_{\mathrm{SO}_2}<M_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}\)

Hence, at constant temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion will be the order: \(r_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}<r_{\mathrm{SO}_2}<r_{\mathrm{CO}_2}<r_{\mathrm{CH}_4}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 38. Why are the rates of diffusion of N2O and CO2 gases the same under identical set of conditions?
Answer: N2O and CO2 have the same molar mass. So, their rates of diffusion will be equal at a certain temperature and pressure.

Question 39. At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of H2 gas is A/15 times. Find the value of n.
Answer: \(\frac{r_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{r_{\mathrm{C}_n \mathrm{H}_{4 n-2}}}=\sqrt{\frac{16 n-2}{2}}=\sqrt{8 n-1}=\sqrt{15}\)

Question 40. Under the same conditions, a gas diffuses times as fast as an SO2 gas. Find the molecular mass ofthe gas.
Answer: \(\frac{r_{\text {gas }}}{r_{\mathrm{SO}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{SO}_2}}{M_{\text {gas }}}}=\sqrt{2}\) \(\text { or, } \frac{M_{\mathrm{SO}_2}}{M_{\text {gas }}}=2 \text { or, } M_{\mathrm{gas}}=32 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

or, 8n-1 = 15 or, n = 2

States of Matter Questions

Question 41. Besides the lower layer, CO2 is also found in the upper layer ofthe atmosphere although it is heavier than O2 or N2—Explain.
Answer: The rate of diffusion of a gas is not influenced by the gravitational force. Hence, CO2 diffuses throughout the atmosphere instead of residing only at the lower layer of the atmosphere.

Question 42. The molecular masses of A, B, and C are 2, 4, and 28, respectively. Arrange them according to their increasing rates of diffusion.
Answer: Molar masses of the three gases follow the order: MA < MB < Mc So, at a certain temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion will be in the order: rC<rB<rA.

Question 43. A closed vessel holds a gas mixture consisting of C2H6, C2H4, and CH4, each with an amount of 2.5 mol. However, due to a pinhole in the vessel, the gas mixture undergoes effusion. What will be the order of partial pressures of the gases in the vessel after some time?
Answer: Molar masses of C2H6, C2H4 and CH4 follow the order: \(M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<M_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4}<M_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}\) Thus, at a certain temperature and pressure, their rates of effusion will be in the order \(r_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}<r_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4}<r_{\mathrm{CH}_4}\) Therefore, the order of partial pressure after some time will be: \(p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<p_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4}<p_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}\)

Question 44. Under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, the times it takes for the effusion of the same volume of H2, N2, and O2 gases through the same porous wall are t1 t2 and t3, respectively. Arrange t1, t2, and t3 in order of their increasing values.
Answer: Let the volume of effused gas be the rates of effusion ofthe three gases will be as follows—

⇒ \(\text { For } \mathrm{H}_2: \frac{V}{t_1} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}} \cdots[1] ; \text { For } \mathrm{N}_2: \frac{V}{t_2} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}}\)

For \(\mathrm{O}_2: \frac{V}{t_3} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}}\)

From [1] and [2] we get, t2/ty = \(\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{N}_2} / M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}\) and form and we get \(t_3 / t_2=\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{O}_2} / M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}.\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 45. What will happen if the collisions ofthe gas molecules with each other are not perfectly elastic?
Answer: In the case of inelastic collisions, the total kinetic energy of gas molecules decreases, leading to a decrease in molecular speeds. As a result, the gas molecules will gradually settle down at the bottom of the container, thereby causing the pressure ofthe gas to go on decreasing gradually. A time will come when the pressure ofthe gas will come duce to zero.

Question 46. At what temperatures rms velocity, average velocity & most probable velocity of O2 molecules will be 1500 m-s-1?
Answer: Molar mass (M) of O2 – 32g-mol-1 =0.032kg. mol 1

In case of rms velocity: \(\frac{3 R T_1}{M}=(1500)^2\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{3 \times 8.314 \times T_1}{0.032}=(1500)^2 \text { or, } T_1=2886.697 \mathrm{~K} \text {. }\)

In case of average velocity: \(\frac{8 R T_2}{\pi M}=(1500)^2\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{8 \times 8.314 \times T_2}{0.032 \times 3.14}=(1500)^2 \text { or, } T_2=3399.085 \mathrm{~K} \text {. }\)

In case of most probable velocity: \(\frac{2 R T_3}{M}=(1500)^2\)

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{2 \times 8.314 \times T_3}{0.032}=(1500)^2 \text { or, } T_3=4330.045 \mathrm{~K} \text {. }\)

Question 47. For which type of gas molecules are the total kinetic energy and translational kinetic energy equal?
Answer: For monoatomic gases (He, Ne, etc.) the total kinetic energy and translational kinetic energy are equal.

Question 48. Of the following types of velocity, which one has the highest value and which one has the lowest value at a given temperature?
Answer: At a given temperature; the average velocity, the root mean square velocity, and the most probable velocity of the molecules of gas with molar mass M are given by average velocity \((\bar{c})=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\) and most Probable velocity \(\left(c_m\right)=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

These expressions indicate that at a given temperature a given gas has the highest value and cm has the lowest value.

Question 49. Which type of velocity does a gas molecule with average kinetic energy possess?
Answer: The average kinetic energy of a gas molecule \(=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2.\). So gas molecule with average kinetic energy has the root mean square velocity.

Question 50. How does the average velocity or the root mean square velocity of gas molecules depend on temperature and pressure?
Answer: The average kinetic energy (c) and the root mean square velocity (c2) of gas molecules are given by \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{M}}\) and \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 51. At a given temperature, the root mean square velocities of the molecules of gases A, and B are x and ycm. s-1, respectively. If x is greater than y, then which gas has a larger molar mass?
Answer: \(\text { For gas } A: c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_A}}=x \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\text { For gas } B: c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_B}}=y \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

∴ \(\frac{x}{y}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} ;\) Since x> y, MB will be greater than MA.

Question 52. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the average kinetic energies of O2 and N2 molecules are the same at a particular temperature. State whether the velocities of the molecules ofthe two gases at a given temperature will be the same or not.
Answer: The average kinetic energy of the molecules of a gas depends only on the absolute temperature of the gas. It does not depend on the mass of gas molecules. At a given temperature, a lighter gas molecule has the same average kinetic energy as that of a heavier gas molecule.

On the contrary, the root mean square velocity of the molecules of a gas at a given temperature is inversely proportional to the molar mass ofthe gas. Hence, at a given temperature, the root mean square velocities of the molecules of N2 and O2 gas will not be the same.

Question 53. 1 mol of N2 & 3 mol of O2 are kept In two different containers with a volume of V at a fixed temperature. Compare—(1) the average kinetic energy and (11) the total kinetic energy ofthe molecules.
Answer: The average kinetic energy of gas molecules depends only on the absolute temperature ofthe gas. Since both gases are at the same temperature, they will have equal average kinetic energy.

States of Matter Questions

At T K, the total kinetic energy of nmol gas molecules \(=n \times \frac{3}{2} R T\) Hence, at T K, the total kinetic energy of 3mol O2 molecules is 3 times that of 1 mol N2 molecules.

Question 54. On what factors does the total kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas depend?
Answer: The total kinetic energy ofthe molecules in a gas depends on the absolute temperature as well as the amount of the gas.

Question 55. At a given temperature, the most probable velocity of the molecules of gas A is the same as the average velocity of the molecules of gas B. Which has a larger molar mass
Answer: Suppose, the molar masses of gases A and B are MA And MB, and the temperature of body gases is 7′ K. Therefore, at this temperature, the most probable velocity of the molecules of gas A \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M_A}}\)
and the average velocity ofthe molecules of gas B, c \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M_{\mathrm{B}}}}\) As given, cm = c.

∴ \(\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M_A}}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M_{\mathrm{B}}}} \quad \text { or, } \frac{1}{M_A}=\frac{4}{\pi M_{\mathrm{B}}}\)

∴ \(M_B=1.27 M_A\)

Therefore, gas B has a higher molar mass

States of Matter Questions

Question 56. Between H2 and CO2 gas, which one has the value of compressibility factor greater than 1 at ordinary temperature and pressure?
Answer: At ordinary temperature and pressure, the compressibility factor of H2 is greater than 1.

Question 57. For a real gas, the van der Waals constant ‘a’ is zero. Can the gas be liquefied? Explain.
Answer: The van der Waals constant ‘a’ measures the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas. Hence, a real gas with ‘a’= 0 signifies that there are no intermolecular attractive forces in the gas. Consequently, such a gas cannot be liquefied.

Question 58. Why are the deviations from the ideal behaviour of CO2 and CH4 greater than those of H2 and He?
Answer: The Molar masses of CO2 and CH4 are greater than those of H2 and He. Hence, the intermolecular attractive forces in CO2 and CH4 are also greater in magnitude than those in H2 and He. This results in a greater deviation from ideal behaviour for CO2 and CH4 than that for H2 and He.

Question 59. At a given temperature and pressure, 1 mol of an ideal gas occupies a volume of 20.8 L. For mol of a real gas at the same temperature and pressure—

  • Z will be equal to 1 if the volume ofthe real gas is…
  • Z will be greater than 1 if the volume ofthe real gas is…
  • Z will be less than 1 if the volume ofthe real gas is…

Answer: \(Z=\frac{V}{V_i}\); the volume of a certain amount of ideal gas at a given temperature and pressure and V = the volume of the same amount of a real gas at the same temperature and pressure.

As given, V- = 20.8L. Therefore, if

  • V = 20.8L, then Z will be equal to1
  • V> 20.8L, then Z will be greater than1
  • V< 20.8L, then Z will be less than1

States of Matter Questions

Question 60. A real gas follows the equation P(V- nb) = nRT under all conditions of temperature and pressure. Show that the compressibility factor of this gas is always greater than one.
Answer: The equation of state for the gas is: P(V-nb) = nRT The compressibility factor of the gas can be expressed as

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& P V-P n b=n R T^{\prime} \text { or, } P V=n R T+P n b \\
& \text { or, } \frac{P V}{n R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T} \text { or, } Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}
\end{aligned}\)

As \(\frac{P b}{R T}\) is always positive the value of z will be greater than 1.

Question 61. The van dar Waab constant ‘a’ for CO2 and CH4 gases are 3.6 and 2.3 L2-atm-mol-2. Which one of these two gases can easily be liquefied?
Answer: The van der Waals constant for a real gas is a measure ofthe strength of intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the greater the value. Again, a gas with stronger intermolecular forces of attraction can easily be liquefied. As the value of CO2 is greater than that of CH4, it will be easier to liquefy CO2 gas.

States of Matter Questions

Question 62. Why is it not possible to liquefy an ideal gas?
Answer: Because of the absence of intermolecular forces of attraction in an ideal gas, such a gas cannot be liquefied.

Question 63. For H2 gas: a = = 0.024 L2 atm.mol-2, b = 0.026 Lmol-1 a = 2.28 L2-atm .mol-2, b = 0.042 L-mol-1. and for CH4 gas: (1) At ordinary temperature and pressure, which one ofthe two gases will behave more like an ideal gas? (U) Which one ofthe two gases has a larger molecular size?
Answer: At ordinary temperature and pressure, a real gas behaves more like an ideal gas if the values of ‘a’ and ‘b’ are very small. The values of ‘a’ and ‘b ‘ for H2 gas are smaller than those for CH4 gas. Obviously, at ordinary temperature and pressure, H2 gas will behave more like an ideal gas.

The value of ‘b’ for a real gas reflects the sizes of molecules of the gas. A gas whose molecules are large has a high value of ‘b’. As the value of CH4 gas is greater than that of H2 gas, the size of the CH4 molecule will be larger than that of the H2 molecule.

Question 64. When does the effect of molecular volume dominate over
Answer: The compressibility factor of a real gas becomes Z>1 when the effect of molecular volume dominates over the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction. Again, Z will be greater than one for a real gas if the pressure ofthe gas is very high. Therefore, the effect of molecular volume becomes greater than the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction if the pressure ofthe gas is very high.

States of Matter Questions

Question 65. At ordinary temperature, why can CO2 but not O2 gas be liquefied by applying pressure? Give reason.
Answer: A gas can be liquefied by applying the necessary pressure if its temperature is equal to or below its critical temperature. The critical temperature of CO2 is above the ordinary temperature (usually 25°C), while that of O2 gas is well below one ordinary temperature. Hence, CO2 can be liquefied by applying pressure at ordinary temperature.

Question 66. The critical temperature and the critical pressure of gas are Tc and Pc, respectively. If the gas exists at a temperature of T and a pressure of P, then under which of the following conditions will the gas not be liquefied?

  • T> Tc; P>PC
  • r=rc; P>PC
  • T = Tc; P<PC
  • T<TC-P = PC

Answer: Under the conditions of T> Tc and P> Pc, the gas cannot be liquefied because its temperature is above under the conditions of T = Tc and P>PC, it is possible to liquefy the gas. Because the gas Is at its critical temperature and its pressure is above critical pressure.

Under the conditions of T = Tc and P<PC, it is not possible to liquefy the gas as the minimum pressure needed to liquefy a gas at its critical temperature must be equal to Pc or greater than Pc.

Under the conditions of T< Tc and P = Pc, the gas can be liquefied. Because the gas is below its critical temperature and the pressure of the gas is equal to its critical pressure, the minimum pressure required to liquefy a gas at its critical temperature.

States of Matter Questions

Question 67. The critical temperatures of H2, NH3, and CO2 gases are 5K, 405K, and 304K, respectively. Arrange them in the increasing order of their intermolecular forces of attraction.
Answer: A gas with high critical temperature possesses strong intermolecular forces of attraction. The order of critical temperatures of the gases H2, NH3, and CO2 is NH3 > CO2 > H2. So, the increasing order of their strength of intermolecular forces will be H2<CO2<NH3.

Question 68. The critical temperatures of NH3 and SO2 gases are 405.0K and 430.3K, respectively. For which gas is the value of a der Waals constant greater, and why?
Answer: The higher the critical temperature of a gas, the stronger its intermolecular forces of attraction, and hence the larger the value of the van der Waals constant the gas has. Thus, between NH3 and SO2, the value of a will be larger for SO2 because its critical temperature is higher than that of NH3.

Question 69. The critical temperatures of NH3, CO2, and O2 gases are 405.6K, 304.1K, and 154.2K, respectively. If the gases are cooled from 500K to their respective critical temperatures, then which gas will be liquefied first?
Answer: If the given gases are cooled from 500K, NH3 gets liquefied first (critical temperature 405.6K). The reason is that the critical temperatures of CO2 and O2 are lower than that of NH3. As a result, the liquefaction of either CO2 or O2 is not possible at the critical temperature of NH3.

States of Matter Questions

Question 70. The values of van der Waals constants ‘a’ and ‘b’ for X, Y, and Z gases are 6, 6, 20, and 0.025, 0.15, and 0.11, respectively. Which one has the highest critical temperature?
Answer: The greater the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction of a gas, the higher the critical temperature it will have. Among the given gases, the value of a is maximum for gas Z. Thus, the magnitude of effective intermolecular forces of attraction is also maximum for Z, resulting in its higher value of critical temperature.

Question 71. At 20°C, the surface tension of water is three times that of CCI4 —give reason.
Answer: The surface tension of a liquid depends on the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction. It decreases or increases, respectively, with a decrease or increase in the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction. The only attractive forces that exist in carbon tetrachloride are to London fores exists. As the H-bond is stronger than the London force, the surface tension of water is 3 times that of CC14 at 20°C.

States of Matter Questions

Question 72. At tC and t2°C, the values of viscosity coefficients of a liquid are x poise, and y poise respectively. If x>y, then which one is higher, t1 or t2?
Answer: With the increase in temperature, the viscosity of a liquid decreases. Now, viscosity directly varies with the value of viscosity coefficients As the viscosity coefficient of the liquid at t2°C is smaller than that at t1°C, t2 > t1.

Question 73. Why is the nib of the fountain pen split?
Answer: The split part of the nib of a fountain pen acts like a capillary tube. The ink moves towards the tip of the die nib by capillary action against gravitation through the split par.

Question 74. At 20°C the increasing order of viscosity of acetic acid, acetone, and methanol is: acetone < methanol < acetic acid. Arrange the liquids according to their increasing intermolecular attractive forces.
Answer: With the increase or decrease in the intermolecular force of attraction of a liquid, the value of viscosity confidence of the liquid increases or decreases. At 20°C, the increasing order of the values of the viscosity coefficient of the given liquids is acetone < methanol < acetic add. Thus, the order of increasing the intermolecular attractive force of these liquids is acetone < methanol < acetic add.

States of Matter Questions

Question 75. Why does the surface energy increase on the dispersion of a liquid? large water drop into smaller droplets?
Answer: When a large water drop disperses into smaller water droplets, the total surface area ofthe small water droplets becomes greater than the surface area of the large water drop. As the surface energy increases with an increase in surface area, the dispersion of a large water drop into smaller droplets leads to an increase in surface.

Question 76. Why does oil spread over water when it is poured over water
Answer: The surface tension of water is greater than that of oil. Also, the density of oil is less than that of water. When oil is poured over water, the higher surface tension of water causes oil to spread over water.

States of Matter Questions

Question 78. \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P V}{M}} .\) According to this equation, with the increase in pressure or volume, the value of arms increases. Justify this statement.
Answer: The rms velocity of the molecules of a gas depends only on the temperature and molar mass of the gas. Its value does not depend on the pressure or volume of the gas because, at a constant temperature, PV for a given mass of gas always remains constant, irrespective of the values of pressure or volume.

States of Matter Questions

Question 79. The volumes, energy numbers of the two ideal molecules gases A and and B average the same. What is the relationship between the pressures of these two gases?
Answer: The average kinetic energy of gas molecules is dependent only on the temperature ofthe gas. As the molecules of A and B gases have the same values of average kinetic energy, both the gases have die same absolute temperature.

States of Matter Questions

Since the volume, the number of molecules and the temperature of both gases are identical, the pressure will be the same for both gases.

Question 80. At constant pressure, the value of V/T for different quantities of an ideal gas will be different. Is this statement true or false?
Answer: The equation of state for n moles of ideal gas is: PV=nRT

Therefore \(\frac{V}{T}=\frac{n R}{P}\)

When the pressure remains constant, V/ Toe n [since R= constant]

States of Matter Questions

Thus, at constant pressure, V/T for different quantities of an ideal gas will be different.

Question 81. Two ideal gases A and B are mixed at temperature T and pressure P. Show that \(d=\left(X_A M_A+X_B M_B\right) \frac{P}{R T}\) Id = density of the mixture, X2 = mole fraction of A, XD = mole fraction of B, M A = Molar mass of A, Mlt = Molar mass of B]
Answer: Suppose, the total volume of the gas mixture is V, and nA and nB are the respective number of moles of A and B in the mixture. If W A and be the masses of A and B respectively, in the mixture, then \(n_A=\frac{w_A}{M_A} \text { and } n_B=\frac{W_B}{M_B}\) Total mass ofA & Bin mixture = \(=W_A+W_B=n_A M_A+n_B M_B\)

∴ Density Of The Mixture \(=\frac{W_A+W_B}{V}=\frac{n_A M_A+n_B M_B}{V}\) for the gas mixture

⇒ \(P V=\left(n_A+n_B\right) R T ;\)

States of Matter Questions

∴ \(V=\left(n_A+n_B\right) \frac{R T}{P}\)

⇒ \(\text { So, } d=\frac{n_A M_A+n_B M_B}{n_A+n_B} \times \frac{P}{R T}=\left(\frac{n_A M_A}{n_A+n_B}+\frac{n_B M_B}{n_A+n_B}\right) \frac{P}{R T}\)

∴ \(\left.d=X_A M_A+X_B M_B\right) \frac{P}{R T}\left[X_A=\frac{n_A}{n_A+n_B} ; X_B=\frac{n_B}{n_A+n_B}\right]\)

Question 82. A closed container holds a mixture of H2, SO2 and CH4 gases, each with an amount of 0.5 mol. If these gases effuse through a fine orifice in the container, arrange them in the increasing order of their partial pressures once the effusion begins.
Answer: According to Graham’s law of diffusion, at constant temperature and pressure, the rate of effusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass, i.e \(r \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M}}.\)

States of Matter Questions

The increasing order of molar masses ofthe given gases is H2 < MCH4 < MSO2– SO2, and the order of the rate of effusion of these gases at a particular temperature and pressure will be rH2>rCH4>rSO2– Once effusion begins, the order of their number of moles will be nu2 < raCH4< WSO4 Therefore, the order oftheirpartialpressures will be pH <pCH <PSO2.

Question 83. “The total kinetic energy of the molecules in an ideal gas with a volume V at pressure P and temperature T is equal to the total kinetic energy of the molecules present in the same volume of another ideal gas at the same pressure and temperature 2T”—Justify the statement.
Answer: Suppose, the number of molecules present in volume V of the first gas =. If the root mean square velocity of the molecules in the first gas is cl, and the mass of each molecule is mx, then from the kinetic gas equation we have,

⇒ \(P V=\frac{1}{3} m_1 n_1 c_1^2 \quad \text { or, } P V=\frac{2}{3} n_1 \times \frac{1}{2} m_1 c_1^2\) or \(P V=\frac{2}{3} E_1 \text { [where } E_1=n_1 \times \frac{1}{2} m_1 c_1^2\) energy ofthe molecules.] Similarly, if the number of molecules in volume V of the second gas = n2, the mass of each molecule = m2 and the root mean square velocity of molecules= c2, then

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(P V=\frac{1}{3} m_2 n_2 c_2^2=\frac{2}{3} n_2 \times \frac{1}{2} m_2 c_2^2 \quad \text { or, } P V=\frac{2}{3} E_2\)

[where E2 = total kinetic energy ofthe molecules of second gas] As P and V of both the gases are equal, so E1 = E2.

Question 84. Prove that at a certain pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is proportional to the square root of the I absolute temperature of the gas
Answer: The rate of diffusion of a gas at constant pressure (r) oc root mean square velocity ofthe gas (Crms)

∴ \(r \propto c_{r m s} \text { or, } r \propto \sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

Since \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

At constant pressure, if and r2 are the rates of diffusion of a particular gas at temperatures and T2, respectively, then \(r_1 \propto \sqrt{\frac{3 R T_1}{M}} \text { and } r_2 \propto \sqrt{\frac{3 R T_2}{M}}\)

States of Matter Questions

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{T_1}{T_2}} \text { or, } r \propto \sqrt{T}\)

So, at constant pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is proportional to the square root of the absolute temperature of the gas.

Question 85. The value of the compressibility factor (Z) for a gas at STP is less than 1. What is the molar volume of this gas at STP?
Answer: We Know, \(Z=\frac{V}{V_i}\) = molar volume of a real gas at a certain temperature arid pressure, V2 – molar volume of an ideal gas at the same temperature and pressure.]

According to the question, Z <1

∴ \(\frac{V}{V_i}<1 \text { or, } V<V_i \text { or, } V<22.4 \mathrm{~L}\)

Since the molar volume of an ideal gas at STP = 22.4 litres] The volume ofthe real gas at STP will be less than 22.4 litres.

Question 86. At 0°C, plots of PV vs P for three real gases A, B and C are given below. O Which gas is present above its Boyle temperature? 0 Which gas can be liquefied more easily?
Answer: The PV vs P plot for gas above its critical temperature does not possess any minimum, and the value of PV increases continuously with pressure from the beginning. So, gas A is present above its Boyle temperature.

According to the given figure, the depth of minimum in the PV vs P curve is maximum for the gas C. Hence, the compressibility of gas C is greater than that of either A or B gas. This implies that the forces of attraction between the molecules are stronger in gas C than other two gases. Again, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the easier it is to liquefy the gas. So, gas C can be liquefied more easily.

States of Matter Questions

Question 87. At constant temperature and pressure, the compressibility factor (Z) for one mole of a van der Waals gas is 0.5. If the volumes of the gas molecules are considered to be negligible, then show that \(a=\frac{1}{2} V_m\) where Vm and Tare the molar volume and temperature of the gas respectively.
Answer: We known \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}\); Given Z= 0.5 and n=1

∴ \(P V=0.5 R T=\frac{1}{2} R T\)

The equation of state for mol of a van der Waals gas is, \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V_m^2}\right)\left(V_m-b\right)=R T\) [Vm= molar volume]

If volumes of the molecules are considered to be negligible, as per the given condition, then \(V_m-b \approx V_m\)

∴ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V_m^2}\right) V_m=R T \quad \text { or, } P V_m+\frac{a}{V_m}=R T\)

Again, from equation [1] we get, \(P V=\frac{1}{2} R T\)

States of Matter Questions

For 1 mol (n = 1) ofthe gas, V = Vm (molar volume)

Therefore \(P V_m=\frac{1}{2} R T\)

From equations [2] and [3] we have,

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} R T+\frac{a}{V_m}=R T \quad \text { or, } a=\frac{1}{2} V_m R T\)

Question 88. Rubber balloon filled with H2 gas gets deflated after some time—explain why.
Answer: As rubber is a porous substance, a rubber balloon contains many invisible pores on its surface. The balloon contains H2 gas at high pressure. But the pressure of air outside the balloon is comparatively lower.

As a result, H2 gas escapes from the balloon by effusion. This is why the pressure inside the balloon gradually falls and after some time the balloon gets deflated.

States of Matter Questions

Question 89. At a given temperature and pressure, the volume fraction of an ideal gas is equal to its mole fraction in a mixture of ideal gases—is it true or false?
Answer: Suppose, at a given temperature (T) and pressure (P), the volumes of two ideal gases are VA and Vg, respectively, and nA and nB are their respective number of moles. Let at the same temperature and pressure, the total volume ofthe mixture of these two gases is V.

∴ According to Amagat’s law of partial volume, \(V=V_A+V_B\)

So, the partial volume of A in the mixture \(=\frac{V_A}{V}\) and its mole fraction \(=\frac{n_A}{n_A+n_B}\)

Now, applying the ideal gas equation to each component gas as well as the gas mixture, we get

⇒ \(\begin{array}{llll}
P V_A=n_A R T & \cdots[1] ; & P V_B=n_B R T & \cdots[2] \\
P V=\left(n_A+n_B\right) R T & & & \cdots[3]
\end{array}\)

Dividing equation no. [1] by equation no. [3], we have

⇒ \(\frac{P V_A}{P V}=\frac{n_A}{n_A+n_B}\)

∴ \(\frac{V_A}{V}=\frac{n_A}{n_A+n_B}\)

States of Matter Questions

That, the volume fraction of A = the mole fraction of A

Similar \(\frac{V_B}{V}=\frac{n_B}{n_A+n_B}\)

[Dividing equation no. [2] by equation no. [3] That is the volume fraction of B = the mole fraction of B. Therefore, at a given temperature and pressure, the volume fraction of an ideal gas in a mixture of ideal gases is equal to its mole fraction. Hence, the given statement is true.

Question 90. For a real gas which obeys the van der Waals equation, a graph is obtained by plotting the values of P Vm along the y-axis and the values of P along the x-axis. What is the value of the intercept on the y-axis of the graph?
Answer: The plot of JPVM against P may give a graph like A or B. In both cases, the graphs intersect the y-axis at P = 0. Now at very low pressure (i.e., P), the van der Waals equation reduces to the ideal gas equation.

∴ PV = nRT

or \(P\left(\frac{V}{n}\right)=R T\)

or, PVm= RT, [Vm= molar volume]

States of Matter Questions

So, the value intercept on the y-axis is RT.

Question 91. A 15.0 L vessel containing 5.6 g of N2 is connected to a 5.0 L vessel containing 8.0 g of 02 using a valve. After the valve is opened and the gases are allowed to mix, what will be the partial pressure of each gas in the mixture at 27°C?
Answer: \(5.6 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{~N}_2=\frac{5.6}{28}=0.2 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{~N}_2, 8.0 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{O}_2=\frac{8}{32}=0.25 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{O}_2\) and T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K.

After the opening of the valve, the total volume ofthe gas mixture, V = (15 + 5)L = 20 L

If the partial pressure of N2 gas in the mixture is pN, then pN x V = nN RT or,

PN2 x 20=0.2 x0.0821 x 300

∴ PN2 = 0.2463 atm

If the partial pressure of O2 gas in the mixture is pO2

States of Matter Questions

then XV= NO2RT

Or, PO2 x 20=0.25 x 0.00821 x 300

∴ PO2= 0.30+748 atm

Question 92. The molecular speeds of gas molecules are analogous to the speeds of rifle bullets. Why is the odour of a gas not detected so fast?
Answer: Gas molecules move almost at the same speed as rifle bullets, but the molecules do not follow a straight line path. Since the molecules collide with each other at a very fast rate, the path becomes zig-zag. Hence, the odour of a gas can not be detected as fast as its molecules move.

Question 93. Why is the quantity of air required to inflate the tyre of a car in summer less than that required in winter?
Answer: According to the kinetic theory of gases, the pressure of a gas originates due to the bombardment of the gas molecules on the walls ofthe container. At higher temperatures, the molecules in a gas have higher velocities or average kinetic energy, and they collide with the walls of their container more frequently and with greater force. As a result, the pressure of a gas increases with an increase in temperature if the volume of the gas remains fixed.

States of Matter Questions

The summer temperature is higher than the winter temperature, and the average kinetic energy of the air molecules in summer is comparatively more than that in the winter. As a result, the air molecules in the summer will exert a greater amount of force on the walls than that exerted by the same number of molecules in the winter.

Therefore, if the volume remains fixed, the pressure of a certain amount of air in summer will be more than that in winter.

Question 94. Two flasks of equal volume are connected by a narrow tube of negligible volume and are filled with N2 gas. When both the flasks are immersed in boiling water the gas pressure inside the system is 0.5 atm. Calculate the pressure of the system when one of the flasks is immersed in ice water while the other flask is in boiling water
Answer: Temperature of the gas when flasks are in boiling water = 100 + 273 = 373 K and pressure = 0.5 atm

The average temperature of the gas when one flask is in ice and the other in boiling water

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(=\frac{0+100}{2}=50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}=50+273=323 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ Temperature of the gas when flasks are in boiling water = 100 + 273 = 373 K and pressure = 0.5 atm The average temperature of the gas when one flask is in ice and other boiling water \(=\frac{0+100}{2}=50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}=50+273=323 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 95. Assuming the same pressure in each case, calculate the mass of hydrogen required to inflate a balloon to a certain volume at 100°C if 3.5g He is required to inflate the balloon to half the volume at 25°C.
Answer: Volume of 3.5gHe at 25°C and pressure P is \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{3.5}{4} \times \frac{R T}{P}=\frac{3.5 \times 298 R}{4 P}\)

To fill the balloon with H2 at 373 K, the volume of Hg gas required, VH = 2V. Hence \(2 V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{w}{2} \times \frac{R \times 373}{P}\)

Dividing [2] by [1] gives \(2=\frac{w \times 373}{2} \times \frac{4}{3.5 \times 298} \quad \text { or, } w=2.796 \mathrm{~g}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 96. The given figure indicates the plot of vapour pressure vs. temperature for the three liquids, A, B & C. Arrange them in the increasing order of their intermolecular forces of attraction and normal boiling points.
Answer: According to the given plot, at a particular temperature, the vapour pressure of A is higher than that of B, which in turn is higher than C. Now, a liquid with weak intermolecular forces of attraction has high vapour pressure. Therefore, the order of intermolecular forces of attraction of the given liquids will be A < B < C.

The lower the vapour pressure of a liquid, the higher its normal boiling point. Alternatively, the higher the vapour pressure of a liquid, the lower its normal boiling point. Therefore, the order of normal boiling points of the given liquids will be: A < B < C

Question 97. Water spreads on a glass surface but It forms beads on a glass surface polished by paraffin—why?
Answer: Adhesive forces between the molecules of glass and water are stronger than the cohesive forces between the water molecules. For this reason, water can spread on the glass surface.

States of Matter Questions

On the other hand, adhesive forces between the molecules of paraffin (non-polar) and water are weaker than cohesive forces between the water molecules. For this reason, water forms small beads on a glass surface of polished paraffin.

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. When a football is pumped, both the volume and pressure of the gas inside it increase. Does this observation contradict Boyle’s law?
Answer: According to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, the volume of a given mass of a gas is inversely proportional to its pressure. When the football is pumped, the quantity of air inside the football goes on increasing. As a result, the mass of air inside the football does not remain constant. Moreover, 2 pumping causes a rise in the temperature of air inside the football. Thus, neither the temperature nor the mass of the air remains constant. So, Boyle’s law is not applicable in this case.

Question 2. Equal mass of two gases A and B are kept in two separate containers under the same conditions of temperature and pressure. If the ratio of molar masses of A and JB is 2:3, then what will be the ratio of volumes of the two containers?
Answer: Let the volume of the container holding gas A = VA and that of the container holding gas B = VB. Suppose, the molar masses of A and B are MA and MB, respectively. Thus, for equal mass (say ‘m’) of each gas, the number of moles of

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(A\left(n_A\right)=\frac{m}{M_A} \text { and that of } B\left(n_B\right)=\frac{m}{M_B}\)

∴ \(\text { For } A: P V_A=\frac{m}{M_A} R T \text { and for } B: P V_B=\frac{m}{M_B} R T\)

P V=\frac{2}{3} \times n \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2 \quad \text { or, } P=\frac{2}{3} \times\left(\frac{n}{V}\right) \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2 \(\frac{V_A}{V_B}=\frac{M_B}{M_A}=\frac{3}{2}\)

Hence, the ratio of volumes ofthe containers = 3:2

Question 3. 4 gas-mixture consists of two gases, A and B, each with equal mass. The molar mass of B is greater than that of 4. Which one of the two gases will contribute more to the total pressure of the gas mixture?
Answer: In a gas mixture, the component gas with higher partial pressure will have a greater contribution to the total pressure of the mixture. Masses of A and B in the mixture are the same but the molar mass of B is greater than that of A. Hence, in the mixture, the number of moles or the mole fraction (xA) of A will be greater than that (xB) of B. Suppose, in the mixture, the partial pressures of A and B are pA and pB respectively and the total pressure is P. According to Dalton’s law of partial pressures, pA = xAP and pB = xgP.

States of Matter Questions

As xA>xB, pA will be greater than pB. Hence, the contribution of gas A to the total pressure of the mixture will be more than that of gas B.

Question 4. Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of hydrogen gas is four times that of oxygen gas—explain
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure, rates of diffusion (r) of different gases are inversely proportional to the square roots of their molecular masses (M) \(r \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M}}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{r_{\mathrm{O}_2}}=\frac{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}=\frac{\sqrt{32}}{\sqrt{2}}=4 \text { or, } r_{\mathrm{H}_2}=4 \times r_{\mathrm{O}_2}\)

So, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of H2 gas is four times that of O2 gas.

Question 5. Four tyres of a motor car were filled with nitrogen, hydrogen, helium and air. In which order are these tyres to be filled with the respective gases again
Answer: According to Graham’s law of diffusion, under the conditions of temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass. The order of molar masses of the given gases is—

⇒ \(M_{\mathrm{H}_2}<M_{\mathrm{He}}<M_{\mathrm{N}_2}<M_{\text {air }}\)

States of Matter Questions

At the same temperature and pressure, the order of rates of diffusion of these gases would be—rH > rHe > rN > air After a certain time, the order of decrease in pressure in these three tyres tyre (air) < tyre (N2) < tyre (He) < tyre (H2). Hence, tyres are to be filled again with the respective gases in the following order, tyre(H2) tyre(He), tyre(N2), and tyre(air).

Question 6. At constant pressure for a given amount of gas, will the graphs obtained by plotting V vs t°C and V vs TK be different?
Answer: According to Charles’ law, V = KT – [1] [at constant pressure for a given mass of a gas]

But, T = 273 + t, hence, V = K(273 + t) -[2] Both the equations [1] & [2] express equations for straight lines. Equation no. [1] represents a straight line passing through the origin. Equation no. [2] does not represent a straight line passing through the origin. The plot of V vs t results in a straight line that cuts the V-axis at 0°C. If this straight line is extrapolated backwards, it meets the y-axis at -273°C.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids According to Charles Law V=KT

States of Matter Questions

From the, above two graphs it is evident that there are no actual differences between the two graphs, because -273°C and OK express the same temperature.

Question 7. Under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, if the time taken for effusion of the same volume of H2, N2 and CO2 gas through the same porous wall are t1, t2 and t2 respectively, then arrange t1, t2 and f3 in their increasing order.
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure, if V volume of H2 gas effuses in time t j, then according to Graham’s law, \(\frac{V}{t_1} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}\)

For N2 gas and CO2 gas, the equations are respectively,

⇒ \(\frac{V}{t_2} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}}\)

⇒ \(\frac{V}{t_3} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}}\)

States of Matter Questions

Volume of gas effused in each case is the same From equations [1] & [2]; from equations [2] & [3] we get \(\frac{t_2}{t_1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}; \frac{t_3}{t_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}}\)

Since, MH2 < MN2 < Mc2, therefore, t2 > and t2 > t2 Hence, t1,t2 and t2 will be in order: t1<t2<t2

Question 8. The molar mass of UF6 is 176 times as high as that of H2, yet at a particular temperature, the average kinetic energy of both is found to be the same—why?
Answer: According to the kinetic theory of gas, the average kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas, and it does not depend upon the molar mass of the gas.

The average kinetic energy of a molecule of a gas at temperature TK is given by \(\frac{3}{2} k T\) is Boltzmann constant]. Since the value of is constant at a given temperature and is independent of the mass of the gas molecule, \(\frac{3}{2} k T\) the average kinetic energy of the molecule of a heavier gas will be the same as that of the molecule of a lighter gas. Thus, at a given temperature, the average kinetic energy of a UF6 molecule will be the same as that of a H2 molecule.

States of Matter Questions

Question 9. If, at a given temperature, the total kinetic energy of the molecules in a unit volume of an ideal gas is E, show that the pressure of the gas, P = 2/3E.
Answer: According to the kinetic gas equation, \(\mathrm{PV}=\frac{1}{3} \mathrm{mnc}^2\)

Suppose, m = mass of each molecule of the gas and n = number of molecules present in V volume of the gas, c = root mean square velocity of gas molecule

∴ \(P V=\frac{2}{3} \times n \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2 \quad \text { or, } P=\frac{2}{3} \times\left(\frac{n}{V}\right) \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2\)

where \(\frac{n}{V}\) the number of molecules per unit volume and \(\frac{1}{2} m c^2\) = the average kinetic energy of each molecule

States of Matter Questions

∴ \(\left(\frac{n}{V}\right) \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2\) hre total kinetic energy of the molecules present per unit volume = E

∴ P = 2/3E (Proved)

Question 10. For the molecules of a given gas at a constant temperature, arrange the most probable velocity (cm), root mean square velocity (CRM) and average velocity (CFL) in the order of their increasing values. With the increase in temperature, will the ratio of these velocities increase, decrease or remain constant? What will the effect of increasing temperature be on the value of (crnls- cm) for a given gas?
Answer: First Part: At temperature T, the most probable velocity (cm) ofthe gas molecules = \(\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\) [M – molar mass ofthe gas] rms velocity \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\) average velocity \(\left(c_a\right)=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\)

∴ \(c_{r m s}>c_a>c_m\)

Second Part: Since the value of each of the velocities, crms’ ca and cm’ proportional to Jf, their ratio remains unaltered with temperature rise.

Third: Suppose, at temperature, riK, the root mean square velocity (arms) and most probable velocity (cm) of the molecules of a gas are (arms)j and (cm) respectively. If the difference between the values of these velocities is Axx, then

⇒ \(\Delta x_1=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T_1}{M}}-\sqrt{\frac{2 R T_1}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{R T_1}{M}}(\sqrt{3}-\sqrt{2})\)

States of Matter Questions

Let the temperature of the gas be raised to T2K and at this temperature, the difference between the values of these two velocities is Ax2, then,

⇒ \(\Delta x_2=\left(c_{r m s}\right)_2-\left(c_m\right)_2=\sqrt{\frac{R T_2}{M}}(\sqrt{3}-\sqrt{2})\)

Since T2 > , Ax2 > Ax1. Hence, the difference between the values of these velocities increases with the temperature rise.

Question 11. A and B are closed flasks having the same volume. In flask A, O2 gas is present at TK and 1 atm pressure. In flask B, H2 gas is present at 1 atm pressure. If these gases behave ideally, then compare their O total kinetic energies, total number of molecules, and root mean square velocities.
Answer: Suppose, M1 and n2 are the number ofmoles ofthe gases present in flask A and flask B, respectively. Applying the ideal gas equation to the gases O2 and H2, we obtain

⇒ \(P V=n_1 R T \text { and } P V=n_2 R \frac{T}{2}\)

∴ \(\frac{n_1}{n_2}=\frac{1}{2}\)

The total kinetic energy of the molecules of mol O2 in flask A, \(E_1=n_1 \times \frac{3}{2} R T\) and the total kinetic energy of the molecules of n2 mol H2 in flask B, \(E_2=n_2 \times \frac{3}{2} R \times \frac{T}{2}\)

[ since Total kinetic energy of the molecules of1mol gas =[Rx absolute temperature]

∴ E1=E2

States of Matter Questions

So, the total kinetic energy of the molecules of O2 gas = the total kinetic energy of the molecules of H2 gas

If n’1 and n’2 be the number of molecules of O2 gas and H2 gas respectively then n1 = nxN and n2 = n2xN [AT= Avogadro’s number]

∴ \(\frac{n_1^{\prime}}{n_2^{\prime}}=\frac{n_1 \times N}{n_2 \times N}=\frac{1}{2}\)

∴ Number of molecules in H2 gas = 2 x number of molecules in oxygen gas

ms velocity of O2, Crms \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{32}}\)

States of Matter Questions

rms velocity of H2, Cms \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \frac{T}{2}}{2}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{4}}\)

∴ \(\frac{c_{r m s}\left(\mathrm{O}_2\right)}{c_{r m s}\left(\mathrm{H}_2\right)}=\sqrt{\frac{4}{32}}=\sqrt{\frac{1}{8}}=\frac{1}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)

Question 12. Which one of the gases, under the given conditions, exhibits real gas behaviour? Q) 0.25 mol CO2, T = 1200K, 1. = 24.63 atm, V=1 L 2. 1.0 mol SO2, T = 300 K, P = 50 atm, V = 0.35 L
Answer: At a certain temperature and pressure, if the compressibility factor (Z) of a gas is less than or more than 1, then at that temperature and pressure the gas behaves as a real gas. If Z = 1, then the gas exhibits ideal behaviour

For CO2 gas \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{24.63 \times 1}{0.25 \times 0.0821 \times 1200}=1\)

For SO2 gas ,Z \(=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{50 \times 0.35}{1 \times 0.0821 \times 300}=0.71\)

States of Matter Questions

Under the given conditions, for CO2 gas, Z = 1 and hence it shows ideal behaviour. In the case of SO2, Z < 1. So, under the given conditions, S02 behaves as a real gas.

Question 13. Under what conditions can a gas be liquefied?

  • T = Tc and P < Pc
  • T<TC and P – Pc

Answer: It is possible to liquefy a gas by the application of pressure, provided that the temperature of the gas is equal to or less than its critical temperature. If the temperature (T) of a gas is equal to its critical temperature ( Tc), then it is possible to liquefy the gas if the pressure (P) of the gas is equal to or above its critical pressure (Pc).

States of Matter Questions

So, under the condition, the gas cannot be condensed into a liquid. On the other hand, if the temperature (T) of a gas is below its critical temperature (Tc), then the gas can be transformed into liquid if the applied pressure on the gas is greater than or less than or equal to its critical pressure. So, under certain conditions, the gas can be liquefied.

Question 14. Two gases, obeying the van der Waals equation, have identical values of ‘b’ but different values of ‘a’. Which one of the two gases will occupy less volume under identical conditions? If the values of ‘a’ for the two gases are the same but the values of‘V are different, then under identical conditions which gas will be more compressible?
Answer: The larger the value of ’a’ of a gas, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas. So, under identical conditions, a gas with a larger value of ‘a’ will be more compressible than that with a smaller value. Hence, between the two gases, the one with a higher value of ‘a’ will occupy less volume under identical conditions.

If the value of ‘a’ for two gases is the same the values of ‘b’ differ, then the gas with a smaller value of ‘b’ will be more compressible because a small value of ‘b’ for a gas signifies that the volume occupied by the molecules of the gas is small. So, this gas can be compressed to a greater extent.

Question 15. A real gas follows van der Waals equation. Find the compressibility for 1 mol of the gas at its critical temperature
Answer: At the critical point

⇒ \(V=V_c=3 b ; P=P_c=\frac{a}{27 b^2} \text { and } T=T_c=\frac{8 a}{27 R b}\)

States of Matter Questions

∴ \(Z=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{\frac{a}{27 b^2} \times 3 b}{R \times \frac{8 a}{27 R b}}=\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 16. Derive the van der Waals equation for ‘n’ mol of a real gas from the equation for 1 mol of the gas.
Answer: Van der Waals equation for1 mol of real gas is given by—

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{v^2}\right)(\nu-b)=R T\)

If at a pressure P and a temperature T, the volume of ‘n’ moles of this gas be V, then \(v=\frac{V}{n}\) Putting v =\(v=\frac{V}{n}\) in equation n n [1], we have

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{\left(\frac{V}{n}\right)^2}\right)\left(\frac{V}{n}-b\right)=R T \text { or }\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Question 17. Write the van der Waals equation for a real gas containing n molecules.
Answer: If v is the volume of mol of a real gas at a pressure P and temperature T then the van der Waals equation for the gas is

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{v^2}\right)(v-b)=R T\)

Suppose, the volume for a real gas containing n molecules = V. So, volume for n/N moles of real gas = V [N= Avogadro’s number]

Therefore, the volume for 1 mol of real gas \(=\frac{V \times N}{n}=v\)

States of Matter Questions

Substituting the value of v in equation [1], we obtain \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2 N^2}\right)(V N-n b)=n R T\)

This is the van der Waals equation for a real gas containing n molecules

Question 18. What will the nature of the PV vs P graph be for a real gas at Boyle temperature?
Answer: AOS, At Boyle temperature the value of PV, particularly in the low-pressure region, becomes constant. Thus, the gas shows ideal behaviour. So, at this temperature, the plot pv of PV against P will give a straight line parallel to the P-axis

Question 19. What will the value of compressibility factor (Z) be for a gas if the pressure correction term in the van der Waals equation for the gas is neglected?
Answer: For 1 mol of a real gas \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

If the pressure correction term is neglected, then \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P\)

∴ P(V-b) = RT or, PV -Pb = RT

States of Matter Questions

Or, \(P V=R T+P b \quad \text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

∴ \(Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Question 20. The value of van der Waals constant ‘a’ for nitrogen gas is 1.37 L2-atmmol-2, but that for ammonia gas is 4.30 L2-atm-mol-2. What is the reason for this large difference? Which one of these two gases would you expect to have a higher critical temperature?
Answer: Since N2 is a non-polar molecule, the only attractive forces that operate between the molecules in N2 gas are weak London forces. On the otherhand, NH3 is apolarmolecule. So, the molecules in NH3 gas experience dipole-dipole attractive forces in addition to London forces.

Hence, the intermolecular forces of attraction in NH3 gas are much stronger than those in N2 gas, and this makes the value of ‘a’ for NH3 gas higher. The critical temperature of a gas depends upon the strength of intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas.

States of Matter Questions

The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the higher the critical temperature of the gas. Since the intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in NH3 gas than those in H2 gas, the critical temperature of NH3 will be higher than that of H2.

Question 21. The values of ‘a’ and ‘b’ for three A real gases B A, Band C Care—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|}
\hline & A & B & C \\
\hline a\left(\mathrm{~L}^2 \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-2}\right) & 6 & 8 & 20 \\
\hline b\left(\mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\right) & 0.025 & 0.12 & 0.10 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

  1. Which one of these gases has the largest molecular size?
  2. Which one of these will behave most like an ideal gas at STP?

Answer: The volume of a molecule depends on its radius. Now we know b ∝ r3. Hence, the molecular size will be the largest for the gas which has the highest value of ‘b’. From die given values, it is found that gas B has the highest value of ‘b’ So, so the molecule ofthe gas will be the largest.

A gas with small values of ‘a’ and ‘b‘ behaves close to an ideal gas. For gas A, these two quantities have the smallest values. Hence at STP gas A will show the most ideal behaviour.

Question 22. Between methanol (CH3OH) and water (H2O) whose surface tension is greater, and why?
Answer: Molecules in methanol and water both are capable of forming hydrogen bonds. However, the number of hydrogen bonds per molecule in water is greater than that in methanol. So, the intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in water than those in methanol. Again, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid, the greater the surface tension of the liquid. So, the surface tension of water is greater than that of methanol.

States of Matter Questions

Question 23. A liquid has a high normal boiling point. Will its viscosity and surface tension values be high or low?
Answer: The high normal boiling point of a liquid indicates that the liquid possesses strong intermolecular forces of attraction. The values of viscosity and surface tension of a liquid depend upon the strength of intermolecular attractive forces in the liquid. The stronger the intermolecular attractive forces, the higher the values of viscosity and surface tension of the liquid. As the intermolecular forces of attraction are strong for the concerned liquid, the values of both surface tension and viscosity of the liquid will be high.

Question 24. How is the vapour pressure of a liquid affected if the surface area of the liquid is increased at a given temperature?
Answer: At a given temperature, the vapour pressure of a liquid does not depend upon the surface area of the liquid. If the surface area of a liquid is increased, keeping the temperature constant, then its rate of evaporation increases because at a particular time, more molecules are now able to leave the liquid surface and go to the vapour phase.

The increased surface area of the liquid also causes the increase in the die rate of condensation because, at a particular time, more molecules are now able to reenter from vapour to the liquid phase.

States of Matter Questions

Therefore, the rates of both evaporation and condensation are increased to the same extent So, the vapour pressure remains the same at a constant temperature and is not affected by the surface area of the liquid

Question 25 Compare the viscosity coefficients of the following liquids at a particular temperature: Propanol (CH3CH2CH2OH), ethylene glycol (HOCH2—CH2OH) and glycerol (HOCH2—CHOH—CH2OH).
Answer: The number of OH groups in the molecules of CH3CH2CH2OH, HOCH,—CH2OH HOCH2—CHOH—CH2OH are 1, 2 and 3, respectively. So, the number of hydrogen bonds formed per molecule of CH3CH2CH2OH HOCH2—CH2OH and HOCH2 —CHOH —CH2OH are 1, 2 and 3, respectively. Thus, the order of the intermolecular forces of attraction of the given liquids will be propanol < ethylene glycol < glycerol.

States of Matter Questions

Again, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction of a liquid, the higher the value of its viscosity coefficient. Thus, the order of viscosity is propanol < ethylene glycol < glycerol.

Question 26. Find out the minimum pressure required to compress 2 X M 500 dm3 of air at bar to 200 dm1 at 30nC
Answer: In this process, the mass and temperature of the gas remain constant but the volume and pressure of the gas change.

Given P1=1 bar, V1= 500 dm³, v2= 200 dm³.

Appyling Boyle’s law , pe \(P_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{V_2}=\frac{1 \times 500}{200}=2.5 \text { bar }\)

States of Matter Questions

So, the minimum pressure needed to V2 compress 200 the gas is 2.5 bar.

Question 27. A vessel of 120 mi. capacity contains a certain amount of gas at 35°C and 1.2 bar pressure. The gas is transferred to another vessel of volume 1 HO ml. at 35°C. What would be Its pressure?
Answer: In this process, the pressure and volume ofthe gas change but its mass and temperature remain constant.

Applying Boyle’s law to the process, we have \(P_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{V_2}\)

Given: p1= 1.2 bar, V1 = 120ml and V2 = 180 ml

States of Matter Questions

∴ \(p_2=\frac{1.2 \times 120}{180}=0.8 \text { bar }\)

Question 28. Using the equation of state PV = nBT, show that at a given temperature, the density of a gas is proportional to the gas pressure P.
Answer: \(P V=n R T \text { or, } P V=\frac{g}{M} R T\) M= Molar mass of gas in g.mol-1, g= mass of gas in g] or \(P M=\frac{g}{V} R T=d R T\) [d= g/v= density of the gas]

Since, B is constant dec P, when T is constant.

Question 29. At 0°C, the density of a certain oxide of a gas at 2 bar is the same as that of dinitrogen at 5 bar. What is the the molecular mass of the oxide?
Answer: The equation expressing the relation between density (d), pressure (P), absolute temperature (T) and molar mass (M) of a gas is d \(=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

Density ofthe oxide of the gas, \(d_1=\frac{2 \times M}{R \times 273}\)

Density of N2 gas, d2 \(=\frac{5 \times 28}{R \times 273}\)

It is mentioned that under the given conditions, d1 = d2

∴ \(\frac{2 \times M}{n \times 273}=\frac{5 \times 28}{R \times 273} \quad \text { or, } M=70\)

Therefore, the molecular mass ofthe oxide is 70 g-mol-1

States of Matter Questions

Question 30. The pressure of Ig of an Ideal gas A at 27°C Is found to be 2 bar. When 2 g of another ideal gas B Is introduced in the same flask at the same temperature, the pressure becomes 3 bar. Find a relationship between their molecular masses
Answer: Suppose, the molar masses of gases A and B are MA and MB g-mol-1 respectively.

⇒ \(\lg \text { of } A=\frac{1}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } A \text { and } 2 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } B=\frac{2}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } B \text {. }\)

Using the ideal gas equation (PV = NRT) for the gas A and the gas mixture of A and B, we have—

⇒ \(2 \times V=\frac{1}{M_A} R T \cdots[1] \text { and } 3 \times V=\left(\frac{1}{M_A}+\frac{2}{M_B}\right) R T \cdots[2]\)

Dividing Equation [2] by[1], we have

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(1.5=\frac{M_B+2 M_A}{M_B} \quad \text { or, } 2 M_A=0.5 M_B \quad \text { or, } \frac{M_A}{M_B}=\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 31. The drain cleaner, Drainex contains small bits of aluminium which react with caustic soda to produce dihydrogen. What volume of dihydrogen at 20°C and lbar will be released when 0.15g aluminium reacts?
Answer: The following reaction involving aluminium (Al) and caustic soda (NaOH) produces H2 gas

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ll}
2 \mathrm{Al}(s)+2 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NaAlO}_2(a q)+ & 3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \\
2 \times 27 \mathrm{~g} & 3 \times 1 \mathrm{~mol}
\end{array}\)

According to this reaction 54g of Al = 3 mol of H2

∴ \(0.15 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{Al} \equiv \frac{3}{54} \times 0.15 \equiv 8.33 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{of}_2\)

States of Matter Questions

To calculate the volume ofthe liberated H2 gas, we apply the ideal gas equation, PV = nRT. Given: P = bar and T = (273 + 20)K =293K The number of moles of liberated H2 gas (n) =8.33 x 10-3 mol

∴ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{8.33 \times 10^{-3} \times 0.0821 \times 293}{0.987} \mathrm{~L}=0.203 \mathrm{~L}=203 \mathrm{~mL}\)

Question 32. What will be the pressure exerted by a mixture of 3.2g of methane and 4.4g of carbon dioxide contained in a 9dm3 flask at 27°C?
Answer: Total number of moles (n) in the mixture \(=\left(\frac{3.2}{16}+\frac{4.4}{44}\right)\) 0.3 mol [Molar mass: \(\mathrm{CH}_4 \Rightarrow 16, \mathrm{CO}_2 \Rightarrow 44\) As given, V = 9 dm3, T = (273 + 27)K = 300K, P = ? So, \(p=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{0.3 \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{9 \mathrm{dm}^3}\)

= 0.821 aztm [ 1l=1dm3]

= 8.316x104pa[1atm=1.013x105pa]

States of Matter Questions

Question 33. What will be the pressure of the gaseous mixture when 0.5L of H2 at 0.8 bar and 2.0L of dioxygen at 0.7 bar are introduced in a 1L vessel at 27°C?
Answer: To calculate the number of moles of unmixed H2 and O2 m gases, we apply the ideal gas equation, PV = nRT

In case of H2, P = 0.8bar, V = 0.5L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K and in case of O2, P = 0.7bar, V = 2.0L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

Therefore \(n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{0.8 \times 0.5}{R \times 300}=\frac{0.4}{300 R} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \text { bar }\) and \(n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{2 \times 0.7}{R \times 300}=\frac{1.4}{300 R} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \text { bar }\) In the mixture of H2 and 02, total number of mol \(=n_{\mathrm{H}_2}+n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{1}{300 R}(0.4+1.4) \mathrm{L} \text { bar }=\frac{1.8}{300 R} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \text { bar }\) For this mixture V = 1L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

States of Matter Questions
If the pressure of the mixture is P, then \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{1.8}{300 R} \times \frac{R \times 300}{1} \mathrm{bar}=1.8 \mathrm{bar}\)

Question 34. The density of a gas is found to be 5.46 g/dm3 at 27°C and 2 bar pressure. What will be its density at STP?
Answer: Density (d), pressure (P), absolute temperature (T) and molar mass of a gas (M) are related by, d = PM/RT Under the conditions of T = (273 + 27)K = 300K and P = 2 bar, the density ofthe gas (d) = 5.46 g.dm-3

Therefore \(5.46 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^{-3}=\frac{(2 \times 1.013) \mathrm{atm} \times M}{0.0821 \mathrm{~atm} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^3 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}\)

Or M = 66.37 g.mol-1

At STP, ifthe density of the gas be d1, then \(\begin{aligned}
d_1=\frac{P M}{R T} & =\frac{1 \times 66.37}{0.0821 \times 273}[\text { AtSTP, } T=273 \mathrm{~K} P=1 \mathrm{~atm}] \\
& =2.96 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=2.96 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^{-3}
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 35. 4.05mL of phosphorus vapour weighs 0.0625g at 546°C and 0.1 bar pressure. What is the molar mass of phosphorus?
Answer: Suppose, the molar mass of phosphorus =M g-mol-1

So, 0.0625g of phosphorus \(=\frac{0.0625}{\mathrm{M}} \mathrm{mol}\) of phosphorus As given, P = 0.1 bar, T = (273 + 546)K = 819K, V = 34.05 mL =34.05 X 10-3L Therefore, 0.1 bar x 34.05 x 10-3L.

⇒\(=\frac{0.0625}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.082 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{bar} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 819 \mathrm{~K}\)

or, M = 1232.71, Hence, Molar mass = 1232.71g.mol-1.

Question 36. A student forgot to add the reaction mixture to the round-bottomed flask at 27°C but instead, he/she placed the flask on the flame. After a lapse of time, he realised his mistake, and using a pyrometer he found the temperature of the flask was 477°C. What fraction of air would have been expelled out?
Answer: Suppose the number of mol of air inside the flask at 27°C is n1 and that at 477°C is n2. Since the flask is opened to air, the pressure of air inside the flask at 27°C and 477°C is the same as that of the atmospheric pressure. Let this pressure be P. Again on heating the volume of a round bottom flask remains the same. Hence, the volume ofthe flasks the some at both 27°C and 477°C. Let this volume be V.

Applying the ideal gas equation we have, PV= n1R(273 + 27)

States of Matter Questions

= HJ X 300R n2PV = n2 (273 + 477) = n2 x 750R

Hence, n2 x 300R = n2 x 750R or, \(\text { or, } n_2=\frac{2}{5} n_1\)

∴ Fraction of air that would have been expelled out = \(=\frac{n_1-\frac{2}{5} n_1}{n_1}=\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 37. Calculate the temperature of 4.0 mol of gas occupying 5 dm3 at 3.32 bar. (R = 0.083 bar. dm3- K-1. mol-1)
Answer: To calculate the temperature ofthe gas, we apply the gas equation, PV = nRT. As given: P = 3.32 bar, V = 5 dm3 and n = 4 mol Putting these values into the equation, PV = nRT, we have \(T=\frac{P V}{n R}=\frac{3.32 \times 5}{4 \times 0.083} \mathrm{~K}=50 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 38. Calculate the total number of electrons present In 1.4 g of dinitrogen gas.
Answer: \(1.4 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{N}_2=\frac{1.4}{28}=0.05 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{N}_2\)

1 molecule of N2 contains 14 electrons, Hence, 0.05 mol of N2, i.e., 0.05 X 0.022 X 1023 molecules of = 4,2154 x 1023 electrons. N2 contain 14 x 0,05 X 0,023 X 1023

States of Matter Questions

Question 39. How much time would It take to distribute one Avogadro number of wheat grains If 1010 grains are distributed each second?
Answer: 1010 grains are distributed in 1 sec. So, time required to distribute 6.022 x IO23 grains would be \(\begin{aligned}
\frac{1 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}}{10^{10}}=6.022 \times 10^{13} \sec & =696.990 \times 10^6 \text { days } \\
& =1.909563 \times 10^6 \text { years }
\end{aligned}\)

Question 40. Calculate the total pressure In a mixture of 8 g of dioxygen and 4 g of dihydrogen confined In a vessel of 1 dm3 at 27°C, R = 0.083 bar -dm3- Kr1- mol-1
Answer: \(\left(\frac{8}{32}+\frac{4}{2}\right)=2.25 \mathrm{~mol}\) Molar mass of O2 and H2 are 32 and 2 g mol-1 respectively]

As given: V = 1dm3 and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{2.25 \times 0.083 \times 300}{1}=56.025 \text { bar. }\)

Question 41. Payload Is defined as the difference between the mass of displaced air and the mass of the balloon. Calculate the payload when a balloon of radius 10 m, mass 100 kgs filled with helium at 1.66 bar at 27°C. (R = 0.083 bar. dm3. K-). mol-1 and density of air = 1.2kg.m-3
Answer: Volume (V) of the balloon \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi \times(10)^3 \mathrm{~m}^3\) = 4186.66m3 =4186.66 X 103 dm3

To calculate the number of moles of He gas enclosed in the balloon, we apply the ideal gas equation, PV = nRT, Given: P = 1.66 bar, T = (273 + 27)K = 300K So, according to the equation, PV = nRT, \(\begin{aligned}
n=\frac{P V}{R T} & =\frac{1.66 \times 4186.66 \times 10^3 \mathrm{bar} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^3}{0.083 \mathrm{bar} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^3 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}} \\
& =279.11 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~mol}
\end{aligned}\)

1 fence, the mass of f1<< gas enclosed in the balloon =4 X 279. J f X 103g = 1,110 x 106g 1116kg Therefore, the mass of the balloon filled in with He gas -(100+ 11101kg = 1216kg Volume of air displaced by the balloon = Volume of the balloon 4100,00 x 103 dm3 Density of air – 1,2 kg – m-3 = 1.2 x 10-3 kg.dm-3

States of Matter Questions

Question 42. Calculate the volume occupied by 8.8 g of C02 at 31.1 °C &1 bar pressure. /t=0.083 bar -L-K-1mol-1.
Answer: \(8.8 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CO}_2=\frac{8.8}{44}=0.2 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CO}_2\)

Applying the ideal gas equation (PV = NRT) to calculate volume, we have \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{0.2 \times 0.083 \times(273+31.1)}{1}=5.048 \mathrm{~L}\)

∴ The volume of 8.8 g CO2 at 31.1°C and 1 bar pressure = 5.048L.

Question 43. 2.9 g of gas at 95°C occupied the same volume as 0.184g of dihydrogen at 17°C, at the same pressure. What is the molar mass of the gas?
Answer: Let the molar mass ofthe unknown gas =M g-mol-1 Number ofmoles for 2.9g ofthe gas \(=\frac{2.9}{M} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Number of moles for 0.184g of H2 gas \(=\frac{0.184}{2}=0.092 \mathrm{~mol}\)

As both the gases have the same volume at the same pressure and specified temperature, they will have the same value of PV. To calculate PV, we apply the equation PV = nRT. For unknown gas \(P V=\frac{2.9}{M} R(273+95)\)

States of Matter Questions

And for He Gas, Pv [= 0.0932R(273+17)

Therefore \(\frac{2.9 \mathrm{R}}{M} \times 368=0.092 R \times 290 \quad \)

Hence, the molar mass ofthe unknown gas = 40g-mol-1

Question 44. A mixture of dihydrogen and dioxygen at one bar pressure contains 20% by weight of dihydrogen. Calculate the partial pressure of dlhydrogenÿ_
Answer: Let the weight of the mixture be w g. So, in the mixture, the weight of H2 gas = 0.2 w g and that of O2 gas =(w-0.2w) =0.8 w g \(0.2 w g \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2=\frac{0.2 w}{2}=0.1 \times w \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2\) \(0.8 \mathrm{wg} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2=\frac{0.8 w}{32}=0.025 \times w \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2\)

States of Matter Questions

So, the partial pressure of H2 in the mixture = JCH x total pressure of the mixture =0.8×1 bar = 0.8 bar

Question 45. What would be the SI unit for the quantity \(\frac{P V^2 T^2}{n}\)
Answer: In SI system, the units of P, V, T and n are N-m~2, m3, K and mol respectively So, the SI unit for the quantity \(\frac{V^2 T^2}{n}\) will be \(\frac{\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2} \times\left(\mathrm{m}^3\right)^2 \cdot \mathrm{K}^2}{m o l} \text { i.e., } \mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^4 \cdot \mathrm{K}^2 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 46. The critical temperature for carbon dioxide and methane arc is 31.1 °C and -81.0°C respectively. Which of these has stronger Interiuolecuhir forces and why?
Answer: The critical temperature of gas Is a measure of the intermolecular forces of attraction In the gas. A gas with stronger intermolecular forces of attraction has a higher critical temperature. Therefore, CO2., gas possesses stronger intermolecular forces of attraction than CH4 gas because CO2 has a higher critical temperature than CH4.

States of Matter Questions

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Mention the variables and constant quantities in Charles’ law
Answer: Variables; Volume ( V) and absolute temperature (T) and Constants: Mass (m) and pressure (P) ofthe gas.

Question 2. If P is plotted against 1/ V for 1 mol of an ideal gas at 0°C, then a straight line passing through the origin is obtained. What is the slope ofthe straight line?
Answer: For 1mol of an ideal gas, PV = RT or, P = RT/V At 0°C or 273K, P = 273R/V.
Hence, the slope of the P vsl/V plot is =273 R

Question 3. The number of molecules in an ideal gas with a volume of V at pressure P and temperature T is ‘n Write down the equation of state for this gas
Answer: No. of mole of the gas

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Total no. of molecules of the gas }}{\text { Avogadro’s no. }}=\frac{n}{N}\)

∴ The equation of state \(P V=\frac{n}{N} R T\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 4. At a definite temperature, the total pressure of a gas mixture consisting of three gases A, B and C is P. If the number of moles of A, B and C are 2, 4 and 6, respectively, then arrange these gases in increasing order of their partial pressures
Answer: Themole fractions of A, B and C in the gas mixture

⇒ \(x_{\mathrm{A}}=\frac{2}{12}=\frac{1}{6}, x_B=\frac{4}{12}=\frac{1}{3} \text { and } x_C=\frac{6}{12}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Therefore The PArticl Pressure Of Gas A \(A, p_A=\frac{P}{6}, p_B=\frac{P}{3}\) \(p_C=\frac{P}{2}\). Hence PA<PB<PC.

States of Matter Questions

Question 5. Under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, it takes time t1 for the effusion of VmL of N2 gas through a porous wall and time t2 for the effusion of the same volume of O2 gas through the same porous wall. Which one is greater, t1 or t2?
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure, the rates of effusion of different gases are inversely proportional to the square roots of their molar masses. As the molar mass of N2 is smaller than that of CO2, at the given conditions the time required for the effusion of VmL of N2 gas will be less than that required for V mL CO2 of gas. Hence, t1<t2.

Question 6. Arrange the following gases in the increasing order of their densities at STP: H2, air, CO2.
Answer: The density of a gas at constant temperature and pressure \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}.\)

Thus, at a particular temperature and pressure, the density of the gas is directly proportional to the molar mass of the gas. The order of the molar mass of the given gases is: Mh1< Mair < MCO1. Therefore, the order of densities of these gases at STP would be, be < dair < dco2.

States of Matter Questions

Question 7. What is the numerical value of N/n?[N and n are the number of gas molecules and number of moles of gas]
Answer: Number of gas molecules (N) = several moles of the gas (n) x Avogadro’s number or\(\frac{N}{n}\) = Avgadro’s number = 6.022 x1023.

Question 8. At a constant temperature, a container of fixed volume holds NH3 and HCl gases. Can Dalton’s law of partial pressures be applied to this gas mixture?
Answer: Dalton’s law of partial pressure applies only to a mixture composed of two or more non-reacting gases. NH3 and HC1 gases react together to produce NH4C1. So Dalton’s law of partial pressure will not be applicable in this case.

Question 9. On what factors does the value of the total kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas depend?
Answer: The total kinetic energy of the molecules of 1 mol gas \(=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

The total kinetic energy of n mole gas \(=n \times \frac{3}{2} R T\)

States of Matter Questions

Therefore, the total kinetic energy of any gas depends upon the temperature and the quantity ofthe gas.

Question 10. The equation of state of a real gas is P(V-b) = RT. Can this gas be liquefied?
Answer: For the given gas, the value of van der Waals constant a = 0, indicates the absence of intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas. So this gas cannot be liquefied.

Question 11. At a low pressure, the van der Waals equation reduces What is the value of \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) V=R T\) compressibility factor (Z) for this case at this condition?
Answer: \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) V=R T\)

or, \(P V+\frac{a}{V}=R T \quad \text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}+\frac{a}{R T V}=1 \quad \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V}\)

Question 12. The normal boiling points of two gases A and B are -150°C and -18°C, respectively. Which one of the two gases will behave more like an ideal gas at STP?
Answer: The very low boiling point of A implies the very weak intermolecular forces of attraction in gas A. Hence, gas A will show more ideal behaviour at STP.

States of Matter Questions

Question 13. Prove that c = [E= total kinetic energy molecules of 1 mol of a gas, M=molar mass of the gas, arms = root mean square velocity of gas molecule]
Answer: we known \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \quad \text { or, } c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{2}{M} \times \frac{3}{2} R T}\)

The total kinetic energy of the molecules of lmol gas, \(E=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

∴ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{2 E}{M}} \quad \text { (Proved) }\)

Question 14. It is easier to liquefy a gas with a higher critical temperature—explain.
Answer: The critical temperature of a gas reflects the strength of intermolecular attractive forces in the gas. A gas with a higher value of critical temperature possesses a stronger intermolecular force of attraction. Now, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the easier it is to liquefy the gas. Therefore, a gas with a higher critical temperature can be liquified easily.

Question 15. Why cannot CO2 gas be liquefied above 31.1°C?
Answer: The critical temperature of CO2 is 31.1°C. Above 31.1°C, due to the very high average kinetic energy of CO2 molecules, the attraction between them becomes negligible. As a result, CO2 gas cannot be liquefied above 31.1°C.

Question 16. Among the following properties of a liquid, which one increases with the increase in temperature? Surface tension, viscosity and vapour pressure
Answer: Vapour pressure increases with an increase in temperature.

Question 17. The vapour pressures of benzene and water at 50°C are 271 and 92.5 torr, respectively. Which one would you expect to have stronger intermolecular forces of attraction?
Answer: A liquid with strong intermolecular forces of attraction has low vapour pressure. Thus, intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in water.

States of Matter Questions

Question 18. At 25°C, the vapour pressure of ethanol is 63 torr. What does it mean?
Answer: At 25°C, the pressure exerted by ethanol vapour in equilibrium with the liquid ethanol is 63 torr.

Question 19. The normal boiling point of diethyl ether is 34.6°C What will be its vapour pressure at this temperature?
Answer: At the normal boiling point of a liquid, the vapour pressure of the liquid is equal to the atmospheric pressure. Therefore, the vapour pressure of diethyl ether is at 34.6°C. temperature is 1 atm or 760 torr.

Question 20. The normal boiling points of ethanol and benzene are 78.3°C and 80°C, respectively. Is the vapour pressure of ethanol lower than, greater than or equal to the vapour pressure of benzene?
Answer: At the normal boiling point of a liquid, the vapour pressure of the liquid is equal to the atmospheric pressure. Therefore, the vapour pressure of ethanol at 78.3°C and that of benzene at 80°C are the same and equal to 1 atm.

Question 21. Why is the equilibrium established in the evaporation of a liquid in a closed vessel at a constant temperature called dynamic equilibrium?
Answer: This is so called because the process of evaporation and condensation does not stop at equilibrium and they keep on occurring equally and take

Question 22. Which one between water and ethanol has greater surface tension at a particular temperature?
Answer: As intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in water than in ethanol, the surface tension of water is greater than that of ethanol.

Question 23. What is the value of the surface tension of a liquid at its critical temperature?
Answer: The surface tension of a liquid at critical temperature is zero because the surface of separation between the liquid and vapour disappears at this temperature.

Question 24. At a given temperature, the viscosity of liquid A is greater than that of liquid B. Which of these two liquids has stronger intermolecular forces of attraction?
Answer: The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction of a liquid, the higher the viscosity will be. Therefore, the inter¬ molecular forces of attraction of A will be greater than B

Question 25. Give two examples where capillary action occurs.
Answer: Due to capillary action, water from the soil reaches the leaves of a tree through its stem. water comes out through the pores of a clay pot and evaporates. As a result, the water in the pot gets cooled.

States of Matter Questions

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Numerical Examples

Question 1. At 10-3 mm pressure and 300K, a 2L flask contains equal numbers of moles of N2 and water vapour, What is the total number of moles of N2 and water vapour in the mixture? What is the total mass ofthe mixture?
Answer: \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{\left(10^{-3} / 760\right) \times 2}{0.0821 \times 300}=1.06 \times 10^{-7} \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{N}_2}=n_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=\frac{n}{2}=\frac{1.06 \times 10^{-7}}{2}=5.3 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ Total Mass \(m_{\mathrm{N}_2}+m_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}\)

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(=\left(5.3 \times 10^{-8} \times 28+5.3 \times 10^{-8} \times 18\right) \mathrm{g}=2.44 \times 10^{-6} \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 2. At constant temperature and 1 atm pressure, an ideal gas occupies a volume of 3.25m3. Calculate the final pressure of the gas in the units of atm, torr and Pa if its volume is reduced to 1.25m2 while its temperature is kept constant.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& P_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{V_2}=\frac{1 \times 3.25}{1.25}=2.6 \mathrm{~atm} \\
& =2.6 \times 760 \mathrm{torr}=1.976 \times 10^3 \mathrm{torr}=2.633 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~Pa}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 3. The density of a gas at 27°C and 1 atm is 15g-mL-1.At what temperature, will the density of that gas be 10g-mL-1, at the same pressure?
Answer: \(\frac{d_2}{d_1}=\frac{T_1}{T_2} \text { or, } T_2=\frac{d_1}{d_2} \times T_1=\frac{15}{10} \times 300=450 \mathrm{~K} \text {; }\)

∴ t= 177°C

Question 4. The density of a gas at 30°C and 1.3 atm pressure is 0.027 g- mL-1. What is the molar mass ofthe gas?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
d=\frac{P M}{R T} \text { or, } M=\frac{d R T}{P} & =\frac{0.027 \times 0.0821 \times 10^3 \times 303}{1.3} \\
& =516.6 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 5. 0.0286 g of a gas at 25°C and 76 cm pressure occupies a volume of 50 cm3. What is the molar mass ofthe gas?
Answer: \(M=\frac{g R T}{P V}=\frac{0.0286 \times 0.0821 \times 298}{1 \times 50 \times 10^{-3}}=14 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 6. The density of a gas at -135°C and 50.66 atm pressure is 2g- cm-3. What is the density ofthe gas at STP?
Answer: \(\frac{d_2}{d_1}=\left(\frac{P_2}{P_1}\right) \times\left(\frac{T_1}{T_2}\right)\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } d_2=2 \times \frac{1}{50.66} \times \frac{138}{273}=0.02 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}\)

Question 7. A gaseous mixture contains 336 cm3 of H2 and 224 cm3 of HE at STP. The mixture shows a pressure of 2 atm when it is kept in a container at 27°C. Calculate the volume of the gas.
Answer: \(\text { At STP, } 336 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \equiv \frac{336}{22400} \equiv 0.015 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { and }\)

⇒ \(224 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of } \mathrm{He} \equiv \frac{224}{22400} \equiv 0.01 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{He} \text {. }\)

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=(0.015+0.01) \times \frac{0.0821 \times 300}{2}=307.8 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 8. At 100°C a 2-litre flask contains 0.4 g of O2 and 0.6 g of H2. What is the total pressure of this gas mixture in the flask?
Answer: \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{\left(\frac{0.4}{32}+\frac{0.6}{2}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 373}{2}=4.78 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 9. 1.0 g of benzene is burnt completely in the presence of 4.0 g O2 in a completely evacuated bomb calorimeter of volume 1L. What is the pressure inside the bomb at 30°C, if the volume and pressure of water vapour produced are neglected?
Answer: lg of benzene \(=\frac{1}{78}\) 0.0128 mol of benzene

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2=\frac{4}{32}=0.125 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{rl}
\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \longrightarrow & 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \\
0.0128 \mathrm{~mol} \frac{15}{2} \times 0.0128 & 6 \times 0.0128 \\
=0.096 \mathrm{~mol} & =0.0768 \mathrm{~mol}
\end{array}\)

States of Matter Questions

Total number of moles of CO2 produced and O2 remained = (0.0768 + (0.125- 0.096)

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{0.1058 \times 0.0821 \times 303}{1}=2.63 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 10. A closed vessel of fixed volume is filled with 3.2 g O2 at a pressure of P atm and a temperature of Tk. The containers were then heated to a temperature of (T+ 30)K. To maintain the pressure of P atm inside the container at (T+30)K, a certain amount of gas is removed from the container. The gas removed is found to have a volume of 246mL at atm and 27°C. Calculate T.
Answer: Suppose the number of moles Of O2 removed = n1 mol

∴ \(n_1=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 246 \times 10^{-3}}{0.0821 \times 300}=9.98 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Number of moles of oxygen remained in the container \(\left(n_2\right)=\left(\frac{3.2}{32}-9.98 \times 10^{-3}\right) \mathrm{mol}=0.09 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Initial state: PV = NRT \(=\frac{3.2}{32} R T=0.1 R T\)

Final state: PV = n2RT = 0.09 X R(T+ 30)

∴ 0.17TT = 0.09 x R(T+ 30); hence, T = 270K

Question 11. The temperature of an ideal gas is 340K. The gas is heated to a temperature at constant pressure. As a result, its volume increases by 18%. What is the final temperature of the gas?
Answer: \(\frac{V_2}{V_1}=\frac{T_2}{T_1} \text { or, } \frac{(1.18) V_1}{V_1}=\frac{T_2}{340} ; \text { hence, } T_2=401.2 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 12. What is the density of air at STP? Assume that air contains 78% N2 and 22% O2 by masses.
Answer: Average molar masses are –

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{28 \times 78+32 \times 22}{100}=28.88 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& d=\frac{P M}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 28.88}{0.0821 \times 273} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=1.288 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 13. At 100°C and 1 atm pressure, the densities of water and water vapour are 1.0 g-mL-1 and 0.0006 g-mL-1 respectively. What is the total volume of water molecules in a litre of steam at 100°C?
Answer: Mass of1L of steam = 1000 x 0.0006 g = 0.6 g

Amount of water in 1L of steam = 0.6 g

The volume of water in 1 L of steam

Question 14. The volume of 0.44 g of a colourless oxide of N2 is 224 mL at 273°C and 1530 mm pressure. What is the compound?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& P V=\frac{g}{M} R T \\
& \text { or, } M=\frac{g R T}{P V}=\frac{0.44 \times 0.0821 \times 546}{\left(\frac{1530}{760}\right) \times 224 \times 10^{-3}} \approx 44 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

The expected compound is N2O.

Question 15. A spherical balloon is filled with air at 2 atm pressure. What pressure is to be exerted on the balloon from the outside so that its diameter will be reduced to half of its initial diameter?
Answer: \(\text { Initial state, } 2 \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3=n R T \text {; }\)

⇒ \(\text { Final state: } P \times \frac{4}{3} \pi\left(\frac{r}{2}\right)^3=n R T[r=\text { radius of the balloon }]\)

∴ \(P V=n R T ; P \times \frac{1}{8}=2 \text { or, } P=16 \text { atm }\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 16. If 3.2 g of sulphur is heated to a temperature, the sulphur vapour produced occupies a volume of 780 mL at 723 mm pressure and 450°C. What is the molecular formula of sulphur at this state?
Answer: Let the molecular formula of sulphur is Sx.

∴ \(3.2 \mathrm{~g} \text { of sulphur }=\frac{3.2}{32 \times x}=\frac{1}{10 x} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of sulphur }\)

PV=nRT

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{723}{760} \times 780 \times 10^{-3}=\frac{1}{10 \times x} \times 0.0821 \times(450+273)\)

∴ The molecular formula of sulphur = Sb.

Question 17. Determine partial pressures of O2 and N2 in air at 0°C and 760 mm Hg pressure. Air contains 78% N2 and 22% O2 by volume.
Answer: Mole fraction of \(\mathrm{N}_2\left(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}\right)=\frac{\text { Partial volume of } \mathrm{N}_2}{\text { Total volume }}=\frac{78}{100}=0.78\)

Similarly, mole-fraction of (xO2 ) \(=\frac{22}{100}=0.22\)

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
& p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=x_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times P=0.78 \times 760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}=592.8 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg} \\
& p_{\mathrm{O}_2}=x_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times P=0.22 \times 760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}=167.2 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 18. 200 cm3 of N2 gas is collected over water at 20°C and 730 mm pressure. At this temperature, aqueous tension is 14.20 mm. What is the mass of N2 gas collected?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=(730-14.20) \mathrm{mm} \mathrm{Hg}=0.9418 \mathrm{~atm} \\
& p_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times V_{\mathrm{N}_2}=n R T \text { or, } 0.9418 \times 0.2=\frac{w}{28} \times 0.0821 \times 293
\end{aligned}\)

∴ w=0.219 g

Question 19. 0.5 g O2 gas is collected over water at 20°C and 730 mm pressure. If aqueous tension at that temperature is 14.20 mm, what is the volume of O2 gas collected?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& p_{\mathrm{O}_2}=(730-14.20) \mathrm{mm} \mathrm{Hg}=0.9418 \mathrm{~atm} \\
& p_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times V_{\mathrm{O}_2}=n R T
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 20. A vessel contains equal masses of CH4 and H2 gas at 25°C. What part of the total pressure inside the vessel is equal to the partial pressure of H2 gas?
Answer: \(W_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=W_{\mathrm{H}_2}=W ;\)

∴ \(n_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{W}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{W}{2} \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(\text { Total mol, } n=\left(\frac{W}{16}+\frac{W}{2}\right) \mathrm{mol}=\frac{9 W}{16} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Question 21. 8g O2 and some quantity of CO2 are introduced at 30°C into an empty flask of volume 10L. If the total pressure of the gas, the mixture in the flask is 1520 mm. Find the amount of CO2 gas taken.
Answer: \(P V=n R T \text { or, } \frac{1520}{760} \times 10=\left(\frac{8}{32}+\frac{W}{44}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

∴ W= 24.72 g

Question 22. Partial pressures of the component gases in a gas mixture are H2 = 300 mm; CH4 – 150 mm; N2 = 250 mm. What is the percentage of N2 gas by volume in the mixture?
Answer: \(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{\text { Partial volume of } \mathrm{N}_2}{\text { Total pressure }}=\frac{250}{300+150+250}=0.3571\)

Volume percent of N9 in the mixture = Mole-fraction of N2 in the mixture x 100 =35.71%

Question 23. At constant temperature, 2L of N2 gas at 750 mm Hg pressure is mixed with 3L of O2 gas. As a result, the pressure and volume ofthe gas mixture are found to be 732 mm Hg and 5L respectively. What is the initial pressure of O2 gas?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& P_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times V=n_{\mathrm{N}_2} R T \\
& 750 \times 2=n_{\mathrm{N}_2} R T
\end{aligned} \left\lvert\, \begin{aligned}
& P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times V=n_{\mathrm{O}_2} R T \\
& P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times 3=n_{\mathrm{O}_2} R T
\end{aligned}\right.\)

In mixture: \(P V=n R T=\left(n_{\mathrm{O}_2}+n_{\mathrm{N}_2}\right) R T=P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times 3+750 \times 2\)

732×5 PO2x3+1500

∴ PO2 = 720 mm Hg

States of Matter Questions

Question 24. The respective mole fractions of N2 and O2 in dry air are 0.78 and 0.21. If the atmospheric pressure and temperature are 740 torr and 20°C respectively, then what will be the mass of N2 and O2 present in a room of volume 3000ft3? (Assuming the relative humidity of air as zero)
Answer: \(p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=0.78 \times 740 \text { torr }=0.78 \times \frac{740}{760}=0.76 \mathrm{~atm}\)

3000ft3 = 3000 X (30.48)3 [since ft = 30.48 cm]

= 84.95 X 106cc = 84.95 X 103L

∴ PN2 x V= nN2 x RT

or, 0.76 x 84.95 X 103 = N x 0.0821 x (273 + 20)

Or, nN2= 2.683 x 103 mol

∴ Mass of N2 = 2.683 X 103 X 28g = 75.149 kg In calculation, it can be shown that mass of 02 = 23.107 kg

Question 25. 300 cm3 of H2 gas diffuses through a fine orifice in 1 minute. At the same temperature and pressure, what volume of CO2 gas will diffuse through the same orifice in 1 minute?
Answer: \(\frac{V_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{V_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}=\sqrt{\frac{44}{2}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } V_{\mathrm{CO}_2}=\frac{1}{\sqrt{22}} \times 300 \mathrm{~cm}^3=63.96 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 26. At constant temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion of two gases A and B are in the ratio of 1: 2. In a mixture of A and B gases mass ratio of A and B is 2:1, so find the mole fraction ratio of A and B in the mixture.
Answer: \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{1}{2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } M_A=4 M_B\)

⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{W}_A}{\mathrm{~W}_B}=2 \text { or, } \frac{n_A \times M_A}{n_B \times M_B}=2 \text { or, } \frac{n_A}{n_B}=\frac{1}{2} \text {; }\)

∴ \(\frac{x_A}{x_B}=\frac{n_A}{n_B}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 27. The average velocity of the molecules of a gas is 400m- s-1. At the same temperature, what will be the rms velocity of the molecules?
Answer: \(c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}} \quad c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} \times c_{r m s}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \pi}{8}} \times 400=434.05 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 28. At a constant temperature and 1 atm pressure, the density of O2 gas is 0.0081 g- mL-1. At the same temperature, calculate the average velocity, root mean square velocity and most probable velocity of O2 molecules.
Answer: \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P}{d}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 76 \times 13.6 \times .981}{0.0081}}=1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} c_{r m s} & =\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} \times 1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s} \\
& =1.785 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times \sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times c_{r m s}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times 1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}=1.581 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 29. A certain gas of mass 6.431 g occupies a volume of 5 L at a definite temperature and 750 mm pressure. At the temperature, what will be the rms velocity of the molecules of that gas?
Answer: \(P V=n R T=\frac{W}{M} R T \text { or, } \frac{R T}{M}=\frac{P V}{\mathrm{~W}}=\frac{750}{760} \times 5 \times \frac{1}{6.431} \mathrm{~g}^{-1}\)

= 0.7672 L-atm.g-1

= 0.7672 X 103 x 1.013 X 106 cm 2.s-2

[since 1 atm = 1.013 x 106g-cm-1-s-2]

∴ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{3 \times 0.7672 \times 1.013 \times 10^9} \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 30. What is the ratio of average velocity and root mean square velocity ofthe molecules of a gas?
Answer: \(c_e=\sqrt{\frac{B R T}{\pi M}}, c_{m m}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(\frac{c_a}{c_{m s}}=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}}=0.9215\)

Question 31. At what temperature will the rms velocity of S02 molecules be equal to the rms velocity of O2 molecules at 25°C?
Answer: \(c_{\mathrm{rm}}\left(\mathrm{SO}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{64}}, c_{\mathrm{mav}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times 298}{32}}\)

∴ 7= 596K ie.,t = 323=C

Question 32. Show that the rms velocity of O2 molecules at 50°C is not equal to the rms velocity of N2 molecules at 25°C.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& c_{\mathrm{rms}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times(273+50)}{32}}, \\
& c_{\mathrm{mas}}\left(\mathrm{N}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times(273+25)}{28}}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(c_{\mathrm{ms}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2 \text { at } 50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)=c_{\mathrm{ms}}\left(\mathrm{N}_2 \text { at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)\)

Question 33. The average kinetic energy of the atom of Hg vapour is 1000 cal-mol-1. what will be the value of its rms velocity? [Hg = 200]
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
E=\frac{3}{2} R T & =1000 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& =1000 \times 4.157 \times 10^7 \mathrm{erg} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Questions

∴ 3RT = 2000 x 4.157 x 107g-cm2-s-2-mol-1

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
n s=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} & =\sqrt{\frac{2000 \times 4.157 \times 10^7}{200}} \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s} \\
& =2.04 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 34. In a container of volume 1L, there are 1023 gas molecules, each of which has a mass of 10-22g. At a certain temperature, if the rms velocity of these molecules is 105cm-s-1, then what would be the pressure at the temperature inside the container?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& P V=\frac{1}{3} m n c_{r m s}^2 \\
& \text { or, } P \times 1000=\frac{1}{3} \times 10^{-22} \times 10^{23} \times\left(10^5\right)^2
\end{aligned}\)

∴ P = 3.33 x 1010 g.cm-1-s.2

= 3.33 X 1010 dyne = 32.87 atm

Question 35. At a constant temperature, a vessel of 1-litre capacity contains 1023 N2 molecules. If the rms velocity of the molecules is 103m/s, then determine the total kinetic energy ofthe molecules and the temperature ofthe gas.
Answer: Average kinetic energy per molecule

⇒ \(=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2=\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{28}{6.023 \times 10^{23}} \times\left(10^3\right)^2 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{m}^2 \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}\)

= 2.324 x 10~17g-m2-s-2 = 2.324 X l0-20 J

Average kinetic energy per molecule \(=\frac{3}{2} k T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{3}{2} \times \frac{8.314}{6.023 \times 10^{23}} \times T=2.324 \times 10^{-20} ; T=1122.6 \mathrm{~K}\)

Total kinetic energy of 1023 molecules

Question 36. At 0°C the kinetic energy of 102 molecules is 5.62 x 10-14 erg. Determine Avogadro’s number.
Answer: \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{3}{2} K T=\frac{3}{2} \times \frac{R}{N_A} \times T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } 5.62 \times 10^{-14}=\frac{3}{2} \times \frac{8.314 \times 10^7}{N_A} \times 273 \text {; }\)

∴ NA= 6.058 x1023

Question 37. The volume of 2 moles of SO2 at 30°C and 55 atm pressure is 680 mL. What is the value of the compressibility factor of the gas? What is the nature of the deviation of the gas from ideal behaviour?
Answer: \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{55 \times 680 \times 10^{-3}}{2 \times 0.0821 \times 303}=0.7517\)

As Z < 1, the gas shows a negative deviation from ideal behaviour.

Question 38. The compressibility factor of a real gas at 0°C and 100 atm pressure is 0.927. At this temperature and pressure, how much of this real gas is required to fill a vessel of 100L [molar mass =40g-mol-1?
Answer: \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T} \text { or, } 0.927=\frac{100 \times 100}{n \times 0.0821 \times 273}\)

∴ n = 481.298mol

∴ Amount of gas required =481.298 x 40g = 19.2519kg

Question 39. For a van der Waals gas, b = 5.0 x 10-2 L-mol-1. What is the diameter of a molecule of this gas?
Answer: \(b=4 N_A \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 5 \times 10^{-2} \times 1000 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}=4 \times 6.023 \times 10^{23} \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3 \\
& \text { or, } r=1.705 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~cm}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ Diameter of a molecule = 3.41 x 10-8 cm

Question 40. The volume of 2 moles of C02 gas at 27°C is 0.001 m3. What will be the pressure of this gas According to the van der Waals equation and ideal gas equation? [Given a(C02) =0.364 N-m4-mol-2 and b(C02) = 4.27 X 10-5 m3 -mol-1 ]
Answer: \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n \dot{b})=n R T\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { or, }\left(P \ \frac{2^2 \times 0.364 \mathrm{~N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^4}{10^{-6} \mathrm{~m}^6}\right)\left(10^{-3}-2 \times 4.27 \times 10^{-5}\right) \mathrm{m}^3 \\
& \quad=2 \times 0.0821 \times 300 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \\
& \text { or, }\left(P+1.456 \times 10^6 \mathrm{~N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2}\right)\left(9.146 \times 10^{-4} \mathrm{~m}^3\right) \\
& \quad=2 \times 0.0821 \times 300 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~m}^3 \cdot \mathrm{atm}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 41. The equation of state for 1 the mole of a gas is (V-b) = RT. At STP, 1 mole of this gas occupies a volume of 28L. Calculate the compressibility factor ofthe gas at STP.
Answer: \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{1 \times 28}{1 \times 0.0821 \times 273}=1.249\)

Question 42. The compressibility factor of 2 mol of NH3 gas at 27°C and 9.18 atm pressure is 0.931. If the volume of the gas molecules is not taken into consideration, then what is the value of van der Waals constant ‘a’ for NH3 gas?
Answer: \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right) V=n R T \text { or, } P V=n R T-\frac{n^2 a}{V}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V}{n R T}=1-\frac{n a}{V R T} \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{n a}{V R T}=1-\frac{2 \times a}{V R T}\)

⇒ \(\text { again, } \quad Z=\frac{P V}{n R T} \quad \text { or, } \quad 0.931=\frac{9.18 \times V}{2 \times 0.0821 \times 300}\)

∴ V= 4.991

∴ 0.931 \(=1-\frac{2 \times a}{4.99 \times 0.0821 \times 300}\)

a= 4.2412.atm.mol¯²

Question 43. The pressure exerted by 12g of an ideal gas at t°C in a vessel of volume VL is late. When the temperature is increased by 10°C at the same volume, the pressure increases by 10%. Calculate the temperature ‘f and volume V (molar mass of gas = 120).
Answer: \(12 \mathrm{~g} \text { of the gas }=\frac{12}{120}=0.1 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of the gas }\)

Given that the initial pressure of the gas, P = 1 atm and its initial temperature, T = (273 + t)K By applying ideal gas equation, PV= nRT, we get 1 x V = 1 x 0.0821 x (273 + t)…1

It is given, the final pressure of the gas, \(P=\left(1+\frac{10}{100} \times 1\right)\)

1.1 atm

States of Matter Questions

and its final temperature = (273 + 1 + 10)K = (283+)K

By applying the gas equation, PV = nRT, we get

1.1 x V = IX 0.0821 X (283 + t)

From the equations [1] and [2], we have

1.1 X 0.0821 X (273)+= 1 X 0.0821 X (283 + t)

or, 1.1(273 + t) = 283 + t

∴ t = -173; So, the value off = -173°C

Putting t = -173 in equation [1] (or in equation (2),

We have, V = 1 X 0.0821(273-173) = 0.821L

Question 44. An open vessel contains air at 27°C. At what temperature should the vessel be heated so that l/4th of air escapes from the vessel? Assume that volume ofthe vessel remains the same on heating.
Answer: Initial temperature of air = (273 + 27)K = 300K. Let the amount of air in the vessel at 27°C = x mol. Suppose, the vessel is heated to a temperature of TjK so that 1 /4 th of air escapes from the vessel.

So, the amount of air in the vessel at,\(T_1 K=x-\frac{x}{4}=\frac{3}{4} x\) Since the vessel is open, the pressure of air in the vessel either at 300K or at TK is equal to atmospheric pressure, i.e., 1 atm. Again, the volume of the vessel does not change because of heating. Therefore, at temperature 300K.

⇒ \(x \times 0.0821 \times 300=\frac{3}{4} x \times 0.0821 \times T_1 \text { or, } T_1=400 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 45. A container of fixed volume 0.4L contains 0.56g of gas at 27°C. The pressure of the gas at this temperature is 936 mmHg. If the amount ofthe gas is increased to 2.1g and its temperature is decreased to 17°C, then what will be the pressure of the gas? Assuming gas behaves ideally.
Answer: Suppose, the molar mass of the gas =M g- mol-1.

So, 0.56g of the gas \(=\frac{0.56}{M}\) mol of the gas

At the initial state \(P=\frac{936}{760}=1.23 \mathrm{~atm}, n=\frac{0.56}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \text {, }\)

V=0.41

States of Matter Questions

and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

Substituting the values of P, n, V and T in the Ideal gas equation, PV= nRT, we have

⇒ \(1.23 \times 0.4=\frac{0.56}{M} \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

∴ molar mass of the gas = 28g. mol-1

Question 46. A cylinder capable of holding 3L water contains H2 gas at 27°C and a pressure ofP atm. At STP, it is possible to fill up 10 balloons, each of which has a radius of 10cm, with the gas present in the cylinder. Find the value ofP.
Answer: The volume of each balloon

⇒ \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi \mathrm{r}^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi(10 \mathrm{~cm})^3=4.19 \mathrm{~L} .\)

As the cylinder can hold 31. of water, the US volume Is 31. The volume of H0 gas required to 1111 up 10 balloons 10×4.19 = 41.9L.

At STP, If the volume of H2 gas present in the cylinder is \(V ., \text { then } \frac{1 \times V}{273}=\frac{P \times 3}{300} \text { or, } V=\frac{273 \times 3}{300} P=2.73 P\)

Even after the balloons have been filled up with 11, gas, the cylinder, still contains Il2 gas of its volume. So, the volume of H2 gas = (2.73P- 3)L

∴ 2.73p- 3 = 41.9 or, P = 16.44

Question 47. At room temperature, 2NO + O2 2→2NO2 → N2O4 reaction proceeds near completion. The dimer, N204, solidifies at 262K. A 250mL flask and a lOOmL flask are separated by a stop-cock. At 300K, nitric oxide in the longer flask exerts a pressure of 1.053 atm and the smaller one contains oxygen at 0.789 atm.

The gases are mixed by opening the stopcock and after the end of the reaction, the flasks are cooled to 220K. Neglecting the vapour pressure of the dimer, find out the pressure and composition ofthe gas remaining at 220K (assume that the gases behave ideally).
Answer: Number of moles of NO2 gas lit 250ml, flask

⇒ \(\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{1.053 \times 0.25}{0.0821 \times 300}=0.01 \mathrm{~mol}\) and that of O., in 100ml. flask, \(=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{0.789 \times 0.1}{0.0821 \times 300}=3.2 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} .\)

Reaction: 2NO + O2→2NO2

Thus 1 mol of O2 gns completely reacts with 2 mol of NO gns.

Therefore, 3.2 x 10-3 mol 0f O2 guns will react with

2 X 3.2 X 10-3¯6 4 x 10-3 mol if NO2

After the completion of the reaction number of moles of NO left the reaction system = (0.01 – 6.4 x 10-3 ) = 3.6 x Hi-3 mo-3

The total volume of the reaction system = (0.25 + 0.25)L = 0.351. If the pressure of NO gas left in the reaction system is then P X 0.35 m 3.6 X 10-3 x 0.0821 X 220 P= 0.185 atm.

Question 48. An LPG cylinder weighs 18.4kg when empty when full, it weighs 29.0 Kg and shows a pressure of 2.5 atm. In the course of 27°C, the mass of the full cylinder is reduced to 23.2 Kg. Find out the volume of the gas in cubic meters used up at the normal usage conditions, and the final pressure inside the cylinder. Assume LPG to be n-butane with a normal boiling point of 0°C.
Answer: Mass ofthe gas in full cylinder=(29.0 – 18.4) kg – 10,6 kg Mass of the gas after some of is used up =- (23.2 – 18.4) 4.8kg Mass ofthe gas used up = (10.6 – 4,8) = 5,8 kg. So, 5.8kg of gas = 5.8 kg of n-butane \(=\frac{5.8 \times 10^3}{58}=100\)

mol of H-butane [molar mass of-butane 58 g- mol-1]

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{100 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{1}=24631 .\)

[at normal usage condition, P 1 atm)

States of Matter Questions

Therefore, the volume of used gas at normal usage conditions = 24631. = 2.463m3 since =10-nm³]

In the cylinder, LPG exists In a liquid state which remains in equilibrium with its vapour. So long as LPG exists in a liquid state in the cylinder, the pressure in the cylinder remains fixed. So, the pressure of the remaining gas in the cylinder will be 2.5 atm.

Question 49. An evacuated vessel weighs 50.0g when empty, 148 when filled with a liquid (d = 0.98 g-mL-1) & 50g when filled with an ideal gas at 760 mmHg at 300K. Determine the molar mass of the gas.
Answer: Mass of the evacuated vessel = 50.0g.

Mass of the vessel when filled with a liquid of density O.98gmL-1 = 148g

∴ Volume of 98g of liquid \(=\frac{98}{0.98}=100 \mathrm{~mL}=0.1 \mathrm{~L}\)

Question 50. A gas mixture composed of N2 and O2 gases has a density of 1.17 g-L¯1 at 27°C and 1 atm pressure. Calculate the mass percents of N2 and O2 in the mixture. Assume that the gas mixture behaves like an ideal gas.
Answer: Given: P = 1 atm and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

∴ \(M=\frac{d R T}{P}=\frac{1.17 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{1}=28.8 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

average molar mass ofdie gas mixture = 28.8g-mol 1 . T = — In the mixture, if the mole-fraction of N2 be x, then the mole-fraction of 02 is (1-x).

States of Matter Questions

∴ M=28.8g-mor1 = [28xx+32(l -x)] g-mol-1 or, 4x = 32 – 28.8; hence, x = 0.8 Mole-fraction of N2 = 0.8 and that of 02 = 1- 0.8 = 0.2.

Mass percent of \(\mathrm{N}_2=\frac{0.8 \times 28}{0.8 \times 28+0.2 \times 32} \times 100=77.77 \%\) and mass present 6 Of O2 = (100-77.77)% = 22.23%

Question 51. One mole of nitrogen gas at 0.8 atm takes 38s to diffuse through a pin-hole, whereas one mole of an unknown compound of xenon with fluorine at 1.6 atm takes 57s to diffuse through the same hole. Determine the molecular formula ofthe compound.
Answer: At a given temperature and a pressure of P, the rate of diffusion of a gas \(r \propto \frac{P}{\sqrt{M}}\) [M= molar mass of the gas] If the rates of diffusion of N2 and the unknown gas are r and r.) respectively, then

⇒ \(r_2 \propto \frac{P_2}{\sqrt{M_{\text {compound }}}} \text { and } r_1 \propto \frac{P_1}{\sqrt{M_{N_2}}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{p_1}{p_2} \times \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{M_{N_2}}}\)

⇒ \(\text { Given that } r_1=\frac{1}{38} \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}, r_2=\frac{1}{57} \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1} \text {, }\)

p1 = 0.8 atm and p2 = 1.6 atm

States of Matter Questions

∴ \(\frac{\frac{1}{38}}{\frac{1}{57}}=\frac{0.8}{1.6} \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{28}} \text { or, } \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{28}}=3\)

∴ M compound = 3 X 28 = 252g-mol-1

Let the molecular formula of the compound = XeFx

∴ 131 + x x 19 = 252 or, x = 6.368 ~ 6

∴ Molecular formula ofthe compound = XeFg

Question 52. A gas bulb of capacity contains 2.0 x 1021 molecules of nitrogen exerting a pressure of 7.57 x 103 N.m-2. Calculate the rms velocity and temperature of the gas. If the ratio of the most probable speed to the root mean square speed is 0.82, calculate the most probable speed of the molecules at this temperature.
Answer: 2.0 x 1021 molecules of nitrogen are contained in

⇒ \(\frac{2 \times 10^{21}}{6.023 \times 10^{23}}=3.32 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{N}_2 \text { gas. }\)

Given that P = 7.57 x 103N.m-2 and V = 1

∴ P = 7.57 X 103N-m~2 = 7.57 X 103Pa

⇒ \(=\frac{7.57 \times 10^3}{1.013 \times 10^5} \mathrm{~atm}=0.0747 \mathrm{~atm}\)

[since lN-m-2 = IPa and latm = 1.013 x 105Pa]

∴ \(T=\frac{P V}{n R}=\frac{0.0747 \times 1}{3.32 \times 10^{-3} \times 0.0821}=274.05 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ Temperature of the gas =274.05K

we know \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ Root mean square velocity of N2 molecules

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 274.05}{28}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

= 4.94 x 104cm-s-1

⇒ \(\text { Given that } \frac{c_m}{c_{r m s}}=0.82\left[c_m=\text { most probable speed }\right]\)

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
c_m=0.82 \times c_{r m s} & =0.82 \times 4.94 \times 10^4 \\
& =4.05 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 53. The composition of the equilibrium mixture (Cl2 2C1), which is attained at 1200°C, is determined by measuring the rate of effusion through a pin-hole. It is observed that at 1.80 mmHg pressure, the mixture effuses 1.16 times as fast as Krypton effuses under the same conditions. Calculate the fraction of chlorine molecules dissociated into atoms. (Relative atomic mass of Kr = 84)
Answer: If the rates of effusion of equilibrium mixture and Kr gas are r1 and r2 then \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{Kr}}}{M}} ;\) where M= average molar mass of the equilibrium mixture. Given that rx = r2 x 1.16

∴ \(1.16=\sqrt{\frac{84}{M}}\)

∴ M = 62.42 g.mol-1

let the initial amount of Cl2 gas be 1 mol and its degree of dissociation = x. Therefore, the number of moles of Cl2 and Cl at equilibrium will be as follows: \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{Cl}\)

Initial number of moles: Number of moles at equilibrium

∴ Total number of moles of Cl2 and Cl in the equilibrium mixture =l-x+ 2x = 1 + x

States of Matter Questions

Average molar mass of the equilibrium mixture \(=\frac{(1-x) M_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}+2 x \times M_{\mathrm{Cl}}}{1+x}=\frac{71}{1+x} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Now, \(\frac{71}{1+x}=62.42\) or, 62.42 + x X 62.42 = 71

∴ x= 0.1374

Fraction of Cl2 molecules dissociated into atoms = 13.74%

Question 54. The density of the vapour of a substance at 1 atm and 500K is 0.36 Kg-m-3. The vapour effuses through a hole at a rate of 1.13 times faster than O2 under the same condition. Determine, the molar mass, molar volume, and Compression factor of the vapour and which forces among the gas molecules are dominating attractive or repulsive. If vapour behaves ideally at 1000K, find the average translational kinetic energy of a molecule.
Answer: If the rates of effusion ofthe vapour and O2 gas are r1 and r2 respectively then
\(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{M_{\text {vapour }}}}\)

∴ \(1.33=\sqrt{\frac{32}{M_{\text {vapour }}}}\)

The molar mass of the vapour = 18.09g-mol-1

The molar volume of the vapour

⇒\(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molar mass of the vapour }}{\text { density of the vapour }} \\
& =\frac{18.09 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{0.36 \times 1000 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}}=50.25 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(Z=\frac{P V_m}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 50.25}{0.0821 \times 500}=1.224\)

[Vm = molar volume] Hence, Z >1

Z> 1 indicates that the vapour shows a positive deviation from ideal behaviour. This kind of deviation occurs in gas when the effect of intermolecular repulsive forces dominates over the effect of intermolecular attractive forces.

States of Matter Questions

Average translational kinetic energy of a molecule \(=\frac{3}{2} k T\) \(=\frac{3}{2} \times 1.32 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 1000 \mathrm{~K}=1.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~J}\)

Question 55. The compressibility factor for 1 mole of a van der Waals gas at 0°C and 100 atm pressure is 0.5. Assuming that the volume of a gas molecule is negligible, calculate the van der Waals constant, a.
Answer: Compressibility factor \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}\)

Given that Z = 0.5, n = 1 mol, T – 273K and = 100 atm

∴ \(V=\frac{Z \times n R T}{P}=\frac{0.5 \times 1 \times 0.0821 \times 273}{100} \mathrm{~L}=0.112 \mathrm{~L}\)

For 1 mol of a real gas, the van der Waals equation is—

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V_m^2}\right)\left(V_m-b\right)=R T\left[V_m=\text { molar volume }\right]\)

As the volume of a gas molecule is assumed to be negligible, but, and hence Vm-b~ Vm

∴ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V_m}{R T}=1-\frac{a}{\mathrm{RT} V_m} \quad \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V_m}\)

States of Matter Questions

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V_m}{R T}=1-\frac{a}{\mathrm{RT} V_m} \quad \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V_m}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } 0.5=1-\frac{a}{0.0821 \times 273 \times 0.112} ; \quad \text { hence, } a=1.255\)

Question 56. The pressure in a bulb dropped from 2000 to 1500 mm of Hgin 47 min when the contained oxygen leaked through a small hole. The bulb was then evacuated. A mixture of oxygen and another gas of molar mass 79 in the molar ratio of 1: 1 at a total pressure of 4000 mm of Hg was introduced. Find the molar ratio of two gases remaining in the bulb after 75 min.
Answer: Decrease in pressure of O2 in 47 min=2000- 1500=500mmHg

Decrease in pressure of O2 in 74 min = \(=\frac{500}{47} \times 74=787.23\) mm kg

In the mixture, the mole ratio of O2 and the other gas =1: 1

So, mole-fraction of each of O2 and other gas in the mixture \(=\frac{1}{2}\)

In the mixture, the partial pressure of \(\mathrm{O}_2=\frac{1}{2} \times 4000=\) 2000 mmHg and that of the other gas \(=\frac{1}{2} \times 4000 \mathrm{mmHg}=\) = 2000 mm kg If the rates of effusion of 02 gas and the other gas are r1 and respectively, then \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M}{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}}\) [M= molar mass of other gas]

States of Matter Questions

Now, ,\(r_1=\frac{787.23}{74} \mathrm{mmHg} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1}\) = 10.63 mm hg. min-1.

∴ \(r_2=r_1 \times \sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{M}}=10.63 \sqrt{\frac{32}{79}}=6.76 \mathrm{mmHg} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\text { Now, } r_2=\frac{\begin{array}{c}
\text { the decrease in pressure } \\
\text { of the other gas }
\end{array}}{74}\)

∴ The decrease In pressure of the other gas = r2 X 74 = 6.76 X 74 = 500.24 mmHg

Therefore, In the mixture, partial pressure of O2 gas (2000- 787.23) l212.77mmHg and that of the other gas=(2000- 500.24)- 1499.70 mm g Hence, the ratio of mole-fraction of the other gas to O2 gas =1499.70: 1212.77 = 1.236: 1 In the mixture, the molar ratio of the two gases = 1.230: 1.

Solved WBCHASE Scanner

Question 1. Oxygen gas is present in a 1L flask at a pressure of 7.6 x 10¯1° mm Hg at 0°C. Calculate the number of O2 molecules in the flask
Answer: \(P=\frac{7.6 \times 10^{-10}}{760}\)

∴ \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{7.6 \times 10^{-10} \times 1}{760 \times 273 \times 0.082}\)

[V = 1L, T = 273K, n = 4.46 x 10-14]

Question 2. Sketch PIT versus T plot for an ideal gas at constant volume. Indicate the value ofthe slope (mass fixed). Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure NH3, Cl2 and CO2 gases are allowed to diffuse through a porous wall. Arrange these gases in the increasing order ofthe rate of diffusion.
Answer: According to Gay-Lussac’s law, \(\frac{P}{T}=K\) (constant), when the mass and volume of a gas are constant. Hence, the plot of \(\frac{P}{T}=K\) versus T indicates a straight line parallel to the X -axis and the slope ofthe curve is tan 0 = 0.

The order of molar masses of NH3 Cl2 and CO2 gases are—NH3 < CO2 < Cl2.

Hence, the increasing order of their rates of diffusion is Cl2 < CO2 < NH2.

The value of ‘R ‘ in J-K-1 -mol-1 unit is 8.314

Question 3. Indicate the correct answer: The rate of diffusion of helium gas at constant temperature and pressure will be four times the rate of diffusion of the following gases

  1. CO2
  2. SO2
  3. NO2
  4. O2

Answer: 2. SO2

Question 4. A 2L flask contains 0.4 g O2 and 0.6 g H2 at 100°C. Calculate the total pressure of the gas mixture in the flask. 4
Answer: Total no. of moles of O2 & H2 in flask \(=\frac{0.4}{32}+\frac{0.6}{2}=0.3125\)

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{0.3125 \times 0.082 \times 373}{2}=4.78 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 5. The equation of state of a real gas is P(V-b) = RT. Can the gas be liquified? Explain. Sketchlog P vlog V graph for a given mass of an ideal gas at constant temperature and indicate the slope.
Answer: Value of van der Waals constant V= 0 for the given gas. Hence, there exists no force of attraction among the gas molecules. So, the gas cannot be liquefied.

States of Matter Questions

Question 6. Arrange CO2, SO2 and NO2 gases in increasing order of their rates of diffusion under the same condition of temperature and pressure with reason.
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass of the gas. Hence increasing order of rates of diffusion is:

⇒ \(r_{\mathrm{SO}_2}<r_{\mathrm{NO}_2}<r_{\mathrm{CO}_2} .\)

Question 7. Any real gas behaves ideally at very low pressure and high temperature. Explain. The values of van der Waals constant ‘ a’ for N2 and NH3 are 1.37 and 4.30 L2 -atm- mol¯² respectively. Explain the difference in values.
Answer: van der Waals constant ‘a’ denotes the magnitude of attractive forces between the molecules of real gases. The value of ‘a’ is higher in the case of NH3 than N2. That means attractive forces (London force, dipole-dipole attraction force) present among the molecules of NH3 are stronger than those of N2 (London force). Consequently, NH3 can be liquefied more easily than N2.

Question 8. For a definite mass of ideal gas at constant temperature, V versus \(\frac{1}{p}\) plot is a

  1. Parabola
  2. Straight line
  3. Hyperbola
  4. Rectangular Hyperbola

Answer: 2. Straight line

Question 9. A gas of molar mass 84.5g/mol is enclosed in a flask at 27°C has a pressure of 2atm. Calculate the density of the gas. [R = 0.082L-atm- K-1-mol-1 ]
Answer: Density of a gas,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
d=\frac{P M}{R T} & =\frac{2 \times 84.5}{0.082 \times 300} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \\
& =6.87 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 10. Which gas among the following exhibits maximum critical temperature—

  1. N2
  2. O2
  3. CO2
  4. H2

Answer: 3. CO2

Question 11. Explain the nature of the graphs of log P versus log V and logy versus log T. What are the units of the van der Waals constants ‘a’ and ‘b’?
Answer: The plot of log P versus log V indicates a straight line with a negative slope (-1). The plot of log V versus log indicates a straight line with positive slope (+1)

Unit of is atm. L2- mol¯² a unit of ‘b’ is L-mol-1.

States of Matter Questions

Question 12. The surface tension of water with the increase of temperature may—

  1. Increase
  2. Decreases
  3. Remain same
  4. Shows irregular behaviour

Answer: 2. Decreases

Question 13. For which property of the liquid the shape of a liquid drop is spherical? A 10-litre volumetric flask contains 1 gHe and 6.4 g of O2 at 27°C temperature. If the total pressure of the mixture is 1.107 atm, then what is the partial pressure ofHe and O2?
Answer: Surface tension.

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{He}}=\frac{1}{4}=0.25 \mathrm{~mol}, n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{6.4}{32}=0.2 \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ Total number of moles =(0.25 + 0.2) = 0.45

⇒\(x_{\mathrm{He}}=\frac{0.25}{0.45}=0.5555 \text { and } x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{0.2}{0.45}=0.4444\)

pHe = 0.5555 x 1.107 atm = 0.615 atm

Po2 = 0.4444 x 1.107 atm =0.491 atm

States of Matter Questions

Question 14. Which of the following is the unit of van der Waals gas constant

  1. L2.mol
  2. L.mol¯²
  3. L.mol
  4. L.mol¯¹

Answer: 4. L.mol¯¹

Question 15. What will be the ratio of \({ }^{235} \mathrm{UF}_6\) diffusion of And \({ }^{235} \mathrm{UF}_6\)
Answer: Let, the rate of diffusion of \({ }^{235} \mathrm{UF}_6 \text { and }{ }^{238} \mathrm{UF}_6\) be r1 and r2.

According to Graham’s law, \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& M_1=\text { molecular mass of }{ }^{235} \mathrm{UF}_6=349 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& M_2=\text { molecular mass of }{ }^{238} \mathrm{UF}_6=352 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(\)

Question 16. The cause of the spherical drop of water is—

  1. Surface tension
  2. Viscosity
  3. Hydrogen bond
  4. High critical temperature of h2O vapour

States of Matter Questions

Answer: 2. Viscosity

Question 17. State Gay Lussac’s law related to the pressure and temperature of a gas. 3.2 g of sulphur when vaporised, the sulphur vapour occupies a volume of 280.2 mL at STP. Determine the molecular formula of sulphur vapour under this condition. (S = 32)
Answer: 280.2 mL of sulphur weighs 3.2 g at STP. 22400 mL of sulphur weighs 255.8 g at STP. Let, the molecular formula of sulphur Sn. So, n x 32 = 255.8 or, n = 7.9 ~ 8 Molecular formula ofsulphur is Sg.

Question 18. Determine the volume of 2.2 g of carbon dioxide at 27°C and 570 mmHg pressure.
Answer:

⇒ \(2.2 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{CO}_2 \equiv \frac{2.2}{44}=0.05 \mathrm{~mol} \text {. }\)

According to the ideal gas equation (taking CO2 as an ideal gas), PV = nRT

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{570}{760} \times V=0.05 \times 0.082 \times 300\)

or, v= 1.64 The volume of CO2 at the given condition is 1.64L.

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Equal weight of CH4 and H2 are mixed in an empty container at 25°C. The fraction of the total pressure exerted by H2 is-

  1. \(\frac{1}{9}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{8}{9}\)
  4. \(\frac{16}{17}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{8}{9}\)

The gas mixture contains equal masses of CH and H2. Suppose, mass of each of these gases = u>g so, in the mixture \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w / 2}{\frac{w}{2}+\frac{w}{16}}=\frac{8}{9} \text { and } x_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=1-x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=1-\frac{8}{9}=\frac{1}{9}\)

∴ The partial pressure of \(\mathrm{H}_2, p_{\mathrm{H}_2}=x_{\mathrm{H}_2} \times P=\frac{8}{9} P\) [p= total pressure of the mixture]

∴ \(\frac{p_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{P}=\frac{8}{9}\)

Question 2. Avan der Waals gas may behave ideally when—

  1. Volume is very low
  2. Temperature is very high
  3. The pressure is very
  4. The temperature, pressure, and volume all are very high

Answer: 3. The pressure is very

A van der Waals gas behaves ideally when its temperature is very high or pressure is very low. At either of these two conditions, the volume of the gas becomes very large, which results in a large separation of gas molecules.

States of Matter Questions

Thus, intermolecular forces of attraction become negligible, and gas behaves approximately like an ideal gas.

Question 3. Two gases X (mol. wt. Mx) and Y (mol. wt. My; My> Mx) are at the same temperature, in two different containers. Their root mean square velocities are Cx and CY respectively. If average kinetic energies per molecule of two gases X and Y are Ex and Ey respectively, then which of the following relation(s) is (are) true

  1. Ex>EY
  2. CX>CY
  3. \(E_X=E_Y=\frac{3}{2} R T\)
  4. \(E_X=E_Y=\frac{3}{2} k_B T\)

Answer: 3. \(E_X=E_Y=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

For 1 mol of a gas, van der Waals equation: \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(v-b)=R T\) If the value of is negligible, then \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P\)

∴ P(V-b) = RT or, PV = RT + Pb \(\text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T} \quad \text { or, } Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Question 4. The compressibility factor (Z) of one mole of a van der Waals gas of negligible ‘a’ value is-

  1. 1
  2. \(\frac{b P}{R T}\)
  3. \(1+\frac{b P}{R T}\)
  4. \(1-\frac{b P}{R T}\)

Answer: 3. \(1+\frac{b P}{R T}\)

For 1 mol of a gas, van der Waals equation: \(\left(p+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(v-b)=R T\)

If the value of ‘a’ is negligible, the \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P\)

∴ P(V-b) = RT

⇒ \(\text { or, } P V=R T+P b \quad \text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T} \quad \text { or, } Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Question 5. For one mole of an ideal gas, the slope of the V vs. T curve at a constant pressure of 2 atm is XL-moH-K¯¹. The value of the ideal universal gas constant ‘R’ in terms of X is

  1. \(X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)
  2. \(\frac{X}{2} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)
  3. \(2 X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)
  4. \(2 X \mathrm{~atm} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Answer: 3. \(2 X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(P V=n R T \text { or, } P\left(\frac{V}{n}\right)=R T\)

or,PVm = RT [Vm = molar volume \(\text { or, } V_m=\frac{R}{P} T\)

At constant pressure, \(\frac{R}{P}\) = constant = K. So, at constant pressure, for 1 mol of an ideal gas, Vm = KT. This relation represents a straight-line equation passing through the origin. So, for 1 mol of an ideal gas at constant pressure, the graph of Vm vs. Twill be a straight line with slope = K.

States of Matter Questions

Given,K= XL.mol¯¹.K-1o

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{R}{P}=X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \quad \text { or, } \frac{R}{2 \mathrm{~atm}}=X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

∴ R = 2XL-atm-mol-1.K-1

Question 6. At a certain temperature, the time required for the complete diffusion of 200 mL of H2 gas is 30 minutes. The time required for the complete diffusion of 50 mL of O2 gas at the same temperature will be—

  1. 60 mins.
  2. 30 mins.
  3. 45 mins.
  4. 15 mins.

Answer: 2. 30 mins.

According to Graham’s law \(\frac{V_{\mathrm{H}_2} / t_1}{V_{\mathrm{O}_2} / t_2}=\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{O}_2} / M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{V_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{V_{\mathrm{O}_2}} \times \frac{t_2}{t_1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}} \text { or, } \frac{200}{50} \times \frac{t_2}{30 \mathrm{~min}}=\sqrt{\frac{32}{2}}=4\)

∴ T2 = 30 min

Question 7. Four gases P, Q, R, and S have almost the same values but their ‘a! values (a, b are van der Waals constants) are in the order Q<R<S<P. At particular temperatures, among the four gases, the most easily liquefiable one is

  1. P
  2. Q
  3. R
  4. S

Answer: 1. P

The van der Waals constant ‘a’ of a gas is a measure of the intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas. The larger the value of ‘a’, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction. Now, a gas with strong intermolecular forces of attraction can easily be liquefied. So, the most easily liquefiable gas is P.

Question 8. Units of surface tension and viscosity are—

  1. \(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}, \mathrm{~N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}, \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1}, \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}, \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}, \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\text { Surface tension }=\frac{\text { Force }}{\text { Length }}=\frac{\mathrm{N}}{\mathrm{m}}=\frac{(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s})^{-2}}{\mathrm{~m}}=\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2} \text {. }\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\text { Coefficient of viscosity }=\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2} \cdot \mathrm{s} & =\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{m} \mathrm{s}^{-2} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2} \cdot \mathrm{s} \\
& =\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 9. A gas can be liquefied at temperature T and pressure P if-

  1. T= TC, P<PC
  2. T<TC,P>PC
  3. T>TC,P>PC
  4. T>TC,P<PC

Answer: 2. Two important conditions for liquefying a gas are— temperature should be lower than critical temperature (T<TC) and pressure should be greater than critical pressure (P > Pc).

States of Matter Questions

Question 10. The rms velocity of CO2 gas molecules at 27°C is approximately 1000 m/s. For N2 molecules at 600K the rms velocity approximately

  1. 2000 m/s
  2. 1414 m/s
  3. 1000 m/s
  4. 1500 m/s

Answer: 3. 1000 m/s \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \text {, so, } \frac{c_{r m s}(\mathrm{CO})}{c_{r m s}\left(\mathrm{~N}_2\right)}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T_{300}}{M_{\mathrm{CO}}} \times \frac{M_{N_2}}{3 R T_{600}}}\)

Question 11. Among tire following which should have the highest rms speed at the same temperature—

  1. SO2
  2. CO2
  3. O2
  4. H2

Answer: 4. \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \quad \text { or, } c_{r m s} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M}}\)

Question 12. Which of the following has the dimension of ML°T-2 —

  1. Coefficient of viscosity
  2. Surface tension
  3. Vapour pressure
  4. Kinetic energy

Answer: 2. Surface tension \(\gamma=\frac{\text { force }}{\text { length }}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \gamma=\frac{\text { mass } \times \text { acceleration }}{\text { length }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{\mathrm{M} \times \mathrm{LT}^{-2}}{\mathrm{~L}}=\mathrm{ML}^0 \mathrm{~T}^{-2}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 13. For the same mass of two different ideal gases molecular weights M1 and M2, plots of logV vs logP at a given constant temperature are shown. Identify the correct option-

  1. M1>M2
  2. M1=M2
  3. M1<M2
  4. Can be predicted only if the temperature is known

Answer: 1. M1>M2 From the ideal gas equation

  1. \(P V=n R T=\frac{W}{M} R T\)
  2. \(\text { or, } \left.P V=\frac{k}{M} \text { (where, } k=W R T\right)\)
  3. \(\text { or, } \log P+\log V=\log \frac{k}{M}\)
  4. \(\text { or, } \log V=-\log P+\log \frac{\kappa}{M}(y=m x+c)\)

According to the intercepts in the graph \(\log \frac{k}{M_2}>\log \frac{k}{M_1}\) \(\text { or, } \frac{k}{M_2}>\frac{k}{M_1} \quad \text { or, } M_1>M_2\)

Question 14. Equal weights of ethane and hydrogen are mixed in an empty container at 25°C. The fraction of total pressure exerted by hydrogen is—

  1. 1: 2
  2. 1:1
  3. 1:16
  4. 15:16

Answer: 4. 15:16

Let, wc2H6 = wH2 = w

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}=\frac{w}{30} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w}{2}\)

∴ \(n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}=\frac{w}{30} \text {. and } n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w}{2}\)

∴ \(x_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}=\frac{n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}}{n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}+n_{\mathrm{H}_2}}=\frac{\frac{1}{30}}{\frac{1}{30}+\frac{1}{2}}=\frac{1}{16}\)

[n= number of moles, x = mole fraction]

Similarly \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{15}{16}\)

According to Dalton’s law of partial pressure \(\begin{aligned}
p_{\mathrm{H}_2} & =x_{\mathrm{H}_2} \times P \quad[P=\text { total pressure }] \\
\text { or, } \frac{P_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{P} & =x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{15}{16}
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 15. Compressibility factor for a real gas at high pressure—

  1. 1
  2. \(1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)
  3. \(1-\frac{P b}{R T}\)
  4. \(1+\frac{R T}{P b}\)

Answer: 2. \(1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

van der Waals equation \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

At high pressure \(P \gg \frac{a}{V^2}\) hence, P(V-b) = RT

⇒ \(\text { or, } P V=R T+P b \text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T} \text { or, } Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Question 16. ‘a’ and ‘b’ are van der Waals constant for gases. Chlorine is more easily liquefied them ethane because—

  1. A and B for CL2 < A and B for C2H6
  2. A for CL2 < A for C2H6 but B for CL2 > B for C2H6
  3. A for CL2 > A for C2H6 but B for CL2< B for C2H6
  4. A and B for CL2 > A and B for C2H6

Answer: 3. A for CL2 > A for C2H6 but B for CL2 < B for C2H6

Van der Waals constants ‘a’ is a measure of intermolecular forces of attraction of a gas whereas ‘b’ is a measure of the size of gas molecules. Hence, more is the value of a more easily the gas will be liquefied.

Question 17. For the gaseous state, if the most probable speed is denoted by c, average speed by c, and mean square speed by c, then for a large number of molecules the ratios ofthese speeds are

  1. c*:c:c = 1.225: 1.128: 1
  2. c*:c:c = 1.128: 1.225: 1
  3. c*:c:c = 1:1.128:1.225
  4. c*:c:c = 1:1.225:1.128

Answer: 4. c*:c:c = 1:1.225:1.128

States of Matter Questions

Question 18. If Z is a compressibility factor, the van der Waals equation at low pressure can be written as

  1. \(Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)
  2. \(Z=1+\frac{R T}{P b}\)
  3. \(Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V}\)
  4. \(Z=1-\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Answer: 3. \(Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V}\)

van der Waals constants ‘a’ is a measure of intermolecular forces of attraction of a gas whereas ‘b’ is a measure of the size of gas molecules. Hence, more is the value of a more easily the gas will be liquefied.

Question 19. The ratio of masses of oxygen and nitrogen in a gaseous mixture is 1:4 ratio of the number of their molecule is

  1. 3:16
  2. 1:4
  3. 7:32
  4. 1:8

Answer: 4. 1:8

Question 20. Intermolecular interaction that is dependent on the inverse cube of the distance between the molecules—

  1. London force
  2. Hydrogen bond
  3. ion ion interaction
  4. ion-dipole interaction

Answer: 1. London force

1, 3, and 4, are not applicable as the interaction is intermolecular. 2 is not the correct choice as the hydrogen bond does not follow the relation mentioned above.

Question 21. Two closed bulbs of equal volume ( V) containing an Ideal gas Initially at pressure pt and temperature T1 are connected through a narrow tube of negligible volume. The temperature of one of the bulbs is then raised to 7 2. The final pressure p1 Is-

  1. \(p_1\left(\frac{T_1 T_2}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)
  2. \(2 p_i\left(\frac{T_1}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)
  3. \(2 p_1\left(\frac{T_2}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)
  4. \(2 p_i\left(\frac{T_1 T_2}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)

Answer: 3. \(2 p_1\left(\frac{T_2}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)

n1+n2=n1‘+n’2

∴ \(\frac{p_i V}{R T_1}+\frac{p_i V}{R T_1}=\frac{p_f V}{R T_1}+\frac{p_f V}{R T_2}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 22. A gas mixture was prepared by taking equal moles of CO and N2. If the total pressure of the mixture was 1 atm, the partial pressure of N2 in the mixture is—

  1. 0.5 atm
  2. 0.8 atm
  3. 0.9 atm
  4. 1 atm

Answer: 1. 0.5 atm

In the mixture \(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{1}{2} \text { and } x_{\mathrm{CO}}=\frac{1}{2}\)

∴ \(p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=x_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times P=\frac{1}{2} \times 1 \mathrm{~atm}=0.5 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 23. Two gases A and B having the same volume diffuse through a porous partition in 20 and 10 seconds respectively. Molar mass ofA is 49u. The molecular mass will be—

  1. 50.00u
  2. 12.25u
  3. 6.50u
  4. 25.00u

Answer: 2. 12.25u

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{V / 20}{V / 10}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{49}} \text { or, } \frac{1}{2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{49}}\)

∴ Mb = 12.25u

Question 24. By what factors does the average velocity of a gas molecule increase when the temperature (inK) is doubled

  1. 2.0
  2. 2.8
  3. 4.0
  4. 1.4

Answer: 4. 1.4

⇒ \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\)

When Pis doubled, \(\bar{c}_1=\sqrt{\frac{8 R \times 2 T}{\pi M}}=\sqrt{2} \sqrt{\frac{8 R}{\pi M}}\)

∴ MB= 12.25u

States of Matter Questions

Question 25. 50mL of each gas A and B takes 150s and 200s respectively for effusing through a pinhole under similar conditions. If the molar mass of gas B is 36, the molar mass of gas A—

  1. 20.25
  2. 64
  3. 96
  4. 128

Answer: 1. 20.25

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{V_A}{t_A} \times \frac{t_B}{V_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{50}{150} \times \frac{200}{50}=\sqrt{\frac{36}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{4}{3}=\sqrt{\frac{36}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{16}{9}=\frac{36}{M_A}\)

∴ \(M_A=\frac{36 \times 9}{16}=20.25\)

Question 26. Set-1: O2, CO2, H2 and He, Set-2: CH4, O2 and H2. The gases in set-I in increasing order of ’b’ and gases given in set-II in decreasing order of ‘a’ are arranged below here ‘a’ and ‘b’ are van der Waals constants. Select the Correct order from the following—

  1. O2 < He < H2 < CO2 ; H2 >O2 > CH2
  2. H2 < He < O2 < CO2; CH4 >O2 > H2
  3. H2 < O2< He < CO2 ; O2 > CH4 > H2
  4. He < H2 < CO2 < O2 ; CH4 > H2 > O2

Answer: 2. H2 < He < O2 < CO2 ; CH4 > O2 > H2

A gas with strong intermolecular forces of attraction has a large value of a and a gas has a large value of ‘b’ if its molecules are big. The increasing order of sizes of H2, He, O2, and CO2 molecules is H2 < He <O2 < CO2. So, the increasing order of values for these gases is H2 < He < O2 < CO2. CH4, O2, and H2 are all non-polar molecules.

The only intermolecular forces of attraction that act in CH4, O2, and H2 gases are London forces. The strength of London forces increases with molecular size.

So, the increasing order of intermolecular forces in CH4, O2, and H2 gases will be CH4 > O2 > H2. Again, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the larger the value of the gas. Therefore, the decreasing order of ‘b’ values for these gases will be CH4 > O2 > H2.

States of Matter Questions

Question 27. A certain gas takes three times as long to effuse out ns helium. Its molecular mass will be

  1. 36u
  2. 64u
  3. 9u
  4. 27u

Answer: 1. 36u

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}} \text { or, } \frac{v / t_1}{v / t_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}} \text { or, } \frac{t_2}{t_1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\)

or, \(\frac{3}{1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{4 \mathrm{u}}} \text { or, } M_2=36 \mathrm{u}\)

[t1 and t2 are the times for the diffusion of VmLHe and VmL unknown gas respectively. Mj = molar mass ofHe, M2 = molar mass of unknown gas]

Question 28. Maximum deviation from Ideal gas is expected in case of—

  1. CH4(g)
  2. NH3(g)
  3. H2(g)
  4. N2(g)

Answer: 2. NH3(g) CH4, H2 and N2 are non-polar molecules. Only intermolecular forces that operate in CH4, H2, and N2 gases are weak London forces. As NH3 is a polar molecule, besides weak London forces, relatively stronger dipole-dipole attractive forces also act among the molecules in NH3 gas. So, among the given gases, intermolecular forces of attraction will be strongest in NH3, and hence it will show maximum deviation from ideal behaviour.

Question 29. Equal masses of H2, O2, and methane have been taken in a container of volume V at a temperature of 27°C in identical conditions. The ratio of the volumes of gases H2: O2: methane would be –

  1. 8:16:1
  2. 16:8:1
  3. 16:1:2
  4. 8:1:2

Answer: 3. 16:1:2

Let the mass of each of the gases be wg. In the mixture \(n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w}{2} \mathrm{~mol}, n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{w}{32} \mathrm{~mol} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{w}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \text {. }\)

Total number of moles in the mixture \(=\frac{w}{2}+\frac{w}{32}+\frac{w}{16}=\frac{19}{32} w\)

So,in the mixture, \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w / 2}{19 w / 32}=\frac{16}{19}, x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{1}{19}\) and \(x_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{2}{19} .\)

The volume fraction of a component in the mixture = mole fraction ofthe component x total volume ofthe mixture

∴ \(V_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{16}{19} \times V, V_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{1}{19} \times V \text { and } V_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{2}{19} \times V\)

∴ \(V_{\mathrm{H}_2}: V_{\mathrm{O}_2}: V_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=16: 1: 2\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 30. A gas such as carbon monoxide would be most likely to obey the ideal gas law at—

  1. High temperatures and low pressures
  2. Low temperatures and high pressures
  3. High temperatures and high pressures
  4. Low temperatures and low pressures

Answer: 1. High temperatures and low pressures

At high temperatures and low pressures, real gases show ideal behaviour

Question 31. Equal moles ofhydrogen and oxygen gases are placed in a container with a pin-hole through which both can escape. What fraction of the oxygen escapes in the time required for one-half of the hydrogen to escape—

  1. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{1}{8}\)

⇒ \(\text { } \frac{r_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{r_{\mathrm{H}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}} \text { or, } \frac{n_{\mathrm{O}_2} / t}{0.5 / t} \quad \text { or, } n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 32. The correction factor ‘a’ to the ideal gas equation corresponds to—

  1. Forces of attraction between the gas molecules
  2. Density of the gas molecules
  3. The electric field present between the gas molecules
  4. The volume of the gas molecules

Answer: 1. Forces of attraction between the gas molecules

In the real gas equation \(\left(P+\frac{a n^2}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T \text {; }\) van der Waals constant ‘ a ‘ represents the intermolecular forces attraction between the molecules.

States of Matter Questions

Question 33. Given van der Waals constant of NH3, H2, O2, and CO2 are respectively 4.17, 0.244, 1.36, and 3.59. Which one of the following gases is most easily liquefied—

  1. NH3
  2. H2
  3. O2
  4. CO2

Answer: 1. NH3 The gases having strong intermolecular attraction have a value of van der Waals constant Such gases can be liquefied easily. Among the given gases NH3 has the highest value of a.

Question 34. In the van der Waals equation, ‘ a ‘ signifies

  1. Intermolecular attraction
  2. Intramolecular attraction
  3. The attraction between molecules and walls of the container
  4. Volume of molecules

Answer: 1. Intermolecular attraction

In van der Waals equation, a signifies the intermolecular forces of attraction

States of Matter Questions

Question 35. Arrange the following gases in order of their critical temperature: NH3, H2, CO2, O2

  1. NH3 > H2O > CO2 > O2
  2. O2>CO2>H2O>NH3
  3. H2O > NH3 > CO2 > O2
  4. CO2 >O2 > H2O > NH3

Answer: 3. H2O > NH3 > CO2> O2

The greater the intermolecular forces of attraction, the higher the critical temperature

Question 36. The density of gas A is thrice that of a gas B at the same temperature. The molecular weight of gas B is twice that of A. What will be the ratio of the pressures acting on B and A —

  1. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
  2. \(\frac{7}{8}\)
  3. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{6}\)

⇒ \(\frac{d}{p}=\frac{M}{R T}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Let density ofgas B be d

∴ The density of gas A = 3d and molecular weight of A be M.

∴ Molecular weight of B = 2M Since, R is gas constant and T is the same for gases, so

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& p_A=\frac{d_A R T}{M_A} \text { and } p_B=\frac{d_B R T}{M_B} \\
& \frac{p_B}{p_A}=\frac{d_B}{d_A} \times \frac{M_A}{M_B}=\frac{d}{3 d} \times \frac{M}{2 M}=\frac{1}{6}
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 37. In van der Waals equation at constant temperature 300k, if a = 1.4 atm-L2-mol-2, V = 100 mL, n = 1 mole, then what is the pressure of the gas

  1. 42 atm
  2. 210 atm
  3. 500 atm
  4. 106 atm

Answer: 4. 106 atm

At moderate pressure, the van der Waals equation is given

as \(\text { as: } \begin{aligned}
& \left(P+\frac{a n^2}{V^2}\right)(V)=n R T \\
& \left(P+\frac{1.4}{(0.1)^2}\right)(0.1)=1 \times 0.082 \times 300
\end{aligned}\)

or, (P+ 140) X 0.1 = 24.6 or, 0.1P+ 14 = 24.6

or, 0.1 P = 10.6 or, P = 106 atm

Question 38. When 1 g of gas A at 4 bar pressure is added to 2 g of gas B, the total pressure inside the container becomes 6 bar. Which of the following is true

  1. MA= 2MB
  2. MB=2MA
  3. MA=4MB
  4. MB=4MA

Answer: 4. MB=4MA

⇒ \(\frac{n_1}{p_1}=\frac{n_2}{p_2}\)

∴ \(\frac{\frac{1}{M_A}}{4}=\frac{\frac{1}{M_A}+\frac{2}{M_B}}{6}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{6}{4 M_A}-\frac{1}{M_A}=\frac{2}{M_B}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{6-4}{4 M_A}=\frac{2}{M_B} \quad \text { or, } \frac{1}{4 M_A}=\frac{1}{M_B} \quad \text { or, } M_B=4 M_A\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 39. Gas in a cylinder is maintained at 10 atm pressure and 300 K temperature. The cylinder will explode if the pressure of the gas goes beyond 15 atm. What is the maximum temperature to which gas can be heated

  1. 400k
  2. 500k
  3. 450k
  4. 250k

Answer: 3. 450k

⇒ \(\frac{P_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2}{T_2}\)

∴ \(\frac{10}{300}=\frac{15}{T_2} \quad \text { or, } T_2=450 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 40. Two separate bulbs contain gas A and gas B. The density of gas A is twice that of B. The molecular mass of A is half that of B. If temperature is constant, the ratio of the pressure of A and B is-

  1. 1:1
  2. 1:2
  3. 4:1
  4. 2:1

Answer: 3. 4:1

⇒ \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Given, } \frac{d_A}{d_B}=2, \frac{M_A}{M_B}=\frac{1}{2} \\
& \frac{d_A}{d_B}=\frac{P_A M_A}{R T} \times \frac{R T}{P_B M_B}=2 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { or, } \frac{P_A}{P_B} \times \frac{M_A}{M_B}=2 \\
& \text { or, } \frac{P_A}{P_B} \times \frac{1}{2}=2 \\
& \text { or, } \frac{P_A}{P_B}=4: 1
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Questions

Question 41. Which of the following does not change during compression of a gas at a constant temperature—

  1. Density of a gas
  2. Distance between molecules
  3. The average speed of molecules
  4. The number of collisions

Answer: 3. Average speed of molecules

Question 42. For which of the following gaseous mixtures, Dalton’s law of partial pressure is not applicable—

  1. SO2, HE, NE
  2. NH3, HBr, HC1
  3. O2,N2,CO2
  4. N2,H2,O2

Answer: 2. NH3, HBr, HC1

Question 43. The volume of a given mass of an ideal gas is VL at 27°C and 1 atm pressure. If the volume of the gas is reduced by 80% at constant pressure, the temperature of the gas will have to be—

  1. -50°C
  2. -127°C
  3. -200°C
  4. -213°C

Answer: 4. -213°C

Question 44. AT STP, the density of air is 1.3 x 10¯³g.cm¯³. The vapour density of air is—

  1. 1.3
  2. 14.6
  3. 2.56
  4. 10.8

Answer: 2. 14.6

States of Matter Questions

Question 45. At a given temperature; the molar concentration of N2 is greater than that of H2 in a mixture of N2 and H2 gases present in a closed container. If the average kinetic energies of N2 and H2 molecules are xj and yj respectively, then—

  1. x>y
  2. x<y
  3. x = y
  4. Impossible To Predict

Answer: 3. Impossible To Predict

Question 46. The density of gas A is dA at a temperature of TAK, and the density of gas B is dB at a temperature of TBK. The molar mass of A is 4 times that of B. If TA : TB = 2:1 and dA : dB = 1:2, the ratio of pressures of A to B is—

  1. 2:1
  2. 1:8
  3. 3:2
  4. 1:4

Answer: 4. 1:4

Question 47. Two gases A and B have respective van der Waals constants a2, bx and a2, b2. If ‘ A ’ is more compressible than ‘B,’ then which of the following conditions has to be satisfied—

  1. a1 = a2 and b1> b2
  2. a1 < a2 and b1> b2
  3. a1 < a2 and b1 = b2
  4. a1 > a2and b1 < b2

Answer: 4. a1 > a2and b1 < b2

Question 48. The dimension of the coefficient of viscosity—

  1. MLT
  2. ML-1T-1
  3. MLT-1
  4. MLT-2

Answer: 2. ML-1T-1

States of Matter Questions

Question 49. The densities of water and water vapour are 1.0 g.cm¯³ and
0.0006 g.cm¯³ respectively at 100°C and 1 atm pressure. At this temperature, the total volume occupied by water molecules in 1L of water vapour is—

  1. 2.24 cc
  2. 0.6 cc
  3. 0.12 cc
  4. 1.72 cc

Answer: 2. 0.6 cc

Question 50. The most probable velocities of the molecules of gas A (molar mass 16 g.mol¯¹) and that of the molecules of gas B (molar mass 28 g.mol¯¹) are the same. If the absolute temperatures of the gases A and B are T(A) and T{B) respectively, then—

  1. T{A) = 2T{B)
  2. T(B) = 3T(A)
  3. T(B) = 1.75 T (A)
  4. T(B) = 2.5 T (A)

Answer: 3. T(B) = 1.75 T (A)

Question 51. At a given temperature and pressure, the volume of 1 mol of an ideal gas is 10L. At the same temperature and pressure, the volume of 1 mol of a real gas is VL. At this temperature and pressure, if the compressibility factor of the real gas is greater than 1, then—

  1. V- 10L
  2. V< 10L
  3. V> 10L
  4. V< 10L

Answer: 3. V> 10L

Question 52. The pressure of a gas increases when its temperature is increased at constant volume. This is because with an increase in temperature—

  1. The collision frequency of the gas molecules increases.
  2. Motions of the gas molecules become more random
  3. Gas molecules make more collisions with the walls of the container
  4. The compressibility factor of the gas increases

Answer: 3. Gas molecules make more collisions with the walls of the container

Question 53. Under given conditions, the rate of diffusion of CH4 gas is times that of f2 gas. Gas 2 reacts with element A to form gaseous compounds AB2 and AB3. Under a given condition, the rate of diffusion of AB2 is 1.12 times that of AB3 The atomic mass of A (in g-mol-1) is—

  1. 32
  2. 16
  3. 8
  4. 24

Answer: 1. 32

Question 54. Two flasks are connected by a valve: One of them with volume 5L contains 0.1 mol of H2 at 27°C and the other with volume 2L contains 0.1 mol of N2 at the same temperature. If the valve is opened keeping temperature constant, then at equilibrium the contribution of H2 gas to the total pressure of the gas mixture—

  1. Is the same as that of n2 gas
  2. Is greater than that of n2 gas
  3. Is less than that of n2 gas
  4. Cannot be predicted
  5. States of Matter Questions

Answer: 1. Is the same as that of n2 gas

Question 55. A balloon filled with acetylene is pricked by a pin and dropped readily in a tank of H2 gas under identical conditions. After a while the balloon will—

  1. Enlarge
  2. Shrink completely
  3. Collapse remain
  4. Unchanged in size

Answer: 1. Enlarge

Question 56. At STP, the density of a gas is 1.25g-L-1. The molar concentration (mol-L-1) of 0.7g of this gas at 27°C and a pressure of 2 atm is—

  1. 0.27
  2. 0.08
  3. 0.19
  4. 0.64

Answer: 2. 0.08

Question 57. 100 persons are sitting at equal distances in a row XY. Laughing gas (N2O) is released from side X and tear gas (mol. mass = 176) from side Y at the same moment and the same pressure. The person who will tend to laugh and weep simultaneously is—

  1. 34th from side X
  2. 67th from side X
  3. 76th from side X
  4. 67th from side Y

Answer: 2. 67th from side X

Question 58. van der Waals constant, b of a gas is 4.42 centilitre – mol 1. How near can the centres of 2 molecules approach each other—

  1. 127.2pm
  2. 427.2pm
  3. 327.2pm
  4. 627.2pm

Answer: 3. 327.2pm

Question 59. Which of the following liquids has the least surface tension—

  1. Acetic acid
  2. Diethyl ether
  3. Chlorobenzene
  4. Benzene

Answer: 2. Diethyl ether

Question 60. At P atm pressure and TK, a spherical air bubble is rising from the depth of a lake. When it comes to the surface of the lake the percentage increase in the radius will be (assume pressure and temperature at the surface to be PI4 atm and 27TC respectively)—

  1. 100%
  2. 50%
  3. 40%
  4. 200%

Answer: 1. 100%

Question 61. A given mass of a perfect gas is first heated in a small and then in a large vessel, such that their volumes remain unaltered. The P- T curves are—

  1. Parabolic with the same curvature
  2. Linear with the same slope
  3. Linear with different slopes
  4. Parabolic with different curvatures

Answer: 3. Linear with different slopes

States of Matter Questions

Question 62. At a given temperature, most of the molecules in a sample of oxygen gas move with a velocity of 4.08 x 104 cm-s-1. The average velocity of the molecules of the gas at the same temperature is—

  1. 1.7 x 104 cm.s¯¹
  2. 4.6 x 104 cm.s¯¹
  3. 5.0 x 104 cm.s¯¹
  4. 8.9 x 103 cm.s¯¹

Answer: 2. 4.6 x 104 cm.s¯¹

Question 63. There is a depression in the surface of the liquid inside a capillary tube when—

  1. The cohesive force is greater than
  2. The adhesive force the adhesive force is greater than
  3. The cohesive force both adhesive and cohesive forces are equal
  4. None of the above is true

Answer: 1. The cohesive force is greater than

Question 64. One mol of a real gas following the equation, P(V-b) = RT, has a compressibility factor of 1.2 at 0°C and 200 atm pressure. The value of ‘b’ for this gas is—

  1. 0.03521 L-mol-1
  2. 0.0224 L-mol-1
  3. 0.04610 L-mol-1
  4. 0.01270 L-mol-1

Answer: 2. 0.0224 L-mol-1

Question 65. At a given temperature, the root mean square velocity of O2 molecules is times that of the molecules of a gas. The molar mass of the gas (in g-mol-1) is—

  1. 8
  2. 64
  3. 96
  4. 16

Answer: 2. 64

Question 66. At a given condition, 20L of SO2 gas takes 60 for its effusion. At the same condition, the volume of 09 gas that will effuse out in 30 seconds is—

  1. 12.4L
  2. 10.9L
  3. 14.1L
  4. 6.8L

Answer: 3. 14.1L

Question 67. The average velocity of the molecules of a gas at T1K will be the same as the most probable velocity of the molecules of the gas at T2K when—

  1. T1 > r2
  2. t2 >T1
  3. t1=t2
  4. t1> r2

Answer: 2. t2 >T1

Question 68. Two ideal gases A and B have molar masses MA and MB g-mol-1 respectively. Volumes of the same mass of A and B are the same, and the rms velocity of A molecules is twice that of the molecules of B. If MB: MA = 2:1, then the ratio of the pressures of A to B is—

  1. 4:1
  2. 8:1
  3. 2:1
  4. 1:6

Answer: 1. 4:1

Question 69. Containing gas molecules, the percentage of molecules moving with velocities 2x104cm*s-1 and l x 10-1 cut-s.1 are 30% and 45% respectively, and the rest one moving with velocity 5 x 104 cm-s.1. The root mean square velocity of the molecules is—

  1. 3.7 X 104cm.s-1
  2. 1.8 x 104 cm.s-1
  3. 6.2 X 103 cms.-1
  4. 2.8 x 104 cms-1

Answer: 4. 2.8 x 104 cms-1

Question 70. An open vessel has a temperature of TK. When the vessel is heated at 477°C, three-fifths of the air in the vessel escapes out. What fraction of air in the vessel would have been expelled out if the vessel were heated at 900K (assume that the volume of the vessel remains unchanged on heating)—

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 5

Answer: 2. 2

Question 71. Critical temperatures of the gases A, B, C and D are 126K, 155K, 304K and 356K respectively. Among these gases, the one with the strongest intermolecular forces of attraction is—

  1. A
  2. B
  3. C
  4. D

Answer: 4. D

Question 72. The volumes of two gases A and B at 0°C and 200 atm pressure are 0.112L and 0.09L respectively. Which of the following comments is true for these gases at this temperature and pressure—

  1. The compressibility of gases a and b are the same
  2. The compressibility of a is less than that of b
  3. The compressibility of a is more than that of b
  4. Both gases show positive deviation from ideality

Answer: 3. Compressibility of a is more than that of b

States of Matter Questions

Question 73. Which of the following correctly represents the relation between capillary rise (h) and radius of the capillary (r) —

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Radius Of Capillary

Answer: 2. States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Radius Of Capillary.

Question 74. For CO2 gas the P vs V isotherms at temperatures above 31.1°C are—

  1. Straight line
  2. Rectangular hyperbolic
  3. Elliptical
  4. Hyperbolic

Answer: 2. Rectangular hyperbolic

Question 75. At a certain temperature, lmol of chlorine gas at 1.2 atm takes 40 sec to diffuse while 1 mol of its oxide at 2 atm takes 26.5 sec. The oxide is—

  1. C12O
  2. C1O2
  3. Cl2O6
  4. Cl2O7

Answer: 1. C12O

Question 76. At 10 bar pressure, a 4:1 mixture of He and CH4 is contained in a vessel. The gas mixture leaks out through a hole present in the vessel. The mixture effusing out has an initial composition of—

  1. 1:1
  2. 2:1
  3. 4:1
  4. 8:1

Answer: 4. 8:1

Question 77. A gas mixture consisting of N2 and 3 mol of O2 had a pressure of 2 atm at 0 °C. Keeping the volume and the temperature of the mixture constant, some amount of O2 was removed from the mixture. As a result, the total pressure of the mixture and the partial pressure of N2 in the mixture became 1.5 atm and 0.5 atm respectively. The amount of oxygen gas removed was—

  1. 8g
  2. 16g
  3. 32g
  4. 64g

Answer: 3. 32g

Question 78. The quantity — represents

  1. Mass of a gas
  2. Translation energy of a gas
  3. Number of moles of a gas
  4. Number of molecules in a gas

Answer: 4. Number of molecules in a gas

Question 79. At STP, O2 gas present in a flask was replaced by SO2 under similar conditions. The mass of SO2 present in the flask will be—

  1. Twice that of O2
  2. Half that of O2
  3. Equal to that of O2
  4. One-third of O2

Answer: 1. Twice that of O2

Question 80. The relative densities of oxygen and carbon dioxide are 16 and 22 respectively. If 37.5cm³ of oxygen effuses out in 96s, what volume of carbon dioxide will effuse out in 75s under similar conditions—

  1. 25cm³
  2. 37.5cm³
  3. 14cm³
  4. 30.8cm³

Answer: 1. 25cm³

States of Matter Questions

Question 81. At 27°C, the average translational kinetic energies of the molecules in 8g of CH4,8g of 02 and 8g of He are, e2 and e2 respectively and the total kinetic energies of the molecules in these gases are E1, E2 and E3 respectively. Which of the following is true—

  1. \(\bar{\epsilon}_1=\bar{\epsilon}_2=\bar{\epsilon}_3\)
  2. \(\bar{\epsilon}_3=\bar{\epsilon}_2=\bar{\epsilon}_1\)
  3. E1 = E2 = E3
  4. E2<E1<E3

Answer: 1. \(\bar{\epsilon}_1=\bar{\epsilon}_2=\bar{\epsilon}_3\)

Question 82. Several molecules of an ideal gas present in a flask of volume 2L are 1023. The mass of each gas molecule is 6.64 x 10-23 g and the root mean square velocity of the molecules is 4.33 x 104 cm-s-1. Hence—

  1. The pressure of the gas is 3.27 atm
  2. The average kinetic energy of each molecule is 6.23 x ltr14J
  3. The total kinetic energy of the molecules is 6.23 x 109J
  4. The total kinetic energy of the molecules is 1.492 x 109 J

Answer: 2. Average kinetic energy of each molecule is 6.23 x ltr14J

Question 83. In which conditions does the most probable velocity of O2 molecules have maximum value and in which conditions does it have minimum value—

  1. O2 : P = 1 atm, d (density) = 0.0081 g mL-1
  2. O2 : P = 4 atm, V = 2L and w (mass) = 4g
  3. O2 : r=300K
  4. O2: STP

Answer: 1. O2 : P = 1 atm, d (density) = 0.0081 g mL-1

Question 84. The time required to effuse V mL of H2 gas through a porous wall at a constant temperature and pressure is 20 min. Under the same conditions time required to effuse V mL of the following gases is—

  1. He:28.28min
  2. CO2:90.82min
  3. CH4:60.52 min
  4. N2:74.83 min

Answer: 1. He:28.28min

Question 85. At a particular temperature and pressure, if the number of moles of an ideal gas is increased by 50%, then—

  1. The final volume of the gas will be 1.5 times its initial volume
  2. The most probable velocity of gas molecules becomes 1.5 times its initial value
  3. The total kinetic energy of the gas molecules becomes 1.5 times its initial value
  4. The density of gas becomes 1.5 times its initial value.

Answer: 1. Final volume of the gas will be 1.5 times its initial volume

Question 86. The pressure and temperature of a gas are P and T respectively. If the critical pressure and critical temperature of the gas are Pc and Tc respectively, then liquefaction will be possible when—

  1. P<PC,T<TC
  2. P = PC,T=TC
  3. P = PC,T>TC
  4. P>PC,T=TC

Answer: 2. P = PC,T=TC

Question 87. If the orders of the values of van der Waals constants a and b for three gases X, Y and Z are X < Y < Z and Z < Y < X respectively, then—

  1. Liquefaction will be easier for gas than gases and z.
  2. The size of the molecule, y will be in between the sizes of the molecules x and z.
  3. The order of the critical temperatures of these three gases is: x< y<z.
  4. The gas, z, at 0°c and 1 atm will behave most ideally.

Answer: 2. The size of the molecule, y will be in between the sizes of the molecules x and z.

Question 88. Identify the correct statements—

  1. At a particular temperature, the vapour pressure of dimethyl ether is greater than water because the molar mass of dimethyl ether is higher than that of water.
  2. The vapour pressure of a liquid remains the same when the surface area of the liquid is increased at a given temperature.
  3. The correct order of viscosity coefficient is ethylene glycol < glycerol.
  4. The surface tension of water at 30°c is greater than that at 20°c.

Answer: 2. The vapour pressure of a liquid remains the same when the surface area of the liquid is increased at a given temperature.

States of Matter Questions

Question 89. P(V-b) = RT equation of state is obeyed by a particular gas. Which of the given statements is correct—

  1. For this gas, the isochoric curves have slope = \(=\frac{R}{V-b}\)
  2. The compressibility factor of the gas is less than unity.
  3. For this gas, the isobaric curves have slope = r/p
  4. In this gas, the attraction forces are overcome by repulsive forces.

Answer: 1. For this gas, the isochoric curves have slope = \(=\frac{R}{V-b}\)

Question 90. Four gas balloons P, Q, R and S of equal volumes containing H2, N2O, CO, and CO2 respectively were pricked with a needle and immersed in a tank containing CO2. Which of them will shrink after some time—

  1. P
  2. Q
  3. R
  4. S

Answer: 1. P

Question 91. A liquid is in equilibrium with its vapour at its boiling point. On average, the molecules in the two phases have—

  1. Equal total energy and potential energy.
  2. Equal kinetic energy different total
  3. Energy and potential
  4. Energy is different from kinetic energy.

Answer: 2. Equal kinetic energy different total

Question 92. The root mean square velocity of an ideal gas in a closed vessel of fixed volume is increased from 5 x 104cm-s-1 to 10 x 104cm-s-1. Which of die following statements clearly explains how the change is accomplished —

  1. By heating the gas, the die temperature is quadrupled.
  2. By heating die gas, the temperature is doubled by heating the gas,
  3. The pressure is quadrupled by heating the gas,
  4. The pressure is doubled

Answer: 1. By heating the gas, the die temperature is quadrupled.

Question 93. Which of the following pairs of gases have the same type of intermolecular force of attraction—

  1. Ch4, CI2
  2. SO2,CO2
  3. HC1, CHCI3
  4. N2,NH2

Answer: 1. Ch4, CI2

Question 94. Select the correct orders—

  1. Critical temperature < boyleg’s temperature < inversion temperature
  2. Van der waals constant ‘a’: H2O> nh3 > N2 > ne
  3. Van der waals constant ‘b’: CH4> O2 >H2
  4. Mean free path: he > H2 >O2 >  N2 > CO2
  5. All the above

Answer: 4. All the above

Question 95. Which are responsible for the liquefaction of H2

  1. Coulombic forces
  2. London forces
  3. Hydrogen bonding
  4. Van der Waals forces

Answer: 2. London forces

Question 96. Which of the following gases will have the same rate of effusion under identical conditions—

  1. CO
  2. N2O
  3. C2H4
  4. CO2

Answer: 2. N2O

Question 97. Select the correct statements—

  1. The presence of impurities invariably increases the viscosity of a liquid.
  2. In the presence of impurities, the viscosity of a liquid remains unaltered
  3. The viscosity coefficient of associated liquids is larger than that of non-associated liquids.
  4. Viscosity coefficients of non-associated liquids are larger than those of associated liquids.

Answer: 1. Presence of impurities invariably increases the viscosity of a liquid.

States of Matter Questions

Question 98. Select the correct statements—

  1. Surface energy of a liquid = \(=\frac{\text { force } \times \text { distance }}{\text { area }}\)
  2. Surface energy can be represented as force/area
  3. The addition of NaCl increases and the addition of acetone decreases the surface tension of water.
  4. The addition of NaCl decreases and the addition of acetone increases the surface tension of water.

Answer: 1. Surface energy of a liquid = \(=\frac{\text { force } \times \text { distance }}{\text { area }}\)

Question 99. Precisely lmol of He and lmol of Ne are placed in a container. Select correct statements about the system—

  1. Molecules of the strike the wall more frequently
  2. Molecules of he have greater average
  3. The molecular speed molecule of the two gases strikes the wall of the container with the same frequency
  4. He has a larger pressure

Answer: 1. Molecules of he strikes the wall more frequently

Question 100. Which of the following is correct for different gases under the same condition of pressure and temperature—

  1. Hydrogen diffuses 6 times faster than oxygen
  2. Hydrogen diffuses 2.83 times faster than methane
  3. Helium escapes at a rate 2 times as fast as sulphur dioxide does
  4. Helium escapes at a rate 2 times as fast as methane does

Answer: 2. Hydrogen diffuses 2.83 times faster than methane.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Notes

Gaseous State Introduction

States of Matter Notes: Anything that possesses mass and occupies space is called matter. Based on physical state, they can be of three types i.e., solid, liquid, and gas. Any substance can exist in any one ofthe three states, depending on the temperature and pressure.

Along with these three states, matter can existin two other states also. They are plasma and Bose-Einstein condensate. However, the physical state of a substance at normal temperature (usually 25°C) and pressure {i.e. 1 atm) depends on its normal melting point and normal boiling point. A substance is said to be in a gaseous state if its normal boiling point is below room temperature.

According to kinetic molecular theory, the matter is composed of minute particles (like atoms, molecules, or ions), which are held together by intermolecular forces of attraction. However, particles of matter also possess thermal energy due to temperature. The forces arising from thermal energy have a disruptive effect and tend to cause the particles to get separated from each other.

States of Matter Notes

Thus, the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction and that of thermal energy are just opposite, and they counteract each other. The relative magnitudes of those counteracting effects determine whether a substance would existin a solid, liquid, or gaseous state at a given temperature and pressure.

If the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is much less than that of the thermal energy of the molecules in a substance, then the substance exists in the gaseous state.

Because intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas are very weak or negligible, gas molecules do not occupy fixed positions. Instead, they are always in ceaseless, rapid, and random motion, and move out independently throughout the entire volume ofthe container holding the gas. This explains why gases do not have any definite shape or volume.

When the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is comparatively greater than that of the thermal energy of the molecules of a substance, then the substance exists in the liquid state.

Because intermolecular forces attract liquids that are not so strong for their molecules to be held at well-defined positions, liquids do nothave a definite shape.

States of Matter Notes

They assume the shape of the container in which they are kept. However, intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid are strong enough to hold the molecules together and prevent them from moving apart. This is why liquids have a definite volume.

When the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is much stronger compared to that of thermal energy in a substance, then the substance exists in a solid state. In a solid due to strong intermolecular forces of attraction, particles in I Solid state making up the solid are held at fixed locations and remain very close to each other.

Particles, being held at fixed positions, do not possess translational motion although they can vibrate about their mean positions. As the particles in a solid have fixed positions and lack translational motion, solids have a definite shape and volume.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids

Various Kinds Of Intermolecular Attractive Forces And Their Nature

Attractive Forces Acting Between The molecules (atoms in the case of monoatomic gas) in a substance are called intermolecular forces of attraction.

These forces are different from the electrostatic force existing between the two oppositely charged ions and the forces that hold the atoms together with molecular covalent bonds intermolecular forces of attraction are relativley weaker than the forces of attraction by which atoms are held in vovelent bonds or the electrostatic forces of hydrogen by which oppositely charged ions are held.

Different Types Of Intermolecular Forces of Attraction

Intermolecular forces of attraction are classified as follows:

  1. Instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attractions.
  2. Dipole-dipole attractions.
  3. Dipole-induced dipole attractions
  4. Ion-dipole attractions
  5. Hydrogen bond. Among the above forces, the first three are collectively known as the van der Waals forces because van der Waals explained the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour in terms of these forces. In this chapter, we will focus only on the van der Waals forces.

Instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attraction (London forces or dispersion forces)

These forces are found to occur in all substances because they exist between all atoms, molecules, and ions. In the case of non-polar substances, however, these are the only intermolecular forces that operate.

Due to the existence of these forces, it is possible to transform non-polar gases (such as H2, N2, O2, CH4, etc.) or inert gases (such as He, Ne, Ar, etc.) into liquid, when cooled to very low temperatures.

States of Matter Notes

These forces are commonly known as London forces, after the name of a German physicist. Frit London, explained the origin and nature of these forces.

Origin: To understand the origin of London forces, let us consider the generation of a dipole in an atom. Electrons are symmetrically distributed around the nucleus of an atom.

This symmetrical distribution is a time average distribution and the centers of gravity of the positive charge and negative charge (electron cloud) remain at the same point in this distribution.

However, at any instant, the density of the electron cloud on one side of the nucleus may be greater than the other.

Consequently, an instantaneous dipole develops in the die atom due to the separation of charge centers and as a result, a partial negative charge (O’-) on one side ofthe atom and a partial positive charge (5+) on the other side are created.

This short-lived dipole continuously changes its direction with the movement of electrons in such a way that the time average dipole moment becomes zero. The instantaneous dipole formed in one atom distorts the symmetrical distribution of the electron cloud of a neighboring atom and induces an instantaneous dipole in that atom.

Similar temporary dipoles are induced in polar molecules also. This leads to an interatomic or intermolecular attraction. Such forces of attraction are known as instantaneous-induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attraction. illustrates how instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole forces develop between the atoms in He gas.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids instantaneous Induced Dipole instantaneous induced dipole attraction between two he atoms

States of Matter Notes

Characteristics:

  1. The strength of London forces decreases very rapidly as the distance between particles increases. If the distance between two interacting particles is r then the strength of London forces varies as 1/r6.
  2. The strength of this force generally lies between 0.05 to 40 kj.mol-1
  3. The magnitude of London’s force depends on the polarisability ofthe atoms or molecules. The polarisability of an atom or a molecule is a measure of the ease with which its electron clouds can be distorted.

An atom or a molecule with a large size (or large molar mass) contains a large number of electrons and hence possesses a large diffused electron cloud, which can get distorted easily. This is why atoms or molecules with larger size (or molar mass) are more polarisable and found to possess stronger London forces.

For the halogens, molecular sizes follow the order: F2 < Cl2 < Br2 < I2: accordingly, the order of their increasing strength of London forces is F, < Cl, < Br2 < I2. Because of this, their boiling points follow the order F2 < Cl2 < Br2< I2 Similarly, the order of boiling points of inert gases is He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe. This is because the atomic size of inert gases increases in die same order.

Dipole-dipole attraction

These forces exist between neutral polar molecules (e.g., H2O, NH3, HC1, etc.). However, in addition to these forces, London forces also act between the molecules.

Origin: Polar molecules have permanent dipoles. They possess a partial positive charge at one end and a partial negative charge at the other end.

The dipole-dipole attractive force causes the polar molecules to align themselves in such a manner that the positive end of one polar molecule is directed towards the negative end of another polar molecule. As a result, a net attractive force acts between the two polar molecules. This attractive force is called the dipole-dipole attractive force.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Dipole-dipole attractive force between two HC1 molecules

States of Matter Notes

Dipole-dipole attraction Characteristics:

  1. Dipole-dipole attractive forces are generally stronger than London forces and have a magnitude ranging from 5-25 kj.mol-1.
  2. The strength of dipole-dipole attractive forces increases with the increasing polarity of the molecules
  3. As the distance between the two dipolar molecules increases, the strength of these forces decreases. If the distance between two dipoles is r, then dipole-dipole attractive forces will be proportional to l/r6.

Dipole-induced dipole attractions

These forces act between polar molecules having permanent dipole moments and non-polar molecules or polar molecules having very low dipole moments. For example— H2O….I2, Kr….(phenol)2, etc.

Origin: Whenever a polar molecule comes closer to a polarisable non-polar molecule, the polar molecule induces a dipole moment in the non-polar molecule by deforming or polarising its electron cloud.

Thus, the non-polar molecule becomes a dipole. We call it an induced dipole as it is induced by the polar molecule. As a result, attractive forces are generated between the permanent dipole and the induced dipole. This attractive force is called dipole-induced dipole attractive force.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Dipole-induced dipole interaction

Dipole-induced dipole attractions Characteristics:

  1. If the distance between the molecule with a permanent dipole and that with an induced dipole is r, then the dipole-induced dipole attractive force between them is found to be proportional to 1/r6.
  2. The strength of this force increases with the increasing dipole moment of a polar molecule and the polarisability of a non-polar molecule.
  3. The magnitude of this force is generally 2-10 kj.mol-1.

Physical And Measurable Properties Of Gaseous Substances

The physical properties of different gaseous substances are generally the same although their chemical properties may differ Some important properties

The physical properties of a gas can be explained with the help of four measurable properties such as pressure, temperature, mass, and volume. Different gas laws are based on the relationships among these properties.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Characteristic Physical Properties Of Gaseous Substances

States of Matter Notes

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Characteristic Physical Properties Of Gaseous Substances.

Mass And Volume Of Gas

Mass of gas: The mass of a gas enclosed in a container can be determined by subtracting the mass of the empty container from the mass of the container filled with the
gas. In the gas laws, the amount of a gas is generally expressed in terms of moles. The number of moles of a gas enclosed in a container is obtained by dividing the mass of the gas by its molar mass.

Volume of a gas: At a particular temperature and pressure, the volume of a gas enclosed in a container is equal to the volume ofthe container

States of Matter Notes

Units of volume: Generally, volume is expressed in the (L), milliliter (mL), cubic centimeter (cm3), cubic meter (m3), or cubic decimetre (dm3).

The relationship among these different units are—

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~L}=10^3 \mathrm{~mL}=10^3 \mathrm{~cm}^3=10^3 \times\left(10^{-1}\right)^3 \mathrm{dm}^3=1 \mathrm{dm}^3\)

In the SI system, the unit of volume is a cubic meter (m3).

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~m}^3=\left(10^2 \mathrm{~cm}\right)^3=10^6 \mathrm{~cm}^3=10^6 \mathrm{~mL}=10^3 \mathrm{dm}^3=10^3 \mathrm{~L}\)

The pressure of a gas

The pressure of a gas arises due to the collisions of the gas molecules with the walls of the container in which it is kept. It is defined as the force exerted by the gas molecules per unit area ofthe walls of the container.

Measurement of atmospheric pressure: Atmospheric pressure is measured with the help of an apparatus known as a barometer To construct a barometer, a glass tube, about 80 cm long, with one end closed is filled with dry mercury.

And placed vertically with its open end immersed in a dish of mercury. As some mercury lows out of the tube, the height of the mercury level in the tube drops gradually. This continues until the downward pressure exerted by the mercury column and the atmospheric pressure over the mercury in the dish become equal.

When the mercury level inside the tube becomes fixed, it is nd placed vertically with its open end immersed in a dish of mercury. As some mercury lows out of the tube, the height of the mercury level in the tube drops gradually. This continues until the downward pressure exerted by the mercury column and the atmospheric pressure over the mercury in the dish become equal. When the mercury level inside the tube becomes fixed, it is

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Mercury Barometer

Inside The Tube Is Perfect Vacuum, The Pressure Due To The Mercury Column Is Equal To The Pressure Of The Atmosphere. Thus, The Height Of The Mercury Level In The Barometer Tube Is A Direct Measure Of The Atmospheric Pressure.

For This Reason, Atmospheric Pressure Is Usually Expressed In Terms Of Height Of The Mercury Level In The Barometer Tube. For Example, The Atmospheric Pressure Of 76 Cm (Or 760 Mm) Hg Means That The Atmospheric Pressure Is Equal To The Pressure Exerted By 76 Cm (Or 760 Mm) mercury column.

States of Matter Notes

The pressure exerted by the mercury column: Let us consider a mercury column of hem height in a glass tube with a uniform cross-sectional area of Acm². The downward force exerted by the mercury column is equal to its weight, and this force per unit area is the pressure exerted by the column.

Therefore, the pressure exerted by the mercury column,

⇒ \(P=\frac{\text { force }}{\text { area }}=\frac{\text { mass } \times \text { acceleration due to gravity }}{A}=\frac{m \times g}{A}\)

Where m and g are the mass of the mercury inside the tube and acceleration due to gravity respectively. If the volume and density of mercury inside the tube are V and d, respectively, then- V – Ax h and m = Vxd = Axhxd and \(P=\frac{m \times g}{A}=\frac{A \times h \times \mathrm{d} \times g}{A}\)

By using equation [1], we can calculate the pressure exerted by a mercury column of height if the density (d) of mercury and the acceleration due to gravity (g) are known. of a place depends on the height of that place from the sea level.

The higher the altitude, the lower the atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure also depends on the temperature and weather conditions.

The pressure exerted by a mercury column of 76 cm or 760 mm height at sea level is defined as the standard or normal atmospheric pressure

Determination of the pressure of gas: The instrument used for measuring the pressure of a gas in a vessel is called a manometer. Using this instrument, the pressure of gaseous reactants or products in a chemical reaction can be measured. Manometers are of two types: open-end manometers and closed-end manometers.

Open-end manometer: It consists of aU-tube partly filled with mercury. One arm ofthe tube is longer than the other. The shorter arm is connected to a container holding a gas whose pressure is to be determined. The longer arm is open to the atmosphere, Three possibilities may arise during the determination of the pressure of a gas using such a manometer.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Open End manometer

  1. The level of mercury in both the arms of the U-tube is the same. Therefore, the pressure of the gas enclosed in the bulb is equal to the atmospheric pressure, i.e., Pgas = Patm.
  2. The level of mercury in the longer arm of the U-tube is above that in the shorter arm. This occurs when the pressure of the gas inside the bulb is greater than the atmospheric pressure i.e., Pgas Pa pressure of the gas = atmospheric pressure + difference between the heights of mercury levels in the two arms of die U-tube i.e., Pgns = Patm.
  3. The level of mercury in the longer arm is below that in the shorter arm, indicating the pressure of the gas inside the bulb is less than the die atmospheric pressure i.e., Pgns < Patm. Therefore, the pressure of the gas = atmospheric pressure – the difference between the heights of mercury levels in the two arms of the tube, ie., Psas = Paatmh

States of Matter Notes

Closed-end manometer: If the pressure of the gas inside the die container is less than the die atmospheric pressure, then this type of manometer is generally used to determine the pressure ofthe gas.

It also consists of a U-tube with arms of different heights, The space above the mercury level ofthe closed-end arm of the U-tube is made perfectly vacuum by partially filling up the tube with mercury.

The shorter arm is connected to the container filled with gas whose pressure is to be determined. Because of the pressure exerted by the gas, the mercury level goes down in the shorter arm and goes up in the longer arm. The difference between the mercury levels in the two arms gives the pressure of the gas.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Closed End Manometer

Therefore, the pressure ofthe gas= The difference between the mercury levels in the two arms = h i.e., Pgas = h

Units of pressure: The pressure of a gas is generally expressed in the unit of the atmosphere (atm). The pressure exerted by exactly 76 cm (or 760 mm) of a mercury column at the level of 0°C is called 1 atmosphere (1 atm).

Sometimes, pressure is also expressed in torr [named after Torricelli], The pressure exerted by exactly 1 mm of mercury column at sea level at 0°C is called 1 torr.

1 atm = 760 torr

States of Matter Notes

The value of 1 atm pressure in torma of dyn/cm² and N/m²: At 0°C, the density of pure mercury, d = 13.5951 g. cm-3, standard acceleration due to gravity, g =9110.665 cm. s¯³; height of mercury column, h = 76cm.

Applying the relation P = lix g gives, 1 atm =76 cm x 13.5951 g enr3 X 980.665 cm. s¯² = 1.013 X 106 dyn cm¯² [v dyn = gems¯²) = 1.013 X 105 N m‾² 1N = 105dyn and 1m = 100 cm] The SI unit of pressure is Pascal.

The pressure exerted when a force of 1 newton acts on an area of lm² is called 1 pascal. Therefore,[l Pa = 1 N m-2J, and 1 atm = 1.013 x 105 N.m² = 1.013 x 105 Pa=101.3 kPa

1 atm = 76.0 cm Hg = 760 mm Hg = 760 torn = 1.013 X 105 N m¯² = 1.013 x 105 Pa Another unit used for gas pressure is a bar.

1 bar = 105 Pa = 0.9869 atm = 750.062 torr and atm = 1.013 bar

The pressure is also expressed in the unit pound per square inch or psi. 1 atm = 14.7 psi

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At a certain place, the atmospheric pressure is 740 mm Hg. What will be the value of this pressure in the units of— torr atm Pa and bar
Answer: Given: atmospheric pressure = 740 mm Hg.

1 torr =1 mm Hg.

Therefore, 740 mm Hg = 740 torr

1 atm = 760 mm Hg

Thus, 740 mm Hg \(=\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm}}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

= 0.97 atm

atm = 760 mm Hg = 1.013 X 105 Pa

Therefore, 740mm Hg \(=\frac{1.013 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~Pa}}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}^{-10}\)

= 9.86 X 104 Pa

1 atm = 760 mm Hg = 1.013 bar

Hence, 740 mm Hg \(=\frac{1.013 \text { bar }}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

= 0.986 bar.

Question 2. A bulb filled with a gas is connected to an open-end manometer. The level of mercury in the arm attached to the gas bulb is 20 cm lower than that in the open-ended arm. Calculate the pressure of the gas in the bulb in the units of atm and Pa. Consider the atmospheric pressure to be 76 cm Hg.
Answer: Since the height of the mercury level in the open-end arm is higher than that in the arm attached to the bulb,

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}+h=(76+20) \mathrm{cm} \mathrm{Hg}=96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

h=20cm, p atm=76cm hg]

States of Matter Notes

As 1 atm = 76 cm Hg = 1.013 X 105 Pa

⇒ \(96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm}}{76 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=1.26 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 3. An open-end manometer was used to determine the pressure of a gas present in a container. It was found that the height of the mercury level in the arm attached to the gas-filled container was 4 cm higher than that in the open-end arm. If the atmospheric pressure was measured to be 76 cm Hg, then what would be the pressure of the gas inside the container in the atm unit
Answer: As the height of the mercury level in the arm attached to the container is higher than that in the open-end arm

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}-h\)

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}-h=(76-4.0) \mathrm{cm} \mathrm{Hg}=72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

Thus, the pressure of gas Inside the container

⇒ \(=72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}}{76 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 1 \mathrm{~atm}=0.94 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Temperature of a gas

Temperature is a measure of the degree of hotness or coldness ofa the body. It is a property that determines the direction of heat flow from one body to another.

The temperature of a body is measured by an instrument known as a thermometer. Three types of temperature scales are generally used. These are the Celsius scale, Fahrenheit scale, and Kelvin scale.

Celsius scale: On the Celsius scale, the normal freezing and the normal boiling temperatures of pure water are O’C and 100°C, respectively. On this scale, 0°C (lower fixed point) and ItMTC (upper fixed point) are used as reference points, and the space between these two temperatures is divided into 100 equal divisions. Each division corresponds to 1°C.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Different Type Of Tempertaure Scales

 

Fahrenheit scale: On the Fahrenheit scale, the normal freezing and the normal boiling temperatures of pure water are 32°F and 212°F respectively.

On this scale, 32°F (lower fixed point) and 212°F (upper fixed point) are used as reference points, and the space between these two temperatures is divided into 180 equal divisions. Each division corresponds to 1°.

Kelvin or absolute scale: On this scale, -273°C temperature is considered as zero point and is termed as absolute zero temperature. Hence, the Kelvin scale is also called the absolute scale of temperature.

Each division on this scale is called IK [Note the temperature unit is K, not °K. The conventional degree symbol (°) is not written] and is equal to each division on the Celsius scale (i.e. equal to 1°C). So, the zero point on the Kelvin scale is 273-degree units below the zero point on the Celsius scale [i.e., 0°C).

Hence, 0°C = 273K and 0 K = -273°C. According to the absolute scale, the value of temperature is called absolute temperature and is generally expressed by the letter, T.

Relation between Celsius and Kelvin scale: Let, a particular temperature in the Celsius scale be t°C and in the Kelvin scale be 7K. As 0°C = 273 K, so (0 + f)°C = (273 + 1)K or’l t°C = (273 + t)K

Therefore, if the temperature on the Celsius scale is t°C, then this temperature kelvin scale will be (273 + t)K.

Example: 25 °C = (273 + 25) = 298 K,

-40°C = (273-40) = 233K

  • The SI unit oftemperatureiskelvin(K).
  • The value of temperature on the Kelvin scale is always positive.
  • The numerical values of the change in temperature in both Celsius and Kelvin scales are the same.

States of Matter Notes Gas laws

The gaseous state is the simplest state of matter. All gases irrespective of their chemical nature, obey some general laws called gas laws. These laws are related to four measurable properties viz., pressure (P), volume (V), temperature (I), and amount or number of moles (n) of a gas.

Boyle’s law: Relation between volume & pressure Robert Boyle performed a series of experiments to know how the volume of a given mass of gas at a constant temperature is changed with the pressure. The results of his experiments led him to put forward a law which is known as Boyle’s law.

Boyle’s law: At constant temperature, the volume of a given mass of gas is inversely proportional to its pressure.

Mathematical expression of Boyle’s law:

Suppose, at a constant temperature, the pressure and volume ofa definite mass of gas are P and V, respectively. According to Boyle’slaw,

⇒ \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) [when mass and temperature are constant]

⇒ \(\text { or, } V=K \times \frac{1}{P} \quad \text { or, } P V=K\)

Pressure Of A Gas 

The equation is the mathematical expression of Boyle’s law. In this equation, If is a constant, whose value depends on the mass and temperature ofthe gas.

Therefore, according to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, the product of pressure and volume of a given mass of gas is always constant.

Let us consider, that at a particular temperature, the pressure and volume of a definite mass of gas are P1 and Vl, respectively.

Keeping the temperature constant, if the volume of the gas is changed from V1 to V2 by changing the pressure from P1 to P2, then according to Boyle’s law, at the initial state, P1V1 = K, and at the final state, P2V2 = K.

Therefore, P1V1 = P2V2 or, P1/P2 = V2/V1

Explanation of Boyle’s law: Suppose, the pressure and volume of a definite amount of gas at a particular temperature are P and V, respectively. Thus, according to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, if the pressure of the gas is doubled (2P), the volume of the gas will become half of its initial volume ( V/2), and if the pressure is increased by a factor of four, then the volume will become one-fourth of its initial value ( V/4).

On the other hand, at a constant temperature, the pressure of the gas is halved (P/2), and the volume of the gas will become twice its initial volume (2V). Similarly, if the pressure is decreased to one-fourth of its initial pressure (P/4) the volume will become four times its initial volume (4 V).

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids At constant temperature, volume of definite amount of a gas is inversely proportional to its pressure

States of Matter Notes

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Boyle's law

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Boyle's law.

States of Matter Notes

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Boyle's law..

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Boyle's law...

Applicability of Boyle’s law: At normal temperature and pressure, H2, N2, and light inert gases obey this law with some degree of approximation but gases such as NH3, CO2, etc. do not obey this law. Most gases follow Boyle’s law only at very high temperatures or at relatively low pressures.

Molecular Interpretation of Boyish law: The pressure of a gas is the result of collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container. At constant temperature if the volume of a given mass of gas is reduced, the number of molecules per unit volume of the gas increases.

States of Matter Notes

This results in an enhanced frequency of collisions of molecules with the walls of the container. As a result, the pressure of the gas increases. Alternatively, the frequency of collisions with the walls decreases with the increasing volume of a given mass of gas at a constant temperature, resulting in a decrease in the pressure of the gas.

Corollary of Boyle’s law—Relation between pressure and density: Suppos, a gas with a mass of m has a pressure, volume, and density of P, V, and d, respectively, at a constant temperature. According to Boyle’s law, PV = K (constant); when the mass and temperature of the gas are constant.

⇒ \(\text { Density }(d)=\frac{\text { mass }}{\text { volume }}=\frac{m}{V} \text { or, } V=\frac{m}{d}\)

Therefore, \(P \times \frac{m}{d}=K \text { or, } \frac{P}{d}=\frac{K}{m}\)

Since m is fixed and K is constant at a given temperature
for a fixed mass of a gas, so \(\left(\frac{K}{m}\right)\) is also a constant. Thus, \(\frac{P}{d}\)= Constant or \(P \propto d\)

Hence, at a constant temperature, the density of a gas is directly proportional to its pressure i.e., the density ofa gas increases with increasing pressure and decreases with decreasing pressure.

If at a constant temperature, the densities of gas at pressures P1 and P2 are d1 and d2, respectively, then according to equation [1], we obtain

p1/p2=d1/d2

Numerical Examples

Question 1. A balloon contains 1.2L of air at a particular temperature and 90 cm Hg pressure. What will be the volume of air if the pressure is reduced to 70 cm Hg while keeping the temperature constant?
Answer: Given,Px= 90 cmHg, P2= 70 cmHg, V1= 1.2 L & V2 = ?

From the relation, P1V1 – P2V2, We have

⇒ \(V_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{P_2}=\frac{90 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg} \times 1.2 \mathrm{~L}}{70 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}}=1.54 \mathrm{~L} .\)

Thus, the volume of air at 70 cm Hg is 1.54L

Question 2. The volume of a certain amount of gas containing an incompressible solid is 100 cc at 760 mm Hg and 80 cc at 1000 mm Hg. What is the volume of the solid?
Answer: Suppose the volume ofthe solid= V∝So, the volumes ofthe gas at 760 mm Hg and 1000mm Hg are (100- V)cc and (80- V)cc, respectively.

Using the relation, P1= P2V2, we have 760(100- V) = 1000(80- V) or, V = 16.7 cc Therefore, the volume ofthe solid is 16.7 cc

Charles’ law: Relation between volume and temperature

In 1787, French scientist Jacques Charles suggested a law describing the effect of temperature on the volume of a given amount of a gas at a fixed pressure. This law is known as Charles’ law.

Charles law: At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is increased or decreased by 1/273 part of its volume at 0°C for every 1-degree rise or fall in temperature. The fraction, 1/273 is the coefficient of volume expansion. The exact value of this fraction is 1/273.15 per °C, but it is generally taken as 1/273. The value of the coefficient of volume i.e., 1/273 per °C is the same for all gases.

Mathematical Explanation: Let at constant pressure the volumes of a given mass of gas are V0, V1, Vt, and vt at 0°C, 1°C, t°C and -t°C respectively. According to Charles’ Law, increase in volume for a 1°C rise in temperature \(=\ \frac {V_0}{273}\) and increase in volume for a t°C temperature rise \(=t \times \frac{V_0}{273}\). Therefore the volume of the gas at 1°C,

⇒ \(V_1=V_0+\frac{V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{273}\right)\) and that at t°C \(V_t=V_0+\frac{t \times V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Similarly, decrease in volume for t°C fall in temperature \(=t \times \frac{V_0}{273}\)

States of Matter Notes

Hence, the volume ofthe gas at t°C

⇒ \(V_t^{\prime}=V_0-\frac{t \times V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1-\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Celsius temperature vs volume of a given amount of gas at a fined pressure: At a fixed pressure, the volume of a definite mass of a gas increases with the rise in temperature on the Celsius scale (t°C), but the variation of volume with Celsius temperature does not occur in direct proportion.

For example, at a fixed pressure if the temperature (on the Celsius scale) of a definite mass of a gas is doubled, its volume is not twice its initial volume.

Plotting the volume (V) of a definite mass of gas against Celsius temperatures (t°C) at different constant pressures gives a straight line for each constant pressure. Each of these lines does not pass through the origin, as indicated by the relation \(V_t=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graph Of V Vs t C For A Given Mass Of Gas At Fixed Pressure

This means that the volume of the gas is not directly proportional to the Celsius temperature. If the straight lines are extrapolated backwards, then all these lines meet the temperature axis at -273°C.

Therefore, at constant pressure and at a temperature of -273°C, the volume of a gas becomes zero. Below this temperature, the volume of the gas becomes negative, which is absurd. Thus -273°C is the lowest possible temperature and is called absolute zero.

Definition of absolute zero and absolute temperature:

Absolute zero: The lowest possible temperature at which the volume of any gas is zero.

The temperature -273°C is called absolute zero because at -273°C the volume of any gas would become zero and any temperature below this would correspond to a negative volume of gas. In practice, absolute zero temperature can never be reached; however, a temperature very close to absolute zero can be attained.

Reason for using the term absolute in absolute zero: The absolute zero of temperature is independent of the nature, amount, pressure, or volume ofthe gas and it is not possible to get any temperature below absolute zero. Hence, the term ‘absolute’ is used in absolute zero.

The volume of a gas does not become zero at -273-C because the gas becomes liquid or solid before attaining this temperature.

So, at this temperature, Charles’ law is not applicable. Moreover, a gas is a substance of definite mass, and any mass will always occupy some volume. So, even if a substance exists in a gaseous state at – 273 °C, it must have a certain volume.

Absolute temperature: The temperature scale which has been set up by taking -273°C as zero point and each degree is equal in magnitude to the one degree in Celsius scale is termed as absolute scale of temperature. The values of temperature obtained from this absolute scale are called absolute temperatures.

Relation between volume & absolute temperature of a gas:

At constant pressure if the volumes of a certain amount of gas at 0°C and t°C are V0 and V, respectively, then,

⇒ \(V=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)=V_0\left(\frac{t+273}{273}\right)=\frac{V_0}{273} \times T\)

States of Matter Notes

The quantity V0/273 for a definite mass of a gas is constant. So, V∝T. Thus at constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature.

For a given mass of gas at constant pressure, if we measure the volumes (V) of the gas at different absolute temperatures (T) and then draw a graph by plotting V against T, a straight line passing through the origin is obtained. The nature of the line implies that the volume of a given mass of gas at constant pressure is related to absolute temperature in the form of an equation as V = constant x T.

This means that the volume of a definite amount of a gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature at constant pressure.

Alternative form of Charles’ law: At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature ofthe gas.

Mathematical form: If at constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas at absolute temperature T is V, then according to Charles’ law V∝T or v=kt

where K is a constant whose value depends on the mass and pressure of the gas.

Corollary-1: If at constant pressure, a certain amount of gas occupies the volumes V1 and V2 at temperatures T1 and T2, respectively, then according to Charles’ law V1∝ T1 and V2 ∝ T2.

Therefore, V1/V2 =T1/T2

Corollary-2: If T2 = T1/2 then according to equation V2 = V1/2 and if T2 = 27, then V2 = 2V1.

So, at constant pressure, if the absolute temperature ofa definite mass of gas is reduced by half, the volume of the gas will be halved, and if the absolute temperature is doubled, the volume will become double.

E:\Chemistry cls -11\images\Unit-5\States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Charles law.png

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Charles law

Applicability of Charles’ law: Only a few gases approximately follow Charles’ law at ordinary temperature and pressure. For foremost gases, this law is best followed at low pressures or at very high temperatures.

Molecular interpretation of Charles law: Velocity of gas molecules depends upon temperature. If the temperature of a gas is increased, the average velocity as well as the average kinetic energy of gas molecules increases.

States of Matter Notes

Consequently, molecules collide with the walls of the container more frequently with greater force. This would increase the pressure ofthe gas if the volume ofthe gas remains constant. If the pressure of the gas is kept constant during the increase of temperature, then the volume ofthe gas must increase.

Corollary of Charles law—relation between density and temperature: Let at constant pressure and absolute temperature T, the volume and density of a definite amount (m) of gas are V and d, respectively.

Therefore, \(K T=\frac{m}{d} \text { or, } d=\left(\frac{m}{K}\right) \times \frac{1}{T}\)

Since m is constant and K is fixed for a given mass of gas at constant pressure \(\left(\frac{m}{K}\right)\) is also a constant. Therefore \(d \propto \frac{1}{T}\)

Thus, at constant pressure, the density of a definite amount of gas is inversely proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. If the absolute temperature of a gas is increased, its density decreases and vice-versa.

If at constant pressure, the densities of a definite amount of gas at absolute temperatures T1 and T2 are dx and d2 respectively, then, \(d_1 \propto \frac{1}{T_1} \text { and } d_2 \propto \frac{1}{T_2}\)

Therefore,d1/d2=t2/t1

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At constant pressure, the temperature of a definite amount of a gas is increased from 0°C to t°C. As a result, the volume of the gas is increased by a factor of three. Calculate the value of t.
Answer: We know, Vl/V2 = T1/T2

Given, Ty = 273 K, T2 = (273 + l)K and V2 = 3V1

(where V1 is the volume ofthe gas at 0°C)

∴ \(\frac{V_1}{3 V_1}=\frac{273}{273+t} \text { or, } 273+t=819\)

∴ t= 546°C.

States of Matter Notes

Question 2. A 16 sample of oxygen at 760 mm Hg pressure and 27°C is kept In a container of 12.30 L capacity. What will be the temperature of the gas If the entire gas is transferred to a container of 24.6 L capacity, keeping the pressure constant?
Answer: In this process, the mass and pressure of the gas remain fixed.
Hence according to Charles’ law, V1 /V2 = T1/T2

Given, Vx = 12.30 L, V2 = 24.60 L,

T1 = 273 + 27 = 300 K and T2 = ?

∴ \(T_2=T_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=300 \times \frac{24.60}{12.30}=600 \mathrm{~K}\)

Therefore, the temperature of the gas in the container of 24.6L will be =(600- 273)°C = 327°C.

Question 3. When ice and sample water, of hydrogen, occupies is an immerse exact volume of mixture 69.37 ccs at 1 atm. At the same pressure, if the gas is immersed in boiling benzene, then its volume expands to 89.71 cc. What is the boiling point of benzene?
Answer: As the pressure and amount of the H2 gas are fixed, according to Charles’ law, V1/V2 = T1/T2

Temperature of the mixture of ice and water = 0°C = 273 K. Given, Vx = 69.37cc and V2 = 89.71cc.

∴ \(T_2=T_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=273 \times \frac{89.71}{69.37}=353.05 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ The boiling point of benzene = (353.05- 273)°C = 80.05 °C

Gay-Lussac’s law of pressure: Relation between the pressure and temperature of a gas

Gay-Lussac’s law of pressure: At constant volume, the pressure of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature.

Mathematical form of Gay-Lussac’s law: Let us assume, the pressure of a certain amount of gas at constant volume is P at absolute temperature T. According to Gay-Lussac’s law, P oc T when the volume and mass of the gas are fixed. Therefore, P = KT where K is a constant whose value depends on the mass and volume of the gas.

Corollary: At fixed volume, if die pressures of a certain amount of gas are Py and Px at absolute temperatures 2’1 and 7’2, respectively, then according to Gay-Lussac’s law P2 = KT1 and P2 = KT,

Therefore, p1/p2=T1/T2 From this equation [2], the value of any of the four quantities can be calculated If the other three quantities are known.

Molecular Interpretation of Gay-Lusm’s law: with an increase in the temperature of a gas, the average velocity, as well as the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules, increases, thereby making the molecules strike the walls of the container more frequently with greater force.

As a result, the force applied on the walls per unit area by the gas molecules increases with an increase in temperature, leading to the pressure of the gas

States of Matter Notes Numerical Examples

Question 1. An iron cylinder contains He gas at a pressure of 250 kPa at 300K. The cylinder can withstand a pressure of 1 x 106 Pa. The room in which the cylinder is placed catches fire. Predict whether the cylinder will blow up before it melts or not. [M.P. ofthe cylinder = 1800K]
Answer: We know, P1/P2 = Ty/T2.

Given, Py = 250 kPa = 25 x 104 Pa,

Tx = 300 K,P2 = 106 pa and T2 = ?

⇒ \(T_2=\frac{P_2}{P_1} \times T_1=\frac{10^6}{25 \times 10^4} \times 300=1200 \mathrm{~K}\)

As the final temperature is less than the melting point of iron, the cylinder would explode, instead of melting.

Question 2. A cylinder of cooking gas can withstand a pressure of 14.9 atm. At 27°C, the pressure gauge of the cylinder records a pressure of 12 atm. Due to a sudden fire in the building, the temperature starts rising. At what temperature, will the cylinder explode?
Answer: We know, \(\frac{P_1}{P_2}=\frac{T_1}{T_2} \text {, }\)

The cylinder can withstand a pressure of 14.9 atm If the pressure ofthe cylinder at T2K is 14.9 atm then \(T_2=\frac{P_2}{P_1} \times T_1=\frac{14.9}{12} \times 300=372.5 \mathrm{~K}\)

Since P1 = 12 atm and Tx = (273 + 27) = 300 K]

As the cylinder can withstand pressure upto 14.9 atm, it will explode at a pressure above 14.9 atm. The pressure of the cylinder becomes greater than 14.9 atm when the temperature is greater than 372.5 K or 99.5°C. Hence the cylinder will explode at a temperature greater than 99.5°C.

Avogadro’s law: Relation between the volume and amount (number of moles) of a gas.

Avogadro’s law: At a constant temperature and pressure, the volume of a gas is directly proportional to the number of moles ofthe gas.

Explanation: At constant temperature and pressure, if the volume of n mole of a gas is V, then according to Avogadro’s law, V∝n or, V = Kx n where K= proportionality constant. The value of K depends on temperature andpressure.

States of Matter Notes

At constant temperature and pressure, if the volumes of nl and n2 moles of a gas are V1 and V2, respectively, then according to Avogadro’s law, V1ocn1 and V2 oc n2.

Therefore \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

This equation tells us that at constant temperature and pressure, if the number of moles of a gas is halved, the volume of the gas will become half of its initial volume, and, the volume of the gas becomes twice its initial value when the number of moles of the gas is doubled.

Suppose, two gases A and B with the number of moles n1 and n2, respectively, have volumes V1 and V2, at a given temperature and pressure. If: n1 = n2, then according to equation [l], V1= V2. i.e., at the same temperature and pressure equal volumes of two gases contain the same number of molecules. This deduction is commonly known as Avogadro’s hypothesis.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Gay Lussac's Law of Pressure

Molecular interpretation of Avogadro’s law: At constant temperature, increasing the number of moles of the gas does not alter the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules. But the frequency of collisions ofthe molecules with the walls of the container increases as the number of molecules of the gas increases. This would increase the pressure of the gas if the volume of the gas is held constant. If the pressure of the gas remains constant, then the volume of the gas must increase.

States of Matter Notes

A combination of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law

Suppose, the pressure, temperature, and volume of a given mass of gas are P, T, and V respectively.

According to Boyle’s law \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) [at constant temperature and for a given mass of gas] According to Charles’ law, Foe T [at constant pressure
and for a given mass of gas] Combining these two relations gives a relation that shows
the variation of the volume of a given mass of gas with pressure
and temperature. Doing the combination, we have \(V \propto \frac{T}{P}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \boldsymbol{V}=\boldsymbol{K} \times \frac{\boldsymbol{T}}{\boldsymbol{P}} \quad \text { or, } \frac{\boldsymbol{P V}}{\boldsymbol{T}}=\boldsymbol{K} \text { or, } \boldsymbol{P V}=\boldsymbol{K} \boldsymbol{T}\)

where K is a proportionality constant whose value depends on the amount of the gas. Equation [1] i.e. PV = KT is the combined form of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law. This equation explains that the product of pressure and volume of a definite mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature. If P1 Vy, and T1 are the pressure, volume, and temperature, respectively, of a definite mass of gas at a certain state and P2, V2 and T2 are the pressure, volume, and temperature, respectively, for the same gas at another state, then from equation [1], we get

⇒ \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=K \text { and } \frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}=K\)

therefore \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

Using this ‘equation, we can calculate any one of the quantities if the values ofthe remaining are known ∴

Standard temperature and pressure (STP): Since properties of I gases change with a change in pressure and temperature, we must use a common reference state to compare the properties of different gases. For this reason, scientists have set a standard temperature and pressure for comparing the properties of gases.

The standard pressure is taken as 1 atm (or 76 cm Hg or 760 mm Hg) and the standard temperature is taken as 0°C. The conditions 0°C and 1 atm are called Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP).

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Standard temperature and pressure

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At a given temperature and pressure, the volume of 10 g of He gas is 61.6L. How much of He gas has to be taken out at the same temperature and pressure to reduce its volume to 25L?
Answer: 10 g He \(=\frac{10}{4}=2.5 \mathrm{~mol}\) Atomic mass of He = 4 molar mass of He (monatomic gas) = 4 g.mol-1 ]

We know at constant temperature and pressure \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

Given, V1 = 61.6 L, V2 = 25 L, n1 = 2.5 and n2 =?

States of Matter Notes

∴ \(n_2=n_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=2.5 \times \frac{25}{61.6}=1.015 \mathrm{~mol}\)

1.015 mol He = 4 x 1.015 = 4.06 g He

∴ The volume of the gas will be 25L if (10 – 4.06) = 5.94g of He gas is taken out

Question 2. At a particular temperature and pressure, the volume of 12 g of H2 gas is 134.5 L. What will be the final volume of the gas if 4 g of H2 gas is added to it at the same temperature and pressure?
Answer: 12g H2 \(=\frac{12}{2}=6\) of H2.

Similarly, 4 g H2 = 2 mol of H2.

We know, at constant temperature and pressure \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

Given that, n1 = 6, n2 = 6 + 2 = 8, V1 = 134.5 L and V2 = ?

∴ \(V_2=\frac{n_2}{n_1} \times V_1=\frac{8}{6} \times 134.5=179.3 \mathrm{~L}\)

Therefore, at the same temperature and pressure, if 4 g of H2 gas is added to 12 g of H2 gas, then the final volume of the gas will be 179.3 L.

States of Matter Notes Equation Of State For An Ideal Gas

Four variables, viz. pressure (P), volume (V), temperature (X) and number of moles (n) are generally found to be sufficient to describe the state ofa gas. The relation connecting P, V, and Tandn of a gas is called the equation of state of the gas.

The gas laws, i.e., Boyle’s law, Charles’ law and Avogadro’s law can be combined into an equation that describes the behaviour of an ideal gas. This relation is called the equation of state of an ideal gas.

Derivation of the equation of state of an ideal gas:

According to Boyle’s law, \(V \propto \frac{1}{P}\); [ T & n are constant]

According to Charles’ law, V∝T,[P &t n are constant]

According to Avogadro’s law, V∝ n [P & T are constant]

Combining these three relations, we have \(V \propto \frac{T \times n}{P}\) when P, T and n ofthe gas vary therefore \(V=K \times \frac{n T}{p}\)

K is the proportionality constant. It has been experimentally found that the value of K for 1 mol of any gas is the same. For 1 mol of a gas, K is denoted by R, which is called the molar gas constant. As the value of R is the same for all gases, ‘JR’ is also called the universal gas constant.

Substituting R for equation [1], we obtain

⇒ \(V=R \times \frac{n T}{P}\) or, PV=nRT

Equation [2] expresses the equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas. In this equation, if the values of the three variables are known, the value ofthe fourth variable can be calculated by this equation.

For 1 mol of an ideal gas i.e., when n = 1, PV = RT— this expresses the equation of state for 1 mol of an ideal gas.

In equation PV = RT, P and V are the pressure and volume, respectively, of 1 mol of an ideal gas at temperature T.

In equation PV = nRT, P and V are the pressure and volume, respectively, of n mol of an ideal gas at temperature T.

The equation PV = NRT does not have any quantity related to the nature of the gas. Thus, this equation applies to an ideal gas.

States of Matter Notes

Ideal gas: A gas which obeys the equation of state, PV = nRT under all conditions is called an ideal gas. But in reality, there is no such gas which perfectly obeys the ideal gas equation under all conditions.

Therefore, the concept of ideal gas is a hypothetical one. However, it has been found experimentally that gases are nearly deadly at very low pressures and high temperatures.

Real gas: Gases which do not obey the equation of state, PV = nRT in any condition except at very high temperatures and very low pressures are said to be real gases. All naturally occurring gases are real gases.

Significance of R and values of R in different units

Significance of molar gas constant (R): For n mol of an ideal gas Pv=nRT or \(\frac{P V}{n T}\). The physical significance of R can be explained from its dimension.

Dimension of R. = \(\frac{\text { pressure } \times \text { volume }}{\text { number of moles } \times \text { temperature }}\)

We know, dimension of pressure = \frac{\text { force }}{(\text { length })^2}\(\)

On the other hand, the dimension ofvolume= (length)3 Temperature is expressed Kelvin scale. Dimension of R =

⇒ \(\frac{\frac{\text { force }}{(\text { length })^2} \times \text { length }^3}{\text { mole } \times K}=\frac{\text { work (or energy) }}{\text { mole } \times \mathrm{K}}\)

Hence, R= work (or energy) per kelvin per mole of gas Therefore, the value of R gives the measure of the work performed by 1 mol of an ideal gas when the temperature of the gas is raised by IK against a fixed pressure. This is the physical significance of R.

Values of R in different units: We know \(R=\frac{P V}{n T}\) Therefore, the values and units of R depend upon the values and units ofP, V, n and T. Temperature is always expressed in kelvin scale and n is expressed in the unit of mole.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Values Of R In Different Units

States of Matter Notes

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Determination Of The Values Of R In Different Units

Boltzmann constant: Dividing molar gas constant (R) by Avogadro’s number (A) gives a new constant, termed as Boltzmann constant (k). It indicates the universal gas constant for a single molecule.

Therefore, \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{R}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

In CCSA System \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{8.314 \times 10^7 \mathrm{erg} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

=1.38 X 10-16 erg. K-1

In SI, \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{8.314 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

= 1.38 X 10-23J . K-1

Application to the Ideal gas equation

Determination of density and molar mass of an ideal gas: The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas is PV = nRT, where V is the volume of nmol of the ideal gas at pressure P and temperature T. If m and M are the mass (in gram) and molar mass (in g.mol-1 ) of the gas, respectively, then the number of moles ofthe gas (n) is given by \(\frac{m}{M}\)

Substituting \(\frac{m}{M}\) for n in the equation PV = nRT

we have \(P M=\left(\frac{m}{V}\right) R T\)

States of Matter Notes

So, PM = dRT or, \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

Equation [1] is the relationship among the density, pressure, absolute temperature and molar mass of an ideal gas. This equation can be used to calculate the molar mass (A) of an ideal gas if the density ofthe gas (d) at a given and T is known or the density of an ideal gas at a given P and T, if the molar mass ofthe gas is known.

Important points related to the equation, d = PM/RT:

The relation between the density and molar mass of an ideal gas at a particular temperature and pressure: According to the equation, d = PM/RT, the density of an ideal gas at a particular temperature and pressure is directly proportional to its molar mass i.e., d∝M.

Therefore, at a given temperature and pressure a heavier gas has higher density than a lighter gas. The average molar mass of air is greater than the molar mass of He gas. So at a particular temperature and pressure, the density of He gas is less than that of air. This is why, a balloon filled with gas floats in the air.

The relationship of density with pressure and absolute temperature of a gas: According to the equation, \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\) the density of ideal gas is directly proportional RT to its pressure and inversely proportional to its absolute temperature. Therefore, at a given temperature the density of a gas increases (or decreases) as the pressure of the gas increases (or decreases).

On the other hand, at a given pressure the increasein temperature of a gas results in the lowering of its density and the decrease in temperature increases its density. The density of hot air is less than that of cold air. This is why the balloon filled with hot air easily moves upward in the air.

The relation among pressure, temperature and density ofa gas at two different pressures and temperatures: Let dx be the density of a gas at pressure Px and temperature T1 and d2 be the density of the same gas at pressure P2 and temperature T2. Therefore, according to the equation, \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

The densities of the gas at two conditions are d1 = \(d_1=\frac{P_1 M}{R T_1} \text { and } d_2=\frac{P_2 M}{R T_2}\)

States of Matter Notes

Thus, \(\frac{d_1}{d_2}=\frac{P_1}{P_2} \times \frac{T_2}{T_1}\)

This equation expresses the relation between the densities of a gas at two different pressures and temperatures. If the density of a gas at a particular temperature and pressure, is known, then the density of the gas at another temperature and pressure can be determined from equation [2].

Validity of ideal gas equation

The ideal gas equation is not exactly followed by any gas. However, it has been found that most gases approximately follow this equation when pressure is not too high or temperature is not too low.

Despite its limitations, the ideal gas equation is often used to determine the approximate values of the various properties of real gases under ordinary conditions. But for the estimation of the exact values of the properties, this equation can never be used.

Question 1. Find the volume of 2.2g CO2 gas at 25°C & 570 mm Hg pressure. Consider that CO2 behaves ideally.
Answer: Given, \(P=\frac{570}{760}\) 0.75 atm; T= (273 + 25) = 298 K.
\(n=\frac{2.2}{44}=0.05 \mathrm{~mol}\) Molar mass of C02 = 44g mol-1]

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{(0.05 \mathrm{~mol}) \times\left(0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right) \times 298 \mathrm{~K}}{0.75 \mathrm{~atm}}=1.63 \mathrm{~L}\)

Therefore, at 25°C and 570 mm Hg pressure, the volume of 2.2 g of CO2 gas is 1.63 L.

Question 2. A sample of Ar vapour contains 3 x 104 atoms of a vacuum tube with a volume of 5 mL at -100°C. Calculate the pressure of the vapour in the microtorr unit.
Answer: Given, V = 5 mL = 5 x 10-3 L; T = 273- 100 = 173 K

⇒ \(\text { and } n=\frac{\text { number of molecules }}{\text { Avogadro’s number }}=\frac{3 \times 10^4}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=4.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~mol}\) Argon is monoatomic.

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{4.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 173 \mathrm{~K}}{5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~L}}\)

= 1.414 x 10-16 atm

As, 1 atm = 760 torr,

States of Matter Notes

P = (1.414 x 10-16 X 760) = 1.074 x 10-13 torr

= 1.074 x 10-7 microtorr

1 torr = 106 microtor

Therefore the pressure of argon vapour = 1.074 x10-7 micro torr

Question 3. At 273K and 76 pressure, the volume of 0.64 g of gas is 224 mL. At what temperature 1g of this gas will occupy a volume of1 litre at atmospheric pressure?
Answer: Given, P = 76 cm Hg = 1 atm, T = 273 K, V = 224 mL = 0.224 L

Number of moles (n) = \(\frac{0.64}{M} \mathrm{~mol}\)

[molar mass of the gas =M .g .mol-1]

Putting the values of P, V, n and T into the equation PV = nRT gives

1 atm x 0.224L \(=\frac{0.64}{M} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 273 \mathrm{~K}\)

Substituting 8 P = 1 atm, V – 1 L, \(n=\frac{1}{64.04} \mathrm{~mol}\) into equation PV – nRT, we obtain \(T=\frac{P V}{n R}=\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm} \times 1 \mathrm{~L}}{\frac{1}{64.04} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}=780.02 \mathrm{~K}\)

Therefore, at (780.02-273) = 507.02°C and 1 atm pressure the volume of lg of gas will be 1 L.

Question 4. At 25°C and a certain pressure, 3.7g of a gas occupies the same volume as the volume occupied by 0.184g of H2 gas at 17°C and the same pressure. Calculate the molar mass of the gas.
Answer: For H2 gas: T=(273 + 17) = 290K and \(n=\frac{0.184}{2}=0.092 \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ PV= nRT=0.092 mol x 0.0821 L-atm-moH-K-1 x 290K =2.19 Latm

In case ofthe unknown gas: T = (273 + 25)K = 298 K; \(n=\frac{3.7}{M} \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
P V=n R T & =\frac{3.7}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 298 \mathrm{~K} \\
& =\left(\frac{90.52}{M}\right) \mathrm{L} \cdot \mathrm{atm}
\end{aligned}\)

Since the values of P and V are the same for both gases, the values of PV will also be the same for both gases

∴ \(\frac{90.52}{M}=2.19 \text { or, } M=41.33\)

Therefore, the molar mass ofthe other gas =41.33 g-mol-1

Question 5. A He balloon is such that it can rise to a maximum height of 50 km above the Earth’s surface. When the balloon rises to this height, its expansion reaches a maximum with a volume of 105 L. If the temperature and pressure of the air at this height are 10 °C and 1.8 mm Hg, respectively, then what mass of He gas will be required for the maximum expansion of the balloon?
Answer: Given, P = 1.8 mm Hg \(=\frac{1.8}{760}=2.368 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~atm} \text {; }\)

T = (273- 10)K = 263 K ; V = 105Landn = ?

∴ \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{\left(2.368 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~atm}\right) \times\left(10^5 \mathrm{~L}\right)}{\left(0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right) \times 263 \mathrm{~K}}\)

States of Matter Notes

∴ 10.96 mol He = 10.96 x 4 = 43.84 g ofHe

since 1 mol of = 4 g He] 43.84 g of He will be required for the full expansion of the balloon.

Question 6. At 300K, an evacuated cylinder with a volume of 10L is filled with 2g of H2 and 2g of D2. Find the pressure of the gas mixture in the cylinder. Will the pressure be the same if the container is cubical having the same volume?
Answer: 2 g H2 \(=\frac{2}{2}\) H2 and 2 g D2= \(=\frac{2}{4}\) 0.5 mol D2

Since molar masses Of H2 And D2 Are 2 and 4 g. mol-1 respectively]

No. of moles of H2 & D2 gas in the cylinder,

n = 1 + 0.5 = 1.5 mol

Given, T = 300 K and V = 10 L

Therefore, \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{1.5 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{10}=3.69 \mathrm{~atm} .\)

Thus, the pressure ofthe mixture of H2 and D2 gas in the cylinder will be 3.69 atm.

States of Matter Notes

For a given mass of gas at a fixed temperature, the pressure of the gas depends on the volume ofthe container but not on the shape ofthe container. Thus, the pressure will be the same if the container is cubical with the same capacity.

Question 7. When an open vessel at 27°C was heated, three-fifths of the air escaped from It. If the volume of (the lie vessel remained unchanged, calculate the temperature arc at which the vessel was healed.
Answer: The amount of air present in the vessel at 27G was nmol, and when it was heated to 7’K \(\frac{3}{5}\) the air was expelled.

So, the amount of air in the vessel after heating \(=\left(n-\frac{3 n}{5}\right)=\frac{2}{5} n \mathrm{~mol}\)

As the vessel was open and its volume remained unchanged on heating, the pressure (P) and the volume ( V) of the air presenting the vessel would be the same as those at 27°C.

At temperature 300 K: PV = nR X 300

At temperature 7K : \(P V=\frac{2}{5} n R T\)

Thus, no X 300 \(=\frac{2}{5} n R T\) or, T = 750 K

∴ The vessel was heated at (750- 273)°C = 477°C

Question 8. A spherical balloon with a diameter of 21 cm is to be filled with hydrogen gas at STP from a cylinder of H2 gas at 20 atm pressure and 27°C. If the cylinder can hold 2.82 L of water, how many balloons can be filled with the hydrogen gas from the cylinder?
Answer: Volume ofeach balloon \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi \times\left(\frac{21}{2}\right)^3=4851 \mathrm{~cm}^3=4.851 \mathrm{~L}\)

Since the cylinder can hold 2.82 L of water, the volume of the cylinder is 2.82 L and hence the volume of H2 gas at 20 atm and 27°C is 2.82 L.

Let, volume of H2 gasin the cylinder at STP = V2L.

we know, \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

Given, P1 = 20 atm; P2 (STP) = 1 atm; V, = 2.82 L; T1 = (273 + 27)K = 300 K ; T2 (STP) = 273 K and V2 = ?

States of Matter Notes

∴ \(V_2=\frac{T_2}{T_1} \times \frac{P_1}{P_2} \times V_1=\frac{273 \mathrm{~K}}{300 \mathrm{~K}} \times \frac{20 \mathrm{~atm}}{1 \mathrm{~atm}} \times 2.82 \mathrm{~L}=51.324 \mathrm{~L}\)

After the balloons are filled with H2 gas, the cylinder will contain H2 gas with a volume equal to its volume, l.e., 2.8.2 Hence, the volume of H2 gas available for filling up the balloons will be = (51.324- 2.82)L =48.504 L Thus, no. of balloons that can be filled up \(=\frac{48.504}{4.851}=10\)

Question 9. When 2 g of a gas ‘Af is introduced into an empty flask at 30°C, its pressure becomes 1 atm. Now, if 3g of another gas ‘N’ is introduced in the same flask at the same temperature, the total pressure becomes 1.5 atm. Find the ratio of the molar masses of the two gases
Answer: Let the molecular masses of gases, M and N be a and b gaol-1 respectively and the volume ofthe flask = VL

In case of gas Af: P = 1 atm, T = (273 + 30)K = 303 K number of moles (n) \(=\frac{2}{a} \mathrm{~mol}\) Therefore, according to the equation PV = NRT \(1 \mathrm{~atm} \times V \mathrm{~L}=\frac{2}{a} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 303 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ \(V=\frac{49.75}{a} \mathrm{~L}\)

The number of moles of N gas \(=\frac{3}{b} \mathrm{~mol}\)

In case of the mixture of gases M and N: Total number of moles in the mixture of gases M and N \(\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right)\) mol.

The total pressure of the mixture = 1.5 atm

By applying the equation, PV = nRT in the case of the mixture of gases, we obtain

⇒ \(1.5 \times \frac{49.75}{a}=\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 303\)

or, \(\frac{74.62}{a}=\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right) \times 24.87=\frac{49.75}{a}+\frac{74.62}{b}\)

or, \(\frac{24.87}{a}=\frac{74.62}{b}\)

∴ \(\frac{a}{b}=\frac{1}{3}\)

States of Matter Notes

Question 10. What is the density (in g-cm’3) of nitric oxide (assuming ideal behaviour) at 27 °C and 1 atm pressure?
Answer: Given, P = 1 atm, T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K

Molar mass (M) of NO2 = 30 g-mol-1

∴ \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}=\frac{1^{\prime} \mathrm{atm} \times 30 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}\)

=1.218 g.L-1 = 1.218 X 10-3 g.cm-3

Question 11. The density of CO2 at STP is 1.96 g-L1. A sample of CO2 occupies a volume of 480mL at 17°C and 800mm Hg pressure. What is the mass of the sample?
Answer: we know, \(\frac{d_1}{d_2}=\frac{P_1}{P_2} \times \frac{T_2}{T_1}\)

STP: dx = 1.96 g-L-1, Px =1 atm, =273 K

At 17°C and 800 mm Pressure:

⇒ \(P_2=\frac{800}{760}=1.053 \mathrm{~atm} ; T_2=(273+17) \mathrm{K}=290 \mathrm{~K}, d_2=?\)

∴ \(d_2=d_1 \times \frac{P_2}{P_1} \times \frac{T_1}{T_2}=1.96 \times \frac{1.053}{1} \times \frac{273}{290}=1.94 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

if the mass of 480 mL of C02 gas be w g, then \(d_2=\frac{w}{0.48} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ \(1.94 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=\frac{w}{0.48} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ w= 09312g

Therefore, the mass of CO2 gas is = 0.9312 g

States of Matter Notes Partial Pressure Of A Gas Dalton’s Law

Partial pressure

Let us consider that two non-reacting gases, A and B are kept in a closed vessel (i.e., of fixed volume) at a particular temperature. At this temperature, the mixture of gases (A and B) exerts a definite pressure on the vessel.

If gas B is completely removed from the gas mixture at the same temperature, then the pressure exerted on the vessel by gas A alone is known as the partial pressure of A. Similarly, if gas A is completely removed from the gas mixture at the same temperature, then the pressure exerted on the vessel by B alone is known as the partial pressure of B.

Partial pressure Definition: At a given temperature the pressure contributed by a component gas in a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases to the total pressure of the mixture is called the partial pressure of that component.

In 1807, John Dalton proposed a law regarding the partial pressures of two or more non-reacting gases, which is known as Dalton’s law ofpartial pressures.

Dalton’s law of partial pressures: At constant temperature, the total pressure exerted by a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases present in a container of definite volume is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of component gases in the mixture.

States of Matter Notes

If P is the total pressure of a gas mixture enclosed in a container of definite volume at constant temperature and p1 p2, p3 etc., are the partial pressures of the component gases at the same temperature, then according to Dalton’s law ofpartial pressures, p=p1+p2+p3

This law does not work if the component gases react with each other. For example, in the case of a mixture of NH3 and HC1 gases, this law is not applicable because these two gases react to form NH2C1.

Explanation: Suppose, two non-reacting gases A and B separately enclosed in two closed containers, each with a volume of V. Let us assume that the temperature of both gases is the same and the pressures of A and B gases are pA and pB, respectively.

If two gases, instead of enclosing separately, are mixed in another closed container with a volume of V, keeping the temperature constant, then the total pressure of the gas mixture will be (pA+pB).

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Relation Between Total Pressure Of A Gas Mixture And PArtial Pressure Of Its Componenet Gases At Constant Temperature And Volume

Mathematical form of Dalton’s law of partial pressure

Suppose, a mixture of reacting gases 1, 2, 3.. with the number of moles n1 n2 n3—, n- is enclosed in a closed container with a volume of V at a constant temperature T.

Also suppose, the partial pressure ofthe components 1, 2, 3,… i in the mixture are p1 p2,p3—, , respectively. If the component gases and the gas mixture obey the ideal gas law, then the total pressure ofthe gas mixture is.

⇒ \(P=\left(n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots+n_i\right) \frac{R T}{V}\)

States of Matter Notes

Applying the ideal gas equation separately to each component gas ofthe mixture, we have,

⇒ \(p_1=\frac{n_1 R T}{V}, p_2=\frac{n_2 R T}{V}, p_3=\frac{n_3 R T}{V} \text { etc. }\)

So the total pressure ofthe gas mixture,

⇒ \(\left(p_1+p_2+p_3+\cdots+p_i\right)=\left(n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots+n_i\right) \frac{R T}{V} \cdots[2]\)

Comparing equations [1] and [2], we obtain p=p1+p2+p3+….pi

This is the mathematical expression of Dalton’s law of partial pressures.

The relation between the partial pressure and mole fraction

The mole fraction of a component in a gaseous mixture is the ratio of the number of moles of that component to the total number of moles of all components in the mixture. It is a unitless quantity with a value always less than one (1).

If a mixture of the number of moles of a component and the total number of moles of all the components be n. and n, respectively, then the mole fraction ofthe component,\(x_i=\frac{n_i}{n}\) The sum of the mole fractions of all the components in a mixture is always 1.

Relation between partial pressure and mole fraction: Suppose, at constant temperature T, there is a mixture of some non-reacting gases in a container with a fixed volume of V and the pressure ofthe gas mixture is P.

If the number of moles of different component gases present in the mixture is n1 n2,n3 …respectively, then the total number of moles of all components in the mixture, n = nl + n2 + n3 + If, the partial pressures of the component gases of the mixture are pv p2, P3 …etc., then according to Dalton’slaw ofpartial pressures, die total pressure ofthe gas mixture,

P = p1 + p2 + p3+……………………[1]

Applying the ideal gas equation to the gas mixture gives PV = nRT

If this equation is applied to each component in the mixture, then

P1V = n1RT………………………….[2]

p2V = n2RT………………………….[3]

p3V = n3RT………………………….[4]

Dividing equation [2] by equation [1] gives \(\frac{p_1}{P}=\frac{n_1}{n}=x_1\)

or, p1 = x1XP [xa = mole fraction ofthe component 1] Dividing equation [3] by equation [1] gives,

⇒ \(\frac{p_2}{P}=\frac{n_2}{n}=x_2 \text { or, } p_2=x_2 \times P\)

States of Matter Notes

Similarly, for the ith component, if the partial pressure and mole fraction are pt and x; respectively, then— p1=xixp

Where P is the total pressure of the gas mixture. Equation [5] represents the relation between the partial pressure and mole fraction of a component gas in a gas mixture at a constant temperature. So, the partial pressure of a component in a gas mixture = mole-fraction of the component x total pressure of the mixture.

Determination of partial pressure

Suppose, at a given temperature T, a bulb with a fixed volume of VA contains nA moles of an ideal gas with a pressure PA, and another bulb with a fixed volume of VB contains nB moles of another ideal gas with a pressure PB. These two flasks are connected by a stop-cock of negligible volume. Initially, the stop-cock is closed, so all molecules of gas A are in one bulb and that of gas B are in another bulb.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Pressures and volumes of two gases A and B

On opening the stop-cock, the two gases will mix, and the total volume ofthe gas mixture becomes (VA + VB). Let the partial pressures of A and B in the gas mixture be pA and pB, respectively, and the total pressure ofthe mix.

Before opening stop-cock: In case of gas A:

PAVA = nART

In case of gas B: PBVB = nBRT

After opening stop-cock:

In case of gas A: pA(VA VB) = nARP

In case of gas B: pB{VA+ VB) = nBRPT

Note that PA PA because the volumes of gas A before and after the opening of stop-cock are VA and VA + VB respectively. For the same reason, PB≠ PB

In case of gas A: PAVA = pA(VA+ VB). Thus,

⇒ \(p_A=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}p_A=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}\)

In case ofgas B: PBVB = PB(VA + VB) and

⇒ \(p_B=\frac{P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B}\)

States of Matter Notes

Equations [1] and [2] express the partial pressures of gas A and B, respectively, in the gas mixture. According to Dalton’s law ofpartial pressures, the total pressure ofthe gas mixture,

⇒ \(\boldsymbol{P}=p_A+p_B=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}+\frac{P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B} \text { or, } \quad \boldsymbol{P}=\frac{\boldsymbol{P}_A V_A+P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B}\)

if the volume of two bulbs is the same, i.e., VA = 1/B, then the total pressure of the gas mixture, \(P=\frac{\left(P_A+P_B\right) V_A}{2 V_A}=\frac{1}{2}\left(P_A+P_B\right)\)

Application of Dalton’s law of partial pressures (Determination of actual pressure of a gas collected by the downward displacement of water): During the laboratory preparation, gases lighter than air and insoluble in water are usually collected in gas jars by downward displacement of water.

So, the gas becomes saturated with water vapour. Thus, the observed pressure (P) of the collected gas is the pressure ofthe moist gas.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Collection Of Gas By Downward Displacement Of Water

The pressure of the moist gas (P) = pressure of the dry gas (Pg) + saturated vapour pressure of water (Pw) at laboratory temperature. Therefore pg=p-pw The saturated vapour pressure of water (Pw) at laboratory temperature is known from Regnault’s table. So from equation (1), the pressure of the dry gas can easily be calculated.

The vapour pressure of water, present in the gas collected in a gas jar is called aqueous tension.

Validity of Oalton’s law of partial pressure: Under ordinary conditions, real gases do not obey Dalton’s law of partial pressure. But they approximately obey Dalton’s law at very low pressures and high temperatures as intermolecular attractive forces become negligible at this condition.

States of Matter Notes

Molecular Interpretation of Dalton’s law of partial pressures: in an ideal gas, molecules do not feel any forces of attraction or repulsion. So in a mixture of non-reacting ideal gases, molecules behave Independently of one another and the pressure exerted by a component gas is not influenced by the presence of other gases.

So, at constant temperature and volume, the pressure exerted by a mixture of two or more non-reacting ideal gases is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of the component gases.

The partial volume of a gas in a mixture of non-reading gases—Amagato law: According to this law, at constant temperature and pressure, the total volume of a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases is equal to the sum of partial volumes of component gases in the mixture.

If V is the total volume of a gas mixture at constant temperature and pressure, and v1, v2, v3…..etc., are the partial volumes ofthe component gases ofthe mixture at the same temperature and pressure, then according to Amagat’s law ofpartial volumes V = v1 + v2 + v3 +…

At constant temperature and pressure, if v-t and xt are the partial volume and mole fraction of the f-th component respectively and V is the total volume of the gas mixture, then it can be shown that v1= x1xv

Therefore, at constant temperature and pressure, the partial volume of a component gas in a gas mixture = mole fraction of that component x total volume of the mixture.

States of Matter Notes Numerical Example

Question 1. At 27°C, a cylinder of volume 10 L contains a gas mixture consisting of 0.4 g He, 1.6 g 02 & 1.4 g H2. Determine the total pressure of the mixture and the partial pressure of He in the mixture.
Answer: Total number of moles of He, O2 and N2 gas in the mixture \((n)=\frac{0.4}{4}+\frac{1.6}{32}+\frac{1.4}{28}\) 0.1 + 0.05 + 0.05 = 0.2 mol.

[Molar masses of He, O2 and N2 are 4, 32 and 28gmol-1 respectively)

Given, V = 10 L, T = (273 + 27)K= 300 K

We know, PV= nRTor, P \(=\frac{n R T}{V}\)

States of Matter Notes

∴ \(\mathrm{p}_{=}=\frac{0.2 \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{10 \mathrm{~L}}=0.4926 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ Total pressure ofthe gas mixture = 0.4926 atm

States of Matter Notes

Number of moles of He gas =0.1 and its mole fraction \(=\frac{0.1}{0.2}=0.5\)

∴ Partial pressure of He gas in mixture = mole-fraction of He in the mixture x total pressure of the mixture = 0.5 x 0.4926 = 0.2463 atm

Question 2. The volume percentages of N2, O2 and He in a gas mixture arc were 25, 35 and 40, respectively. At a given temperature, the pressure of the mixture is 760 mm Hg. Calculate the partial pressure of each gas at the same temperature.
Answer: According to Amagat’s law, at constant temperature and pressure, the partial volume of a component gas in a gas mixture = mole-fraction of that component x total volume of the mixture.

Therefore, in the given mixture, \(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{25}{100}=0.25\)

⇒ \(x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{35}{100}=0.35 \text { and } x_{\mathrm{He}}=\frac{40}{100}=0.40\)

∴ In the mixture, partial pressure of N2 = xN x P =0.25 x 760 =190 mm Hg partial pressure of O2 =xQ x P= 0.35 x 760 =266 mm Hg and partial pressure of He =xHe x P=0.40 x 760 =304 mm Hg

Question 3. A mixture of N2 and O2 at 1 bar pressure contains 80% N2 by weight. Calculate the partial pressure of N2 in the mixture.
Answer: As 80 g N2 is present in 100 g of mixture, the amount of O2 in the mixture is 20 g.

Therefore, the number of moles of N2 in the mixture \(\left(n_{N_2}\right) \frac{80}{28}=2.857 \mathrm{~mol}\) and the number of moles of O2 in the mixture \(\left(\mathrm{n}_{\mathrm{O}_2}\right)=\frac{20}{32}=0.625 \mathrm{~mol} .\)

∴ Total moles of the mixture (total)=nN2 + NO2 = 2.857 + 0.625 = 3.482mol

States of Matter Notes

∴ Mole fraction of N2 gas (xN2) \(=\frac{n_1}{n}=\frac{2.857}{3.482}=0.82\) and that of 02 gas {xO2) \(=\frac{n_2}{n}=\frac{0.625}{3.482}=0.18\)

In the mixture, the partial pressure of N2 gas =rN2 total pressure of the mixture, = 0.82 x 1 bar = 0.82 bar and that of 02 gas = xQ x total pressure of the mixture = 0.18 X 1 bar = 0.18 bar.

Question 4. At a given temperature, the pressure in an oxygen cylinder is 10.3 atm. At the same temperature, the pressure in another oxygen cylinder of volume 1/3 rd of the first cylinder is 1.1 atm. Keeping temperature constant, if the two cylinders are connected, then what will be the pressure of O2 gas in the system?
Answer: Suppose the volume of the first cylinder = VL.

So, the volume of another cylinder \(\frac{V}{3} L.\)

In the case of the first cylinder: If the number of moles of O2 gas

be n1, then according to the equation PV = nRT

10.3 atm x VL =n1X 0.0821 L.atm. moH-1. K-1 x TK

∴ \(n_1=\frac{125.45 \times V}{T} \mathrm{~mol} .\)

States of Matter Notes

In the case of the second cylinder: If the number of moles of O2 gas is n2, then according to the equation PV = nRT

⇒ \(1.1 \mathrm{~atm} \times \frac{V}{3} \mathrm{~L}=n_2 \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times T \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ \(n_2=\frac{4.46}{T} \times V \mathrm{~mol}\)

If two cylinders are connected, then die total volume of the system \(=\left(V+\frac{V}{3}\right) \mathrm{L}=\frac{4}{3} V \mathrm{~L}\) and the total number of moles of 02 gas = nx + n2 Applying equation PV = nRT, we obtain
\(P \times \frac{4}{3} V \mathrm{~L}=\left(n_1+n_2\right) \mathrm{RT}=\left(\frac{125.45 \times \mathrm{V}}{T}+\frac{4.46 \times \mathrm{V}}{T}\right) \times 0.0821 \times \mathrm{T}\)

States of Matter Notes

or, \(\begin{aligned}
P & =\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{(125.45+4.46)}{T} \times 0.0821 \times T \\
& =\frac{3}{4} \times 129.91 \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~atm}=7.99 \mathrm{~atm}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ The pressure of the O2 gas in the system will be 7.99 atm.

Question 5. Thermal decomposition of x g of KC1O3 produces 760 mL O2, which is collected over water at 27°C and 714 mm Hg pressure. Find the value of x. [Given that at 27°C, aqueous tension = 26 mm Hg and atomic weights of K=39, Cl=35.5, 0=16
Answer: Actual pressure of O2 collected over water = atmospheric pressure- aqueous tension \(=(714-26)=688 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{688}{760}=0.9052 \mathrm{~atm}\)

According to the given conditions volume of O2 = 760 mL = 0.76 L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K If the number of moles of O2 gas is n then, \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{0.9052 \mathrm{~atm} \times 0.76 \mathrm{~L}}{0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}=0.028 \mathrm{~mol}.\)

States of Matter Notes

Equation for the thermal decomposition of KC1O3 is \(2 \mathrm{KClO}_3(s) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{KCl}(s)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g)\)

Therefore, 3 mol O2(g) = 2 mol KC1O3 = 2 X 12250 g =245g KCIO3

∴ \(0.028 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \equiv \frac{245}{3} \times 0.028 \mathrm{~g}=2.286 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{KClO}_3\)

∴ x= 2.286 g

Diffusion And Effusion Of A Gas

Diffusion of a gas: Due to rapid and random molecular motions and large average intermolecular distance, when two or more non-reacting gases come in contact with each other, they spontaneously mix to form a homogeneous mixture.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Before The Opening of stop cock after the opening of stop cock

For instance, when a bottle of perfume is opened at one corner of a room, a person at the other end of the room smells the pleasant odour of the perfume after some time.

Similarly, when a bottle containing a concentrated solution of ammonia is opened at one end of a laboratory desk, a person at the other end of the desk smells the odour of ammonia. This is because the molecules of the perfume or ammonia Intermix with air rapidly and spread. Such a phenomenon of spontaneous In let mixing of gases In called diffusion.

States of Matter Notes

Diffusion of a gas Definition: The process by which two or more non-reacting gases without any external help Intermix with one another spontaneously, Irrespective of their densities or molar masses to form a homogeneous gas mixture Is termed as diffusion.

States of Matter Notes

Efusion of a gas: like diffusion, a process involving the flow of gas molecules IN effusion. If a container holding some gas is kepi In a vacuum and a tiny hole (or pinhole) is made in the container, the enclosed gas flows through the tiny hole Into the vacuum.

This process is called effusion, Effusion Is also found to occur when the pressure of a gas enclosed In a porous container (like a rubber balloon) is higher than that of the outside pressure. Due to higher pressure Inside the container, gas flows out through the pores of the container.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Effusion Of A Gas

Efusion of a gas Definition: The process by which a gas escapes its container through a tiny hole (or pinhole) into a vacuum or a region of lower pressure Is called an effusion.

Graham’s law of diffusion or effusion Law of diffusion: At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of the density of the gas. This law applies to an effusion process also. For an effusion process, according to Graham’s law, the rate of effusion of a gas at constant temperature and pressure is inversely proportional to the square root of its density.

States of Matter Notes

Mathematical form: If at a particular temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas =r and the density of that gas = d, then according to Graham’s law \(r \in \frac{1}{\sqrt{d}} \text { or, } r=\frac{K}{\sqrt{d}}\) [k= proportionality constant]…..[1]

Equation [1] is the mathematical form of Graham’s law. If under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion (or effusion) of two gases A and B be r A and B respectively, then according to Graham’s law,

States of Matter Notes

⇒ \(r_A \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{d_A}} \text { and } r_B \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{d_B}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{d_B}{d_A}} \quad \cdots\{2]\)

dA and dB are the densities of A and B respectively. Relation between the rate of diffusion (or effusion) and the vapour density of a gas: At a particular temperature, the density (d) of a gas is proportional to its vapour density (D); i.e., d oc D Therefore, equation (2) can be expressed as-

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{d_B}{d_A}}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}} \text { or, } \frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}} \quad \cdots[3]\)

DA and DB are the vapour densities of A and B, respectively.

States of Matter Notes

Hence, at constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its vapour density.

Relation between the rate of diffusion or effusion and the molar mass of a gas:

States of Matter Notes

Vapour density \((D)=\frac{\text { molar mass }(M)}{2}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B / 2}{M_A / 2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \quad \cdots[4]\)

MA and MB are the molar masses of A and B, respectively. Therefore, at constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass.

Relation between the volume of a gas effused and its molar mass: At a constant temperature and pressure, if VA volume of gas A and VB volume of gas B effused through the same porous wall in the same time t, then—

⇒ \(r_A=\frac{V_A}{t} \text { and } r_B=\frac{V_B}{t}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\frac{V_A / t}{V_B / t}=\frac{V_A}{V_B}\)

States of Matter Notes

Substituting this value into equation [4], we obtain

⇒ \(\frac{V_A}{V_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Thus, under the identical set of conditions, the effused quantities of the two gases have volumes that are inversely proportional to the square roots of their molar masses.

Relation between the time taken for effusion and the molar mass: Suppose, at constant temperature and pressure, two gases A and B are effusing through a porous wall. If tA and tB are the times required for effusion ofthe same volume ( V) of gases A and B, respectively, then

⇒ \(r_A=\frac{V}{t_A} \text { and } r_B=\frac{V}{t_B}\)

According to Graham’s law of effusion,

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{V / t_A}{V / t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{t_B}{t_A}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{t_A}{t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_A}{M_B}} \cdots[6]\)

Therefore, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the times required for the effusion of the same volume of two gases through a porous wall are directly proportional to the square roots oftheir molar masses.

States of Matter Notes

At a particular temperature, the rate of diffusion or effusion (r) of any gas is proportional to the pressure (P) of the gas and inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass (Af) of the gas.

Therefore, If at a constant temperature, two gases A and B diffuse (or effuse) at pressures PA and PB, respectively, and their molar masses are MA and MB, then \(r_A \propto P_A / \sqrt{M_A} \text { and } r_B \propto P_B / \sqrt{M_B}\) where rA and rB are the rates of diffusion (or effusion) of gases A and B, respectively therefore \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\frac{P_A}{P_B} \sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Applications of diffusion (effusion) of gases:

Determination of the molar mass of a gas: Under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, if equal volumes of two gases, A and B pass through a porous wall in times tA and tB, respectively, then according to Graham’s law

⇒ \(\frac{t_A}{t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_A}{M_B}} \text { or, }\left(\frac{t_A}{t_B}\right)^2=\frac{M_A}{M_B}\)

States of Matter Notes

[MA and MB are the molar masses of A and B respectively]

If the time taken for the diffusion of the same volume of two gases under the same conditions of temperature and pressure and the molar mass of one of the gases is known, then from equation [1], the molar mass of the other gas can be calculated.

Separation of the component gases from the mixture of two gases: At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion or effusion of any gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass. So, if a mixture of two gases is allowed to pass out through a porous wall, then the quantity ofthe gas diffused out after a definite interval will be enriched by the lighter gas.

States of Matter Notes

In the same manner, two gases can be entirely separated by repeated diffusion or effusion through a porous wall. Such a process of separation of the components of a gaseous mixture based on the diffusive properties of gases is called atmolysis.

Example: Two common isotopes ofhydrogen gas, protium (JH) and deuterium (ÿH)can be easily separated by this method. But in most of the cases, separation ofisotopes is not easier by this method because ofthe very small ratio of the atomic masses ofthese isotopes.

Detection of marsh gas in coal mines: To indicate the presence of marsh gas in coal mines, an electric alarm is used, which works on the principle of diffusion.

An experiment of gaseous diffusion

Diffusion of gases can be understood from the following experiment. A cotton plug soaked in concentrated HC1 solution is inserted into one end of a long tube, and another cotton plug soaked in concentrated NH3 solution is inserted into the other end ofthe tube.

States of Matter Notes

The two ends ofthe tube are then closed with rubber corks so that HC1 and NH3, After some time, a white fume first appears at a point P inside the tube. It is the vapour of NH4C1 formed by the reaction between NH3 and HC1 vapours.

Point P lies near the cotton ball soaked in HC1 solution than that soaked in NH3 solution. This is because the diffusion rate of the lighter NH3 gas is greater than that of the heavier HC1 gas and hence NH3 molecules travel a longer distance than HC1 molecules in a given time.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Experiment Of Diffusion

States of Matter Notes Numerical Examples

Question 1. The rate of diffusion of a gas is 2.92 times that of NH3 gas. Determine the molecular weight of that gas.
Answer: if the rates of diffusion of the unknown gas and NH3 gas at constant temperature and pressure are rx and r2, then according to Graham’s law of diffusion

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{NH}_3}}{M}}\)

gas and MNH3 = 17

Since, rx = 2.92 X r2

∴ \(2.92=\sqrt{\frac{17}{M}} \quad \text { or, } M=2\)

States of Matter Notes

Therefore, the molecular weight ofthe unknown gas = 2

Question 2. 432 mL of gas A effuses out through a fine orifice in 36 min. 288 mL of another gas B effuses out through the same orifice in 48 min. If the molecular weight of B is 64, what is the molecular weight of A?
Answer: According to Graham’s law of effusion \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Given \(r_A=\frac{432 \mathrm{~mL}}{36 \mathrm{~min}}=12 \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1},\)

⇒ \(r_B=\frac{288 \mathrm{~mL}}{48 \mathrm{~min}}=6 \cdot \mathrm{mL} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1} \text { and } M_B=64\)

∴ \(\frac{12}{6}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

∴ \(M_B=4 \times M_A \text { or, } M_A=\frac{64}{4}=16\)

Question 3. The molecular weights of the two gases are 64 and 100 respectively. If the rate of diffusion of the first gas is 15 mL.sec-1, then what is the rate of diffusion of the other?
Answer: According to Graham’slaw ofdiffusion \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Here, MA = 64, MB = 100, rA = 15 mL.s-1, rB = ?

∴ \(\frac{15 \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{100}{64}}=\frac{10}{8}\)

States of Matter Notes

∴ rB = 12 mL-s-1

∴ The rate of diffusion ofthe other gas = 12 mL.s -1.

States of Matter Notes

Question 4. Determine the relative rates of diffusion of 235 UF6 And 2363 UF6 Gases.
Answer: Molecular weight of UF6 =235 + 6 X 19 = 349 and molecular weight of 238 Uf6 = 238 Uf6 = 238+6×19= 352

At a given temperature and pressure if r1 and r2 are the rates of diffusion of and 238UF6 respectively, then according to Graham’s law, \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\ \frac {M_2}{M_1}}=\sqrt{\frac{352}{349}}=1.0043\)

∴ r1=1.0043xr2

∴ The rate of diffusion of 23SUF6 is 1.0043 times that of 238UF6.

Question 5. In a mixture of O2 and an unknown gas, the percentage of the unknown gas Is 20% by mass. At a given temperature and pressure, the time required to effuse VmL of the gas mixture through an aperture is 234.1 s. Under the same conditions, the time required to effuse the same volume of pure 02 gas is 223.1 s. What is the molar mass of unknown gas?
Answer: Average molecular mass of the gas-mixture ,\(=\frac{20 \times M+80 \times 32}{100} ;\) where M= molar mass ofunknown gas. According to the problem, the rate of effusion of VmL of unknown gas mixed with oxygen, \(r_1=\frac{V}{234.1} \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\) and the rate of effusion of 7raL of pure oxygen \(r_2=\frac{V}{223.1} \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

we know, ,\(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\) and \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\)

Now, \(\frac{M_2}{M_1}=\frac{32}{\frac{20 M+2560}{100}}=\frac{160}{M+128}\)

States of Matter Notes

∴ \(\frac{223.1}{234.1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}=\sqrt{\frac{160}{M+128}} \quad \text { or, } 0.9082=\frac{160}{M+128}\)

∴ M= 48.17

The molar mass of unknown gas = 48.17gmol-1

Question 6. A gas mixture consisting of He and CH4 gases in a mole ratio of 4:1 is present in a vessel at a pressure of 20 bar. Due to a fine hole in the vessel, the gas mixture undergoes effusion. What is the composition (or ratio) of the initial gas mixture that is effused out?
Answer: If the total number of moles in the mixture is n, then the numbers of moles of He and CH4 are \(\frac{4}{5} n \text { and } \frac{1}{5} n\) or, 0.8n and 0.2 n respectively.

In the mixture, the partial pressure of He (pHe)

⇒ \(=\frac{0.8 n}{n} \times 20=16 \text { bar and that of } \mathrm{CH}_4\left(p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}\right)\)

⇒ \(=\frac{0.2}{n} \times 20=4 \text { bar }\)

Rate of effusion of a gas at a constant temperature, \(r \propto \frac{P}{\sqrt{M}}\)

where P = pressure ofthe gas and M molar mass ofthe gas.

States of Matter Notes

Therefore, the rate of effusion of He gas, \(r_1 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{He}}}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } r_1 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{\sqrt{4}} \text { and that of } \mathrm{CH}_4 \text { gas, } r_2 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}} \text { or, } r_2 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}{\sqrt{16}}\)

States of Matter Notes

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}} \times \sqrt{\frac{16}{4}}=\frac{2 p_{\mathrm{He}}}{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}=\frac{2 \times 16}{4}=8\)

∴ The ratio of the number of moles of He and CH4 (composition) in the initial gas mixture effused out 8:1

Question 7. ‘X’ and ‘ Y’ are the two open ends of a glass tube with a length of lm. NH3 gas through ‘X’ and HC1 gas through ‘Y’ are simultaneously allowed to enter the tube. As NH3 and HC1 gases diffuse towards each other inside the tube, they meet and react to form NH4Cl(s), as a result of a white fume appears. Where will the white fume appear first inside the tube?
Answer: Suppose, NH3 gas first comes in contact with HC1 gas after it traverses a distance of / cm from the X-end of the tube. At the same time, HC1 gas moves a distance of (100-/) cm from the K-end of the tube. Therefore, the first white fume, appearing due to the formation of NH4Cl(s) from the reaction of NH4 with HC1, will be seen tit u distance of /cm f/otn the X -end.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids X and Y Are two Open Ends Of Glass Tube

If r1 and r2 are the rates of diffusion of Nil., and MCI respectively, then

⇒ \(r_1=\frac{l}{t} \text { and } r_2=\frac{(100-t)}{t}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{HCl}}}{M_{\mathrm{NH}_3}}}\)

States of Matter Notes

Or, \(\frac{l}{100-l}=\sqrt{\frac{36.5}{17}} \text { or, } \frac{l}{100-l}=1.465\) or, l = 59.43 cm

So, the white fume first appears at a distance of 59.43 cm from the ‘X’-end ofthe tube

The Kinetic Theory Of Gases

The kinetic theory of gases Is based on some postulates to elucidate the behaviour of Ideal gases, This theory was first proposed by Bernoulli and was considerably extended and elaborated by Clausius, Boltzmann, Maxwell, van der Waals arid Jeans.

Fundamental Postulates Of Kinetic Theory Of Gases

  1. A gas consists of a large number of tiny discrete particles, called molecules.
  2. The gas molecules are solid, spherical and perfectly elastic.
  3. Molecules of a gas are alike In all respects.
  4. The actual volume occupied by the molecules Is negligible in comparison to the volume of the container.
  5. Gas molecules are always in ceaseless chaotic motion.
  6. They constantly collide with each other and with the walls of the container. Collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container give rise to (lie pressure of a gas.
  7. All molecular collisions are perfectly elastic i.e., during collisions, molecules do not gain or lose kinetic energy.
  8. There exist no forces of attraction or repulsion among (lie gas molecules, l, a., molecules in a gas behave Independently of one another.
  9. The average kinetic energy of the molecules of a gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature ofthe gas.

Justification for the postulates of the kinetic theory of gases:

  1. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the total volume of the gas molecules is negligible compared to the volume of the container holding the gas. This means that most of the volume occupied by a gas in a container is empty. The high compressibility ofgases justifies this assumption.
  2. The kinetic theory of gases proposes that the gas molecules are always in ceaseless random motion. If the molecules of a gas were not in ceaseless random motion, the gas would have a definite shape and size. But in fact, gases do not have a definite shape and size, which supports the ceaseless random motion of gas molecules.
  3. According to the kinetic theory of gases, there exists no force of attraction or repulsion among gas molecules. The indefinite expansion of a gas supports this postulate.
  4. The kinetic theory of gases tells us that the pressure of a gas arises due to the collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container. Molecule In a gas his terms that move randomlyIn straight lines In all directions. As a result, they constantly collide with one another and with the walls of the container. The force exerted by the molecules unit area of the wall of the container represents the pressure of the gas.
  5. The collisions of gas molecules among themselves and also against the walls of the container are perfectly elastic. This means there Is no loss or gain of kinetic energy during collisions, i.e., the total kinetic energy of the gas molecules before and after collisions remains the same. If the kinetic energy of the gas molecules enclosed in an insulated container were not conserved during collisions, the pressure of the gas In that insulated container would also fluctuate.
  6. But, the fact is that the pressure of the gas enclosed In an insulated container remains the same. So, this confirms that the collisions of gas molecules among themselves and with the walls of the container are perfectly elastic.
  7. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the average kinetic energy of gas molecules is proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. With increasing temperature, the pressure of a gas increases at constant volume.
  8. Again, the pressure of a gas increases as the number of collisions of the gas molecules with the walls ofthe container increases, which in turn, increases with the increase in average kinetic energy of gas molecules.
  9. Thus, it can be concluded that the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules is proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas

Kinetic gas equation

Based on the postulates of the kinetic theory of gases, an equation for the pressure of a gas can be deduced. This equation is known as the kinetic gas equation.

The equation is \(P=\frac{1}{3} \frac{m n c_{r m s}^2}{V}\)

States of Matter Notes

where P and V are the pressure and volume of tyre gas, arms are the root mean square velocity of the gas molecules, m = mass of each gas molecule, and n – is the number of molecules present in volume V.

Average velocity and mean square velocity

Let, the total number ofmolecules in a sample of gas be n. Of these molecules, suppose, n, molecules move with velocity C1, C2, molecules move with velocity C2 n3 molecules move with velocity C3, and so on.

Average velocity: It is the arithmetical mean of the velocities of all the molecules in a gas at a given temperature.

Average velocity, \(\begin{aligned}
\bar{c} & =\frac{n_1 c_1+n_2 c_2+n_3 c_3+\cdots}{n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots} \\
& =\frac{n_1 c_1+n_2 c_2+n_3 c_3+\cdots}{n}
\end{aligned}\)

States of Matter Notes

‘Bar’(-) over c indicates the average value of c]

If the absolute temperature and the molar mass of a gas are T and M, respectively, then it can be shown that \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}.\)

Mean square velocity: It is the arithmetical mean of the square velocities of all the molecules in a gas at a given temperature.
Mean square velocity \(\begin{aligned}
\overline{c^2} & =\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots} \\
& =\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}
\end{aligned}\)

Root mean square velocity

The square root of the mean square velocity of the molecules in a gas at a given temperature is called the root mean square (RMS) velocity. Root mean square velocity

⇒ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\overline{c^2}}=\sqrt{\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}}\)

States of Matter Notes

The average velocity (c) and the root mean square velocity of the molecules of a gas are not the Suppose, we have 2 molecules with velocities 2 m-s-1 and 4 m-s-1, respectively. Average velocity of the two molecules, \(c=\frac{(2+4) \mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{2}=3 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\) and root mean square velocity \(c_{t \mathrm{~ms}}=\sqrt{\frac{2^2+4^2}{2}}=3.16 \mathrm{~m} \cdot 5^{-1}\)

To determine the tbs average kinetic energy of gas molecules, the root mean square velocity is used instead of the average velocity Gases are isotropic i.e. the properties of gases are Independent of direction. So, gas molecules can move in all directions with equal probability.

Therefore, the average velocity of the gas molecules along a particular axis (x or y or z )is zero because at any instant the probability of the number of molecules moving along the positive x-axis and the negative x-axis is equal. As a result, the average velocity along the x-axis (similarly y-axis or z-axis) becomes zero.

States of Matter Notes

For this reason, the average velocity is not used to determine the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules. On the other hand, the root mean square velocity of the gas molecules is determined from their mean square velocity.

As the square of a positive or negative quantity Is always a positive quantity, the root mean square velocity is always positive. Hence, the root-mean-square velocity is used to determine the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules.

Determination of arms from the kinetic gas equation: From the kinetic gas equation we have \(P V=\frac{1}{3} m n c_{r m s}^2\)

P and V are the pressure and volume of gas respectively, at a particular temperature, arms are the root mean square velocity of molecules in the gas at the same temperature, m is the mass of the gas molecule and n is the number of ofmolecules present in volume V. For 1 mol gas, n = N (Avogadro’s number)

Therofore P V=\frac{1}{3} m N c_{r m s}^2 \text { (for } 1 \mathrm{~mol} \text { gas). }\(\)

Molar mass (Af) of a gas = mass of each molecule of the gas x Avogadro’s number =mN and for 1 mole of gas, PV = RT.

Therefore. \(R T=\frac{1}{3} M c_{r m s}^2\) or, \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

States of Matter Notes

This equation represents the root mean square velocity at a given temperature T of the molecules in a gas with a molar mass of Af. It is evident from this equation that the root mean square velocity of the molecules of a gas is directly proportional to the square root of absolute temperature and inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass of the gas.

f the molar masses of A and B gases be MA and Affi respectively and the root mean square velocities of the molecules of A and B and (arms), respectively, then at a particular temperature (T),

⇒ \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_A=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_A}} \text { and }\left(c_{r m s}\right)_B=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_B}}\)

So, \(\frac{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_A}{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

States of Matter Notes

Therefore, at a particular temperature is greater for a lighter gas. For example, at a given temperature c value for H2 molecules is 4 times as high as that of O2 molecules

⇒ \(\frac{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{O}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{32}{2}}=\sqrt{16}=4\)

Or, \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{H}_2}=4 \times\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{O}_2}\)

Most probable velocity (cm)

Gas molecules move randomly in all directions, collide with each other and also against the walls oftheir container. Due to such frequent collisions, there is always a redistribution of velocities among the molecules.

States of Matter Notes

At any instant in time, the gas contains molecules moving with very high to very low velocities. Maxwell, by extensive mathematical calculation of the distribution of molecular velocities, has shown that at a particular temperature, the velocity with which the maximum fraction of molecules in a sample of gas move has a constant value. This velocity is known as the most probable velocity and it is represented by the equation.

⇒ \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

Where T and M are the absolute temperature and molecular mass ofthe gas respectively.

Relation among different molecular velocities: At a given temperature T the average velocity (c), root mean square velocity (arms) and most probable velocity (cm) of the molecules ofa gas with molar mass M are-

⇒ \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}, c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \text { and } c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(\left[c_m: \overline{\boldsymbol{c}}: c_{r m s}\right]=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}: \sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}: \sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{2}: \sqrt{\frac{8}{\pi}}: \sqrt{3}=1: 1.128: 1.224\)

States of Matter Notes

Relation between c and Crms: At a definite temperature, for a particular gas Z/cÿ = j8/3n = 0.921 Average velocity = 0.921 root mean square velocity.

Relation between and Crms =S/3 = 0.816 Most probable -velocity = 0.816 x root mean square velocity

For the gas molecules of a given gas at a definite temperature, crmsM>c>cm

Average kinetic energy of gas molecules

Since all the molecules in a gas do not move at the same velocity, they do not have the same kinetic energy. Thus, the kinetic energy of the molecules in ofa gas is always expressed in terms of average kinetic energy.

Let n be the total number of 6 molecules in a sample of gas, and m be the mass of each molecule. If at a given temperature, molecules move with velocity c1, n2 molecules with velocity c2, n3 molecules with velocity c3— etc., and the respective kinetic energies ofthese molecules are ex, e2, e3 … etc., then

⇒ \(\epsilon_1=\frac{1}{2} m c_1^2, \epsilon_2=\frac{1}{2} m c_2^2, \epsilon_3=\frac{1}{2} m c_3^2 \cdots e t c .\)

Therefore, the average kinetic energy of the molecules,

States of Matter Notes

⇒ \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{n_1 \epsilon_1+n_2 \epsilon_2+n_3 \epsilon_3+\cdots}{n}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{1}{2} m\left[\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}\right]=\frac{1}{2} m \overline{c^2}\)

Also, mean square velocity = (root mean square velocity)2 i.e., \(\overline{c^2}=c_{r m s}^2\)

States of Matter Notes

∴ Average kinetic energy of a gas molecule \(=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2\)

Equation [1] expresses the relation between the average kinetic energy and the root mean square velocity of the molecules in a gas.

Value of average kinetic energy: The average kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas at a particular temperature, \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2\) where m is the mass of a gas molecule, cms is its root mean square velocity At a given temperature for the molecules in a gas,

⇒ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 k \times N \times T}{m \times N}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 k T}{m}}\)

Since Molar mass (M) of a gas = mass of a molecule (m) of the gas Avogadro’s’ number (N) and R = k (Boltzmann constant) x N]

States of Matter Notes

∴ \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2=\frac{1}{2} \times m \times \frac{3 k T}{m}=\frac{3}{2} k T\)

It is evident from this equation that the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules is proportional to the -absolute temperature. Therefore, at TK, the total kinetic energy of the molecules of1 mol ofa gas.

⇒ \(=\epsilon \times N=\frac{3}{2} k T \times N=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

[since r=kxN]

States of Matter Notes Numerical Examples

Question 1. Determine the ratio of root mean square velocity and average velocity of the molecules in a gas at a given temperature
Answer: If M and T be the molar mass and temperature ofthe gas, then the root mean square velocity \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\) and the average velocity, \((\bar{c})=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\)

∴ \(\frac{c_{r m s}}{c}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \pi}{8}}=1.085\)

Question 2. Show that the root mean square velocity of an O2 molecule at 54°C is not twice its root mean square velocity at 27°C
Answer: At 54°C, i.e., at (273 + 54)K = 327K the root mean square velocity of 02 molecule, \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_1=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 327}{32}}\)

= 5.048 XlO4 cm-s-1

and at 27°C i.e., at (273 + 27)K = 300K

States of Matter Notes

⇒ \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_2=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{32}}\)

=4.835 x 104cm.s-1.

∴ (cms)1≠2(cms)2.

Question 3. Determine the rms velocity, average velocity and most probable velocity of H2 molecules at 300 K.
Answer: Molar mass (Af) of H2 gas = 2g.mol-1

∴ Root mean square velocity of H2 molecule = \(\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{2}}=1.934 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

States of Matter Notes

Average velocity = \(=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}=\sqrt{\frac{8 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{3.14 \times 2}} ;\)

= 1.782×105 cm.5 cm.s-1

Mostprobable velocity \(\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 30}{2}\)

= 1.58 x105 cm.s-1

States of Matter Notes

Question 4. At what temperature will the most probable velocity of the H2 molecule be equal to the root mean square velocity of 02 molecules at 20°C?
Answer: At 20°C temperature, root mean square velocity of O2 molecule = \(\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times(273+20)}{32}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Let at temperature T1 the most probable velocity of H2 = the rms velocity of 02 at 20°C.

At TK, the most probable velocity of H2

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times T}{2}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

∴ \(\sqrt{\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times T}{2}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 293}{32}}\)

or, \(T=\frac{3 \times 293}{32}=27.50\) Therefore at —245.5°C, the most probable velocity of H2 molecules will be equal to the rms velocity of 02 at 20 °C.

Question 5. The density of O2 gas at 1 atm pressure and 273K is 1.429 g-dm-3. Calculate the root mean square velocity of 02 molecules at 273 K
Answer: The root mean square velocity, \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P V}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P}{d}}\)

Given, P = 1 atm and d = 1.429 g-dm-3

P = latm = 1.013 x 106 dyn-cm-2

States of Matter Notes

= 1.013 X 106 g-cm-s-2 -cm-2 = 1.013 X 106 g-cm-1-s-2

and d = 1.429 g.dm-3 = 1.429 x 10-3 g-cm-3

∴ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 1.013 \times 10^6 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}}{1.429 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}}}\)

= 4.611 X104 crn-s-1

Question 6. Determine the total kinetic energy of the molecules of 1 g CO2 at 27°C in the units of erg and calorie. Assume the ideal behaviour of the gas.
Answer: \(1 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CO}_2=\frac{1}{44}=2.27 \times 10^{-2} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CO}_2 \text { and }\)

T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K

The total kinetic energy of the molecules in mol of an ideal gas. \(=\frac{3}{2} R T\) Therefore, the total kinetic energy of the molecules of \(\begin{gathered}
2.27 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CO}_2 \text { gas }=2.27 \times 10^{-2} \times \frac{3}{2} R T \\
=2.27 \times 10^{-2} \times \frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300
\end{gathered}\)

= 8.5 X 108 erg =20.31 cal

since 1 cal = 4.18 x 107erg]

Question 7. Determine the total kinetic energy of the molecules of 8.0 g CH4 at 27°C in the unit of joule.
Answer: \(8.0 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CH}_4=\frac{8}{16}=0.5 \mathrm{molCH}_4\)

since Mch4 = 16g.mol-1]

Total kinetic energy ofthe moleculesin1 mol gas \(=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

∴ Total kinetic energy ofthe molecules of 0.5 mol CH4 gas

States of Matter Notes

⇒ \(=0.5 \times \frac{3}{2} R T=0.5 \times \frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times(273+27)=1870.65 \mathrm{~J} .\)

Question 8. At a given temperature, the average kinetic energy of H2 molecules is 3.742 kj-mol-1. Calculate the root mean square velocity of H2 molecules at this temperature
Answer: Suppose, at TK, the average kinetic energy of H2 gas molecules =3.742 kj.mol-1.

∴ \(\frac{3}{2} R T=3.742 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

or, \(\frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times T=3.742 \times 10^3\)

∴ t= 300k

States of Matter Notes

Therefore, the root mean square velocity of the H2 molecule

⇒ \(\text { at } 300 \mathrm{~K}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{2 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{m}^2 \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2} \times 300}{2 \mathrm{~g}}}=1934.2 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Maxwell’s distribution of velocity

In a collection of gas molecules, there exists a wide distribution of velocity, ranging from very low to very high value. Molecules moving with very low to very high velocities are very small. Most of the molecules move with intermediate velocities.

Maxwell showed that the molecular velocity distribution in a gas depends on the temperature and molar mass of the gas and gave an equation, commonly known as Maxwell’s distribution law of molecular velocity.

States of Matter Notes

According to this law, at a given temperature, the distribution of velocities remains the same although individual velocities of gas molecules may change due to collision. Let the total number of molecules in a gaseous sample be n and at a particular temperature, dn is the number of molecules having velocities in the range c to c + dc \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) is a small interval of velocity).

Tints, the fraction of molecules having velocity in the range c to c + dc is \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\). The value of f changes with a change in the value of c. Maxwell’s distribution is obtained by plotting \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) as ordinate and c as abscissa.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Max wells Sistribution Of Velocity At A given Temperature

Description of the graph: The given graph shows that— 1] The fraction ofmolecules \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) increases with c, reaches a V 71 s maximum, and then decreases rapidly. The velocity corresponding to the maximum in the distribution curve indicates the velocity possessed by most of the molecules.

This velocity is called the most probable velocity (cm). For a gas with molar mass M, the most probable velocity of its molecules at temperature T is: \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

The number of molecules moving with very high or very low velocities is very small.

The average velocity of the molecules is slightly greater than the most probable velocity and the root mean square velocity is still slightly greater than the most probable velocity

Effect of molar mass on the distribution of molecular velocity at constant temperature: According to the equation \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\) at a given temperature, the most probable velocity of molecules of a gas is inversely proportional to the molar mass of the gas.

States of Matter Notes

Therefore, at a particular temperature, the most probable velocity of a gas with a larger molar mass will be lower than that of a gas with a smaller molar mass, and the maxima in the distribution curve for a lighter gas will occur at a higher velocity than that for a heavier gas. As a result, the curve for a lighter gas becomes more flattened than that for a heavier gas

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Effects Of Molar mass On The Velocity Distrubution Of Gases At The same Temperature

Influence of temperature on velocity distribution: The change in temperature changes the velocity of the molecules. As a result, the distribution of molecular velocities also changes The velocity distribution curves at three different
temperatures (T1, T2 and T3 ) is given below

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Velocity Distrubution Of The Molecules Of A Gas At Different Constant Temperatures

With increasing temperature, the curve gets flattened and the maximum the curve shifts to the right. This means that with temperature rise, the most probable velocity (cm) of the molecules increases although the number of molecules moving with this velocity decreases. Thus, the velocity distribution curve broadens at higher temperatures.

The middle portion of the curve gets flattened with the increase in temperature. This indicates that with an increase in temperature, the number of molecules with higher velocity increases and that with lower velocity decreases.

States of Matter Notes

If the temperature decreases, the distribution curve becomes gradually narrow and the most probable velocity of the molecules decreases, while the number of molecules with this velocity increases.

States of Matter Notes Deviation Of Real Gases From Ideal And Behaviour

The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas is PV = nRT. In practice, there is no such gas which obeys PV = nRT under all conditions of pressure and temperature. Gases which do not obey the equation, PV = nRT, except at very low pressure and high temperature, are said to be real gases. All naturally occurring gases are real gases. Fegnault, Andrews, Amagat, KamerJing and other scientists have studied the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour.

Amagat curves

Amagat carried out an extensive study on the behaviour of real gases. From the results of his observations, he plotted PV against constant temperature for different gases.

If the gas obeys the equation, PV = NRT (ideal gas), then at a constant temperature, the PV vs P plot will be a straight line parallel to the P-axis and at any temperature, and the value of PV will be equal to that of RT (forI mol of gas). This is shown by a dotted line. In the case of real gases, however, the plots of PV vs P are not a horizontal line Instead they deviate from the line of ideas gas and take a curve-like shape as shown by unbroken lines.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Amagat CUrves For Different Gases At 0degreeC

The curves for real gases are of two types. These are—

In the case of gases like N2, CO2 etc., with the increase in pressure, the value of PV initially decreases from the expected value of nRT, passes through a minimum and then goes on increasing, even after exceeding the value of nRT.

States of Matter Notes

Such gases show a negative deviation in the beginning, reach a minimum value and then show a positive deviation after crossing the line for ideal gas. Depression in the curve of gas is characteristic ofthe gas and it also depends on the experimental temperature.

For gases like H2, He etc., the value of PV increases with pressure right from the beginning. No depression appears in their curves. Although at 0°C, the PV vs P curves obtained in the case of H2 and He etc. do not have any depression or concave part, they become identical to those obtained for gases like N2 and O2 etc.

when PV values for H2 and He are measured at temperatures below their respective Boyle temperatures. PV vs P isotherms at different pressures upto 1 atm are found to be straight lines but they are not parallel to the P -axis.

States of Matter Notes

Keeping the temperature fixed at 0°C, when PV vs P curves for mol of different real gases at various pressures upto 1 atm are drawn and extrapolated, it is observed that all the straight lines meet the PV-axis at 22.424 L-atm value at P = 0 J. This value of PV for any real gas is equal to the value of PV for 1 mol ideal gas at STP.

So, at extremely low pressure (P→ 0), real gases exhibit ideal behaviour

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Pv vs P Curves For 1 MOl Of Different Gases At 0C And Low Pressure

Deviations Concerning pressure: For real gases the deviations from ideal behaviour concerning pressure can be studied by plotting pressure vs volume at a given temperature. If we plot experimental values of pressure vs volume at constant temperature (i.e., for real gas) and p theoretically calculated values from Boyle’s law (i.e., for ideal gas) the two curves do not coincide.

From this plot, we observe that at very high pressure, the volume of the real gas is more than that of an ideal gas. Pressure, these two volumes approach each other.

Deviation from ideal behaviour and Boyle temperature: For a given gas, if PV vs P curves at different fixed temperatures are drawn, then it is found that with the increase in temperature, the depths in the curves gradually decrease (curves become more and more flat) along with the simultaneous shifting of the minimum values of PV to the left.

For every gas, there is a certain temperature, characteristic of the gas, at which the PV-P coincides with the line ofthe ideal gas over an appreciable range of pressure. This temperature is called Boyle temperature ofthe gas.

States of Matter Notes

This is so called because the PV value for the gas remains constant over the range of pressure indicating that the gas obeys Boyle’s law.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Pv vs p Curves For N2 At Different Constant Temperatures

Boyle temperature

For any real gas, there is a certain temperature, characteristic of the gas, at which the gas follows the ideal gas laws over a wide range of pressure.

This temperature is called the Boyle temperature ( TB) or Boyle point of the gas. The Boyle temperature for gas following the van der Waals equation is given by the relation given by, \(T_B=\frac{a}{R b}\)

States of Matter Notes

Alternative definition: The temperature at which the plot of PV vs P for areal gas results in a line parallel to the P-axis over an appreciable range of pressure, is called the Boyle temperature of the gas.

Alternatively, the particular temperature at which the value of PV for a real gas becomes constant over an appreciable range of pressure is called the Boyle temperature of that gas. -Ideal gas -Real gas V-

The values of Boyle’s temperature are different for different gases. For example—the Boyle temperatures of H2 and N2 are -156°C and 50°C, respectively. Generally, the liquefaction of a gas becomes easier for a gas having a higher Boyle temperature.

Boyle temperatures for most of the gases are found to be higher than the ordinary temperature. For this reason, a concave region is found in the PV vs P plots of N2 O2 CH4 etc. gases at ordinary temperature.

States of Matter Notes

On the other hand, such kind of concave region is absent in the case of the PV vs P plots of H2 and He gases as their Boyle temperatures are much lower than the ordinary temperature. However, such plots for H2 and He gases at temperatures below their respective Boyle temperatures exhibit minima.

Conclusion: A real gas behaves like an ideal gas at very low and high temperatures. exhibits a large 10- 10-pressure deviation from ideal behaviour at very high pressures and low temperatures. behaves like an ideal gas at its Boyle temperature over a wide range of pressure.

Compressibility factor of real gases

Looking at the reveals that in the high-pressure region, for a given value of pressure, the value of PV for a real gas is larger than that for an ideal gas. On the other hand, in the low pressure, region at a given pressure, the value of PV is smaller than that for an ideal gas.

The different values of PV for a real gas and an ideal gas imply that a real gas deviates from the behaviour of an ideal gas. The extent of deviation of a real gas from the ideal behaviour is usually expressed in terms of a quantity, called the compressibility factor.

The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas, PV = nRT. However, the equality of PV and nRT does not hold well for a real gas so PV nRT. Let, in the case of a real gas PV = Zx nRT; where Z= compressibility factor. Therefore \(\mathrm{Z}=\frac{P V}{n R T}\)

For an ideal gas, PV = nRT, hence Z = 1 For areal gas, PVnRT, hence Z £1

States of Matter Notes

Let at pressure P and temperature T, the volume for nmol of an ideal gas be V1 and that forn mol of a real gas be V.

For an ideal gas, Z = 1, so, 1 =\frac{P V_i}{n R T} \text { or, } n R T=P V_i\(=\frac{P V_i}{n R T} \text { or, } n R T=P V_i\)

∴ \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{P V}{P V_i}=\frac{V}{V_i}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { the volume of } n \text { mol of a real gas } \\
& =\frac{\text { at a given pressure and temperature }}{\text { the volume of } n \text { mol of an ideal gas }} \\
& \text { at the same pressure and temperature } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

When V = V1, Z = 1; i.e., the real gas behaves like an ideal gas.

When V> V1, Z> 1; i.e., under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the real gas is less compressible than the ideal gas and it deviates from ideal behaviour. This type of deviation is called positive deviation.

When V<Vi, Z <l; i.e., under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the real gas is more compressible than the ideal gas and it deviates from ideal behaviour. This type of deviation is called negative deviation.

States of Matter Notes

Therefore, when a real gas deviates from the ideal behaviour, its value of Z becomes greater than orless than 1. Z vs P plots for several reed gases at 0°C are given below From the plots, it is found that for N2, CO2, CH4 etc., the values of Z at very low pressures are very close to 1 Hence at very low pressures, these gases behave nearly like ideal gas.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Z vs P Curve Of Different Gases At 0C

Causes of deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour

The Dutch scientist van der Waals explained the causes of the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour. He mentioned two faulty assumptions ofthe kinetic theory ofgases. These are-

  1. In the kinetic theory of gases, the gas molecules are considered point particles of very small dimensions, and the total volume occupied by them is negligible compared to the volume of their container.
  2. But actually, a gas molecule always has a finite volume although it is extremely small. Thus, in a real gas, the actual volume available to the molecules for free movement is somewhat less than the volume of the container in which the gas is kept.
  3. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the molecules in a gas do not experience any intermolecular forces of attraction. But, this is not true as this is evident from the fact that a real gas always exerts less pressure than that calculated for an Ideal gas under an identical set of conditions.

States of Matter Notes

The gas molecules in a real gas occupy a certain volume and they do feel intermolecular forces of attraction. By applying pressure or decreasing temperature, a gas can be converted into a liquid or a solid. Since a liquid or a solid has molecules in a gas, then it would not be possible condense a gasinto a liquid or a solid.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Diiference Between Ideal And Real Gas

Explanation of the plot of \(Z\left(=\frac{P V}{n R T}\right)\) vs P: The reasons for the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour are— OInlow pressure region, the effect of intermolecular attractive forces predominates over the effect of the volume of gas molecules (i.e., repulsion among gas molecules). As a result, the compressibility of the gas becomes greater than that of an ideal gas and Z<l.

States of Matter Notes

In high-pressure regions, the effect of volume i.e., repulsion among gas molecules predominates over the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction. Consequently, the compressibility of the gas becomes less than that of ideal gas and Z> 1.

The equation of state for a real gas: van der Waals equation van der Waals pointed out two faulty assumptions in the kinetic theory of gases as the cause for the failure of real gases to obey the Ideal gas equation.

These faulty assumptions are -volume assumptions and pressure assumptions. He modified the equation, PV m to rectify those two defects and presented a revised equation which Is widely known as the van Dor Winds equation.

States of Matter Notes

Volume correction: Let us consider, n moles of a real gas enclosed in a container of volume V at temperature 7’K. As each ofthe gas molecules occupies a definite volume the entire space in the container Is not available to them for free movement. So, the space available for free movement will be somewhat less than (the volume of the container, if the total volume of 1-mole molecules is then the volume for n moles molecules will be’ nb Here the term ‘b’ Is called volume correction term or co-volume or excluded volume.

Therefore, the corrected volume available for the motion ofthe molecules = (V -nb).

The quantity ‘b‘ is related to the actual volume of the gas molecules. It can be shown by calculation that the value of ‘b’ is four times the total volume of1 mole molecules. If the radius of each gas molecule is r, then, the volume of each molecule \(\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\).

∴ Total volume of 1 mol molecules \(=N \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3[N=\text { Avogadro no. }]\)

Therefore \(b=4 \times N \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

Pressure correction: According to the kinetic theory of gases, there exist no attractive forces among the molecules in a gas. But, it has been proved by different experiments that intermolecular attractions exist among the gas molecules. A molecule (A) in the bulk of a gas is surrounded by other molecules and attracted equally from all directions.

States of Matter Notes

Consequently, the net force on this. molecule is zero. However, the situation is different for molecule (B) near the wall of the vessel. Here, the molecule ‘B’ is attracted towards the centre by the molecules inside the vessel. So, the force with which the molecule strikes the wall is less than that with which it would strike if there were no intermolecular forces of attraction. Thus the observed pressure, (P) of the gas will be lower than that calculated for an ideal gas Pi

E:\Chemistry cls -11\images\Unit-5\States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Intermolecular Forces Of Attrcations Among Gas Molecules.png

Hence, the ideal pressure (Pi) can be obtained if we add a correction term (Pa) to the observed pressure. Therefore, P. = P+ Pa Here, P a is the measure of cohesive force due to the intermolecular forces of attraction. It can be shown by calculation, Pa = (n2a)/V2; where n and V are the moles and the volume of the gas respectively and a = constant.

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)\) or Pi and (Y- nb) for into the ideal gas equation PiVi = nRT, we get, reduces \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

This is the van der Waals equation for nmol of real gas

if n=1, then \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

States of Matter Notes

This is the van der Waals equation for 1 mol of areal gas. In this equation, P and V are the pressure and volume of 1 mol of a real gas, respectively, at temperature, TK.

The explanation for the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour by the van der Waals equation

Amagat’s curves indicate the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour. The nature of Amagat’s curves as well as the behaviour of a real gas at different temperatures and pressures can be explained by the van der Waals equation.

For mol of a real gas, the van der Waals equation is:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

let us see the forms of this equation in the following special cases

At very low pressure: At very low pressure, as the volume (V) of a gas is very large, the value of ‘b’ Is negligible compared to V i.e., {V- b) « V. So, the van der Waals equation becomes-

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) V=R T \quad \text { or, }\left(P V+\frac{a}{V}\right)=R T \text { or, } P V=R T-\frac{a}{V}\)

Thus, at a very low pressure, the value of PV is less than that of RT. Also, with increasesin pressure, the volume (V) of a gas decreases, and hence the value of (a/V) increases. As a result, the value of PV decreases with an increase in pressure. In Amagat’s curves for gases like N2, CO2, CH4 etc., the initial decrease in the value of PV with an increase in pressure can thus be explained.

At very high pressure: At a very high pressure, the volume (V) of a gas is very small, and the value of the gas cannot be neglected in comparison to V. But the value of a/V2 is very small in comparison to P, and hence \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) \approx P\) Therefore, the van der Waals equation reduces to P(V- b) = RT or, PV = RT+Pb From this equation, it is seen that the value of PV is greater than RT. The value of Pb increases with an increase in pressure. Consequently, the value of PV goes on increasing. This explains the continuous increase of PV with pressure in the Amagat’s curves, for gases like N2, CO2, CH4 etc.

States of Matter Notes

Exceptional behaviour of H2 and He gases: Because of the very small molar masses of H2 and He, the strength of molecular forces attracting these gases is very weak, and hence the value of V2 at any value of P can be neglected. So, the van der Waals equation for these gases can be expressed as P(V-b) = RT or, PV = RT+Pb. This equation shows that the value of PV is always greater than RT. Thus, PV for H2 and He increases linearly with pressure from the very beginning.

Causes (or ideal, behaviour of real gases at very low pressure and high temperature:

At a very low pressure, the volume ( V) as well as the intermolecular distances among the gas molecules is very large. As a result, the intermolecular forces of attraction become very weak, making the value of ‘a’ negligible.

Thus, the value of the term a/V2 becomes negligible at very low pressure because of the very large value of V and the very small value of a So, the term a V2 can be ignored in comparison to P. The term b can be neglected in comparison to V because of the large value of V. Therefore, at very low pressure \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P \text { and } V-b \approx V \text {. }\) In this condition, the van der V2 Waals equation reduces to PV = RT Thus at very low pressure, areal gas behaves like an ideal gas.

States of Matter Notes

At a very high temperature, the volume of a gas becomes very large and the average kinetic energy of the molecules of the gas becomes very high. Hence the intermolecular forces of attraction become insignificant. As a result, the term \(\frac{a}{V^2}\) in comparison to very high temperature therefore \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P \text { and } V-b \approx V\) So, at a very high temperature, van der Waals equation reduces to PV = RT and a real gas exhibits ideal behaviour.

van der Waals constants

The terms ‘a ‘ and ‘b’ in the van der Waals equation are called van der Waals constants. The values of these constants depend on the nature of a gas.

Significance of van der Waals constants: Significance of a: ‘a’ measures the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the larger the value of the gas.

A gas with a larger value can be liquefied easily. Hence, the larger the value of a gas, the greater the ease of its liquefaction.

Significance of a: The term ‘b’ for a gas gives us an idea of the size of the molecules ofthe gas. The larger the value of ‘b’ the larger the size of the gas molecules, and hence lower the compressibility ofthe gas.

Units of and ‘h’: The units of and are as follows—

Unit of a: van der Waals equation for moles of a real gas,

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

States of Matter Notes

As the term (n2a)/v2 is added to the pressure term, its unit will be the same as that ofthe of the pressure. Therefore, the unit of \(\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\)\frac{n^2 a}{V^2} = unit of pressure

∴ Unit of ‘a’ = unit of pressure \(\text { unit of pressure } \times \frac{(\text { unit of volume })^2}{(\text { number of mole })^2}\)

Unit of b: As nb is subtracted from the volume, its unit will be the same as that ofthe volume. Therefore, Unit of nb = unit of volume

States of Matter Notes

∴ \(\text { Unit of } b=\frac{\text { unit of volume }}{\text { number of mole }}=\mathrm{L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Unit of ‘a’ atm- L2 -mol 2 Unit of ‘b’ : L.mol-1

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids VAn der Waals Constant Of Some Common Gases

Liquefaction Of Gases

Liquefaction of a gas is the physical transformation of the gas into its liquid state. By increasing pressure or decreasing temperature, a gas can be converted into its liquid state.

Fundamentally, the gaseous state and liquid state are different for their intermolecular distances. Let the molecules gaseous state be widely separated from each other but in a liquid state, they are comparatively close to each other. So, to liquefy a gas, the molecules must be brought closer to each other.

It is possible to bring the molecules closer the pressure ofthe gases increase or its temperatureis decreases. Due to an increase in pressure, the gas molecules come closer to each other and they come under the influence of strong attractive forces. As a result, the gas changes into a liquid state.

On the other hand, due to a decrease in temperature, the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules decreases, which, in turn, increases the strength of intermolecular forces of attraction.

States of Matter Notes

This causes, the gas molecules to get closer to each other, and ultimately the gas changes into the liquid state. Andrews discovered the conditions necessary for the liquefaction of a gas. He stated that there is a particular temperature for every gas above which it cannot be liquefied no matter how high the pressure is. This temperature is called the critical temperature ofthe gas. The liquefaction ofa gas is possible only when the gas exists at or below its critical temperature.

Critical Temperature: Every eas has a certain characteristic temperature above which the gas cannot be liquefied even if the pressure is very high. This particular temperature is called the critical temperature of the gas.

It is denoted by Tc. The liquefaction is easier for gases with high critical temperatures.

Critical pressure: The minimum pressure required to liquefy a gas at its critical temperature is termed the critical pressure (Pc) of the gas.

Critical volume: The volume occupied by 1 mol of a gas at its critical temperature and critical pressure is termed the critical volume (Vc) of the gas.

States of Matter Notes

Critical Constants: The values of critical temperature (Tc), critical pressure (Pc) and critical volume (Vc) are constant for a particular gas. Thus, Tc, Vc and Pc are called critical constants.

Critical temperature and pressure of some gases

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Critical Temperature And Pressure Of Some Gases

The critical temperature is low for a gas whose intermolecular forces of attraction are weak. For example, the values of critical temperatures for H2 He, O2 etc. are very low because of their weak intermolecular forces of attraction.

The critical temperature is high for a gas whose intermolecular forces for attraction are strong. For example, the critical temperatures for CH4, NH3, CO, etc. are very high because of their very strong intermolecular forces of attraction.

States of Matter Notes

The behaviour of a gaseous substance at its critical state Andrews was the first to investigate the behaviour of a gas in the neighbourhood of its critical temperature. He carried out his experiment on CO2 gas and studied the variation of volume of CO2 gas with pressure at different constant temperatures. Each curve corresponds to a constant temperature and is called an isotherm. It is evident that some isotherms lie above 31.1 °C, some below it and one at 31.1°C.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Isotherms For CO2 Gas

Isotherms below 31.1°C: These isotherms have three parts. Let us consider the isotherm, ABCD corresponding to temperature Tl. The first part of this isotherm i.e., line AB indicates the change in volume of CO2 gas with a change in pressure.

States of Matter Notes

Thus, AB corresponds to the gaseous state of CO2. At point B, CO2 gas begins to liquefy and thereafter the pressure of the system remains the same although the volume of the system goes on decreasing. Along line BC, the transition of CO2 gas to liquid CO2 takes place, and as a result, the pressure of the system remains constant. The line BC denotes the coexistence of gas & liquid. At point C, CO2 completely convert into a liquid state.

At constant temperature, the liquid does not suffer any significant change in volume with pressure, so the volume change of liquid CO2 with the increased pressure is extremely small, as shown by the die steep line CD.

States of Matter Notes

As the temperature is raised, the horizontal portion is gradually shortened until the temperature of 31.1 °C is reached at which it reduces to a point (C). This state is referred to as the critical state of CO2 gas.

Isotherms at 31.1°C: In the isotherm obtained at 31.1°C, die horizontal portion vanishes and is reduced to a point. At or below 31.1°C, CPO2 gas can be transformed into liquid by applying pressure. Thus, the liquefaction of CO2 cannot be caused at any temperature above 31.1°C whatever the magnitude of applied pressure may be. Hence, 31.1°C is the critical temperature of CO2.

Isotherms above 31.1°C: P-V isotherms above 31.1°C are approximately rectangular hyperbolic. In these conditions, CO2 gas behaves more or less as an ideal gas.

Conditions for liquefaction of gases: Two conditions must be fulfilled for die condensation of a gas into a liquid.

These are— die temperature of the gas must be brought equal or below the critical temperature and necessary pressure is to be applied on the gas keeping the nature ofthe gas equal or below its critical temperature.

States of Matter Notes

An ideal gas cannot be liquefied due to the absence of intermolecular forces of attraction in it.

Important points related to the critical state of a gas:

Above the critical temperature, due to the very high average kinetic energy of molecules, attractions, between die molecules become negligible. As a result, it is not possible to bring the molecules closer to each other, which is necessary for the condensation of a gas.

Hence, a gaseous substance cannot be liquefied above its critical temperature even by applying very high pressure.

At the critical point, die densities of both gaseous and liquid states of a substance become equal, and the surface of separation between these two phases disappears

If a substance remains above its critical temperature then the substance is called a gas. And if a substance remains below its critical temperature, then the dead substance is called a vapour. Thus, vapours can be liquefied only by applying pressure, but not a gas.

States of Matter Notes

To liquefy a gas, at first, the temperature ofthe gas should be brought below its critical temperature. The gas can then be converted into a liquid by applying the necessary pressure. Critical temperatures of some permanent gases such as N2, O2, He etc. are much lower than ordinary temperatures.

Therefore, at ordinary temperatures, these gases cannot be liquefied by applying pressure. On the other hand, as the critical temperatures of gases like CO2, CH4 etc. are higher than ordinary temperatures, these gases can be liquefied easily at ordinary temperatures by applying pressure

The expressions of critical temperature (Tc), critical pressure (Pc) and critical volume ( Vc) for a gas obeying van der Waals equation are as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{|c|c|c|}
\hline V_c=3 b & P_c=\frac{a}{27 b^2} & T_c=\frac{8 a}{27 R b} \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

∴ \(\frac{R T_c}{P_c V_c}=\frac{8}{3} \approx 2.66\)

⇒ \(\frac{R T_c}{P_c V_c}\) is called coeffiecient.

Continuity of state

We have already seen that at the critical temperature, there is no difference between the gas and the liquid phases in the P vs V diagram of CO2 because the surface of separation between these two phases disappears at the critical temperature.

States of Matter Notes

However, an isotherm at a temperature below critical temperature has a horizontal portion along which the gas and the liquid phases coexist. This indicates that the transformation of gas into liquid is a discontinuous process.

However, a close examination of an isotherm below the critical temperature reveals that it is possible to convert the gas into liquid or vice versa without any discontinuity. The phenomenon of continuous transition from gas to liquid or liquid to gas phase is called continuity of state.

The following illustrates the continuous transition from gas to liquid or liquid to gas phase. The linesEGF and ABCD indicate the respective P vs V isotherms at critical temperature (Tc) and a temperature below the critical temperature (< Tc). Any point inside the parabolic portion indicates the coexistence of gas and liquid of a substance.

On the other hand, any point outside the parabolic portion represents either the gaseous or liquid state of the substance. Initially, CO2 is present at the gaseous state indicated by point A. The gas is then heated at constant volume till its pressure increases to a value corresponding to the point H. It is then the point H.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Continuity Of State

It is then cooled at the same pressure until its volume decreases to a value corresponding to point D. But at point D, CO2 exists in its liquid state. Thus, gaseous CO2 is converted into liquid CO2 without any discontinuity because during this transition co-existence of gas and liquid phases does not occur. Hence, there exists a continuity of state during the transition from gas to liquid. The continuity of state is also found to exist during the transition from liquid to gas.

States of Matter Notes

Numerical Examples

Question 1. 2 mol of a van der Waals gas at 27 °C occupies a volume of 20 L. What is the pressure of the gas? [a = 6.5 atm-L2-mol_2; b = 0.056 L-mol-1]
Answer: van der Waals equation for mol of a real gas: \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, n = 2 mol, V = 20L, T = (273 + 27) = 300 K, a=6.5 atm-L2-mor2 and b = 0.056 L-mol-1

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V-n b}-\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}=\frac{2 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{(20-2 \times 0.056)}-\frac{(2)^2 \times 6.5}{(20)^2}
\)

= (2.477 -0.065)atm = 2.412 atm

Question 2. A container with a volume of 5 L holds lOOg of C02 at40°C. For C02 gas, a =3.59 L2 -atm-mol2 and b = 4.27 x 10-2 Lrnol-1. Determine the pressure of C02 gas. How much does this value differ from that calculated by using the ideal gas equation?
Answer: van der Waals equation for mol of a real gas:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, V=5L, T= (273 + 40) =313K \(n=\frac{100}{44}=2.27 \mathrm{~mol}\)

a = 3.59 L2-atm-mol-2 & b = 4.27 x 10-2 L.mol-1

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V-n b}-\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\)

States of Matter Notes

⇒ \(=\frac{2.27 \times 0.0821 \times 313}{\left(5-2.27 \times 4.27 \times 10^{-2}\right)}-\frac{(2.27)^2 \times 3.59}{(5)^2}\)

=(11.9-0.74)atm = 11.16 atm

Substituting the given values of V, T and n in the ideal

gas equation PV = nRT we get,

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{2.27 \times 0.0821 \times 313}{5}=11.66 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ The pressure of CO2 obtained from the van der Waals equation is less than that calculated from the ideal gas equation by (11.66-11.16) = 0.50 atm.

States of Matter Notes

Question 3. 2 mol of gas is kept in a 4-litre flask. The pressure of the gas at 300K is 11 atm. If the value of the gas is 0.05 L-mol_1, then determine the value of by using the van der Waals equation
Answer: van derWaals equation for’n’ mol of areal gas:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, P = 11 atm, V = 4 L, T = 300 K, n = 2 mol, b = 0.05 L.mol-1

∴ \(\left[11+\frac{(2)^2 \times a}{(4 \mathrm{~L})^2}\right][4-2 \times 0.05]=2 \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

or, (11 + 0.25 x a)(3.9) = 49.26 or, 11 + 0.25 x a = 12.63

∴ a= 6.52L2-atm-mol-2

Liquid State

The liquid state is the intermediate state between the solid and gaseous states. Liquids have several properties similar to solids and gases. Like gases, liquids are isotropic. The molecules in a liquid are in continuous random motion.

So a liquid does not have a definite shape and flows like a gas. However, liquids maintain a fairly constant density like solids. Hence, liquids are incompressible like solids.

The molecules in a liquid remain ordered, somewhere between the molecular order of a solid and the molecular randomness of a gas. In liquids, the short-range ordered state extends up to a few molecular distances, whereas in solids, it extends to long-range order.

Properties Of Liquids

Shape Of A Liquid

Liquids do not have a definite shape; they take up the shape ofthe container in which they are kept.

Reason: In liquids, the intermolecular forces of attraction are not strong enough to hold the molecules at fixed positions and thus allow them to move past one another. Hence, liquids do not have a definite shape.

Volume Of A liquid

Liquids have a definite volume. If some of the liquid is placed in a container of any shape (like a beaker, conical flask, test tube etc.), the volume of the liquid in the container will be exactly 10 mL. Like gases, liquids do not occupy the entire volume ofthe container.

States of Matter Notes

Reason: In liquids molecules are always in motion but the movements are not as random as gas molecules. There exist stronger intermolecular forces of attraction in liquids compared to gases.

Due to this, molecules in a liquid are not widely separated from each other. Hence, liquid molecules are bound firmly but not rigidly and do not occupy the total volume ofthe container

Density of a liquid

At ordinary temperature and pressure, the density of a liquid is much higher than that of a gas. On the other hand, the density of a substance in the liquid state is only about 10% lower than the tilting solid state.

States of Matter Notes

Reason: As the intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in liquids than in gases the molecules are more closer to each other than the molecules in gases. This results in a little space between the molecules in liquids. This is why liquids are denser than gases.

Compressibility Of A Liquid

Liquids are much less compressible than gases. The change in the volume of liquid due to the application of pressure on it is found to be negligible.

Reason: As the space between the molecules of liquid is very small, sufficient free space is not available for its compression. This is why the application of pressure on a liquid cannot reduce its volume appreciably.

States of Matter Notes

Diffusion of a liquid

Molecules of both gases and liquids are always in random motion. Consequently, they move from one place to another. Hence, diffusion properties are shown in both gases and liquids. However, liquids diffuse very slowly compared to gases.

Reason: As the intermolecular distances in liquids are smaller than those in gases, the molecules in a liquid suffer a large number of collisions when they move about, and hence take longer time for movement from one place to another. Hence, the diffusion of liquids occurs slowly.

Evaporation of a liquid

The gaseous state of a liquid is called its vapour. Evaporation is a process by which molecules of a liquid escape from the surface of the liquid into the gas phase. Drying of a floor after it is mopped, the gradual drying of damp clothes, the drying of water from the pond or lake in summer etc. are examples of evaporation.

Although evaporation is a slow process, some liquids have a higher rate of evaporation at ordinary temperatures. They are called volatile liquids. Ether, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, acetone etc. These are examples of volatile liquids. On the other hand, liquids that have a very low rate of evaporation are called non-volatile liquids. Glycerol, mercury etc. are some examples of volatile liquids.

States of Matter Notes

Reason for evaporation: During evaporation, the liquid molecules at the surface of a liquid leave the liquid and go into the gaseous phase.

The molecular interpretation of this phenomenon is as follows. Like gases, all the molecules in a liquid do not have the same kinetic energy. In a liquid, there is a distribution of kinetic energies of the molecules as there is a gas, A molecule at the surface of a liquid leaves the liquid when it overcomes the forces of attraction of its neighbour.

To overcome the forces of attraction, the molecule needs to have a kinetic energy equal to or greater than a minimum kinetic energy. Only those molecules at the surface of the liquid will leave the liquid and go to the vapour phase, which has kinetic energies greater than or equal to the minimum kinetic energy necessary for overcoming forces of attraction.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Distribution Of Kinetic Energy Of The Liquid Moleculues At Constant Temperature

This process in which molecules at the surface of a liquid escape and go to the vapour phase by overcoming the forces of attraction oftheir neighbours is called evaporation of liquid.

Evaporation causes cooling: During evaporation, only the molecules having kinetic energies greater than the characteristic kinetic energy (£) escape from the liquid surface.

Therefore, the average kinetic energy of molecules left in the liquid decreases. As a result, the temperature of the liquid decreases. Thus liquid cools down during its evaporation.

Factors affecting the rate of evaporation: Factors on which the evaporation of a liquid depends are as follows:

Nature of liquid: The rate of evaporation of a liquid depends on intermolecular forces of attraction in the liquid. This rate is slow for a liquid with a strong liquid with a weak force The strength of the intermolecular force of attraction In ethyl alcohol is weaker than that In water, but It is stronger than that in ether.

States of Matter Notes

Consequently, at a given temperature, the evaporation of ethyl alcohol Is faster than that of water but slower than that of ether.

Temperature: The rate of evaporation of a liquid Increases as temperature rises. With the temperature rise, the fraction of molecules having kinetic energy greater than characteristics kinetic energy (above which the liquid molecules can escape from the liquid surface) Increases. Therefore, the rate of evaporation increases with the temperature rise.

The surface area of the liquid: The evaporation of a liquid occurs only from its surface. Therefore, the larger the surface area of a liquid, the greater the rate of Its evaporation.

States of Matter Notes

Flow of air: The rate of evaporation of a liquid increases when a current of air is blown across die surface of the liquid. The current of air carries away the molecules in the vapour phase of the liquid and prevents them from going back to a liquid state. This leads to faster evaporation ofthe liquid. This is why, wet clothes dry up faster when air blows rapidly.

Vapour pressure of a liquid

The evaporation of a liquid occurs from its surface at all temperatures. If a liquid is kept in a closed vessel, the vapours cannot escape from the vessel, and the vapour molecules are trapped in the space over the liquid surface.

The vapour molecules in the space of the vessel are always in random motion, so they collide with one another, with the walls ofthe container and with the liquid surface. Of the vapour molecules striking the liquid surface, those which have lower kinetic energies are recaptured by intermolecular forces of attraction in liquid.

This transfer of molecules from the vapour to the liquid phase is called condensation. Initially, the rate of condensation is slower than the rate of evaporation as the amount of vapour over a liquid surface is very small.

States of Matter Notes

Gradually, the amount of vapour increases over the surface of the liquid. With increasing the amount of vapour, the rate of condensation also increases as the number of gas molecules colliding with the surface of the liquid increases.

After a certain time, the rate of evaporation and the rate of condensation become equal and an equilibrium is established between the two opposite processes, viz., evaporation and condensation. At equilibrium, the amount of liquid and that of vapour become invariant with time.

The vapour that exists over the liquid surface at equilibrium is called saturated vapour because this is the maximum amount of vapour that can be present in the space over the liquid surface at the experimental temperature. The pressure exerted by the saturated vapour is called the saturated vapour pressure or simply the vapour pressure at that experimental temperature

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Evaporation Of A Liquid In A Closed Vessel

Vapour Pressure

At a given temperature, the pressure exerted by a vapour in equilibrium with its liquid is called the vapour pressure of the liquid at that temperature

At a definite temperature, the vapour pressure of a liquid is always constant. Factors affecting the vapour pressure of a liquid:

Nature of the liquid: The vapour pressure of a liquid depends on its volatility.

The more volatile a liquid is, the higher the vapour pressure of the liquid. The volatility of a liquid depends on its rate of evaporation, which in turn depends on the intermolecular forces of attraction in the liquid.

States of Matter Notes

A volatile liquid possesses weak intermolecular attractions and has high rate of evaporation, and hence high vapour pressure. Consequently, at a particular temperature, the vapour pressure of a volatile liquid is greater than that of a non-volatile liquid.

The rate of evaporation of diethyl ether, ethyl alcohol and water at a definite temperature follows the sequence—diethyl ether > ethyl alcohol > water. Thus at a particular temperature, the order of their vapour pressures is—diethyl ether > ethyl alcohol > water.

Temperature: The vapour pressure of a liquid increases with the increase in temperature. Because, with the increase in temperature, more and more liquid molecules escape into the vapour phase, thereby increasing, the amount of vapour over the liquid surface. As a result, the vapour pressure ofthe liquid increase

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Variation Of Vapour Pressue With Temperature Of Some liquids

Boiling Of A Liquid

A liquid evaporates at any temperature. If the temperature of a liquid is increased gradually by applying heat, the rate of evaporation increases, and consequently the vapour pressure of the liquid also increases.

When the temperature of the liquid reaches a value at which the vapour pressure becomes equal to the external pressure, the bubbles of vapour are formed inside the liquid.

States of Matter Notes

A very small (infinitesimal amount) increase in temperature will be sufficient for the bubbles of vapour to rise freely to the surface and escape into the air. This phenomenon is called the boiling of a liquid

Boling Of A liquid: Process vaporisation of a liquid accompanied by the rapid formation and growth of bubbles of vapour that break outward through the surface of the liquid.

Boiling Point Of Liquid: The Temperature at which the vsp[our pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the external pressure is termed as the boiling temperature or boiling of that liquid.

The normal Boiling point of a liquid: The Temperature at which the vapour pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the normal atmospheric pressure (1 atm) is termed the normal boiling point of that liquid.

For example, the normal boiling point of water is 100°C. This means that at 100°C, the vapour pressure of water becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure. Water under atmospheric pressure (1 atm) starts boiling at this temperature.

States of Matter Notes

Effect of external pressure on the boiling point of a liquid: The boiling point of a liquid can be altered by changing external pressure. The higher the external pressure, under which a liquid exists, the higher the boiling point of the liquid.

Explanation: The vapour pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the external pressure at its boiling point. If the external pressure is high, then it is necessary to heat a liquid at a higher temperature to make its vapour pressure equal to the external pressure so that it can start boiling.

Conversely, if the external pressure is low, then heating a liquid at a lower temperature will make its vapour pressure equal to the external pressure, thereby causing the liquid to boil.

Difference between boiling and evaporation: Both boiling and evaporation involve the transformation of liquid into vapour. Although it would seem that evaporation and boiling might be the same process they differ in some respects. The differences are as follows—

  1. Evaporation occurs only at the surface of a liquid, whereas boiling involves the formation of bubbles inside the liquid.
  2. Evaporation occurs slowly, whereas boiling occurs rapidly.
  3. Evaporation occurs at any temperature, whereas boiling occurs at a specific temperature.
  4. During evaporation, the temperature of liquid decreases, whereas during boiling the temperature of a liquid remains the same.

Surface Tension Of A Liquid

Molecular interpretation of surface tension: The molecules at the surface of a liquid are energetically different from the molecules in its bulk. Let us consider a molecule, ‘A’ inside the liquid.

The molecule ‘A’ is surrounded by other molecules and thus it is attracted equally from all sides by other molecules. So, die resultant force acting on ‘A’ is zero; that is, there is no unbalanced force acting upon’ A ‘.

Now consider a molecule ‘ B’ at the surface of the liquid. The molecules lying below it are in liquid state and above it are in the vapour state. The molecule ‘B’ is attracted by the molecules of both liquid and vapour.

States of Matter Notes

However, as the density of vapour is much less than the density of the liquid, the number of molecules per unit volume of the liquid is much greater than that of vapour.

As a result, the molecule ‘B’ will experience a net downward force acting at right angles along the surface of the liquid. Similarly, other surface molecules will also be attracted towards the bulk of the liquid.

Hence, work is to be done to bring a molecule from the bulk to the surface ofthe liquid against the downward force of attraction. As a result, the potential energy of the surface molecule is increased. Therefore, a molecule in the bulk has a lower potential energy than a molecule on the surface.

States of Matter Notes

As the energy of the surface tension of the surface tension molecule is higher, the liquid will try to minimise the energy of the surface layer (surface energy) by decreasing its surface area to a minimum. This tendency to reduce the surface area originates the concept of a new property of liquid known as surface tension.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Molecular Interpretation Of Surface Tension

Due to this property, the surface of a liquid always remains under tension. This is the molecular interpretation of the surface tension of the liquid.

If we imagine a line on the surface of the liquid,l then because of the tendency of ZZ to reduce surface area, the liquid surface on one side of the line tends to move away from the liquid surface on the other side of the line. As a result, tension acts along the imaginary line from both sides. This tension is termed surface tension.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids The Surface Tension Of Liquid

Surface Tension: The surface tension of a liquid is defined as the force acting along the surface of the liquid at right angles to an imaginary line of unit length, drawn on the surface of the liquid.

The surface tension of a liquid is denoted by the symbol, γ (Gamma)

States of Matter Notes

Units of surface tension: Surface tension \(\frac{\text { Force }}{\text { Length }} \text {; }\) So the units of surface tension in CGS system: dyn-cm-1 ; and in SI: N-m-

Surface energy of a liquid: The surface of a liquid always remains under a state of tension. For this reason, the surface of a liquid tends to contract to the smallest possible surface area.

Thus, it is necessary to do some work to increase the surface area against this tension. This work is ultimately stored on the surface of the liquid as potential energy. This potential energy is termed as the surface energy of a liquid.

Surface energy of a liquid Definition: The Word Needed To Increase The Unit Area Of The Surface Of A Liquid At a defined Temperature Is termed The Surface Energy Of That liquid.

Units of surface energy: Surface energy \(=\frac{\text { Work }}{\text { Area }}\)

So, the unit of surface energy in the CGS system: is erg-cm-2 and in SI: J-m-2.

It can be proved that the magnitudes of surface tension and surface energy per unit area of a liquid are the same. Although the units of these two quantities are different, they are the same. The unit of surface tension in the SI system is N-m-1. In this system, the unit of surface energy is J.m-2. But J-m-2 = N-mnv2 = N-m-1.

∴ 1 N-nr1 = lJ-m-2

The unit of surface tension in the CGS system is dyn-cm-1. In this system, the unit of surface energy is erg-cm-2. But erg-cm-2 – dyn-cm-cm”2 = dyncm-1 .

∴ 1 dyn-cm-1 = lerg-cm-2

Alternative Definition Of Surface Tension: The surface tension of a liquid is defined as the amount of work necessary to increase the surface area of the liquid by a unit amount at constant temperature.

The surface tension of water at 20°C is 7.27 x lo 2 N-m-1. This means, that at 20°C, 7.27 x 10-2 work is needed to increase the surface area of water by m2.

States of Matter Notes

Surface tension of a liquid and intermolecular force of attraction: For a liquid with strong intermolecular forces of attraction, a great deal of work is required to bring molecules from the interior to the surface i.e., in increasing the surface area of the liquid. The potential energy of the surface molecules will thus be high for such type of liquid.

The surface tension of some common liquids at 20°C

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Surface Tension Of Some Common Liquids At 20c

Water has a very high surface tension among the commonly known liquids. Molecules in water remain associated through hydrogen bonds. Because of this, the intermolecular forces of attraction in water are much stronger than in any other commonly known liquids.

The surface tension of mercury is much higher than that of water. This is because mercury possesses metallic bonds, which are much stronger than hydrogen bonds. Factors affecting the surface tension of a liquid:

Temperature: The surface tension of a liquid decreases with the increase in temperature. The average kinetic energy of the molecules In liquid Increases with the increase in temperature, causing the weakening of its intramolecular forces of attraction.

Consequently, the surface tension of the liquid decreases. At the critical temperature, the interface between a liquid and its vapour disappears, and the surface tension of the liquid becomes zero.

Presence of soluble substance in liquid: The surface tension of a liquid varies according to the nature of the soluble substance present in it.

For example, soap detergents, methanol, ethanol etc. are the surface active agents. The addition of such substances to water lowers the surface tension of water. These types of substances prefer to concentrate at the surface.

States of Matter Notes

The concentration of such a substance in its aqueous solution is found to be more at the surface than in the bulk.

This causes the surface tension of water to decrease to an appreciable extent. The aqueous solution of soap or detergent can spread like a thin layer due to its very surface tension

Some typical phenomena related to surface tension:

Spherical shape of the free-falling liquid drop: Due to the property of surface tension, the exposed liquid surface behaves like a sheet of rubber stretched on the top of a beaker and always tends to contract to the smallest possible surface area.

Again, we know the sphere has a minimum surface area for a definite volume. So, in the absence of any external influence, a free liquid drop assumes a spherical shape.

Floating of a clean oil-free needle on the surface of water: When a clean oil-free needle is carefully placed horizontally onto the surface of water, it is found to be floating on the surface. This happens due to the surface tension of water.

The surface ofa liquid, due to the surface tension, always tends to be in a contracted state with a minimum space between the surface molecules. This makes the surface impervious to other molecules. This is why a clean oil-free needle can float on the surface of water without sinking.

A water drop spreads over the clean glass surface i.e., it can wet the surface ofthe glass. But, if a small amount of mercury is placed on the surface of a glass, it does not wet the glass surface; instead, it forms small beads: The forces of attraction between the molecules of the same substance are called cohesive forces. The attractive forces acting between the molecules in water or mercury atoms in mercury are cohesive.

When a substance comes in contact with another substance, the molecules of these two substances attract each other at the surface of contact. The attractive forces between the molecules of different substances are called adhesive forces.

States of Matter Notes

When water is in contact with a glass surface, the attractive forces between the molecules of water and glass are the adhesive forces. The adhesive forces between the molecules of water and glass are stronger compared to the cohesive forces in water.

or in glass. For this reason, a water drop spreads over the glass surface i.e., it can wet the surface of the glass. On the other hand, adhesive forces between the molecules of glass and mercury are weaker in comparison to the cohesive forces in mercury or water.

For this reason, if mercury is placed on the surface of a glass, it forms small beads on the glass surface instead of wetting the glass.

States of Matter Notes

Capillarity or capillary action: A tube with a very small internal diameter is called a capillary tube. If a capillary tube is dipped into a liquid that wets glass, for example, water, the liquid rises spontaneously in the capillary tube to a certain height.

This phenomenon is known as capillary action. Surface tension is responsible for this phenomenon. The surface of any liquid when kept in a container acquires a curved shape called a meniscus.

When a capillary tube is partially immersed in a liquid-like water (that wets the glass surface), the water level inside the tube is found to be higher than that outside the tube. Also, the meniscus of water is concave.

The opposite phenomenon occurs in the case of liquids (e.g., mercury) that do not wet glass surfaces. The mercury level inside the capillary tube resides at a lower level than the level outside the tube. The meniscus of mercury is of convex nature

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Capillarity Or Capillary Action

The forces of adhesion between the glass surface and water are stronger than the forces of cohesion in water or glass.

To put it another way, water molecules are attracted to the glass surface more strongly than they are attracted to one another. As a result, water rises in the capillary tube and the surface becomes concave.

On the other hand, the forces of adhesion between glass surface and mercury are weaker than the forces of cohesion in mercury orin glass.

In other words, mercury atoms are attracted to the glass surface less strongly than they are attracted to one another. As a result, the mercury surface becomes convex.

Viscosity of a liquid

If a liquid flows in such a manner that its velocity at any point always remains constant in magnitude and direction, then the flow is called streamline flow. Streamline flow generally occurs when the velocity of a liquid is low.

When a liquid flows slowly and steadily along a tube i.e., when the flow is streamlined, the liquid can be considered to be made up of stratified layers.

States of Matter Notes

Among the layers, the layer ofthe liquid in immediate contact with the surface is stationary due to adhesion. The highest velocities are observed in the middle of the tube along its axis. The velocity diminishes as we approach the walls.

Now, consider two adjacent layers B and C. The layer C is moving with a higher velocity than the layer B because the former is above the latter.

Because of its higher velocity, layer C tends to increase the velocity of the adjacent lower layer B. Similarly, the slower-moving layer B tends to decrease the velocity of the adjacent upper layer C.

These two layers thus tend to destroy their relative emotions. This means that a dragging force acts on the layers in the backward direction. This force is called viscous force, which arises due to cohesion. The viscous force has a similarity with the frictional force so it is also often called the force of internal friction.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Streamline Flow Of Liquid

Viscous force resists the flow of a liquid and ultimately stops it. An equal and opposite force ofthe viscous force is to be applied to maintain the flow of the liquid with a constant velocity. If the liquid remains stagnant then viscous force does not act upon it.

Viscosity: Viscosity of a liquid is the property of the liquid that resists the flow of the liquid. It is a measure of the ease with which a liquid flows.

Different liquids have different values of viscosity. The higher the viscosity of a liquid, the lower its tendency to flow. For example, the viscosities of liquids like glycerin, honey, castor oil etc. are high, and hence their flow rates are low.

On the other hand, the lower the viscosity of a liquid, the higher its tendency to flow. For example, the viscosities of liquids like water, alcohol, ether etc. are low, resulting in high flow rates of these liquids.

Coefficient of viscosity: Consider a liquid which is flowing steadily and slowly over a flat horizontal surface (streamline flow). The layer just next to the solid surface is at rest due to adhesion.

States of Matter Notes

With increasing the distances of the layers from the solid surface, the velocities of the layers also increase. Let us consider, two layers C and D having velocities v and v + dv, respectively. The distances of these two layers

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Velocity Gradient

from the solid surface are x and x + dx respectively [Fig. 5.36]. So, the velocity gradient i.e., the rate of change in velocity along the x-axis (axis perpendicular to the flow of liquid) is \(\left(\frac{d v}{d x}\right)\) direction opposite to the direction of flow. To maintain the flow, an equal and opposite force to the viscous force is to be applied from outside.

According to Newton’s law of viscous flow, the value of the viscous force (F) is proportional to O the area of the surface in contact (A) and the velocity gradient \(\left(\frac{d v}{d x}\right)\)

Therefore \(F \propto A \text { and } F \propto \frac{d v}{d x}\)

∴ \(F \propto A \frac{d v}{d x} \text { or, } F=\eta \times A \times \frac{d v}{d x}\)

Where n (eta) is the proportionality constant called the viscosity coefficient. The value of TJ depends upon the temperature and nature of the liquid.

If A =1 and \(\frac{d v}{d x}=1\) Then according to equation F=n

States of Matter Notes

Viscosity Coefficient: It is the tangential force applied per unit area to maintain a unit velocity gradient between two parallel layers at a constant temperature

Liquids with high viscosity have high values of viscosity coefficients (for example, glycerin, oil, honey etc.). Similarly, liquids with low viscosity have low viscosity coefficients (for example, water, alcohol etc.)

Units of viscosity coefficient:

In the CGS system: The CGS unit of viscosity coefficient is poise (after the name of a French scientist Poiseuille). From equation [1], we get,

⇒ \(\eta=\frac{F}{A \times \frac{d v}{d x}}=\frac{\text { dyn }}{\mathrm{cm}^2 \times \frac{\mathrm{cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{\mathrm{~cm}}}=\text { dyn } \cdot \mathrm{s} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-2}\)

1 poise =1 dyn-s-cm-2.

Poise: The force in dyne required per 1cm2 area to maintain a velocity difference of lcm-s-1 between two parallel layers of a liquid, separated by 1 cm is called 1 poise.

The viscosity coefficients are also expressed in some smaller units like centipoise, millipoise, micropoise etc.

1 centipoise = 10-2 poise,1 millipore = 10-3 poise, 1 microphone = 10-6 poise

In the SI system: The SI unit of viscosity coefficient is poiseuille (PI) From equation [1] we get

⇒ \(\eta=\frac{F}{A \times \frac{d v}{d x}}=\frac{\mathrm{N}}{\mathrm{m}^2 \times \frac{\mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{\mathrm{~m}}}=\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{s} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2}=\mathrm{Pa} \cdot \mathrm{s}\)

Since 1 N-m-2 = 1 Pa

Since 1 poiseuille or 1 PI =1 N s m-2 = 1 Pa s

1 poise = lady-s-cm-2 = 10_5N-s X (10-2m)-2

= 0.1 N-s-m-2 = 0.1 PI

∴ 1 PI = 10 poise

States of Matter Notes

Factors that influence the viscosity of a liquid:

Intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid: Viscosity is the property of a liquid that originates from its intermolecular forces of attraction. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction, the higher the viscosity of a liquid.

Example: At a constant temperature, the viscosity coefficient of ethyl alcohol is greater than that of dimethyl ether. In dimethyl ether, molecules experience dipole-dipole attractive forces in addition to London forces.

In ethanol, molecules form hydrogen bonds. London forces also exist between the molecules in ethanol.

Attractive forces due to hydrogen bonding are much stronger than dipole-dipole attractive forces. So, intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in ethanol than those in dimethyl ether. This results in a higher value of coefficient of viscosity for ethanol compared to dimethyl ether.

Temperature: With the increase in temperature, the average kinetic energy of the molecules in a liquid increases, this causes the weakening of its intermolecular forces of attraction which are responsible for the viscosity of the liquid.

For this reason, the viscosity of a liquid decreases with the increase in temperature. Experimentally, it has been found that the viscosity of a liquid decreases approximately by 2% for a 1° rise in temperature.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronic Theory Of Valency Kossel-Lewis Theory

Chemical Bonding Notes: Earlier the term ‘valency’ was defined as the combining capacity of an element. In order words, an element can combine with another element.

Theories of valency were a direct consequence of the development of the atomic structure. w. Kossel and G.N. Lewis were the pioneers in this field, who provided logical explanations of valency, based on the internees of noble gases, which was later known as the noctule. the rule was later modified by Langmuir based on the following-

One or more than one electron(s) of the valence shell i.e., the outermost shell (both penultimate and ultimate shell in some cases) of an atom participates in the chemical reaction. Hence they are responsible for the valency of the atom. These electrons are called valence electrons

Helium (2He), Neon (10Ne), Argon (18Ar), Krypton (36Kr), Xenon (54Xe), and Radon (86Rn) — these noble gaseous elements possess very high ionization potential but very low electron affinity.

They do not undergo any reaction under normal conditions. Thus they are called inert gases and are placed in the zero group ofthe periodic table which means they are zero-valent. The electronic configuration of He is 1s² and the general electronic configuration of other inert gases is ns²np6. Thus, the total no. of electrons in the outermost shell of the inert gases (other than Helium) is 8. As the noble gas elements are reluctant towards chemical bond formation, this type of electronic configuration is assumed to be stable.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronic Configuration

Octet And Duplet Rule

The study of noble gases showed that they are chemically inert, as they have very stable electronic configurations. Kossel and Lewis stated that the stability of noble gases is due to the presence of eight electrons in their valence shell (called octet)

or two electrons (called duplet) as in the case of helium. Most of the two electrons (called duplet) as in the case of helium. Most of the elements take part in chemical reactions or bond formation to complete their respective octet or duplet.

Octet rule Atoms of various elements (except H, Li and Be) combine either by transfer of valence electron(s) from one atom to another (gain or loss) or by sharing of valence electrons so that they have eight electrons (an octet) in their outermost (valence) shells.

Duplet rules the element’s dose to helium (H, Li, Be) in the periodic table to attain the stable electronic configuration of He (Is2) by gaining, losing, or sharing electrons in their valence shells.

Significance and Limitations of Octet Rule:

Significance of Octet Rule: The reason behind the formation of covalent or ionic bonds by the atoms of different elements can be explained by the octet rule.

Limitations of Octet Rule: A few limitations of octet rule are as follows—

  1. The central atom of some molecules, despite having more or less than 8 electrons in the valence shell is quite stable.
  2. There are some molecules whose outermost shell contains an odd number of electrons. For example— NO, NO2, etc.
  3. Though the octet rule is based on the inertness of the noble gases, some noble gases form compounds with oxygen and fluorine This rule cannot predict the shape of molecules.
  4. The comparative stability of the molecules cannot be predicted from this rule.

Lewis symbols

All the electrons present in an atom are not involved during chemical combination. It was proposed that the inner shell electrons are well protected and generally do not take part in chemical combinations.

It is mainly the outer shell electrons that take part in chemical combinations. Hence, these are also called valence shell electrons.

G. N. Lewis introduced simple notations to represent the valence electrons in an atom. The outer shell electrons are shown as dots surrounding the symbol of an atom.

These notations showing the symbol of an atom surrounded by an appropriate number of dots are known as Lewis symbols or electron dot symbols.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Notes

Lewis symbols ignore the inner shell electrons. For example, the Lewis symbols for the elements of the second period are—

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis Symbols

Significance of Lewis symbols: The number of dots present in the Lewis symbol of an atom gives the number of electrons present in the outermost (valence) shell of that atom. This number is useful for the calculation of the common valency of an element.

The common valency of an element is either equal to the number of dots in the Lewis symbol (when these are < 4) or % 8 – the number of dots (when these are > 4).

For example, the common valencies of Li, Be, B, and C are equal to the number of electrons present in their valence shell i.e., 1, 2, 3, and 4 respectively, while those of N O, F, and Ne are 8 minus number of dots, i.e., 3, 2, 1 and 0 respectively.

When the monovalent, divalent, trivalent, etc., metal atoms are converted to unipositive, dipositive, tripositive, etc., ions, no electrons are present in their outermost shell.

On the other hand, when the monovalent, divalent, trivalent, etc., non-metal atoms are converted to negative, negative, try negative, etc., ions, the outermost shell of each of them contains 8 electrons. Lewis symbols of some cations and anions are given below.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure significance of Lewis Symbols

Chemical bonding

Chemical bonding Definition: The force of attraction between the atoms participating in a chemical reaction, to attain the stable electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas by gaining, losing, or sharing electrons in their valence shells, is called chemical bonding.

Atoms acquire the stable inert gas configuration in the following ways—

By complete transfer of one or more electrons from one atom to another: This process leads to the formation of a chemical bond termed an electrovalent bond or ionic bond.

By sharing of electrons: This occurs in two ways—

  1. When two combining atoms contribute an equal number of electrons for sharing, the bond formed is called a covalent bond. The shared electron pair(s) remains common to both the atoms.
  2. When the shared pair of electrons is donated by one of the two atoms involved in the formation of a bond, then the bond.

Types of chemical bonds: Chemical bonds are of 3 types—

  1. Electrovalent or ionic bond
  2. Covalent bond and
  3. Coordinate or dative bond.
Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

Electrovalency And Electrovalent Bond

An ionic or electrovalent bond is formed by the complete transfer of one or more electrons from the valence shell of an electropositive (metal) atom to that of an electronegative (nonmetal) atom so that both atoms can achieve the stable electronic configuration ofthe nearest noble gas.

In this process, the metal atom and non-metal atom result in the formation of a cation and an anion respectively. These two oppositely charged species combine through the electrostatic force of attraction to form an ionic crystal (electrovalent compound.

Elecrovalency To achieve the stable electronic configuration, some atoms give up one or more valence electrons completely to form stable cations while some other atoms gain these electrons to form stable anions and ultimately these two types of oppositely charged species combine through electrostatic forces of attraction to form compounds. The capacity of the elements for such a chemical combination Is known as electrovalency.

Ionic Or Electrovalent Bond The coulomblc or electrostatic force of attraction which holds the oppositely charged Ions of combining atoms formed by the complete transfer of one or more electrons from the electropositive to the electronegative atom is called an ionic or electrovalent bond.

Ionic Or Electrovalent Compound Compounds Containing inoinc or electrovalent bonds are called electrovalent compounds.

In the formation of an electrovalent compound, the number of electrons (s) lost or gained by an atom of any participating element gives the measure of its electrovalency.

For example, in the compound sodium chloride (NaCl), the electrovalent of sodium = 1 and the electrovalency ofchlorine = 1. In magnesium chloride (MgCl2), each Mgatom loses two electrons and each Cl-atom gains one electron, so the electrovalency of magnesium and chlorine are 2 and 1 respectively.

Examples of ionic compound formation: The formation of some ionic compounds is discussed below—

Formation of sodium chloride (NaCl): The electronic configuration of sodium (11Na) atom: Is22s22p63s1 and that of chlorine (17C1) atom: ls22s22p63s23p5. Na has only one electron in its valence shell. Being an electropositive element, sodium tends to lose electrons.

So, it loses its valence electron to acquire the configuration of the nearest noble gas, Ne (ls22s22p6). On the other hand, Cl atom has seven electrons in its valence shell. Being an electronegative element, chlorine tends to gain electrons.

So, it can acquire the stable electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas. Ar (ls22s22p63s23p6) by gaining one electron. Therefore, when a Na-atom combines with a Clatom, the former transfers its valence electron to the latter resulting in the formation of sodium ion, Na+, and chloride ion, Cl respectively. These two ions may be considered as two charged spherical particles.

The charge is distributed throughout the surface of these spheres, and the field of the electrostatic attraction is distributed in all directions. Hence, even after the formation of the ion-pair Na+Cl, these ions can attract oppositely charged ions towards themselves, the Columbia attractive forces of these two oppositely charged ions are not satisfied.

Because of this, a large number of Na+Cl ion pairs attract each other to form an aggregate and consequently, the energy of the system decreases.

This process is completed when a stable crystal of NaCl having a suitable shape and size is obtained. Since the formation of crystal lattice is a thermodynamically favorable process, therefore, the formation of ionic compounds like NaCl is a result of the formation of a three-dimensional crystal lattice.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sodium Chloride (Na Cl)

Formation of calcium oxide (CaO):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Calcium Oxide CaO

Formation of magnesium nitride (Mg3N2):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Magnesium Nitride

Formation of aluminium oxide(A12O3):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Aluminium Oxide

Electrovalent or ionic bond and periodic table

The tendency of an element to form a cation or an anion depends on its position in the periodic table.

The elements of group-1(1A), the alkali metals, and group-2(2A), the alkaline earth metals, belonging to s-block are highly electropositive and have very low ionization enthalpy because of larger atomic size.

Therefore, to achieve the octet, these elements can easily form monovalent or divalent cations by losing one or two valence electrons respectively.

On the other hand, the elements of groups 15 (5A), 16(6A), and 17(7A) belonging to the p-block are highly electronegative and possess higher values of electron gain enthalpy (electron affinity] owing to smaller atomic size.

Therefore, to achieve the octet, these elements can easily accept 3, 2, or 1 electron respectively to form the corresponding anions.

Hence, the metals of groups 1(1A) and 2(2A) react chemically with the non-metals (nitrogen, oxygen, halogen, etc.) of groups- 15(5A), 16(6A),and17(7A) to form ionic compounds.

Note that nitrides, halides, oxides, sulfides, hydrides, and carbides of alkali metals (Na, K, Rb, Cs) and alkaline earth CaO metals (Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba) are generally ionic compounds.

Factors favoring the formation of ionic compounds

Number of valence electrons: The atom forming the cation should have 1, 2, or 3 valence electrons, whereas the atom forming the anion should have 5, 6, or 7 electrons in its outermost shell.

The difference in electronegativity: There should be a large difference in electronegativities of the combining atoms. The greater the difference in electronegativities of the two atoms, the greater the ease of of ionic bond.

Sizen of the ions: The formation of ionic bonds is favored by large cations and small anions.

Ionization enthalpy and electron affinity: The lower the Ionisation enthalpy of the electropositive atom, the easier the formation of the cation. The higher the negative electron gain enthalpy of the electronegative atom, the easier the formation of the anion.

The magnitude of charges: The higher the charge on the ions, the greater the force of attraction. Hence, the larger the amount of energy released, the greater the stability ofthe bond.

Lattice enthalpy (or energy): The higher the value of of lattice enthalpy (electrostatic attraction between charged ions in a crystal), the greater the tire stability of the ionic bond and hence greater tire ease of formation of the compound.

Lattice Energy

The cations and anions combine to form three-dimensional solid substances known as ionic crystals. During the formation of a crystalline ionic compound, the ions of opposite charges come closer from an infinite distance and pack up three-dimensionally in a definite geometric pattern.

This process involves the liberation of energy because the attractive force between the ions of opposite charges tends to decrease the energy of the system. The energy thus liberated is called lattice energy or lattice enthalpy. Generally, it is denoted by U.

Lattice Energy Definition

Lattice enthalpy or lattice energy may be defined as the amount of energy evolved when one gram-formula mass of an ionic compound is formed by the close packing of the oppositely charged gaseous ions.

M+ (g) + X(g) → M+ X(s) + U (lattice energy)

The higher the value of lattice enthalpy, the greater the stability of the ionic compound. It has been observed that

⇒ \(U \propto \frac{\text { Product of ionic charges }}{\text { Distance between cation and anion }}\)

Thus, lattice enthalpy depends on the following factors:

Charges on ions: The higher the charge on the ions, the greater the forces of attraction, and consequently, a larger amount ofenergy is released. Thus, the lattice enthalpy is high.

Charges on ions Example: The lattice enthalpy of CaO (3452.7 kJmol1 ) is greater than that of NaF(902.9 kJmol-1). This is because the charges on the two ions in CaO (+2 and -2) are greater than those on the two ions in NaF (+1 and -1).

Size of the ions: The smaller the size of ions, the lesser the internuclear distance. Thus, the interionic attraction is greater resulting in higher lattice enthalpy.

Size of the ions Example: The lattice enthalpy of KF (802.6 kJ.mol1) is higher than that of KI (635.4 kJ.mol1). This is because the ionic radius of the F ion (1.36 A) is less than that of the r ion (2.16 A).

Similarly, the lattice energy of NaCl is greater than that of KC1. However, lattice energy is more dependent on the charge of an ion rather than its size.

Hence, the order of lattice energy is—

  1. LiF > NaF > KF > RbF > CsF
  2. LiF > LiCl > LiBr >Li

Born-lande equation: Lattice energy (U) cannot be determined directly. However, its theoretical value can be calculated using the equation given below

⇒ \(U=-\frac{A e^2 Z_{+} Z_{-} N}{r}\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right)\)

where, A = Madelung constant, N=Avogadro’s number, n = a constant called Bom exponent (depends on the repulsive force arising from interionic penetration and generally taken to be 9), e = charge of an electron, Z+ and Z ¯ are the charges on the cation and the anion respectively, r = interionic distance (minimum distance between the centers of oppositely charged ions in the lattice).

Calculation of lattice enthalpy from Born-Haber cycle: Lattice enthalpy of an ionic compound cannot be measured directly by experiment.

It can be measured indirectly from the Born-Haber Cycle. In 1919, Max Bom and Fritz Haber proposed a method based on Hess’s law for the calculation of lattice enthalpy by relating it with other thermochemical data.

It can be illustrated as follows:

Calculation of lattice enthalpy of NaCl: The ionic compound, NaCl(s) may be formed from its constituent elements by two different paths.

It may be formed by the combination of its constituent elements directly i.e., from sodium and chlorine. This is an exothermic process. The heat evolved at 25°C and 1 atm pressure is called standard enthalpy of formation \(\left(\Delta \boldsymbol{H}_f^{\mathbf{0}}\right)\).

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na}(s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(s) ; \Delta \mathrm{H}_f^0=-411.2 \mathrm{~kJ} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}\)

The formation of 1 mol of NnCl(s) may also be considered indirectly through the following steps: O Sublimation of solid Nu to gaseous Na: Energy needed to break down the metal lattice of sodium is called sublimation energy (S) or enthalpy of sublimation \(\left(\Delta H_s^0\right)\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na}(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H_s^0=+108.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Formation of gaseous Na+ ion: The energy required in this process is called the ionization energy (I) or ionization enthalpy \(\left(\Delta H_i^0\right)\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}^{+}(\mathrm{g})+e^{-} ; I=+495.6 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Dissociation of Cl2 molecule into Gl-atoms: The dissociation energy (D) or enthalpy of dissociation \(\left(\Delta H_d^0\right)\) is the amount of energy needed to convert 1 mol of Cl2 molecules into 2mol of Clatoms. To produce 1 mol of Cl-atoms, half dissociation energy is required.

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}(\mathrm{g}) ; \frac{1}{2} \Delta H_d^0=+121 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Formation of Cl- ions: It is an exothermic process. The energy evolved is called electron-gain enthalpy (JE).

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}(\mathrm{g})+e \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(\mathrm{g}) ; E=-348.6 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Formation of NaCl(s) from Na+(g) and Cl(g): It is an exothermic process that results in the liberation of energy known as lattice energy lattice enthalpy (U).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Nacl from na

According to Hess’s law: \(\Delta H_f^0=\Delta H_s^0+I+\frac{1}{2} \Delta H_d^0+E+U\)

∴ U =-411.2 -108.4 -495.6 -121 -(-348.6)

= -787.6 kl-mol-1

Thus, the lattice enthalpy of NaCl(s) has a large negative value. This indicates that the compound is highly stable.

Importance of lattice enthalpy:

  1. A negative value of lattice enthalpy indicates that the formation of a crystalline ionic compound from its constituent ions is an exothermic process, i.e., an ionic crystal is more stable compared to its constituent ions.
  2. The magnitude of lattice enthalpy gives an Idea about the forces and the stability of the ionic compound. The higher the negative value of lattice enthalpy greater the stability of the ionic compound.
  3. A higher value of lattice enthalpy indicates that the ionic crystal is hard, has a high melting point, and is less soluble in water.

The order of lattice enthalpy of some ionic compounds:

  1. LiX > NaX > KX > RbX > CsX
  2. MgO > CaO > SrO > BaO
  3. MgCO2 > CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3
  4. Mg(OH)2> Ca(OH)2 > Sr(OH)2 > Ba(OH)2

Most of the ionic compounds are formed by reaction between cations (of metals) and anions (of non-metals). However, ammonium ion (NH), a cation obtained from two non-metallic elements is a very common exception.

Variable electrovalency and exceptions to the octet rule

Several metals like Ga, In, Tl, Sn, Pb, Bi, etc. (belonging to groups 13, 14, and 15 of-block) and Cr, Mn, Fe, Cu, etc. (belonging to d-block) exhibit variable electrovalency by losing different numbers of electrons. The reasons for exhibiting several electrovalency are

  1. Unstable electronic configurations of the ions and
  2. Inert pair effect. Some exceptions to the octet rule are also observed in the case of these metals.

Variable valency of heavy p-block elements: Some heavier p -block elements having the valence shell electronic configuration: ns2npl-6 exhibit variable electrovalency.

However, their primary valency is equal to the number of electrons present in the ultimate and penultimate shells.

Why is it so? The electronic configuration of these elements has revealed that both d and f-electrons are present in the valence shell of these elements.

Due to the poor screening effect of the d and orbitals, the s-electrons of the outermost shell are held tightly to the nucleus.

As a result, a pair of electrons present in the ns orbital are reluctant to take part in the reaction. This is called the inert pair effect. Due to the inert pair effect, heavier p-block elements show variable valency.

Example: Lead (Pb) shows a +2 oxidation state predominantly due to the inert pair effect.

Pb: [Xe]4f145d106s26p2. The two 6p¯ electrons are easily lost to attain the +2 oxidation state.

However, due to the very poor shielding effect of the 4f and 5d -electrons, the pair of 6s¯ electrons get closer to the nucleus and hence, are more tightly bound by the nuclear force.

A large amount of energy must be expended to unpair the electron pair in the 6s -orbital and hence, they tend to exist as an inert pair.

Hence, the common oxidation state of Pb in most of its compounds is +2. It is only in the presence of highly electronegative elements like fluorine and oxygen that the pair of electrons in the 6s¯ orbital can be unpaired and one of the electrons is promoted to the 6p¯ orbital giving rise to the +4 oxidation state of Pb.

Hence, only two compounds of Pb in the +4 oxidation state are known, viz., lead tetrafluoride (PbF4) and lead dioxide (PbO2).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Variable valency of d-block (transition) elements: The general electronic configuration of d-block elements is (n-l)d1-10ns1-2.

Here, apart from the s-electrons of the 71st shell, one or more d-electron(s) of (n-1)th shell contribute to the valency and hence to the oxidation state of the elements. Hence, the d-block elements exhibit variable valency.

Examples:

The electrovalency of iron (Fe) may be 2 or 3. The electronic configuration of Fe ls22s22p63s23p63d64s2. It forms a Fe2+ ion by the loss of two electrons from the 4s orbital. Soin ferrous compounds, the electrovalency of Fe is +2. Fe2+ ion has a less stable d6 configuration.

Therefore, it loses one electron more to form Fe3+ ion thereby attaining a relatively more stable configuration. So, the electrovalency of Fe in ferric compounds is 3.

In the outermost shells of Fe2+ and Fe3+ ions, there are 14 and 13 electrons respectively. Thus, the octet rule is violated in both cases. The electrovalency of copper (Cu) can either be 1 or 2, i.e., it may either form Cu+ or Cu2+ ions.

The electronic configuration of Cu is  ls22s22p63s23p63d104s1. A single Cu-atom loses one 4s -electron and gets converted into a Cu+ ion. So in cuprous compounds, the electrovalency of Cu is 1.

The nuclear charge of Cu is not sufficient enough to hold 18 electrons of Cu+ ion present in the outermost shell and hence, to acquire greater stability, Cu+ ion loses one more electron from the 3d -orbital to form Cu2+ ion.

So, the electrovalency of copper in cupric compounds is 2. In the outermost shells of Cu+ and Cu2+, there are 18 and 17 electrons respectively. Thus, the octet rule is violated in both cases.

Exceptions to the octet rule in some elements

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Exceptions To the Octet Rule In Some Elements

Shapes of ionic compounds

For the maximum stability of ionic compounds, cations, and anions form crystals by arranging themselves in regular and definite geometrical patterns so that the coulom forces of repulsion among the ions of similar charge, as well as electron-electron repulsion among the extranuclear electrons, are minimum.

The shape of the crystals depends on the charges of the ions, their packing arrangements, and the ratio of the cation to anion radius.

It can be shown by simple geometrical calculation that if the radius ratio is greater than 0.414 but less than 0.732, each cation is surrounded by the six nearest anionic neighbors. Such an array gives rise to the octahedral crystal ofthe compound

So, during the formation of a NaCl crystal, each Na+ ion is surrounded by six neighboring Clions, and each such Clton is similarly surrounded by six neighboring Na+ ions, each ion lies at the center of an octahedron and the oppositely charged ions reside at tire corners of that octahedron. This type of arrangement is called 6-6 coordination.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Nacl Crystal

Coordination number In an ionic crystal, the number of oppositely charged adjacent ions that are equidistant from a particular ion (in 3D close packing) is called the coordination number (C.N.) of that ion.

Positive and negative ions both have the same coordination number when there are equal numbers of both types of ions present (NaCl), but the coordination numbers for positive and negative ions are different when there are different numbers of oppositely charged ions (CaCl2).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: When the radius ratio (r+/r-) is less than 0.414, the coordination number is less than 6, but when the radius ratio (r+/r-) is more than 0.732, the coordination number is more than 6. In cesium chloride (CsCl), rCs+/rcr = L69A/1.8lA = 0.933.

So in a CsCl crystal, each Cs+ ion is surrounded by eight Cl- ions, and each Cl- ion is similarly surrounded by eight Cs+ ions. In this case, the coordination number of both the Cs+ and Cl- ions is 8. On the other hand, in zinc sulfide (ZnS) crystal, rZni+/rS2- = 0.74A/1.84A = 0.40.

In the ZnS crystal, each Zn Ion is surrounded by four S2- ions, and each S2- lon is surrounded by four Zn2+ ions. So, the coordination number of both ions is 4.

In the formation of ternary ionic compounds [such as calcium fluoride crystal (CaF2) to maintain electrical neutrality, the coordination number of calcium ions (Ca2+) becomes twice the coordination number of fluoride ions (F).

In CaF, crystal, each Ca2+ ion is surrounded by eight F ions while each F ion is surrounded by four Ca2+ ions

Role of cation and anion in the formation of stable crystal:

The definite position of the anions surrounding a cation in a stable octahedral crystal is shown. Two anions, aligned vertically above and below the central cation have not been shown.

In this case, the radius ratio (r+/r_) is in the range: of 0.414 – 0.732. If the size of the cation is small, then the value of (r+/r-) will be diminished and in this condition, the anions in contact will repel each other.

But the cation, not being in contact with tire anions, will not attract them. Consequently, a stable octahedral crystal will not be formed. Instead, the ionic compound assumes a tetrahedral structure with coordination number 4 by disposing of its ions suitably, so that it gains stability.

Stated differently, if the cation is much smaller in size than the anion, four anions are sufficient to surround the central cation—six anions are not required. When the cationic size is very large, the value of (r +/r-) increases.

In such a case, the anions touch the cation but do not touch each other. So, a stable octahedral structure will not be formed. Hence, more anions should surround the central cation so that they touch each other to give rise to a stable cubic structure with coordination number 8.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Stable Octahedral Structure

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Radius Ratio And Crystal Structure

The given rules relating radius ratio with crystal structure apply only to those ionic compounds in which the cation and the anion bear the same charge (electrovalency).

For example, in NaCl, the electrovalency of both Na+ and Clis 1, and in ZnS, the electrovalency of both Zn2+ and S22- is 2, etc. The radius ratio rule (mentioned above) is not applicable for those ionic compounds in which the electrovalencies of cations and anions are not equal.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Note that a conglomeration of countless number of cations and anions leads to the formation of crystals of an ionic compound. Hence, there is no existence of a separate molecule and the entire crystal exists as a giant molecule.

Properties and characteristics of ionic compounds

Physical state: In ionic compounds, there is no existence of separate molecular entities. Oppositely charged ions arrange themselves three-dimensionally, forming a crystal of definFite geometrical shape. The compounds are solids at ordinary temperature and pressure.

Melting and boiling points: In ionic compounds, the oppositely charged ions are held together, tightly by strong electrostatic forces of attraction, and hence a huge amount of energy is required to overcome these forces, i.e., to break the compact and hard crystal lattice. As a result, the melting and boiling points of ionic compounds are generally very high.

Directional nature: Electrostatic force in an ionic compound extends in all directions. Hence, ionic bonds are non-directional.

Isomerism: Due to the non-directional nature of ionic bonds, ionic compounds do not exhibit isomerism.

Electrical conductivity: Ionic compounds do not conduct electricity in the solid state because oppositely charged. ions are held together strongly with a coulomb force of attraction extending in all directions.

But in the molten state or solution in a suitable solvent (like water), the ions being free from crystal lattice, conduct electricity.

Solubility: Ionic compounds generally dissolve in polar solvents i.e., solvents possessing high dielectric constant, (e.g., water), and insoluble in non-polar solvents (e.g., carbon disulfide, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, etc.).

Isomorphism: Isoelectronicionic compounds generally exhibit the property of isomorphism (both of the ions have similar electronic configurations).

Two pairs of isomorphous compounds are—

Sodium Fluoride (Naf) and magnesium oxide (MgO): potassium sulfide (K2S) and calcium chloride (CaCl2)

Example:

⇒ [Na+(2, 8) F2, 8)], [Mg2+(2, 8) O2-(2, 8)]; [K+(2, 8, 8) S2+(2, 8, 8)], [Ca2+(2, 8, 8) Cl(2, 8, 8)]

Ionic reaction and its rate: In aqueous solution, electrovalent compounds exist as ions. In any solution, the chemical reaction of ionic compounds is the chemical reaction of the constituent ions of that compound. As a result, a chemical reaction between ionic compounds in solution is very fast.

For example, on addition of an aqueous solution of AgNOg to an aqueous solution of NaCl, a white precipitate of AgCl is formed immediately: \(\mathrm{Na}^{+} \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+\mathrm{Ag}^{+} \mathrm{NO}_3^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{AgCl} \downarrow+\mathrm{Na}^{+} \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)

Solvation of ions and solvation energy or enthalpy

Ionic compounds dissolve in polar solvents (for example water). Such solvent molecules strongly attract the ions present in the crystal lattice of solid ionic compounds and detach them from the crystal.

When any ionic compound dissolves in a polar solvent, the negative pole of the solvent molecule attracts the cation that forms the crystal while its positive pole attracts the anion. As a result, the electrostatic force of attraction between the cations and anions decreases.

Chemical Bonding Notes

If the magnitude of this attractive force of the polar solvent molecules exceeds the lattice energy of the solute, the ions present in the crystal get detached from the crystal lattice and are dispersed in the solvent.

Ions present in the solvent, being surrounded by a suitable number of solvent molecules (i.e., being solvated) are stabilized.

For example, at the time of dissolution of NaCl in water, each Na+ and Cl ion being surrounded by six water molecules, becomes solvated to form stable hydrated ions. This process is known as solvation.

The amount of energy released when one mole (one gram formula mass) of an ionic crystal is solvated in a solvent, is known as the solvation.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Dissolution Of Nacl In Water

Energy evolved in the dissolution of ionic compounds: The solvation energy is die driving force that brings about die total collapse ofthe structural framework work ofthe crystal.

Higher the dielectric constant the capacity of the solvent to weaken the forces of attraction) and dipole moment of the solvent, the higher the die magnitude of die solvation energy. Moreover, solvation energy also depends on the sizes ofthe cations and anions. ΔH solution = ΔH solvation lattice where ΔHsolution = energy evolved in the dissolution of the ionic compound, ΔH solvation = solvation enthalpy, and ΔHlattice

enthalpy of the ionic compound. If the solvation energy exceeds the lattice energy, then that ionic compound is soluble in that solvent but if It is much less, then the ionic compound is insoluble in that solvent.

Example: CaF2 is insoluble in water while CaCl2 is appreciably soluble. This implies that the lattice energy of CaF2 is more than the solvation energy of its constituent ions, but the lattice energy of CaCl2 is less than the solvation energy of its constituent ions.

  • It is to be noted that ionic compounds do not dissolve in non-polar solvents (turpentine oil, gasoline, etc.) because solvation of ions by the non-polar solvent is not possible.
  • For most of the ionic compounds, ΔH° is +ve, i.e., the dissolution process is endothermic. Hence, the solution solubility of most of the salts in water increases with the temperature rise.

Covalency And Covalent Bond

Formation of ionic bonds is not possible when the atoms of similar or almost similar electronegativities combine. This is because the electron affinity of both atoms is of the same or approximately the same order.

Therefore, the electron transfer theory’ (as discussed in the case of ionic bond formation) cannot explain the bonding in molecules such as H2, O2, N2, Cl2, etc.

To explain the bonding in such molecules, G. N. Lewis (1916) proposed an electronic model, according to which, the chemical bond in a non-ionic compound is covalent.

He suggested that when both the atoms taking part in a chemical combination are short of electrons than the stable electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas, they can share their electrons to complete their octets (duplet in the case of H).

This type of bond, formed by mutual sharing of electrons, is called a covalent bond.

During the formation of a covalent bond, the two combining atoms contribute an equal number of electrons for sharing. The shared electrons are common to both atoms and are responsible for holding the two atoms together.

Since such a combination of atoms does not involve the transfer of electrons from one atom to another, the bonded atoms remain electrically neutral.

Covalency To achieve the electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas, an equal number of electron(s) from the outermost shells of two combining atoms remaining in the ground state or excited state, form one or more electron pairs that are evenly shared by the two atoms. The capacity of the elements for this type of chemical combination is called covalency.

Covalent bond The force Of attraction that binds atoms of the same or different elements by the mutual sharing of electrons is called a covalent bond. The atoms involved in covalent bond formation contribute an equal number of electrons for sharing. The shared electron pair(s) are common to both atoms.

Covalent Molecules The molecules that consist of atoms held together by covalent bonds are called covalent molecules.

The number of valence electrons shared by an atom of an element to form covalent bonds is called the covalency of that element.

Therefore, the covalency of an element in a covalent molecule is, in fact, equal to the number of covalent bonds formed by its atom with other atoms of the same or different element. For example, in a carbon dioxide molecule (0=C=0), the covalency of carbon is 4 and that of oxygen is 2.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Driving force behind covalent bond formation: Any covalent bond is formed by the combination of two electrons of opposite spin.

The driving forces behind the formation of a covalent bond are the electromagnetic force of attraction developed in the pairing of two electrons of opposite spin and the attainment of stability by forming an inert electron core.

Types of covalent molecules

Homonuclear covalent molecule: The molecules formed when atoms of the same element are joined together by covalent bonds are called homonuclear covalent molecules, for Example; H2, O2, N2, Cl2, etc.

Heteronuclear covalent molecule: The molecules formed when atoms of different elements are joined together by covalent bonds are called heteronuclear covalent molecules, Example; NH3, H2O, HC1, CH4, etc.

Types of covalent bonds

Single bond: The bond formed by the sharing of one electron pair between two atoms is known as a single bond and is represented by ( — ).

Double bond: The bond formed by sharing two electron pairs between two atoms is known as a double bond and is represented by (=).

Triple bond: The bond formed by the sharing of three electron pairs between two atoms is known as a triple bond and is represented by (=).

Examples: There exists a single bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule (H —H), a double bond between the two oxygen atoms in an oxygen molecule (0=0), and a triple bond between the two nitrogen atoms in a nitrogen molecule (N=N).

Lewis dot structure

The structure of a covalent compound expressed by writing Lewis symbols ofthe participating atoms using one pair of dots between each pair of atoms for each covalent bond where a dot represents an electron is called Lewis dot structure.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Electrons are normally represented by dot or cross (x) signs. Lewis dot structures of fluorine and hydrogen chloride are shown here.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis dot structure

Valence electrons that do not participate in covalent bond formation are simply written as pairs of dots surrounding the symbol of the concerned atom.

The steps involved in writing Lewis dot structure are as follows:

  1. The total number of valence electrons ofthe atoms present in a particular molecule, Orion should be calculated.
  2. If the species is a cation, the number of electrons equal to the units of +ve charge should be subtracted from the total, and if the species is an anion, the number of electrons equal to the units of -ve charge should be added to the total. This gives the total number of electrons to be distributed.
  3. The skeletal structure is written by placing the least electronegative atom in the center (except hydrogen) and more negative atoms in the terminal positions. Note that the monovalent atoms like H and F always occupy the terminal positions.
  4. One shared electron pair should be placed between every pair of atoms to represent a single bond between them. The remaining pairs of electrons are used either for multiple bonding or to show them as lone pairs, keeping in mind that the octet of every atom (except) is completed.
  5. Remember that oxygen atoms do not bond to each other except in cases of O2, O3, peroxides, and superoxides.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: Lewis dot structure of HCN molecule:

  1. Total number of valence electrons of the atoms in HCN molecule =I (for H-atom) +4 (for C-atom) +5 (for Natom)=10.
  2. The skeletal structure of the molecule is HCN.
  3. One shared pair of electrons is placed between H and C and one shared pair is placed between C and N. The remaining electrons are treated as two lone pairs on N and one lone pair on C. H:C: N:O
  4. Since the octets of C and N are incomplete, multiple bonds are required between them.
  5. To complete their octets, a triple bond (i.e., two more shared pairs of electrons) should be placed between them. Thus, the Lewis dot structure of the hydrogen cyanide molecule is: Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis dot structure of HCN Molecule

lewis dot structure of some molecule or ions 

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis Dot Structure Of Some molecules Or Ions

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis Dot Structure Of Some molecules Or Ions.

Example of covalent bond formation:

Formation of a chlorine molecule (Cl2): Two Cl-atom combine to form a Cl2 molecule. Electronic configuration of a Cl -atom (Z = 17) 1s22s22p63s23p5 i.e., 2, 8, 7.

Thus, each Cl -atom has seven electrons In Its valence shell and needs one more electron to attain a stable electronic configuration of Ar (2, 8, 8), i.e., to achieve the octet.

Chemical Bonding Notes

During combination, both the Cl -atoms contribute one electron each to form a common shared pair. In this way, both of them complete their octets.

As a result, a covalent bond Is formed between the two chlorine atoms to produce a chlorine molecule. The completed octets are generally represented by enclosing the dots around the symbol of the element by a circle or ellipse.

The electron pair (s) shared by the bonding atoms is known as the shared pair or bond pair and the electron pair not involved In sharing is known as the unshared pair or lone pair.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Chlorine Molecule

Formation of oxygen molecule (O2):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Oxygen Molecule (O2)

Chemical Bonding Notes

Formation of nitrogen molecule (N2):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation of nitrogen molecule (N2)

Formation of water molecule (H2O)

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation of water molecule (H20)

Chemical Bonding Notes

Formation of carbon dioxide molecule (CO2):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Oxygen Molecule (O2)

Formal Charge

A molecule Is neutral and its constituent atoms do not carry charges. In polyatomic ions, the net charge is possessed as a whole and not by individual atoms. In some cases, charges are assigned to individual atoms. These are called formal charges.

The formal charge of an atom in a polyatomic molecule or ion is defined as the difference between the number of valence electrons of that atom in an isolated atom and the number of electrons assigned to that atom in the Lewis structure. It can be expressed as follows.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formal Charge

If the atom has more electrons in the molecule Orion than in the free or isolated state, then the atom possesses a negative formal charge and if the atom has fewer electrons in the molecule or ion than in the free or isolated state, then the atom possesses a positive formal charge.

Calculation of Formal Charges Of some Molecules And Ions 

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Cqalculation Of Formal Charges Of Some Molecules And Ions

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Cqalculation Of Formal Charges Of Some Molecules And Ions.2

Advantage of formal charge calculation: The main advantage of the calculation of formal charges is that It helps to select the most stable structure from many possible Lewis structures for a given molecule or Ion. Generally, the lowest energy structure (most stable) is the one with the lowest formal charges on the constituent atoms for a particular molecule or ion.

Factors favoring the formation of covalent bonds

Number of valence electrons: Formation of a covalent bond is favored when each of the combining atoms possesses 4, 5, 6, or 7 (except H) valence electrons. Such atoms can form 4, 3, 2, or 1 electron pair(s) with one or more atoms to achieve the octet by mutual sharing. So, elements of groups 14, 15, 16, and 17 form covalent bonds easily.

Chemical Bonding Notes

High ionization enthalpy: The atoms having high ionization energy are unable to form electrovalent bonds. They form molecules through the formation of covalent bonds. This behavior is observed in the case of p-block elements.

Comparable electron-gain enthalpies: The formation of a covalent bond is favored when the participating atoms have equal or nearly equal electron-gain enthalpies, they should have equal or nearly equal electron affinity.

Comparable electronegativities: The two atoms involved in covalent bond formation should have equal or nearly equal values of electronegativity because in that case no transfer of electron from one atom to another takes place and thus, the formation of a covalent bond is favored.

High nuclear charge and small internuclear distance: During the formation of a covalent bond the electron density is concentrated between the two nuclei of the combining atoms, which is responsible for holding the two nuclei together.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The greater the nuclear charge and the smaller the internuclear distance, the greater the tendency for the formation of covalent bonds.

Characteristics of covalent compounds

Physical state: Covalent compounds are composed of discrete molecules. The intermolecular forces of attraction between them are usually very weak.

Hence, covalent compounds exist in a gaseous or liquid state. However, a few covalent compounds such as urea, sugar, glucose, etc. exist as solids because of stronger intermolecular forces.

Melting and boiling points: The attractive force between the molecules of covalent compounds is usually weak and consequently, a lesser amount of energy is required to overcome these forces.

Chemical Bonding Notes

As a result, covalent compounds possess low melting and boiling points compared to ionic compounds.

Electrical conductivity: Covalent compounds do not possess negatively and positively charged ions so, they usually do not conduct electricity in the fused or dissolved state.

However, in some cases, the covalent compound dissolved in a polar solvent reacts with the solvent molecules to form ions and thus conduct electricity.

For example, being a covalent compound, hydrogen chloride is a non-conductor of electricity in the pure state but when dissolved in water, it reacts with water to form hydronium ions and chloride ions. Hence, an aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride (i.e., hydrochloric acid) is capable of conducting electricity.

Chemical Bonding Notes

⇒ \(\mathrm{HCl}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}\)

Solubility: Covalent compounds are usually soluble in non-polar solvents but insoluble in polar solvents (in conformity with the principle, “like dissolves like”).

For example, the covalent compound carbon tetrachloride does not dissolve in a polar solvent (like water) but it readily dissolves in the non-polar solvent, benzene. However, some covalent compounds such as alcohol, acetic acid, hydrogen chloride, glucose, etc. dissolve In a die polar solvent, water.

This Is because they are themselves polar compounds and react with water or participate In the formation ofhydrogen bonds with water molecules. For example, HC1 dissolves In water and forms H3O+ and Cl- Ions while glucose (C6H12O6) having five hydroxyl (-Oil) groups, dissolves In water by forming hydrogen bonds with water molecules.

Rate of chemical reaction: The reactions of covalent compounds Involve the breaking of strong covalent hond(s) present In their molecules.

Since It requires sufficient energy and time, the chemical reactions of covalent compounds occur at a relatively slower rate. For example, the formation of ethanol from glucose by fermentation takes nearly 3 days.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6 \rightarrow{\text { Zymase }} 2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{CO}_2\)

Directional characteristics of covalent bond: Since the atomic orbitals have definite spatial orientation and the covalent bonds are formed by overlapping of atomic orbitals, the bonds possess directional properties.

For example, 4 covalent bonds of an sp3 -hybridized C-atom are directed towards the four corners of a tetrahedron and for days, the shape of the CH4 molecule is tetrahedral.

Isomerism: Since the covalent bonds are rigid and directional, the atoms involved in the formation of a covalent molecule may be oriented differently.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Two or more structurally different compounds having different chemical and physical properties may be represented by a single molecular formula.

Such compounds are called structural isomers, In other words, covalent compounds exhibit structural isomerism. For example, both dimethyl ether and ethyl alcohol have the same molecular formula (C2H6O), but different structural formulas i.e., they are isomers.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Differences Between Ionic And Covalent Compounds

For elements such as hydrogen and nitrogen, oxygen, and fluorine (elements of the second period of the periodic table), the number of unpaired electrons (s) in their valence shells
gives a measure of their covalency. Therefore, the covalencies of H, N, O, and F are 1,3, 2, and 1 respectively.

Chemical Bonding Notes

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{H}: 1 s^1 ; \mathrm{N}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^1 2 p_y^1 2 p_z^1 ; \mathrm{O}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^2 2 p_y^1 2 p_z^1 \text {; } \\
\mathrm{F}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^2 2 p_y^2 2 p_z^1
\end{gathered}\)

For elements such as Be, B, and C, their covalencies are not determined by the number of unpaired electrons(s) in their valence shells in the ground state.

In the excited state, out of two electrons in the 2s-orbital, one electron gets promoted to the 2p-orbital.

Thus, there are 2, 3, and 4 unpaired electrons respectively in the valence shells of Be, B, and C. So, their covalencies are 2, 3, and 4 respectively.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronic Confriguration Ground And Excited Stages

Elements belonging mainly to the 3rd, 4th, and 5th periods of the periodic table possess variable covalencies.

These elements possess vacant orbitals in their valence shell and are capable of promoting one of the paired electrons of that shell to the vacant orbitals. The number of electrons to be promoted depends on the energy available for excitation.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Thus, such an element exhibits more than one covalency depending on the availability of unpaired electrons. This is termed as variable covalency. For example— In PCl3 and PCl5, covalencies of P are 3 and 5 respectively;

In H2S, SF4, and SF6, sulfur exhibits covalencies of 2, 4, and 6 respectively, and in IC1, IC13, IF5, and IF7 iodine has covalence of 1, 3, 5, and 7 respectively.

Variable covalency of phosphorus: 3,5

Trlcovalency of P: The outermost electronic configuration of phosphorus in its ground state:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tricovalency of p

In the ground state, phosphorus1 has only three unpaired valence electrons in 3px, 3py, and 3pz orbitals. So, the normal covalency of phosphorus is 3.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: In phosphorus trichloride (PC13), phosphorus (sp3 hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 3.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Pentacovalency of P: In the excited state, phosphorus possesses five unpaired electrons in its valence shell by promoting one of its 3s -electrons to the vacant 3dorbital. Thus, it exhibits a covalence of 5.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Pentacovalency Of P

Example: In phosphorus pentachloride (PCl3), phosphorus (sp³d -hybridized) possesses a covalency of 5.

Variable covalency of sulphur: 2,4,6

Bicovalency of S: The outermost electronic configuration of sulfur in its ground state.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bicovalency Of S

In the ground state, sulfur has only 2 unpaired electrons in 3py and 3pz orbitals. Hence, the covalency of sulfur in the ground state is 2.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: In hydrogen sulfide (H2S), sulfur (sp³ hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 2.

Tetracovalency of S: On excitation, one of the paired electrons in 3px -orbital is promoted to vacant 3d -orbital. This results in 4 unpaired electrons in its valence shell.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tetracovalency of s

So, the covalency of sulfur in the first excited state is 4. Example: in sulfur tetrafluoride(SF4), sulfur (sp3 d hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 4.

Hexacovalency of S: In the case of second excitation, one of the 3s -electrons gets promoted to vacant 3d -orbital. This results in 6 unpaired electrons in its valence shell.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Hexacovalency Of S

Hence, the covalency of S in the second excited state is 6.

Example: In sulfur hexafluoride (SF6), sulphur {sp3d2 hybridised) exhibits a covalency of 6.

Variable covalency of iodine: 1,3, 5, 7

Monocovalency of I: The outermost electronic configuration of iodine in its ground state.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Monocovaency Of I

One unpaired electron indicates the monovalency of I.

Tricovalency of I: In its first excited state, one of the paired electrons from the 5p -orbital gets promoted to a vacant 5d -orbital. This leads to the presence of unpaired
electrons in its valence shell.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tricovalency Of I

Hence, the covalency of iodine in the first excited state is 3.

Example: In iodine trifluoride (IF3), iodine (sp²d -hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 3.

Pentacovalency of I: In the second excited state, one of the paired electrons from 5px -orbital is promoted to vacant 5d -orbital.

This results in the presence of 5 impaired electrons in the valence shell of the I-atom.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tricovalency Of I

Example: In iodine pentafluoride (IF5), iodine (sp³d³ – hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 5.

Heptacovalency of I: I-atom attains the third excited state by promoting one of the paired electrons from 5s -orbital to vacant 5d -orbital. This leads to the presence of 7 unpaired electrons in the valence shell of i-atoms.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Heptacovalency Of I

Since the Iodine atom now possesses 7 unpaired electrons the covalency of iodinein in the third excited state is 7.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: In iodine heptafluoride (IF), iodine (sp³d³- hybridized) exhibits a covalency of7.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Maximum covalency: Maximum covalency of an element is the maximum number of unpaired electrons that an atom of an element possesses after promoting electrons from s and the p -orbitals to d -orbitals, i.e., it is the maximum number of covalent bonds that an atom of an element can form. For example, the maximum covalencies of P, S, and I are 5, 6, and 7 respectively.

Limitations of the octet rule

The octet rule, although useful for understanding the structures of most organic compounds, fails in many cases and has several exceptions.

Some important exceptions to the rules are as follows:

Incomplete octet of the central atom: Elements of group-1, 2, and 13 are not expected to form covalent compounds as they possess less than four electrons in their valence shell and cannot achieve an octet by sharing electrons.

But, several covalent compounds of these elements are known to exist, which violates the octet rule such as LiCl, BeCl2, BF3, A1C13, etc.

These compounds with an incomplete octet of the central atom are called hypovalent compounds or electron-deficient compounds.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Hypovalent Compounds or Electron Deficient Compounds

Expansion of octet of the central atom: The octet rule is also found to be violated in compounds like PC15, SF6, and IF7 in which the central atoms possess more than eight electrons in their valence shells, i.e., they possess expanded octet.

These compounds with an expanded octet of the central atom are called hypervalent compounds.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Exceptions To the Central Atom

Odd electron molecules: There are some molecules and ions in which the atoms bonded to each other contain an odd no. of electrons (usually 3).

These bonds formed by three electrons are called odd electron bonds and the corresponding molecules are called odd electron molecules. Octet rule is not satisfied for all the atoms of such molecules. Some common examples are as follows:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure odd Electron Molecules

Formation of compounds by noble gases: Noble gases have filled octets and hence are not expected to form compounds.

However, it has been found that some noble gases like xenon and krypton combine with oxygen and fluorine to form a large number of compounds such as XeF2, XeOF2, XeOF4, XeF6, KrF2, etc. In these compounds, Xe or Kr have expanded octets.

Chemical Bonding Notes

This theory cannot explain the shapes of covalent molecules. It cannot explain the relative stability of the molecules in terms of energy

The explanation for the deviations from the octet rule

Sidgwick’s concept of maximum covalency: According to Sidgwick, it is not always necessary for an atom of an element to achieve the octet combination.

He postulated his views in the form of an empirical rule called the rule of maximum covalency. According to this rule, the maximum covalency of an element depends on its position in the periodic table.

Chemical Bonding Notes

For example, the maximum covalency for H belonging to the first period is 2, the second period (Li to F) is 4, the third (Na to Cl) and fourth period (K to Br) is 6, and for elements of higher periods, it is 8. So, the formation of compounds like PC15 and SF6 where P and S exhibit penta covalency and hexa covalency respectively, is not irrelevant. The modem electronic concept supports Sidgwick’s concept.

Explanation: In the formation of covalent bonds, atoms of the elements belonging to the second period use one orbital of 2s -subshell and three orbitals of 2p -subshell of L -shell {n = 2). Therefore, they can share a maximum of 8 electrons to form covalent bonds, i.e., their maximum covalency is 4.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The maximum covalency shown by the elements of the third period and that of the higher periods is more than 4. This is because their atoms can form compounds using s, p, and d -orbitals of their outermost shell [M(n = 3), N(n = 4), 0(n = 5), etc], For exhibiting higher valency, one or more electrons are promoted from s and p -orbitals to vacant d -orbitals having slightly higher energy. So these elements, depending on the requirement of valency, can utilize 5, 6, 7, or 8 orbitals.

Sugden’s concept of single electron linkage or singlet linkage: According to Sugden, the central atoms of molecules like PCl5, SF6, etc., attain octets by the formation of one or more than one-electron bonds. To explain their structures, he proposed the formation of a new type of bonding called singlet linkage.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Sugdens Concept Of Single Electron Linkage Or Singlet Linkage

Example: In the PCl5 molecule, the P-atom with the help of its 5 valence electrons, forms 3 shared pairs or normal single covalent bonds with three Cl-atoms, and the remaining 2 electrons are used to bond with two Cl-atoms by singlet linkages.

Similarly, the S-atom in SFg molecule forms 2 normal single covalent bonds with two F-atoms using 2 of its 6 valence electrons and the remaining 4 electrons are used to form singlet linkages with four F-atoms.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Limitations of the concept of singlet linkage: Singlet electron linkage is weaker than a normal covalent bond.

Vapors of PC15 dissociate into PC13 and Cl2 at 300°C. This indicates that two P —Cl bonds in PClg are comparatively weaker than the remaining three P—Cl bonds. However, SFg is a very stable molecule and experimental results show that all the six S —F bonds are similar.

Hence, it is not possible to distinguish between singlet electron linkage and normal covalent bond in the case of SFg. There are 5 valence electrons present in the outer shell of both nitrogen and phosphorus.

However, nitrogen forms only trihalides (NX3, X = Cl, Br, I), while phosphorus forms both trihalides (PX3) and pentahalides (PX5). If singlet electron linkages exist, then nitrogen would also have formed pentahalides. Although the concept of singlet electron linkage explains the formation and properties of a few molecules, it fails in most ofthe cases.

There are 5 valence electrons present in the outer shell of both nitrogen and phosphorus. However, nitrogen forms only trihalides (NX3, X = Cl, Br, I), while phosphorus forms both trihalides (PX3) and pentahalides (PX3).

If singlet electron linkages exist, then nitrogen would also have formed pentahalides. Although the concept of singlet electron linkage explains the formation and properties of a few molecules, it fails in most ofthe cases octet occurs for them.

Group 16 elements like S, Se, etc., belonging to third, fourth,. periods form covalent compounds in which the normal valency of the elements is 2 and higher valencies of the elements are 4 and 6.

Chemical Bonding Notes

In normal valency, those elements have fulfilled octet. In higher valencies, octets occur. Group 17 elements like Cl, III, I (tie, belonging to third, fourth, fifth….. form covalent compounds In

Ionic distortion anil development of covalent character In Ionic compounds: Fajan’s rule hikes several covalent compounds possessing ionic characters, many Ionic compounds are also found to carry a partial covalent nature.

For example, Is an Ionic compound hut due to its significant covalent character, It Is more soluble in organic solvents water.

Development of covalent character in an ionic compound: When two oppositely charged Ions approach each other, the cation attracts the electron cloud of the anion but repels Its nucleus.

  • This results in distortion of (the electron cloud around the anion.
  • This Is known as the polarisation of the anion.
  • The power of the cation to polarise the anion Is called Its polarising power.
  • The tendency of the anion to get polarised by the cation is called Its polarisability. Such polarisation results In the transportation of electron cloud towards the cation to produce an overlapping zone.
  • Consequently, the Ionic character of the bond decreases and the covalent character increases. The following picture shows the gradual development of covalent character with an increase in polarisation.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Increase In Polarsation And development of Covelent Character

It is to be noted that the reverse polarisation ofthe cationic charge cloud by the anion will indeed be very small, as the cation has a more compact charge cloud.

The polarising power of the cation is expressed by the term ‘ionic potential: It is the ratio of charge to radius of the corresponding cation and is expressed by the sign, (Phi). Thus,

⇒ \(\text { Ionlc potential, } \phi=\frac{\text { Charge of the cation }}{\text { Radlus of the cation }}\)

On moving front from left to right In a period, the charge of the cation Increases while Its radius decreases. This results In an Increase lu the value of phi.

⇒ \(\text { For example, } \phi\left(\mathrm{Na}^{+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Mg}^{2+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Al}^{3+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Si}^{4+}\right)\)

On the other hand, on moving down the group the cationic charge remains unaltered but the cationic radius increases. Consequently, the value of decreases. For example

⇒\(\phi\left(\mathrm{LI}^{+}\right)>\phi\left(\mathrm{Na}^{+}\right)>\phi\left(\mathrm{K}^{+}\right) ; \phi\left(\mathrm{Be}^{2+}\right)>\phi\left(\mathrm{Mg}^{2+}\right)>\left(\mathrm{Ca}^{2+}\right)\)

In the case of some metals with different oxidation states, the value of phi Increases with an Increase In oxidation number,

Chemical Bonding Notes

⇒ \(\text { For example, } \phi\left(\mathrm{Sn}^{2+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Sn}^{4+}\right) ; \phi\left(\mathrm{Fe}^{2+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Fe}^{3+}\right)\)

With an Increase In the value of <p, the polarising power of the cullon increases which ultimately Increases the covalent character ofthe Ionic compound.

Fajan’s rule: The polarising power of the cation and the polarisability of the anion (i.e., the extent of polarization causing the development of covalent character in an ionic
compound) is governed by certain rules known as Fajan’s rules.

According to these rules, the covalent character of an ionic compound depends on the following factors:

Size of the cation: For the cations having the same charge, the value Φ increases with a decrease in the size of the cation.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Hence, the deformation of the anion increases which in turn enhances covalency. From the table given below, it is observed that the melting point decreases (i.e., the covalent character of anhydrous chlorides of alkaline earth metals increases) with a decrease in the radii of the cations.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Melting point of Andhdrous Chlorides.

The melting point however decreases from NaCl to KC1 to RbCl, due to successive decreases in in the lattice energy

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Melting Point of Anhydrous Chlorides

Size of the anion: In a large-sized anion, the outermost electrons are less tightly held by the nucleus and hence, would be more easily distorted by the cation.

Thus, the larger the anion, the higher its polarisability and the greater the covalent character of the compound formed. The following table shows that the melting points decrease (i.e., the covalent character of the anhydrous calcium halides increases) with the increase in the size ofthe anion.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Melting Point Of Anhydrous Calcium Halides

The greater amount of charge on the cation or anion: The ionic potential Φ of the cations increases with an increase in cationic charge and a decrease in cationic radii. Consequently, the resulting compound is found to possess a more covalent character. It becomes evident.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Melting point of anhydrous chlorides covelnt character

As the charge on an anion increases, valence electrons become more loosely held by the nucleus and therefore, it gets more easily deformed by the cation. Thus, the greater the charge on an anion, the higher its polarisability, and the greater the covalent character ofthe compound formed.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Configuration of cation: Between the two cations having the same size and charge, the one with 18 electrons in the outermost shell (S2p6d10) i.e., with pseudo noble gas configuration, has greater polarising power than the other with 8 electrons in the outermost shell (S2p6), i.e., with noble gas configuration.

Chemical Bonding Notes

This is because, in the case of cations having 18 valence electrons, there is a poor screening effect due to the presence of d electrons.

Thus, a more effective nuclear charge polarises the anion to a greater extent causing the development of a more covalent character in the compound formed, the following table shows that the melting points of the anhydrous chlorides of coinage metals are less compared to those of the anhydrous chlorides of alkali metals with noble gas electronic configuration.

The chlorides of Cu, Ag, and Au, therefore, possess a greater covalent character.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Mp Of Anhydrous Chlorides

The dielectric constant of the medium: A polar medium possessing a high dielectric constant tends to weaken electrostatic forces of attraction existing between oppositely charged ions. As a result, ions remain separated in a polar medium and effective polarisation does not take place.

Chemical Bonding Notes

However, effective polarisation takes place in a nonpolar medium having a low dielectric constant. Hence, an ionic compound exhibits more covalent character in a non-polar medium than in an apolar medium.

Effect of polarisation on the properties of compounds

Solubility: As polarisation increases, the covalent character as well as the tendency of ionic compounds to get dissolved in non-polar solvents increases.

Solubility of silver halides (AgX) in water: Order of polarisability of halide ions: I¯> Br¯ > Cl¯ > F¯ (polarisability increases with increase in size).

Therefore, the covalent character of silver halides follows the order: Agl > AgBr > AgCl > AgF, i.e., the ionic character of these halides follows the reverse order.

Consequently, the solubility of silver halides in the polar solvent, water, follows the order: AgF > AgCl > AgBr > Agl

Solubility of KC1 and K1 in alcohol: Since I¯ ion is larger than Cl¯ ion, I¯ gets more easily polarised than Cl¯. So, KI possesses more covalent character compared to KC1 and thus, it is more soluble in alcohol (a less polar solvent having low dielectric constant) compared to KC1.

Thermal stability of metal carbonates: For the carbonates of Be, Mg, and Ca belonging to group-2 and possessing common anion (CO3), ionic potential (cf2) of the cations follows the order: Be2+ > Mg2+ > Ca2+. So, the ionic nature of these compounds runs as follows:

BeCO3 < MgCO3 < CaCO3. Thus, their thermal stability follows the order: of BeCO3 < MgCO3 < CaCO3. Therefore, on moving down a particular group, the thermal stability ofthe metal carbonates gradually increases.

Color of different salts of metal: The tendency of the anions to getpolarised increases with an increase in size. This facilitates the transition of electrons from the filled orbital of anions to the unfilled orbital of cations.

The energy required for the electronic transition of an anion having high polarisability is lower than the energy required for that having low polarisability.

Anions having high polarisability obtain the energy required for the electronic transition from the visible range while those with low polarisability, from the ultraviolet region.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Thus the compounds having anions with high polarisability, are generally colored, depending on the wavelength absorbed, while those having anions with low polarisability are generally white.

For example, HgCl2 is white but Hgl2 is red; AgCl is white but Agl is yellow; PbCl2 is white, but Pbl2 is golden yellow. Non-existence of compound: PbCl4 exists but Pbl4 has no existence. In Pbl4, the charge on the cation, Pb4+ is much higher and it strongly polarises the large anion, I-.

The degree of polarisation is so high that the two I- ions are oxidized to the I2 molecule by donating two electrons and the Pb4+ ion is reduced to the Pb2+ ion by gaining two electrons.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{PbI}_4} \rightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{PbI}_2^{-1}}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}_2\)

Hence, Pbl4 does not exist. On the other hand, PbCl4 exists as the degree of polarization of relatively small Cl¯ is not very high, and hence no such electron transfer occurs. For the same reason, Fel3 does not exist but Fel2 does.

Coordinate Covalency Bond And Coordinate Bond Or Dative Bond

In 1921, Perkins suggested a special type of covalency known as coordinate covalency.

Coordinate Covalency is a special type of covalent bond in which the shared pair is contributed by only one of the two combining atoms.

This electron pair is shared by both of the combining atoms due to which both of them attain octet and the valency hence generated is called coordinate covalency.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Coordinate Bond A coordinate bond is a special type of covalent bond in which the shared pair of electrons is contributed by one of the two combining atoms

Coordinate Compounds Compounds

A coordinate bond is formed between two atoms, one of which has completed its octet and the other is short of two electrons to complete its octet.

The former atom which donates a pair of electrons (lone pair) is known as the donor and the latter atom which accepts the electron pair to complete its octet is known as an acceptor.

A coordinate bond is represented by an arrow pointing from the donor towards the acceptor Like a covalent bond, a coordinate bond is formed by overlapping of atomic orbitals of two atoms.

Chemical Bonding Notes

As the atomic orbitals have specific orientations in space, coordinate bonds also have specific orientations in space. Note that a coordinate bond once formed cannot be distinguished from a covalent bond.

Conditions for the formation of coordinate bonds

  1. The donor atom must contain at least one lone pair of electrons in its valence shell.
  2. The acceptor atom must have at least one vacant orbital in its valence shell where the lone pair of electrons from the donor atom can be accommodated.
  3. The lone pair of the donor atom must be equally shared by both the donor and the acceptor atoms.

The electron pairs, which present the valence shell ofthe atoms or ions, which do not participate in the bond formation are termed as ‘lone pair of electrons

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Mechanism for the formation of coordinate bond

For example, N-atom in NH3 molecule and O-atom in H2O molecule The molecules having atoms with lone pair of electrons e.g., ammonia (NH3), water (H26), methyl amine (CH3NH2), aniline (CgH5NH2), phosphine (PH3), triphenylphosphine (PH3P), alcohols (ROH), phenol (C6H5OH), diethyl ether (C2H5OC2H5), etc.] act as a donor in the coordinate bond formation.

Chemical Bonding Notes

On the other hand, hydrogen ions (H+) or molecules having atoms with electron sextet (e.g., BF3, BH3, etc.), or metal ions containing vacant orbital in their valence shell act as acceptors in the coordinate bond formation.

Mechanism for the formation of coordinate bond

The donor atom transfers one electron of its lone pair to the acceptor atom and as a result, the donor atom acquires a positive charge and the acceptor atom acquires a negative charge.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular The donor atom transfers one electron of its lone pair to the acceptor

The two ions then contribute one electron each and this electron pair is shared by both the atoms to form a single covalent bond between them.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{A}}+\stackrel{\rightharpoonup}{\cdot} \longrightarrow \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{A}}: \overline{\mathrm{B}} \text { or } \stackrel{\mathrm{A}}-\overline{\mathrm{B}} \text { or } \mathrm{A} \rightarrow \mathrm{B}\)

Thus, the formation of a coordinate bond involves the transfer of electrons (as in the formation of an electrovalent bond) as well as the sharing of electrons (as in the formation of a covalent bond).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Therefore, a coordinate bond may be regarded as a combination of a polar electrovalent bond and a non-polar or less polar covalent bond. For this reason, a coordinate bond is termed a semipolar bond.

Examples of coordinate bond formation:

Formation of an addition compound (complex) involving ammonia and boron trifluoride: In ammonia (NH3), the nitrogen atom has a lone pair and the boron atom in boron trifluoride (BF3)is short of two electrons to achieve its octet.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Examples Of Coordinate Bond Formation

Therefore, when NH3 is subjected to react with BF3, the N-atom donates its lone pair to the Batom to form a coordinate bond which holds them together forming the addition compound, \(\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{~N} \rightarrow \mathrm{BF}_3.\)

Chemical Bonding Notes

An ion or a molecule that can donate an electron pair is called a Lewis base and an ion or a molecule that can accept an electron pair is called a Lewis acid. In the above example, ammonia is a Lewis base while boron trifluoride is a Lewis acid.

Formation of ammonium ion (NH+4 ): [Donor: N-atom of NH3 molecule, Acceptor: H+-ions]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Ammonium Ion

From experimental observations, it can be said (bat all the four N— 1-1 bonds in ammonium ions are equivalent. So the ammonium ion can be represented as shown above. This concept is also applicable to those compounds in which coordinate bonds are present.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Formation of fluoroborate ion (BF4): [Donor: F -ion, Acceptor: B -atom of BF3 molecule]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Fluoroborate Ion

Formation of hydronium ion or hydroxonium ion (H3O+): [Donor: O-atom of H2O molecule, Acceptor: H+-ion]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Hydronuim Ion Or Hydroxonium

Chemical Bonding Notes

Formation of ozone molecule (O3): [Donor: Central O-atom, Acceptor: Terminal O-atom]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Ozone Molecule

Formation of the sulphuric acid molecule (H2SO4): [Donor: S-atom, Acceptor: O-atom]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sulphuric Acid Molecule

Formation of the nitric acid molecule (HNO3): [Donor: N atom, Acceptor: O-atom]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Nitric Acid Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Formation of an orthophosphoric acid molecule (H3PO4) : [Donor: P-atom, Acceptor: O-atom

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Orthophosphoric Acid Molecule

Formation Of ammonium chloride (coexistence of electrovalent valency, covalency, and coordinate valency): Ammonia reacts with an aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride to form ammonium chloride. In the HC1 molecule, the highly As a result, polarity develops in the H—Cl bond.

In the presence of H2O molecules, the polar H —Cl bond undergoes dissociation forming the H+ ion and Cl ion. The O-atom of H2O donates a pair of electrons to H+ to produce hydroxonium ion (H3O+) through the formation of a coordinate bond.

Chemical Bonding Notes

In the NH3 molecule, since the N-atom is less electronegative than the O-atom, it exhibits a greater tendency to donate its unshared pair. So, NH3 accepts a proton (H+) from H3O+ and produces an NH4 ion by forming a coordinate bond.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Some important Bond parameters

The NH4 ion thus formed combines with Cl- ion through electrostatic force of attraction to produce crystals of NH4C1.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Thus, in NH4Cl, three H -atoms are attached to the N-atom by three covalent bonds, the fourth H-atom is attached to it by a coordinate bond and the two ions (NH4 and Cl-) are held together by an ionic bond, i.e., in NH4C1, there exists electrovalency, covalency and Coordinate covalency. Some other examples of this type of compound are LiAlH4, NaBH4, Na2HPO4, etc.

Characteristics of coordinate compounds

Coordinate bonds are a special type of covalent bond and coordinate compounds are in fact, covalent compounds. Hence, the characteristics of coordinate compounds are similar
to those of the covalent compounds.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Some of their important characteristics are described below:

  1. Physical state: Coordinate compounds exist as gases, liquids, and solids under ordinary conditions.
  2. Melting and boiling points: Coordinate bonds are semipolar. Due to this, coordinate compounds are more polar than covalent compounds but less polar than ionic compounds.
  3. Consequently, the melting and boiling points of these compounds are usually higher than those of covalent compounds but lower than those of ionic compounds.
  4. Solubility: Coordinate compounds are usually insoluble or less soluble in polar solvents like water but soluble in non-polar (organic) solvents.
  5. Electrical conductivity: Coordinate compounds do not ionize in a fused state or solution and hence, these compounds do not conduct electricity.
  6. Isomerism: Since coordinate bonds are rigid and possess directional properties, coordinate compounds exhibit the property of isomerism.
  7. Type of relictions: Court in compiles undergoes molecular reactions which are much slower than those of ionic reactions.

Similarities and dissimilarities between covalent and coordinate bonds

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Similarities And Dissimilarities Between Covalent And Coordiante Bonds

Some Important Bond Parameters

Covalent bonds are characterized by certain parameters such as bond length, bond dissociation enthalpy or bond enthalpy, and bond angle.

Bond length

  • Bond length is defined as the equilibrium distance between the centers of the nuclei of two bonded atoms in a covalent molecule.
  • The bond lengths of different covalent bonds are determined by X-ray diffraction electron diffraction or spectroscopic methods. For a covalent bond, it is the sum of the covalent radii of the bonding atom.
  • For example, if in a covalent molecule A — B, rA, and rB are the covalent radii of the atoms, A and B respectively, and the bond length is d, then d = rA + rB.
  • It is generally expressed in terms of angstrom (lA = 10-10m) picometer (1 pm = 10‾12m).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Length

Factors affecting bond length: Bond length depends on the following factors.

  1. Size of the atoms: Bond length increases with an increase in the size of the atoms. For example, bond lengths of —X Follow the order: H—I > H—Br > H—Cl > H—F. This is because the order of covalent radii of halogen atoms follows the sequence: I > Br > Cl > F.
  2. Bond multiplicity: Bond length decreases with an increase in multiplicity.

Bond lengths of different carbon-carbon bonds follow the order:

C=C (120 pm) < C=C(134 pm) < C—C(154 pm)

Types of hybridization (discussed later in article 4.8):

Any s-orbital is closer to the nucleus than a p -p-orbital. So, electrons in the s -orbital are more tightly held by the nucleus than the electrons in the p -p-orbital.

For this AATB [covalent molecule] [atoms or free radicals] A + B reason, with an increase in s -the character of the hybrid orbital the attraction on the electron increases and so, the length of the hybrid orbital decreases.Chemical Bonding Notes

As a consequence, the length of the bond obtained by overlapping the hybrid orbital with the s -s-orbital of another atom decreases.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The s -characters of sp³, sp², and sp orbital are 25%, 33.33%, and 50% respectively.

Thus, the lengths of C—H bonds involving C -atoms with different hybridizations follow the order:

Electronic effects: Bond length also depends on resonance, hyperconjugation, aromaticity, etc. For example, due to resonance, the carbon-carbon bond length in benzene is 1.39A while in the case of ethylene, the carbon-carbon bond length reduces to 1.34Å.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Lenghtd Of Some Covalent bonds

Bond dissociation enthalpy or bond enthalpy

When a bond is formed between two atoms, some amount of energy is released. The same amount ofenergy is required to break the bond to get the atoms separated.

This is called bond dissociation enthalpy which is a measure of bond strength and may be defined as the amount of energy required to break be gaseous state to produce neutral gaseous atoms or be gaseous state to produce neutral gaseous atoms or free radicals.

The bond dissociation enthalpy is usually expressed kJ.mol¯¹. It is to be remembered that the greater the bond dissociation enthalpy, the stronger the bond.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Dissociation Enthalpy Or Bond Enthalpy

When a compound contains two or more same type of bonds, the average of their bond dissociation enthalpies is considered as bond enthalpy or bond energy.

Example: Bond dissociation enthalpies of four C — H bonds of a methane molecule (CH4) are 435.7, 444.14, 444.14, and 339.4 kj.mol¯¹.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Therefore, the average value of bond dissociation enthalpies of four C-H bonds = (435.7 + 444.14 + 444.14 + 339.4)/4= 415.84 kj-mol-1.

This average value of bond dissociation enthalpy is the bond enthalpy or bond energy of the C — H bond of methane. In the case of diatomic molecules like H2, Cl2, O2, N2, HC1, etc., the bond dissociation enthalpy and bond enthalpy are the same. For example, the bond dissociation enthalpy and bond enthalpy of chlorine (Cl—Cl) molecule are the same (247 kj.mol¯¹ ).

Factors affecting bond dissociation enthalpy:

Size of the bonded atoms: The larger the size of the bonded atoms, the greater the bond length and less the bond dissociation enthalpy.

Thus, the bond enthalpy decreases on moving down a group in the periodic table. For example, the bond dissociation enthalpy of the H —Cl bond (431 kj.mol¯¹) is larger than the bond dissociation enthalpy of the H—Br bond (368 kj.mol¯¹ ).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Bond multiplicity: The Greater the bond multiplicity, the greater the bond dissociation enthalpy of the bond between two atoms. For example—

C—C < C=C < C=C; N—N <N=N < N=N

No. of lone pairs of electrons on the bonded atoms: As the number of lone pairs of electrons present on the bonded atoms increases, the electron-electron repulsion between the lone pairs of electrons on the two atoms increases. Thus, bond dissociation enthalpy decreases.

For example, bond dissociation enthalpies of C—C (with no lone pair), O —O (with 2 lone pairs on each atom), and F—F bond (with 3 lone pairs on each atom) follow the order: C—C (377 W-mol-1) >(213kj- mol-1 > F—F (159 kj-mol-1 ).

Types of hybridization: Bond enthalpy increases with an increase in s -character but decreases with an increase in p -character of the hybrid orbitals. For example, C(sp) —C(sp) (435.1 kj.mol¯¹) > C(sp²)—C(sp²) (384.6 kl-mol-1) > C(sp³)—C(sp³) (347.6 kj.mol¯¹).

Types of bond: The bond enthalpy of a sigma (cr) bond is greater than that of api (r) bond.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Dissociation Enthalpies In Different Compounds

Chemical Bonding Notes

Bond angle

The bond angle is defined as the angle between two bonds around the central atom in a molecule. For example, the H — C —H bond angle in methane (CH4) is 109°28′, the H — N —H bond angle in ammonia (NH3) is 107.3° and the H — O —H bond angle in water (H2O) is 104.5°.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Angle

Factors affecting bond angle:

  1. Types of hybridization: The bond angle depends on the type of hybridization of the central atom in a molecule. For example, in the case of sp3 -hybridization of carbon, the bond angle is 109°28′, for sp2 -hybridization, it is 120°, and for sp -hybridization, it is 180°.
  2. Number of lone pairs of electrons: As the number of lone pairs of electrons present on the central atom increases, the bond angle decreases.
  3. Electronegativity of the central atom: As the Electronegativity of the central atom of a molecule of type ABx increases the bond angle increases.
  4. Electronegativity of the atoms hooded to the central atom: As electronegativity of the atom bonded to the Shape of the molecule Hood angles central atom of a molecule of AB- type decreases, the bond angle Increases.

[The last three points are discussed later in VSEPR theory.]

Shapes Of Covalent Molecules And Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) Theory

As already mentioned, Lewis’s concept is unable to explain the shapes of molecules. The first simple theory providing the simple procedure to predict the shapes of covalent molecules is known as the Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) theory. The theory was proposed by Sidgwick and Powell in 1940 and was further developed by Nyholm and Gillespie in 1957. VSEPR theory may be expressed in terms of the following five rules:

Chemical Bonding Notes

Rule 1: The shape of a molecule depends on the total number of valence shell electron pairs i.e., the total number of bond pairs and lone pairs of electrons or steric number (SN) around the central atom. All electron pairs repel each other. To minimize repulsions, the electron pairs tend to occupy a geometrical position such that the angular distance between them is maximum.

If the central atom of n molecule does not possess a pair of electrons, the geometry of the molecule will be regular ami Is determined only by the bond pairs

Number of bond pairs and shapes of molecules

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Number Of Bond Pairs And Shapes Of Molecules

Rule 2: If the central atom Is surrounded by bond pairs as well as lone pairs of electrons, the repulsions among themselves are different. As a result, the molecule possesses an irregular or distorted geometry.

The repulsive interactions of various electron pairs decrease in the order: lone pair-lone pair (Ip-lp) > lone pair-bond pair (Ip-bp) > bond pair-bond pair {bp-bp).

When the angle between two electron pairs increases, the extent of repulsion decreases. These repulsions are found to be relatively greater If the electron pairs are to each other. If the angle between them Is 120° the repulsion becomes comparatively weaker and at 180° It Is the minimum.

Effect of lone pairs of electrons: Nyholm and Gillespie (1957) pointed out that there is an important difference between lone pair and bond pair. While a lone pair is localized on the central atom (i.e., it is under the influence of only one atom), each bond pair is shared between two atoms.

Chemical Bonding Notes

As a consequence, a lone pair occupies more space compared to a bond pair. This results in greater repulsive interactions between two lone pairs as compared to lone pair-bond pair and bond pair-bond pair repulsions.

For example, In a CH4 molecule, the C -atom contains four electron pairs in its valence shell and they are situated tetrahedrally.

Thus, CH4 is a regular tetrahedron with H —C —H bond angles of 109°28′. But, in the case of NH3, the central N atom contains 3 bond pairs and 1 lone pair of elections, and as die Ip-bp repulsion is greater than that of bp-bp repulsion, the H —N —2 bond angle shrinks from 109°28´ lo 107.3°, In H2, O-atom possesses 2 lone pairs along will) 2 bond pairs. Due to the strong repulsive forces of these two lone pairs acting on each bond pair, the — O —H bond angle significantly reduces to 104°2B´.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Rule 3: As the electronegativity of the hooded atoms for the central atom increases, the extent of repulsion between two bond pairs decreases and this is because the electron pairs are shifted away more from the central atom towards the bonded atoms.

Chemical Bonding Notes

On the contrary, if the electronegativity of the central atom increases the electron pairs move towards the central atom giving rise to an increasein repulsion between the bond pairs.

Example: The lone pairs and the bond pairs are tetrahedrally arranged in both NH3 and NF3 molecules. In the NF3 molecule, the N —p bond pair is drawn more towards the more electronegative F-atom. But in the NH3 molecule, the N — 11 bond pair is drawn more towards the more electronegative N -atom.

Therefore, bp-bp repulsion in NH3 is more than that in NF3.

Consequently, there is more distortion in NF3 (F—N—F bond angle: 102°29/) when compared to the NH3 molecule (H —N — H bond angle: 107.3°).

For the same reason, the bond angle of H2O (104.5°) is greater than that of F2O (102°).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Rule 4: The effect of electrons involved in the formation of a 7t -bond is not generally considered in determining the geometrical shape of a molecule.

The electron cloud of a JI -bond is not tightly held by the nuclei of two atoms like that in a rr -bond. Therefore, a triple bond (one rr and two r -bonds) and a double bond (one a and one n -bond) occupy more space than a single bond. So, a multiple bond causes more repulsion than a single bond and the order is: multiple bond-multiple bonds> multiple bond single bond > single bond-single bond.

Example: In ethylene (CH2=CH2) molecule, the H—C—H bond angle reduces from 120° to 116° because of greater repulsion between the C —H and C=C bonds. For a similar reason, the Cl—C—Cl bond angle in phosgene (COCI2) reduces to 112°.

Two exceptional cases:

PH3(94°) < PF3(98°): Fluorine is more electronegative than hydrogen. So, according to rule III, the order of bond angles is expected to be the reverse [NF3(102.2°) <NH3 107.3°). This can be explained in terms of bond multiplicity.

A coordinate covalent pn-dn bond is found to be formed between a filled 2p -orbital of F and an incomplete 3d -orbital of P. Due to resonance, each P —F bond in PF3 assumes a partial double bond character.

Consequently, the P —F bond order becomes greater than 1, i.e., its multiplicity increases. With the increase in bond multiplicity, repulsion between bond pairs increases and consequently, the F—P—F bond angle becomes greater than the H —P —H bond angle.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Fluorine

In the PH3 molecule, on the other hand, similar coordinate covalent n-bond formation is not possible because hydrogen has no unshared electron pair.

Chemical Bonding Notes

F2O(102°) < H2O(104.5°) < C12O(111°): The increasing order of electronegativity of the terminal atoms of these compounds is: H < Cl < F.

Therefore, the order of bond angles should be: F2O< C12O< H2O. In this case, also, the correct order of bond angles can be explained in terms of bond multiplicity.

The coordinate covalent pn-dn bond is formed between the filled 2p -orbital of an oxygen atom and the vacant 3d -orbital ofchlorine atom and because of resonance, each O—Cl bond possesses a partial double-bond character. Due to an increase in bond multiplicity, the repulsive force operating between bond pairs increases and as a result, the value of the bond angle increases.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Fluorine..

As there is no vacant orbital in the valence shells of hydrogen and fluorine, the formation of similar π-bonding is not possible. Therefore, it is the electronegativity of the terminal atoms which decides the bond angles of H2O and F2O.

Rule 5: The unshared electron pair on a central atom having an incomplete valence shell (i.e., with vacant d-orbital) causes greater repulsion towards bond pairs or other lone pairs resulting in the significant contraction in bond angle compared to that on a central atom having complete valence shell.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: There is no vacant orbital in the valence shells of the elements such as C, N, and O belonging to the second period of the periodic table. These elements can accommodate four electron pairs in their valence shells which are tetrahedrally arranged.

In such cases, the repulsive interaction caused by the lone pair is less and this results in a small deviation in bond angle. For example, in an NH3 molecule, the H —N — H bond angle is 107.3° and in H2O, the H — O — H bond angle is 104.5°.

Chemical Bonding Notes

On the other hand, the elements such as Si, P, and S belonging to the third period have vacant d -d-orbitals in their valence shells. If four electron pairs in their valence shells are tetrahedrally placed, then as a result of stronger repulsion by the lone pairs, considerable contraction in bond angle occurs.

Chemical Bonding Notes

In fact, due to the availability of larger space, repulsion between bond pairs decreases and the stronger lone pair-bond pair repulsion compresses the bond angle almost to 90°. For example, in PH3 and H2S, the bond angles, instead of being 109°28´, are reduced to 94° and 92° respectively.

Determination of shapes of molecules and ions by valence shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory

A central atom having 2 electron pairs in its valence shell:

Beryllium chloride (BeCla) molecule: In BeCl2, the total number of electrons in the valence shell of the central Beatom = 2 valence electrons of Be-atom + 2 electrons of two Cl-atoms involved in cr -bond formation = 4 electrons = 2 electron pairs of = 2 cr -bond pairs.

These two bond pairs experience minimum repulsion when they remain at an angle of 180°. Hence, the shape of the BeCl2 molecule is linear.

Carbon dioxide (CO2) molecule: The total number of electrons in the valence shell of the central C -atom of CO2 molecule = 4 valence electrons of C -atom +4 electrons of two doubly-bonded O-atoms = 8 electrons = 4 electron pairs = 2cr -bond pairs + 2n -bond pairs, π-bond pairs have no role in determining the shape of a molecule. Therefore, the shape of the molecule is determined only by the two cr bond pairs.

Repulsion between these two bond pairs is minimal if they exist at an angle of 180°. Hence, the angular distance between two C=0 bonds is 180°, i.e., the shape ofthe CO2 molecule is linear.

[The shape of the carbon disulfide (S=C=S) molecule is also similar to that of the carbon dioxide molecule.]

Hydrogen cyanide (HCN) molecule: In the HCN molecule, the total number of electrons in the valence shell of the central C -atom = 4 valence electrons of C-atom +3 electrons of one triply-bonded N -atom +1 electron of one singly-bonded H atom= 8 electrons = 4 electron pairs -2a -bond pairs +2 7T -bond pairs, n -bond pairs play no role in determining the shape of a molecule.

The two bond pairs experience minimum repulsion when they remain at an angle of 180°. Hence, the shape of the molecule is linear.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Hydrogen Cyanide molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Acetylene (HC=CH) molecule: The number of electrons surrounding each carbon atom of acetylene molecule = 4 valence electrons of carbon atom +3 electrons of one triply-bonded C-atom +1 electron one singly-bonded H -atom=8 electrons =4 electron pairs =2 a -bond pairs +2n bond pairs.

To minimize the force of repulsion between the bond pairs, the shape of the acetylene molecule is linear.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Acetylene molecule

Central atom having 3 electron pairs in its valence shell: Boron trifluoride (BF3) molecule: The total number of electrons in the valence shell ofthe central B-atom of BF3 electron of b- atom +3 electron of three sin gly bonded f atoms =6 elctron3 electron pair trigonal planar bf3 Molecule= 3 bond pairs.

The three bond pairs experience minimum repulsion if they remain at a 120° angle concerning each other.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Boron Trifluoride Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Therefore, the geometrical shape of BF3 is trigonal planar Nitrate (NOg) ion: The total number of electrons surrounding the N -atom of NO2 ion =5 valence electrons of N-atom + 2 electrons of one doubly-bonded O-atom +1 electron of one singly-bonded O -atom (no electron from the O-atom.

Attached by a coordinate bond because bond oxygon In or deb iron bond n-bond only, loud puli plays no rob In the dimming shape of Ion, bond pahs, To minimize repulsion among hinted towards Trigonal planar of a triangle, nil NO bond minimi are 120-, Honca, the shape of Ion In trigonal planar.

Sulfur (NO2) molecules In HO2 molecule: of electrons surrounding Central H -atom valence electrons of 8-atom 2 electrons of one doubly-hooded O-aloin (no electron from the O-atom a coordinate covalent bond) electrons or 4 electron pair n 2 <r -bond 11 lone pair r 1 n -bond pair. The n-bond pair has no role In determining the shape of the molecule.

To minimize the extent of repetition, 2 electron palms are oriented toward the corners of an equilateral triangle. However, because of greater lone pair-bond pair repulsion compared to bond pair-bond pair the— S — 0 bond angle IN reduced from 120° to 119.5°. Thun, SO molecule is angular.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The n-bond pair has no role In determining the shape of the molecule. To minimize the extent of repetition, 2 electron palms are oriented toward the corneum of an equilateral triangle. However, because of greater lone pair-bond pair repulsion compared to lo bond pair-bond pair population, the — S — 0 bond angle IN reduced from 120° to 119.5°. Thun, SO2 molecule IN angular

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tetrahedral Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Ammonium (NH3) Molecule: Ion, the total number of electrons surrounding the central N-atom i.e., In Its valence shell 3 valence electrons of N-atom +3 electrons of three singly-bonded H-atoms (no electron from the Hatom attached by a coordinate covalent bond) =8 electrons or 4 electron pairs =4 rr -bond pairs.

To Ammonium to be torn In NH Ion, the total number of electrons surrounding the central N-atom i.e., In Its valence shell 3 valence electrons of N-atom +3 electrons of three singly-bonded H-atoms (no electron from the Hatom attached by a coordinate covalent bond) =8 electrons or 4 electron pairs =4 rr -bond pairs. To 107.3°, i.e., the tetrahedron is somewhat distorted. Excluding the lone pair, the shape of the molecule is trigonal pyramidal.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Boron Tetrahedral Ion

Water (H2O) molecule: In an H2O molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central O-atom = 6 valence electrons of O-atom +2 electrons of two singly-bonded Hatoms =8 electrons or 4 electron pairs =2o- -bond pairs +2 lone pairs. To minimize the extent of mutual repulsion, these four electron pairs are oriented towards the four comers of a tetrahedron.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Boron Tetrahedral BF-4ion

Chemical Bonding Notes

However, the tetrahedron is somewhat distorted due to the strong repulsive forces exerted by the lone pairs on each bond pair of electrons. The H —O —H bond angle is reduced to 104.5° from the normal tetrahedral angle of 109°28′. Excluding the lone pairs, the shape of the molecule is angular or V-shaped.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Trigonal Pyramidal Molecule

Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) molecule: In an H2S molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central S-atom =6 valence electrons of S-atom +2 electrons of two singly bonded H-atoms =8 electrons or 4 electron pairs =2crbond pairs +2 lone pairs.

Chemical Bonding Notes

These 4 electron pairs experience minimum repulsion if they occupy the four comers of a tetrahedron. Since the repulsion between two lone pairs is greater than that between two bond pairs, the tetrahedron is distorted and the H — S — H bond angle is decreased to 92° from the ideal tetrahedral angle (109°28′).

Due to the presence of vacant d -d-orbital in S-atom, the bond angle, in this case, reduces significantly. Therefore, excluding the lone pairs, the shape of the molecule is angular or V-shaped.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Angular Or V shaped H2S Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

A central atom having 5 electron pairs in its valence shell:

Phosphorus pentachloride (PCI5) molecule: In the PC15 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central P-atom =5 valence electrons of P-atom +5 electrons of five Cl-atoms =10 electrons or 5 electron pairs =5<r -bond pairs. These electron pairs experience minimum mutual repulsion if they orient themselves towards the five vertices of a trigonal.

In this geometry, all five P—Cl bonds are not equivalent. The three bonds lying In the trigonal plane are called equatorial bonds. The remaining two bonds, one lying above and the other below the trigonal plane and both making an angle of 90° with the plane, are called axial bonds. The axial bonds arc slightly longer than the equatorial bonds.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Angular Or V shaped H2S Molecule

It is to be noted that the structure of the PC15 molecule is unsymmetrical. As a result, it is less stable and therefore, is more reactive.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Trigonal Bipyramidal Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

An axial bond is longer than an equatorial bond: It can be explained in terms of repulsive forces between electron pairs due to different bond angles. Let us consider the repulsive interactions experienced by an axial and an equatorial bond pair. An axial bond pair is repelled by three equatorial bond pairs at 90° and one axial bond pair at 180°.

On the other hand, an equatorial bond pair is repelled by two axial bond pairs at 90° and two equatorial bond pairs at 120°. It is known that the repulsion between two electron pairs decreases with an increase in the angle between them and hence, the repulsion between electron pairs at 120° and 180° may be neglected in comparison to hose at 90°.

Thus, considering only the repulsive interactions between electron pairs situated at 90° to each other, we find that each axial bond pair is repelled by three electron pairs while each equatorial bond pair is repelled by two electron pairs.

Therefore, an axial bond pair experiences greater repulsion than an equatorial bond pair and as a consequence, an axial bond becomes slightly longer than an equatorial bond.

Sulfur tetrafluoride (SF4) molecule: In SF4 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Satom = 6 valence electrons of S-atom +4 electrons of four F-atoms =10 electrons or 5 electron pairs =4 a -bond pairs +1 lone pair. Thus, to minimize the extent of repulsion, the five electron pairs around sulfur. orient themselves in a trigonal bipyramidal geometry.

The lone pair preferably occupies the equatorial position to stabilize the structure. For such orientation of the lone pair, the trigonal bipyramidal structure is distorted (the bond angles are 89° and 177° instead of 90° and 180° respectively). Thus, the shape of the molecule is described as a distorted tetrahedron or a see-saw.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Distorted Tetrahedral SF4 Molecule

Chlorine trifluoride (CIF3) molecule: In the C1F3 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Clatom =7 valence electrons of Cl-atom +3 electrons of three singly bonded F-atom = 10 electrons or 5 electron pairs =3 cr -bond pairs +2 lone pairs.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Thus, to minimize mutual repulsion, the five electron pairs orient themselves in a trigonal bipyramidal geometry in which two equatorial positions are occupied by two lone pairs. This is because, in such orientation, the structure acquires maximum stability. But, due to the presence of two lone pairs in the equatorial position, the trigonal bipyramidal structure is distorted (Ffl —Cl —Fe bond angle becomes 87°29′) and the molecule is T-shaped.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure T-shaped Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

ICI2- ion: In ICl-2 ion, the total number of electrons surrounding the central I-atom = 7 valence electrons of atom +2 electrons of two cr -bonded Cl-atoms +1 electron for the negative charge = 10 electrons = 5 = 2 electron pairs bond pairs and 3 lone pairs.

These five electron pairs arrange themselves in a trigonal bipyramidal geometry with three equatorial positions occupied by the three lone pairs because such an arrangement ensures maximum stability.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Liner Ion

Chemical Bonding Notes

Since the three lone pairs are present at the comers of an equilateral triangle, there is no distortion of the Cl —I — Cl bond angle of 180°. Hence, the ion has a linear shape. Similar examples are XeF2.

A central atom having 6 electron pairs in its valence shell:

Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) molecule: In SF6 molecule, the number of electrons surrounding the central S -atom = 6 valence electrons of S -atom + 6 electrons of six cr bonded F-atoms = 12 electrons or 6 electron pairs = 6 cr-bond pairs.

To have the minimum force of repulsion, the six electron pairs are oriented towards the corners of a regular octahedron. Hence, the shape of the SFg molecule is octahedral with a bond angle of 90°.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular sp3 d- hybrid

Chemical Bonding Notes

Bromine pentafluoride (BrFs) molecule: In BrF5, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Br-atom = 7 valence electrons of Br-atom +5 electrons of five crbondedF-atoms = 12 electrons or 6 electron pairs =5 bond pairs +1 lone pair. To minimize the extent of mutual repulsion, these six electron pairs arrange themselves octahedrally in which any one of the positions (all positions are equivalent) is by the lone pair.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Due to the presence of a lone pair of electrons, the Br-atom slightly deviates from the equatorial plane. So, the BrFg molecule is square pyramidal. A similar example is IF5.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Square Pyramidal BrF5 Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Xenon tetrafluoride (XeF4) molecule: In XeF4 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Xe-atom = 8 valence electrons of Xeatom + 4 electrons of four cr -bonded F-atoms =12 electrons or 6 electron pairs = 4 cr -bond pairs + 2 lone pairs. To minimize the extent of mutual repulsion, these electron pairs arrange themselves octahedrally in which two opposite axial positions are occupied by the two lone pairs. Therefore, the shape of the XeF4 molecule is square planar.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Pentagonal Bipyramidal IF7 Molecule

A central atom having 7 electron pairs In Its valence shell Iodine hepts (1F7) molecule/in IF7 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Iatom = 7 valence electrons ofI-atom +7 electrons of seven σ -bonded F-atoms = 14 electrons or 7 electron pairs – 7 σ-bond pairs.

To have the minimum force of repulsion, the seven electron pairs are oriented toward the corners of a pentagonal bipyramid. Hence, the shape of the IF7 molecule is pentagonal bipyramidal with bond angles of 72°, 90°, and 180°.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Square Planar XeF4 Molecule

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Shapes Of Different Types Of Molecules Or Ions according To VSEPR Theory

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Shapes Of Different Types Of Molecules Or Ions according To VSEPR Theory.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Sturture Shapes Of Different Types Of Molecules Or Ions according To VSEPR Theory..

Modern Bond Concept(Vbt) Of Covalency Valence Bond Theory

The valence bond theory was given by W. Heitler and F. London in 1927 and was later improved and developed by L. Pauling and J. C. Slaterin in 1931. It is based on atomic orbitals, electronic configurations of elements, overlap criteria of atomic orbitals, and stabilities of molecules.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Basic characteristics of valence bond theory

  1. A covalent bond is formed by overlapping the atomic orbitals of the two combining atoms having unpaired electrons of opposite spin. Opposite spins of the two electrons are mutually neutralized during the formation of the covalent bond.
  2. The extent of overlapping of the two half-filled atomic orbitals determines the strength of a covalent bond. The greater the overlapping of atomic orbitals, the stronger the covalent bond formed.
  3. The atomic orbitals having only unpaired electrons are involved in overlapping.
  4. Multiple bonds are for median atoms possessing more than one atomic orbital containing unpaired electrons.
  5. Atoms do not lose their identity in the molecule formed by the combination.
  6. During bond formation, only the valence electrons of each bonded atom lose their identity. The other electrons remain unaffected.
  7. The formation of a bond is accompanied by the release of some energy. The larger the amount of energy released, the stronger the bond.
  8. The orientations of the atomic orbitals involved in the overlapping determine the orientation of the covalent bond formed.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Explanation of the formation of H2 molecule with the help of valence bond theory

Letus consider the formation ofhydrogen molecule which is the simplest of all molecules. Consider two hydrogen atoms, A and B approaching each other having nuclei NA and Nfi respectively and their electrons are represented by eA and eB. When the two atoms are far apart from each other, there is no attractive or repulsive interaction between them, and the potential energy of the system (isolated atoms)is assumed to be zero. When the two atoms come closer to each other, new attractive and repulsive forces start operating. These are:

  1. The force of attraction between the nucleus and its electron i.e., Ng-eg,
  2. The force of attraction between the nucleus of B and electrons of A (Ng-eA) and the nucleus of A and electrons of B (NA-eB), the
  3. The force of repulsion between nuclei ofthe two atoms (NA-Nb) and
  4. The Force repulsion between electrons of the two atoms (eA-eb)- The diagrammatic representation ofthese forces is given in

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Forces Of Attraction And Replusion During The Formation Of H2 Molecule

We know that attractive forces tend to bring the atoms closer while repulsive forces tend to push them apart.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The Potential Energy Diagram For The Fomation Of H2 Molecule As A Funtion Of Internuclear Disatance Of The Two H Atoms

Chemical Bonding Notes

It has been observed experimentally that the magnitude of new attractive forces is greater than the new repulsive forces. As a consequence, the potential energy of the system decreases gradually as the two atoms come closer and closer.

Finally, a stage is reached where the total force of attraction is just balanced by the total force of repulsion. In this situation, the two hydrogen atoms are said to be bonded together to form a stable molecule, and the distance (r0) between the two nuclei is called bond length which is equal to 74 pm.

If the two atoms are brought still closer, the repulsive forces predominate. As a consequence, the potential energy of the system increases and the system becomes unstable. Hence, the two hydrogen atoms cannot be brought closer than 74 pm. The change in potential energy takes place in the formation of a hydrogen molecule.

Since a certain amount of energy is released when a bond is formed between the two H -atoms, the hydrogen molecule is more stable than the isolated hydrogen atoms.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g}) \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+435.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

The energy so released is known as bond enthalpy or bond energy. The larger the amount of energy released, the stronger the bond formed and vice-versa. Conversely, 435.8 kg of energy is required to break the bond, i.e., to separate the atoms in one mole of H2 molecules.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+435.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})\)

It is to be noted that the decrease in energy of the system during the formation of a chemical bond determines the strength of the bond formed and vice-versa.

Non-existence of helium molecule: when two helium atoms (HeA and HeB ) approach each other, four new forces of attraction and five new forces of repulsion come into play. The old and new attractive as well as repulsive forces, Since the overall repulsive forces are more than the attractive forces, the energy of the system increases. Hence, the formation of a chemical bond between two atoms is not possible.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Attractive And Repulsive Forces Which Operate Between He Atoms Apporaching Each Other

Chemical Bonding Notes

Atomic Orbitals

The three-dimensional region in space around the nucleus of an atom where the probability of finding an electron is maximum is called an atomic orbital. The size and shape of any orbital depend on the energy of the electron present in that orbital, i.e., on the principal energy level and subshell in which the electron resides.

According to the energy content of electrons, the orbitals are expressed as s, p, d, and f. With the increase in principal quantum number, the size of orbital of the same type (i.e., s, p, d, or/) increases.

s-orbital: It is the spherical three-dimensional region in space around the nucleus having a fixed radius where the probability of finding the electron is maximum. Electron density on the surface ofthe sphere is maximum.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Although different s -orbitals (Is, 2s, 3s, etc.) are expressed as spheres of different radii, the density of the electron cloud is not the same throughout the sphere (as 1=0 and m – 0); for Example for 2s -orbital, electron density increases upto some distance from the nucleus then decreases and again increases at the surface of the sphere.

The intermediate space where the electron density is minimum is called a spherical node. 2s and 3s-orbitals contain one and two nodes respectively but the ls-orbital does not contain any node.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Different S- Orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

P-Orbital: In the case of p -subshell,l = 1 and m =-1,0 and +1. So, it consists of three orbitals, designated as px, py, and pz. From the solutions of Schrodinger’s wave equation, it is known that p -p-orbitals have three possible orientations along the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, mutually perpendicular to each other.

Each orbital has two lobes, separated by a plane where the probability of finding the electron is zero. This plane is called the nodal plane and the point at which the two lobes meet indicates the position of the nucleus of the atom and is called the node of the orbital. Each orbital is thus dumbbell-shaped.

The electron density is maximum on the surface of the dumbbell. Being situated along the three axes, they have definite directions. Spatial orientations of px, py, and pz.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Different P-orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

d-orbital: In the case of d -subshell,l = 2 and m – -2, -1, 0, +1 and +2. So there are five d -orbitals with equivalent energies.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Different D- orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

Overlapping of atomic orbitals (AO): Formation of the covalent bonds

During the formation of a covalent bond, the combining atoms approach each other till they acquire minimum energy. At this stage, the half-filled atomic orbitals are so close to each other that they undergo partial interpenetration or partial merging. Such partial merging of atomic orbitals is called orbital overlap.

This overlapping results in the pairing of electrons (with opposite spins) and causes a lowering of the energy of the system. The probability of finding electrons in the region of overlap is higher than in other places.

The overlapping of half-filled atomic orbitals (containing electrons with opposite spins) leads to the formation of a covalent bond. The extent of overlap determines the strength of a covalent bond. The greater the extent of overlapping, the stronger the covalent bond.

It is to be noted that the overlap between the atomic orbitals may be positive or negative depending on the nature of the overlapping of atomic orbitals. A positive overlap that leads to constructive interactions involves the overlap of the lobes of the same signs.

A negative overlap which leads to destructive interactions, involves the overlap ofthe lobes of opposite signs. As the atomic orbitals (filled, partly filled, or vacant) have certain orientations, the covalent bonds also have specific orientations in three-dimensional space.

When the electrons present in these orbitals form covalent bonds by pairing, then the covalent bonds formed have three-dimensional orientations. Hence due to the directional property of orbitals, covalent bonds too exhibit directional properties.

Coordinate bonds also exhibit directional properties because coordinate bonds form due to the overlapping of filled orbitals of the electron donor atom with the empty orbital of the electron acceptor atom. The shape and orientation of the combining orbitals determine the shape of the compound formed.

Depending on the nature of overlapping, covalent bonds may be classified into two types:

  1. Sigma (σ) and
  2. pi (π) bond.

Sigma (r) bond: When a bond is formed between two atoms by the end-to-end (head-on) overlap of their atomic orbitals along the internuclear axis, i.e., the line joining the centers of the nuclei of the two atoms, it is called a sigma (σ) bond and the electrons constituting it are called sigma electrons.

Axial overlapping between two pure atomic orbitals:

s-s overlapping: This involves overlap between orbitals of the two approaching atoms. It is to be noted that s -orbitals are spherically symmetrical and can overlap to the same extent in all directions, along any axis. Since s orbitals are non-directional, the bond formed by the overlapping of s -s-orbitals is also non-directional. For example, in the formation of an H2 molecule, the Is -orbital of one H-atom overlaps with the Is -orbital of another H-atom, forming a cr -bond.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure s-s Overlapping

 

Chemical Bonding Notes

s-p overlapping: This involves overlapping of s -the orbital of one atom with p -the orbital of another atom along their axes. The bond thus formed is called an (s-p) cr-bond. Since p -orbitals possess directional characteristics, the cr -bond formed by the overlap of s and p -orbitals, will also possess directional characteristics, which is similar to that of die p -orbital. For example, in the formation of an HF molecule, the Is -orbital of one H-atom overlaps with the 2pzorbital of one F-atom thus forming a <x -bond. Thus, the z-axis is taken as the internuclear axis.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure S-p Overlapping

p-p overlapping: This involves overlapping of p -orbitals of two approaching atoms along the internuclear axis. The bond thus formed is called a (p-p) tr -bond. For example, the molecule of fluorine is formed by the overlapping of two 2pz -orbitals of two F -atoms.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure p-p ovelapping

Chemical Bonding Notes

Formation of σ-bond due to axial overlapping between a pure and a hybrid orbital (Sp3-s overlapping): σ bond can be formed by the overlapping ofa pure s -orbital and a hybrid Sp3 -orbital 4 along their axes. For example. C—H <T -bond in CH4 is formed by the overlap between the up3 -orbital of C-atom and pure Is -orbital ofH-atom.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Sigma bond

Formation of σ -bond due to axial overlapping between two hybrid orbitals (Sp3-Sp3 overlapping): σ-bond can also be formed by the overlapping of two hybrid orbitals along their axes. For example, the C—C σ -bond in ethane molecule is formed by the overlapping of two Sp3 -hybrid orbitals of two C-atoms.

Pi(π)bond: When a bond is formed by the lateral or sidewise overlap of two p -p-orbitals, it is called a pi (π) bond. The overlapping of orbitals occurs in such a way that their axes are parallel to each other and perpendicular to the internuclear axis. The resulting orbital is called a π-orbital and the electrons constituting it are called π-electrons.

For example, in a C2H4 molecule, a sideways overlap of two parallel 2px -orbitals of two C-atoms occurs to form a n bond. A π-bond consists of two saucer-type charge clouds above and below the plane of the participating atoms.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Pi Bond

Chemical Bonding Notes

It is to be noted that a π-bond can be formed only in addition to a sigma bond, i.e., it is always present in the molecules having multiple bonds (double or triple). The spherically symmetrical s -s-atomic orbitals do not take part in sideways overlap to form a π-bond.

Strength of sigma and pi bond

The strength of a covalent bond depends on the extent of overlapping between die-combining orbitals. The greater the overlapping, the greater the energy released and the stronger the bond.

Axial overlapping of atomic orbitals leads to the formation of a σ-bond and sideways overlapping of orbitals leads to the formation of a σ-bond. Since the extent of axial overlapping is greater as compared to sideways overlapping, a π-bond is stronger than an n-bond. The π-bonds obtained by s-s, s-p, or p-p overlapping are not equal strengths.

Two s -s-orbitals cannot overlap effectively with their spherical charge. On the other hand, the charge cloud ofthe σ-orbitals is concentrated along either ofthe x, y, or z-axis.

Their projected lobes can overlap effectively with s -s-orbitals and more effectively with other p -orbitals. Consequently, a p-p σ -bond is stronger than an s-p σ-bond which in turn is stronger than an s-s bond, i.e., the order of decreasing bond strength is: p-p > s-p > s-s.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Difference Between Sigma And Pi bonds

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding Notes: Hybridization

According to the valence bond theory, a covalent bond is formed by the mutual overlap of two pure atomic orbitals. The formation of molecules like H2, Cl2, HC1, etc., can be easily, explained with the help of valence bond theory but, it fails to explain the formation ofmolecules like H2O, CH4, NH3, etc.

For example, the H—O—H bond angle in a water molecule should be 90° as it involves the overlapping of pure 2p orbitals of O-atom but, the actual bond angle is 104.5°. Similar observations are found to occur in the case of NH3 molecules.

To explain these experimental observations, a new concept called hybridization was introduced by L. Pauling. According to this concept, the atomic orbitals possessing slightly different energies mix up to form a new set of orbitals each having an equivalent amount of energy. These orbitals are called hybrid orbitals and the mixing is called hybridisation.

Hybridization Definition: Hybridisation may be defined as the intermixing of atomic orbitals of the same atom having the same or slightly different energies to redistribute their energies and form new orbitals of equal energies and identical shapes.

Salient features of hybridization:

  1. The number of hybrid orbitals formed is equal to the number of atomic orbitals taking part in hybridization.
  2. The energy and shapes of the hybrid orbitals are always equivalent.
  3. Hybrid orbitals are more effective in forming stable bonds as compared to pure atomic orbitals. This is because they can undergo more effective overlapping.
  4. The hybrid orbitals are oriented space in some preferred directions to have a stable arrangement with minimum repulsions among themselves. So, types of hybridization govern the geometrical shapes ofthe molecule.

Important conditions for hybridization:

  1. Only the orbitals present in the valence shell of the atom are involved in hybridization.
  2. The orbitals participating in hybridization should have comparable energies.
  3. Promotion of electrons is not an essential condition for hybridization.
  4. Not all the half-filled orbitals need to participate in hybridization.
  5. Only the half-filled orbitals don’t need to participate in hybridization. Filled orbitals of the valence shell can also participate in hybridization.
  6. Hybridization never takes place in isolated atoms. It occurs only when the atom takes part in bond formation.

Explanation of the tetravalency of carbon atom: The electronic configuration of carbon atom in its ground state is \(1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^1 2 p_y^1 2 p_z^0\), i.e., one odd electron is present in each of 2px and 2py orbitals of carbon atom. Number of odd electrons present in the valence shell of odd electrons present in the valence shell of odd electrons present in the valence shell of an atom generally gives the measure of the covalency of that atom.

So, the valency of carbon should be two. However, the valency of carbon in almost all organic compounds is 4, except for a few extremely unstable compounds, where the valency of C is 2, like methylene (: CH2), dichloromethylene (: CCl2), etc.

During a chemical reaction, the 2 electrons in 2s-orbital become unpaired by absorbing energy, and one electron is promoted to 2pz -orbital. This is an excited state of a carbon atom and the electronic configuration of the carbon atom in this state is,\(1 s^2 2 s^1 2 p_x^1 2 p_y^1 2 p_z^1\). Thus in the excited state, 4 odd electrons are present in the outermost shell of a carbon atom. The presence of these four unpaired electrons accounts for the tetravalency of carbon atoms.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Explanation Of The Tetravalency Of Carbon Atom

Sp3-hybridisation

When one s and three p -orbitals ofthe valence shell of an atom merge to form four new equivalent orbitals having the same energy and shape, it results in tetrahedral or Sp3-hybridization. The resulting orbitals are called Sp3 – hybrid orbitals.

Sp3-hybridisation Process

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Sp-3 Hybridisation Process

Chemical Bonding Notes

The four Sp3-hybrid orbitals each containing one electron, are directed towards the four comers of a regular tetrahedron making an angle of 109°28′ with one another and the atom lies generally given at the center of the tetrahedron.

Orbitals are oriented in such positions in space that minimum repulsions occur between them. The formation of Sp3-hybrid orbitals by the combination of s, px, py, and pz-atomic orbitals in

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sp3 Hybrid Orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

Sp3 -hybridization can be illustrated by the following examples:

Formation of methane (CH4) molecule: During the formation of a methane molecule, one 2s -orbital and three 2porbitals of excited carbon atom undergo hybridization to form four equivalent Sp3 -hybrid orbitals.

The hybrid orbitals are directed toward the four comers of a regular tetrahedron with the C-atom at the center of the tetrahedron. Each hybrid orbital containing an unpaired electron overlaps with the Is -orbital of a hydrogen atom resulting in the formation of a total of four C —H bonds. Thus, the methane molecule has a highly stable tetrahedral geometry with each H —C —H bond angle equal to 109°28′.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Orbital Picture Of Methane Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Note that if the four atoms linked covalently to a carbon atom are not the same the geometry ofthe molecule wooly still be tetrahedral but it may not be regular in shape, Example methyl chloride (CH3Cl), chloroform (CHCI3), etc.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Orbitals Picture Of Ethane Molecule

In these discs, the bond angles differ slightly from the normal value of 109°28′. Formation of ethane (CH6) molecule: During the formation of the ethane molecule, each of the two C -atoms in their excited states undergo Sp3 -hybridization. Two hybrid orbitals, one from each C -atom, overlap axially to form a C — C σ -bond.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The remaining three hybrid orbitals of each carbon atom overlap with the half-filled Is -orbital of hydrogen atoms forming a total of six C — H <r -bonds, Each C —H bond in ethane is (Sp3-s) σ-bond having a bond length of 109 pm. The C —C bond is and (Sp3-Sp3) cr -bond having a bond length of 154 pm.

sp2-hybridisation

When one s -orbital and two p -orbitals of the valence shell of an atom merge and redistribute their energies to form three equivalent new orbitals of equal energy and identical shape, the type of hybridisation involved is called sp2 -hybridization. The new orbitals thus formed are called sp2 -hybrid orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Sp-3 Hybridisation Process

All three hybrid orbitals each containing one electron lie in one plane making an angle of 120° are directed towards three corners of an equilateral triangle with the carbon atomin the center of the triangle. The unhybridized 2pz -orbital (containing one electron) remains perpendicular to the plane of the triangle with its two lobes above and below that plane.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sp3 Hybrid Orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

Therefore, a molecule in which the central atom is sp2 -sp2-hybridized has a triangular planar shape and the hybridization is called planar trigonal hybridization. Formation of sp2 -hybrid orbitals by the combination of s, px, and py -atomic orbitals.

sp2 -hybridization can be illustrated by the following examples: Formation of ethylene C2H4 molecule: in the formation of ethylene molecule, each ofthe two carbon atoms undergo sp2 -hybridization, leaving the 2pz -orbital unhybridised. The three sp2 -hybrid orbitals of each carbon atom are planar and oriented at an angle of 120° to each other.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Ethylene Molecule

The unhybridized 2pz -orbital is perpendicular to the plane of sp2 -hybrid orbitals. One sp2 -hybrid orbital of one carbon atom overlaps axially with one sp2 -hybrid orbital of the other carbon atom to form a C — C cr bond.

The remaining two sp2 -hybrid orbitals of each carbon atom overlap with the half-filled Is -orbitals of two hydrogen atoms resulting in the formation ofa total of four C —H cr -bonds. The unhybridized 2pz -orbital of one carbon atom overlaps with that of the other carbon atom in a sideways fashion to form an n-bond between the two carbon atoms.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The n-bond consists of two equal electron clouds distributed above and below the plane of carbon and hydrogen atoms. All the six atoms in the molecule lie in one plane. Thus, ethylene is a planar molecule.

In this molecule, the C=C bond (one sp2-sp2 cr -bond and one 7r-bond) length is 134 pm, the C —H bond (sp2-s bond) length is 108 pm and each C—C—H or H —C —H bond angle is nearly equal to 120°.

Formation of boron trifluoride (BF3) molecule: The excited state electronic configuration of boron is \(1 s^2 2 s^1 2 p_x^1 2 p_y^1\). One 2s -and two 2p -orbitals of boron undergo hybridization to form three equivalent sp2 -hybrid orbitals (each containing one electron). The sp2 -hybrid orbitals are directed towards the comers of an equilateral triangle and lie in one plane making an angle of 120° with one another.

Each of the sp2 -hybrid orbitals overlaps axially with the half-filled 2p -orbital of fluorine to form three B —F cr- bonds. Due to sp2 -hybridization of boron, the boron trifluoride molecule has a trigonal planar shape. The formation of boron trifluoride (BF3) molecule.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Bf3 Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

sp- hybridization

When one s and one p -orbital of the valence shell of an atom merge and redistribute their energies to form two equivalent hybrid orbitals of equal energy and identical shape, tin; hybridization Involved is called ip-hybridization or diagonal hybridization, The orbitals lints obtained are called sp-hybrid orbitals.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Sp hybridisation

Chemical Bonding Notes

The other two p -orbitals remain unhybridized. These sp hybrid orbitals are Inclined to each other at an angle of 180°. Therefore, a molecule in which the central atom is sphybridised is linear in shape and the hybridisation is also known as diagonal hybridisation. The formation of sp-hybrid orbitals by the combination of 2s and 2px -atomic orbitals.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sp Hybrid Orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

sp-hybridization can be illustrated by the following examples:

Formation molecules of bothacety lengthy C-atoms(HCsHC)are sp molecule: hybridized in Thereacetylene two Orbital overlap in BeF2 unhybridized orbitals (2py & 2pz) on each C-atom. Two sp-hybrid orbitals are linear and are directed at an angle of 180°, Urihybridised p -orbitals are perpendicular to the sp-hybrid orbitals and also perpendicular to each other. One sp -sp-hybridized orbital of one C-atom overlaps axially with a similar orbital of the other C-atom to form a C <r -bond.

The remaining hybrid orbital of each C-atom overlaps with the half-filled s -s-orbital of the H-atom to form a total of two C—H <r -bonds. Thus, the acetylene molecule is linear, (fnhybridised py -orbitals of two carbons and the unhybridized pz -orbitals of two carbons overlap sideways separately to form two different n -bonds.

Electron clouds of one n -bond lie above and below the internuclear axis representing σ-bond whereas the electron cloud of the other 7T -bond liein the front and back of the internuclear axis. These two sets of n -n-electron clouds merge into one another to form a cylindrical electron cloud around the internuclear axis surrounding the C —C cr -bond. In the acetylene molecule, the C-C bond length is equal to 120 pm, the C—H bond length is equal to 108 pm and the C —C —H bond angle is equal to 180°.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Boron Formation Of Acetylene Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Formation of beryllium fluoride (BeF2) molecule: The excited state electronic configuration of Be is \(1 s^2 2 s^1 2 p_x^1\). The 2s -orbital and the 2px -orbital containing one electron each undergo hybridization to form two sp -hybridized orbitals.

The two sp-hybrid orbitals are linear and oriented in opposite directions at an angle of 180°. These two hybrid orbitals overlap axially with the half-filled 2p orbitals of the two fluorine atoms to form two Be—F cr bonds. Thus, the BeF2 molecule is linear The formation of beryllium fluoride molecule.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Linear Bef2 Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Hybridizations involving s, p, and d-orbitals

Sp3 d-hybridization: This type of hybridization involves the mixing of one s, three p, and one d -orbitals to form five equivalent Sp3d-hybrid orbitals. These hybrid orbitals are directed towards the five corners of a trigonal bipyramid and hence such hybridization is called trigonal bipyramidal hybridization.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sp3 Hybrid Orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: In PC15 molecule, P-atom using one 3s, three 3p, and one 3d -orbitals form five Sp3 d -hybrid orbitals which are directed towards the five comers of a trigonal bipyramid.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure SF6 Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

The five Sp3d -hybrid orbitals overlap axially with five half-filled 3p -orbital of five Clatoms to form five P bonds. Thus, PC15 has a trigonal 120° bipyramidal shape. Each axial (a) P —Cl bond is involved in repulsive Interaction with the equatorial (e) P—Cl bond pair, whereas each equatorial P—Cl bond is Involved in repulsive interaction with two equatorial P—Cl bond pairs.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular sp3 d- hybrid

As a result of this, the length of the P—F axial bond somewhat increases compared to that of the P —F equatorial bond (P—F axial = 158 pm, P—F equatorial = 153 pm).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Sp3d2 -hybridization: In this type of hybridization, one s, three p, and two d -orbitals (dx2-y2 and dz2) intermix to form six equivalent Sp3d2 -hybrid orbitals. The molecules, in which these orbitals of the central atom are involved have octahedral geometry.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Representation Of Sp3d3 Hybridisation

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: In the SF6 molecule, she orbitals (one s, three p, and two d -orbitals) of S-atom hybridize to form six new Sp3d2 – hybrid orbitals which are projected towards the six comers of a regular octahedron.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure SF6 Molecule

These six equivalent hybrid orbitals overlap with the 2porbitals of six fluorine atoms to form six S—F σ-bonds. SF7 molecule has a regular octahedral geometry. Since each S—P bond Is involved in similar repulsive interaction with five orthogonal S— F bond pairs, all the six S —F bonds are equal In length.

5p3d3-hybridization: This type of hybridization Involves the intermixing of one s, three p, and three d -( dxy,dyz, da.) orbitals to form seven Sp3d2 -hybrid orbitals which adopt pentagonal bipyramidal geometry.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Pentagonal Bipyramidal IF7 Molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: In IF7, one 5s, three 5p, and three 5d -orbitals of Iatom hybridize to give seven Sp3d2 -hybrid orbitals.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Sp3d3 hydrid Orbitals

These seven hybrid orbitals overlap axially with the half-filled 2p -orbitals of the atom forming seven I — F or bonds. One to Sp3d2 -hybridization of the central molecule lists pentagonal bipyramidal geometry.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Five I—F bonds are directed towards 1 the vertices of a regular pentagon making an angle of 72° with each other. The remaining two I—F bonds are directed at an angle of 90- above and below the plane of the pentagon.

  • Orbitals of an atom with the same energy level take part in hybridization.
  • Before hybridization, the transfer of electrons is not mandatory.
  • No. of hybrid orbitals is equal to no. of participating orbitals.
  • Not only half-filled orbitals but also filled orbitals can take part in hybridization.
  • Hybridization does not occur in discrete atoms.
  • Hybridization occurs due to the formation of bonds.
  • An idea about the geometrical shape of a molecule can be obtained from the nature of hybridization.
  • Hybrid orbitals form more stable bonds than pure atomic orbitals.
  • d -orbitals involved in various types of hybridization
  • ⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
    & s p^3 d: d_{z^2} ; s p^3 d^2: d_{x^2-y^2}, d_{z^2} ; s p^3 d^3: d_{x y}, d_{y z}, d_{z x} \\
    & d s p^2: d_{x^2-y^2}
    \end{aligned}\)

Determination of hybridization of the central atom

From the following general formula, the number of orbitals of the central atom of a molecule or ion undergoing hybridization (H) can be determined and hence the state of hybridization of that atom can be known.

Chemical Bonding Notes

From the knowledge ofthe type of hybridization ofthe central atom, the shape ofthe molecule orion may be ascertained.

⇒ \(H=\frac{1}{2}[V+X-C+A]\)

where, H = Number of orbitals involved in hybridization, V = Number of electrons in the valence shell of the central atom, X = Number of monovalent atoms surrounding the central atom, C = Charge on the cation, and A = Charge on the anion.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Shape Of The Molecule Or Ion

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Shape Of The Molecule Or Ion..

Chemical Bonding Notes

Number of one pair of electrons present in hybrid orbital L=H-X-D [where D is the number of bivalent atoms]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure State Of Hybridisation Of The Central Atom Of Different Molecules Or Ions

Chemical Bonding Notes: Resonance

Sometimes, all the properties of some molecules or ions, cannot be predicted from a single electronic (Lewis) structure. In such cases, the molecule or ion is represented by two or more Lewis structures which differ in the arrangement of valence electrons keeping the basic structure involving the sigma skeleton the same.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Resonance Definition: The Various Lewis Structure, That Differ In the Positions Of Non-bonding or Electrons But not in the relative position of the atoms is known as resonance structures or canonical forms, and the concept is called resonance.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Resonance structures are imaginary and are considered to explain the physical and chemical properties of the molecules or ions.

The actual molecule or ion is a resonance hybrid of all the canonical forms that are involved in resonance. Resonance is also known as mesomerism. Various resonance structures are connected by double-headed arrows \((\longleftrightarrow)\).

Rules for writing meaningful resonance structures

The rules for writing meaningful resonance structures are:

  1. The various resonance structures should differ only in the position of electrons. The basic structure involving bonds between atoms should remain undisturbed.
  2. The number of unpaired electrons, if any, in the resonance structures must be the same.
  3. Only those atoms should be involved in the resonance which are coplanar (or nearly coplanar).
  4. The resonance structures should have nearly the same energy.
  5. Each structure must be a proper Lewis structure.

Examples: Carbonate ion \(\left(\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}\right)\) is represented as a resonance hybrid of the following three resonance structures:1,2 and 3.

  1. In all three structures, there are two carbon-oxygen single bonds (1.43A) and one carbon-oxygen double bond (1.20A). Experimental results have however revealed that all the carbon-oxygen bonds are of equal length (1.28A) in carbonate ions.
  2. Thus, all the three carbon-oxygen bonds are equivalent. This shows that the actual structure of carbonate ion is intermediate between the structures 1, 2, and 3. So carbonate ion is often represented by the non-Lewis structure 4, which is also considered as the hybrid structure.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Resonance

Nitrate ion (NO-3) is represented as a resonance hybrid ofthe following three equivalent resonating structures:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Resonance nitatre

If we consider any one of the nitrogen-oxygen bonds, then we see that in one structure it is a double bond while in the other two structures is a single bond. So, every N-O bond is equivalent i.e., every N-0 bond length is same.

Resonance energy

Resonance energy Defenition: Resonance energy is defined as the difference in internal energy between the actual or observed value and that of the resonance structure with the lowest internal energy i.e., the structure with the highest stability.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Unit: Resonance energy is expressed in terms of kcal-mol-1 or kj. mol¯1. With the increase in the value of resonance energy internal energy of the compound decreases and hence stability ofthe compound increases.

Calculation of resonance energy: Resonance energy is not a measurable quantity. It can only be obtained from thermochemical data.

Cyclohexene on hydrogenation forms cyclohexane. In this reaction, 28.6 kcal-mol-1 heat is generated. Thus, on hydrogenation of a double bond, 28.6 kcal-mol¯1 of heat is obtained. Accordingly, on hydrogenation of three double bonds of 1,3,5-cyclohexatriene (benzene), 3 x 28.6= 85.8 kcal-mol¯1 heat should be obtained. But, in reality, the heat of hydrogenation of benzene is 49.8 kcal-mol-1.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Thus, the internal energy of benzene is (85.8-49.8) = 36 kcal-mol¯1 less than the predicted value. This 36 kcal-mol-1 is the resonance energy of benzene. The lowering of internal energy by 36 kcal-mol-1 is responsible for the extra stability of benzene.

Examples of resonance in some molecules or ions:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Examples Of Resonance In Some Moecules Or Ions

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Examples Of Resonance In Some Moecules Or Ions..

Electronegativity

Electronegativity Definition: The electronegativity of an element is the tendency or ability of its atom to attract the bonding or shared pair of electrons towards itself in a covalent bond. It is represented by x.

Example: In HC1 molecule, Cl is more electronegative than H . As a result, the Cl -atom draws the bonding electron pair towards itself. Thus Cl – atom acquires a partial negative charge and the H-atom acquires a partial positive charge 5+ <5- \([\stackrel{\delta}{\mathrm{H}}-\stackrel{\delta-}{\mathrm{C}}]\). So, the partial ionic character is developed in the covalent molecule HC1.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The Pauling scale of electronegativity

According to Pauling, the bond energy of any compound, A—B is greater than the geometrical jerage of the bond energies of its constituent molecules, A2 B2. i.e., \(E_{\mathrm{A}-\mathrm{B}}>\left(E_{\mathrm{A}-\mathrm{A}} \cdot E_{\mathrm{B}-\mathrm{B}}\right)^{1 / 2}\) terms indicate bond energy

The difference between \(E_{\mathrm{A}-\mathrm{B}}>\left(E_{\mathrm{A}-\mathrm{A}} \cdot E_{\mathrm{B}-\mathrm{B}}\right)^{1 / 2}\) is called the Ionic resonance energy of the A—B bond and it is expressed by AA _ \(E_{\mathrm{A}-\mathrm{B}}>\left(E_{\mathrm{A}-\mathrm{A}} \cdot E_{\mathrm{B}-\mathrm{B}}\right)^{1 / 2}\)

Here, EA_B bond energy includes both the ionic and covalent bond energies but, the source of both the bond energies, Δ A_A and EB_B is only the covalent bond. So, the value of AAB determines the extent of the ionic character of the A—B bond. In the opinion of Pauling, the value of AA B is related to the electronegativities of the two elements.

Chemical Bonding Notes

If XA and XB are the electronegativities of A and B respectively, then

⇒ \(\chi_{\mathrm{A}}-\chi_{\mathrm{B}} \propto\left(\Delta_{\mathrm{A}-\mathrm{B}}\right)^{1 / 2}\) or, \(\chi_{\mathrm{A}}-\chi_{\mathrm{B}}=K\left(\Delta_{\mathrm{A}-\mathrm{B}}\right)^{1 / 2}\) [where K constant]

If the die value of AA_B is expressed in the unit of k.J mol-1, then K = 0.208.

Thus, the equation reduces to

⇒ \(\chi_A-\chi_B=0.208 \times\left(\Delta_{A-B}\right)^{1 / 2}\)

As the values of EA_B, EA_ A, and EB_B can be determined by experiments, so for any compound, A—B, the value of AA_B can easily be estimated. Once the value of ΔA_B is determined, then from the knowledge of the electronegativity of either element A or B, the electronegativity of the other element can easily be calculated.

Based on this theory and calculations, Pauling determined the electronegativities of different elements (in normal oxidation state). The values of electronegativities of elements which are determined for electronegativity of 2 (2.1) is called the Pauling scale of electronegativity.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronegativities of elements according to pulings scale

Mulliken’s scale of electronegativity

Mulliken regarded electronegativity as the average value of ionization potential (IE) and electron affinity (EA) of an atom of any element. Therefore, Electronegativity (xA) = \(\frac{I E+E A}{2}\) [IE and EA are expressed in the union eV-atom-1]

Chemical Bonding Notes

Factors affecting the electronegativity of elements

Atomic size or radius: If the atomic size or volume is small, the distance of the outermost shell from the nucleus becomes less. Consequendy, the positive charge of the nucleus attracts the electron(s) to a greater extent. Hence, the smaller the die atomic size, the higher be electronegativity.

Example: Electronegativity of elements belonging to group-1A of the periodic table gradually decreases from H to Cs.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronegativity of elements Belonging to group 1 A

Number of shells in an atom: As the number of shells between the nucleus and the outermost shell increases, because of the shielding effect of the electrons In the inner shells, the electronegativity of elements decreases.

Example: Electronegativity of elements belonging to group A gradually decreases from F to I.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronegativity Of Elements

Atomic Electro negativity number or nuclear charge: If the number of shells m remains the same, then with an increasein atomic number (i.e., nuclear positive charge), electronegativity increases.

Oxidation state: For an element that exhibits several oxidation states, electronegativity at a higher oxidation state is more than that in its lower oxidation state

Example: Electronegativities of Fe, Fe2+, and Fe3+ are 1.8, 1.84, and 1.95 respectively. The electronegativity of sulfur in SFf) is higher than that in SCI2.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Electron affinity: Generally, the higher the electron affinity of any element, the greater its electronegativity.

Example: Halogens of the group- 7A are strong electronegative elements because of their very high electron affinity values. Alkali metals of group IA have low electron affinity. So, their electronegativity values are very small.

Hybridization: Hybridisation of the atom of an element has a significant effect on the electronegativity of that atom. The greater the s -s-character of the hybrid orbital, the higher its electronegativity.

Example:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Hybridisation

Chemical Bonding Notes

Nature of the substituents attached to the atom: The electronegativity of an atom increases with an increase in the electronegativity ofthe atom bonded to it.
Example: C-atomic CF3I is more electronegative than CH3I.

Chemical Bonding Notes: Bond Polarity And Dipole Moment

Non-polar covalent bond: If two similar atoms (atoms having the same electronegativities) form a bond by sharing a pair of electrons, the shared electron parties just in the middle of the two nuclei. In other words, the electron cloud constituting the covalent bond is symmetrically distributed between the two bonded atoms.

As a result, no poles are developed and in such a case, the covalent bond becomes almost pure. This type of covalent bond is called a non-polar covalent bond. The corresponding molecule is known as a non-polar covalent molecule. Some examples of non-polar molecules are H2(H —H), C12(C1 —Cl), O2(0=0), N2(N = N) etc.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Polar covalent bond: When a covalent bond is formed between two atoms having different electronegativities, the shared pair of electrons gets displaced more towards the more electronegative atom. As a result, the more electronegative atom acquires a partial negative charge and the less electronegative atom acquires a partial positive charge.

This type of bond is called polar covalent bond (i.e., covalent bond with partial ionic character), and the molecules having such bonds are called polar covalent molecules or simply polar molecules. HF, for example, is a polar molecule.

The extent of the percentage of ionic character in a covalent bond depends on the difference in electronegativities of the two bonding atoms. The greater the difference in electronegativities, greater is the greater the percentage of ionic character in the bond (i.e., greater is the polarity of the bond).

For example, the order of polarity of bonds in halogen hydrides is: H —F(60%) > H —Cl(19%) > H —Br(ll%) > H —1(4%). This is because the electronegativities of halogens decrease in the order F > Cl > Br >I.

If the difference of electronegativities between two combining atoms is 1.7, then the bond is said to possess 50% ionic character. An approximate relation between the difference in electronegativities of the bonded atom and the resulting ionic character is given in the following table.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronegativity difference

Dipole moment

The product of the magnitude of positive or negative charge (q) and the distance (d) between the centers of positive and negative charges in a polar molecule is called dipole moment.

Dipole moment is usually represented by the Greek letter, ‘μ’ (mu). It can be expressed mathematically as μ = q x d.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Unit: The CGS unit of dipole moment is D (Debye). ID = 10-18 esu. cm. The SI unit of dipole moment is Coulomb-metre (C-m) and 1 C.m = 2.9962 x 1029 D.

General characteristics: Some important characteristics of dipole moment are mentioned below—

  1. The value of μ for a non-polar molecule is zero. For example, in the case of H2,O2, and N2 molecules, μ= 0 D . For polar molecules,μ has a definite value, Example for HF molecule, μ = 1.91 D. Polarities of molecules increase with an increasein the value of
  2. Since dipole moment is a vector quantity, it has magnitude as well as direction. Its direction is usually indicated by a crossed arrow \((\longmapsto)\) pointing from the positive to negative pole in a polar bond or polar molecule as a whole.
  3. Molecules formed by two different elements (A —B) are always polar i.e., they possess dipole moment. Due to the differences in electronegativities of the two atoms, the bond between them is polar. For example HC1 is a polar molecule \(\mathrm{H}  \mathrm{Cl}\) (μ= 1.03D).

Polyatomic molecules may be non-polar although they possess polar bonds: The dipole moment of a polyatomic lu molecule depends <not only on the polarity of the bonds present in it but also on the spatial arrangement of various bonds on the geometrical shape of the molecule because in such case, the dipole moment of a molecule is considered to be the vector sum of the dipole moments of various bonds

Examples:

  1. If a triatomic molecule of the type, AB2 is linear (B—A—B) shaped, two equal but opposite \(A  B\)(B Is more electronegative than A) bond moments cancel out each other, and hence, resultant dipole moment becomes zero. For example, C02, CS2, BeCl2, etc., have no net dipole moment.
  2. On the other hand, if the molecule is angular, two A \(A  B\)(B is more electronegative than A or A \(A  B\) (A is more electronegative than B) bond moments will not cancel out each other.
  3. So, there will be a resultant dipole moment \(A  B\) and the molecule will be polar. For example, H2O, H2S, etc. possess a net dipole moment In fact, symmetrical molecules have no resultant dipole moment although their bonds are polar.
  4. Chemical Bonding Notes

Applications of dipole moment

To distinguish between polar and non-polar molecules: Molecules having specific dipole moment are polar while those having zero dipole moment are polar. Thus, BeCl2 (y = 0D) is a non-polar molecule while H2O (y = 1.85D) is a polar one.

Comparison of relative polarities of molecules: The relative polarities ofmolecules can be compared from their dipole moment values because the greater the magnitude of the dipole moment, the higher the polarity of the molecule. Thus, H2O (1.85D) is more polar than H2S (1.10D).

Determination of shapes of molecules: The dipole values help predict the general shapes of molecules containing three or more atoms. If a molecule is symmetrical, its dipole moment is found to be zero.

Example: The molecules like C02, CC14, BF3, etc., have no net dipole moment. Therefore, these molecules have a perfectly symmetrical shape (C02 is linear, CC14 is tetrahedral and BF3 is triangular planar).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Determination Of Shapes Of Molecules

Percentage of ionic character of a bond: From the knowledge of dipole moment and bond length, it is possible to determine the percentage of ionic character of a covalent bond.

Example: The extent of the ionic character of the H—Cl bond in a hydrogen chloride molecule can be estimated from the value of its dipole moment (1.03D) and bond length (1.275A). For 100% ionic character, the charge developed on H and Cl-atoms would be equal to the charge of an electron (4.8 X 10_1° esu). Therefore, the dipole moment of HC1 when its bond is 100% ionic would be,

Chemical Bonding Notes

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mu_{\text {ionic }}=q \times d & =4.8 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{esu} \times 1.275 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~cm} \\
& =6.12 \times 10^{-18} \mathrm{esu} \cdot \mathrm{cm}=6.12 \mathrm{D}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ Percentageionic character = \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\mu_{\text {observed }}}{\mu_{\text {ionic }}} \times 100 \\
& =\frac{1.03}{6.12} \times 100=16.83
\end{aligned}\)

The distinction between stereoisomers (c/s-and trans-isomers): In a disubstituted ethene, the os-isomer usually has a higher dipole moment than the fracas-isomer. This is because, in the cis-isomer, the bond moments are not canceled out while in the trans-isomer, the bond moments are either totally or partially canceled out.

Example: The cis-isomer of 1,2-dichloroethene has a definite dipole moment whereas the dipole moment of the transisomeris found to be zero.

The distinction between structural isomers (ortho, meta, and poro-isomers): The dipole moment of para-disubstituted benzene (with identical and symmetrical substituents) is zero and that of ortho-isomer is greater than that of the mete-isomer (for electron-withdrawing substituents).

Chemical Bonding Notes

From this knowledge, it is possible to distinguish between any two of these isomers or to identify all three isomers.

Prediction of relative boiling points of compounds: if the value of dipole moment is much higher, then the compound is highly polar indicating that, the dipole-dipole attractive forces among the molecules are sufficiently strong. Hence, a large amount of energy is required to separate the molecules from each other, i.e., the boiling point of such a compound is much higher.

Dipole moments (µ) of some molecules

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Dipole Moments Of Some Molecules

Group moment: The resultant moment of a group obtained as the vector sum of all the individual bond dipoles or bond moments present in it is called the group moment of that group. Benzene, for example, has no net dipole moment because oppositely oriented C —H bond moments cancel out each other.

Chemical Bonding Notes

When a -NO2 (nitro) group is substituted in place of any H-atom, the value of the dipole moment of nitrobenzene is found to be 3.95D. Therefore, it may be concluded that the group moment of the -NO2 group when attached to a benzene ring is 3.95D.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Value oF Some Group Moments

Prediction of dipole moments of some molecules from their geometrical shapes

Carbon dioxide (CO2) molecule: In a CO2 molecule, the central carbon atom is sp -hybridized so C02 is a linear molecule. For this type of structure, the two oppositely oriented C=0 bond moments cancel out each other.

Because of this, CO2 is a non-polar molecule, i.e., it has no net dipole moment. Viewing alternatively, the center of positive charge and the center of negative charge coincide in this linear molecule; i.e., d = 0 and so, p =qxd = qxO =0D.

Beryllium hydride (8eH2) molecule: The structure of the BeH2 molecule is similar to that of CO2 and hence, the linear BeH2 molecule is non-polar (µ = 0).

Carbon tetrachloride (CCI4) molecule: c-atom in CC14 molecule is sp3 -hybridized. So, it has a symmetrical tetrahedral structure. In such a geometrical shape, the resultant of the three C—Cl bond moments cancels the fourth C—Cl bond moment or the resultant of two C —Cl bond moments cancels the resultant of the other two C —Cl bond moments. Because of this, the dipole moment of the CC14 molecule becomes zero, i.e., it is non-polar. Alternatively, the center of the positive charge and the center of the negative charge coincide in this tetrahedral molecule, i.e., d = 0 and = qxd = qxO = OD.

Boron trifluoride (BF3) molecule: since B-atom in the BF3 molecule is sp2 – hybridized, its geometrical shape is trigonal planar and the bond angles are 120°. Because of such a geometrical shape, the resultant of any two B —F bond moments cancels the third B —F bond moment. Hence, BF3 has no net dipole moment, i.e., it is non-polar.

Alternatively, the center of positive charge and center of negative charge coincide in this trigonal planar molecule, i.e., d = 0 and = qxd = qx0 = 0D.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Boron Trifluoride Bf3 Molecule

Benzene (C6H6) molecule: Due to sp2 -hybridization of the atoms involved, the benzene molecule is planar and all bond angles are 120°. Hence the shape of the molecule is hexagonal planar. In such a geometrical shape, each C —H bond moment is cancelled out by another C —H bond moment lying opposite to it.

Hence, the molecule has no net dipole moment, i.e., it is non-polar. Alternatively, the centers of positive and negative charges coincide, i.e., d = 0 and
µ= qxd=qx0 = 0D.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chloroform (CHd3) molecule: Chloroform is a tetrahedral molecule because the central carbon atom is sp3 -hybridized. Because of such a geometrical shape, the resultant of the three C —Cl bond moments and the moment of the C —H bond (although very small) act in the same direction. Hence, the molecule possesses a net dipole moment, i.e., the molecule is polar.

Water (H2O) molecule: The O-atom in H2O is sp³- hybridized. So, in this molecule, the two unshared electron pairs and the two 0 —H bonds are arranged tetrahedrally, and the actual shape of the molecule is angular. The h—O—H bond angle is 104.5°.

Because of such a geometrical shape, the resultant of two 0 —H bond moments and the resultant moment of the two unshared electron pairs act in the same direction. Thus, a water molecule possesses considerable dipole moment, i.e. it is a polar molecule.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Water H2O Molecule

Sulfur dioxide (SO2) molecule: Central sulfur atomin SO2 molecule is sp² -hybridized. So, the two S=0 bonds and the lone electron pair, are oriented towards the comers of an equilateral triangle, i.e., they lie mutually at an angle of about 120° and the molecule is angular or V-shaped.

Because of such a shape, the resultant moment of the two polar S=0 bonds is partly cancelled by the moment contributed by unshared electron pair acting in opposite directions. Hence, the SO2 molecule has a net dipole moment.

Nitrous oxide (N2O) molecule: Although N2O is a linear molecule, it possesses polarity because its structure is unsymmetrical (O -atom exists at one end). The (N → O) bond moment and the moment due to the unshared electron pair act in the opposite directions and the latter moment partly neutralizes the former one. Thus, the molecule has a net dipole moment of very small value.

Nitrogen trifluoride (NF3) molecule: The central nitrogen atom of the NF3 molecule is sp3 – hybridized. Thus, the three N—F bonds and one lone pair are arranged tetrahedrally, and excluding the lone pair, the shape of the molecule is pyramidal.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Because of such a geometrical shape and higher electronegativity of fluorine, the resultant of the three N—F bond moments and moments contributed by the lone pair of electrons act in opposite directions. Thus, the molecule possesses a small but net dipole moment, Le„ the molecule is slightly polar.

Ammonia (NH3 ) molecule: The geometrical shape of the ammonia molecule is similar to that of the NF3  molecule. However, because of the higher electronegativity of nitrogen compared to that of hydrogen, the resultant of the three N—H bond moments and the moment contributed by the lone pair act in the same direction. Consequently, it possesses a net dipole moment much higher than NF3.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Ammonia Molecule

Carbon monoxide (CO) molecule: \(\text { In }: C=\ddot{O}:\) molecule, a <xmoment (due to electron withdrawal through cr-bond) acts from carbon to the more electronegative oxygen atom. Also, a very weak n -moment operates from carbon to oxygen atom. Although the octet of O-atom is completed in this molecule, the carbon atom has a sextet.

Chemical Bonding Notes

So, oxygen donates an unshared pair of electrons to carbon and helps it to complete its octet by forming a dative σ- bond with it. As a result, a much stronger -moment acts from oxygen to carbon atom and since this moment is almost canceled by σ-moment and the weak r -moment acting in the opposite direction, the molecule possesses a very small net dipole moment.

Isomeric 1,2-dichloroethenes: cis-i,2-dichloroethene is more polar than its trans-isomer. In the cis-isomer, the two C —Cl bond moments make an angle of 60° with each other.

Consequently, a resultant moment acts in the molecule, i.e., the molecule possesses a net dipole moment.

Conversely, in the trans-isomer, the two C —Cl bond moments acting in opposite directions neutralize each other. Because of this, the molecule possesses no net dipole moment, i.e., the isomeris non-polar.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Isomeric 1, 2 Dichlororethenes

 

 

 

 

 

Isomeric 1,2- dichlorobenzenes:

Dipole moments of isomeric dichlorobenzenes follow the order: ortho-or 1,2- dichlorobenzene > meta -or 1,3-dichiorobenzene > paraor 1, 4-dichlorobenzene.

In para-isomer, the two C—Cl bond moments acting in opposite directions neutralize each other So, the isomer possesses no net dipole moment, i.e., the isomer is non-polarIn ortho-and meta isomers, the C- Cl bond moments act at an angle of 60° and 120° respectively. Since the resultant moment increases with a decrease in bond angle, the dipole moment of the ortho-isomer is higher than that of the meta-isomer, i.e., ortho-isomerism is more polar than meta-isomer.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Isomeric 1,2 Dichlorobenzenes

Chemical Bonding Notes

The dipole moment of disubstituted benzenes (C6H4XY) can be determined by the equation:

⇒ \(\mu=\sqrt{\mu_1^2+\mu_2^2+2 \mu_1 \mu_2 \cos \theta}\)

where px and p2 are group moments of the group, X and Y respectively and 9 is the angle between two group moments. In ortho, meta, and para-isomers, the values of 0 are 60°, 120°, and 180 ° respectively.

If any of the two groups is an electron with-drawing one, its group moment is to be represented with a negative sign. For example, the dipole moment of me to-nitrotoluene can be calculated as follows:

⇒ \(\mu_{\text {toluene }}=0.4 \mathrm{D}\)

⇒ \(\mu_{\text {nitrobenzene }}=0.35 \mathrm{D}\)

∴ \(\mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3}=0.4 \mathrm{D}\)

∴ \(\mu_{\mathrm{NO}_2}=-3.95 \mathrm{D}\)

∴ \(\mu_{m-\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_4 \mathrm{NO}_2}=\mu\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\sqrt{\mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3}^2+\mu_{\mathrm{NO}_2}^2+2 \mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3} \mu_{\mathrm{NO}_2} \cos 120^{\circ}} \\
& =\sqrt{(0.4)^2+(-3.95)^2+2 \times 0.4 \times(-3.95) \times-\frac{1}{2}}=4.16 \mathrm{D}
\end{aligned}\)

Numerical Examples

Example 1. Calculate the percentage of ionic character of HF. Given that the dipole moment of HF is 1.91 D and its bond length is 0.92A.
Answer: If HF is 100% ionic, each atom would carry a charge equal to one unit, i.e., 4.8 x 10-10 esu. As the bond length of HF is 0.92A, its dipole moment for 100% ionic character would be

⇒ \(\mu_{\text {ionic }}=q \times d=4.8 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{esu} \times 0.92 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~cm}\)

= 4.416 x 10-18 esu.cm = 4.416D

[l0-18 esu cm = ID]

∴ % ionic character \(=\frac{\mu_{\text {observed }}}{\mu_{\text {ionic }}} \times 100=\frac{1.91 \times 100}{4.416}=43.25\)

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example 2. The percentage of ionic character of LiH is 76.81% and the bond length is 1.596A. What is the value of the dipole moment of a molecule? [ID = 3.335 X 10-30Cm]
Answer: If the molecule is 100% ionic, then

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mu_{\text {ionic }}=q \times d & =1.602 \times 10^{-19} \mathrm{C} \times 1.596 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{~m} \\
& =2.557 \times 10^{-29} \mathrm{C} \cdot \mathrm{m}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\% \text { ionic character }=\frac{\mu_{\text {observed }}}{\mu_{\text {ionic }}} \times 100\)

∴ \(\mu_{\text {observed }}=\frac{\% \text { ionic character } \times \mu_{\text {ionic }}}{100}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{76.81 \times 2.557 \times 10^{-29}}{100}=1.96 \times 10^{-29} \mathrm{C} \cdot \mathrm{m}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{1.96 \times 10^{-29}}{3.335 \times 10^{-30}} \mathrm{D}=5.87 \mathrm{D}\)

Question 3. Calculate the fractional charge on each atom of HBr. The dipole moment of HBr is 0.78D and its bond length is 1.41A. [Electronic charge, e = 4.8 X 10_1° esu, ID = 10_18esu.cm].
Answer: Dipole moment, p = qxd or, \(q=\frac{\mu}{d}=\frac{0.78 \times 10^{-18} \mathrm{esu} \cdot \mathrm{cm}}{1.41 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~cm}}=0.55 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{esu}\)

Fraction of charge \(\begin{aligned}
(\delta) & =\frac{\text { Charge present }(q)}{\text { Electronic charge }(e)} \\
& =\frac{0.55 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{esu}}{4.8 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{esu}}=0.11
\end{aligned}\)

∴ The fractional charge on hydrogen \(\delta_{\mathrm{H}^{+}}=0.11\) and the fractional charge on bromine, d Br = -0.11

Example 4. The dipole moment of NaCl is 8.5 D. Interatomic distance between Na+ and Cl- is 2.36 A. Calculate the percentage ionic character of the NaCl molecule.
Answer: if NaCl is 100% ionic then,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mu_{\mathrm{Na}^{+} \mathrm{Cl}^{-}}=e \times d=4.8 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{esu} \times 2.36 \\
& \quad=4.8 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{esu} \times 2.36 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~cm}=11.328 \mathrm{D}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ % ionic Charchter \(=\frac{\mu_{\text {observed }}}{\mu_{\text {ionic }}} \times 100=\frac{8.5 \times 100}{11.328}=75.035\)

Chemical Bonding Notes Hydrogen Bond

When a hydrogen atom Is covalently bonded to a small and largely electronegative atom, X (F, 0 or N), the electro¬ negative atom pulls the shared pair of electrons towards itself, resulting in the development ofa partial negative charge on the electronegative atom and a partial positive charge on the hydrogen atom.

This partially positively charged hydrogen atom behaves like a bare proton as Its nucleus gets exposed due to the displacement of the solitary electron.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Such a hydrogen atom of one HX molecule attracts a partially negatively charged Xatom of an adjacent HX molecule or a molecule of HY (where Y is an atom of another highly electronegative element) and the molecules are held together by a strong electrostatic force of attraction. The electrostatic force of attraction that exists between the hydrogen atom and the highly electronegative atom is known as the hydrogen bond.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure hydrogen Bond

Hydrogen Bond Definition: The electrostatic force of attraction existing between the H-atom covalently bonded to an electronegative atom (F, 0 or N) in a molecule and the electronegative atom of another molecule (of a similar or different type) is known as a hydrogen bond, Generally, hydrogen bond Is represented as X —H Y, in which the X—H bond is covalent and H-Y bond is the hydrogen bond. Here, Y is the hydrogen bond acceptor, and X —H is the hydrogen bond donor. The hydrogen bond acceptor may or may not contain H-atom.

Conditions for hydrogen bond formation

  1. Hydrogen atoms should be bonded to a highly electronegative atom such as F, O, or N. The common examples are HP, H2O, and NH3.
  2. The size of the electronegative atom should be small. This Is because the smaller the size of the electronegative atom, the higher its charge density and hence greater the electrostatic attraction. Thus NIL, molecules are involved in hydrogen bonding but HC1 molecules are not, although both N and Cl have the same electronegativity.
  3. An electronegative atom that participates in H-bonding must have at least one unshared pair of electrons.

Only the firm of elements such as F, O, and N can form effective hydrogen bonds. Although the electronegativities of chlorine and nitrogen are the same (3,0), chlorine cannot form a stable hydrogen bond but nitrogen can do so.

The reason Is that the atomic size of the chlorine atom (atomic radius of Cl-atom – 0.99A) is greater than that of the nitrogen atom (atomic radius of N-atom = 0.70A ).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Exception: Intramolecular H-bond is found in compounds like chloral hydrate and art to-chlorophenol and rmolecular H-bond is found in para-chlorophenol.

Characteristics of hydrogen bonding

H-bond is much weaker than a covalent bond but stronger than van der Waals forces of attraction. The strength of the H-bond is only 12.6-41.8 kj.mol-1 while that of a covalent bond is ofthe order of 400 kj. mol-1 .

The strength of the hydrogen bond depends on the electronegativity of the atom to which the H-atom is attached. The larger the electronegativity of the atom, the greater the strength of the H-bond. For example, electronegativities of F, O, and N decrease in the order: of F(4.0) >0(3.5)>N(3.0).

Consequently, the strength of H-bond decreases in the order: F—H—F (41.8kj.mol-1 )> 0—H—O (29.3 kj-mol-1 )>N—H-N (12.6kJ.mor1 )

The position of the H-bond depends on the orientation of the lone pair of the electronegative atom, i.e., like a covalent bond, the hydrogen bond also has a definite direction of bonding.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Because of the smaller size of hydrogen atoms, the valence shell electrons of the two atoms linked by hydrogen bonds experience considerable repulsion. To minimize the repulsion, all three atoms lie in a straight line [X—H- -X (X = F, 0, N) ].

The magnitude of H-bonding depends on the physical state of the compound. It is maximum in the solid state and minimum in the gaseous state. Thus, hydrogen bonding strongly influences the structure and properties of compounds.

A large number of molecules remain associated with hydrogen bonding.

Types of hydrogen bonding

Intermolecular hydrogen Bonding: When 11-bonding occurs between different molecules of the same or different compounds, it Is called Intermolecular hydrogen bonding.

Examples Hydrogen fluoride( HF): In an HF molecule, (lie highly electronegative fluorine atom acquires a partial negative charge and the liydrogen atom acquires a partial positive charge. The negatively charged P -atom of one IIP molecule attracts the positively charged hydrogen atom of the other molecule to form a strong hydrogen bond between them. In this way, a large number of molecules gel associated through hydrogen bonding and exist in a giant molecule which can be represented as (Ml7) In the solid (crystalline) slate, hydrogen fluoride consists of long zig-zag chains of molecules associated together through hydrogen bonds. In liquid and gaseous state, the length of the chain somewhat shortens.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Types Of Hydrogen Bonding

Water (H2O): Water molecule contains one highly electronegative oxygen atom bonded to two H -atoms. Thus, the oxygen atom becomes partially negatively charged and the two hydrogen atoms become partially positively charged.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The negative end of one molecule attracts the positive end of the other to form a hydrogen bond. In this way, a large number of water molecules become associated through hydrogen bonding to form a macromolecule which can be represented as (H2O)n.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Water

Ammonia (NH3): In an ammonia molecule, a moderately electronegative nitrogen atom is bonded to three hydrogen atoms and as a consequence, the nitrogen atom acquires a partial negative charge and each hydrogen mam acquires a partial positive charge. For this reason, the molecules of ammonia remain associated through hydrogen bonding to form a polymeric species which may be represented as (NH3)n.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Intermolecular H-Bonding In Ammonia

Chemical Bonding Notes

Acetic acid (CH3COOH): In the gaseous state, two acetic acid molecules get associated through hydrogen bonding to form an eight-membered cyclic dimer. However, in a liquid state, a large number of molecules remain associated through hydrogen bonding to form a polymeric species [(CHgCOOH)n].

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Acetic acid

Intramolecular hydrogen bonding: When hydrogen bonding takes place within the same molecule, it is called intramolecular hydrogen bonding. This type of hydrogen bonding is also known as chelation as it results in the formation of a ring. It is found to occur frequently in organic compounds and is favored when a six or five-membered ring is formed.

Examples: It is normally found in disubstituted benzene compounds in which the substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms, i.e., they are ortho to each other. For example, ortho-nitrophenol, ortho-hydroxybenzaldehyde, salicylaldehyde, and ort/zo-chlorophenol possess intramolecular hydrogen bonding.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Intramolecular Hydrogen Bonding

It is found in some aliphatic compounds in which the groups involved in hydrogen bonding are situated at adjacent carbon atoms. For example, chloral hydrate [CC13CH(OH)2] and ethylene glycol (HOCH2CH2OH) possess intramolecular hydrogen bonding.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Intramolecular Hydrogen Bonding

Effect of H-bond on different properties of compounds

Intermolecular hydrogen bonding causing the association of molecules of any compound results in an increase in the effective molecular mass of that compound. Consequently, the properties such as physical state, melting and boiling points, latent heat of vaporization, viscosity, concentration, surface tension, etc., which depend on molecular mass, are found to increase.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Again, as the number of molecules decreases due to hydrogen bonding, the values of colligative properties of compounds such as osmotic pressure, elevation of boiling point, depression of freezing point, etc. decrease.

 

Also, solubilities and acidities of compounds are often markedly influenced by hydrogen bonding. It is to be noted that the effect of intramolecular hydrogen bonding on the physical properties of compounds is negligible.

Question 1. Although oxygen and sulfur belong to the same group (VIA) of the periodic table, at ordinary temperature, the hydride of oxygen (HzO) is a liquid whereas the hydride of sulfur (H2S) is a gas.
Answer: Since the electronegativity of oxygen is higher than that of sulfur, the O —H bond in water is more polar than the S —H bond in H2S. Also, the size of the O-atom is smaller than that of the sulfur atom. So, the molecules of water are associated through intermolecular hydrogen bonding. Hence, water exists in the liquid state but hydrogen sulfide exists in the gaseous state at ordinary temperature.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Question 2. Among the hydrides of halogens (P, C, Br, and I) belonging to group-VIIA of the periodic table, only HF is a liquid at 19.5°C, while each of IICl, IiBr, and HI exists as a gas at this temperature.
Answer: Because of the highest electronegativity and smaller atomic size of fluorine, HF molecules remain extensively associated through strong JutermoleeuJar hydrogen bonding. So, a large amount of energy Is required to separate the molecules. Hence, HF exists in the liquid state at 19,5°0, On the other hand, Cl, fir, and 1 atom are larger and less electronegative compared to F-atom, So, the formation of intermolecular hydrogen bonding leading to the association of the molecules Is not possible in case of HCI, HUr, and HI, Thus, each of them exists In the gaseous state at this temperature.

Question 3. KHF2 exists But KHCI2 has no existence
Answer: F-atom In HF can form strong hydrogen bonds due to higher electronegativity and smaller size of F-atom. However, Cl does not form a hydrogen bond due to its comparatively low electronegativity and larger atomic size. In an aqueous solution, HF ionizes partially giving only one H+ ion per molecule.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Consequently, HF behaves as a weak monobasic acid. \(\mathrm{H} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}^{+}+\mathrm{F}^{-}\) The fluoride Ion thus produced forms hydrogen bond with undissociated HF molecule to form fluoride anion HF2-.

⇒ \(\mathrm{F}^{-}+\mathrm{HF} \rightleftharpoons\left(\mathrm{F} \cdots-\mathrm{H}-\mathrm{F}^{-} \text {or } \mathrm{HF}_2^{-}\right.\)

This explains the existence of the salt KHF2. As Cl-atom cannot form an H-bond, so anion like HC12 is not formed. Hence the salt, KHC12 has no existence.

Question 4. Although the molecular mass of PH3(34) (the hydride of the second element of group 15) is twice that of NH3 (17) (the hydride of the first element of the same group), the boiling point of PIf3 (—87.4°C) is much less than that of NII3 (-33.4°C).
Answer: The electronegativity of nitrogen (3.0) is higher than that of phosphorus (2.2) and the atomic size ofN is smaller than that of P. So, the N— H bonds in NH3 are relatively more polar than the P —H bonds In PH3.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Hence, Nil, molecules remain associated through intermolecular hydrogen bonding, but no H-hond is formed among PH2 molecules. Therefore the boiling point of NH3 is much higher than that of PH3 even though the molecular mass of PH3 is twice that of NH3.

Question 5. The boiling point of ethyl alcohol (78.5°C) is much higher than that of isomeric dimethyl ether (-24.9°C).
Answer: Due to the much higher electronegativity and smaller size of oxygen, the O—H bond in ethyl alcohol (C2H5OH) is much polar and so, its molecules remain Associated through IntermoloculRI hydrogen bonding. A greater amount of energy IN is required To separate the molecules Hence, ethyl alcohol volatile unit tin boiling point IN is relatively much higher.

On tin other hand, the O-uto in In dimethyl ether (CH2OCH3) IN not bonded to any hydrogen atom. TIUIH, there IN no Possibility of formation of hydrogen bond. Consequently, the ether CXINIH is a discrete molecule. So, It IN more volatile, and the UN boiling point IN much lower than that of ethyl alcohol.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Ethyl Alcohol

Chemical Bonding Notes

Question 6. The boiling point of formic acid (100.5°C) is higher than that of ethyl alcohol (78.5°C) even though their molecular masses are the same (46)
Answer: Explanation: Both formic acid and ethyl alcohol contain polar O—H bonds and remain associated through hydrogen bonding. Since the polarity of the O —H bond present in the —COOll group of formic acid Is much higher than that of the O—H bond in ethyl alcohol, the strength of the hydrogen bond in formic acid is much stronger than in ethyl alcohol.

Chemical Bonding Notes

(In formic acid, the polar bond of the carboxyl group is involved in the formation of hydrogen bonds). In the vapor state, the formic acid molecules are also involved in forming an eight-membered ring of the diner by intermolecular H-bond.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Dimer Of Formic Acid

Because of the stronger hydrogen bond, the boiling point of formic acid is higher than that of ethyl alcohol even though both compounds have the same molecular mass.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Associated Formatic Acid Molecules

In formic acid, the strength of the H-bond increases enormously, due to resonance.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Associated Formatic Acid Molecules.

Question 7. n -propylamine (CH3CH2C1I2NH2) boils at a much higher temperature (49″C) than the isomeric trimethylamine (Me., N, 3°C).
Answer: In n -n-propylamine, the electronegative N -atom is bonded to twoIl-atoms. So Its molecules get associated through Intermolcculur hydrogen bonding. Because of this, it boils at a much higher temperature than the Isomeric trimethylamine in which, the formation of hydrogen bonds is not possible since there is no hydrogen atom directly attached to the electronegative N -atom.

Question 8. The melting and boiling points of p -p-nitrophenol are much higher than those of o-nitrophenol.
Answer: In o-nitrophenol, -OH and -NO2 groups are situated at the two adjacent carbon atoms so that they are involved in intramolecular hydrogen bonding. Thus, these molecules exist as discrete molecules and consequently, the compound possesses lower melting and boiling points. On the other hand, in p-nitrophenol, the -OH and -NO2 groups are situated far apart from each other so intramolecular H-bonding is not possible. The molecules remain associated through intermolecular H-bonding.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Hence, the melting and boiling points of p-nitrophenol are much higher than those of nitrophenol. Due to its low boiling point, o-nitrophenol is steam volatile whereas p-nitrophenol is not.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Intramolecular H-Bonding In Ortho Nitrophenol Moleucle

Intramolecular H-bonding in ortho-nitrophenol molecule

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Intermolecular H-Bonding In Para nitrophenol Moleucle

Intermolecular H-bonding in para-nitrophenol molecule For the same reason, the volatility of o -hydroxybenzoic acid is higher than that of its meta- and para-isomers.

Question 9. Ethyl alcohol (C2H5OH) dissolves in water in all proportions but dimethyl ether (CH3OCH3) is sparingly soluble in water.
Answer: Bach ethyl alcohol molecule, containing a polar O—H bond, forms 2 hydrogen bonds with two water molecules. So it dissolves in water molecules in all proportions. On die other hand, each dimethyl ether molecule forms one H-bond with a single water molecule through its electronegative O-atom. Hence, dimethyl ether is sparingly soluble in water.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Ethyl Alocohol

Question 10. Alcohols having lower molecular masses are soluble in water but those with higher molecular masses are insoluble in water.
Answer: An alcohol molecule (R—OH) is made of a polar -OH group (the hydrophilic part) and a non-polar alkyl group, —R (the hydrophobic part).In lower alcohols (i.e., alcohols having lower molecular masses), the hydrophilic -OH group overcomes the effect of the hydrophobic hydrocarbon group ( —R). Thus, these alcohol molecules dissolve in water by forming an H-bond with water molecules. On the other hand, in higher alcohols (i.e., alcohols having higher molecular masses) the hydrophobic character of the hydrocarbon group predominates over the effect of the polar hydrophilic group. Because of this, the higher alcohols show a negligible tendency to form H-bonds with water molecules and consequently, they are insoluble in water.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Question 11. Ammonium chloride (NH4C1) is more soluble than sodium chloride (NaCl) in water.
Answer: Na+ ion, obtained by dissociation of NaCl is Stabilized by solvation, involving ion-dipole interactions (water acts as a dipole). But NH4 ion, obtained by dissociation of NH4C1, becomes more stabilized by solvation involving the formation of stronger intermolecular hydrogen bonds with H2O molecules. Thus, NH4C1 is more soluble than NaClin water.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Question 12. Despite being organic compounds, glucose (C6H12O2) and sugar (C12H2O2) are soluble in the polar solvent, water.
Answer: In glucose and sugar molecules, there are six and eight —OH groups respectively. Due to the presence of a large number of — OH groups, the molecules of these compounds form extensive H-bonds with water molecules. This accounts for the high solubility of these two organic compounds in the polar solvent, water.

Question 13. Although boric acid [H3BOs or B(OH)3] contains 3 —OH groups, its solubility in water is very poor.
Answer: Boric acid molecules form a cyclic two-dimensional network, leading to a giant molecule by forming much stronger intermolecular H-bonds. Boric acid molecules can’t form hydrogen bonds with water molecules by breaking these strong hydrogen bonds. Hence, the solubility of boric acid in water is very poor.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Although Boric Acid

Question 14. Grillo-nitrophenol is less soluble in water than its meta- or para-isomer.
Answer: In o-nitrophenol, -OH and -NO2 Groups are involved in intramolecular H-bonding. So, the molecules of o-nitrophenol cannot form H -bonds with water molecules. Hence, o-nitrophenol is less soluble in water. On the other hand, both m-andp-nitrophenol are incapable of forming intramolecular H-bonds and their —OH and —N02 groups are free to form H-bonds with water molecules. So, these are more water-soluble.

o-nitrophottol being loss soluble In water Is steam-volatile. On the other hand, being more soluble In the water is not steam-volatile. Steam distillation, therefore, is an easy method of separation of o-nitrophcnol from the other two Isomers.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Question 15. Although H2 SO4 And H3 PO4 Have the Same Molecular mass H3PO4 HAs a Higher Boiling Point And viscosity.
Answer: Hach H3PO4 molecule contains three —OH groups whereas each li2S04 molecule contains only two —OH groups. So the extent of association through Intennolecular hydrogen bonding in H3PO4 is greater than that in H2SO4. Because of this, the boiling point and viscosity of H3PO4 are higher than that of H2SO4, even though their molecular masses are the same.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Polymer molecule

Question 16. Glycerol (CH2OHCHOHCH2OH) is a highly viscous liquid whereas ethyl alcohol is not.
Answer: Glycerol molecules with three —OH groups, remain extensively associated through intermolecular hydrogen bonding and exist as long chains with many interlocking cross-linkages. For this reason, glycerol is a highly viscous liquid.

Chemical Bonding Notes

On the other hand, ethyl alcohol molecule with a single —OH group, remains associated through intermolecular hydrogen bonding. Though it exists as an associated molecule it does not possess interlocking cross linkages like glycerol. Therefore, ethyl alcohol is not a viscous liquid.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Question 17. ortho-hydroxybenzoic acid Is more acidic than parahy droxybcnzolc acid.
Answer:
 be conjugate base of o-hydroxybenzoic acid gets additional stability through intramolecular hydrogen bonding because the —OH and groups are attached to two adjacent ring carbons. On the other hand, the conjugate base of p-hydroxybenzoic acid is not stabilized by intramolecular hydrogen bonding because the groups are far apart from each other. Because of greater stability ofthe conjugate base, o-hydroxybenzoic acid releases H+ ion more easily, i.e., it exhibits more acidic properties than its para-isomer.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Ortho hydroxybenzoic Acid

Question 18. 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid is much more acidic (nearly 800 times) than benzoic acid.
Answer: In The Conjugate Base Of 2,6 dihydroxybenzoic acid the -coo- group undergoes intramolecular hydrogen bonding six-membered rings. The acid, PhCOO-, on the other hand, is not stabilized by H-bonding. Hence, 2,6- dihydroxybenzoic acid is more acidic than benzoic acid.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure 2,6 dihydroybenzoic acid

Question 19. The volume of ice decreases on melting or the density of ice is less than that of water.
Answer: In the crystal of ice, each oxygen atom is surrounded tetrahedrally by four H-atoms, two H-atoms by usual covalent bonds, and the other two by H-bonds. Because of such tetrahedral arrangement and cage-like structure, there remains enough space among the water molecules.

Chemical Bonding Notes

When the ice melts, these tetrahedral arrangements of water molecules are largely destroyed. Water molecules come closer to each other and the intermolecular space is reduced. So, the same number of water molecules are now present in a smaller volume. Hence, the density of ice is less than that of water.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Open CAge like Structure Of Ice Crystal

Question 20. The density of water is maximum at 4°C and decreases with an increase in temperature.
Answer:
When water is heated, the breaking of the tetrahedral structure having an ordered arrangement of H-bonds continues up to 4°C and the contraction caused by the proximity of water molecules is greater than thermal expansion (molecular agitation due to vibrational and kinetic energy).

Consequently, the volume goes on decreasing up to 4°C. Normal expansion of volume on heating starts only after 4°C. Therefore, water has its highest density at 4°C and it decreases with an increasein temperature.

Chemical Bonding Notes

On heating a crystal of blue vitriol or cupric sulfate pentahydrate (CuSO4.5H2O ), four molecules of water of crystallization are easily removed. However, the removal of the last molecule of the water of crystallization requires thermal energy.

Explanation: Among the five molecules of water crystalized in the structure of blue vitriol, four molecules are linked to Cu2+ ion through coordinate covalent bonds, and the remaining one molecule of water is joined to the sulfate ion (SO2-4). Two out of four molecules of water are linked also through H-bonds with the fifth water molecule which is further hydrogen bonded with SO2-4 ion.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Coordinate Covalent Bonds

Dehydration of blue vitriol, i.e., removal of water of crystallization from blue vitriol occurs in three steps.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Dehydration Of Blue Vitriol

This is due to the presence of different types of bonds between CuSO4 and molecules of water of crystallization. Two water molecules are bonded to the Cu2+ ion by coordinate bonds. Thus they are loosely held and on heating, they are removed at a comparatively low temperature (30°C).

The other two water molecules are bonded to the Cu2+ ion by coordinate bonds as well as to the fifth water molecule by H -bonds. Hence, they are tightly held and are removed at a comparatively high temperature (100°C).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding Notes

The fifth water molecule is bonded to the third and fourth water molecules as well as to the two O-atoms of the sulfate ion through H-bonds. Thus, it is more tightly held and its removal requires even more energy i.e., much higher temperature (250°C). This water molecule is called anion water.

Participation C—H band in hydrogen hand formation:

Since there is negligible difference in electronegativity between carbon and hydrogen, so H-atom of the C —H bond is not expected to participate in hydrogen bond formation. But if an atom of any strong electronegative atom or electron-attracting group is attached to a carbon atom, then in some cases C—2 bond does take part in the formation of hydrogen bond, Example molecules of acetonitrile (CH3CN) get associated through intramolecular hydrogen bond; chloroform (CHC13) molecules form hydrogen bonds with the molecules of acetone (CH3COCH3).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Difference Between Hydrogen Bond And Covalent Bond

Molecular Orbital Theory (MOT)

Although the concept of hybridization could explain the structure and shapes of most of the covalent compounds quite satisfactorily, some of the characteristics of molecules such as their relative bond strengths, paramagnetic and diamagnetic nature, etc., including the formation of odd electron molecules or ions could not be explained successfully by this concept.

Chemical Bonding Notes

To explain these, the molecular orbital theory was put forward by F. Hund and R.S. Mulliken in 1932. As this theory is based on the linear combination of atomic orbitals, it is also called LCAO-MO theory.

Salient features of molecular orbital theory:

When two atomic orbitals overlap, they lose their identity and form new orbitals called molecular orbitals.

Molecular orbitals are formed only by those atomic orbitals which are of comparable energy and proper symmetry. One s -s-s-orbital, for example, can combine only with another s -s-orbital but not with any 2s-orbital.

An electron in an atomic orbital is influenced by only one nucleus, but in a molecular orbital, it is under the influence of two or more nuclei depending on the number of atoms in the molecule. Therefore, an atomic orbital is monocentric while a molecular orbital is polycentric.

The number of molecular orbitals formed is the same as the number of combining atomic orbitals. Half of the new molecular orbitals have lower energy and hence have greater stability than the participating atomic orbitals.

These orbitals with lower energy are called bonding molecular orbitals. The other half of the new molecular orbitals having higher energy than the participating atomic orbitals are called antibonding molecular orbitals.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Thus two atomic orbitals combine to form two molecular orbitals one of which is a bonding and the other one antibonding. The shapes of the resultant molecular orbitals depend on the shapes ofatomic orbitals undergoing combination.

The molecular orbitals are filled with electrons according to the same rules as applied to the filling of atomic orbitals. The molecular orbitals are filled in the order of
their increasing energies (Aubau principle).

A molecular orbital can accommodate a maximum of two electrons having opposite spin (According to Pauli’s exclusion principle).

The pairing of electrons in degenerate molecular orbitals (molecular orbitals of equal energy) does not take place until each ofthem is singly occupied (Hund’s rule).

Formation of molecular orbitals: Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals (LCAO)

In wave mechanics, atomic orbitals are expressed by wave functions which represent the amplitude of the electron waves. These are obtained from the solution of the Schrodinger wave equation.

A similar wave equation can be formed to describe the behavior of electrons in molecules. However, because of the complex nature of the equation, it is very difficult to determine wave functions of molecular orbitals by solving the equation.

Chemical Bonding Notes

To obtain die wave functions of molecular orbitals, an approximate method, linear combination ofatomic orbitals (LCAO) method has been adopted. Let us apply this method to the homonuclear diatomic H2 molecule. Let us consider that the hydrogen molecule is composed of two hydrogen atoms HA and HB. In the ground state, each hydrogen atom has one electron 1s -orbital.

These atomic orbitals may be represented by the wave functions iff and i/fg which represent the amplitudes of the electron waves of the atomic orbitals of the two atoms HA and HB respectively.

According to the LCAO method, the linear combination of atomic orbitals to form molecular orbitals can take place by addition and subtraction of wave functions of the individual atomic orbitals as shown below:

⇒ \(\psi_{\mathrm{b}}=\psi_{\mathrm{A}}+\psi_{\mathrm{B}} \text { and } \psi_{\mathrm{a}}=\psi_{\mathrm{A}}-\psi_{\mathrm{B}}\)

These two types of combinations give rise to two molecular orbitals. The molecular orbital if formed by the addition of wave functions of the two atomic orbitals is called bonding molecular orbital (BMO) and the molecular orbital formed by the subtraction of wave functions of the two atomic orbitals is called antibonding molecular orbital (ABMO).

The combination of Is -orbitals of the two H-atoms to form molecular orbitals is shown in the given figure. It becomes clear from the figure that in the bonding molecular orbital, the electron density is mainly concentrated between the two positive nuclei.

Chemical Bonding Notes

This high electron density between the two nuclei decreases their mutual repulsion and holds the nuclei together. Therefore, the hooding molecular orchid always possesses lower energy than either of the combining atomic orbitals. Electrons placed In it bond molecular orbital

Formation of molecular orbital by a combination of li-atomic orbital stabilizes a molecule. On the other hand, in the antibonding molecular orbital, most of the electron density is mainly located away from the space between the nuclei, creating a node In between them.

As a consequence, the two nuclei repel each other strongly. Therefore, the antibonding molecular orbital always possesses higher energy than either of the combining atomic orbital and the electrons placed in the antibonding molecular orbital destabilize the molecule.

The formation of bonding and antibonding molecular orbitals can also be explained In terms of constructive interference (or additive effect) and destructive interference (or subtractive effect) of the electron waves of the combining atoms.

Bonding molecular orbital: During constructive Interference, the two electron waves are in phase and the amplitudes of the waves get added up and reinforce each other. As a consequence, there is high electron density between the two nuclei, favoring bond formation. The resulting wave corresponds to a bonding molecular orbital.

Antibonding molecular orbital: When the two electron waves of two combining atoms arc out of phase, there is destructive interference, and amplitudes of the waves get subtracted. Thus, the resulting wave is weakened and consequently, there is low electron density between the nuclei.

Note that the crests of the electron wave are usually given by the’ +’ sign and the troughs by the ‘- ‘ sign. The bonding molecular orbital is formed by a combination of ‘+’ with’ +’ or with part of the electron waves whereas the antibonding molecular orbital is formed by the combination of ‘ + ’ with the ‘- ‘ part. For a homo-dinuclear molecule, since, if =, the amplitude of ABMO is zero.

Nodal plane: In the antibonding molecular orbital, the plane perpendicular to the line joining the two nuclei where the probability of finding the electron (i.e., electron density) is zero, is called the nodal plane.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Energy of bonding and antibonding molecular orbitals

Linear combination of two atomic orbitals of hydrogen, for example, gives rise to a bonding molecular orbital of lower energy (higher stability) and an antibonding molecular orbital of higher energy (lower stability).
Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Energy Ledvel Diagram Of Bonding And AntiBonding MO

Chemical Bonding Notes

The energy difference between the bonding molecular orbital and the combining atomic orbitals is known as stabilization energy and the energy difference between the antibonding molecular orbital and the combining atomic orbitals is known as destabilization energy. Further, it may be noted that bonding MO is stabilized to the same extent (A) as the antibonding MO is destabilized.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Difference Of Two Electron Waves

An electron occupying the bonding molecular orbital lowers the energy ofthe system while an electron occupying the antibonding molecular orbital raises the energy of the system by an equal amount.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Difference Between Bonding And Entobonding Moleculr Orbitlas

Different types of molecular orbitals

The molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules are designated as cr (sigma), 7r(pi), d(delta), etc.

σ-molecular orbitals: The molecular orbitals formed by overlapping of atomic orbitals along the internuclear axis are called sigma (σ) molecular orbitals. Such molecular orbitals are symmetrical about the internuclear axis or bond axis.

Antibonding sigma molecular orbitals are expressed by the symbol cr. To denote the constituent orbital from which any molecular orbital is formed, the atomic orbital is mentioned beside the symbol of the molecular orbital or as its subscript.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Example: Combination of two σ∗1s -orbitals results in the formation of curls and cr s molecular orbitals.

Formation Of σ∗1s and one antibonding MO of higher energy \(\sigma_{2 s}^*\)

In the same way, additive and subtractive combinations of two Is orbitals result in the formation of curls and crl5 molecular orbitals respectively.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sigmas 2s Molecular Orbitals

By the combination of two 2pz-atomic orbitals: According to modem convention, the z-axis is taken as the internuclear axis. Hence, the 2pz -orbital is assumed to lie along the internuclear axis.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Therefore, the molecular orbital formed by the addition of wave functions of two 2pz -orbitals is a bonding σ-MO designated as cr2p the molecular orbital formed by the subtraction of wave functions of two 2pz -orbitals is an antibonding σ-MO designated as \(\sigma_{2 p_z}^*\).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sigmas 2pz Molecular Orbitlas

x-molecular orbitals: The molecular orbitals that are formed by sideways or lateral overlap of two atomic orbitals are called pi (π) molecular orbitals. Such molecular orbitals are not symmetrical about the internuclear axis.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Formation of π -molecular orbitals:

By the combination of two 2px -atomic orbitals: The axis of px -atomic orbital, according to modem convention, is perpendicular to the internuclear axis.

The Molecular orbital formed by the lateral overlap of two 2px- atomic orbitals involving the addition of electron waves is a bonding π-MO designated as 7r2p and the molecular orbital formed by the lateral overlap of two 2px -atomic orbitals involving the subtraction of electron waves is an antibonding π-MO designated as \(\pi_{2 p_x}\)

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Phi 2py Molecular Orbitlas

Chemical Bonding Notes

By a combination of two 2py -atomic orbitals: The axis of py -the atomic orbital, according to the modem convention, is perpendicular to the internuclear axis.

Therefore, the lateral additive combination of two parallel 2py -orbitals leads to the formation of a bonding π-MO designated as π 2py, and the lateral subtractive combination of two parallel 2py orbital leads to the formation of an antibonding n -MO designated as \(\pi_{2 p_y}^*\).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Phi Molecular Orbital

Chemical Bonding Notes

Differences between σ and π- molecular orbitals

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Difference Bewtween Sigma And Phi Molecular Orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

Conditions For the combination of atomic orbitals from molecular orbitals

The following conditions must be satisfied for the combination of atomic orbitals to form molecular orbitals;

The energies of the combining atomic orbitals must be the same or nearly the same.

Example: in the case of the formation of homonuclear species like H2, N2, or O2, the ls-orbital of one atom can combine with the Is-orbital of the other. But there is no possibility of the ls-orbital of any atom to combine with the 2s-orbital of another.

The extent of overlap between the combined atomic orbitals must be large.

Chemical Bonding Notes

The combining atomic orbitals must possess the same symmetry about the molecular axis, i.e., they must have proper orientations.

Examples: 2px -orbital of one atom can combine with 2px orbital of another atom but not with 2 py or 2pz orbital.

0 2s -orbital of an atom can overlap with the 2pz -orbital of another but not with 2 px or 2py, -orbital (which remain perpendicular to the internuclear axis). The reason is that in the second case, the overlapping of V with ‘+’ cancels the overlapping of V with ‘-‘.

The situation is shown below:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Over lap between 2s and 2px orbitals

Chemical Bonding Notes

According to the present convention, the z-axis is taken as the internuclear axis.

  • A bonding molecular orbital is formed by the addition of wave functions of two atomic orbitals.
  • Antibonding molecular orbital is formed by subtraction of wave functions of two atomic orbitals.
  • Combining atomic orbitals, and forming the molecular orbitals, must be of comparable energy.
  • The axis of the pz -atomic orbitals of the combining atoms lie along the internuclear axis. So, pz -orbital is capable of forming cr -molecular orbital by overlapping along this axis.
  • The axes of px and -atomic orbitals are perpendicular to the internuclear axis and hence they can form n -molecular orbitals with bilateral overlapping.

Energy level diagram of molecular orbitals: Order of energy of homonuclear diatomic molecular orbitals

Two Is -orbitals of two atoms combine to form two molecular orbitals— crls and cr*s. In the same manner, two 2s-atomic orbitals give rise to two molecular orbitals (cr2i and or2S) and six 2p-atomic orbitals on combination give six molecular orbitals \(\left(\sigma_{2 p_z}, \sigma_{2 p_z}^*, \pi_{2 p_x}, \pi_{2 p_x}^*, \pi_{2 p_y}, \pi_{2 p_y}^*\right)\).

Chemical Bonding Notes

The energy sequence of these ten molecular orbitals can be determined by the following information:

The energies of molecular orbitals depend on the energies of the corresponding atomic orbitals involved in their formation. For example, since 2s-atomic orbitals have higher energy than tire Is -atomic orbitals, the pair of molecular orbitals obtained from 2s-atomic orbitals have higher energy than that obtained from Is -atomic orbitals.

Within the same pair of molecular orbitals, the bonding MO has lower energy than the antibonding MO.

For Example: \(\sigma_{1 s}<\sigma_{1 s}^*, \pi_{2 p_x}<\pi_{2 p_x}^* .\)

\(\pi_{2 p_x}\) and \(\pi_{2 p_y}\) molecular orbitals have equal and molecular orbitals also have equal energies i.e., they are also degenerate orbitals than the sideways or lateral overlapping.

This is quite true for O2 and molecules such as F2 and Ne2(hypothetical) where the energy difference between 2s and 2p -atomic orbitals are quite large. However, in molecules up to N2, the energy difference between these atomic orbitals is very small and the molecular orbitals <x2s and are so close that they experience mixing interactions.

(repulsion between the electrons present in them). As a result, the energy of cr2p orbital increases and becomes greater than N2p and N2p, which do not experience such intermixing interactions.

The energy of a2p molecular orbital is greater than that of N2p or N2p molecular orbital. From the above information and spectroscopic studies, it has been established that the energy of the first ten molecular orbitals of the homonuclear diatomic molecules or ions such as Li2, Be2 (hypothetical), B2, C2, N2 follow the order

Chemical Bonding Notes

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \sigma_{1 s}<\sigma_{1 s}^*<\sigma_{2 s}<\sigma_{2 s}^*<\left[\pi_{2 p_x}=\pi_{2 p_y}\right]<\sigma_{2 p_z} \\
&<\left[\pi_{2 p_x}^*=\pi_{2 p_y}^*\right]<\sigma_{2 p_z}^*
\end{aligned}\)

The energy of the first ten molecular orbitals of the homonuclear diatomic molecules such as O2, F2, and Ne2 (hypothetical) follow the order:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\sigma_{1 s}<\sigma_{1 s}^*<\sigma_{2 s}<\sigma_{2 s}^*<\sigma_{2 p_z} & <\left[\pi_{2 p_x}=\pi_{2 p_y}\right] \\
& <\left[\pi_{2 p_x}^*=\pi_{2 p_y}^*\right]<\sigma_{2 p_z}^*
\end{aligned}\)

 

Chemical Bonding Notes

The above two energy sequences ofthe molecular orbitals are shown in the following figures:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Two energy sequences ofthe molecular orbitals

The difference in MO energy diagrams can be explained as follows. Since cr -bonds are generally stronger, therefore, it would be expected that cr{2p) orbital would be of lower energy than a comparable n{2p) orbited.

However, for most ofthe elements, the cr(2p) orbital lies at a higher energy than n{2p) orbitals because the difference between 2s and 2p atomic energy levels is small (except in the case of O2, F2 andNe2 (hypothetical) where the difference in energy levels of 2s and 2p is large).

As a consequence, cr(2s), and cr(2p) are so close together that the repulsive forces between the electrons presenting them raise the energy of cr(2p) above that of n(2p) molecular orbitals. In the words, in the case of O2, F2, etc., there is no 2s-2p mixing, while for B2, C2, and N2, there is 2s-2p mixing.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Rules for filling up molecular orbitals

  1. Molecular orbitals get filled up with electrons according to the Aufbau principle. At first, the electrons enter the molecular orbital of the lowest energy and gradually that higher energy.
  2. Molecular orbitals can accommodate a maximum of 2 electrons which must have opposite spin (Pauli’s exclusion principle).
  3. The pairing of electrons in degenerate orbitals does not occur until each degenerate orbital is singly filled with electrons having parallel spin (Hund’s rule).
  4. Electrons presenting bonding molecular orbitals are called bonding electrons (Nb) and those in antibonding molecular orbitals are called antibonding electrons (Na).

Molecular behavior and Electronic Configuration The important rules relating molecular behavior with electronic configuration are as follows:

Stability of molecules in terms of bonding and antibonding electrons: From electronic configuration, we get the number of Nb and Na.

If Nb > Ng, the molecule is stable. Because a greater number of bonding orbitals are occupied by electrons than antibonding orbitals, resulting in a net force of attraction (stronger bonding).

Chemical Bonding Notes

IfNa < Nb, the molecule is unstable. Because a greater number of antibonding orbitals are occupied by electrons than bonding orbitals, resulting in a net force of repulsion.

If Nb = Na, the molecule is unstable. Because the destabilization caused by electrons in antibonding molecular orbitals is greater than the stabilisation gained by bonding electrons.

Bond order: The number of covalent bonds in a molecule is expressed by bond order. Bond order is defined as half the difference between the number of electrons present in bonding and antibonding orbitals,

⇒ \(\text { Bond Order (B.O.) }=\frac{1}{2}\left(N_b-N_a\right)\)

Important points regarding bond order

A molecule with B.0. 1, 2, or 3 indicates that it has a single bond, double bond, or triple bond respectively.

The relative stability of molecules in terms of bond order: The stability (bond dissociation enthalpy) of the diatomic molecules is directly proportional to the bond order.

Thus, a molecule with bond order 3 (for example nitrogen, N =N, having bond dissociation enthalpy 945 kj mol‾1) is more stable than a molecule with a bond order 2 [e.g., oxygen, 0=0, having bond dissociation enthalpy 498 kj. mol¯1 ) which in turn is more stable than a molecule with a bond order 1 (Example fluorine, F—F, having bond dissociation enthalpy 158 kj. mol-1 ).

Bond length in terms of bond order: Bond order is inversely proportional to bond length. For example, the bond length of the N2 molecule having bond order 3 is 1.10A whereas that of the O2 molecule having bond order 2 is 1.21A.

Magnetic nature of molecules: It can be predicted successfully by MO theory. If all the electrons in a molecule are paired, it is diamagnetic and if it contains one or more unpaired electrons, it is paramagnetic.

The greater the number of unpaired electrons in a molecule or ion, the greater its paramagnetic nature. H2, for example, is diamagnetic while 02 is paramagnetic. Fractional value of bond order indicates that the molecule is paramagnetic.

Electronic configuration & nature of bonding of some homonuclear diatomic molecules & their ions

Chemical Bonding Notes

Hydrogen molecule (H2): An H2 molecule is formed by the combination of two H-atoms with one electron present in each Is -orbital. The two Is -orbitals combine mutually to form two molecular orbitals (trail and curls).

The two electrons will occupy the lower energy curls MO and according to Pauli’s exclusion principle, the electrons have opposite spins. So, according to MO theory, the electronic configuration of the hydrogen molecule is 2. The MO energy level diagram for the H2 -H2-molecule is shown below.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Energy Diagram Of Molecular Orbitals Of H2 Moleucle.

Chemical Bonding Notes

Stability: A positive value of B.O. indicates that the H2 is – 1} stable. A much higher value of bond-dissociation energy (438kj. mol-1 ) of H2 indicates that it is a very stable molecule.

Magnetic nature: As the two electrons present in this molecule are paired, the molecule is diamagnetic.

Positive hydrogen ion (H2): This is formed by the combination of the H -atom containing one electron and one H+ion having no electrons. Therefore, the H2 ion has only one electron which is occupied in the lower energy bonding MO i.e., curls orbital.

The electronic configuration of H+2 is 1. The following figure shows the MO energy level diagram of this ion.

Bond order of H+2 ion \(=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{1-0}{2}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Energy Diagram Of Molecular Orbitals Of H2 Moleucle

Chemical Bonding Notes

Stability: Bond order positive. This shows that the Ion In somehow stable but it In less stable than, the molecule (bond dissociation enthalpy: 1I2 ~ 280 kj – mol ). The existence of H2 has been established spectroscopically.

Magnetic nature: From the electronic configuration it is evident that the fl2 Ion contains one odd electron, Therefore, the ion Is paramagnetic.

Negative hydrogen ion (H-2): When one hydrogen atom, 11 having one electron in its )s-orbital combines with a hydride Ion (H-) having two electrons in Js-orbital, the anion, (H2) is formed. Thus, the H2 ion contains three electrons. Thus the electronic configuration of H-2 ion: \(\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^1\)

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Energy Diagram Of MOlecule Orbital Of H2 Ion

Chemical Bonding Notes

Stability: A small positive bond order suggests that the ion is somewhat stable. Note that the H2 ion is slightly less stable than the H+ ion even though both have the same bond order (0.5). This is because the antibonding MO of H2 ion contains no electron whereas the antibonding MO of H2 contains one electron which causes destabilization.

Magnetic nature: Since the ion contains one unpaired electron, it is paramagnetic.

Helium molecule (He2): Each He-atom has two electrons in Is -orbital. Therefore, the total number of electrons in the He2 molecule is four. Two of them occupy orbital while the other two occupy \(\sigma_{1 s}^*\) orbital.

Thus, the electronic brv configuration of He2 molecule is: \(\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\).

The MO diagram for this molecule is given as follows:

Bond order of He2 molecule ,\(=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{2-2}{2}=0\)

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Energy Diagram Of MOlecule Orbital Of He+2 Ion

Energy diagram of molecular orbital of He2 molecule As bond order is zero, the He2 molecule has no real existence. In reality, helium gas consists of monoatomic molecules.

Helium molecule-cation (He2): This ion contains 3 electrons, two from one He -atom and one from one He+ ion. Two electrons occupy the bonding MO (<xls) while the third electron occupies the antibonding MO (curls).

Chemical Bonding Notes

Thus the electronic configuration of He ion is: \(\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^t\). The MO energy level diagram for this ion is given below.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Energy Diagram Of Molecular Orbital Of N2 Ion molecule

Chemical Bonding Notes

Bond order of \(\mathrm{He}_2^{+} \text {ion }=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{2-1}{2}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Stability: The positive value of bond order indicates that the formation of He2 ion is possible. Its bond dissociation enthalpy is 242.67kj. mol-1 .

Magnetic nature: Since the ion contains one unpaired electron, it is paramagnetic. 2 Note that the He. J Ion has the same bond order as the H2 ion and both have the same number of electrons in the antibonding orbitals. Therefore, they should have similar stability (bond dissociation enthalpy), bond length, and paramagnetic nature.

Lithium molecule (L): Electronic configuration of lithium (Z = 3 ) isIs22s1. Thus, there are six electrons in the lithium molecule. The electronic configuration of Li2 molecule is written as: (curls)2 (cards)2 (cr2i)2 or KK{CT2S)2, where KK represents the closed K -shell structure: ‘(‘rls)2(°li)2.

Bond order of Li2 molecule \(=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{4-2}{2}=1\)

Chemical Bonding Notes

Stability: From the value of bond order it is clear that there is a single bond between the two Li -atoms and therefore, the Li2 molecule is stable.

Magnetic nature: Since it has no impaired electron, it is diamagnetic.

Beryllium molecule (Be2): The electronic configuration of beryllium (Z = 4) is ls22s2. So, the Be2 molecule contains a total of eight electrons. The electronic configuration of the Be2 molecule, is therefore, written as: \(K K\left(\sigma_{2 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}^*\right)^2\)

Bond order of Be2 molecule= \(=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{2-2}{2}=0\).

Stability: Since Its bond order Is higher than that of ()2, Its bond dissociation enthalpy (stability) Is higher and its bond length Is less than that of O2.

Magnetic nature: Since the Ion has one unpaired electron In the n2p -molecular orbital, It Is paramagnetic.

Superoxide ion (O2 ): 0-2 Ion Is formed by the addition of one electron to 02 -molecule \(\mathrm{O}_2+e \rightarrow \mathrm{O}_2^{-}\). This electron enters into \(\pi_{2 p_x} \text { or } \pi_{2 p_y}\) molecular orbital. The electronic configuration of 02 ion, is, therefore, written as:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& K K\left(\sigma_{2 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}^*\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 p_z}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_x}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_y}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_x}^*\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_y}^*\right)^1 \\
& \text { Bond order of } \mathrm{O}_2^{-} \text {ion }=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{8-5}{2}=1.5
\end{aligned}\)

Stability: Since its bond order is lower than that of O2, its bond dissociation enthalpy is lower and its bond length is longer than that of O2.

Magnetic nature: Swing to the presence of one unpaired electron, it is paramagnetic.

Peroxide ion: \(\mathrm{O}_2^{2-}\) ion is formed when O2 accepts two electrons: \(\mathrm{O}_2+2 e \rightarrow \mathrm{O}_2^{2-}\) These two electrons enter into molecular orbitals. Therefore, the electronic configuration of O2- ion can be written as:

Chemical Bonding Notes

\(K K\left(\sigma_{2 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}^*\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 p_z}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_x}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_y}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_x}^*\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_y}^*\right)^2\)

Bond order of \(2_2^{2-} \text { ion }=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{8-6}{2}=1\)

Stability: Since its bond order is lower than that of O2, its bond dissociation enthalpy is lower and the bond length is longer than that of O2.

Magnetic nature: Since the ion contains no unpaired electron, it is diamagnetic.

Relative bond dissociates lot enthalpies, liabilities, and bond lengths of Qt (B.0,>2), OJ (tt.O. *U), 0* (B.O. *1.5) and

Bond dissociation energy: Bond dissociation enthalpy is directly proportional to bond order. Hence, bond dissociation enthalpies follow the order

\(\mathrm{O}_2^{+}>\mathrm{O}_2>\mathrm{O}_2^{-}>\mathrm{O}_2^{2-}\)

Stability: The greater the bond order, the greater the stability The stability order Is:

⇒ \(\mathrm{O}_2^{+}>\mathrm{O}_2>\mathrm{O}_2^{-}>\mathrm{O}_2^{2-}\)

Chemical Bonding Notes

Bond length: As bond length Ls is inversely proportional to bond order, the bond lengths of these species follow the order:

\(\mathrm{O}_2^{2-}>\mathrm{O}_2^{-}>\mathrm{O}_2>\mathrm{O}_2^{+}\)

Fluorine molecule (F2): The electronic configuration of fluorine (Z = 9) is U22s22pP. Thus molecule contains a total of 18 electrons.

The electronic configuration of the F2 -molecule is, therefore, written as:

Chemical Bonding Notes

⇒ \(K K\left(\sigma_{2 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}^*\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 p_z}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_x}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_y}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_x}^*\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_y}^*\right)^2\)

Bond order of F2 molecule \(=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{8-6}{2}=1\)

Stability: Since its bond order is 1, its bond dissociation enthalpy (stability) is not too high (129 kj mol‾1 ).

Magnetic nature: The absence of unpaired electrons indicates the diamagnetic nature of the F2 molecule.

Neon molecule (Ne2): The electronic configuration of (Z = 10) is ls22s22p6. So, the total number of electrons present in Ne2 -molecule =10+10 = 20. The electronic configuration of the Ne2 molecule is, therefore, written as

\(K K\left(\sigma_{2 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}^*\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 p_z}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_x}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_y}\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_x}^*\right)^2\left(\pi_{2 p_y}^*\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 p_z}^*\right)^2\)

Bond order of Ne92 molecule \(=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{8-8}{2}=0\)

Since the bond order is zero, no bonds are formed between the two Ne -atoms,

or in other words, Ne is a monoatomic gas and the Ne2 molecule does not exist. nr,suv. i ‘3’s Thus, both He (discussed before) and Ne are monoatomic gases. Hence, it can be concluded that the noble gas elements are monoatomic in nature.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Thermodynamics Questions And Answers

Chemical Thermodynamics Long Answer Type Questions

Chemical Thermodynamics Question 1. Classify the following systems into open, closed, or isolated:

  1. Living cell,
  2. A gas is enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a movable piston.
  3. The walls ofthe container and the piston are impermeable and thermally insulated.
  4. The substances present in a soda water bottle. The chemicals participated in a chemical reaction occurring in a closed glass container.
  5. Hot tea is kept in a thermos flask.

Answer:

  1. An open system: A living cell exchanges matter and energy with its surroundings to maintain itself.
  2. A closed system: The walls of the container and the piston are impermeable and thermally insulated. So, the system cannot exchange matter and heat with its surroundings.  However, as the piston is movable, the system can do work or work can be done on it if the pressure on the die piston is decreased or increased. So, the system can exchange energy in the form of work with its surroundings,
  3. A closed system: Here, the components present in the bottle constitute the system. As the bottle is closed, the system cannot exchange matter with its surroundings. However, it can exchange heat (energy) with its surroundings.
  4. A closed system: Here, the chemicals constitute the system. As the reaction container is closed, the system is unable to exchange matter with its surroundings. However, it can exchange heat (energy) with its surroundings,
  5. An isolated system: The walls of a thermos flask are made up of insulating materials. Again, the mouth of the flask is closed. So, the system can exchange neither matter nor energy with its surroundings.

Question 2. What is an adiabatic system? Is this an isolated system?
Answer:

An adiabatic system Is a closed system which can exchange several forms of energy (e.g., work) but not heat with its surroundings.

It is not an isolated system as an isolated system cannot exchange either matter or energy with its surroundings.

Question 3. Identify the following an extensive or intensive property: Enthalpy, internal energy, pressure, viscosity, heat capacity, density, electric potential, specific heat capacity, molar volume, surface tension, universal gas constant, vapour pressure, number of moles, refractive index, entropy.
Answer:

An extensive property ofa system depends upon the mass ofthe substance present in the system. Its value increases as the amount of substance in the system increases. Enthalpy, internal energy, heat capacity, number of moles, and entropy are extensive properties.

An intensive property of a system is independent of the amount ofthe substance present in the system. Pressure, viscosity, density, electric potential, specific heat capacity, molar volume, surface tension, universal gas constant, vapour pressure, and refractive index are intensive properties

Question 4. A closed container with impermeable diathermal walls contains some amount of gas. If the gas is considered to be a system, what type of system will it be X is a state function of a thermodynamic system. How are its infinite and infinitesimal changes denoted?
Answer:

As the walls of the container are impermeable, flow of matter into or out ofthe system is not possible. Again, the walls are diathermal. Thus, the exchange of heat between the gas and the surroundings is possible. Hence, the gas is a closed system.

Question 5. Thermodynamic state functions are path-independent quantities. Explain with an example.
Answer:

A state function is a path-independent quantity. This means that when a system undergoes a process, the change in any state function depends only on the initial and final states of the system, and not on the path of the process.

To make it clear, let us consider the following process in which the mol of an ideal gas changes its state:

2 atm, 4L, 273K→1 atm, 8L, 273K

We can make this change by either of the following two processes. However, in each of these processes, the change in a state function, viz., P or V is the same.

Chemical Thermodynamics The Processes the chnage in a state function

Question 6. Give two examples of path-dependent quantities. Are they properties ofa system?
Answer: Two path-dependent quantities are heat (q) and work ( w). These are not the properties ofa system.

Question 7. Under what conditions will a system be in thermodynamic equilibrium?
Answer: A system will be in thermodynamic equilibrium if it simultaneously maintains mechanical equilibrium, thermal equilibrium and chemical equilibrium.

Question 8. Why is the change in any state function in a cyclic process zero? Is the change in any function both reversible and irreversible cyclic processes zero?
Answer: The value of any state function of a system depends only on the present state of the system. In a cyclic process, the initial and the final states of a system are the same, and so are the values ofa state function at these two states.

Hence, the change in a state function will be zero in a cyclic process. The change in any state function depends only on the initial and the final states ofthe system.

It does not depend on the path followed to carry out the change. This means that a state function undergoes the same change in a process with the specified initial and final states irrespective of whether the process is carried out reversibly or irreversibly.

Now, in a cyclic process, the change in any state function is always zero. Hence, for both reversible and irreversible cyclic processes, the change in any state function will be zero.

Question 9. A closed system participates in the following process: A→B→C. In step A→B heat absorbed by the system = q cal and in step B→C, heat released by the system = qcal. Therefore, in this process, the sum of the heat absorbed and heat released by the system is zero. Is this an adiabatic process? Give reason.
Answer: In an adiabatic process, the system does not exchange heat with its surroundings at any step in the process. In the given process, the system absorbs heat in one step and releases heat in the other step. So, this process cannot be regarded as an adiabatic process.

Question 10. 1mol of an ideal gas participates in the process as described in the figure.

  1. What type is the overall process?
  2. Is this an isothermal process?
  3. Mention the isobaric and isochoric steps in this process.

Answer:

  1. It is a cyclic process because the system returns to its initial state after performing a set of consecutive processes.
  2. This is not an isothermal process, because the temperature of the system does not remain constant throughout the process although the initial and the final temperatures are the same.
  3. Step BC represents an isobaric process because the pressure ofthe system remains constant in this step. Step CA represents an isochoric process because the volume ofthe system remains constant in this step.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Thermodynamics Questions And Answers

Question 11. Are the following changes reversible or irreversible? Give proper explanations:

  1. Melting of ice at 0°C and 1 atm pressure
  2. The pressure ofa gas enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a piston is 5 atm.
  3. The gas is expanded against an external pressure of 1atm.

Answer:

  1. At 0°C and 1 atm pressure ice remains in equilibrium with water. Ifthe temperature ofthe system is increased by an infinitesimal amount, ice melts into the water slowly. Again, if the temperature of the system is decreased by an infinitesimal amount, water freezes into ice slowly.
  2. Thus, an infinitesimal increase or decrease in temperature causes a change in the direction of the process. Hence, the melting of ice at 0°C and 1 atm pressure can be considered as a reversible process,
  3. An irreversible process: The external pressure is considerably less than the pressure of the gas. So, the gas will expand rapidly without maintaining thermodynamic equilibrium during the process. Hence, this expansion will occur irreversibly.

Question 12. One mole of an ideal gas participates in a cyclic reversible process as described. Indicate the type of processes the system undergoes in the steps AB, BC and CA. Assume T2>T1.
Answer: AB: It is an isochoric process as the volume of the system remains unaltered in this step. BC: It is given that T1<T2- Again, the given indicates V2 > V1. This means that the volume of the system increases with a decrease in temperature. This happens in case of an adiabatic expansion of a gas. Therefore, BCstep indicates an adiabatic process.

Question 13. Why is a process occurring in an open container considered to be an isobaric? What is the origin of the internal energy of a system? Why cannot the absolute value of internal energy be determined?
Answer: A process in an open container takes place under constant atmospheric pressure. Thus, it is an isobaric process.

Question 14. Is the internal energy of a system at 25°C greater or less than its internal energy at 50°C?
Answer: The internal energy of a system increases with the temperature rise. So, the internal energy ofa system will be greater at 50 °C than that at 25 °C.

Question 15. In the process A→ B→ C, the change in internal energy of the system in the steps A→ B and B→ C are -x kJ.mol¯1 and y kj-mol¯1, respectively. What will be the change in the internal energy ofthe system in step C→ A?
Answer: A→ B→ C

Given, ΔUA→ B = -x KJ. Mol-1 and ΔUB→ C = -x KJ. Mol-1

∴ ΔUC→A  = -ΔUA→C = (x-y) kJ. Mol-1 [Since U is a state function, its change in die forward direction of a process is the same as that in the backward direction but opposite in sign].

Question 16. Which is not a state function: (q+w), w, H, G?
Answer: ‘ w’ is not a state function it is not a property of the system.

Question 17. In a process, a system absorbs 500J of heat and performs 800J of work. In the process, q =__________ w =__________
Answer: As the system absorbs heat. and performs work, q is + ve and w is -ve. Hence, q = +500 J and w – -800 J.

Question 18. In a process, a system releases 500J of heat and work done on the system is 300 J. In the process, q = w =
Answer: The system releases heat and work is done on the system i.e., q is -ve and w is +ve so, q = -500J, w = +300J.

Question 19. A certain amount of a gas participates in the cyclic process ABCD (follow figure). Calculate the total work done g in the process
Answer: Pressure volume work, w = -Pex(V2-V1)=-PexΔV

In step: AB: Pex = x atm, ΔV= (2y-y)L=yL

∴ w1 = -Pex ΔV = -xy L . atm

In steps BC and DA. work done is zero because the system remains constant in these steps. Instep CD: Pex = 0.5x atm and AV = (y- 2y) L = -y L.

∴ ω2 = -PexΔV = —0.5x (-y L) = 0.5.xy} L . atm

So, the total work done in the process, ω = ω1 + ω2

= (—xy + 0.5xy) L .atm =-0.5xy L.atm

= -0.5xy x 101.3 J [since 1Latm = 101.3 J] =-50.65xy J

Question 20. Under which condition will the pressure-volume work be, \(w=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P d V?\) pressure of the gas.
Answer: \(w=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P_{e x} d V\)

So, in case ofa reversible process, \(w=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P d V\)

Question 21. Calculate the work done in the following process which an
ideal gas undergoes
Answer: \(\text { 1st step: } w_1=-n R T_1 \ln \frac{V_2}{V_1} ; 2 \text { nd step: } w_2=-n R T_1 \ln \frac{V_1}{V_2}\)

So, total work \(w_1+w_2=-n R T_1 \ln \frac{V_2}{V_1}-n R T_1 \ln \frac{V_1}{V_2}\)

⇒ \(=-n R T \ln \frac{V_2}{V_1}+n R T \ln \frac{V_2}{V_1}=0\)

Question 22. A particular amount of gas participates separately in the two processes given below: Process-1 For which process, the work done is maximum?
Answer:

⇒ Process-1: Step-1: ω1 = -Pex-ΔV = -P1(V2– V1)

⇒ Step-2: ω2 = 0 [Since the volume of  the system is constant]

⇒ Total work, ω = ω1 + ω2 = -P1(V2– V1)

⇒ So, |ω| = |P1(V2-V1)|

⇒ Process-2: Step-1: ω1 = 0 [∴ the volume of the system is constant]

⇒ Step-2: ω2 = —Pex ΔV = -P2(V2-V1)

⇒ Total work, ω’ = ω1+ ω2 = -P2(V2– V1)

⇒ So, |ω’| = |P2(V2-V1)| [Since P2 < P1 , |ω’| < |ω’| ]

Question 23. In which of the following reactions is the work done zero? Assign the sign of w (+ ve or- ve)for the cases in which work is involved.
Answer: In a chemical reaction, pressure-volume work, ω = -PexΔV = -ΔnRT; where Δn = total number of moles of gaseous products – total number of moles of gaseous reactants.

In reaction 3 Δn = 0Δ, So, w =0

In reaction 1 Δn = 2-(1+2)=-1

So, w = -ΔnRT = RT, i.e., w> 0

In reaction Δn=l. So, ω= -ΔnRT =-RT, i.e., w < 0.

Question 24. Write down the mathematical form of the first law of thermodynamics for an infinitesimal change that involves only pressure-volume work. Write down the form of this equation ifthe above change occurs reversibly.
Answer:

In case of an infinitesimal change, the mathematical form of the first law of thermodynamics is: dU= δq + δw; where δq = heat absorbed by the system, δw = work done on the system and dU is the change In Internal energy of tire system.

For an infinitesimal change involving only P-V work, δw=-PexdV. So, for an infinitesimal change Involving only P-V work, the form of the first law of thermodynamics will be, δw=-PexdV

Question 25. According to the first law of thermodynamics, AU = q + w. Write down the form of this equation for the following processes: Cyclic process Adiabatic process Isothermal expansion of an ideal gas Process occurring in an isolated system.
Answer: An isolated system does not exchange energy or matter with its surroundings. So, for a process occurring in an isolated system, q = 0 and w = 0. Therefore, ΔU = q + w or, ΔU= 0 + 0 or, ΔU = 0

Question 26. Among the following processes identify those In which the change in internal energy (A U) Is zero: Isothermal compression of ideal gas Adiabatic expansion of ideal gas Free adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas Reversible cyclic process Irreversible cyclic process.
Answer: The change in internal energy of an ideal gas in its isothermal compression is zero, When an ideal gas undergoes an adiabatic expansion, its internal energy decreases. In the adiabatic free expansion of an ideal gas, the internal energy of the gas remains the same, Since U is a state function, its change in any cyclic process (reversible or irreversible) will be zero.

Question 27. A closed system undergoes a process A→B. If it occurs reversibly, then the system absorbs qy amount of heat and performs a amount of work. However, if it occurs irreversibly, then the system absorbs the q2 amount of heal and does the w2 amount of work. Is (q2 + w1) greater than, less than or equal to (q2+ w2)?
Answer: For a reversible process: ΔU1 = q1 + w1 and for the irreversible process: ΔU2 = q2+w2.

In both processes, the initial state (A) and final state (B) of the system are identical. Since U is a state function, its change in a process depends only on the initial and final states ofthe system, and not on the nature of the process.

As the initial and final states in both processes are identical, the change in internal energy in both cases will be the same. Therefore, ΔU1 = ΔU2 and q1+ ω1 = q2 + w2

Question 28. For an ideal gas, the isothermal free expansion and adiabatic free expansion are the same processes— Explain For chemical changes, why is the change in enthalpy more useful than the change in internal energy?
Answer: According to the first law of thermodynamics, ΔU = q+ω. In the free expansion of a gas, w = 0. Again, in an adiabatic process, q = 0 Hence, in an adiabatic free expansion of an ideal gas, the change in internal energy ΔU =q + 0=0.

Also, in an isothermal process, the change in the internal energy of an ideal gas is zero. Again for free expansion of an ideal gas, w = 0. So, in an isothermal free expansion of an ideal gas, ΔU = q + w or, 0 = q+ 0 or q = 0. Therefore, it can be concluded that both processes are the same.

Question 29. The definition of enthalpy shows that for n mol of an ideal gas H = U + nRT.
Answer: If the enthalpy, internal energy, pressure and volume of ‘n’ mol of anideal gas at a temperature of TK are, U, P and V respectively, then H = U+PV. For the ‘n’ mol of an ideal gas, PV = nRT. So, H = U+nRT.

Question 30. Prove that for an Ideal gas undergoing an isothermal change, AH = 0.
Answer: The change in enthalpy of an ideal gas undergoing a process, ΔH = ΔU+nRAT. In an isothermal process, ΔT = O. So, ΔH = A{Again, in an isothermal process of anideal gas, A U = 0 and hence AH = 0.

Question 31. Under what conditions are(I) A U = qv &(li) AH = qP?
Answer: AU = qv; Conditions: Closed system, constant volume, only P-V work is considered (ii) AH = qp; Conditions: Closed system, constant pressure, only P-V work is considered.

Question 32. The heat required to raise the temperature of1 mol ofa gas by 1°C is q at constant volume and q’ at constant pressure. Will q be better than, less than or equal to q’? Explain
Answer: The heat required to raise the temperature of1 mol of gas by 1 ° at constant pressure is greater than that required at constant volume. At constant pressure, the heat absorbed by a gas is used up in two ways.

One part of it is used by the gas for doing external work, and the remaining part is utilised for increasing the temperature of the gas.

At constant volume, the heat absorbed by a gas is completely utilised for increasing the temperature of the gas as no external work (P-Vwork) is possible at constant volume. Therefore, q’ must be greater than q.

Question 33. Cp-Cy = x J-g-1.K-1 and Cp-Cy = x J-g-1.K-1 ] mol-1. K-1 for an ideal gas. Ifthe molecular mass ofthe gas is M then establishes a relation among x, X and M.
Answer: For a substance, molar heat capacity = specific heat capacity x molar mass.

Therefore, \(C_{P, m}=C_P \times M \text { and } C_{V, m}=C_V \times M\)

Given: Cp,m- Cv,m = XJ mol-1. K-1

∴ CpxM-CvxM = X

or, (Cp-CV)M = X; hence, X = Mx

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

 

Question 34. Why is the sign of ΔH negative for an exothermic reaction and why is it positive for an endothermic reaction?
Answer: In a chemical reaction, the change in enthalpy, AH = sum of the total enthalpies of products – Sum of the total enthalpies of-reactants = \(\Sigma H_P-\Sigma H_R\) In case of exothermic reaction, \(\Sigma H_P-\Sigma H_R\), and henace ΔH<0; while for an endothermic reaction \(\Sigma H_P-\Sigma H_R\) resulting ΔH>0.

Question 35. A 0.5 mol sample of H2(g) reacts with a 0.5 mol sample of Cl2(g) to form 1 mol of HCl(g). The decrease in enthalpy for the reaction is 93 kj. Draw an enthalpy diagram for this reaction.

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{HCl}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H=-93 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

The reaction is associated with a decrease in enthalpy. So, it is an exothermic reaction. In such a reaction, the total enthalpy of the product(s) (2Hp) is less than that of the reactant(s)(£flfi). Therefore, in the enthalpy diagram for the reaction, ZHp lies below ZHR.

Question 36. A 1 mol sample of N2 (g) reacts with 1 mol of O2(g) to form 2 mol of NO2(Og), where the increase in enthalpy is 180.6kj. Draw An enthalpy diagram for this reaction.
Answer: \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NO}(g) ; \Delta H=+180.6 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

In the reaction, the enthalpy increases. So, it is an endothermic reaction. In such a reaction the total enthalpy ofthe product(s)(ΣHR) is greater than that ofthe reactant(s) (ΣHp). Therefore, in the enthalpy diagram for the reaction, ΣHp lies above ΣHR

Chemical Thermodynamics In the reaction the enthaply increases

Question 37. Identify the exothermic and endothermic changes:
Answer: 

\(\mathrm{NO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NO}_2(g)+57.0 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Answer: \(\mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{NO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+57.0 \mathrm{~kJ}\) Heat is realed in this reacton,. so it’s an exothermic reaction.

H2O(s) + 6.02 kJ→H2O(l) . Heat is absorbed in this reaction. So, it is an endothermic process.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2(g)-130 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \text { i.e. } \mathrm{C}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)+130 \mathrm{~kJ} \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2(g)
\end{aligned}\)

Question 38. Write down the thermochemical equations for the following reactions:

  1. A 1mol sample of methane gas reacts with 2 mol of oxygen gas to form lmol of carbon dioxide and 2mol of water. In this reaction, 890.5 kl of heat is produced.
  2. A 1mol sample of carbon (graphite) reacts with 1 mol ofoxygen to form 1 mol of carbon dioxide gas. The heat evolved in this reaction is 393.5 kj.
  3. 6 mol of carbon dioxide gas reacts with 6 mol of water to form 6 mol of oxygen gas and lmol of glucose. The heat absorbed in this reaction is 2200 kj.

Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+890.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \text { i.e., } \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H=-890.5 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(s)+6 \mathrm{O}_2(g)-2800 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { i.e., } 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{l}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(\mathrm{~s})+6 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \text {; } \\
& \Delta H=-2800 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Question 39. \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l); \dot{2} \Delta \mathrm{H}=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ}\)  What will be the value of AH for the reaction: 2H2O(l)→ 2H2(g) + O2(g)?
Answer: \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \dot{2} \Delta H=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

If this equation is written in the reverse manner, we have

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) ; \Delta H=+285.8 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Multiplying this equation by 2, we have

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H=+571.6 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Question 40. Mention the standard stales of the following elements at 25°C and later: carbon, bromine, Iodine, sulphur, oxygen, calcium, chlorine, fluorine and nitrogen.
Answer: At 25C; and 1 atm, the standard states of the given elements are—

  1. Carbon: C(s, graphite);
  2. Bromine: Br2(Z);
  3. Iodine: l2(s):
  4. Sulphur: S(s, rhombic);
  5. Oxygen: O2(g);
  6. Calcium: Ca(s)
  7. Chlorine: Cl2(g);
  8. Pluorine: P2(g) ;
  9. Nitrogen: N2(g)

Question 41. Why is ΔH = ΔU for the following two reactions? Explain.

  1. NaOH(aq) + HCl(aq)→ NaCl(aq) + H2O(l)
  2. CHΔ(g) + 2O2(g) -> CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)

Answer: This reaction occurs In a solution. For a reaction occurring in a solution, All = AH

For this reaction An (total number of moles of gaseous products – total number of moles of gaseous reactants) = (1 +2)-(l + 2) = 0. So, Δ7 = ΔU according to the relation ΔH = ΔU + ΔT.

Question 42. Why does the value of All for a chemical reaction depend on the physical states of the reactant (s) and produces)?
Answer: In the case of solids and liquids, ΔH = ΔH for a chemical reaction (as AV is negligible here). If the participating substances are gases, then ΔH = ΔH + ΔnRT. Hence, AH for a chemical reaction depends on the physical states of the reactant(s) and product(s)

Question 43. Give an example of a reaction for each of the following relations between AH and ΔH: (I) ΔH<ΔH (11) ΔH > ΔH (111) ΔH = AH.
Answer: In a reaction, if a gaseous substance (either as a reactant or as a product or both) participates, the change in enthalpy in the reaction at constant pressure and temperature is given by ΔH= AU + ΔnRT. K An (total number of moles of gaseous products – total number of moles of gaseous reactants) >0, < 0 or =0, then AH > AH, AH < AH or All = AH respectively.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
& \Delta n=(2+1)-2=+1 \text {. So, } \Delta H>\Delta U
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta n=0-(2+1)=-3 \text {. So, } \Delta H<\Delta U
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{N}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NO}(g) ; \\
& \quad \Delta n=2-(1+1)=0 . \text { So, } \Delta H=\Delta U
\end{aligned}\)

Question 44. Give an example of a physical change for each of the following relations between ΔH Anil ΔH: Δ11 > ΔU; ΔH < ΔU; ΔH K ΔH
Answer: The equation ΔH= ΔH + ΔnUT can be used in case of a process involving phase change ofa substance.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \text {. Here, } \Delta n=+1 \text {. So, } \Delta H>\Delta U \text {. }\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \text {. Here, } \Delta n=-1 \text {. So, } \Delta H<\Delta U \text {. }\)

Question 45. Which element in each of the following pairs has the standard heat of formation to zero? [O2(g), O3(g)] (It) [Cl2(g), Cl(g) ] [S (s, rhombic), S (s, monoclinic)]?
Answer: The enthalpy of formation of an element in its standard state is zero, at 25 the standard state of oxygen, chlorine and sulphur are O2(g)> Cl2(g) and S (s, rhombic). So, at 25 °C, the standard heats of formation of O2(8)1 CI2(g) and S(s, rhombic) will be zero.

Question 46. In which of the following reactions At 25°C, does the standard enthalpy change correspond to the standard enthalpy of formation of H2O(Z)? Give reasons.
\(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)\(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)\(2 \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)
Answer: The standard enthalpy change in this reaction does not indicate the standard heat of formation of H2O(Z) because, the standard state of oxygen at 25 °C, is O2(g) and not O3(g).

The standard enthalpy change in this reaction refers to the standard heat of formation of H2O(Z) because 1 mol of H2O(Z) is formed from its stable constituent elements.

The standard enthalpy change in this reaction does not indicate the standard heat of formation of H2O(Z). This is because the stable state of hydrogen at 25 °C, is not H(g).

Question 47. Which one of the given reactions indicates the formation reaction ofthe compound produced in the reaction?

  1. S (monoclinic) + O3(g)→ SO3(g)
  2. C (graphite, s) + 2H2(g)→CH4(g)
  3. N2(g) + O2(g)→2NO(g)

Answer:

  1. In the formation reaction of a compound, 1 mol of the compound is formed from its constituent elements. S(s, monoclinic) +O2(g)→SO2(g), at 25 °C this reaction does not represent the formation of S02(g) because, the stable form of sulphur is S(s, rhombic) at 25°C.
  2. C(s, graphite) + 2H2(g)→CH4(g), at 25 °C reaction represents the formation reaction of CH4(g) because lmol of CH4(g) is formed from its stable constituent elements.
  3. N2(g) + O2(g)→2NO(g), at 25°C this reaction does not represent the formation reaction of NO(g) because 2 mol of NO(g) are formed in the reaction.

Question 48. “At 25°C the standard heat offormation ofliquid benzene is + 49.0 kj.mol-1—What does it mean
Answer: At 25°C, the standard enthalpy of formation of liquid benzene is +49.0 kj.mol-1. This means that at 25 °C and 1 atm when 1 mol liquid benzene forms from its constituent elements, the enthalpy change that occurs is +49.0 kj.

In other words, at 25 °C and atm pressure, the change in enthalpy in the following reaction is +49.0 kj

6C(s, graphite) + 3H2(g)→C6H6(l)

Question 49. Give an example ofa combustion reaction whose standard enthalpy change is equal to the standard enthalpy of formation ofthe compound formed in the reaction.
Answer: At 25 C the standard heat of combustion of solid naphthalene [C10H8(s)] is 5147 kj. mol-1. this means that at 25 c and 1 atm pressure when 1 mol of solid naphthalene is completely burnt in the presence of oxygen the enthalpy change that occurs is 51747kj.

Question 50. The standard enthalpy of combustion of Cxliy(l) at 25°C is Q kj. mol-1 . Write down the thermochemical equation for the combustion reaction of this compound.
Answer: The combustion reaction for C(s, graphite) is: This reaction also C(s, graphite) + 02(g)→CO2(g). represents the formation reaction of CO2(g). Therefore, at 25°C, the standard heat of combustion of C(s, graphite) = the standard heat formation of CO2(g)

Question 51. The standard heats of combustion of CH4(g) and C2H6(g) are -890 kj.mol-1 and -1560 kj. mol-1 respectively. Why is the calorific value of C2H6(g) lower than that of CH4 (g)?
Answer: The enthalpy of combustion of a compound is always negative. So, the standard enthalpy of combustion of the given compound, ΔHºC = -Q kj .mol-1. The thermochemical equation for this combustion reaction

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y(l)+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H_c^0=-Q \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 52. Identify whether the enthalpy of the initial state is greater than, less than or equal to that of the final state in the following changes: solid;→ liquid; vapour→liquid →vapour
Answer: Solid→Liquid: It is an endothermic process. In this process

⇒ \(\Delta H>0 \text {, i.e., } H_{\text {liquid }}-H_{\text {solid }}>0 \text { or, } H_{\text {liquid }}>H_{\text {solid }} \text {. }\)

Therefore, the enthalpy of the final state will be greater than that ofthe initial state.

Vapour→Solid: It is an exothermic process. So, in this process

Question 53. What docs Mi signify in each of the following equations?

  1. HCl(g) + 5H2O(l)→HCl(5H2O); ΔH = -64 kJ
  2. HCl(g) + aq→HCl(aq); ΔH = -75 kJ
  3. HCl(5H2O)+20H2O(l)—>HC1(25H2O); Δ7=-8.1 kJ

Answer: In this process, 1 mol of HC1 dissolves in 5 mol of water, forming a solution of definite concentration. The enthalpy change in such a process is known as the integral heat of the solution. So, AH, in the process Indicates the integral heat of the solution.

In this process, 1 mol HC1 dissolves in a large amount of water, forming an infinitely dilute solution. The enthalpy change in such a process is called the heat of solution. So, AH, in process 2, indicates the heat of the solution.

This is a dilution process because a solution with a definite concentration is diluted by adding solvent to it. So, AH, in this process, indicates the heat of dilution.

Change in enthalpy remains the same whether a reaction is carried out in one step or several steps under similar reaction conditions Explain the rearms.

Question 54. Given (at 25°C and1 atm pressure):

  1. C (s, diamond) + O2(g)→CO2(g); ΔH0=-393.5 kj-mol-1
  2. C (s, graphite) +O2(g)→CO2(g); ΔH0=-391.6 kj-mol-1

Find the standard heat of transition from graphite to diamond.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}(s, \text { diamond })+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
\Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(s, \text { graphite })+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-391.6 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

[Subtracting equation 1 From equation We get C(s, graphite)→ C(s, diamond); AH° = 1.9 kj. mol-1 So, the heat of transition for this process is 1.9 kj.mol-1

Question 55. Consider the given enthalpy diagram, and > calculate the unknown AH by applying Hess’s law.
Answer: Following the given diagram, we have—

  1. A+B→ C + 2D ; ΔH = ?
  2. A + B→ E + 2D; ΔH = +27kJ
  3. E + 2D →C+ 2D;ΔH = -13kJ

Adding equation 2 and equation 3, we get A + B→C+2D; ΔH = (27- 13)kJ = 14 kJ

Question 56. For the reaction, A + B →D, AH is -30 kj. Suppose, D is prepared from A and B and then it is again converted into A and B by following the stages D —> E —* A + B. Calculate the total enthalpy change in these two stages.
Answer: A + B → D; ΔH = -30 kj ⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅(1) The process D→E →A + B comprises the following two steps: D→E ⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅(2) and E→A + B Overall reaction: D→A + B The reaction [4] is the opposite ofthe reaction [1]. So, the enthalpy change in reaction [4] is +30 kj. Hence, the total enthalpy change insteps [2] and [3] is +30 kJ

Question 57. At 25°C, if standard enthalpies of formation o/MX(s), M+(ag) and X-(aq) are -x, y and -zkj-mol-1 respectively, then what will the heat of reaction before the reaction M+(aq) + X~(aq)-+ MX(s).
Answer: M+(aq) + X-(aq)→MX(s)
The standard heat of reaction, \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta H^0 & =\Delta H_f^0[\mathrm{MX}(s)]-\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{M}^{+}(a q)\right]-\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{X}^{-}(a q)\right] \\
& =(-x-y+z) \mathrm{kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 58. The standard heat of sublimation of sodium metal is 108.4 kj.mol-1. What is its standard heat of atomisation?
Answer: At 25 °C, the standard state of sodium is Na(s). The sublimation process of Na(s) is Na(s)→Na(g). At 25 °C the enthalpy change process is equal to the sublimation enthalpy of Na-ihetal. Again, in the above process, I mol of Na(g) is formed from Na(s). So, at 25°C, the enthalpy change in this process is equal to the standard enthalpy of atomisation of sodium. Thus, the standard enthalpy of atomisation of sodium is 108.4 kj. mol-

Question 59. At 25°C, the bond dissociation energy of N2(g) is 946 kj.mol-1. What does it mean? What would be the standard atomisation enthalpy of N2(g) at 25°C?
Answer: At 25°C, the standard bond dissociation energy of N2(g) is 946 kj.mol-1. This means that the energy required to break 1 mol of N=N bonds completely in the gaseous state to form gaseous nitrogen atoms is 948 kj. At 25 °C, the standard state of nitrogen is N2(g). Now, the formation of 1 mol of N(g) takes place by the following process \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}(g)\)

Since 1 mol of N(g) is produced from N2(g) in the process [1], the enthalpy change in this process at 25 will be equal to the standard atomisation enthalpy of nitrogen.

In process [1], change in enthalpy \(=\frac{1}{2}\) x bond dissociation energy of N=N = \(=\frac{1}{2} \times\) 946 = 473 k.mol-1 Therefore, at 25 °C the standard atomisation enthalpy of nitrogen is 473 kJ.mol-1.

Question 60. A—B bonds present in AB3(g) molecule undergo stepwise dissociation by the following sequence of steps. (1) AB3(g)→AB2(g) + B(g) (11) AB2(g)→AB(g) + B(g) (HI) AB(g)→A(g) + B(g)
Answer: Bond energy of A — B bond in AB3(g) molecule = the average bond dissociation energy of three A— B bonds in AB3(g) molecule. If the standard enthalpy change in step is AH° kj.mol-1, then the bond dissociation energy of the A-B bond in Ab3(g) molecule
\(=\frac{x+\Delta H^0+z}{3} \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \text {. }\)

Now, the bond dissociation energy of the A-B bond = kj.mol-1

⇒ \(y=\frac{x+\Delta H^0+z}{3} \quad \text { or, } \Delta H^0=3 y-(x+z) \mathrm{kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

At 25 °C, if the enthalpy changes in steps and are x and z kj.mol-1, respectively, and the bond dissociation energy of the A— B bond is y kj.mol-1, then what would be the enthalpy change in step (2)?

Question 61. Will the transformation ofice into water be spontaneous -2°C and latm pressure? Will the reverse process be spontaneous at this pressure and temperature?
Answer: No. The transformation of ice into water at -2°C and 1 atm pressure is not spontaneous. This is because the sum ofthe increase in entropy of the system and the decrease in entropy of the surrounding is less than zero.

The reverse process, i.e., the transformation of water into ice is spontaneous. This is because at -2°C and 1 atm pressure the sum of die decreases in the entropy ofthe system and the increase in entropy ofthe surroundings is greater than zero.

Question 62. Water remains in equilibrium with its vapour at 100°C and atm. Will the transformation of water into its vapour be spontaneous at this pressure and temperature?
Answer: No. Since water and its vapour are in equilibrium, neither the forward process (water→vapour) nor the reverse process (vapour →water) is favourable

Question 63. Is rusting of iron a spontaneous process? What is the entropy of a system? Give its mathematical definition. What is its unit?
Answer: Rusting of irony is a spontaneous process.

Question 64. If the process A→B occurs reversibly, then the change in entropy of the system is AS1. When the same process occurs irreversibly, the change in entropy of the system is AS2. Will the value of ASt be greater than, less than or equal to the value of AS2?
Answer: Since entropy is a state function, the change in entropy ofa system in a process does not depend upon whether the process is carried out reversibly or irreversibly.

Question 65. Heat is not exchanged between the system and its surroundings during the free expansion of an ideal gas. Therefore, in this process, q = 0. Will the change in entropy in this process be zero?
Answer: In the free expansion of an ideal gas, no exchange of heat takes place between the system and its surroundings. Because of the expansion, the volume of the gas increases, and the larger space is now available to the gas molecules for their movement. This results in an increase in randomness in the system, and hence the entropy ofthe system increases.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions  

Question 66. What will be the sign of ASsys (+ve or -ve ) in the process of—

  1. The vaporisation of a liquid
  2. Condensation of a vapour
  3. Sublimation of a solid.

Answer: In the vaporisation of a liquid (liquid -> vapour) \(\Delta S_{\text {system }} \text { is +ve. }\) This is because a substance in its vapour state possesses greater entropy than its liquid state.

Question 67. The following changes are performed on 1 mol of N2 gas

  1. Pressure Is decreased at a constant temperature
  2. Volume is decreased at a constant temperature
  3. What will be the sign of Ssys In These changes?

Answer: If the pressure of a gas is decreased at a constant temperature, the volume of the gas increases. At a larger volume of a gas, the gas molecules get a greater chance to move about. As a result, the randomness of the molecules increases, which increases the entropy ofthe gas. Hence, A = +ve.

At constant temperature, the decrease in the volume of a gas reduces the availability of space for the movement of gas molecules. This results in a decrease in the randomness of the molecules; consequently, the entropy ofthe gas decreases. Hence, A = -ve.

Question 68. Write the SI unit of energy.
Answer: The SI unit of entropy is I K-1

Question 69. For a process in an isolated system, what are the conditions of spontaneity and equilibrium?
Answer: For a process occurring in an isolated system, the condition of spontaneity is ASsysytem>0 and the condition of equilibrium is āSSystem +surr = 0

Question 70. Write the relation between ASsys & ASsurr when a process reaches equilibrium. What will be the value of ASuniv?
Answer: For a process at equilibrium \(\Delta S_{\text {system }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=0\text { But } \Delta S_{s y g}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=\Delta S_{\text {univ }} \text {. So, } \Delta S_{\text {univ }}=0\)

Question 71. For a reversible process A = -20 J. K-1. What will be the value of ASsun in this process?
Answer: In a reversible process, ΔSsys = (-) ΔSsurr As, Δ = -20 J⋅K-1.So, ΔSsurr = +20 J.K-1

Question 72. The following two reactions occur spontaneously. What will be the signs of AS and ASsurr in these two reactions?
Answer: At a given temperature and pressure, the change in entropy of the surroundings, \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=-\frac{\Delta H}{T}\)

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

In this reaction, AS = + ve is the gaseous substance produced in the reaction. Since, in this reaction, AH > 0; according to equation ASsurr = – ve.

In this reaction, ASsys = -ve as the number of gas particles decreases. Again, in this process, AH < 0. So, according to the equation, AS, Ufr > 0

Question 73. For a reaction ΔH > 0, and another ΔH < 0. For both the reactions ΔSsys < 0. Which one is likely to occur spontaneously? Which one always occurs nonspontaneous? define

  1. Gibbs free energy
  2. The standardfree energy of formation of a substance
  3. The standard free energy change in a chemical reaction.

Answer: For the reaction with ΔH>0, ΔSsurr. Again, for this reaction ΔSsys < 0, and hence ASsys, + ΔSuniv < 0 i.&, < 0. So, this reaction will be non-spontaneous

For the reaction with AH »<8ir ΔSsurr is -ve. Again, for this reaction ΔSsurr < 0, and hence ΔSsys, + ASsurr < 0, i.&, < 0. So, this reaction will be non-spontaneous

Question 74. For a process at a particular temperature and pressure G = ΔH- TΔS. It can be written as: – What does the quantity within the bracket indicate?
Answer: In a process at a given pressure and a temperature of T K, the change in Gibbs free energy (AG) and the change in entropy ofthe universe is expressed by the relation

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta G=-T \Delta S_{\text {univ }} \text { or, }-\Delta G=T \Delta S_{\text {univ }} \\
& \text { Given equation: }-\Delta G=T\left[-\frac{\Delta H}{T}+\Delta S\right]
\end{aligned}\)

Comparing equations [1] and [2] we get that the quantity within the bracket in equation [2] is ΔSuniv.

Question 75. Consider the reaction, A → 2B, if the free energy per mole of A is GA and that of B is GB then what will the relation be between GA and GB when reaction 1 occurs spontaneously and 2 is at equilibrium?
Answer: For a spontaneous reaction at a given temperature and pressure, ΔG < 0. Therefore, 2GB< GA

At a given temperature and pressure, for a reaction at equilibrium, AG = 0

Therefore, ΔG = 2GB-GA = 0 or, GA = 2GB

Question 76. At a particular temperature and pressure, when will the changes in the entropy of the system (ΔSsys) and the surroundings soundings (ΔSsurr) be equal but the opposite in sign in a chemical reaction? In this condition, what will the value of AG be? Will the reaction be spontaneous in this condition?
Answer: At a particular temperature and pressure, a reaction will be at equilibrium in the reaction ASuniv = 0. Now, ΔSuniv = ΔSsys + ΔSsurr or, ΔSsys + ΔSsurr = 0 or, ΔSsurr =

So, at equilibrium ΔSsys  = -ΔSsurr

We know, ΔG = -TΔSuniv

At equilibrium, ΔSuniv = 0, So, ΔG = 0.

Since the reaction is at equilibrium, neither the forward process nor the reverse process is spontaneous.

Question 77. At a given temperature and pressure, for a chemical reaction AH < 0 & AS <0. Is the spontaneity of this reaction dependent upon temperature? If it depends and if the reaction reaches equilibrium at a temperature of Tg, then will the reaction be spontaneous below or above Te?
Answer: At a given temperature and pressure, a process will be spontaneous in this process ΔG < 0. Again, ΔG = ΔH- TΔS. So, at a given temperature and pressure, ΔH -TΔS < 0 for a spontaneous process. For the given physical change, ΔH < 0 and ΔS < 0. Therefore, for this process. ΔH- TΔS will be less than zero only when |ΔH| is greater than |7ΔS|. Now the value of |TΔS| depends on temperature.

Therefore, the spontaneity of this process will depend on temperature. Ifthe equilibrium temperature ofthe process is Tg, then at equilibrium ΔG = 0 = ΔH- TgΔS or, ΔH = Tg x AS A process occurs spontaneously ΔG < 0 . or, ΔH- TΔS < 0 [ v ΔG = ΔH- TΔS ] Therefore, ΔH- TΔS < 0 or, TgΔS- TΔS <0 or, (Te- T)ΔS < 0 For the given process, AS < 0. So, Tg-T> 0 or, Tg> T Therefore, the given process will be spontaneous at a temperature below the equilibrium temperature.

Question 78. A physical change at a fixed pressure attains equilibrium at 353 K. In this process, ΔH > 0 and AS > 0. What will be the direction (from left to right or right to left) of this process at 350 K and 355 K?
Answer: For a spontaneous process at constant temperature and pressure, AG = AH- TAS and AG < 0. At equilibrium, ΔG = 0 or, ΔH- TΔS = 0 or, ΔH = TΔS [T’ = equilibrium temperature = 353 K]

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

ΔH = 353 x ΔS and ΔG = ΔH- TΔS = (353- DΔS For this physical change, ΔS > 0. Hence, AG will be negative if 353- T < 0 or, T > 353K. This indicates that the process will be spontaneous above 353K and it will be non-spontaneous when T < 353K (as at this condition ΔG > 0 ). Therefore, at 355K the direction ofthe process will be left to right and at 350 K the direction ofthe process will be from right to left.

Question 79. At a given temperature and pressure, for a chemical reaction AH > 0 and AS < 0. The reaction is non-spontaneous at all temperatures. But the reverse reaction is spontaneous at all temperatures—Give reason.
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure a process will be
spontaneous if ΔG < 0 for the process Again, ΔG = ΔH- TΔS

For the given reaction, ΔH > 0 and ΔS < 0.

Hence, from equation [1] we get, AG is positive for this process. So it is non-spontaneous. But for the same temperature and pressure, the AG value of the reverse reaction must be negative. Therefore, the reverse reaction is spontaneous.

Question 80. The results obtained by applying the mathematical form of the first law of thermodynamics for different processes are given below. Identify the processes (m = P-V work only):ΔU = 0, q + w = 0, q = 0, ΔU < 0. w < 0 q= O,ΔV>O , ΔU =w=0
Answer: According to the first law of thermodynamics, ΔU=q +w…..[1]

In the process, ΔU = 0. U is a state function. So, in a cyclic process, Its change is zero. So, from equation (1], q + w = 0. Thus, the given conditions indicate a cyclic process.

Again in the isothermal process, the change in internal energy for an ideal gas is zero. Thus according to equation [1], for isothermal change of an ideal gas, q + w = 0. Thus, the given conditions indicate an isothermal change.

In the process, q = 0 . So, Δ = w or -ΔU = -w (from equation [1]).

As q = 0 , the process is adiabatic. In such a process, the work done by the system (Δv < 0) is equal to a decrease in internal energy (Δt< 0). So, the given conditions indicate that the process is adiabatic and work is done by the system.

As q = 0 and if (P-V work) = 0, from equation [1], At)1 also becomes zero, q = 0 indicates that the process is adiabatic. Since w =’ 0 and ΔV> 0, the volume of the system increases in process but no work is done by the system. This happens in case of an expansion against zero pressure. Thus, the given conditions indicate the adiabatic expansion against zero pressure

Question 81. The entropy of the system decreases on condensation of a vapour though it occurs spontaneously. Explain.
Answer: On condensation of vapour, the entropy change of the system is, ΔS = Sliquid-Svapour. ΔS= Sliquid– Svapour, the entropy of the system decreases in the process. Condensation of a vapor is an exothermic process. Hence, the entropy of the surroundings increases. However, the increase in entropy of the surroundings is greater than the decrease in entropy of the system. So, Δ Stoatal is always positive in this process.

ΔStotal = ΔSsytem +ΔSsurroundings

So, condensation of a vapor is a spontaneous process.

Question 82. The formation of ice from water is exothermic, but water does not convert into ice spontaneously at ordinary temperature and pressure. Why?
Answer: At a given temperature and pressure, a process will be spontaneous if it occurs with a decrease in free energy.

Again, at a fixed temperature and pressure, the free energy change of a system in a process is, ΔG = ΔH- TΔS; where ΔH and ΔS are enthalpy and entropy change of the system respectively.

During the conversion of water Into Ice, the entropy of the system decreases because the entropy of a liquid Is greater than that of a solid. So, for the conversion of water Into Ice, AS Is -ve.

Again, All Is also- ve as It Is an exothermic process. Thus, both ΔH and TΔS are -ve. But at ordinary temperature and pressure, |TΔS| Is greater than|TΔS]. Hence, the value of ΔG becomes |ΔH|. So, the conversion of water Into Ice at ordinary temperature and pressure Is not spontaneous.

Question 83. “The amount of heat present in hot water is greater than that in cold water”—explain whether the statement is correct or not.
Answer: The statement is wrong because heat can never be stored in any system as it is a form of energy In transit. During a process beat appears at the boundary of a system. Heat does not exist before and after the process.

Question 84. Give examples of two processes involving only P-V work, where the system does not perform any work.
Answer: During the expansion of a gas against zero external pressure, work done is zero.

If a process, involving only pressure-volume work, is carried out at constant volume, then work done in the process will be zero. For example, in the case of the vaporization of water in a closed container of fixed volume, the work done is zero.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 85. For the reaction \(\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{OH}(\mathrm{g}) ;\) AH0 = negative at 25°C. If the standard enthalpies of combustion of CH4(g) and CH3OH(g) at 25°C are -x kj mol-1 & -y kl.mol-1 respectively, then will the value of x be less than, greater than, or equal to the value of y?
Answer: \(\begin{array}{r}
\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-x \mathrm{~kJ} \\
\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{OH}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H^0=-y \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{array}\)

Subtracting equation [2] from equation [l], we obtain

\(\mathrm{CH}_4(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{OH}(g) ; \Delta H^0=(y-x) \mathrm{kJ}\)

According to the question, (y-x) = negative. Thus, x > y.

Question 86. A plant is growing. What do you think of the entropy changes of the plant and its surroundings?
Answer: The entropy decreases during the growth of the plant (i.e., system) because the ordered structure of the plant is formed during 1(8 growth. However, the entropy of the surroundings increases during the process. The increase in entropy of the surroundings is much greater than the decrease in entropy of the system. As a result, the net entropy change of the system and its surroundings is always positive during the growth of a plant.

Question 87. When does an adiabatic process become isentropic?
Answer: In a process, if the entropy of a system remains unchanged, then the process is called isoentropic.

In a reversible adiabatic process \(\delta q_{r e v}\) =0 So the entropy change \(d S=\frac{\delta q_{r e \nu}}{T}=0\) Therefore, a reversible adiabatic process is isentropic.

Question 88. At a certain temperature and pressure, ΔH = 0 for the reaction: X + X = X2. Show that the reaction is non-spontaneous at this temperature and pressure.
Answer: At a certain temperature and pressure, for a chemical reaction, ΔG = AH- TAS.

Now, AH = 0 for given the reaction. So, AG = -TAS In the given reaction, X is produced from two atoms of X. So, the entropy of the system decreases. So, AS < 0.

AG =-T x (negative quantity) = positive quantity The positive value of AG indicates that the reaction is non-spontaneous.

Question 89. The magnitude of work done by a gas in a reversible expansion is greater than that in an irreversible expansion provided the initial and final states are identical in both processes —explain
Answer: Suppose, an ideal gas expands isothermally from its initial state P1 V1 to its final state P2 V2.

Chemical Thermodynamic Isothermally

A reversible process consists of an infinite number of small steps, and at each step, the driving force, is infinitesimally greater than die opposing force. Suppose, in a reversible expansion of an ideal gas, die external pressure of the gas at a step of the process is decreased by a very small amount of dP, causing the increase in volume of the gas by dV. The work done by the gas will be, dw = ~{Pex~dP)dV = -PdV [v Pv- dP = P (pressure of the gas) and dP x dV is very small as in the P-V diagram the points, m, and n are very close and pressure in these two points are not much different]. In the above diagram, PdV is given by the area of the strip, mnqp. The total work done in the reversible process will be equal to the sum of the die areas of all such strips. Thus, in such a process, work is done.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Absolute value of work done,|w| = area ABNM Now, in isothermal irreversible expansion, suppose, the gas is expanded from volume to V2 against an external pressure which is equal to the final pressure of the gas. In this process work done,

⇒ \(w=\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P_2 d V=-P_2 \int_{V_1}^{V_2} d V\left[P_2=\text { constant during expansion }\right]\)

The absolute value of work done,|w|=P2(V2– V1) =area ABM: From the graphs, it is clear that work done in reversible isothermal expansion is greater than that in irreversible isothermal expansion since the area of ABNM is greater than that of ABNE. This also indicates that the work involved in a process depends upon the path (or nature) of the process.

Question 90. mol of an ideal gas is freely expanded at a constant temperature. In this process, which of the quantities or quantities among w, q, AU, and AH are 0 or >0 or <0?
Answer: During the isothermal free expansion of a gas the work done is zero. So w = 0. Again internal energy and enthalpy remain the same during the isothermal expansion of an ideal gas. Therefore, AU = 0 and AH = 0.

According to the first law of thermodynamics, AU = q + w. For the given process AH = 0 and w = 0.

Therefore, q = 0. Thus, for isothermal free expansion of lmol of an illegal gas q = 0, w = 0, AU = 0, AH = 0.

Question 91. A gas cools down during adiabatic expansion and it becomes hot during adiabatic compression —explain
Answer: In an adiabatic process, heat is not exchanged between the system and its surroundings. In this process, if the gas is expanded, then the gas does work at the expense of its internal energy. As a result, the internal energy as well as the temperature of the gas decreases due to the adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas.

As no heat is exchanged between the system and its surroundings in an adiabatic process, any work done on the gas during adiabatic compression increases the internal energy of the gas. As a result, the temperature of the gas increases.

Question 92. Given: A(s) + B2(g)→AB2(g);ΔHº = -x kJ \(\mathrm{A}(\mathrm{s})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{~B}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{AB}_3(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-y \mathrm{~kJ}\)
Answer: Multiplying the equation by 2, we get,

2A(s) + 2B2(g) 2AB2(g); ΔH0 = -2xkJ………[3]

Writing the equation in a reverse manner and multiplying both sides by 2, we get,2AB3(g) 2A(s) + 3B2(g); AH0 = +2y kJ Adding equations [3] and [4], we get,

A(5) + 2B2(g) + 2AB3(g-2A(s) + 2AB2(g) + 3B2(g); AH0 = (2y-2jc)kJ

2AB3(g)→2AB2(g) + B2(g); AH0 = +2ykJ

Therefore, the standard reaction enthalpy for the given reaction = 2(y- x) kJ.

Question 93. At 25°C the standard enthalpy of formation of freon gas (CHC1F2) is -480.0 kj.mol-1. Write down the thermochemical equation representing the formation reaction of the compound.
Answer: The constituent elements of the compound, are CHC1F2 carbon, hydrogen, chlorine, and fluorine. The standard states of these elements are C(graphites), H2(g), Cl2(g), and F2(g). Thus, the thermochemical equation for the formation reaction-

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+\mathrm{F}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CHClF}_2(g) ;\)

⇒ \(\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{CHClF}_2(g)\right]=-480.0 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 94. For each of the given changes, state whether the final enthalpy Is greater or less than the initial enthalpy: H2Q(r)→ H2O(l), H2O(g) H2O(l)
Answer: Change is a melting process. So, it is an endothermic process. Hence, in this process, ΔH = +ve.

ΔH=H[H20(l)]- H[H20(s)]. As ΔH > 0, H[H2O(l)] > H[H2O(S)], indicating greater enthalpy for the final state than the initial state.

Change is a condensation process and so, it is an exothermic process. Hence in this process AH = -ve. AH = H[H20(/)]-H[H20(g)] Since AH < 0, H[H20(/)] < H[H20(g)]. Thus enthalpy of the final state is less than that of the initial state.

Question 95. Give two examples of spontaneous processes in which the disorderliness of the system decreases.
Answer: Transformation of water into ice at 1 atm pressure and below (T’C temperature. Condensation of water vapor at1 atm pressure and below 100 C temperature.

Question 96. There occurs no exchange of heat between a system and its surroundings in an adiabatic process. So, the change in entropy of the system is zero in this process. Justify the statement.
Answer: The statement is incorrect. It is applicable only for a reversible adiabatic change.

We know, the change in entropy of a system in a reversible process \(d S=\frac{\delta q_{r e V}}{T}\) (where 6qrev is heat lost or gained by the system in the process at 7’K). Now, for the reversible adiabatic process, our = 0.

Therefore, dS – 0. So, the entropy change Is zero in a reversible adiabatic process. In the case of an irreversible process, there is no relation between the entropy change and the heat lost or gained by the system in the process.

However, it can be shown that the entropy change in an irreversible process is \(d S>\frac{\delta q_{l r}}{T}\) (where oq[rr is the heat lost or gained by the system in the process at T K). Now, in an irreversible adiabatic process 6q(rr = 0. So, dS (or AS) > 0. Tilus the entropy of the system increases in an irreversible adiabatic process.

Question 97. Mg) + A(g)→A2(g); these types of reactions are generally exothermic. Explain.
Answer: In the reaction, one molecule A2(g) is formed from two atoms of A(g). Thus, the entropy of the system decreases. For any chemical reaction at fixed temperature and pressure, ΔG =ΔH- TΔS. For the given reaction, ΔS<0. The reaction will be spontaneous if ΔG < 0.

So, negative quantity = ΔH- (T X negative quantity) = ΔH + positive quantity

∴ ΔH = (-ve) quantity- (+ye) quantity ; So, ΔH < 0

∴ The given reaction is exothermic.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 98. What do you mean by a perpetual motion machine of the second kind?
Answer: A machine working in a cyclic process absorbs heat from a single thermal reservoir and completely converts the heat into the equivalent amount of work, is called a perpetual motion machine of a second kind. This type of machine contradicts the second law ofthermodynamics, & it is impossible to construct.

Question 99. At ordinary temperature and pressure, solid NH4C1 dissolves in water to form NH4(aq) and Cl(aq) ions. The process is endothermic. Indicate the signs
(+ or-) of ΔSsys, ΔSsurr, ΔH And ΔG
Answer: As the process is endothermic, AH > 0.

At ordinary temperature and pressure, the dissolution of solid NH4C1 occurs spontaneously, so AG < 0.

NH+4 and Cl- ions in the crystal lattice of NH4C1 are held at fixed positions and consequently, they are not able to move. But in an aqueous solution of NH4C1, NH, and Cl- ions are distributed throughout the solution. Naturally, the randomness of the ions in aqueous solution of NH4C1 is greater than that in solid NH4C1. Hence, in the dissolution process of NH4CI, ΔSsys > 0.

As the process is endothermic, the system absorbs heat from the surroundings. Consequently, the surroundings lose heat. As a result, the entropy of the surroundings decreases (ASsurr < 0).

However, the increase in the entropy system is greater than the decrease in the entropy of the surroundings. So, the net entropy change of the system and its surroundings is always positive, and the process occurs spontaneously.

Chemical Thermodynamics Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Classify as an open, closed, or isolated system:

  1. A cup of coffee placed on a table
  2. Water in a beaker is boiled by heating
  3. Lead nitrate is heated in a test tube
  4. Solid NH4Cl is heated in a closed vessel
  5. Substances present in a soda-water bottle
  6. Mercury enclosed in the thermometer

Answer:

  1. Open system
  2. Open system
  3. Open system
  4. Closed system
  5. Closed system
  6. Closed system

Question 2. A certain amount of gas is enclosed in a container with permeable and diathermal walls. Which type of system does the gas belong to?
Answer: The walls of the container are diathermal. So the system can exchange heat with its surroundings. Again, the walls ofthe container are permeable. So, the system can also exchange matter with its surroundings. Hence, the gas belongs to an open system.

Question 3. Does the volume of a closed system remain fixed?
Answer: If the walls of a closed system are non-rigid or movable, then the volume of the system does not remain fixed. For example, a gas enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a movable piston is considered a closed system. Here, the volume of the gas (system) can be increased or decreased by altering the pressure of the gas (system)

Question 4. Give an example of a thermodynamic quantity which is not a state function. Is it a property of a system?
Answer: Heat is not a state function because heat absorbed or by a system in a process depends upon the path of the realised It is not a property of the system.

Question 5. A occurring in an isolated system does not have any effect on its surroundings and the process is ft influenced by its surroundings. Why?
Answer: An isolated system does not interact with its surroundings

Question 6. A system participates in the following process What will be the change in enthalpy of the system in this process—positive, negative or zero?
Answer: Since it is a cyclic process and enthalpy is a state function, the change in enthalpy ofthe system in this process will be zero.

Question 7. If the value of internal energy for 10 g water at a particular temperature is x J, then what will be the value of internal energy for 20 g water at the same temperature?
Answer: Internal energy is an extensive property i.e., the value of the internal energy of a system is proportional to the amount of the substance present in the system. So, the value ofthe internal energy for 20 g water will be 2x J.

Question 8. In process A →B →C → D, the heat absorbed by the system in steps A → B and B C are q1 and q2, respectively, and the heat released by the system in step C→ D is q3. If q1 + q2 + q3 = o, then will the process be adiabatic?
Answer: In an adiabatic process, heat is not exchanged between a system and its surroundings at any stage of the process. In the given process, heat is being exchanged between the system and the surroundings. Thus, the process is not adiabatic though ihe sum of the amounts of heat absorbed and released is zero for the process.

Question 9. Why is infinite time required for the completion of an ideal reversible process?
Answer: In an ideal reversible process, the system maintains equilibrium at every intermediate step and the process is extremely slow. Thus, from a theoretical point of view, an ideal reversible process should require an infinite time for Its completion.

Question 10. In a process, if the heat released by the system and 80 work done on the system are 90 ) and 120), respectively, then what will he of q and w?
Answer: q=-90J ad w=+120J.

Question 11. If the specific heat capacity and molecular mass of a gas are cp and M respectively then what will be the molar heat capacity of the gas?
Answer: Molar heat capacity of tyre gas, Cp,m = cp x M.

Question 12. Give an example of a process which Is simultaneously isothermal and adiabatic.
Answer: Adiabatic free expansion of an ideal gas (or isothermal free expansion of an ideal gas). The reason is that no exchange of heat occurs between the system and surroundings in this process and the temperature of the tire system remains constant throughout the process.

Question 13. At 25°C, the standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction AB3(g)→1/2A2(g)+3/2(g) is. find the standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction.
Answer: Writing this equation. in reverse manner and multiplying both sides by 2, we get,
A2(g) + 3B2(g)→2AB3(g); -2AH°. So, at 25°C, the standard

Question 14. Mention the standard state of sulphur and iodine at 25
Answer: At 25°C, the standard state of sulphur is solid rhombic sulphur [S(rhombic, s)] and that of iodine is solid iodine [12(s)].

Question 15. At 25°C, is the standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction 2H(g) + O(g) → H2O(I) the same as the standard enthalpy of formation of H2O(f)
Answer: The given reaction does not indicate the formation reaction of H2O(f) because the standard states of hydrogen and oxygen at 25°C are H2(g) and O2(g), respectively. Hence, the standard reaction enthalpy of the given reaction is not the same as the standard enthalpy of the formation of H2O(l).

Question 16. Assuming experimental conditions are the same, compare (ΔH-ΔU) values for the given reactions

  1. \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)
  2. \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\)

Answer: In case of reaction (1) \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\)

Therefore , \(\Delta H-\Delta U=\Delta n R T=-\frac{3}{2} R T\)

In case of reaction \(\Delta n=1-\left(1+\frac{1}{2}\right)=-\frac{1}{2}\)

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Therefore, \(\Delta H-\Delta U=\Delta n R T=-\frac{1}{2} R T\)

Hence, the magnitude of H-U is greater in the case of 2

In case of reaction \(\Delta n=1-\left(1+\frac{1}{2}\right)=-\frac{1}{2}\)

Hence, the magnitude of (AH- AU) is greater in the case of 2

Question 17. What do you mean by ‘the enthalpy of solidification of water at 0°C and 1 atm pressure = -6.02 kj-mol-1′?
Answer: This means that 6.02 kj of heat is released when one mole of water completely freezes to ice at 0°C and 1 atm pressure.

Question 18. Why are spontaneous/natural processes irreversible?
Answer: The spontaneous or natural processes are irreversible because the thermodynamic equilibrium of the system is not maintained in such types of processes.

Question 19. Give examples of two processes where AS is zero
Answer: Adiabatic reversible process Cyclic process

Question 20. In which of the following two processes, the change in entropy of the system will be negative?

  • Fusion of Ice.
  • Condensation of water vapor

Answer: The change in entropy of the system is negative during the condensation of water vapor. In this process \(\Delta S_{\text {sys }}=S_{\text {water }}-S_{\text {water vapour }}<0\)

As the molecules in water vapor have more freedom of motion than they have in the water, the molecular randomness is higher in water vapor than in water. Thus, \(S_{\text {water }}<S_{\text {water vapour }}\) Consequently, the value of AS becomes negative.

Question 21. What will be the change in entropy in an irreversible cyclic process?
Answer: As entropy is a state function, the change in entropy in either a reversible or an irreversible cyclic process is zero.

Question 22. Are the given statements correct? If bent Is absorbed In a chemical reaction, the reaction cannot be spontaneous. The entropy of the system may decrease In a reaction, but the reaction can occur spontaneously
Answer: The statement is incorrect is correct.

Question 23. Which of the following will have a greater entropy? 1 mol of H2 gas (T = 300 K, V = 5ml, )0 1 mol of H2 gas (T = 300 K, V = 10mL).
Answer: As the entropy of a gas increases with the increase in its volume, the entropy of mol of H2 (T = 300 K, V = 10 mL) will be greater than that of l mol of H2 (T = 300 K, V = 5 mL).

Question 24. For a process, ΔSsys = -15 J.K-1. For what value of ASsurr will the process be non-spontaneous?
Answer: The condition of non-spontaneity of a process is \(\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}<0.\) \(\Delta S_{s y s}=-15 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\), then will be non-spontaneous

Question 25. Which condition does not satisfy the spontaneity criteria of a reaction at constant temperature and pressure: ΔH<0, ΔS<0, ΔH>0, ΔS<0, ΔH>0, ΔH<0, ΔS>0?
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure, a reaction will be spontaneous if AG = -vc for the reaction at that temperature and pressure. If AG = +vc, the reaction will be nonspontaneous. At a constant temperature and pressure, AG = AH-7’AS. If AH > 0 and AS<0, then AG = +i/e. Thus, a reaction will be noil-spontaneous if AH > 0 and AS < 0.

Question 26. Which of the following conditions favours the spontaneity of a reaction at a constant temperature and pressure? ΔH > 0 , ΔH < 0 , ΔS > 0 , ΔS < 0
Answer: The conditions of ΔH < 0 and ΔS > 0 favour a reaction to be spontaneous at a constant temperature and pressure.

Question 27. According to the definition of a thermodynamic system, which system do living beings belong to, and why?
Answer: According to the definition of a thermodynamic system, every living being in nature belongs to an open system.

Explanation: All living beings (systems) take food (matter) from the surroundings and excrete waste materials (matter) to the surroundings. They also exchange heat (energy) with the surroundings.

Question 28. The change in internal energy in different steps of the process A→ B → C→ D are given: A→Bx.kJ-mol-1; B→ C, -y kj-mol-1; C-D,z kj-mol-1. What will the value of AH be for the change A → D?
Answer: \(A →{\Delta U_1} B→{\Delta U_2} C →{\Delta U_3} D\)

Δ Ux = UR- UA = x kj.mol-1 ;

ΔU2 = Hc.— UB = -ykjmol-1;

ΔU3 = UD-uc = zkj.mol-1

∴ For the change A D

A U = UD-UA =(UD-UC) + (UC-UB) + (UB-UA)

=(z-y + x) kj-mol-1.

Question 29. A gas is allowed to expand against zero external pressure. Explain with reason whether the process is reversible or irreversible.
Answer: The expansion ofa gas against zero external pressure is an irreversible process. As the opposing pressure is zero, the gas expands rapidly, and it cannot maintain thermodynamic equilibrium during its expansion.

Question 30. Change in enthalpy in different steps of the process A→B→C→A are given: A→B, x kj-mol-1; C→A, y kj-mol-1. Find the value of AH for step B→C.
Answer: The initial and final states (A) are the same in the given process. So it is a cyclic process. Since H is a state function, AH = 0 for the process. Thus in this process \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta H=\left(H_B-H_A\right)+\left(H_C-H_B\right) \Psi\left(H_A-H_C\right)=0 \\
& \left.x+\left(H_C-H_B\right)+y=0 \text { or }\left(H_C\right)_B H_B\right)=-(x+y) \mathrm{kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

So change in enthalpy for BC =- (x + y) kj-mol-1.

Question 31. Due mole of ideal gas is expanded isothermally. In this process, which of the quantity (or quantities) among w. q, AH , AH is(are) zero or >0 or <0?
Answer: During isothermal expansion, heat is absorbed and work is done by the gas. So q > 0 and w < 0. Again internal energy and enthalpy remain the same during isothermal expansion of an ideal gas. Thus, AU = 0 and AH = 0 . For the isothermal expansion of lmol of ideal gas q>0, w< 0, AU = 0, AH = 0.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 32. Give examples of two processes by which the internal energy of a gas can be increased.
Answer: The internal energy of a gas can be increased by increasing the die temperature ofthe gas.

If a gas is compressed adiabatically (considering only P-V work) its internal energy increases.

Question 33. Give examples of three processes in which the change in internal energy of the system is zero.
Answer: The change in internal energy of any cyclic process is zero.

The change in internal energy of an ideal gas during isothermal expansion or compression is zero. In adiabatic free expansion of an ideal gas, the change in internal energy is equal to zero.

Question 34. Why are the standard reaction enthalpies of the following two reactions different?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \mathrm{C}(\text { diamond }, s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-395.4 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)
Anszwer: Graphite and diamond are two allotropes ofsolid carbon. Different allotropic forms have different enthalpies. As the given U reactions involve different allotropes, the standard reaction enthalpies ofthese reactions are different.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 35. At 25°C, the standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction is -221.0 kj. Does this enthalpy change indicate the standard enthalpy of the formation of CO(g)? If not, then what would be the value of the enthalpy of j formation of CO(g) at 25°C?
Answer: In the given reaction 2 mol CO(g) is formed from its stable constituent elements. Sd,’ definition, AH0 of this reaction does not represent standard enthalpy of formation of CO(g). 2C(graphite,s) + O2(g) 2CO(g) ; AH0 = -221.0 kj

Dividing both sides by 2, we get

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}(g) ; \Delta H^0=-110.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[1]\)

In reaction [1], 1 mol of CO(g) is formed from its stable constituent elements. Thus, in this reaction AH0 = standard enthalpy of formation of CO(g).

So, at 25°C the standard enthalpy of formation of CO(g) =-110.5 kj-mol-1.

Question 36. What do you mean by the standard enthalpy of atomisation of chlorine at 25°C = + 121 kj.mol-1?
Answer: This means that at 25°C and 1 atm pressure, 121 kj of heat is required to produce 1 mol of gaseous Cl-atom from Cl2(g). Thus, the change in enthalpy for the process, \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}(\mathrm{g}); \Delta H_{\text {atom }}^0=+121 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Question 37. Determine the standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction: \(\mathrm{A}_2 \mathrm{~B}_3(s)+3 \mathrm{CB}(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~A}(s)+3 \mathrm{CB}_2(g)\) Given: \(2 \mathrm{~A}(s)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{~B}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{A}_2 \mathrm{~B}_3(s); \Delta H^0=-x \mathrm{~kJ}\)
Answer:  Reversing equation 1 we get \(\mathrm{A}_2 \mathrm{~B}_3(s) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~A}(s)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{~B}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \quad \Delta H^0=+x \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Multiplying the equation by 3, we get

⇒  \(3 \mathrm{CB}(g)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{~B}_2(g) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{CB}_2(g) ; \Delta H^0=-3 y \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Adding equations [3] and [4], we get

⇒ \(\mathrm{A}_2 \mathrm{~B}_3(\mathrm{~s})+3 \mathrm{CB}(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~A}(\mathrm{~s})+3 \mathrm{CB}_2(g) ; \Delta H^0=(x-3 y) \mathrm{kJ}\)

Therefore, the standard reaction enthalpy for the given reaction =(x- 3y)kJ.

Question 38. In which ofthe following reactions does AH0 at 25 °C indicate the standard enthalpy of formation \(\left(\Delta \boldsymbol{H}_f^0\right)\) of the compound formed in each of the reactions?
Answer: Here, 2 mol of NH3(g) is produced from the stable constituent elements, H2(g) and N2(g). Hence according to the definition, at 25°C the standard reaction enthalpy of this reaction is not equal to the standard enthalpy of formation of NH3(g).

The standard state of oxygen at 25°C is O2(g). So, the given equation does not represent the formation reaction of NO(g). Consequently, at 25°C the standard reaction enthalpy of this reaction is not equal to die standard enthalpy offormation of NO(g).

Here, 1 mol of solid NaCl is formed from its stable constituent elements. Hence at 25°C, the die standard reaction enthalpy of this reaction is equal to the die standard enthalpy of formation of NaCl(s).

Question Discuss the change in die degree of randomness for the following cases— Combustion of kerosene, Sublimation of dry ice, Extraction of salt from seawater, Condensation of water vapour, Crystallisation of a solid from its aqueous solution,
Answer: Combustion of kerosene: Kerosene is a mixture of liquid hydrocarbons. The combustion of kerosene produces C02 and water vapour. As in the reaction, a liquid converts into a gaseous mixture, the molecular randomness ofthe system increases.

Sublimation of dry ice: In dry ice, (solid carbon dioxide), the molecules of C02 exist in an orderly state. When this solid sublimes, the gaseous molecules formed move randomly, i.e., the degree of randomness ofthe molecules increases.

Extraction (Crystallisation) of salt from seawater: In seawater, the attractive forces between Na+ and Cl- ions are weak as the distance between these ions is large. Hence, these ions are virtually free to move randomly. NaCl extracted from the seawater is in a solid state with a crystal structure in which Na+ and Cl- are arranged in a definite order. Hence, the extraction of salt from seawater is associated with a decrease in the degree of randomness.

Condensation of water vapour: In water vapour, the intermolecular forces of attraction between H2O molecules are weak, so the molecules remain in a state of randomness. However, water obtained by condensation of water vapour has less freedom of motion and hence less degree of randomness because of the stronger intermolecular forces of attraction compared to water vapour. Hence, in the case of condensation of water vapour, the degree of randomness decreases.

Crystallisation of a solid from its Aqueous solutions:

In an aqueous solution, the solute molecules exist in a state of random motion. When the solute is crystallised from its solution, the solute molecules in the die crystal remain at fixed positions and become almost motionless. So, the crystallisation of a solid from its solution causes a decrease in randomness.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(a q) \longrightarrow\left[\mathrm{Cr}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_6\right]^{3+}(a q)\): In this process, one Cr3+ ion combines with six water molecules to form a single complex ion, [Cr(H20)6]3+. Consequently, the number of particles in the system reduces (from 7 to 1 for each combination), thereby decreasing the degree of randomness.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_2(s) \xrightarrow{\Delta} \mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}):\) On decomposition, 1 formula unit of solid ammonium nitrite produces 1 molecule of N2(g) and 2 molecules of water vapour i.e., H20(g). In this process, a solid (in which the molecules are orderly arranged) converts into gaseous substances. Furthermore, the number of molecules also increases. Naturally, this process increases the randomness ofthe system.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 40. For a spontaneous or irreversible process occurring in an isolated system, when does the entropy of the system attain maximum value? Under this condition, what will be the change in entropy of the system?
Answer: when a spontaneous or irreversible process occurs in an isolated system, the entropy of the system increases with the progress of the process towards equilibrium. The value of entropy becomes maximum when the process attains equilibrium, and there occurs no further change in the entropy ofthe system. Thus, the value of entropy is maximum at the equilibrium state ofthe process and under this condition, the change in entropy ofthe system is zero.

Question 41. Is the entropy change of a system influenced by the change in temperature? Explain.
Answer: The entropy of a system is highly dependent on temperature. With the increase or decrease in temperature, the randomness of the constituent particles (atoms, molecules or ions) of a system increases or decreases. Now, the entropy of a system is a measure of the randomness of its constituent particles. Thus, the entropy change ofa system is influenced by the change in temperature.

Question 42. Mention if the entropy of the system increases or decreases In each of the following cases: Bolling of water, Sublimation of solid iodine,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{O}_3(g) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \\
& \mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{NH}_3(g)+\mathrm{HCl}(g) \\
& \mathrm{Hg}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{Hg}(g) \quad \text { (6) } \mathrm{I}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{I}_2(s) \\
& \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g}) \text { (8) } 2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& \mathrm{Mg}(s)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{MgCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2(g) \\
& \mathrm{PCl}_5(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{PCl}_3(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \\
& \text { Haemoglobin }+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \text { Oxyhaemoglobin } \\
& \mathrm{Ni}(s)+4 \mathrm{CO}(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{Ni}(\mathrm{CO})_4(g) \\
& 4 \mathrm{Fe}(s)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(s) \\
& \mathrm{C}(\text { diamond }) \rightarrow \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Answer: The change in entropy in a phase transition or a reaction depends on the following factors.

For a given amount of substance, the entropy of the substance in different physical states varies in the order: of Sgas > Sliquid > Ssoild where S is the molar entropy. Because of this, the entropy of the system increases in the phase changes such as liquid → vapour, solid → vapour, while it decreases in the phase changes such as liquid → solid, vapour → liquid and vapour → solid.

In a reaction, indie reactants are solids or liquids or in a dissolved state in solution and they convert into gaseous products, then the entropy of the die system increases, (b) If the number of gaseous particles (atoms or molecules) in a reaction increases or decrease, then the entropy of the system increaser or decreases.

Increases (liquid — vapour transition), Increases (solid-gas transition), Increases (the number of gaseous particles increases) Increases (gaseous substances are formed from a solid reactant) Increases (liquid — gas transition) Decreases (gas-solid transition) Increases (the number of gaseous particles increases).

Decreases (the number of gaseous molecules decreases) Increases (gaseous substance is formed through the reaction of the reactants, one of which is solid and the other is in a dissolved state in solution) Increases (the number of gaseous molecules increases) Decreases (the number of gaseous molecules decreases)

Decreases (the number of gaseous molecules decreases)

Decreases (the number of gaseous molecules decreases) (g) Increases (the crystal structure of diamond is more compact than that of graphite. As a result, the molecular randomness in graphite is more than that in diamond.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 43. Why does the entropy of the gaseous system Increase with the temperature rise?
Answer: Due to large intramolecular distance and weak intermolecular forces, the molecules in a gas can move about freely. The motion ofthe molecules becomes more random and disordered with the rise in temperature as the average speed of the molecules increases. Now, the entropy ofa system is a measure of the disorderliness of the constituent molecules. Therefore, the entropy ofa gas increases with the temperature rise.

Question 44. Give an example of a process for each of the given cases: ΔG = 0, ΔS <0, ΔG= 0, ΔS > 0 ΔG < 0, ΔS > 0 ΔG<0, ΔS<0 in a system.
Answer: Fusion of ice at 0°C and 1 atm pressure.

Condensation of water vapour at 100°C and 1 atm.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C} \text { (graphite) }+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \longrightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \text { at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C} \text { and } 1 \mathrm{~atm}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \text { at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C} \text { and } 1 \mathrm{~atm} .\)

Question 45. At 25°C and 1 atm pressure, for the reaction 3O2(g) → 202(g); H = 286kJ and AS = -137.2 J.K-1. Is this reaction spontaneous? Does the spontaneity of this reaction depend on temperature? Is the reverse reaction spontaneous? If so, then why? Does the spontaneity of the reverse reaction depend on temperature?
Answer: No. (2) For the given reaction ΔH > 0 and ΔS < 0. So, according to the equation ΔG = ΔH-TΔS, AG will be positive at any temperature. Hence, the spontaneity of this reaction is independent of temperature.

The reverse reaction is spontaneous.

In the reverse reaction [203(g)→ 3O2(g)] ; AH = —286 kj and AS = +137.2 J K- . So, according to the equation, AG = AH- TAS, AG is negative.

The spontaneity of the reverse reaction is also independent of temperature as AG is negative.

H<0 and S> 0 at any temperature.

Question 46. The standard enthalpy of formation of C7H5N3O6 is -x kj.mol-1 at 25c. write the thermochemical equation for the formation reaction of the compound.
Answer: The constituent elements of the compound C7H5N3O6(s) whose standard states at 25C are carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen C (graphite, s), H2(g), O2(g) and N2(g) respectively. Therefore, the equation representing the formation reaction of the compound should contain C (graphite, s), H2(g), O2(g) and N2(g) as the sources of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen respectively. are Hence, the thermochemical equation for the formation reaction of the given compound is—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 7 \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite,s) }+\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_7 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{~N}_3 \mathrm{O}_6(\mathrm{~s}) ; \\
& \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{C}_7 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{~N}_2 \mathrm{O}_6(s)\right]=-x \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 47. A particular amount of an ideal gas participates in a reversible process as given in the figure. What type of process is this? Explain the changes in each step.
Answer: This process is cyclic because the system returns to its initial state after undergoing consecutive processes AB, BC and CA. In step AB, the gas expands reversibly at constant pressure. p A Hence, step AB indicates an isobaric change. In step BC, the temperature of the gas decreases at constant volume. Thus BC indicates an isochoric change. In step CA, the gas is compressed reversibly at a constant temperature. Thus CA indicates a reversible isothermal change.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 48. The transformation of A to B can be carried out in the following two ways in which the initial and final states are identical. \(A \xrightarrow{\Delta H=-x \mathrm{~kJ}} B ;\) \(A \xrightarrow{\Delta H=-y \mathrm{~kJ}} C \xrightarrow{\Delta H=?} B ;\) What will be the value of ΔH during transformation of C to B?
Answer: According to Hess’s law, the change in enthalpy in process = total change in enthalpy in process

∴ -xkJ =-yKJ + ΔH = (y-c)kJ

Question 49. Under what conditions the heat of reaction at fixed pressure is equal to that at fixed volume?
Answer: we know \(\Delta H=\Delta U+P \Delta V\)

In case of a reaction involving gaseous substances, the equation [1] can be written as, AH = AU + AnRT [Assuming ideal behaviour of the gases]

If a reaction involves only solid or liquid substances (i.e., no gaseous substance), then the change in volume of the reaction system is negligible i.e., ΔV≈O. According to equation (1), for such type of reaction ΔH ≈ AU.

For example: \(\mathrm{NaOH}(a q)+\mathrm{HCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

Again, if in a gaseous reaction, the difference between the total no. of moles of gaseous products and the total no. of moles ofthe gaseous reactants is zero (i.e., Δn = 0 ), then AH = A17.

Again, if in a gaseous reaction, the difference between the total no. of moles of gaseous products and the total no. of moles ofthe gaseous reactants is zero (i.e., Δn = 0 ), then AH = A17.

Question 50. The initial pressure, temperature & volume of 1 mol of gas are P1, T1 and V1 respectively. The state of the gas is changed in the following two ways. Will the internal energy change be the same in both cases?
Answer: The internal energy of a system is a state function. The change in internal energy in a process depends only on the initial and final states of the system. It does not depend on the path used to arrive at the state. Since the initial and final states are the same in 1 and 2, the internal energy change will also be the same.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 51. If one mole of an ideal gas is expanded in the following two ways, then will the value of P2 and P2 be greater than, less than or equal to P1?
Answer: The temperature of the gas remains the same during isothermal expansion. Therefore, P2 < P1. On the other hand, the temperature of the gas decreases during an adiabatic expansion. Therefore, in the process, T2 is less than T1. In this process. P2 < P2 since T2<T1

Question 52. Write three differences between reversible and irreversible processes. Melting office at 0°C and 1 atm pressure is a reversible process— explain.
Answer: Second part: It is a reversible process. Ice melts at 0°C under normal atmospheric pressure. Latent heat for the fusion of Ice Is lit) cal .g-1, i.e., 80 cal of heat is required to melt logfile. If 80 cal heat IB is extracted from the surroundings, 1 g of ice gets converted Into water. Therefore, at normal pressure and temperature, ice and water remain in an equilibrium state. By Increasing or decreasing the value of the driving force (by the supply or extraction of heat) the process can be made to move In the forward or backward direction. So, the melting of ice at normal atmospheric pressure and temperature is an example of a reversible process.

Question 53. The boiling point of benzene is 80.1 °C. At ordinary pressure and 70°C, the benzene vapour spontaneously transforms into liquid benzene. In this process, what will the signs of AH, AS and AG be?
Answer: The entropy of the system decreases when a vapour transforms into a liquid. So AS < 0. Again, the condensation is an exothermic process. So, in this process, AH < 0. Under the given conditions, the benzene vapour spontaneously condenses into liquid. So, in this process AG < 0.

Question 54. Calculate AU and AH in calories if one mole of a monoatomic ideal gas is heated at a constant pressure of 1 atm from 25°C to 50°C.
Answer: for an ideal gas, the changes in internal energy (A U) and enthalpy (AH) due to the change in its temperature are given by the relations

⇒ \(\Delta U=n \mathrm{C}_{V, m} \Delta T \text { and } \Delta H=n \mathrm{C}_{P, m} \Delta T\)

For a monoatomic ideal gas \(C_{V, m}=\frac{3}{2} R \text { and } C_{P, m}=\frac{5}{2} R \text {. }\)

The number of mole of the gas, n = 1 ; and the change in temperature (AT) = 25 K

Therefore \(\Delta U=1 \times \frac{3}{2} R \times 25=1 \times 1.5 \times 1.987 \times 25 \mathrm{cal}\) =74.5cal and \(\Delta H=1 \times \frac{5}{2} R \times 25=1 \times 2.5 \times 1.987 \times 25 \mathrm{cal}=124.18 \mathrm{cal}\)

Question 55. How much hard coal is required to produce the same amount of heat as is produced by the combustion of 2.0 I, of gasoline (mainly isooctane, C8H,b)? Given: AjJJ0 of C8H18 = -5460 kj-mok1 , density of isooctane = 0.692 g. mL-1 and the calorific value of hard coal is 32.75 kj g-1.
Answer: The mass of 2.0 L of gasoline = 2000 x 0.692 g = 1384 g For 1384 g of the gasoline, the number of moles =\(\frac{1384}{114}=12.14\) [molar mass of the gasoline = 114 g. mol-1 [ For the combustion of 1 mol of gasoline, the amount of the liberated heat is 5460 kj. Therefore, the combustion of 12.14 mol of gasoline will produce 5460 x 12.14 kJ of heat. The calorific value of the hard coal is 32.75 kJ. g 1. So, the amount ofthe hard coal that will produce \(5760 \times 12.14 \mathrm{~kJ} \text { of heat is } \frac{5760 \times 12.14}{32.75} \mathrm{~g}=2135.16 \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 56. One kg of graphite is burnt in a closed vessel. The same amount of graphite is burnt in an open vessel. Will the heat evolved in the two cases be the same? If not, in which case it would be greater?
Answer: Burning of graphite involves the following reaction \(\mathrm{C} \text { (graphite) }+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

In an open vessel, if a reaction is carried out, it occurs at constant atmospheric pressure. So, in the reaction, the heat change is the same as the enthalpy change (ΔH). The heat change in a reaction carried out in a closed vessel at constant volume is the same as the internal energy change ( Δ17).

For the above reaction, An = 1-1 = 0. Thus, according to the relation, ΔH = ΔU+ΔnRT, we have AH = AU. Therefore, the burning of 1kg of graphite will produce the same amount of heat irrespective of whether the reaction is carried out at constant volume or constant pressures.

Question 57. Can ΔH be taken as the sole criterion of the spontaneity of a reaction? Justify with an example.
Answer: In an exothermic reaction, ΔH is negative. This means that the energy of the system decreases in an exothermic reaction. On the other hand, ΔH is positive for an endothermic reaction, indicating the energy of the system increases in such a reaction.

As enthalpy decreases in an exothermic reaction, it was once thought that only exothermic reactions would be spontaneous. However, there are some chemical reactions for which AH is positive although they were found to occur spontaneously. Therefore, AH cannot be regarded as the sole criterion for determining the spontaneity of reaction.

Question 58. An Intimate mixture of Fe2O3 and ΔA12O3 is used in solid fuel for rockets. Calculate the fuel value per gram and fuel value per cm3 of the mixture.
ΔH<Fe2O3) = 1669,4 kj- mol-1 ,
ΔH(A12O3) = 832.6 kJ-mol-1
Answer: The reaction is 2A1 + Fe2O3→2Fe + A12O3

The enthalpy change in this reaction is \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta H^0 & =\Delta H_f^0\left(\mathrm{Al}_2 \mathrm{O}_3\right)-\Delta H_f^0\left(\mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3\right) \\
& =(1669-832.6) \mathrm{kJ}=836.4 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

The total mass ofthe reactants (2A1 + Fe2O3)

= [2 X 27 + (2 X 55.85 + 3 X 16)] g =213.7 g

Therefore, the fuel per gram of the mixture

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

⇒ \(=\frac{836.4}{213.7} \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1}=3.91 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{836.4}{213.7} \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1}=3.91 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1}\)

The volume of the mixture of the reactants

⇒ \(=\left(\frac{2 \times 27}{2.7}+\frac{159.7}{5.2}\right) \mathrm{cm}^3=50.7 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Therefore, the fuel value per cm3 ofthe mixture

⇒ \(=\frac{836.4}{50.7} \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}=16.49 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}\)

Question 59. In a constant volume calorimeter, 3.5g of gas with molecular mass 28 was burnt in excess oxygen at 298.0 K. The temperature of the calorimeter was found to increase from 298.0 K to 298.45 K, due to the combustion process. Given, that the heat capacity of the calorimeter is 2.5 kj – K-1, what will be the value of enthalpy of combustion of the gas?
Answer: Por a combustion reaction carried out in a constant volume calorimeter, the amount of liberated heat is given by the relation, q = Calx AT.

Ccal = 2-5 W’ K_1 = (298.45- 298) K =0.45 K

Thus, q = 2.5 x 0.45 kl = 1.125 kj

For 3.5 g ofthe gas, the number of moles \(=\frac{3.5}{28}=0.125\)

Thus, the burning of 0.125 mol ofthe given gas liberates 1.125 kj of heat Hence, the enthalpy of combustion of the gas is \(\frac{1.125}{0.125} \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}=9 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 61. If the bond dissociation energies of XY(g), X2(g) and Y2(g) are in the ratio of 1: 1: 0.5 and JH for J the formation of XY(g) is -200 kj.mol-1, then what is will be the bond dissociation energy 7 of X2(g)?
Answer: \(\text { s. } \frac{1}{2} X_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} Y_2(g) \rightarrow X Y(g)\) Suppose, the bond dissociation energy of XY is x. So, the bond dissociation energies of X2 and Y2 will be x and, respectively. For the reaction

⇒ \(\Delta H^0=\Delta H_f^0(\mathrm{XY})-\frac{1}{2} \Delta H_f^0\left(\mathrm{X}_2\right)-\frac{1}{2} \Delta H_f^0\left(\mathrm{Y}_2\right)=-200 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

In terms of bond energies,

⇒ \(\Delta H^0=\left(\frac{1}{2} x+\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{x}{2}\right)-(x)=\frac{3 x}{4}-x=-\frac{x}{4}\)

Therefore, \(-\frac{x}{4}=-200 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

or, x = 800 kJ

Thus, the bond dissociation energy of X2(g) is 800 kJ.mol-1.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 62. For the process H2O(l)⇌H2O(g), ΔH = 40.8 kJ⋅mol‾1 at the boiling point of water. Calculate molar entropy change for vaporization from the liquid phase
Answer: Molar entropy change for vaporisation \(\Delta S=\frac{\Delta H_{v a p}}{T_b}\)

Given ΔHvap = 40.8KJ⋅mol¯1, fr water Tb=373 K

∴ \(\Delta S=\frac{40.8 \times 10^3}{373}=109.38 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

∴ Molar entropy change for vaporization of water = 109.38 I.K-1.mol-1

Question 63. A gas confined in a cylinder with a frictionless piston is made to expand from 1L to 5L under a constant pressure of 1.5 atm. During the process, 800 J of heat is supplied from an external source. Calculate the change in internal energy of the gas. (1L- atm = 101.3 J)
Answer: We know, w = -Pex ( V2– V1)

∴  ω= -1.5(5- 1 ) = -6 L⋅atm = -6 x 101.3 I = -607.8J

It is also given that q = + 800 1

Using the 1st law of thermodynamics, we have ΔU = q + w = (800- 607.8) J = 192.2J

The change in internal energy of the gas Is 192.2 J

Question 64. Calculate AH0 of the following reaction at 298 K:

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{CO}_2 \mathrm{H}(l)\)

Given: \(\begin{array}{r}
\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{CO}_2 \mathrm{H}(l)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H^0=-1368 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{array}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+5 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-2600 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& 2 \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-566 \mathrm{~kJ} \text { at } 298 \mathrm{~K}
\end{aligned}\)

Answer: ⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{CO}_2 \mathrm{H}(l)\)

\(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+5 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-2600 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& 2 \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-566 \mathrm{~kJ} \text { at } 298 \mathrm{~K}
\end{aligned}\) \(2 \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-566 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Multiplying each of the equations [2] and [3] by \(\frac{1}{2}\) and then adding them, we have

\(\begin{array}{r}
\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g)+\mathrm{CO}(g) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H^0=\left[\frac{1}{2}(-2600)+\frac{1}{2}(-566)\right] \mathrm{kJ}
\end{array}\)

Subtracting equation [1] from equation [4], we have \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{CO}_2 \mathrm{H}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=\left[\frac{1}{2}(-2600)+\frac{1}{2}(-566)-(-1368)\right] \mathrm{kJ}=-215 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 65. What is meant by the terms change of entropy (ΔS) and change in free energy (ΔG) of a system? Write down the mathematical relation between them. At 0°C, liquid water and ice remain in equilibrium. If lg of liquid water under equilibrium conditions is converted to ice, explain with reason whether the process is endothermic or exothermic.
Answer: Third part: In the conversion of water into ice, the entropy of the system decreases, and Hence ASsys < 0

we know, ΔG = ΔH- TΔS

For the given process, ΔG< 0. As the process occurs spontaneously, ΔG < 0 for the process. According to the relation [1|, if ΔS<0, then AG will be negative only when ΔH < 0. So, the process is exothermic.

Question 66. Given: C(s) + O2(g)→CO2(g); AH = -393.5 kj 2H2(g) + O2(g)→2H2O(g) ; AH = -571.6 kj

Calculate ΔH of the reaction:

\(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{s})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)
Answer:
C(s) +O2(g)CO2(g); AH = -393.5 kj⋅⋅⋅[1]

2H2(g) + O2(g)→2H2O(g) ; ΔH = -571.6 kJ⋅⋅⋅[2]

Subtracting equation [2] from equation [1], we have C(s) + 2H2O(g)→CO2(g) + 2H2(g);
ΔH = [-393.5- (-571.6)] k] = 178.1J.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 67. For the reaction, N2(g) + 3H2(g)→+2NH2(g), ΔH and ΔS are -95.4 kj and -198.3 J. K-1 respectively. Assuming ΔH and ΔS are independent of temperature, will the reaction be spontaneous at 500 K? Explain
Answer: we know ΔG-ΔH-TΔS

Given That ΔH = -95.4 Kj and ΔS =-198.3J.K-1

∴ ΔG= AG =-95.4 kJ- 500 K(-198.3 X 10-3 kj.K-1)

= 3.75kj

As ΔG > 0 at 500 K, the reaction will not be spontaneous at 500 K

Question 68. The bond energy of any diatomic molecule is defined to be the change in the internal energy for its dissociation. At 298 K, O2(g)→2O(g) AH = 498.3 kj.mol¯1 . Calculate the bond energy of O2 molecule R = 8.314 J-K-1.mol-1
Answer: Given: O2(g)→2O(g); ΔH = 498.3 kj⋅mol-1
For the above reaction, An = 2-l = l

We know, ΔH = ΔU+ ΔnRT

∴ 498.3 kj = ΔU+1 x 8.314 x 10~3 x 298 kj.

∴ ΔU = 495.82 kJ

Therefore, the bond energy of the O2 molecule = 495.82 kJ

Question 69. State the first law of thermodynamics. An ideal gas of volume 6.0 L was made to expand at constant temperature and pressure of atm by supplying heat. If the final volume of the gas was 12.0 L, calculate the work done and the heat supplied in joule in the process [1L.atm= 101.3J]
Answer: We know, w = -Pex V2– V1

∴ w = -2(12-6) L- atm = -12 L’- atm = -1215.6 J

As the process is isothermal and the system is an ideal gas, AU = 0 for this process. According to the 1st law of thermodynamics, ΔU = q + ω

∴ 0 = q- 1215.61 or, q = + 1215.6J

Question 70. A process is always spontaneous at all temperatures if the enthalpy change is and entropy changes is _______
Answer: —ve and +ve.

Question 71. Two moles of an ideal gas were expanded isothermally against a constant opposing pressure of 1 atm from 20 l to 60 complete w,q, E, and H for the process in joule (given 1L. atm = 101.3J)
Answer: We know, w = -Pex(V2-V1)

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
w=-1(60-20)=-40 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} & =-40 \times 101.3 \mathrm{~J} \\
& =-4.052 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

For this process ΔE – 0 and ΔH = 0 because the process is isothermal and the system is an ideal gas. As per the first law of thermodynamics, ΔE = q+ w or, 0 = q- 4.052 kJ

∴ q = 4.052 kJ.

Question 72. The latent heat of fusion of ice at 0°C is 80cal/g; Calculate the molar entropy change for the fusion process.
Answer: We know, \(\Delta S=\frac{\Delta H_f}{T_f}\)

where ΔHf– = latent heat of fusion of a substance and Tf = its melting point.

Now, ΔHf = 80 cal⋅g-1 x 18g = 1440 cal

∴ \(\Delta S=\frac{1440}{273} \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}=5.27 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Question 73. Calculate AG° for the reaction; \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) at 298K. Given, at 298 K ΔHfº for H2O(1) is -286 kj⋅mol-1 and the molar entropies (S°) for H2 (g), O2(g) and H2O(Z) are 130.7, 69.9 J K-1 . mol-1 respectively.
Answer: For the given reaction, \(\Delta S^0=S_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)}^0-\left[S_{\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})}^0+\frac{1}{2} S_{\mathrm{O}_2(g)}^0\right]\)

⇒ \(=\left[69.9-\left(130.7+\frac{1}{2} \times 205.1\right)\right] \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}=-163.35 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Given that ΔHfO[H2O(l)] = -286 kj-mol-1

So, AH° = -286 kJ for the given reaction.

We know, ΔG° = ΔHO -TΔS0

∴ AG° = [-286 x 103- 298(-163.35)] J = -237.32 kj.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 74. Above what temperature the following reaction will be spontaneous?
Answer: We know, ΔG = ΔH-TΔS. A reaction at a given temperature and pressure is spontaneous if AG < 0 for the reaction. Therefore, at a given pressure and a temperature of TK, the reaction will be spontaneous if—

ΔG < 0 or, ΔH- TΔS < 0

∴ \(T \Delta S>\Delta H \text { or, } T>\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}\)

Given that, ΔH = 144.6 kj and ΔS = 0.116 kl. K¯1

∴ \(T>\frac{144.6}{0.116} \text { or, } T>1246.55 \mathrm{~K}\).

So, the reaction will be spontaneous above 1246.55 K.

Question 75. Calculate AH ofthe following reaction at 25°C. 4Fe(s) + 3O2(g)→2Fe2O3(s) Given: Fe2O3(s) + 3C(graphite)→2Fe(s) + 3CO(g), ΔH = 117.30 kcal C(graphite) + O2(g)→CO2(g) ; AH = – 94.05 kcal \(\mathrm{CO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g) ; \Delta H=67.63 \mathrm{kcal} \text { at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\)
Answer: \(\mathrm{CO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g) ; \Delta H=67.63 \mathrm{kcal} \quad \ldots[1]\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{C} \text { (graphite) }+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g) ; \Delta H=-94.05 \mathrm{kcal} \cdots[2]\)

C(graphite) + O2(g)→CO2(g); AH = -94.05 kcal ⋅⋅⋅⋅[2]

Fe2O3(s) + 3C(graphite)→2Fe(s) + 3CO(g)

AH = 117.30 kcal

Multiplying equation [3] by 2 and equation [1] by 6 and adding them together, we have

2Fe2O3(s)+6C(graphite)+3O2(g)→4Fe(s)+6CO2(g)

AH = [2(117.30) + 6(67.63)] kcal

Subtracting equation [4] from the equation obtained by multiplying equations [2] by 6, we have

4Fe(s) + 3O2(g)→2Fe2O3(s) ;

ΔH = 6(-94.05)- [2(117.30) + 6(67.63)] =-1204.68kcal

Question 76. Discuss whether the difference between the heat of the reaction at constant pressure and constant volume will depend on the temperature of the following reaction.
Answer: 

2CO(g) + O2(g)→+2CO2(g)

We know, AH = AU+AnRT

For the given reaction, An = 2-(2 + 1) = -1

ΔH-ΔU = ΔnRT = -RT

So, the value of (ΔH-ΔU) depends on the temperature.

Question 77. Which ofthe following is an example of a closed system

  1. A hot water-filled thermos flask
  2. An ice water-filled airtight metallic bottle
  3. A water-filled stainless steel bowl
  4. A hot water-filled glass beaker

Answer: 2. An ice water-filled airtight metallic bottle

An ice-water-filled airtight metallic bottle is an example of a closed system.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 78. Which is an intensive property of a system

  1. Internal energy
  2. Entropy
  3. Mass
  4. Density

Answer: 4. Density Density is an intensive property.

Question 79. In a process, 600J of heat is absorbed by a system, and 300J of work is done by the system. Calculate the change in internal energy of the system
Answer: Given: q = +600J, w = -300J. So, change in internal energy, ΔH = q + w = (600- 300)J = 300J

Question 80. The latent heat of the vaporization of water at a normal boiling point is 40.75 kJ. mol-1 . Calculate the change in entropy of vaporization.
Answer: Given: \(\Delta H_{\text {vap }}\) = 4075 kJ. mol-1, Tb =100C = 375k \(\Delta S=\frac{\Delta H_{v a p}}{T_b}=\frac{40.75 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{373}=109.25 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 81. Calculate the enthalpy of the formation of liquid ethyl alcohol from the following data.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}(l)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H=-1368 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \mathrm{C}(s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H=-393 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H=-287 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 82. State the condition of spontaneity and equilibrium in terms of Gibbs free energy change of a system.
Answer: The condition of spontaneity regarding Gibbs free energy is AG < 0. The condition of equilibrium in terms of Gibbs free energy is AG = 0.

Question 83. Which variable is kept constant in an isochoric process?
Answer: Volume is kept constant in an isochoric process.

Question 84. Calculate the change in internal energy of the gas when it expands from 2L to 8L at a constant pressure of 2 atm absorbing 400 J of heat in the process. (1 L-atm = 101.35 J)
Answer: We know, w = -Pex (V2-V1)

∴ ω=_2(8- 2)=-12 L.atm=-12 x 101.3 J =-1215.6 J.

According to the 1st law of thermodynamics, A U=q + ω

Given that q = 400 J

∴ ΔU= (400- 1215.6)J = -815.61

∴ Change in internal energy of the gas =-815.61.

Question 85. At 25 °C the standard heat of formation of liquid H20 is -286.0 kJ mol-1. Calculate the change in standard internal energy for this formation reaction.
Answer: Formation reaction of \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l): \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

For this rections \(\Delta n=0-\left(1+\frac{1}{2}\right)=-\frac{3}{2} \text {. }\)

We know, ΔH° = ΔU° + ΔnRT

∴ \(-286.0 \mathrm{~kJ}=\Delta U^0+\left(-\frac{3}{2}\right) \times 8.314 \times 10^{-3} \times(273+25) \mathrm{kJ}\)

or, ΔU° = -282.28 kj

Therefore, the change in internal energy for the formation reaction of H20(/) is -282.28 kJ.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 86. The temperature of 4 mol of a gas decreases from 40°C to -60 °C on adiabatic reversible expansion. The molar-specific heat of the gas at a constant volume being 12 J.K-1 mol-1, determines the change in internal energy and work done in this process
Answer: For an adiabatic expansion

\(w=\Delta U=n C_{V, m}\left(T_2-T_1\right)\left[T_2<T_1\right]\)

∴ ΔU = 4 X 12 X (213- 313) J = -4.8 kj and w = Δt = -4.8 kj

∴ In the process, the change in internal energy = -4.8 kJ, and the amount of work done = 4.8 kJ.

Question 87. Write the thermodynamic relation generally used to predict whether a reaction is spontaneous or not For exothermic and endothermic reactions with their change in entropies being positive and independent of temperature variations, comment on the spontaneity of the reactions in both cases for temperature variations. Compute ΔH° at 298 K for: OH(g)→+H(g) + O(g)
Answer: The thermodynamic relation that is generally used to predict the spontaneity of a reaction is AG = AH- TAS, where AG, AH, and AS are the changes in free energy, enthalpy, and entropy in the reaction at a given pressure and temperature of T K. At a given pressure and temperature, for a spontaneous reaction AG < 0. In exothermic reaction, AH < 0.

In such a reaction, if AS> 0, then AG = AH-TAS = -ve-T(+ve). As T is always positive, AG will always be negative at any value of T. Hence, an exothermic reaction will always be spontaneous at any temperature if AS > 0.

In an endothermic reaction, AH > 0. In such a reaction, if AS >0, then AG = AH-TAS =+ve-T(+ve) So, AG will be -ve only when |TASl > |AH|. It happens at high temperatures. So, an endothermic reaction with AS > 0 will be spontaneous at high temperatures.

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{OH}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H^0=10.06 \mathrm{kcal} \quad \cdots[1]\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H^0=104.18 \mathrm{kcal} \\
& \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H^0=118.32 \mathrm{kcal}
\end{aligned}\)

By dividing each of the equations [2] and [3] by 2, and then adding them together, we have

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \text {; }\)

ΔHº= (52.09 + 59.161) kcal = 111.25 kcal

Subtracting equation [1] from equation [4], we have

OH(g)→H(g) + O(g) ; ΔHº = (111.25 -10.06) kcal = 101.19 kcal

So, ΔHº for the given reaction is 101.19 kcal.

Question 88. Which one is the correct unit of entropy—

  1. k-1. mol-1
  2. J.k-1. mol-1
  3. J.mol-1
  4. J-1.k-1. mol-1

Answer: 2. J.k-1. mol-1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 89. For the reversible reaction A + 2B→ C + Heat, the forward reaction will proceed at

  1. Low temperature and low pressure
  2. Low pressure
  3. High pressure and low temperature
  4. High pressure and high temperature

Answer: 3. High pressure and low temperature

For the reversible reaction A + 2 BC + A, the forward reaction will proceed at high pressure and low temperature.

Question 90. What is meant by an isolated system?
Answer: We know, AG = AH- TAS

or, AG = (29.3- 298 X 104.1 x 10-3) kj.mol-1

= -1.7218 kj-mol-1

At a particular pressure and 298 K temperature, the free energy change of the given reaction is negative which indicates the spontaneity of the reaction.

Question 91. At 25°C which of the following has an enthalpy of formation zero

  1. HCL(g)
  2. O2(g)
  3. O3(g)
  4. NO(g)

Answer: 2. O2(g)

Question 92. For which of the following reactions, AS > 0 —

  1. \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{I}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{HI}(\mathrm{g})\)
  2. \(\mathrm{HCl}(g)+\mathrm{NH}_3(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}(s)\)
  3. \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(s) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\)
  4. \(\mathrm{MgO}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Mg}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\)

Answer: 3. \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(s) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(\mathrm{~s}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\)

Question 93. The heat of combustion of benzene is x J-mol-1. The heat of the formation of carbon dioxide and water are y J.mol-1 and k J .mol-1 respectively. Calculate the heat of the formation of benzene.
Answer: \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ;\)

With increasing the number of species in the system, the entropy system increases for which AS > 0.

ΔH = -x J-mol-1

C(s) +O2(g) CO2(g) ; AH = -y J. mol-1

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H=-z \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

6 x eqn.(2) + 3 x eqn.(3)- eqn.(1) we get,

6C(s) + 3H2(g)→CgH6(l) ;

= (x- 6y- 3z) J .mol-1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 94. State the second law of thermodynamics based on entropy. The boiling point of ethanol is 78.4°C. The change in enthalpy during the vaporization of ethanol is 96 J- mol-1. Calculate the change in entropy of vaporization of ethanol.
Answer: We know,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta S_{\text {vap }}=\frac{\Delta H_{\text {vap }}}{T_b} & =\frac{96}{(273,+78.4)} \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& =0.2732 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 95. An amount of work w is done by the system and a q amount of heat is supplied to the system. By which the following relations the change in internal energy of the system can be expressed-

  1. Δ U = q-w
  2. Δ U =q+w
  3. ΔU=q
  4. ΔU=w-q

Answer: 4. ΔG<0

Question 96. Write the SI unit of entropy
Answer: SI unit of entropy: J. K-1. mol-1

Question 97. For the following reaction at 298 K 2X + Y -> Z AH = 300 kj.mol-1 and AS = 0.2 kj K-1.mol-1 At what temperature will the reaction become spontaneous considering AH and AS to be constant over the temperature range?
Answer: For spontaneous process, AG < 0

∴ \(\Delta H-T \Delta S<0 \text { or, } \Delta H<T \Delta S_1 \text { or, } \frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}<T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{300}{0.2}<T \text { or, } 1500<T\)

Therefore, the given reaction becomes spontaneous above 1500 K temperature.

Chemical Thermodynamics VSAQ’s

Question 1. A thermodynamic state function is a quantity—

  1. Used to determine heat changes
  2. Whose value is independent of the path
  3. Used to determine pressure-volume work
  4. Whose value depends on temperature only

Answer: 2. Whose value is independent of the path

A thermodynamic state function of a system is a quantity whose value depends only on the present state of the system. Its value does not depend on the path of a process in which the system participates.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 2. For the process to occur under adiabatic conditions, the correct condition is —

  1. ΔT=0
  2. ΔP=0
  3. q=0
  4. w=0

Answer: 3. q=0

In an adiabatic process, no exchange of heat takes place between the system and its surroundings.

Question 3. Enthalpies of all elements in standard states are

  1. Unity
  2. Zero
  3. <0
  4. Different for each element

Answer: 2. Zero

By convention, the enthalpies of all the elements in their standard states are considered to be zero.

Question 4. ΔU0 for combustion of methane is -XkJ .mol 1. The value of AH° is

  1. ΔU0
  2. >ΔU0
  3. <ΔU0
  4. 0

Answer: 3. <ΔU0

The combustion reaction for methane is—

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_4(g)+2 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

For this reaction, An = 1- (1 + 2) = -2

we know ΔH0 = ΔU° + ΔnRT

For the above combustion reaction, ΔH° = – X- 2RT

As T is positive, ΔH0 < ΔU0

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 5. The enthalpy of combustion of methane, graphite, and dihydrogen at 298K are -890.3 kj.mol-1, -393.5 kj.mol-1, and -285.8 kj.mol-1 respectively. Enthalpy of formation of CH4(g) will be—

  1. -74.8KJ. mol-1
  2. —52.27kl.mol-1
  3. +74.8KJ. mol-1
  4. +52.26KJ. mol-1

Answer: According to the given data

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-890.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}(s, \text { graphite })+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
\Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-285,8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \text { mol }^{-1}\)

By 1 xeq.(2) + 2xeq.(3)-eq.(l), we get the thermochemical equation involving the formation reaction of CH4(g)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(s \text {, graphite })+\mathrm{O}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g)-\mathrm{CH}_4(g)-2 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \\
& \quad \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)-\mathrm{CO}_2(g)-2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

ΔH° =[- 393.5 + 2(-285.8)- (-890.3)]kJ.mol-1 C(s, graphite) + 2H2(g) CH4(g) ;AH° = -74.8 kj.mol-1 This equation represents the formation reaction of CH4(g). Hence, the enthalpy of formation of CH4(g) is -74.8kJ.mol-1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 6. A reaction, A + B→+C + D + q is found to have a positive entropy change. The reaction will be— 

  1. Possible at high temperature
  2. Possible only at low temperature
  3. Not possible at any temperature
  4. Possible at any temperature

Answer: 4. The Thermochemical equation for the reaction indicates that the reaction is exothermic. So, for this reaction, AH < 0. It is given that AS > 0 for the reaction. So, according to the relation AG = AJT-TAS, AG will be <0 at any temperature. Hence, the reaction is possible at any temperature.

Question 7. In a process, 701 J of heat is absorbed by a system and 394J of work is done by the system. What is the change in internal energy for the process?
Answer: Given: q = +701J and w = -394 J {~ve sign as the work is done by the system)

Now, ΔU = q + w or, A U = (701- 394)J = +307 J.

So, the change in internal energy of the system = +307 J.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 8. The reaction of cyanamide, NH2CN(s), with dioxygen was carried out in a bomb calorimeter, and A U was found to be -742.7 kj.mol-1 at 298 K. Calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction at 298 K:

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{CN}(s)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2(g)+\mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

Answer: For the given reaction. Δn \(=(1+1)-\frac{3}{2}=+\frac{1}{2}\)

We know, ΔH = ΔU+ΔnRT

∴ \(\Delta H=\left(-742.7+\frac{1}{2} \times 8.314 \times 10^{-3} \times 298\right)\)

= -741.64kJ . mol-1

∴ The change in enthalpy for the reaction is -741.46kJ.mol-1

Question 9. Calculate the number of kj necessary to raise the temperature of 60g of aluminum from 35°C to 55°C. The molar heat capacity of A1 is 24J.mol-1. K-1.
Answer: Heat (q) required to raise temp, of m g of a substance (specific heat capacity=c) from T1 to T2 is: q=mc(T2-T1)

⇒ \(c=\frac{\text { Molar heat capacity }}{\text { Molar mass }}=\frac{24 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}{27 \mathrm{~g}}=\frac{24}{27}\left(\mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right)\)

⇒ \(\text { So, } q=60 \times \frac{24}{27}[(273+55)-(273+35)] \mathrm{J}=1.066 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Hence, 1.066kJ heat is required.

Question 10. Calculate enthalpy change on freezing 1 mol water at 10°C to ice at -10°C. A = 6.03kJ. mol1 at 0°C. Cp[H20(J)]=75.3J.mol-1.K-1 , Cp[H20(s)]=36.8J. mol-1.K-1
Answer: The given process can be considered as the sum of the following two processes—

Water(10°C) -4 water(0°C) 4 ice(0°C) 4 ice (-10°C)

To calculate enthalpy changes in steps (1) and (3), we use the relation, qp=AH=Cp(T2-T1) [At constant P, q = AH].

Step 1: AHj =Cp[H2O(l)](T2-T1)

= 75.31. mol-1.K-1 [273- (273 + 10)]K

=-0.753 kl-mol-1

Step 2: Freezing of water takes place. In this step,

AH2 = -AfusH = -6.03kj.mol-1

Step 3: AH3 =Cp[H20(s)](T2- TJ)

= 36.8[(273—10)—(273+0)] =-0.368 kj-mol-1

Step 2: Freezing of water takes place. In this step

ΔH2 = -ΔfusH = -6.03kj. mol-1

Step 3: AH3 =Cp[H20(s)](T2- TJ)

= 36.8[(273—10)—(273+0)] =-0.368 kl-mol-1

So, the total change in enthalpy in the entire process,
AH =AHJ+AH2 + AH3

=[- 0.753- 6.03- 0.368]kJ. mol-1

=-7.151kj.mol-1

Note: The answer to this problem is given as -5.65kJ.mol-1. The process may be: water at -10°C -> ice at -10°C,

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 11. Enthalpy of combustion of C to CO2: -393.5 kj.mol-1. Calculate the heat released upon formation of 35.2 g of CO2 from carbon and dioxygen gas.
Answer: Given:C(s) + O2(g)→CO2(g); AH0 = -393.5 kj.mol-1

According to this equation, 44 g of CO2 = 12 g of C

∴ \(35.2 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{CO}_2 \equiv \frac{12}{44} \times 35.2 \equiv 9.6 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{C} \equiv 0.8 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{C}\)

From above equation, 1 mol C = 393.5 kJ of heat released

∴ 0.8 mol of C = 393.5 x 0.8kJ = 314.8kJ of heat released Therefore, the heat released on the formation of 35.2 g of CO2 from C and O2 is 314.8 kj

Question 12. Enthalpies of formation of CO(g), CO2(g) , N2O(g) and N2O4(g) are -110, -393, 81 and 9.7kj-mol-1 respectively. Find the value of ArH for the reaction: N2O4(g) + 3CO(g)→N2O(g) + 3CO2(g)
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta_r H=\Sigma \Delta_f H \text { (Products) }-\Sigma \Delta_f H \text { (Reactants) } \\
&=3 \Delta_f H\left[\mathrm{CO}_2(g)\right]+\Delta_f H\left[\mathrm{~N}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\right] \\
&-\Delta_f H\left[\mathrm{~N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4(g)\right]+3 \Delta_f H[\mathrm{CO}(g)] \\
&= {[3(-393)+1(81)-1(9.7)-3(-110)]=-777.77 \mathrm{~kJ} }
\end{aligned}\)

Question 13. N2(g) + 3H2(g)Δ2NH3(g) ; ΔrH°=-92.4 kj.mol-1. What is the standard enthalpy of the formation of NH3?
Answer: \(\mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta_r H^0=-92.4 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2(g)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NH}_3(g) ; \Delta_r H^0=-46.2 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Equation [1] represents the formation of NH3(g) from the constituent elements. So, the standard enthalpy change for the reaction represented by equation [1] = the standard enthalpy of formation for NH3(g) = -46.2 kj.mol-1.

Question 14. Calculate the standard enthalpy of the formation of CH3OH(l) from the following data:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{OH}(l)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta_r \mathrm{H}^0=-726 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta_c H^0=-393 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta_f H^0=-286 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)
Answer: To get the formation reaction for CH3OH(l), we combine three thermochemical equations provided in the given way:

\(\begin{array}{r}
\left.\mathrm{C}(s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2\left[\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right]-\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{OH}(l)-\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right\rceil \\
\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)-\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})-2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ;
\end{array}\)

AH0 =[- 393 + 2(—286)- (-726)]kJ.mol-1 or, C(s) + 2H2(g) + O2(g)→CH3OH(Z); AH0 = -239 kj-mol-1 Eq. [1] represents formation reaction of CH3OH(Z). So, standard enthalpy offormation is -239 kl.mol-1.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 15. Calculate the enthalpy change for the process CCl4(g)→C(g) + 4Cl(g) & calculate the bond enthalpy of C—Cl in CCl4(g). Given: AvapH°(CCl4) = 30.5 kj-mol1, Af H°(CCl4) = -135.5 kl.mol-1, AaH°(C)=715.0 kj. mol-1, AaH°(Cl2) =242 kj-mol-1 where AaH° is enthalpy of atomisation. m For the reaction 2Cl(g)→Cl2(g) , what are the signs of AH and AS?
Answer: Based on the given information, we can write the following thermochemical equations-

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CCl}_4(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{CCl}_4(g) ; \Delta H^0=30.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& \mathrm{C}(s)+2 \mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CCl}_4(l) ; \Delta H^0=-135.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

C(s)-C(g) ; ΔH0 = 715.0 kl. mol-1

Cl2(g)→2Cl(g) ; ΔH0 = 242 kl .mol-1

By, eq. [3]- eq. [2]- eq. [1] + 2 x eq. [4] we have,

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{C}(s)-\mathrm{C}(s)-2 \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)-\mathrm{CCl}_4(l)+2 \mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \\
\mathrm{C}(g)-\mathrm{CCl}_4(l)-\mathrm{CCl}_4(g)+4 \mathrm{Cl}(g)
\end{gathered}\)

ΔH° = [715.0- (-135.5)- 30.5 + 2 x 242] kj

Or, CCl4(g)C(g) + 4Cl(g); ΔH° = 1304 k

In the CC14 molecule, there are four C—Cl bonds. To break all these bonds, 1304 kj of energy is required. Hence, C—Cl bond enthalpy in CCl4(g) = 1/4x 1304 = 326 kj.mol-1.

Question 16. For 311 isolated systems, ΔU = 0, what will be AS?
Answer: For a spontaneous process occurring in an isolated system AS is positive (i.e., ΔS > 0 ).

Question 17. For the reaction, 2A + B→C; AH = 400 kj. mol 1 & AS = 0.2 kj.K-1 .mol-1 at 298 K. At what temperature will the reaction become spontaneous considering AH, AS to be constant over the temperature range?
Answer: We know, AG = AH- TAS. For a spontaneous reaction at a given temperature and pressure A G < 0.

Given: AH = 400 kj.mol-1 and AS = 0.2 kj. K-1. mol-1 So, AG = (400- Tx 0.2) kj. mol-1 According to this relation, AG will be <0 when Tx 0.2 > 400 i.e., T> 2000K.

Question 18. For the reaction 2Cl(g)→Cl2(g), what are the signs of AH and AS?
Answer: The process involves the formation of a bond, which is always exothermic. Hence, AH < 0 for this process. The no. of gaseous particles decreases in the process. Consequently, the randomness of the system decreases. Hence, AS < 0 for this process.

Question 19. For the reaction, 2A(g) + B(g)→2D(g) ; ΔUº=-l0.5kJ and ASº = -44.11.K-1. Calculate AG° for the reaction and predict whether it may occur spontaneously.
Answer: Temperature has not been mentioned in the problem. Here, the calculation has been done by considering temperature as the normal temperature (298 K). For the reaction, An = 2- (2 + 1) = -1 . So, for this reaction, ΔH0 =ΔU° + ΔnRT =- 10.5-1 x 8.314 X 10-3 x 298 kj.

=-12.98kj

We know, ΔG° = ΔHº -TASº

∴ AGº =(- 12.98 + 298 x 44.1 x 10-3) kl =0.16kl

The positive value. of AG° indicates; that the cannot occur spontaneously.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 20. The equilibrium constant for a miction is 10. Find the value of AG0 t R a 0.814 MC 1- mol-1, T = 300K.
Answer: Wekliow, AG° w -2.303/logK

Given K=10 and T = 300k

∴ A (1° a 11.303 X 11.3 1 4 x 300 log10).mol-1

=-5.74kJ.mol-1

Question 21. Comment on (lie thermodynamic stability of NO(g).
Given: \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NO}(g); \Delta_r H^0=90 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\) \(\mathrm{NO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NO}_2(g); \Delta_r H^0=-74 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)
Answer: For the first reaction, refer to the standard enthalpy of formation (ΔrH°) for NO because 1 mol of NO forms from its constituent elements. The positive value of Δr-Hº of a compound implies that the compound has enthalpy (or energy) than its constituent elements. Hence, the compound will be unstable. Therefore, the positive value of ΔfH° for the first reaction indicates that NO is unstable.

Question 22. Calculate the entropy change in the surroundings when 1.00 mol of ΔfHº(J) is formed under standard conditions. AH° = -286 kj.mol-1
Answer: For the given process

⇒ \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=-\frac{\Delta_f H^0}{T}=-\frac{-286 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{298 \mathrm{~K}}\)

= 959.73 J-K-1- mol-1

Question 22. Which type of system does not interact with its surroundings? Classify the following systems into open, closed, and isolated systems: a plant certain amount of a liquid enclosed in a container with rigid, impermeable, and adiabatic wall
Answer: 1. Isolated System 2. Open 2. Isolated

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 23. If the volume and density of 5g of pure iron sample are ‘ V’ and ‘ d.’ respectively then what will be the volume and density of 10 g of the same sample?
Answer: volume = 2 V; density = d

Question 24. The specific heat capacity of 10g of a sample of aluminum is x cal. g-1 K-1 . Is the value of the specific heat capacity of 5g of that sample\(\frac{x}{2}\) cal .g-1 K-1?
Answer: No, because it is a state property of the system.

Question 25. On which factors does the change in a state function depend?
Answer: Upon initial and final states of the system.

Question 26. The initial state of a system is ‘This system participates in the following process: A→B→C→A. What will be the change in the internal energy of the system in this process?
Answer: zero

Question 27. Which of the following is (are) not a state function?

  1. Enthalpy
  2. Heat capacity
  3. Heat
  4. Work done

Answer: Heat and work

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 28. At T K, what will be the value of (H- U) for 1 mol of ideal gas?
Answer: RT

Question 29. In an isothermal expansion of an ideal gas, both ΔH and ΔU are zero. What will be the values of ΔU and ΔH in the isothermal compression of an ideal gas?
Answer: ΔH = 0; ΔU = 0

Question 30. What will be the value of the change in internal energy of a process occurring in an isolated system?
Answer: Zero

Question 31. In a process, q cal heat is absorbed by a closed system. If work done by the system is w cal, then what will be the value of the change in internal energy (ΔU) in this process?
Answer: ΔU = q-w,

Question 32. For a process occurring in a closed system, ΔU = q. If only pressure-volume work is performed by the system then which type of process is this?
Answer: Isochoric

Question 33. The amount of heat released by a system at constant pressure is 20 kj. What will be the value of ΔH in this process?
Answer: ΔH = -20 kj

Question 34. For an ideal gas C V,m = J mol-1 K-1. What will be the value of Cp m?
Answer: 20.784 J.mol-1-K-1?

Question 35. A liquid in a closed adiabatic container is stirred. Among ΔU, w, and q, which one will be zero?
Answer: q = 0

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 36. If the temperature of I mol of an ideal gas is doubled then what will be the change in value of internal energy? Will it increase, decrease, or remain the same?
Answer: Will increase.

Question 36. 2H2 + O2-2H2O , AH = -571.6 kj. Does this equation express the thermochemical equation for the formation of H2O?
Answer: No, because the physical states of the reactants and products are not mentioned in the reaction.

Question 37. What temperature and pressure are usually considered as the standard state of a substance?
Answer: Pressure = 1 atm, any temperature may be considered.

Question 38. Which allotropic form of carbon is considered a source of carbon in the formation reactions of carbon compounds at 25°C and 1 atm?
Answer: C(graphite,s).

Question 39. Which of the following two reactions indicates the formation reaction of HI(g) at 25°C and 1 atm?

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{I}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{HI}(g)\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{HI}(g)\)

Answer: Reaction because the standard state of means than iodine is I2(s).

Question 40. Between O2(g) and O3(g), whose standard enthalpy of formation (ΔH0f) is taken as zero at 1 atm and 25°C?
Answer: O2 (g) because at 25°C the standard state of oxygen is O2(g)

Question 41. In which of the following reactions the standard heat of reaction is equal to the standard heat of formation of CaBr2(s) at 25°C?

  • Ca(s) + Br2(l)-CaBr2(s)
  • Ca(s) + Br2(g)-CaBr2(s)

Answer: Reaction (1), because at 25X the standard state of bromine is Br2(l).

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 42. Heat is required to vaporize 1 g of water at 100°C and 1 atm is 2.26kj. What is the enthalpy of vaporization of water at this temperature and pressure?
Answer: 40.68 kj

Question 43. 1 mol of H2O(Z) is formed when 1 mol of H+ ions and 1 mol of OH- ions react together in aqueous solution. Does this reaction represent the formation reaction of water?
Answer: No, because H2O(f) is not formed from its constituent elements.

Question 44. Consider the reactions

  • A2(s) + B2(g)-+A2(g) + B2(g); AH = -x kj
  • A2(g) + B2(g)-+2AB(g) ; AH = -y kj .

What is the value of the change in enthalpy for the following reaction A2(s) + B2(g)-+2AB(g)?
Answer: — (X + y) kJ ;

Question 45. S(monoclinic, s)-S(rhombic, s). What is the enthalpy change of this process called?
Answer: Heat of transformation

Question 46. \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) ;\) \(\Delta H^0=-228.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \text { if } \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}\right]=0\) then what will be the value of AH0Of[OH-] ?
Answer: -228.5 kj mol-1

Question 47. The bond dissociation energies of three A-B bonds in ΔB3(g) molecule are x,y, and zkj-mol-1 respectively. What is the bond energy of the A- B bond?
Answer: l/3(x + y + z)kJ-mol-1

Question 48. Why is the heat of reaction of a reaction occurring in a bomb calorimeter equal to the change in internal energy of the reaction system?
Answer: The volume of the reaction system remains the same.

Question 49. In the case of diatomic gaseous I molecule 33. -7.43kJ -mol-1 ;
Answer: In the case of diatomic gaseous molecules.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 50. What will be the difference between ΔH and ΔU in the combustion reaction of C10H8(g) at 25°C?
Answer: -7.43kJ -mol-1

Question 51. Write down the relation between ΔH and ΔU for the following reaction: CH3COOH(aq) + NaOH(a<y)-CH3COONa(ag) + H2O(l)
Answer: zero

Question 52. If the bond energy of the C- H bond is +416.18 kj .mol-1, then what will be the enthalpy of the formation of the C-H bond?
Answer: 416.18kJ. mol-1

Question 53. What is the most important feature of Hess’s law?
Answer: It is used to determine the heat of the reaction;

Question 54. The standard bond dissociation energy of A2(g), B2(g) and AB(g) molecules are x,y, and zkj-mol-1 respectively. What will be the standard enthalpy of the formation of AB(g)?
Answer: [z- 1 /2(x + y)]kj . mol-1

Question 55. At temperature T K the difference between ΔH and ΔU for the following reaction is \(+\frac{1}{2} R T: \mathrm{A}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~B}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{AB}(\mathrm{g}).\) What is the physical state of (solid or gas)?
Answer: Soild [A(s)]

Question 56. Give an example of a spontaneous process in which the change in enthalpy of the system is positive.
Answer: Melting of ice above 0°C,

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 57. What will be the signs of enthalpy change and entropy change for a process to be spontaneous at all temperatures?
Answer: ΔH < 0 , ΔS > 0

Question 58. What will be the signs of AG for melting ice at 267K and 276K temperature and atm pressure?
Answer: ΔG> 0 ΔG < 0

Question 59. Water and ice remain in equilibrium at 0°C and 1 atm pressure. What will be the value of AG and the sign of the S system at this equilibrium?
Answer: ΔG = 0 , ΔSsys>0,

Question 60. Which one of the following relation or expression is true for a spontaneous process of ΔG = 0, ΔH=TΔS, ΔG > 0, ΔG < 0?
Answer: AG<0

Question 61. What will be the sign of entropy change for the process I2(g)-+I2(s)?
Answer: ΔS = -ve

Question 62. What will be the change in entropy of the surroundings in a spontaneous process occurring in an isolated system?
Answer: Zero

Question 63. Is the entropy of the universe constant?
Answer: No, increases continuously

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 64. Give an example of a process in which the change in enthalpy of the system is negative.
Answer: Solidification of liquid

Question 65. what sign (or-) of entropy change in an endothermic relation makes the reaction Non-spontaneous at any temperature?
Answer: ΔS < 0,

Question 66. In which case the Asys will lie maximum between die following two processes ice – water I2(s) – l2(g)
Answer: I2(s) – l2(g)

Question 67. Predict the sign of AS0 for the given reaction. \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}(g)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)+2 \mathrm{SO}_2(g)\)
Answer: – ve

Question 68. Does die Gibbs free energy of a substance decrease or increase if the amount of the substance is increased?
Answer: Will increase

Question 69. In a process, the value of the change in entropy of the die system and its surroundings are x and -yj. IC-1 . If x > y, then will the process be spontaneous?
Answer: No

Question 70. The change in entropy of the system in a process A -4 B -4 C is 25 J K-1. If the change in entropy of the system in step B → C is 15 J K-1, then what will be the change in entropy of the system in step B→ A?
Answer: -10J.K-1

Thermodynamics MCQ’s

Question 1. Which of the following statements is true—

  1. Entropy increases when water vaporizes
  2. Randomness decreases in the fusion of ice
  3. Randomness increases in the condensation of water vapor
  4. Randomness remains unchanged during the vaporization of water

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Answer: 1. Entropy increases when water vaporizes

Vaporization of water (water → water vapor) involves an increase in the entropy of the system because the molecular randomness in water vapor is greater than that in water.

Question 2. Identify the correct statement in a chemical reaction—

  1. The entropy always increases
  2. The change in entropy along with a suitable change in enthalpy decides the tire rate of reaction
  3. The enthalpy always decreases
  4. Both tire enthalpy and tire entropy remain constant

Answer: 2. The change in entropy along with a suitable change in enthalpy decides the tire rate of reaction.

For a reaction occurring at a constant temperature and pressure, ΔG<0, ie., ΔH-TΔS<0 the change in entropy (Δs) and (flng with the change in enthalpy (ΔH) determines the spontaneity of a reaction.

Question 3. The condition for the spontaneity of a  process is—

  1. Lowering of entropy at constant temperature & pressure
  2. Lowering of Gibbs free energy of tire system at constant temperature and pressure
  3. Increase in entropy of tire system at constant temperature and pressure
  4. Increase in Gibbs free energy of the universe at constant temperature and pressure

Answer: 2. Lowering of Gibbs free energy of tire system at constant temperature and pressure

The condition of spontaneity for a reaction to occur at constant t and p is ag < 0.

Question 4. P-v work done by an ideal gaseous system at constant volume is the internal energy of the system)

  1. \(-\frac{\delta p}{p}\)
  2. Zero
  3. -Vδp
  4. -Δe

Answer: 2.  -Vδp

As the system’s volume remains constant in the process, the system cannot do any external work.

Question 5. Mixing of two different ideal gases under an isothermal reversible condition wall leads to—

  1. Increase in Gibbs free energy of the system
  2. No change in the entropy of the system
  3. Increase in entropy of the system
  4. Increase in enthalpy of the system

Answer: 3. Increase in entropy of the system

The molecular randomness in a gas mixture is larger than that in the individual gases because a gas mixture contains a larger number of molecules than that in the individual gases. Consequently, the mixing of two gases will lead to an increase in the entropy of the system.

Question 6. For an isothermal expansion of an ideal gas, the correct of the thermodynamic parameters will be—

  1. ΔU =0,Q = 0,ω≠0 and ΔH≠ 0
  2. ΔU ≠0,Q ≠ 0,ω≠0 and ΔH= 0
  3. ΔU =0,Q ≠ 0,ω=0 and ΔH≠ 0
  4. ΔU =0,Q≠ 0,ω≠0 and ΔH= 0

Answer: 4. ΔU =0,Q≠ 0,ω≠0 and ΔH= 0

For an ideal gas undergoing an isothermal process, ‘ah = 0. When a gas undergoes expansion it absorbs heat from its surroundings and performs external work. So, in such a process, q≠0 and w≠0.

We know, Δh = Δu+ Δ(pv). For an ideal gas, pv = nrΔt.

∴ Δh = Δu+Δ(nrt) = Δu+nrΔt

In an isothermal process of an ideal gas, aΔu = 0, at- 0, and hence ΔH = 0.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 7. The change in entropy (ds) is defined as—

  1. \(d s=\frac{\delta q}{t}\)
  2. \(d s=\frac{d h}{t}\)
  3. \(d s=\frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{t}\)
  4. \(d s=\frac{(d h-d g)}{t}\)

Answer: 3. \(d s=\frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{t}\)

If a system undergoing a reversible process at tk absorbs an amount of heat, 6qrev, then the change in entropy of the system in the process, \(d s=\frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{t}.\).

Question 8. Δh for cooling 2 mol ideal monoatomic gas from 225 °c to 125°c at constant pressure will be?

  1. 250R
  2. -500R
  3. 500R
  4. -250R

Answer: 2. ΔH=nCp(T2-T1)

Question 9. For a spontaneous process, correct statement(s) is (are)—

  1. \(\left(\delta g_{s y s}\right)_{t, p}>0\)
  2. \(\delta s_{\text {sys }}+\delta s_{\text {surr }}>0\)
  3. \(\left(\delta g_{s y s}\right)_{t, p}<0\)
  4. \(\left(\delta u_{s y s}\right)_{t, v}>0\)

Answer: 3. \(\left(\delta g_{s y s}\right)_{t, p}<0\)

For a spontaneous process at constant pressure and temperature, \(\delta s_{\text {univ }}>0 \text { or, } \delta s_{\text {sys }}+\delta s_{\text {surr }}>0\) now, \(\delta g=-t \delta s_{u n I v}\). For a spontaneous process \(\delta s_{u n I v}>0 \text {, and hence } \delta g<0 \text {. }\).

Question 10. Given: C+O2→CO2; ΔH0=-xKJ; 2CO+O2→2CO2; ΔH0=-yKJ The heat of formation of carbon monoxide will be—

  1. Y+2x
  2. 2X-y

Answer: C+O2→CO2; ΔH0=-xKJ; 2CO+O2→2CO2;ΔH0=-yK

Subtracting equation [2] from the equation obtained by multiplying equation [1] by 2, we have,

2CO+O2→2CO2;ΔH0=-yK

∴ Heat of formation of co \(=\left(\frac{y-2 x}{2}\right) \mathrm{kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 11. The enthalpy of vaporization of a certain liquid at its boiling point of 35°c is 24.64 kl-mol-1. The value of change in entropy for the process is—

  1. 704 J.k-1 mol-1
  2. 80J.k-1. Mol-1
  3. 24.64j.k-1. Mol-1
  4. 7.04 j.k-1. Mol-1

Answer: 2. 80J.k-1. Mol-1

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\delta s_{\text {vap }}=\frac{\delta h_{\text {vap }}}{t_b} & =\frac{24.64 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~j} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{(273+35) \mathrm{k}} \\
& =80 \mathrm{~j} \cdot \mathrm{k}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 12. ΔH and ΔS of a certain reaction are -400 kj. Mol-1 and -20kj.mol-1.k_1 respectively. The temperature below which the reaction is spontaneous is—

  1. 100K
  2. 20°C
  3. 20K
  4. 120°C

Answer: 3. 20K

For a spontaneous reaction, Δg = Δh- tΔs <0

⇒ \(t \delta s>\delta h \text { or, } t>\frac{\delta h}{\delta s} \text {, or, } t>\frac{400}{20} \mathrm{~k} \text {, or, } t>20 \mathrm{~k}\)

Question 13. For the reaction x2y4(/)→2xy(g) at 300 k the values of a u and as are 2kcal and 20 cal.k-1 respectively. The valuve of Δg for the reaction is-

  1. -3400 Cal
  2. 3400 Cal
  3. -2800 Cal
  4. 2000 Cal

Answer: 3.  Δh = Δu+angrt or, Δh = 2000 + 2 x 2 x 300

An = 2-0 = 2, r = 2 cal -k-1- mol-1]

Ah = 3200 cal

Ag = ah- tas = 3200- (300 x 20) =-2800 cal

Question 14. For the reaction 2sO2(g) + O(g)⇌ 2sO3(g) at 300 k, the value of ac0 is -690.9/1, the equilibrium constant value for the reaction ax that temperature is (r is gas constant)—

  1. 10 Atm-1
  2. 10 Atm
  3. 10
  4. 1

Answer: 3. 10

2sO2(g) + O2(g)⇌ 2sO3(g)

Now, ΔG = -RTlnk

Or, -690.9r = -RTlnk

∴K = 101

Question 15. The condition for the reaction to occur spontaneously is

  1. Δh must be negative
  2. Δs must be negative
  3. Δh- tδs) must be negative
  4. Δh + tδs) must be negative

Answer: 3. Δh- tδs) must be negative

At constant temperature and pressure, for a spontaneous process of the reaction a g < 0. According to Gibbs’s equation ag = ah-tas. Therefore the condition spontaneity is, ah- tas < 0.

Question 16. During a reversible adiabatic process, the pressure of a gas is found to be proportional to the cube of its absolute temperature. The ratio \(\frac{c_p}{c_v}\) for the gas is-

  1. \(\frac{3}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{7}{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{5}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{9}{7}\)

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Answer: 1. \(\frac{3}{2}\)

For adiabatic reversible process, \(t p^{\frac{(1-\gamma)}{\gamma}}=\text { constant }\)

Or, \(p t^{\frac{\gamma}{(1-\gamma)}}=\text { constant }\)

Again as mentioned, poct3

Or, pt-2 = constant

Comparing equations (1) and (2), it may be written as

⇒ \(\frac{\gamma}{1-\gamma}=-3\)

∴ \(\gamma=\frac{3}{2}\)

Question 17. The heat of neutralization of a strong base and a strong add is 13.7 kcal the heat released when 0.6 mol hc1 solution is added to 0.25 mol of NaOH is-

  1. 3.425kcal
  2. 8.22kcal
  3. 11.645kcal
  4. 13.7kcal

Answer: 1. 3.425kcal

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{hcl}(a q)+\mathrm{naoh}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{nacl}(a q)+\mathrm{h}_2 \mathrm{o}(l) ; \\
& \delta h^0=-13.7 \mathrm{kcal}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{r}
0.25 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{hcl}(a q)+0.25 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{naoh}(a q) \\
0.25 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{nacl}(a q)+0.25 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{h}_2 \mathrm{o}(l) ; \\
\delta h^0=-13.7 \times 0.25=-3.425 \mathrm{kcal}
\end{array}\)

∴ Amount of heat released = 3.425 kcal

Question 18. The entropy change involved in the isothermal reversible expansion of 2 mol of an ideal gas from a volume of 10 cm3 to a volume of 100 cm3 at 27°cis —

  1. 38.3j.mol-1.k-1
  2. 35.8j.mol-1.k-1
  3. 32.3j.mol-1. K-1
  4. 42.3j.mol-1.k-1

Answer: 1. 38.3j.mol-1.k-1

For isothermal reversible expansion,

⇒ \(\delta s=n r \ln \frac{v_2}{v_1}=2 \times 8.314 \ln \frac{100}{10}=38.3 \mathrm{~j} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot k^{-1}\)

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 19. Among the following expressions which one is incorrect-

  1. \(w_{\text {rev, iso }}=-n r t \ln \frac{v_f}{v_i}\)
  2. \(\ln k=-\frac{\delta h^0-t \delta s^0}{r t}\)
  3. \(k=e^{-\delta g^0 / r t}\)
  4. \(\frac{\delta g_{\text {sys }}}{\delta s_{\text {total }}}=-t\)

Answer: 2. \(\ln k=-\frac{\delta h^0-t \delta s^0}{r t}\)

ΔG° = -RTInk and ΔG° = ΔH0- TΔS0

\(\Delta H^0-T \Delta S^0=-R T \ln K \text { and } \ln K=-\left(\frac{\Delta H^0-T \Delta S^0}{R T}\right)\)

Question 20.  A cylinder filled with 0.04mol of ideal gas expands reversibly from 50ml to 375ml at a constant temperature of 37.0°c. As it does so, it absorbs 208 j heat, q and w for the process will be (a = 8.314 j.mol-1.k-1 )

  1. q = +208 J, w = +208 J
  2. q = +208 J, w = -208 J
  3. q = -208 J , w = -208 J
  4. q = -208 J , w = +208 J

Answer: 2. Q = +208 J, w = -208 J

The process is isothermal and the system is an ideal gas. So, in this process, a u = 0. Given that q = +208J.

∴ Au = q + w or, 0 = 208 + w

∴ W = -208J .

Question 21. For complete combustion of ethanol, \(\mathrm{c}_2 \mathrm{h}_5 \mathrm{oh}(l)+3 \mathrm{o}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{co}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{h}_2 \mathrm{o}(l)\)

The amount of host produced ao measured in a bomb calorimeter, u 1364,47kJ mol 1 at 25°c, assuming ideality the enthalpy of combustion, ΔHc(  – mol 1 j for the reaction will be (R= 8.3m jk-1. Mol-1)

  1. -1350.50
  2. -1366.95
  3. -1361.95
  4. -1460.50

Answer: 2. -1366.95

In a bomb calorimeter, a reaction occurs under a condition of constant volume. Hence, qv = alt. For the given reaction, an = 2-3 = -1 we know, ah = a u + art

∴ Ah = [- 1364.47-lx 8.314 x 10~3 x 298]kj . Mol-1

=-1366.95 kj- mol-1

Question 22. The following reaction is performed at 298k. 2No(g) + O2(g/ v= 2nO2(g) the standard free energy of formation is 86.6 kj/mol at 298k, what is the standard free energy of formation of NO2(g) at 298k (kp – 1.6 x 10 l2) –

  1. \(8660-\frac{\ln \left(1.6 \times 10^{12}\right)}{r(298)}\)
  2. 0.5[2 x 86600 -R(298) in(1.6 x 1012)
  3. R(298)ln(1.6 x 1012)- 86600
  4. 86600 + R(298) In (1.6 x 1012)

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Answer: 2. 0.5[2 x 86600 -R(298) in(1.6 x 1012)

Given: \(T=298 \mathrm{~K}, \Delta G_f^0(\mathrm{NO})=86.6 \mathrm{~kJ} / \mathrm{mol},\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{NO}_2\right)=?, K_p=1.6 \times 10^{12} \\
& 2 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}_0(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NO}_0(g)
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(\Delta G_r^0=2 \Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{NO}_2\right)-2 \Delta G_f^0(\mathrm{NO})-\Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{O}_2\right)\)

\(\text { or, } \Delta G_r^0=2 \Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{NO}_2\right)-2 \times 86600\)

⇒ \(Again,\Delta G_r^0=-R T \ln K_p
or, 2 \Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{NO}_2\right)-2 \times 86600=-R(298) \ln \left(1.6 \times 10^{12}\right)\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \delta g_f^0\left(\mathrm{no}_2\right)=\frac{2 \times 86600-r(298) \ln \left(1.6 \times 10^{12}\right)}{2}\)

= 0.5[2 x 86600- (298)Ln(1.6 x 1012)

Question 23. The standard Gibbs energy change at 300k for the reaction 2az±b + c is 2494.2 j. At a given time, the composition of the reaction mixture is [a] \([a]=\frac{1}{2},[b]=2 \text { and }[c]=\frac{1}{2}\) reaction proceeds in the [a = 8.314)/k/mol, c=2.718] —

  1. Forward direction because q<kc
  2. Reverse direction because q<kc
  3. Forward direction because q > kc
  4. Reverse direction because q > kc

Answer: 4. Reverse direction because q > kc

⇒ \(2 A \rightleftharpoons B+C\)

Given: = 300k , ΔG0 =2494.2J

R = 8.314 I .K-1.mol-1

Now, AG° = -2.303RT logKc

Question 24. The heats of carbon and carbon monoxide combustion are -393.5 and -283.5 kj.mol-1 respectively. The heat of formation (in kj) of carbon monoxide per mole is

  1. 110.5
  2. 676.5
  3. -676.5
  4. -110.5

Answer: c(s) + O2(g) →CO2(g) , Δh0 = -393.5 kj.mol-1

⇒ \(\mathrm{co}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{co}_2(\mathrm{~g}), \delta h^0=-283.5 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Subtracting equation (2) from equation (1) we get,

⇒ \(\mathrm{c}(\mathrm{s})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{co}(\mathrm{g}),\)

Ah0 =[- 393.5- (-283.5)] kj.mol-1

=-110.0 kj-mol-1

Therefore, the heat of the formation of co(g)

= -110.0 kj-mol-1

Question 25. Given, c(graphite) + O2(g) -4 CO2(g),aÿ = -393.5 kj .mol-1

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{h}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{h}_2 \mathrm{o}(l), \delta_r h^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& \mathrm{co}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{h}_2 \mathrm{o}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{ch}_4(g)+2 \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g})
\end{aligned}\)

Based on the above thermochemical equations, the value of arh° at 298 k for the reaction, c(graphite) + 2h2(g) → Ch4(g) , will be—

  1. -748 Kj.mol-1
  2. -144.0kj.mol-1
  3. +74.8 kj.mol-1
  4. +144.0kj.mol-1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Answer:  C(graphite) + O2(g)→CO2(g),

= -393.5 kj. Mol-1

⇒ \(\mathrm{h}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{h}_2 \mathrm{o}(l), \delta_r h^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{co}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{h}_2 \mathrm{o}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{ch}_4(g)+2 \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
& \delta_r h^0=+890.3 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 26. The combustion of benzene (z) gives CO2(g) and h2O(z). Given that the heat of combustion of benzene at constant volume is -3263.9 kj -mol-1 at 25°c, the heat of combustion (in kj .mol-1 ) of benzene at constant pressure will be [r = 8.314 j.k-1.mol-1 )—

  1. -4152.6
  2. -452.46
  3. 3260
  4. -3267.6

Answer: 4. -3267.6

⇒ \(\mathrm{c}_6 \mathrm{h}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{co}_2(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{h}_2 \mathrm{o}(l)\)

⇒ \(\delta n=6-\frac{15}{2}=-\frac{3}{2}\)

Ah = au+anrt

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\delta h & =\left[-3263.9-\frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times 10^{-3} \times 298\right] \mathrm{kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& =-3267.6 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 27. If \(\frac{1}{2} a \rightarrow b, \quad \delta h=+150 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} ; \quad 3 b \rightarrow 2 c+d\)   ah=-125 kj mol-1 ; e + a-*2d , ah= + 350 k. Mol-1 then ah of the reaction b + d—>£ + 2c will be

  1. 525Kj.mol-1
  2. -175Kjmol-1
  3. -325Kj.mol-1
  4. 352Kj.mol-1

Answer: 2. -175Kjmol-1

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} a \rightarrow b ; \delta h=+150 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

3B→2c + d; Δh = -125 kj. Mol-1

E + a→2d; Δh = +350 kj . Mol-1

Subtracting equation [3] from (2 x equation [1] + equation [2]), we have—

B + d→e + 2c; ah = 2 x 150- 125- 350 = -175 kj.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 28. Which is the correct option for free expansion of an ideal gas under adiabatic conditions—

  1. q=0, ΔT≠0, W=0
  2. q≠0, ΔT≠0, W=0
  3. q=0, ΔT≠0, W=0
  4. q=0, ΔT<0, W≠0

Answer: 3. q=0, ΔT≠0, W=0

For an adiabatic process, q = 0, and for free expansion of a gas, w = 0.

∴ Δu=q + w = 0 + 0 = 0. For an ideal gas undergoing an isothermal process, ah = 0. So, the given process is isothermal and hence at = 0.

Question 29. The enthalpy change for the reaction, 4h(g)→2h2(g) is -869.5 kl. The dissociation energy of the fi — h bond is

  1. -434.8 kj
  2. -869.6kj/mol
  3. +434.8 kj
  4. +217.4kj

Answer: 3. +434.8 kj

We know, bond formation enthalpy =(-)x bond dissociation enthalpy. Now, bond formation enthalpy for 2 mol h —h bonds = -869 kj.

Bond dissociation enthalpy for h— h bond \(=\frac{1}{2} \times 869=434.5 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 30. If the enthalpy change for the transition of liquid water to steam is 30 kj.mol-1 at 27°c, the entropy change in ] mol-1 k_1 for the process would be

  1. 10
  2. 1.0
  3. 0.1
  4. 100

Answer: 4. 100

Question 31. In which of the given reactions, standard reaction entropy change (as0) is positive and standard gibbs energy change (ag°) decreases sharply with increasing temperature—

  1. \(\mathrm{c} \text { (graphite) }+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{co}(\mathrm{g})\)
  2. \(\mathrm{co}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{co}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)
  3. \(\mathrm{mg}(\mathrm{s})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{mgo}(\mathrm{s})\)
  4. \(\mathrm{c}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{co}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

Answer: 1. \(\mathrm{c} \text { (graphite) }+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{co}(\mathrm{g})\)

In the reaction, c(graphite) \(+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{o}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{co}(\mathrm{g})\) number of gas molecules increases. As a result, the entropy of the system increases (as0 > 0).

We know, ag = a/7- tas for the given reaction a77° < 0, as it is a combustion reaction. Since at/0 < 0 and as0 > 0, according to the reaction [1], ag° decreases with rise in temperature.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 32. For the reaction, x2O4(l)→2xO2(g), ah =2.1 kcal, as = 20 cal.k-1 at 300 k. Hence, ag is—

  1. 2.7 kcal
  2. -2.7 kcal
  3. 9.3kcal
  4. -9.3kcal

Answer: 2. -2.7 kcal

ΔH= ΔU +ΔnRT

For the given reaction, an = 2.

∴ ΔH = 2.1 + 2 x 1.987 x 10-3 x 300 =3.2922 kcal and

Δg = ΔH- TΔS= 3.2922 -300 x 20 x 10-3 =-2.7 kcal

Question 33. The heat of combustion of carbon to CO2 is -393.5 kj/mol. The heat released upon the formation of 35.2g of CO2 from carbon and oxygen gas is

  1. -315 Kj
  2. +315 Kj
  3. -630 Kj
  4. -3.15kj

Answer: c(s) + O2(g)→CO2(g); afh = -393.5 kj.mol-1

The heat released on formation of 44g CO2 =-395.5 kj-mol-1

The heat released by the formation of 35.2g of CO2

⇒ \(=-\frac{393.5 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{44 \mathrm{~g}} \times 35.2 \mathrm{~g}=-315 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 34. For the expansion of n mol of an ideal gas, the change in entropy of reversible isothermal process is \(\delta s=n r \ln \frac{v_f}{v_l}\)

At constant temeratrue, for n mol ofideal gas \(\frac{v_f}{v_i}=\frac{p_i}{p_f}\)

Therefore \(\delta s=n r \ln \left(\frac{p_i}{p_j}\right)\)

Question 35. Consider the following liquid-vapor equilibrium. Liquid vapour which of the following relations is correct

  1. \(\frac{d \ln p}{d \mathrm{~t}^2}=-\frac{\delta h_v}{t^2}\)
  2. \(\frac{d \ln p}{d \mathrm{~t}}=\frac{\delta h_v}{r t^2}\)
  3. \(\frac{d \ln g}{d t^2}=\frac{\delta h_v}{r t^2}\)
  4. \(\frac{d \ln p}{d t}=-\frac{\delta h_\nu}{r t}\)

Answer: 1. At constant temperature and pressure, the reaction is to be spontaneous if ag < 0. According to the gibbs free energy ag = a/7- tas, ag will be negative at any temperature if a/7 < 0 and as > 0

Question 37. A gas is allowed to expand in a well-insulated container against a constant external pressure of 2.5 atm from an initial volume of 2.50 l to a final volume of 4.50 l. The change in internal energy a u of the gas in joules will be—

  1. -500 Jk-1
  2. -505 J
  3. +505 J
  4. 1136.25j

Answer: 2. -505 J

Work done of irreversible process, w =-pgxav =-2.5(4.5-2.5) =-5 l- atm =-(5 x 101.3)j =-506.5j since, it is an insulated system, q = 0. From the first law ofthermodynamics a u = q+w or, a 7/ = 0- 506.5j = -506.5j.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 38. For a given reaction, ah = 35.5 kj. mol 1 and as = 83.6 j.mol-1. The reaction is spontaneous at (assume that ah and as do not vary with temperature)-

  1. T > 425 k
  2. All temperatures
  3. T> 298 k
  4. T< 425 k

Answer: 1. T > 425 k

Ag = ah-tas = 35.5 x 103- tx 83.6 reaction is to be spontaneous if a g < 0. Thus, 35.5 x 103- tx 83.6 < 0 therefore, t x 83.6 > 35.5 x 103 or, t> 424.64 k

Question 39. The bond dissociation energies of x2, y2, and xy are in the ratio of 1 : 0.5: 1 . Ah for the formation of xy is -200 kj.mol-1. The bond dissociation energy of x2 will be

  1. 200Kj.mo1-1
  2. 100Kj.mol-1
  3. 800 Kj.mol-1
  4. 400Kj.mol-1

Answer: 3. 800 Kj.mol-1

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{x}_2+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{y}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{xy}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \delta \mathrm{h}_{\text {reaction }}=\sum(\mathrm{be})_{\text {reactant }}-\sum(\mathrm{be})_{\text {product }} \\
& {[\mathrm{be}=\text { bond energy] }}
\end{aligned}\)

If the bond energy of x2 is a kj.mol-1 then the bond energy of y2 and xy are 0.5a and a kj.mol-1 respectively.

⇒ \(-200=\frac{a}{2}+\frac{0.5}{2} a-a=-0.25 a \quad \text { or, } a=800\) ”

Therefore, bond energy of x2 = 800kj.mol-1

Question 40. Which of the following is an intensive property

  1. Enthalpy
  2. Entropy
  3. Specific heat
  4. Volume

Answer: 3. Specific heat

Intensive property: specific heat; extensive property-: enthalpy, entropy, volume.

Question 41. Which of the tires following is not a thermodynamic function—

  1. Internal energy
  2. Work done
  3. Enthalpy
  4. Entropy

Answer: 2. Workdone

Thermodynamic functions are internal energy, enthalpy, entropy, pressure, volume, temperature, free energy, and number of moles.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 42. For the adiabatic process, which is correct-

  1. At = 0
  2. As = 0
  3. Q = 0
  4. Qp = 0

Answer: 3. Q = 0

For the adiabatic process, no exchange of heat takes place between the system and surroundings. i.e., Q = 0.

Question 43. The enthalpy of formation of CO(g), CO2(g), N20(g) and N2O4(g) is -110, -393, +811′ and lokj/mol respectively for the reaction N2O4(g) + 3C0(g)→N2O(g) + 3CO2(g) ahr (kj/mol) is –

  1. -212
  2. +212
  3. +48
  4. -48

Answer: 4. -48

N2O4(g) + 3CO(g)→ N2O(g) + 3CO2(g)

ΔHreaction =∑ Heat of formation of products heat of formation of reactants

-∑ Heat of formation of reactants

Question 44. The bond dissociation energy of ch4 is 360 kj/mol and c2h6 is 620 kj/mol. Then bond dissociation energy of the c- c bond is—

  1. 170 Kj/mol
  2. 50Kj/mol
  3. 80Kj/mol
  4. 220Kj/mol

Answer: 3. 80Kj/mol

Dissociation energy of-methane = 360 kj.mol-1

∴ Bond energy of c—h bond \(=\frac{360}{4}=90 \mathrm{~kj} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

The bond energy of ethane,

  • 1 X B.E. (C-C) + 6 X B.E. (C-H) = 620 KJ.mol-1
  • Or, B.E.(C—C) + 6 X 90 = 620
  • Or, B.E. (C—C) + 540 = 620
  • Or, B.E. (C—C) = 620-540
  • Or, B.E. (C—C) = 80 KJ-mol-1
  • Bond dissociation of c —C bond = 80 kj. Mol-1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 45. Which thermodynamic parameter is not a state function-

  1. Q at constant pressure
  2. Q at constant volume
  3. W at adiabatic
  4. W at isothermal

Answer: 4. W at isothermal

H and u are state functions but w and q are not state functions. From the equation, Δh = Δu+Δpv at constant pressure, Δh = Δu+pΔv at constant volume, Δh = Δu+ vΔp at constant pressure, Δp = 0, Δh = qp so, it is a state function.

At constant volume, Δv = 0, Δu = qΔ so, it is a state function. Work done in any adiabatic process is a state function. Δu = q- w (Δq – 0) Δu = -w work done in the isothermal process is not a state function. W = -q (since Δt = 0, q=0)

Question 46. For the reaction of one mole of zinc dust with one mole of sulphuric acid in a bomb calorimeter, a u and w correspond to—

  1. Au< 0, w = 0
  2. Alt < 0 , w < 0
  3. Al/> 0, w = 0
  4. A17 > 0 , w> 0

Answer: 1. Au< 0, w = 0

For adiabatic conditions, PVϒ  = constant

⇒ \(p_1 v_1^\gamma=p_2 v_2^\gamma ; v_2=\frac{1}{2} v_1\)

⇒ \(p_2=p_1\left(\frac{v_1}{v_2}\right)^\gamma \text { [for diatomic gas, } \gamma=1.4 \text { ] }\)

⇒ \(p_2=p_1\left(\frac{v_1 \times 2}{v_1}\right)^{1.4} p_2=p_1(2)^{1.4}=(2)^{1.4} p\)

Question 47. For the reaction of one mole of zinc dust with one mole of sulphuric acid in a bomb calorimeter, a u and w correspond to—

  1. Au< 0, w = 0
  2. Au< 0, w <0
  3. Au> 0, w = 0
  4. Au> 0, w>0

Answer: 1. Au< 0, w = 0

Bomb calorimeter is commonly used to find the heat of combustion of organic substances which consists of a sealed combustion chamber, called a bomb.

If the process is rim in a sealed container then no expansion or compression is allowed, so w = 0 and au = q ΔU< 0, w = 0.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 48. The heat is liberated when 1.89 g of benzoic acid is burnt in a bomb calorimeter at 25° c and it increases the temperature of 18.94 kg of water by 0.632°c. The specific heat of water at 25°c is 0.998 cal.g-1 °c-1, and the value of the heat of combustion of benzoic acid is—

  1. 881.1kcal
  2. 771.124kcal
  3. 981.1kcal
  4. 871.2kcal

Answer: 2. 771.124kcal

Given: weight of benzoic acid = 1.89 g; the temperature of bomb calorimeter =25°c=298k; the mass of water (m) = 18.94 kg = 18940 g; increase in temperature (at) = 0.632°c and specific heat of water (s) = 0.998 cal- gÿc-1 we know that heat gained by water or heat liberated by benzoic acid (q) = meat

= 18940 X 0.998 x 0.632 = 11946.14 cal

Since 1.89 g of acid liberates 11946.14 cal of heat, therefore heat liberated by 122 g of acid \(=\frac{11946.14 \times 122}{1.89}\)

= 771126.5 cal =771.12 kcal

(Where 122 g is the molecular weight of benzoic acid)

Question 49. The heat is liberated when 1.89 g of benzoic acid is burnt in a bomb calorimeter at 25°c and it increases the temperature of 18.94 kg of water by 0.632°c. The specific heat of water at 25°c is 0.998 cal.g_1 .°C-1, the value of the heat of combustion of benzoic acid is—

  1. 881.1kcal
  2. 771.124kcal
  3. 981. kcal
  4. 871.2kcal

Answer: 2. 771.124kcal

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 50. What is the entropy change in 2 mol n2, when its temperature is taken from 400 k to 800 k, at constant pressure

  1. 30J/k
  2. 60J/k
  3. 40J/k
  4. 20J/k

Answer: 3. 40J/k

⇒ \(\delta s=n c_p \ln \frac{t_2}{t_1}=2 \times \frac{7}{2} r \times \ln \frac{800}{400}=40 \mathrm{~j} \cdot \mathrm{k}^{-1}\)

Question 51. 1 Mole of an ideal gas expands isothermally reversible from 2 liters to 4 liters and 3 moles of the same gas expand from 2 liters to x liter and do the same work, what is ‘x’-

  1. (8)1/3
  2. (4)2/3
  3. 2
  4. 4

Answer: 2. (4)2/3

⇒ \(w=n r t \ln \frac{v_2}{v_1} \text { or, } r t \ln \frac{4}{2}=3 r t \ln \frac{x}{2}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \ln 2=\ln \left(\frac{x}{2}\right)^3 \text { or, }\left(x^3=16\right) \text { or, } x=(16)^{\frac{1}{3}}=4^{\frac{2}{3}}\)

Question 52. Which of the following are extensive properties

  1. Volume and enthalpy
  2. Volume and temperature
  3. Volume and specific heat
  4. Pressure and temperature

Answer: 1. Extensive properties depend upon the quantity of the matter contained in the system, e.g., Volume and enthalpy, etc. Intensive properties depend only upon the nature of the substance and are independent of the amount of the substance present in the system e.g., Temperature, pressure-specific heat, etc.

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 53. If one monoatomic gas is expanded adiabatically from 2 l to 10 l at1 atm external pressure then the value of a u (in atm. l )is-

  1. -8
  2. 0
  3. -66.7
  4. 58.2

Answer: 1. -8

q = 0 (since process is adiabatic.) Δu =w = -pav

=-1(10 -3) atm.L=-8 atm.L

Question 54. The equation of state for ‘ n’ mol of an ideal gas is PV – nRT. fn this equation, the respective number of intensive and extensive properties are—

  1. 2,3
  2. 3,2
  3. 1,4
  4. 4, 1

Answer: 2. 3,2

Question 55. \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) ; \Delta H^0=57.32 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

\(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \quad \Delta H^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\) 25°C. If \(\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\right]=0,\),then the standard heat of formation (kJ.mol-1) for OH-(aq) at 25°Cls—

  1. -142.9
  2. -228.48
  3. -343.12
  4. -253.71

Answer: 2. -228.48

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 56. For a reaction at T K, ΔH> 0 and ΔS > 0. If the reaction attains equilibrium at a temperature of T1K, (assume ΔH and ΔS are independent of temperature) then—

  1. T<T1
  2. T>T1
  3. T=T1
  4. T>T1

Answer: 2. T>T1

Question 57. The change in entropy for 2 mol ideal gas in an isothermal reversible expansion from 10 mL to 100 mL at 27°C is—

  1. 26.79 J. K-1
  2. 38.29 J.K-1
  3. 59.07 J-K-1
  4. 46.26 J-K-1

Answer: 2. 38.29 J.K-1

Question 58. Which of the statements is true—

  1. A reaction, in which a 77 < 0 is always spontaneous;
  2. A reaction, in which ah > 0 can never occur spontaneously
  3. For a spontaneous process in an isolated system,
  4. For a spontaneous process in an isolated system,

Answer: 3. For a spontaneous process in an isolated system,

Question 59. For the reaction, CaCO3(s)→CaO(s) + CO2(g), ΔH0= +179.1 kl-mol-1 and ΔSO = 160.2 If ΔH0 and ΔS0 are temperature independent, then the temperature above which the reaction will be spontaneous is equal to—

  1. 1008 K
  2. 1200 K
  3. 845 K
  4. 1118 K

Answer: 4. 1118 K

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 60. When a gas (molar mass =28 g-mol-1) of mass 3.5g is burnt completely in the presence of excess oxygen in a bomb calorimeter) the temperature of the calorimeter increases from 208 K to 298.45 K. The heat of combustion at constant volume for the gas (Given; the heat capacity of the calorimeter 2.5 k K4)

  1. 4.5 kJ .mol-1
  2. 8.0 kJ. mol-1
  3. 9.0 KJ .mol-1
  4. 9.5 kJ mol-1

Answer: 3. 9.0 KJ .mol-1

Question 61. For the reaction, 2NH3(g)→ N2(g)+3H2(g)-

  1. ΔH< 0, ΔS> 0
  2. ΔH> 0, ΔS > 0
  3. ΔH > 0, ΔV <0
  4. ΔH < 0, Δ5 < 0

Answer: 2. AH> 0, AS > 0

Question 62. Which of the following pairs is true for the process C6H6(g)[1atm, 80.1°C]→C6H6(l)[1 atm, 80.1°C]

  1. ΔG< 0, ΔS> 0
  2. ΔG< 0, ΔS< 0
  3. ΔG = 0, ΔS < 0
  4. ΔG = 0, ΔS > 0

Answer: 3. ΔG = 0, ΔS < 0

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 63. The internal energy change when a system goes from state P to Q is 30kJ> mol-1. If the system goes from P to Q by a reversible path and returns to state P by an irreversible path, what would be the net change in internal energy—

  1. 30kj
  2. <30kJ
  3. zero
  4. >30kJ

Answer: 3. Zero

Question 64. If at normal pressure and 100°C the changes in enthalpy and entropy for the process, H2O(l)→H2O(g), are ΔH and ΔS respectively, then ΔH-ΔU is—

  1. 5.6 kj. mol-1
  2. 6.2 kj – mol-1
  3. 3.1 kj-mol-1
  4. 4.8 kj-mol-1

Answer: 3. 3.1 kj-mol-1

Question 65. At 25°C, the standard heat of formation for Br2(g) is 30.9 kj.mol-1. At this temperature, the heat of vaporization for Br2(l) is—

  1. <30.9 kj. mol-1
  2. 30.9 kj .mol-1
  3. >30.9 kj. mol-1
  4. Cannot Be Predicted

Answer: 2. 3.1 kj-mol-1

Question 66. At 25°C, when 0.5 mol of HC1 reacts completely with 0.5 mol of NaOH in a dilute solution, 28.65 kj of heat is liberated. If at 25°C ΔH0f[H2O(7)]=  then AH0fOH- (aq) is—

  1. -314.45 kj. mol-1
  2. -285.8 kj.mol-1
  3. -228.5 kj. mol-1
  4. -343.1 kJ. mol-1

Answer: 2.  -285.8 kj.mol-1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 67. On combustion, CxHY(l) forms CO2(g) and H2O(l). At a given temperature and pressure, the value of \(\left(\frac{\Delta H-\Delta U}{R T}\right)\) in this combustion reaction is—

  1. \(\frac{x}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{x+y}{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{y}{4}\)
  4. \(\frac{x-y}{4}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{y}{4}\)

Question 68. An ideal gas is compressed isothermally at 25°C from a volume of 10 L to a volume of 6 L. Which of the following is not true for this process—

  1. q<0
  2. w>0
  3. AU = 0
  4. AH > 0.

Answer: 4. AH > 0.

Question 69. At 27°C, for the reaction aA(g) + B(g)→2C(g) PΔV = -2.5 kj . The value of ‘a’ is

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 2

Question 70. When 1 mol of an ideal gas is compressed in a reversible isothermal process at T K, the pressure of the gas changes from 1 atm to 10 atm. In the process, if the work done by the gas is 5.744 kJ, then T is—

  1. 400k
  2. 300k
  3. 420k
  4. 520k

Answer: 2. 300k

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 71. For 0.5 mol of an ideal gas, 15 cal of heat is required to raise its temperature by 10 K at constant volume. The molar heat capacity for the gas at constant pressure is-

  1. 3cal.K-1 . mol-1
  2. 4 cal.k-1mol-1
  3. 5cal.k-1 .mol-1
  4. 4.5cal.k-1.mol-1

Answer: 3. 5cal.k-1 .mol-1

Question 72. According to the enthalpy diagram given below, the standard heat of formation (kJ mol-1) of CO(g) at 25°C is—

Chemical Thermodynamics Question 16 According To The Enthalpy

  1. -283.0
  2. -110.5
  3. +283.0
  4. +110.5

Answer: 2. -110.5

Question 73. 1 mol of an ideal gas is enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a frictionless and weightless piston. The gas absorbs x kJ heat and undergoes expansion. If the amount of expansion work done by the gas is x kJ, then the expansion is—

  1. Adiabatic
  2. Cyclic
  3. Isothermal
  4. It cannot Be Predicted

Answer: 3. Isothermal

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 74. Given (at 25°C)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Ca}(\mathrm{s})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CaO}(\mathrm{s}) ; \Delta H^0=-635.2 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& \mathrm{CaO}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{Ca}(\mathrm{OH})_2(\mathrm{~s}) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-65.6 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

The heat of formation (in kj.mol-1 ) for Ca(OH)2(s) is –

  1. -855.4
  2. -673.9
  3. -986.6
  4. -731.7

Answer: 3. -986.6

Question 75. Given (at 25°C)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{FeSO}_4(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(s)+\mathrm{SO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{SO}_3(g) ; \Delta H^0=340.1 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& 2 \mathrm{Fe}(s)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~s}) ; \Delta H^0=-824.2 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

  1. \(8660-\frac{\ln \left(1.6 \times 10^{12}\right)}{R(298)}\)
  2. 0.5[2 X 86600 -R(298)In(1.6 X 1012)
  3. R(298) lnf1.6 x 1012)- 86600
  4. 86600 + R(298) In (1.6 X 1012)

Answer: 4. 86600 + R(298) In (1.6 X 1012)

Question 76. At 25°C, the standard heats of formation of H2O(g) , H2O2(g), H(g) and O(g) are -241.8, -135.66, 218 and 249.17 k).mol-1 respectively. The bond energy (in kj.mol-1 ) of O —O bond in H2O2(g) molecule is—

  1. 179.23
  2. 160.19
  3. 142.60
  4. 157.16

Answer: 3. 142.60

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 77. Given (at 25°C):

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{s} \text {, graphite })+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}) & ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-110.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H^0=+249.1 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H^0=1073.24 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

The standard enthalpy change for the process, C(s, graphite)→C(g) at 25°C is—

  1. +934.64 KJ.Mol-1
  2. 713.64 KJ.Mol-1
  3. 962.64 KJ.Mol-1
  4. 652.64 KJ.Mol-1

Answer: 2. 713.64 KJ.Mol-1

Question 78. At 25°C, for the reaction, H+{aq) + OU-(aq)yH2O(l) , AHO = -57.3 kj . mol-1 . If the ionization enthalpy of HCN in water is 45.2 kj.mol-1, then the standard heat of reaction (in kj mol-1 ) for the reaction, HCN(aq) + NaOH(at jr)-NaCN(ag) + H2O(Z), in dilute aqueous solution is

  1. -113.5
  2. -12.1
  3. -102.5
  4. -35.7

Answer: 2. -12.1

Question 79. The temperature of a bomb calorimeter changes from 25°C to 32.7°C when wg of naphthalene mass (molar = 128 g. mol-1 ) is burnt completely in the calorimeter. If the heat of combustion at constant volume for naphthalene is -5152 kj mol-1, then w is (heat capacity of the calorimeter = 8.19 kj K-1)

  1. 0.87 g
  2. 1.91 g
  3. 2.37 g
  4. 1.57g

Answer: 4. 1.57g

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 80. In which of the following processes the change in entropy for the system is zero

  1. Irreversible adiabatic processes
  2. Reversible adiabatic process
  3. A spontaneous process occurring in an isolated system
  4. Isothermal expansion of an ideal gas

Answer: 2. Reversible adiabatic process

Question 81. A system undergoes the process: A→ B → C→ D. In this process, the change in a state function (.X) of the system is x. In steps A→B and B→C of the process, if the changes in X are y and z respectively, then the change in X in step D→C is—

  1. x-y-z
  2. x-z+y
  3. y+z-x
  4. y-z-x

Answer: 3. y+z-x

Question 82. At 27°C, AH = + 6 kJ for the reaction A + 2B-3C. In the reaction, if ΔASuniv = 2 J . K-1 , then ASys (in J . K-1 ) is

  1. +2
  2. +3
  3. +20
  4. +22

Answer: 4. +22

Question 83. An LPG cylinder contains 14 kg of butane. A family requires 2 X 104 kj of heat for their cooking purpose every day. By how many days will the butane in the cylinder be used up (Given: heat of combustion for butane = -2658 kj-mol-1 )—

  1. 15 days
  2. 20 days
  3. 32 days
  4. 40 days

Answer: 3. 32 days

Question 84. For a reaction involving 1 mol of Zn and 1 mol of H2SO4 in a bomb calorimeter

  1. ΔH> 0 , w> 0
  2. ΔU> 0 , w> 0
  3. ΔU< 0 , w> 0
  4. ΔU< 0 , w> 0

Answer: 4. ΔU< 0 , w> 0

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 85. Assuming that water vapor is an ideal gas, the internal energy change (ALT) when mol of water is vaporized at bar pressure and 100°C, will be (Given: at bar and 373K, molar enthalpy of vaporization of water is 41 kj. mol-1, R = 8.3 J.mol-1 . K-1 )

  1. 4.100 KJ. mol
  2. 3.7904 KJ. mol-1
  3. 37.904 kj. mol-1
  4. 41.00 kj. mol-1

Answer: 3. 37.904 kj. mol-1

Question 86. At 25°C and 1 atm pressure, ΔH and pressure-volume work for the reaction, 2H2(g) + O2(g)y2H2O(g) are —483.7 kj and 2.47 kj respectively. In this reaction the value U is-

  1. -483.7 kJ
  2. -481.23 KJ
  3. -400.23 Kj
  4. -492.6 KJ

Answer: 2. -481.23 KJ

Question 87. An ideal gas’s initial state of 1 mol is (P1, V2, T1 ). The gas is expanded by a reversible isothermal process and also by a reversible adiabatic process separately. If the final volume of the gas is the same in both of the processes, and changes in internal energy in the isothermal and adiabatic processes are ΔU1 and ΔU2 respectively, then

  1. ΔU1=ΔU2
  2. ΔU1<ΔU2
  3. ΔU1>ΔU2
  4. Cannot Be Predicated

Answer: 3. ΔU1>ΔU2

Question 88. At constant pressure, the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 mol of an ideal gas by 10-C is x kj. If the same increase in temperature were carried out at constant volume, then the heat required would be

  1. > xKJ
  2. <x Kj
  3. = x KJ
  4. > xKJ

Answer: 1. > xKJ

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 89. The enthalpy of fusion of ice at 0- C and 1 atm is 6.02 kj – mol-1. The change in enthalpy (J K-1)of the surroundings when 9 g of water is frozen at 0°C and 1 atm pressure is

  1. +11.02
  2. -11.02
  3. -20.27
  4. +23.09

Answer: 2. -11.02

Question 90. At a given pressure and a temperature of 300 K, ΔSurr and Δsys for a reaction are 8.0 J. K-1 and 4.0 J . K-1 surr respectively. ΔG for this reaction is-—

  1. -3.0 KJ
  2. -3.6 KJ
  3. 3.0 kJ
  4. -4.2 kJ

Answer: 2. -3.6 KJ

Question 91. In a reversible process, if changes in the entropy of the system and its surroundings are ΔS1 and ΔS2 respectively, then

  1. ΔS1 +ΔS2 >0
  2. ΔS1 +ΔS2<0
  3. ΔS1+ΔS2= 0
  4. ΔS1 +ΔS2>0

Answer: 3. ΔS1+ΔS2= 0

Question 92. A flask of volume 1 L contains 1 mol of an ideal gas. The flask is connected to an evacuated flask, and as a result, the volume of the gas becomes 10 L. The change in entropy (J. K-1) of the gas in this process is

  1. 9.56
  2. 19.14
  3. 11.37
  4. 14.29

Answer: 2. 19.14

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 93. The heats of neutralization of four acids A, B, C, and D are 13.7, 9.4, 11.2, and 12.4kcal respectively when they are neutralized against a common base. The weakest add among A, B, C, and D is

  1. A
  2. B
  3. C
  4. D

Answer: 2. B

Question 94. In a closed insulated container, a liquid is stirred with a paddle to increase the temperature. Which is true-

  1. ΔU= w≠0, q=0
  2. ΔU=0, w=0, q≠0
  3. ΔU=0 w=0, q≠0
  4. w=0 w≠0, q=0

Answer: 1. ΔU= w≠0, q=0

Question 95. How many calories are required to increase the temperature of 40g of Ar from 40-C to 100°C at a constant volume (R = 2 cal.mol-1.K-1)

  1. 120
  2. 2400
  3. 1200
  4. 180

Answer: 4. 180

Question 96. Water is supercooled to -4°C. The enthalpy (H) of the supercooled water is

  1. Same as ice at -4°c
  2. More than ice at -4°c
  3. Same as ice at 0°c
  4. Less than ice at -4°c

Answer: 4. Less than ice at -4°c

Question 97. The standard entropy of X2, Y2, and XY3 are 60, 40, and 50 J.K-1.mol-1 respectively. For the reaction\(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{X}_2+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{Y}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{XY}_3,(\Delta H=-30 \mathrm{~kJ})\) (AH = -30 kl ) to be at equilibrium, the temperature will be

  1. 1250 k
  2. 750k
  3. 500 k
  4. 1000 k

Answer: 2. 750k

Question 98. Two moles of gas of volume 50L and pressure 1 atm are compressed adiabatically and reversibly to 10atm. What is the atomicity of the gas (T1/T2= 0.4)

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 1. 1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 99. Given (at 25°C): C(s, graphite)-C(g) ; ΔH0 = +713.64 kj. mol-1

\(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g}); \Delta H^0=+218 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\) C(s, graphite)+3H2(g)→C6H6(g); AH0-+82.93kj – mol-1 At 25°C, if the bond energy of C—H and C— C bonds are 418 and 347 kj .mol-1 respectively, then the C=C bond energy is—

  1. +679.81 KJ. mol-1
  2. +652.63 kj. mol-1
  3. +808.75 KJ. mol-1
  4. +763.39 kJ. mol-1

Answer: 2. +652.63 kj. mol-1

Question 100. Given (at 25 °C):

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(g)+\frac{7}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-1560 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-890 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(s, \text { graphite })+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
& \qquad \Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

At 25 °C , if the standaÿenthalpy of formation of C3H8(g) is -103.8 kj. mol-1 , then the standard heat of reaction for the reaction; C3H8(g) + H2(g)yC2H6(g) + CH4(g) is

  1. +98.45 kJ
  2. -55.70KJ
  3. 62.37 KJ
  4. -47.25 KJ

Answer: 2. -55.70KJ

Question 101. At 0°C and normal pressure, the enthalpy of fusion of ice is 334.7 J . g-1. At this temperature and pressure, if 1 mol of water is converted into 1 mol ice, then the change in entropy of the system will be

  1. 16.7 J.K-1
  2. -16.7 J.K-1
  3. 22.06 J.K-1
  4. -22.06 J.K-1

Answer: 4. -22.06 J.K-1

Question 102. 5 mol of gas is put through a series of changes as shown graphically in a cyclic process. The process X→Y, Y→Z and Z→X respectively are

  1. Isochoric, isobaric, isothermal
  2. Isobaric, isochoric, isothermal
  3. Isothermal, isobaric, isochoric
  4. Isochoric, isothermal, isobaric

Answer: 1. Isochoric, isobaric, isothermal

Question 103. Given \(\mathrm{NH}_3(g)+3 \mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NCl}_3(g)+3 \mathrm{HCl}(g) ;-\Delta H_1\) N2(g) + 3H2(g)→2NH3(g) ; AH2; H2(g) + Cl2(g→2HCl(g); AH3 Heat of formation (ΔHf) of NCl3(g) in terms of ΔH1 , ΔH2 and ΔH3 is-

  1. \(-\Delta H_1+\frac{\Delta H_2}{2}-\frac{3}{2} \Delta H_3\)
  2. \(\Delta H_1+\frac{\Delta H_2}{2}-\frac{3}{2} \Delta H_3\)
  3. \(\Delta H_1-\frac{\Delta H_2}{2}-\frac{3}{2} \Delta H_3\)
  4. None of the above

Answer: 4. None of the above

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 104. When lg of graphite is completely burnt in a bomb calorimeter, the temperature of the bomb and water rises from 25°C to 30.5°C. The heat capacity of the calorimeter is 5.96 kj. °C-1, then the heat of combustion per mole of graphite at constant volume is

  1. -357.13 kj.mol-1
  2. -289.71 kj.mol-1
  3. -393.36 kj .mol-1
  4. -307.94 kj-mol-1

Answer: 3. -393.36 kj .mol-1

Question 105. The volume of a gas is reduced to half of its original volume. The specific heat will—

  1. Reduce to half
  2. Double
  3. Remain Constant
  4. Increase Four times

Answer: 3. Remain Constant

Question 106. For which molar-specific heat is temperature-independent

  1. ARgn
  2. Hydrogen
  3. Nitrogen
  4. Carbon dioxide

Answer: 1. ARgn

Question 107. Which of the following quantities are state functions

  1. q
  2. q+w
  3. w
  4. U+pv

Answer: 1. q

Question 108. A monoatomic ideal gas undergoes the cyclic process, Which of the comments are true for this process

  1. For the whole process q = +1.134J
  2. For the whole process ASys > 0
  3. For the whole process ASys = 0
  4. For the whole process q = -2.310 J

Answer: 1. For the whole process q = +1.134J

Question 109. Which of the following comments is true—

  1. Only for an ideal gas, cp m > cv m
  2. For any gas, cp m > cv m
  3. For a solid substance, cp m – cv> m
  4. For ‘ n ’ mol ofideal gas, cp m- cv m = nr

Answer: 2. For any gas, cp m > cv m

Question 110. When 3g of ethane gas is brunt at 25°C, 156 kl of heat is liberated. If the standard enthalpies of formation for CO2(g) and H2O(l) are -393.5 and -285.8 kj.mol-1 respectively, then for ethane gas-

  1. Standard heat of combustion = -1560 kJ mol-1
  2. Standard heat of formation =-67.9 kJ. Mol-1
  3. Standard heat of combustion =-832 kJ .mol-1
  4. Standard heat of formation = -84.4 kJ. Mol-1

Answer: 1. Standard heat of combustion = -1560 kJ. mol-1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 111. A reaction is spontaneous at a temperature of 300K, but it is non-spontaneous at a temperature of 400 K. If ΔH and ΔS for the reaction do not depend on temperature, then

  1. ΔH> 0
  2. ΔH < 0
  3. ΔS > 0
  4. ΔS<0

Answer: 2. AH < 0

Question 112. The reaction, 3O2(g)→2O3(g), is non-spontaneous at any temperature. Hence—

  1. The reverse reaction is spontaneous at any temperature
  2. ΔH < 0 and ΔS < 0 for the reverse reaction
  3. ΔH > 0 , ΔS > 0 for the reverse reaction
  4. ΔH < 0 and ΔS > 0 for the reverse reaction

Answer: 1. The reverse reaction is spontaneous at any temperature

Question 113. For the isothermal free expansion of ideal gas

  1. ΔH =0
  2. ΔS < 0
  3. ΔS > 0
  4. ΔH > 0

Answer: 1. ΔH =0

Question 114. The changes in which of the following quantities are for a cyclic process

  1. Enthalpy
  2. Work
  3. Entropy
  4. Internal energy

Answer: 1. Enthalpy

Question 115. Which of the following relations are true for the reaction, PCl5(g)→PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)

  1. ΔH< 0
  2. ΔH >0
  3. ΔS <0
  4. ΔS>0

Answer: 2. ΔH >0

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 116. An ideal gas performs only pressure-volume work in the given cyclic process. In the diagram, AB, BC, and CA are the reversible isothermal, isobaric, and isochoric processes respectively. Identify the correct statements regarding this cycle

  1. Total Work Done In This Process ( W) = WA→B + WB→C
  2. Changes In Internal Energy In The Step Ab = 0
  3. ΔSA→b = ASB→C+ΔSC→A
  4. If The Total Heat And Work Involved In The Process Are Q And W Respectively, Then q + W = 0

Answer: 2. Changes In Internal Energy In The Step Ab = 0

Question 117. Identify the correct statements—

  1. Standard state of bromine (25°C, 1 atm) is Br2(g)
  2. C (graphite, s)-C (diamond, s); here AH=0
  3. Standard enthalpy change for the reaction N2(g) + O2(g)→2NO(g) at 25°C and 1 atm is standard enthalpy offormation of NO(g)
  4. At a particular temperature and pressure, if ΔH = xkj for the reaction A + 3.B→2C then AH \(-\frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~kJ}\) for the reaction \(C \rightarrow \frac{1}{2} A+\frac{3}{2} B\)

Answer: 2. C (graphite, s)-C (diamond, s); here ΔH=0

Question 118. Which of the following statements is correct—

  1. In any adiabatic process, ΔSsys = 0
  2. In the isothermal expansion of ideal gas, ah = 0
  3. An endothermic reaction will be spontaneous if in this reaction ΔSsys > 0
  4. Heat capacity is a padi-dependent quantity

Answer: 2. In the isothermal expansion of ideal gas, ah = 0

Question 119. Correct statements are—

  1. A + B→D, AH = x kj.This reaction is performed in the following two steps: A + B→C C→D. If in step AH = ykj.then AH = (x-y)J in step
  2. for a spontaneous process occurring in an isolated system ASy > 0 at equilibrium
  3. In a spontaneous chemical reaction at constant temperature and pressure, A G = ~TASsurr
  4. In a chemical reaction AH > 0 and AS > 0. The reaction attains equilibrium at temperature, Tg. At constant pressure and constant temperature TK the reaction will be spontaneous, if T > T

Answer: 1. A + B-D, AH = x kj.This reaction is performed in the following two steps: A + B—>CC-D. If in step AH = ykj.then AH = (x-y)J in step

Question 120. Some reactions and their ΔH° values are given below: C(graphite,s)
\(+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H^0=a \mathrm{~kJ}\)

  1. \(\mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=b \mathrm{~kJ}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=c \mathrm{~kJ}\)
  3. \(\begin{aligned}
    & \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=d \mathrm{~kJ} \\
    & 2 \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite,s) }+3 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=m \mathrm{~kJ}
    \end{aligned}\)

Which of the following statements is correct—

  1. Standard heat of formation of CH4(g) = (a + b + 2c→d) kj-mol-1
  2. Standard heat of combustion of C2Hg = (2a + 2b + 3c- m) kj.mol-1
  3. Standard heat of combustion of carbon = a kj.mol-1
  4. Standard of formation of CO2(g)=(a+fo) kj.mol-1

Answer: 1. Standard heat of formation of CH4(g) = (a + b + 2c→d) kj-mol-1

Question 121. At 25°C, in which of the given reactions do standard enthalpies of reactions indicate standard enthalpies of formation of the products in the respective reactions

  1. \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{3} \mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)
  2. \(\mathrm{Na}(s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(s)\)
  3. \(\mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{I}_2(\mathrm{~s}) \rightarrow \mathrm{HI}(\mathrm{g})\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{Na}(s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(s)\)

Question 122.

  1. CaCO3(s)→CaO(s)+CO2(g)
  2. \(\mathrm{SO}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_3(g)\)
  3. PCl5(g)⇒ Pcl3(g) + C12(g)
  4. N2(g) + O2(g)→2NO(g)

For which of these reactions, P-V work is negative—

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 1. 1

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 123. Which of the given reactions are endothermic—

  1. Combustion of methane
  2. Decomposition of water
  3. Dehydrogenation of ethane to ethene
  4. Conversion of graphite to diamond

Answer: 2. Decomposition of water

Question 124. At constant volume and 298K, mol of gas is heated and the final temperature is 308 K. Ifheat supplied to the gas is 500 J, then for the overall process—

  1. w = 0
  2. w = -500 J
  3. AU = 500 J
  4. AU = 0

Answer: 1. w = 0

Question 125. True for spontaneous dissolution of KC1 in water are

  1. ΔG<0
  2. ΔH > 0
  3. ΔSsurr < 0
  4. ΔH<0

Answer: 1. ΔG<0

Question 126. When a bottle of perfume is opened, odorous molecules mix with air and diffuse gradually throughout the room. The correct facts about the process are-

  1. ΔS = 0
  2. ΔG < 0
  3. ΔS> 0
  4. ΔS < 0

Answer: 2. ΔG < 0

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 127. mol of an ideal gas undergoes a cyclic process ABC A represented by the following diagram:

Chemical Thermodynamics Question 74 1 mol of an ideal gas undergoes a cyclic process

Which of the given statements is correct for the process —

  1. Work done by the gas in the overall process is \(\frac{P_0 V_0^2}{2}\)
  2. Work done by the gas in the overall process is P0 V0
  3. Heat absorbed by the gas in path AB is 2P0 V0
  4. Heat absorbed by the gas in path BC is \(\frac{1}{2} P_0 V_C\)

Answer: 2. Work done by the gas in the overall process is \(\frac{P_0 V_0^2}{2}\)

Question 128. At 0°C and 10 atm pressure 14g of oxygen is subjected to undergo a reversible. adiabatic expansion to a pressure of 1 atm. Hence in this process—

  1. The final temperature of the gas is 141.4 K
  2. The final temperature of the gas is 217.3 K
  3. Work done = 293.2 cal
  4. Work done = -286 cal

Answer: 1. Final temperature of the gas is 141.4 K

Question 129. Choose the reactions in which the standard reaction enthalpy (at 25°C) represents the standard formation enthalpy of the product

  1. \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{3} \mathrm{O}_3(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)
  2. \(\mathrm{Na}(s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(s)\)
  3. \(\mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{HI}(g)\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{Na}(s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(s)\)

Thermodynamics Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The sign of A U in the adiabatic expansion of a gas is ____________.
Answer: -ve

Question 2. In a process q > 0, but w = 0, So, the internal energy of the system will (Increase/decrease) ____________
Answer: Increase

Question 3. According to first Jaw, for a cyclic process q+w =____________
Answer: 0

Question 4. The volume of a substance is a property while the molar volume of a substance is an____________property.
Answer: Extensive, intensive

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 5. The specific heat capacity of a substance is a; cal. g-1.°C-1. The specific heat capacity of 100 g of that substance will be____________
Answer: x cal. g-1 °C-1

Question 6. The molar heat capacity of a substance at constant pressure is ____________than that at constant volume.
Answer: Greater;

Question 7. In the vaporization of water, the signs of q and w are ____________and respectively.
Answer: q = + ve , w = -ve;

Question 8. For a process occurring at constant volume, U= + 10 kj. In this process, q = ____________
Answer: q = +10 kJ;

Question 9. In isothermal expansion of 1 mol of an ideal gas, q = + 12 kJ. The value of w = and A U =____________
Answer: w = -12 kJ , AU = 0

Question 10. In an alchemical reaction, if the total enthalpies of reactants and products are HR and Hp respectively then Hp > HR for____________ reaction and HR > Hp for ____________reaction.
Answer: Endothermic, exothermic

Question 11. At 25°C, the standard state of liquid ethanol means ____________ethanol at 25 °C and____________ pressure.
Answer: Pure liquid, 1 atm;

Question 12. Given: C3H8(g) + 5O2(g)→3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l) and C3H2(g) + 5O2(S)→3CO2(g) + 4H2O(g). At a fixed temperature and pressure between these two reactions the heat evolved in the second reaction is more than that in the first one.
Answer: Less

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 13. At 25°C and 1 atm, the standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction C(graphite, s) + O2(g)→CO2(g) is the ____________ of CO2(g).
Answer: Standard enthalpy of formation;

Question 14. At 25°C and 1 atm, standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction, CH4(g) + 2O2(g)→ CO2(g) + 2H2O(Z) is ____________of CH4(g).
Answer: Standard enthalpy of combustion

Question 15. The change in enthalpy for die reaction HCN(aq) + NaOH(aq)—>NaCN(aq) + H2O(Z) is ____________than the change ih! ^enthalpy for the reacdon HCI {aq) + NaOH(aq)→NaCl(aq) + H2O(/).
Answer: Less

Question 16. The change in enthalpy for the process KCl(s) + 100H20(l)-KCl(100H2O) is called____________.
Answer: Integral heat of solution

Question 17. At 25°C and 1 atm if the bond energy of Cl2(g) is 242 kj.mol-1, then the standard enthalpy of atomization of chlorine at the same temperature = ____________.
Answer: 121KJ.mol-1

Question 18. In a reaction ΔSys = xJ-K-1 and ΔSsurr = -yJ-K-1. The reaction will be spontaneous if ____________
Answer: x>y

Question 19. In the cyclic process ΔB Δ the changes in entropy of the system are ASX, ΔS2, and ΔS3. ΔS ^ + ΔS2 + ΔS3 =____________.
Answer: Zero

Question 20. NH4C1(s) + H2O(Z) -NH+4(aq) + Cl-(aq). It is an endothermic process. In this process the signs (+ or -) of____________ Δsys and ASsun are and respectively.
Answer: ASys > 0 and ASsun < 0

Chemical Thermodynamics Questions

Question 21. A reaction is non-spontaneous at all temperatures but the____________
reverse reaction is spontaneous at all temperatures. The signs (+ or – ) of ΔH and ΔS for the reverse reaction are____________and respectively.
Answer:  AH < 0 and ASys

Question 22. In an exothermic process ASsys < 0. In this reaction the sys sign (+ or – ) of ASsurr is____________. This reaction will be spontaneous if the numerical value of Ssys is higher than that of ASsurr.
Answer: +ve, less

Question 23. In a spontaneous process occurring at constant pressure and at temperature T K, ΔH > 0, ΔS > 0. In this process, the numerical value of ΔH is ____________ than that of____________.
Answer:  less, TΔS

WBCHSE Chemistry Class 11 Equilibrium Question And Answers

Equilibrium Long Answer Type Questions

Equilibrium Constant Calculation Question 1. Equilibria involving physical and chemical changes are dynamic in nature—why?
Answer: In a system, if two processes occur simultaneously at the same rate, then the system is said to be in a state of dynamic equilibrium. When a chemical reaction remains at equilibrium, the forward and the backward reactions occur simultaneously at the same rate.

Due to this, the equilibrium established in a chemical reaction is regarded as a dynamic equilibrium.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Similarly, when a physical process remains at equilibrium, the two opposite processes occur simultaneously at the same rate.

For this reason, a physical equilibrium is also dynamic. For example, at equilibrium established during the evaporation of a liquid in a closed container, the evaporation of the liquid and the condensation of its vapor take place simultaneously at the same rate.

Question 2. Give examples of two systems involving solid-vapor equilibrium.
Answer: The equilibrium, solid vapour is found to be established when naphthalene or iodine undergoes sublimation in a closed container.

Question 3. The equilibrium established in the dissolution of a solid in a liquid or a gas in a liquid is dynamic. Explain
Answer: If a solid solute is continuously dissolved in a suitable solvent, eventually a saturated solution of the solute is obtained. In this solution, an equilibrium exists between dissolved solute and undissolved solute.

At this equilibrium, the solute particles from undissolved solid solute get dissolved at the same rate as the solute particles from the solution get deposited on the surface of undissolved solid solute. Since these two processes occur at the same rate, the equilibrium established between dissolved solute and undissolved solute is dynamic.

When a gas is brought in contact with a suitable solvent, the gas keeps on dissolving in the solvent, and eventually, a saturated solution of the gas is formed. At this state, the gas over the liquid surface remains in equilibrium with the dissolved gas in the liquid.

In this state of equilibrium, the gas molecules from the gas phase enter the liquid phase at the same rate as the dissolved gas molecules from the liquid enter the gas phase. Two opposite processes therefore occur at the same rate. For this reason, the equilibrium that forms when a gas remains in equilibrium with its saturated solution is dynamic.

Question 4. The reaction Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(gH→2Fe(s) + 3CO2(g) is carried out separately in a closed vessel and an open vessel. In which case do you expect a higher yield of CO2(g)?
Answer: If the reaction Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g)→2Fe(s) + 3CO2(g) is carried out in a closed vessel, an equilibrium is established between the reactants and the products. As a result, the reaction vessel always contains a mixture of reactants and products.

On the other hand, if the reaction is carried out in an open vessel, CO2(g) formed in the reaction diffuses out from the vessel and mixes with the air and does not have the opportunity to react with Fe(s).

As a result, the reaction becomes irreversible and goes to completion. At the end of the reaction, the vessel only contains Fe(s). Since the reaction reaches completion in an open vessel, the yield of CO2(g) will be higher in this condition.

WBCHSE Chemistry Class 11Equilibrium Constant Calculation Question And Answers

Question 5. If a reversible reaction is carried out in a closed vessel, the reactant(s) is/are never used up completely. Explain the reaction with an example.
Answer: When a reversible reaction is carried out in a closed vessel, an equilibrium is established between the reactants and the products.

As a result, the reaction system always contains a mixture of reactants and products. In other words, a reversible reaction occurring in a closed vessel never gets completed. Consequently, the reactants are never used up.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 6. The following reaction is carried out in a closed vessel at a fixed temperature: A(g) 2B(g). The concentrations of A(g) and B (g) in the course ofthe reaction are as follows When does the reaction attain equilibrium? What
are the equilibrium concentrations of A and B?
Answer: From the time of 60 minutes, the concentrations of reactant and product are found to remain the same with time. Therefore, the reaction has arrived at an equilibrium state at 60 minutes.

At the state of equilibrium, [A] = 0.58 mol- L-1 and [J3] = 0.84 mol- L-1.

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

 

Question 7. At a given temperature, for reaction A B, the rate constant (k) of the forward reaction is greater than that of the backward reaction (kb). Is the value of the equilibrium constant (K) for this reaction greater than, less than, or equal to 1?
Answer: The equilibrium constant (K) of a reaction

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Rate constant of the forward reaction }}{\text { Rate constant of the backward reaction }}=\frac{K_f}{K_b}\)

Given: Kj→ Kb. Therefore K > 1.

Question 8. Write the expressions of Kc and Kp for the following reactions:

  1. 2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g)
  2. 2BrF5(g) Br2(g) + 5F2(g)
  3. 3O2(g)⇒2O3(g)
  4. 4HCl(g) + O2(g) 2Cl2(g) + 2H2O(g)
  5. P4(g) + 3O2(g) P4O6(s)
  6. CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(Z)

Answer:

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{SO}_3\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{SO}_2\right]^2\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]} ; K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{SO}_3}^2}{p_{\mathrm{SO}_2}^2 \times p_{\mathrm{O}_2}}\)

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Br}_2\right]\left[\mathrm{F}_2\right]^5}{\left[\mathrm{BrF}_5\right]^2} ; K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{Br}_2} \times p_{\mathrm{F}_2}^5}{p_{\mathrm{BrF}_5}^2}\)

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{O}_3\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]^3} ; K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{O}_3}^2}{p_{\mathrm{O}_2}^3}\)

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Cl}_2\right]^2\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right]^2}{[\mathrm{HCl}]^4\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]} ; K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}^2 \times p_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}^2}{p_{\mathrm{HCl}}^4 \times p_{\mathrm{O}_2}}\)

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{P}_4 \mathrm{O}_6(s)\right]}{\left[\mathrm{P}_4\right]\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]^3}=\frac{1}{\left[\mathrm{P}_4\right]\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]^3}\) [since [P4O6(s)]=1]

⇒ \(K_p=\frac{1}{p_{\mathrm{P}_4} \times p_{\mathrm{O}_2}^3}\)

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{OH}(l)\right]}{[\mathrm{CO}]\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^2}=\frac{1}{[\mathrm{CO}]\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^2}\)

[since [CH3OH(l)]=1

⇒ \(K_p=\frac{1}{p_{\mathrm{CO}} \times p_{\mathrm{H}_2}^2}\)

Question 9. Write the expression for the following reactions:

  1. 2Ag+(aq) + Cu(s) Cu2+(aq) + 2Ag(s)
  2. NH4NO3(s) N2O(g) + 2H2O(g)
  3. Au+(aq) + 2CN-(aq) [Au(CN)2]-(aq)
  4. 3Cu(s) + 2NO3 {aq) + 8H+(aq)
  5. 3Cu2+(aq) + 2NO(g) + 4H2O(l)
  6. Cl2(g) + 2Br-(a<7) Br2(l) + 2Cl-(a<7)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Answer:

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)\right][\mathrm{Ag}(s)]^2}{\left[\mathrm{Ag}^{+}(a q)\right]^2[\mathrm{Cu}(s)]}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)\right]}{\left[\mathrm{Ag}^{+}(a q)\right]^2}\)

[since [Ag(s)]=1 and [Cu(s)]=1]

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(s)\right]}=\left[\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\right]^2\)

[since [NH4NO3(s)]=1]

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Au}(\mathrm{CN})_2^{-}(a q)\right]}{\left[\mathrm{Au}^{+}(a q)\right]\left[\mathrm{CN}^{-}(a q)\right]^2}\)

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)\right]^3[\mathrm{NO}(g)]^2\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]^4}{[\mathrm{Cu}(s)]^3\left[\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}(a q)\right]^2\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\right]^8}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)\right]^3[\mathrm{NO}(g)]^2}{\left[\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}(a q)\right]^2\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\right]^8}\) [since (s)=1 and H2O(l)]=1

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Br}_2(l)\right]\left[\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)\right]\left[\mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)\right]^2}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)\right]\left[\mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)\right]^2}\)

[since [Br2(l)]=1]

Question 10. Establish the relation between Kp and Kc for the following: aA + bB2=± IL + mM [where the terms have their usualsignificance]
Answer: \(K_c=\frac{[L]^l \times[M]^m}{[A]^a \times[B]^b}\) where[A],[B],[l] and [M] are Molar Concentrations Of A, B, [l] and [M] are Molar Concentrations of A, B, L and At M At Equilibrium \(K_p=\frac{p_L^l \times p_M^m}{p_A^a \times p_B^b}; \text { where } p_A, p_B, p_L \text { and } p_M\) partial pressures of A, B, L and M respectively at equilibrium. Now, pA = [A]RT, pB = [B]RT, pL = [L]RT and PM = [M]RT. Putting the values of pA, pB, pL, and PM in the expression of, we have—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& K_p=\frac{[L]^l \times[M]^m}{[A]^a \times[B]^b} \times(R T)^{(l+m)-(a+b)} \\
& \text { or, } K_p=K_c \times(R T)^{(l+m)-(a+b)}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 11. What will be the correlation between Kp and Kc for the given equilibrium?CO(g) + H2O(g)⇒CO2(g) + H2(g)
Answer: We know, \(K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}\)

For the given reaction, An = (1 + 1) — (1 +1) = 0

Therefore, for the given reaction Kp = KC(RT)° – K

Question 12. Give two examples of chemical reactions for each of the following cases: (1)Kp > Kc (2)Kp<Kc&(3) Kp = Kc
Answer: We know, Kp = Kc(RT)An

Kp will be greater than Kc if An > 0. Reactions for

Question 13. Find the relation between Kp &Kc for the given reactions:

  1. NH3(g) +HCl(g) NH4Cl(s)
  2. C(s) + CO2(g) + 2Cl2(g) 2COCl2(g)
  3. lN2(g) + O2(g) NO2(g)
  4. C(s) + H2O(g) CO(g) + H2(g)
  5. Fe(s) + H2O(g) FeO(s) + H2(g)
  6. CH4(g) + H2O(l) CO(g) + 3H2(g)
  7. CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(Z)

Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta n=0-(1+1)=-2 ; K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}=K_c(R T)^{-2} \\
& \Delta n=2-(1+2)=-1 ; K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}=K_c(R T)^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\Delta n=1-\left(\frac{1}{2}+1\right)=\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right) ; K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}=K_c(R T)^{-\frac{1}{2}}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta n=(1+1)-1=+1 ; K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}=K_c(R T) \\
& \Delta n=1-1=0 ; K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}=K_c
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta n=1-1=0 ; K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}=K_c \\
& \Delta n=(1+3)-1=+3 ; K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}=K_c(R T)^3 \\
& \Delta n=0-(1+2)=(-3) ; K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}=K_c(R T)^{-3}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 14. Give an example of a reaction for which = Kc = Kx.
Answer: We know, Kp = Kc(RT)An and Kp = Kx(P)An For the reaction: N2(g) + O2(g)2NO(g), An = 2- (1 + 1) = 0 . Therefore, Kp = Kc = Kx.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 15. At 200°C, the equilibrium N2O4(g) 2NO2(g) is achieved through the following two pathways: 0.1 mol N2O4 is heated in a closed vessel L volume, A mixture of 0.05 mol N2O4(g) and 0.05 mol NO2(g) is heated at 200°C in a closed vessel of 1 L volume. In these two cases, will the equilibrium concentrations of N2O4(g) and NO2(g) and the values of equilibrium constants be the same?
Answer: The value of the equilibrium constant of a reaction depends only on temperature. It does not depend on the initial concentrations of the reactants. Since the temperature is the same for both experiments, the value of the equilibrium constant will be the same in both cases.

The initial concentrations of the reactant(s) in the two experiments are not the same. As a result, the molar concentrations of N2O4(g) and NO2(g) at equilibrium will be different in the two experiments.

Question 16. At a constant temperature, the equilibrium constant of the reaction N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) is K, and that of the reaction N2(g) + H2(g) NH3(g) is JR. Explain this difference in K values even though the reactants and products in both the reactions are same.
Answer: The value of the equilibrium constant of a reaction depends upon the mode of writing the balanced equation of the reaction.

N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)

⇒ \(\text { Equilibrium constant, } K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{~N}_2\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^3}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g}) ;\)

Equilibrium constant \(K_1=\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]}{\left[\mathrm{N}_2\right]^{1 / 2} \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^{3 / 2}}\)

Therefore \(K_1^2=\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{~N}_2\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^3}=K \quad \text { or, } K_1=\sqrt{K}\)

In both reactions 1 and 2 reactants and products are the same, but in the equations of these two reactions, the stoichiometric coefficients of reactants and products are different, resulting in different values of the corresponding equilibrium constant.

Question 17. For the reaction 2H2(g) + O2(g) +=± 2H2O(g) — Kp = KC(RT)X. Find the value of.
Answer: For the given reaction, An = 2-(2+l) = -l

We know, Kp = Kc(RT)-n

As An = -1, Kp = Kc(RT)-l

Given, Kf) = KC{RT)X

Comparing equations (1) and [2], we have x = -1

Question 18. If the value of the equilibrium constant of the reaction 2SO2(g) + O2(g)-2SO3(g) is K, then what will be the lues of equilibrium constants of the following reactions?

  1. 4SO2(g) + 2O2(g) 4SO3(g)
  2. 2SO3(g) 2SO2(g) + O2(g)
  3. SO2(g) + iO2(g)⇒SO3(g)
  4. SO3(g)⇒SO2(g) + iO2(g)

Answer: \(2 \mathrm{SO}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) 2 \mathrm{SO}_3(g) ; K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{SO}_3\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{SO}_2\right]^2\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\text { (I) } 4 \mathrm{SO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) & \rightleftharpoons 4 \mathrm{SO}_3(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
\text { Equilibrium constant } & =\frac{\left[\mathrm{SO}_3\right]^4}{\left[\mathrm{SO}_2\right]^4\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]^2}=K^2
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { (ii) } 2 \mathrm{SO}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{SO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
& \text { Equilibrium constant }=\frac{\left[\mathrm{SO}_2\right]^2\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]}{\left[\mathrm{SO}_3\right]^2}=\frac{1}{K}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{SO}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{SO}_3(g)\)

⇒ \(\text { Equilibrium constant }=\frac{\left[\mathrm{SO}_3\right]}{\left[\mathrm{SO}_2\right]\left[\mathrm{O}_2\right]^{1 / 2}}=\sqrt{K}\)

Question 19. At a particular temperature, the following reaction is carried out with 1 mol of A(g) and 1 mol of B(g) in a closed vessel: A(g) + 4B(g) AB4(g). Will the equilibrium concentration of AB4(g) be higher than that of A(g)?
Answer: According to the given equation of the reaction, 1 mol of AB4 forms due to the reaction between 1 mol of A and 4 mol of B. Suppose, the concentration of AB4 at the equilibrium of the reaction is x mol- L-1.

So, according to the given equation, the concentration of A and B at equilibrium will be (1 – x) mol- L-1 and (1-4) mol. L-l, respectively. At equilibrium, if the concentration of AB, was greater than that of A, then x would be greater than (1 – x), i.e., x > 1 – x or, x > 0.5.

If x was greater than 0.5, then the concentration of B would be negative. This is impossible. Therefore, the concentration of AB4 can never be greater than that of A.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 20. A few reactions and their equilibrium constants are given:

A⇌B + C⇌Kc = 2; C⇌B +D⇌Kc = 3D ⇌B +E; Kc = 4. Find the equilibrium constant ofthe reaction, A⇌=±3B +E

Answer:

  1. \(K_c=2=\frac{|B|[C \mid}{|A|}\)
  2. \(K_c=3=\frac{[B \| D]}{[C]}\)
  3. \(K_c=4=\frac{[B][E]}{[D]}\)

For the reaction A 36 + E. equilibrium constant \(K_c=\frac{[B]^3[E]}{[A]}\) \(K_c=4=\frac{[B] \mid E]}{[D]} ; \text { For the reaction } A \rightleftharpoons 3 B+E \text {, }\) equilibrium constant
\(K_c=\frac{[B]^3[E]}{[A]}\) Multiplying equilibrium constants of reactions 1; 2 we have \(2 \times 3 \times 4=\frac{[B][C]}{[A]} \times \frac{[B][D]}{[C]} \times \frac{[B][E]}{[D]}\text { or, } 24=\frac{[B\rfloor^3[E]}{[A]}\)

Question 21. What does the sign of AG of a reaction at a given pressure and temperature indicate about the feasibility of the reaction?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& A+2 B \Longrightarrow C ; K_c=2=\frac{[C]}{[A][B]^2} \\
& C \rightleftharpoons 2 D ; K_C=4=\frac{[D]^2}{[C]}
\end{aligned}\)

Adding equations 11 1 and [2), A + 26 s=± 2D

The equilibrium constant for equation [3] = Product of The equilibrium constants for reactions [1] and [2]

⇒ \(=\frac{[D]^2}{[A][B]^2}=2 \times 4=8\)

The equilibrium constant For the reaction 2D⇒ A + 2B, the equilibrium constant = reciprocal of the equilibrium constant for reaction (3) \(=\frac{1}{8}=0.125\)

Question 22. For the reaction A + B C + D, the equilibrium constant is K. What would be the value of the reaction quotient (Q) when the reaction just starts and when it reaches equilibrium?
Answer: For the given reaction, equilibrium constant,

⇒ \(K=\frac{[C]_{e q} \times[D]_{e q}}{[A]_{e q} \times[B]_{e q}} \text { where }[A]_{e q},[B]_{e q},[C]_{e q}\)

[D]eq are the equilibrium concentrations of A, B, C, and D respectively.

For the given reaction, the reaction quotient (Q) at any moment during the reaction.

⇒ \(Q=\frac{[C] \times[D]}{[A] \times[B]} ; \text { where }[A],[B],[C] \text { and }[D]\) are the molar concentrations of.4, B, C, and D respectively at the
moment under consideration.

Initially: [C] = 0, [D] = 0. Therefore, Q = 0.

At The Equilibrium state; \([A]=[A]_{e q},[B]=[B]_{e q}\) \([C]=[C]_{e q} \text { and }[D]=[D]_{e q} \text {. Hence, } Q=K \text {. }\)

Question 23. We know, AG° = -RT\nKc and AG° = -RTlnKp. Therefore in case of a reaction occurring in the gaseous phase at a given temperature, AG° is the same even if the values of Kp and Kc are different. Is the statement true? Give reasons.
Answer: The statement is not true. In the equation, AG° = -RTnKc, the concentration of each of the reactants and products at standard state is taken as l(M).

On the other hand, in the equation, AG° = -RTnKp, the partial pressure of each of the reactants and products at standard state is taken as 1 atm. Therefore, the different values of AG° will be obtained from these two equations.

The values of the equilibrium constant (K) of a reaction at 25°C and 50°C are 2 X 10-‘1 and 2 x 10-2 respectively. Is the reaction an exothermic or endothermic?

Question 24. Consider the reaction, \(2 \times a=c \text { or, } a=\frac{c}{2} \text {. }\) Heat and answer the following questions: (1) Find the relation among a, b, and c. State whether the equilibrium will be shifted towards right or left if the temperature is Increased.
Answer: According to the equation ofthe reaction, c mol of XY forms when a mol of X2 reacts with b mol of Y2. So, the number of X atoms in a mol of X2 = The number of X atoms in c mol of XY.

since \(2 \times a=c \text { or, } a=\frac{c}{2} \text {. }\)

Similarly, the number of Y atoms in b mol of Y2 = the number of Y atoms in c mol of XY.

∴ \(2 \times b=c \text { or, } b=\frac{c}{2}\)

∴ \(a=b=\frac{c}{2} \text {. }\)

The reaction is exothermic. So, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, a temperature rise will cause the equilibrium ofthe reaction to shift to the left.

Question 25. State Le Chatelier’s principle, explain the effect of (a) pressure and (b) continuous removal at the constant temperature on the position of equilibrium of the following reaction: H2(g) + I2(g) ?=± 2111(g)
Answer: Pressure does not have any effect on the position of the equilibrium because the reaction is not associated with any volume change [Total no. of molecules of HI(g) = Total no. of molecules of H2(g) and I2(g)].

If HI is removed continuously from the reaction system, then the equilibrium goes on shifting towards the right, and finally, the reaction moves towards completion.

Question 26. Consider thefollowing reaction: 2A(g) + B2(g) 2AB(g); AH < 0. How can the yield of (g) be Increased?
Answer:

For the reaction AH < 0, so it is an exothermic reaction. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, if the temperature of an exothermic reaction at equilibrium is decreased, the equilibrium of the reaction shifts to the right. So, the decrease in temperature will result in a higher yield of AB(g).

The given reversible reaction is associated with the decrease in number of moles [An = 2- (2 + 1) =-l ] in the forward direction. So, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, if the pressure is increased at the equilibrium of the reaction, the equilibrium shifts to the right, thereby increasing the yield of AB(g)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

At constant temperature and volume, if the reactant A2(g) or B2(g) is added to the reaction system at equilibrium, then, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium of the reaction will shift to the right. As a result, the yield of AB(g) will increase

Question 27. 2BrP2(g);=± Br2(g) + 5F2(g); At constant temperature, how the increase in pressure will affect the following at equilibrium— Equilibrium constant, Position of the equilibrium, and yield of the product?
Answer: Pressure does not affect the magnitude of the equilibrium constant.

The given reversible reaction involves a decrease in several gas molecules in the backward direction. So, increasing pressure at the equilibrium of the reaction will favor the backward reaction Consequently, the yield of the product will decrease.

Question 28. Consider the reaction, A(g) + 2B(g) 2D(g) + 3E(g) + heat, and state how the following changes at equilibrium will affect the yield of the product, D(g)— Temperature is increased, Pressure is increased at a constant temperature, Some amount of E (g) is removed from the reaction system at constant temperature and volume, and Some amount of D(g) is added to the reaction system, keeping temperature and volume constant.
Answer: The reaction is exothermic. So, the increasing temperature at the equilibrium of the reaction will cause the equilibrium to shift to tire left. This decreases the yield of D(g). As a result, the concentration of D(g) at the new equilibrium will be lower than that at the original equilibrium.

The reaction involves an increase in the number of gas molecules [An = (2 + 3)-(l + 2) =+2] in the forward direction. Therefore, at a constant temperature, if the pressure is increased at the equilibrium of the reaction, then, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium will shift to the left. As a result, the yield of D(g) will decrease and the concentration of D(g) at the new equilibrium will be lower than that at the original equilibrium.

At constant temperature and volume, if some amount of E(g) [product] is removed from the reaction system, then, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium of the reaction will shift to the right. As a result, the yield of D(g) will increase, and the concentration of D(g) will increase. Thus, the concentration of D(g) at the new equilibrium will be more than that at the original equilibrium.

At constant temperature and volume, if some amount of D(g) [product] is added to the reaction system at equilibrium, then, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium will shift to the left. As a result, the yield of D(g) will decrease. However, the concentration of D(g) at the new equilibrium will be greater than that at the original equilibrium.

Question 29. Consider the following reactions; What will be the effect on the following if temperature is increased? (a) the equilibrium constant (b) the position of equilibrium (c) the yield of products.
Answer: The reaction (<) is endothermic as AH > 0.

As the reaction is endothermic, the value of its equilibrium constant will increase with the rise in temperature According to Le Chatelier’s principle, a rise in Na2CO3 is a salt of strong base NaOH and weak acid H2CO2. In its aqueous solution, Na2CO3 dissociates completely and forms Na+ and COions. In water, COl- is a stronger base than HaO, and hence it reacts with water, forming OH- and HCO2 ions.temperature at the equilibrium of an endothermic.

Reaction shifts the equilibrium to the right. As a result, the yields of the products increase.

The reaction (ft) is exothermic as AH < 0.

As the reaction is exothermic, the value of its equilibrium constant will decrease with the temperature rise. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, increasing temperature at the equilibrium of an exothermic reaction shifts the equilibrium to the left. Consequently, the yields of the products decrease.

Question 30. For these reactions, predict the effect on the following if pressure is increased at equilibrium Position of equilibrium, Yield of the products.
Answer: The reaction involves no change in volume. Therefore, pressure has no effect either on the position of the equilibrium or on the yield of the product.

The reaction involves a decrease in volume in the forward direction. So, at a constant temperature increasing pressure at the equilibrium of the reaction favors the shifting of equilibrium to the right, thereby increasing the yield of the product.

The reaction involves a decrease in volume in the reverse direction. So, at constant temperature, increasing pressure at the equilibrium of the reaction shifts the equilibrium to the left, thereby decreasing the yield ofthe product

Question 31. At constant temperature, in a closed vessel, the following equilibrium is established during the decomposition of NH4C1(S); NH4Cl(s)⇌NH3(g) + HCl(g). If pressure of. the equilibrium mixture =P and value of equilibrium =K , then show that \(P=2 \sqrt{K_p} \text {. }\)
Answer ∴ Total number of moles at equilibrium = x + x = 2x

∴ \(p_{\mathrm{NH}_3}=\left(\frac{x}{2 x}\right) P ; p_{\mathrm{HCl}}=\left(\frac{x}{2 x}\right) P\)

∴ \(K_p=p_{\mathrm{NH}_3} \times p_{\mathrm{HCl}}=\left(\frac{x}{2 x}\right) P \times\left(\frac{x}{2 x}\right) P=\frac{p^2}{4}\)

∴ \(K_p=\frac{P^2}{4} \quad \text { or, } P^2=4 K_p\)

∴ \(P=2 \sqrt{K_p}\)

Question 32. Write the conjugate bases of the following acids and give the reason: HN3, CH3OH, [A1(H2O)6]3+, NH+, HPO2-, H2O2, OH-
Answer: According to the Bronsted-Lowry concept, an acid is a substance that can donate protons. The species formed when an acid donates a proton is called the conjugate base of the acid. The conjugate base of an acid has one fewer H-atom than the acid. Therefore, the conjugate bases of HN3, CH3OH, [Al(H2O)g]3+, NH+, HPO2-, H2O2 and OH- are N2, CH6CT, [A1(H2O)5OH]2+, NH3, PO4-, HO2 and O2-, respectively.

Question 33. Write the conjugate acids of the following bases and give
the reason: OH-, H2PO4, O2-, H2-, SO2T, HCO2, NH2, NH3, H-, C6H5NH2 S2O2-8 CO23
Answer: According to the Bronsted-Lowry concept, a base is a proton acceptor. When a base accepts a proton, the conjugate acid of the die base is formed. The conjugate acid of a base contains one more H-atom than the base.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Therefore, the conjugate acids of OH-, H2PO4 , O2-, HS-, SO2-, H20, HCO2, NH2 , NH3, H-, C6H5NH2 , S2Og- and CO3- are H2O , H3PO4 , OH- , H2S, HS03, H30+, H2CO3, NH3, NH+, H2, C6H5NH2, HS2Og and HCO3 respectively.

Question 34. Which of the following is the strongest Bronsted base? CIO-, C1O2, C1O3, C104.
Answer: CIO- is the strongest Bronsted base

Question 35. Identify the Lewis acids and Lewis bases in the following reactions H+ + OH- H2
Answer: According to Lewis’s concept, an acid is a substance that can accept a pair of electrons. Generally, cations (e.g, Ag+, H+, K+, etc.), molecules with the central atom having incomplete octet (e.g., SiF4, A1F3, RMgX, BF2, etc.), and molecules in which the central atom is linked to an electronegative atom through double bonds (e.g. CO2 ) can act as Lewis acid. In the given reactions, Lewis acids are H+, Co3+, BF3, CO2, and A1F3.

According to Lewis’s concept, a base is a substance that can donate a pair of electrons. Anions (for example; F-, OH-, etc.) and molecules having unshared electron pairs act as Lewis bases. In the given reactions, Lewis bases are OH-, NH3, F-

Question 36. All Lewis bases are fact bases—explain. Each of HCO2 and HPO- can act both as Bronsted acid and hose—why? Write the formula of conjugate base and conjugate acid in each case.
Answer: A substance that can accept a proton is called a Bronsted base, while a substance that can donate a pair of electrons is called a Lewis base. NH3 molecule can accept a proton. So, it is a Bronsted base. Again, the NH3 molecule donates a pair of electrons to form a coordinate bond with a proton. So it also acts as a Lewis base. Therefore, it can be inferred that a Lewis base is a Bronsted base.

Question 37. Each of HCO-3 and HPO- can act both as Bronsted acid and hose—why? Write the formula conjugate base and conjugate acid in each case.
Answer: According to the Bronsted-Lowry concept, an acid is a proton donor and a base is a proton acceptor. Since the given species are capable of accepting and donating a proton, they can act as an acid as well as a base

Question 38. Of the two solutions of acetic acid with concentrations 0.1(N) and 0.01(N), in which one does acetic acid have a higher degree of dissociation?
Answer: Acetic acid is a weak acid. Such an acid undergoes partial ionization in water. The degree of ionization of a weak acid in its solution depends upon the concentration of the solution. The higher the concentration of a solution of a weak acid, the smaller the degree of ionization of the acid in that solution. So, the degree of ionization of acetic acid will be higher in 0.01(N) solution.

Question 39. At a certain temperature, the ionization constants of three weak acids HA, HB, and HC are 4.0 X 10-5, 5.2 X 10-4, and 8.6 x 10-3, respectively. If the molar concentrations of their solutions are the same, then arrange them in order of their increasing strength.
Answer: The larger the ionization constant (Ka) of an acid, the greater the extent to which it undergoes ionization in its aqueous solution, and hence the higher the concentration of H30+ ions produced by it in the solution. Alternatively, the larger the value of Ka of an acid, the greater its strength.

The increasing order ofthe given acids concerning their Ka: HA < HB < HC. Consequently, the order of the given acids in terms of increasing strength in their aqueous solutions will be HA < HB < HC.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 40. A weak tribasic acid, H3A, in its aqueous solution, ionizes in the following three steps: If the ionization constants of the steps are K1, K2, and K3 respectively, then determine the overall ionization constant of HgA.

Answer:

⇒ \(\text { Step 1: } K_1=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~A}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{~A}\right]} \text {; }\)

⇒ \(\text { Step 2: } K_2=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{HA}^{2-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~A}^{-}\right]}\)

⇒ \(\text { Step 3: } K_3=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{A}^{3-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{HA}^{2-}\right]}\)

The equation for the overall ionisation of H3A is: \(\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{~A}(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{A}^{3-}(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)\)

If the overall ionization constant of H3A is K, then

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

⇒ \(K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{A}^{3-}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]^3}{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{~A}\right]}\)

Multiplying ionization constants of steps 1,2 and 3

we have, \(K_1 \times K_2 \times K_3=\frac{\left[\mathrm{A}^{3-}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]^3}{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{~A}\right]}\)

Therefore, K = K1 x K2x K3

Question 41. At a certain temperature, the ratio of ionization constants of weak acids HA and HB is 100: 1. The molarity ofthe solution is the same as that of HB, and the degrees of ionization of HA and HB in their respective solutions are Q’1 and a2 respectively, then show that Q2 = 10a2
Answer: Suppose, the ionization constants of HA and MB arc K1 and K2, respectively. If the concentration of each of the solutions of HA and HB is c mol-L-1, then

⇒ \(\alpha_1=\sqrt{\frac{K_1}{c}} \text { and } \alpha_2=\sqrt{\frac{K_2}{c}} \text {; }\) where QT1 and a2 are the degrees of ionization of HA and HB in their respective solutions. It is given that Kl: = 100: 1

⇒ \(\text { So, } \frac{\alpha_1}{\alpha_2}=\sqrt{\frac{K_1}{K_2}}=\sqrt{100}=10 \text {, i.e., } \alpha_1=10 \alpha_2\)

Question 42. Find [OH-] in pure water if [H-,0+] in it is x mol L~1. Also, find the relation between x Kw.
Answer: In pure water, \(\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]\)

Therefore, [OH-] in pure water \(=\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=x \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

We know, Kw = [H3O+] x [OH-]

∴ Kw = xxx

or, Kw = x2

∴ \(x=\sqrt{K_w}\)

Question 43. Why is the ionicproduct of water at 50 greater than that at 25°C?
Answer: Ionisation of water \(\left[2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right]\)

Is an endothermic process. The equilibrium constant referring to the ionization equilibrium of water is called the ionic product of water (Kw). As the process is endothermic, Kw increases with the temperature rise. Thus, Kw of water at 50 °C is greater than that at 25 °C.

Question 44. Why does the concentration of OH“ ions in pure water increase with temperature rise? Does this increase make pure water alkaline? Explain.
Answer: In pure water, [OH-] = JKW. KW increases with temperature, and so does [OH-]. This increase in [OH-] does not however mean that pure water becomes alkaline at a higher temperature as pure water always contains an equal number of H30+ and OH- ions at any temperature.

Question 45. At 25°C what is the concentration of H3O+ ions in an aqueous solution in which the concentration of OH- tons is 2 x 10-5(M)?
Answer: At 25 °C, Kw = 10-14. Now, for an aqueous solution, [H3O+] X [OH-] = Kw At 25 °C, [H3O+][OH-] = 10-14

Given: [OH-] = 2 x 10-5(M)

Therefore, [H3O+] \(=\frac{10^{-14}}{2 \times 10^{-5}}=5 \times 10^{-10}(\mathrm{M})\)

Question 46. By what factor will the concentration ofH30+ ions in an aqueous solution be increased or decreased if its pH is increased by one unit?
Answer: If the pH of an aqueous solution be x, then [H3O+] in the solution = 10-PH = 10-x mol.L-1

Question 47. The pH of solution A is twice that of solution B. If the concentrations of H30+ ions in A and B are x (M) and y (M), respectively, then what is the relation between candy?
Answer: Given: pH of the solution A = 2 X pH of the solution B,

⇒ \(\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]_A=x \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \text { and }\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]_B=y \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \text {. }\) Therefore \(-\log _{10}\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]_A=2 \times-\log _{10}\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]_B\) or, \(x=y^2 \text { or, } y=\sqrt{x}\)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 48. In the case of pure water or an aqueous solution, show that pH + pOH =14. Comment on whether this value will be greater than or less than 14 at 0°C and 100°C.
Answer: Second part: We know, pH+pOH = pKw and pKw = -log Rise in temperature increases the value of Kw. Therefore, < KJ25-C) < ATIOO-C) Since pKw = -log10KW, pKJl00°C) < pKw(25 -C) < pKJ0°C).

Now, at 25 °C, = 14. Therefore, p/Cf100 °C) < 14 < pKw(0°C) and pH + pOH(100°C) < pH + pOH(25°C) < pH+ pOH(0°C) Hence, the value of (pH+ pOH) will be higher at 0°C than at 25 °C , but it will be lower at 100 °C than at 25 °C.

Question 49. The values of pure water at 0°C and 25°C are x and y respectively. Is it greater than or less than y?
Answer: For pure water \(p H=\frac{1}{2} p K_w\) Rise in temperature increases the value of Kw. So, Kw(0°C) < KW(25°C) & hence pKJ0°C) > pKJ100-C) as pKw = -log10. As in the case of pure water, \(p H=\frac{1}{2} p K_w\) pH of pure at 0 °C will be greater than that at 25 °C. Hence, x > y.

Question 50. pKw = 12.26 at 100°C. What is the range of pH -scale at this temperature? What will be the pH of a neutral solution at this temperature?
Answer: At 100 °C, pKw = 12.26. So, at this temperature, the pH scale ranges from 0 to 12.26. At this temperature, \(\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\sqrt{K_w}\) in a neutral aqueous solution. Therefore, pH of this solution \(=\frac{1}{2} p K_w=\frac{1}{2} \times 12.26=6.13\)

Question 51. Between 0.1(M) and 0.01(M) acetic acid solutions which one will have a higher pH, and why? the pH of 10-8 (M) HC1 is 8— is it true? Give reasons.
Answer: In an aqueous solution of a weak monoprotic add (example CH3COOH ), \(\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\sqrt{c \times K_a}\) where c = molar concentration of the solution and Ka = ionization constant of the weak acid.

Therefore, in 0.1(M) CH3COOH solution, \(\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\sqrt{0.1 \times K_a} \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\) and in 0.01(M) CHgCOOII solution, [H30+] \(\sqrt{0.01 \times K_a} \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

Hence, the concentration of H3O+ ions in 0.1(M) CH6COO2 solution will be more than that in 0.01(M) CH6COOH solution. Therefore, the pH of 0.01 (M) CHgCOOH solution will be greater than that of O.l (M) CH3COO2 solution.

Question 52. The concentration ofH30+ ions in solution is 1000 times that in solution B. What is the difference between the values of pH of these two solutions?
Answer: Given: [HgO+]a = 1000 x [H30+]fl; where [H2O+]a and [H3O+]A are the concentrations of H30+ ions in solutions A and B respectively. Therefore, pH (solution A) = -log10[H3O+]/1 = -log(103x[H3O+]B) =- 3- log10[H3O+]B =- 3 + pH of solution B

Question 53. An aqueous solution o/(NH4)2SO4 is acidic. Explain
Answer: (NH4)2SO4 is a salt of a weak base (NH3) and a strong acid (H2SO4). In its aqueous solution, (NH4)2SO4 dissociates almost completely forming NH- and SO- ions. SO- ion is a conjugate base of strong acid H2SO4 and hence in aqueous solution, it is a very weak base in comparison to H2O.

As a result, the SO- ion does not react with water in aqueous solution. On the other hand, NH4 is a conjugate acid of weak base NH3. In an aqueous solution, the NH+ ion shows a higher acidic character than H2O. As a result, NH4 ions react with water [NH4(O-7) + H2O(l);=NH3(aq) + H3O+(aq)] , causing an increase in concentration of H3O+(aq) ions in the solution. This makes the solution of (NH4)2S04 acidic.

Question 54. What color change does a blue or red litmus paper exhibit when it is put separately in each of the following aqueous solutions? CH3COONa2CH3COONH4, NH4C1
Answer: An aqueous solution of CH3COONa is alkaline because in solution CH3COO- ions resulting from the complete dissociation of CH3COONa undergo hydrolysis, thereby increasing the concentration of OH-. So, if a red litmus paper is dipped into this solution, it will turn blue

In its aqueous solution, CH3COONH4 dissociates completely forming NH+(aqr) and CH3COO-(aq) ions. Both these ions undergo hydrolysis in water. The important fact is that in water the strength of CH3COO- ion as a base and the strength of NH2 ion as an acid are the same. Consequently, the concentration of OH- ions produced due to hydrolysis of CH3COO- ions:

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

⇒ \(\left[\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right]\) is almost the same as the concentration of H30+ ions produced due to hydrolysis of NH- ions:

⇒ \(\left[\mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)\right]\)

As a result, an aqueous solution of CH3COONH4 is neutral. So, if a litmus paper is dipped into this solution, it will not exhibit any color charge.

In its aqueous solution, NH4C1 dissociates completely forming NH2(aq) and Cl-{aq). NH2 ions so formed undergo hydrolysis and thereby increase the concentration of H3O+ ions in the solution. As a result, an aqueous solution of NH4C1 is acidic. Therefore, if a blue litmus paper is dipped into this solution, its color will change to red.

Question 55. Why is an aqueous solution of NaNO3 neutral?
Answer: NaNO3 is a salt of strong acid HNO3 and strong base NaOH. In its aqueous solution, NaNO3 dissociates completely, forming Na+ and NO3 ions. In an aqueous solution, Na+(aq) is a weaker acid than H2O and NO3 is a weaker base than H2O.

So, neither Na+(a2) nor NO2(aq) reacts with water. As a result, there is no change in the concentration of either H3O+ ions or OH- ions. Due to this, an aqueous solution of NaN03 is neutral

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 56. Arrange the following aqueous solutions in order of their increasing pH values: Na2CO3, CH3COONH4, and CuSO4.
Answer: Na2CO3 is a salt of strong base NaOH and weak acid H2CO2. In its aqueous solution, Na2CO3 dissociates completely and forms Na+ and CO3 ions. In water, COl- is a stronger base than HaO, and hence it reacts with water, forming OH- and HCO2 ions.

This results in an increase in the concentration of OH ions in the solution of Na2CO3 and makes the solution alkaline.

In its aqueous solution, CuSO4 dissociates completely, forming [Cu(H2O)6]2+ and SO- ions. SO- ion, being a conjugate base of strong acid H2SO4, is a very weak base and cannot react with water.

In [Cu(H2O)g]2+, the charge density of the Cu2+ ion is very high, and consequently, H20 molecules bonded to the Cu2+ ion get polarized. This causes the weakening of the O — H bonds in the H2O molecule. Consequently, the O — H bond gets ionized easily, thereby forming an H+ ion. This H+ ion is then accepted by H2O, which forms the H30+ ion.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& {\left[\mathrm{Cu}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_6\right]^{2+}(a q)+} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \\
& {\left[\mathrm{Cu}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_5 \mathrm{OH}\right]^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q) }
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, the hydrolysis of CuSO4 in its solution increases the concentration of H30+ ions, thereby making the solution acidic. So, the increasing order of pH values of the given aqueous solutions: CuSO4 < CH3COONH4 < Na2CO3.

Question 57. Give an example of a salt solution whose pH is independent of salt concentration.
Answer: In the case of a solution of a salt formed from a weak acid and a weak base, the pH of the solution does not depend upon the concentration of the salt. One such salt is CH3COONH4.

Question 58. Which of the given salts will undergo cationic or anionic or both cationic and anionic hydrolysis? NH4F, NaCN, AIC13, Na2CO3, NH4C1
Answer: Both NH4C1 and A1C13 are the salts of strong acids and weak bases. In aqueous solution of such salts, cationic hydrolysis takes place. NaCN and Na2CO3 are the salts of weak acids and strong bases. In an aqueous solution of such salts, anionic hydrolysis takes place. NH4F is a salt of weak acid and weak base. In aqueous solution of such salt, both cationic and anionic hydrolysis take place

Question 59. Which of the following are buffer solutions? Give reasons:

  1. 100 mL 0.1 (M)NH3 + 50 mL 0.1(M) HCI
  2. 100 mL 0.1 (M)CH3COOH + 50 mL0.2 (M) NaOH
  3. 100 mL 0.1 (M) CH3COOH +100 mL 0.15 (M) NaOH
  4. 100 mL 0.1 (M) CH3COONa +25mL0.1(M) HCI
  5. 50 mL 0.2 (M) NH4C1 + 50 mL 0.1 (M) NaOH

Answer:

100 mL of 0.1(M) NH3 = O.Olmol of NH3 and 50mL of 0.1(M) HCI = 0.005mol of HC1. In the mixed solution, 0.005 mol of HCl reacts completely with the same amount of NH3, forming 0.005 mol of NH4C1, and 0.005 mol of NH3 remains in the solution. Therefore, the mixed solution contains weak base NH3 and its salt NH4C1. Hence, it is a buffer solution.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

100mL of 0.1(M) CH3COOH = 0.01 mol of CH3COOH and 50mL of 0.2 (M) NaOH = 0.01 mol of NaOH. In the mixed solution, 0.01 mol of CH3COOH reacts completely with 0.01 mol of NaOH, forming 0.01 mol of CH3COONa. Therefore, the mixed solution is a solution of CH3COONa. Hence, it is not a buffer solution

100mL of 0.1 (M) CH3COOH = 0.01 mol of CH3COOH and 100mL of 0.15(M) NaOH = 0.015 mol of NaOH. In the mixed solution, 0.01 mol CH3COOH reacts completely with 0.01 mol of NaOH, forming 0.01 mol of CH3COONa, and 0.005 mol of NaOH remains in the solution. Therefore, the mixed solution is a solution of NaOH. Hence, it cannot be a buffer solution.

100mL of 0.1(M) CH3COONa = O.Olmol of CH3COONa and 25mL of 0.1(M) HCI = 0.0025 mol of HCI. In the mixed solution, 0.0025 mol of HCl reacts completely with the same amount of CH3COONa, forming CH3COOH and NaCl. The number of moles of CH3COONa remaining in the solution is (0.01- 0.0025) = 7.5 x 10-3 mol. Therefore, the mixed solution contains CH3COOH and its salt CH3COONa. Hence, it is a buffer solution.

50mL of 0.2 (M) NH4C1 EE 0.01 mol of NH4C1 and 50mL of 0.1 (M) NaOH = 0.005 mol of NaOH . In the mixed solution, 0.005mol of NaOH reacts completely with the same amount of NH4C1, thereby forming NH3 and NaCl. The number of moles of NH4C1 left behind in the solution is (0.01-0.005) = 0.005 mol. Therefore, the mixed solution contains NH3 and NH4C1. Hence, it is a buffer solution.

Question 60. You are supplied with HCOOH (pKa =3.74), CH3COOH (pKa=4.74), and NaOH solutions. To prepare a buffer solution of pH =3.8, which acid will you select? Give reason
Answer: The buffer capacity of a buffer solution consisting of a weak acid and its salt becomes maximum when the pH ofthe buffer solution is equal to the pKa of the weak acid. Among the given acids, the pKa of HCOOH is very close to the desired pH of the buffer solution. Hence, one should use HCOOH for preparing the buffer

Question 61. pH of a buffer solution composed of NH3 and NH4C1 is 9.26. Will there be any change in pH if 100 mL of distilled water is added to 100 mL of this buffer solution?
Answer: For the buffer solution made up of NH3 and NH4C1, the pH of the solutions is given by \(p H=14-p K_b-\log \frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]}\)

If 100 mL of distilled water is added to 100 mL of this buffer solution, no change occurs in the ratio of [NH4C1] to [NH3] and the pH ofthe solution remains the same.

Question 62. The buffer capacity of a buffer solution consisting of a weak acid, HA, and its salt, NaA becomes maximum when its pH is 5.0. At this pH, what is the relation between the molar concentrations of HA and NaA? Abo finds the value of a of HA.
Answer: In the case of a buffer solution consisting of a weak acid and its salt, the buffer capacity of the solution is maximum when pH = pKa. It is given that the buffer capacity of the given buffer is maximum when its pH = 5. Therefore, the pKa ofthe weak acid present in the buffer is 5. Now, the pH of a buffer solution consisting of a weak acid and its salt is given by \(p H=p K_a+\log \frac{[\text { salt }]}{[\text { acid }]}\)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Since, \(p H=p K_a=5, \log \frac{[\text { salt }]}{[\text { acid }]}=0\) , [salt] = [acid]

∴ [NaA]=[HA]

Question 63. A, B, and C are three buffer solutions, each of which is composed of a weak acid and its salt. For increasing the pH by 0.02 units, it is found that 1.0, 1.4, and 1.2 millimol of NaOH are required for A, B, and C, respectively. Arrange the solutions in the increasing order of their buffer capacities.
Answer: The higher the buffer capacity of a buffer solution, the greater the amount of a strong acid or a strong base to be required for increasing the pH of the buffer. It is given that increasing the pH of the buffer by the same amount requires a minimum amount of NaOH for buffer A and a maximum amount of NaOH for buffer B. Therefore, the increasing order of buffer capacity of the given buffers is A < C < B.

Question 64. Of the two bottles, one contains HC1 solution and the other a buffer solution. Each of the bottles b labelled as pH = 5. How can you identify the solutions?
Answer: If the pH of the solutions is measured after adding equal drops of NaOH solution to each ofthe solutions, it will be found that pH has increased markedly for one solution, while it remains almost the same for the other solution. The solution for which pH remains almost the same as a buffer solution and the solution for which pH increases is a solution of HC1.

Question 65. At a given temperature, if the solubility product and the
solubility of a sparingly soluble salt M2X3 are Ksp and S, respectively, then prove that S \(S=\left(\frac{K_{s p}}{108}\right)^{1 / 5}.\)
Answer: In its saturated solution, M2X3 ionizes partially, forming M3 (aq) and X2 (aq) ions. Eventually, the following equilibrium is established.

⇒ \(\mathrm{M}_2 \mathrm{X}_3(s) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{M}^{3+}(a q)+3 \mathrm{X}^{2-}(a q)\)

If the solubility of M2X3 in its saturated solution is S mol -L-1 , then in the solution [M3+] = 2S mol -L_1 and [X2-] = 3S mol-L-1 Therefore, the solubility product of M2X3

⇒ \(K_{s p}=\left[\mathrm{M}^{3+}\right]^2\left[\mathrm{X}^{2-}\right]^3=(2 S)^2(3 S)^3=108 S^5\)

∴ \(S=\left(\frac{K_{s p}}{108}\right)^{\frac{1}{5}}\)

Question 66. At a certain temperature, the Ksp of AgCl in water is 1.8 X 10-10. What will be its Ksp is a 0.1M solution of AgNO3 at some temperature.
Answer: At a certain temperature, the solubility of AgCl decreases in the presence of a common ion (Ag+), but the solubility product of AgCl remains the same. Therefore, Ksp for AgCl in 0.1(M) aqueous solution of AgNO3 will be the same as that in water.

Equilibrium Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. To find out the equilibrium constant (K) of a reaction, it is compulsory to mention the balanced equation of the reaction—why?
Answer: The value of the equilibrium constant (K) depends on how the balanced equation of the reaction is written, example the formation of H2 (g) from H2 (g) and I2 (g) can be written in two different ways

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{I}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{HI}(g) \text { (2) } \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{I}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{HI}(g)\)

Both 1 and 2 express the same reaction but the coefficients of reactants and products are different. As a result, the value of the equilibrium constant (K) for the reaction will not be the same in the above two cases.

Question 2. For what kind of solids, is solid vapor equilibrium achieved easily?
Answer: Solid substances that can be easily converted to vapors on heating under normal pressure (i.e., sublimable substances). For example, solid CO2, camphor, ammonium chloride, naphthalene, etc.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 3. At a fixed temperature, a liquid is in equilibrium with its vapors in a closed vessel. Which measurable tint quantity for the liquid gets fixed at equilibrium?
Answer: When a liquid remains in equilibrium with its vapor in a closed vessel at a particular temperature, the vapor pressure of the liquid is found to acquire a fixed value.

Question 4. The equilibrium established in the evaporation of a liquid at a given temperature is due to the same rate of two processes. What are these two processes?
Answer: The rate of evaporation of the liquid will be equal to the rate of condensation of its vapors at the equilibrium.

Question 5. In a soda water bottle, CO2 gas remains dissolved in water under high pressure. Write down the equilibrium established in this case.
Answer: CO2(gas) CO2 (solution)

Question 6. At 0°C and 1 atm pressure, why is the equilibrium established between water and ice regarded as dynamic?
Answer: At 0°C and under 1 atm pressure, ‘water ice’ equilibrium is said to be dynamic since at equilibrium the rate of melting of ice is equal to the rate of freezing of water.

Question 7. Find Out Kp/Kc for the solutions \(\mathrm{CO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CO}_2(g)\)
Answer: We know that \(K_p=K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}.\)

For the given reaction \(\Delta n=1-\left(1+\frac{1}{2}\right)=-\frac{1}{2}\)

Thus \(K_p=K_c(R T)^{-\frac{1}{2}}\)

⇒ \(\frac{K_p}{K_c}=\frac{1}{\sqrt{R T}}\)

Question 8. Under experimental conditions/ for the reaction, N2(g) + 3H2(g).  2NH3(g), tithe equilibrium mixture contains 17% of NH3 and 83% of (N2 + H2). Under the same conditions, what will be the percentages of NH3 and (N2 + H2) in the reaction 2NH3(g) N2(g) + 3H2(g) at equilibrium?
Answer: Under similar experimental conditions, the same equilibrium will be established for a reversible reaction irrespective of whether the reaction is initiated with the reactants or the products. thus for reaction, 2NH3(g)N2(g)+3H2(g), The same percentages of NH3 and (N2 + H2) will be present at equilibrium as in the case of the reaction N2(g) +3H2(g) 2NH2(g)

Question 9. The values of the equilibrium constant (if) of a reaction at 25°C & 50°C are 2 X 10-4 & 2 X 10-2, respectively. Is the reaction exothermic or endothermic?
Answer: With the increase in temperature, the value equilibrium constant (K) increases for an endothermic reaction, while it decreases for an exothermic reaction. For the reaction, JC(50°C) > K(25°C), indicating it is an exothermic reaction.

Question 10. For a gaseous reaction, Kp > Kc. What will be the effect on equilibrium if pressure is increased at a constant temperature? Will it affect the yields of the products?
Answer: According to the relation Kp = Kc(RT)An, if Kp> Kc, then An > 0. The positive value of An implies that the reaction occurs with an increase in volume in the forward direction. For such a reaction, if pressure is increased at equilibrium, then according to Le Chatelier’s principle the equilibrium will shift to the left and thus the yield ofthe product will decrease.

Question 11. In the case of the thermal decomposition of H2(g) to H(g), which conditions of pressure and temperature will be favourable for an increase in the yield of H(g)?
Answer: Since the formation of H(g) from H2(g) [H2(g) 2H(g)] occurs through decomposition, it is an endothermic reaction. Because 2 moles of H(g) are formed from 1 mole of H2(g), the reaction is associated with a volume increase. So, according to Le Chateliehs principle, the yield of H (g) will increase if the reaction is carried out at a high temperature and low pressure.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 12. In the case of the reaction A2(g) + 4B2(g), i 2AB4(g), the change in enthalpy (AH) is negative. Mention the conditions of pressure and temperature at which the yield of the product, AB4(g) will decrease.
Answer: Since AH < 0, it is an endothermic reaction. The volume of the reaction system decreases in the forward direction [1 molecule of A2(g) combines with 4 molecules of B2(g) to form 2 molecules of AB4(g)]. Thus; according to Le Chatelier’s principle, under the conditions of high temperature and low pressure, the yield of AB4(g) will decrease

Question 13. How will the equilibrium of the reaction, H2(g) + I2(g) ?=± 2HI(g) be affected if the volume of the reaction system at equilibrium is doubled, keeping the temperature constant?
Answer: Doubling the volume of the reaction system at equilibrium will reduce the total pressure of the system by half. But for the reaction An = 0. So, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium ofthe reaction will not be affected by a change in pressure.

Question 14. EacB HS- NH3 can act as Bronsted acid and Bronsted base—why? Write the formula of conjugate base and conjugate acid in each case.
Answer: According to the Bronsted-Lowry concept, an acid is a proton donor and a base is a proton acceptor. The given species can accept as well as donate protons, so they can act as both acid and base.

Question 15. In the reaction, I2+I- I3, which one acts as a Lewis base?
Answer: In the reaction between and I2, the I- ion donates an electron pair to the I2 molecule, resulting in the formation of the I3 ion [I2 +1- I-]. Therefore, I- ion acts as a Lewis base in this reaction.

Question 16. The pKa values of the three weak acids HA, HB and HC are 4.74, 3.75 and 4.20, respectively. Arrange them in order their of increasing acid strengths.
Answer: As pKa = -log10kTa, the smaller the value of Ka the larger the value of pKa. So, an acid with a larger pKa will have a smaller Ka. As, pJCa(HB) < pKa(HC) < pKa(HA) , pCa(HB) > Kf2(HC) > Ka(HA). At a certain temperature, a higher value of Ka for an acid indicates a higher strength of the acid. Therefore, the increasing order of acid strengths of the given acids will be— HA < HC < HB.

Question 17. X and Y are two aqueous solutions of added HA with concentrations of 0.1 M & 0.01M, respectively. In which solution will the degree of ionisation of U A be higher
Answer: According to Ostwald’s dilution law, the degree of ionisation of a weak electrolyte increases with the increase in dilution of its aqueous solution. Since, the concentration of solution Y is less than that of X, the degree of ionisation of HA will be higher in solution Y.

Question 18. Which one of the following two acids will have a higher concentration of H30+ ions in their 0.1(M) aqueous solutions—O HC1 and 0 CH3COOH?
Answer: HC1 is a strong acid, while CH6COOH is a weak acid. Thus, HC1 ionises almost completely in aqueous solution, whereas CH3COOH undergoes partial ionisation. As a result, the concentration of H30+ ions in 0.1(M) HC1 solution is higher than that in 0.1(M) CH3COOH solution.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 19. Show7 that [OH-]>\(\sqrt{K_w}\) in an alkaline solution.
Answer: We know, [H30+] x [OH ] = Kw. In pure water, [H30+] = [OH-]. This gives \(\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\sqrt{K_w}\) an alkaline solution, the concentration of OH- ions is higher than that in pure water. Therefore, in an alkaline solution, \(\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]>\sqrt{K_w} \text {. }\).

Question 20. Will the concentration of HgO+ ions in pure water at 0°C be more than or less than that at 4°C?
Answer: Ionisation of water is an endothermic t process: [2H2O(1) H3O+(aq) + OH-(aq)]. Hence, with, a temperature rise, the ionic product of water (Kw) increases. Therefore, KM,(4°C) In pure water, [H3O+] = Jÿw- Since,(4°C) > Kw(0°C) , the concentration of H2O+ ions in pure water at 4 °C will be higher than that at 0°C.

Question 21. At a certain temperature, what is the value for the die sum of pH and pOH for an aqueous solution? What will be its value at 25°C?
Answer: In case of any aqueous solution at a certain temperature pH+POH=pkw. At 25C, Pkw= 14. Hence at 25C PH+POH=14.

Question 22. An acid bottle labeled pH – 5 Is this add a weak acid
Answer: The cell may be a weak add or a very dilute strong acid. the pH of an added solution depends upon the die concentration of ll30+ Ions in the solution. So, from the value of pH it Is not possible to predict whether the acid IN is weak or strong.

Question 23. At a certain temperature, Kw of pure water =10-12. VVluit will be the pll -range, and pll of the neutral solution at that temperature.
Answer: At the given temperature, Kw = 10-12. Hence, at that temperature, pKw= 12. We know that at a particular temperature, pll -scale ranges from 0 to pKw and pH = \(=\frac{1}{2} p K_w\) for a neutral solution at that temperature. Therefore, at the given temperature, the range of pH -scale will be from 0 to 12 and the pH of a neutral solution at that temperature will be \(\frac {1}{2} p K_w=\frac{1}{2} \times 12=6\)

Question 24. pH of an aqueous 0.1 (M) CH3COOH solution is 2.87. State whether the pH of the solution will decrease or increase if CH3COONa is added to this solution.
Answer: pH will increase.

Question 25. At 25°C, the ionization constant (Ka) of weak acid HA is 10-6. What will the value of the ionization constant (Kb) of its conjugate base (A-) be at that temperature?
Answer: We know \(K_a \times K_b=10^{-14} \text { [at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C} \text { ]. } K_a \text { of } \mathrm{HA}=10^{-6} \text {. }\)

Therefore \(K_b \text { of } \mathrm{A}^{-}=\frac{10^{-14}}{K_a}=\frac{10^{-14}}{10^{-6}}=10^{-8} .\)

Question 26. Which of the following mixtures will act as buffer solution(s)? O 50 mL 0.1 (M) NH3 + 100 mL 0.025(M) HC1 0 100mL 0.05(M) CH6COOH + 50mL 0.1 (M) NaOH
Answer: Will act as a buffer solution.

Question 27. Here are a few salts. Whose aqueous solution(s) at 25°C has (have) a pH greater than 7, less than 7 or equal to 7? (NH4)2SO4, CH3COONH4, K2CO3, NaNO3
Answer: pH < 7 : (NH4)2SO4,pH> 7 : K2CO23 pH = 7 : CH3COONH4, NaNO3

Question 28. A liquid is in equilibrium with its vapor at its boiling point. On average which property of the molecules is equal in two phases?
Answer: At the boiling point of a liquid in equilibrium with its vapor, the average kinetic energy of the molecules in the two phases is equal.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 29. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, what is the effect of adding heat to a solid and liquid in equilibrium?
Answer: In the equilibrium system solid-liquid, the forward process is endothermic. Therefore, if temperature is increased at equilibrium, then, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, equilibrium will shift to the right, thereby increasing the amount of liquid.

Question 30. At a constant temperature and pressure, what is the value of AG for a reaction at equilibrium?
Answer: Zero

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 31. For a chemical reaction, Kc> 1. Will the value of AG° for this reaction be negative or positive?
Answer: Negative,

Question 32. Find the relation between K and Kc for the following system: 2NaHCO3(s) Na2CO3(s) + CO2(g) + H2O(g)
Answer: Kp=Kc(RT)2

Question 33. The values of the equilibrium constant for a particular reaction at 25°C and 50°C are 0.08 and 0.12 respectively. State whether it is an exothermic or an endothermic reaction.
Answer: Exothermic;

Question 34. If ‘mol-L-1 ‘ and ‘atm’ are the units of concentration and pressure respectively, then what will be the value of Kp/Kc for the reaction, N2O4(g) 2NO2(g) at 300K?
Answer: 24.63L.atmmol-1

Question 35. Give an example of a reaction for which, Kp = Kc = Kx.
Answer: N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2NO(g)

Question 36. Consider the reaction: A(s) + 2B2(g) AB4(g); A2<O. At equilibrium, what would be the effect of increasing temperature on the concentration of B2(g)? For tile reaction, N2O4(g) ⇌2NO2(g) A2> 0
Answer: Increases

Question 37. Mention two factors whose change at the equilibrium of the reaction will increase the yield of NO2(g).
Answer: Decrease in temperature, increase in pressure at constant temperature

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 38. Give an example of a reaction for which, K /Kc Is independent of temperature.
Answer: H2(g) + I2(g)⇌2HI(g)

Question 39. At a given temperature, if the total pressure of the equilibrium A(s) B(g) + C(g) is P, then what is the value of K?
Answer: Kp = P2/2

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 40. What are the conjugate acid and conjugate base of HPO-?
Answer: Conjugate acid: H2PO4 , conjugate base: PO3-4

Question 41. What are the conjugate acid and conjugate base of H.,0?
Answer: Conjugate acid: H3O+

Question 42. Kb for NH3 = 1.8 x 10-5 at 25°C. What is the value of Ka for NH ions at the same temperature?
Answer: 5.55 x 10-10

Question 43. For pure water, pKW=12 at a certain temperature. At this temperature, what is the molar concentration of H2O+ In a neutral aqueous solution?
Answer: 10-6(M)

Question 44. At a certain temperature, pKw for pure water is 12. At the same temperature, the concentration of H30+ in aqueous solution is 10-8 mol L-l. Is this solution acidic or basic?
Answer: Basic

Question 45. pH of a sample of pure water is x at a certain temperature. Find the value of pKw at that temperature.
Answer: 2X

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 46. pKa values for two acids, HA and HB are 4 and 6 respectively. Which one is the stronger acid?
Answer: HA

Question 47. pKa values for two acids, HA, and HB are 4 and 5 respectively. If each of the acid solutions has a concentration of 0.1(M), then in which solution the molar concentration of H30+ ions is greater?
Answer: HA

Question 49. At 25 °C, pKa for weak acid, HA = x, and pKb for A-, the conjugate base of HA = y. Find the value of (x + y) at this temperature.
Answer: (x+y)=14

Question 50. Give examples of two salts in case of which the pH value of their aqueous solutions is independent of their concentrations.
Answer: CH3

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 51. For a weak acid, HA, pKa = 5. What is the effective range of pH for a buffer comprised of HA and its salt, NaA?
Answer: 4 to 6

Question 52. Give examples of two buffer solutions prepared by mixing two salt solutions of polybasic acid.
Answer: (NaH2PO4 ,Na2HPO4 )and (NaH6P3 , Na2CO3)

Question 53. In a buffer solution comprising a weak base (B) and its ion (BH+), [B] = [BH+]. If Kb for the weak base =10-5, then find the pH value ofthe buffer solution.
Answer: 9

Question 54. 100 mL of 0.05(M) NaOH solution is added to a 100 mL of 0.1(M) NaH2PO4 solution. Will the mixed solution act as a buffer?
Answer: Yes

Equilibrium Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. The unit of the equilibrium constant of the reaction, A + 3B nC is L2.mol-2. What is the value of
Answer: For the given \(K_c=\frac{[C]^n}{[A][B]^3}\)

Thus, the unit of kc \(=\frac{\left(\mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\right)^n}{\left(\mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\right) \times\left(\mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\right)^3}\)

= (mol .L-1)n-4

Hence, L2.mol-2 = (mol . L-1)n-4 or, n = 2

Question 2. Find out the value of Kp/Kc for the reaction \(\mathrm{PCl}_5(g) \mathrm{PCl}_3(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)\) at 298K, consider the unit of concentration is mol L-1 and the unit of pressure is atm.
Answer: We know. Kp = Kc(RT)An For the given reaction, An = (1 +1-1) = 1

Thus, \(K_p=K_c \times R T \quad \text { or, } \frac{K_p}{K_c}=R T\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \operatorname{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \mathrm{~K}^{-1} \times 298 \mathrm{~K} \\
& =24.465 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 3. Mention two ways by which the equilibrium of the L-given reaction can be shifted to the right?
Answer: According to Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium of the above reaction can be shifted to the right by the addition of excess reactants [i.e., CH3COOH(Z) or C2H5OH(Z) ] or by the removal of the products [i.e., CH3COOC2H5(Z) or H2O(Z)] from the reaction system at a given temperature, keeping the volume ofthe reaction system constant.

Question 4. When steam is passed over a red-hot iron, H2 gas is produced. In this reaction, the yield of H2(g) is found to increase when the partial pressure of steam is increased. Explain.
Answer: \(\text { Reaction: } \mathrm{Fe}(s)+4 \mathrm{H}_{-} \mathrm{O}(\rho) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Fe}_{-} \mathrm{O} \cdot(\mathrm{s})+4 \mathrm{H}_{-}(g)\) A steam is one of the reactants in the above reaction, increasing its partial pressure at equilibrium will shift the equilibrium position to the right. As a result, the yield of the product i.e., H2(g) will increase.

Question 5. Why does not the equilibrium constant expression for a reaction involving pure solids or liquids contain the concentration terms of the solids or liquids?
Answer: For a pure solid or liquid, the molar concentration is directly proportional to density. As the density is constant at a given temperature, therefore, for a pure solid or liquid at a constant temperature, the molar concentration is a constant quantity/ which is usually taken as unity (1). For this reason, The equilibrium constant expression for a reaction involving pure solids or liquids does not contain concentration terms of the solids or liquids.

Question 6. Find out the equilibrium constant for the reaction, XeO4(g) + 2HF(g)iXeO3F2(g) + HaO(g) Consider K1 as the equUibrium constant for the reaction, XeF6(g) + HaO(g) XeOF4(g) + 2HF(g) and K2 as the equilibrium constant for the reaction, XeO4(g) + XeF6(g) XeOF4(g) + XeO3F2(g).
Answer: According to the given condition

⇒ \(K_1=\frac{\left[\mathrm{XeOF}_4\right] \times[\mathrm{HF}]^2}{\left[\mathrm{XeF}_6\right] \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right]} \text { and } K_2=\frac{\left[\mathrm{XeOF}_4\right] \times\left[\mathrm{XeO}_3 \mathrm{~F}_2\right]}{\left[\mathrm{XeO}_4\right] \times\left[\mathrm{XeF}_6\right]}\)

∴ \(\text { For } \mathrm{XeO}_4(g)+2 \mathrm{HF}(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{XeO}_3 \mathrm{~F}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\)

Equilibrium constant ,\(K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{XeO}_3 \mathrm{~F}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{XeO}_4\right] \times\left[\mathrm{HF}^2\right.}\)

⇒ \(\text { Now, } \frac{K_2}{K_1}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{XeO}_3 \mathrm{~F}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{XeO}_4\right] \times[\mathrm{HF}]^2}=K\)

∴ K= \(\frac{K_2}{K_1}\)

Question 7. How will the following reaction equilibrium be affected if the volume of each reaction system is increased at a constant temperature?
Answer: At constant temperature, if the volume of the reaction system is increased, then the total pressure at equilibrium will be decreased. Thus, the equilibrium of the system will be disturbed. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, equilibrium will be shifted, in a direction that increases the total number of molecules.

In the case ofthe first reaction, the equilibrium will shift to the left side. As a result, the yield of the product, [SO3] will decrease. On the other hand, in the case ofthe second reaction, the equilibrium will shift to the right side “thereby increasing the yield of the product [CO(g)].

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 8. The equilibrium of any -reversible reaction may be shifted to the left or reality changing the conditions. Will this change cause any alteration in the value of the equilibrium constant?
Answer: At ascertain temperature The equilibrium constant of a reversible reaction has a definite value.

If temperature remains fixed, then the equilibrium can be shifted to the left or right by changing the conditions of pressure, temperature, etc: on which the equilibrium of a reversible reaction depends. Consequently, the respective amount of both reactants and products will change, but the value of the equilibrium constant remains unchanged since the temperature remains fixed.

If the equilibrium is shifted due to temperature change, then the amounts of both reactants and products as well as the value of the equilibrium constant will change. With the increase in temperature, the value of the equilibrium constant will increase for an endothermic reaction and decrease for an exothermic reaction.

Question 9. At constant temperature, the following reaction is at equilibrium in a closed container: \(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})\) At constant temperature, if the amount of the solid carbon is reduced to half at equilibrium, then what will be the change in the concentration of CO(g)?
Answer: At a particular temperature, the concentration of any pure solid is independent of its amount. Thus, keeping the temperature constant, if the amount of solid carbon is reduced to half at equilibrium, then its concentration will remain unchanged. So, the concentration of CO(g) will also remain unaffected.

Question 10. At constant temperature, if the pressure is changed at the equilibrium of a gaseous reaction, then will the values of Kp, Kc, and Kx change?
Answer: we known \(\Delta G^0=-R T \ln K_p \quad \text { or, } K_p=e^{-\frac{\Delta G^0}{R T}}\) where G° = standard free energy change ofthe reaction.

The value of AG° depends only on temperature. Its value is independent of pressure. So, the value of Kp is independent of pressures.

We know, Kp = K(RT)An. Since the value of Kp does not depend on pressure, according to this relationship, the value of Kc is also independent of pressure.

Again, we know, Kp=Kx(p)n or \(K_x=\frac{K_p}{(P)^{\Delta n}}\)

As Kp does not depend on pressure, according to this relation, the value of Kx depends on pressure. However if An = 0, then pressure will not affect Kx.

Question 11. How can the yield of the products be increased by changing the volume of the reaction system in the given reactions at constant temperature?

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)
Answer: In this case, the volume increases in the reaction as written (since, An = +1 ). Thus, if the volume of the reaction system is increased at a constant temperature, then equilibrium will shift to the right, and consequently, the yields ofthe products will increase.

In this case, the volume decreases in the reaction as written (since, An = -3 ). Thus, if the volume of the reaction system is decreased at constant temperature then equilibrium will shift to the right. As a result, the yield of products will increase.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 12. Mention two factors for which die yields of the products in the given reaction increase.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})  \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \text {-heat }\)

Answer: Keeping both temperature and volume fixed, if we add some reactants [CO(g) or H2O(g)] to the reaction system or remove some products [CO2(g) or H2(g) ] from the reaction system, equilibrium will shift to the right, which will result in higher yields ofthe products.

The reaction is endothermic. Thus, on increasing the temperature at equilibrium, the equilibrium of the reaction will shift to the right. This will cause higher yields of the products

Question 13. At a particular temperature, for the reaction, aA + bB dC + cD, the equilibrium constant is K. Find out the equilibrium constants for the following reactions at the same temperature.\(m a A+m b B m d C+m c D\)\(\frac{1}{m} a A+\frac{1}{m} b B\frac{1}{m} d C+\frac{1}{m} c D\)
Answer: For the reaction, aA + bB dC+cD the equilibrium constant \(K=\frac{[C]^d \times[D]^c}{[A]^a \times[B]^b}\)

Now, 1 For the reaction maA + mbB mdC + mcD equilibrium constant, \(K_1=\frac{[C]^{m d} \times[D]^{m c}}{[A]^{m a} \times[B]^{m b_3}}\)

\(=\left\{\frac{[C]^d \times[D]^c}{[A]^a \times[B]^b}\right\}^m=K^m\)

For the reaction \(\frac{1}{m} a A+\frac{1}{m} b B \rightleftharpoons \frac{1}{m} d C+\frac{1}{m} c D\) equilibrium constant, \(K_2=\frac{[C]^{d / m} \times[D]^{c / m}}{[A]^{a / m} \times[B]^{b / m}}\) \(=\left\{\frac{[C]^d \times[D]^c}{[A]^a \times[B]^b}\right\}^{1 / m}=(K)^{1 / m}\)

Question 14. What would the effect on the yield of products be If the temperature of the following reaction systems Is changed at equilibrium?
Answer: Reaction is endothermic (as AH > 0 ). If the temperature is increased at the equilibrium of this reaction, then the equilibrium will shift to the right, and the yield of products will increase. On the other hand, if the temperature is reduced at the equilibrium of the reaction, then the equilibrium will shift to the left, and the die yield of products will be reduced.

The reaction is exothermic (as AH < 0 ). If the temperature is decreased at the equilibrium of this reaction, then the equilibrium will shift to the right, and the yield of products will increase. On die other hand, if the temperature is increased at the equilibrium of the reaction, then equilibrium will shift to the left, and the yield of products will be reduced.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 15. Identify Lewis acids and Lewis bases in the following reactions and give reasons: SiF4 + 2F-S1F2-6 \(\mathrm{RMgX}+2\left(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5\right)_2 \ddot{\mathrm{O}}: \rightarrow \mathrm{RMg}\left[\mathrm{O}\left(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5\right)_2\right]_2 \mathrm{X}\)
Answer: According to Lewis’s concept, an acid is a substance that can accept one or more electron pair(s). Generally, cations (such as Ag+, H+, K+ ), compounds having a central atom with an incomplete octet (such as SiF4, A1F3, RMgX, BF3), and compounds whose central atom is linked to an electronegative atom by a double bond (such as GO2 ) can act as Lewis acids. In the given reactions, Lewis acids are SiF4, RMgX, Ag+, and H+.

According to Lewis’s concept, a base is a substance that can donate one or more electron pair(s). Anions (such as F-, OH2Si2) and compounds with lone pairs of electrons can act as Lewis bases. Therefore, in the given reactions, Lewis bases are F-, NH3, (C2H5)2O, and NH3.

Question 16. State the nature of aqueous solutions containing the following ions with reason: NH+4, F-, Cl-.
Answer: NH+: NH2 ion is the conjugate acid of a weak base, NH3. In an aqueous solution, NH2 is stronger than H2O [weak Bronsted acid]. Hence, in an aqueous solution, NH2 ion reacts with water to produce H30+ ions, leaving the die solution acidic.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

NH+4(aq) + H2O(l) =± NH3(a<7) + H3O+(aq)

F-: F- ion is the conjugate base of a weak acid, HF. F- is stronger titan H2O [weak Bronsted base] in aqueous solution. For this reason, in an aqueous solution, the F- ion reacts with water to give OH- ions, and as a result, the solution becomes basic. \(\mathrm{F}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{HF}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

Cl-: Cl- is the die conjugate base of strong acid, HCl. Hence, it is very weak and cannot react with water. Consequently, the die aqueous solution of Cl- is neutral.

Question 17. The solubility of zinc phosphate in water is S mol. L-1 . Derive the mathematical expression of the solubility product of the compound.
Answer: The following equilibrium is established by zinc phosphate, [Zn3(P04)2] in its saturated aqueous solution.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Zn}_3\left(\mathrm{PO}_4\right)_2(s) \rightleftharpoons 3 \mathrm{Zn}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}(a q)\)

∴ \(K_{s p}=\left[\mathrm{Zn}^{2+}\right]^3 \times\left[\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}\right]^2\)

As given, the solubility of Zn3(P04)2 is S mol. L-1 . Hence, \(\left[\mathrm{Zn}^{2+}\right]=3 S \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \text { and }\left[\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}\right]=2 S \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ Ksp = (3S)3 X (2S)2 = 108S5; this is the mathematical expression of the solubility product of zinc phosphate.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 18. At a certain temperature, the ionization constants of two weak acids, HA and HB are Ka1 and’ ka2, respectively. If Ka1> Ka2 and the concentration of the aqueous solutions of both acids is 0.1(M), then which solution will have a higher pH?
Answer: As the ionization constant of HA is higher than that of HB, the degree of ionization ofHA in its 0.1 M solution is higher than that of HB in its 0.1 M solution. As a result, the molar concentration of H30+ions in 0.1(M) HA solution will be more than that in 0.1(M) HB solution. Therefore, the pH of the HB solution will be greater than that of the HA solution.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 19. What will be the change in concentrations of H3O+ & OH- and the ionic product of water (Kw) if NaOH is added to pure water at a certain temperature?
Answer: Since Kw is fixed at a certain temperature, it will not undergo any change due to the addition of NaOH in pure water. However, the concentration of OH- ions increases due to the addition of NaOH, causing the dissociation equilibrium of H2O to shift to the left

⇒ \(\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right]\)

As a result, the concentration of H3O+ ions in the solution is reduced

Question 20. 20 mL of 0.15(M) HC1 solution is mixed with 50 mL of 0.1(M) CH3COONa solution. State whether the mixed solution will act as a buffer or not.
Answer: Number of millimoles of CH3COONa3 in 50 mL 0.1(M) CH6COONa3 =0.1 X 50 = 5 and that of HC1 in20mL 0.15(M)HC1= 0.15X20 = 3.

The reaction between CH6COONa2 and HCl is:

CH3COONa(O + HCl(aq) -4 CH3COOH(aq) + NaCl(aq) Hence, 3 millimol of HC1 + 3 millimol of CH6COONa → 3 millimol of CH3COOH + 3 millimol of NaCl . Therefore, at the end of the reaction, there remains 3 millimol of CH3COOH and (5-3) = 2 millimol of CH3COONa.

∴ The resulting solution consists of weak acid (CH3COOH) and its salt (CH3COONa). So, it acts as a buffer.

Question 21. The pH of a buffer solution remains almost unchanged even after dilution—explain.
Answer: Let a buffer solution that consists of a weak acid (HX) and its salt (MX). For this buffer, \(p H=p K_a+\log \frac{[\text { salt }]}{[\text { acid }]}\) At a certain temperature, the value of pKa is constant. Hence, at a given temperature, the pH of the buffer solution depends upon the ratio ofthe molar concentrations ofthe salt to the acid in the solution. As the solution is diluted, this ratio remains the same. As a result, the pH ofthe solution remains unaltered.

Question 22. Consider the salts given below. For which salt(s) will the pH of the aqueous solution(s) be independent of the concentration of the salt? CH3NH31, (NH4)3PO4, KCN and (NH4)2CO3.
Answer: The pH of an aqueous solution of the salt of a weak acid and a weak base does not depend upon the concentration of salt.

Among the given salts, (NH4)3PO4 and (NH4)2CO3 are produced from a weak acid and weak base. Hence, the pH of their aqueous solutions does not depend on the concentration of the salt.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 23. When H2S gas Is passed through an acidified solution of Cu2+ and Zn2+, only CuS is precipitated—why?
Answer: H2S is a very weak acid. In its aqueous solution, only a small fraction of it ionizes to produce H3O+ and S2- ions

⇒\(\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{S}^{2-}(a q)\right]\)

In an acidified solution of H2S, due to the common ion (H3O+) effect, the ionization of H2S is further reduced, and as a result, the concentration of S2- ions becomes extremely low.

When H2S gas is passed through an acidified solution of Cu2+ and Zn2+ ions, the concentration of S2- ions becomes so low that only the product of the concentrations of Cu2+ and S2- ions exceeds the solubility product of CuS. However, the product of the concentrations of Zn2+ and S2- ions lies well below the value of the solubility product of ZnS. This is why only CuS is precipitated in preference to ZnS.

Question 24. What will happen when a solution of potassium chloride is added to a saturated solution of lead chloride? Give reason.
Answer: When potassium chloride solution is added to a saturated lead chloride solution, then the solubility of lead chloride decreases due to the common ion (Cl-) effect.

Explanation: The following equilibrium is established in an aqueous PbCl2 solution: PbCl2(s) Pb2+(ag) + 2Cl-(ag) The addition of KC1 to the saturated solution of PbCl2 increases the concentration of common ion Cl- the above equilibrium to get disturbed. To re-establish the equilibrium, some of the Cl- ions will combine with an equivalent amount of Pb2+ ions to form solid PbCl2. Therefore, as an overall effect, the equilibrium is shifted to the left. Hence, the solubility of PbCl2 decreases.

Question 25. Why does not MgS04 form any precipitate when it reacts with NH3 in the presence of NH4C1?
Answer: NH3 is a weak base. In an aqueous solution, it ionizes partially to produce NH+ and OH- ions.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

In the presence of NH4C1, owing to the common ion effect of NH4, the degree of ionization of NH3 is further suppressed. Thus, the concentration of OH- ions decreases to a large extent.

At this low concentration of OH- ions, the product of the concentration of Mg2+ ions and square of the concentration of OH- ions (as ATsp[Mg(OH)2] = [Mg2+][OH-]2) cannot exceed the solubility product of Mg(OH)2, i.e., [Mg2+] x [OH-]2 < Ksp (solubility product). As a result, Mg(OH)2 does not get precipitated.

Question 26. Why is the aqueous solution of Cu(N03)2 acidic?
Answer: Being a strong electrolyte, Cu(NO3)2 dissociates almost completely in its aqueous solution to form [Cu(H2O)g]2+ and NO2 ions. In the solution, H2O also ionizes slightly to form H3O+ and OH- ions

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Cu}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow\left[\mathrm{Cu}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_6\right]^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}(a q) \\
2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{gathered}\)

NO-3 is the conjugate base of a strong acid, HNO3. Hence it is a very weak base. So, NO2 ions cannot react with water. On the other hand, since the charge density of Cu2+ ion in the cationf[Cu(H2O)6]2+ is very high, the H2O molecules attached to it get polarised, and their O—H bonds become weaker.; These O —H bonds dissociate to produce H+ ions, which are accepted by H20 to give H30+ ions.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
{\left[\mathrm{Cu}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_6\right]^{2+}(a q)+} & \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& \rightleftharpoons\left[\mathrm{Cu}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_5 \mathrm{OH}\right]^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

As a result, the concentration of H3O+ ions in the aqueous solution of Cu(NO3)2 becomes higher than that of OH- ions (from H2O), and consequently, the solution becomes acidic.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 27. Despite being a neutral salt, the aqueous solution of Na2CO3 is alkaline—why?
Answer: Na2CO3, being a strong electrolyte, dissociates almost completely in aqueous solution, forming Na+ and CO3 ions:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Na}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}(a q)\)

Water, being a very poor electrolyte, ionizes slightly to form H3O+ and OH- ions: \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

Hydrated Na+ ion (Na+(aq) ] is a very weak acid and cannot react with water.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

CO23-, the conjugate base of weak acid HCO-3, is a stronger base than H2O (which is a Bronsted base). Therefore, it reacts with water in aqueous solution, forming the following equilibrium.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(a q) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{HCO}_3^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

HCO-3 so formed undergoes ionization

⇒ \(\mathrm{HCO}_3^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)]\)

But, due to the common ion (CO2-3) effect, this ionization occurs to a very small extent.

As a result, [OH-] in solution is much higher than [H+]. So, aqueous solution of Na2C03 is alkaline.

Question 28. HPO2-4 can act both as a Bronsted base and as a Bronsted acid. Write the equation of equilibrium established by HPO2– as an acid and a base in an aqueous solution. Also, write the expressions of Ka & Kb in two cases. 0 What are the conjugate acid and base of HS-?
Answer: HPO2-4 can denate and accept protons in aqueous solution. Thus it can serve both as an acid and base.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}(a q)[\text { Acid }]+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}_2^{+}(a q) \\
& \mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}(a q)[\text { Base }]+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(K_a=\frac{\left[\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}\right]} ; K_b=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}\right]}\)

HS-(aq) + H2O(l) H2S(aq) + OH-(aq)

Hence, the conjugate acid of HS- is H2S.

HS-(aq) + H2O(l) S2-{aq) + H3O+(aq)

Therefore, the conjugate base of HS- is S2-.

Question 29. Will the pH of pure water at 20°C be lower or higher than that at 50°C?
Answer: Ionic product of water (Kw) increases with, a temperature rise Hence \(K_w\left(50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)>K_w\left(20^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)\) or, \(p K_w\left(50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)<p K_w\left(20^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right).\) (since pKw=-logl0Kw) Now, for pure
water \(p H=\frac{1}{2} p K_w\)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 30. An aqueous solution of sodium bisulfate is acidic, whereas an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate is basic—Explain.
Answer: Since sodium bisulfate (NaHSO4) is a salt of strong acid (H2SO4) and strong base (NaOH), it is not hydrolyzed in an aqueous solution. NaHS04 in its solution dissociates completely to form Na+ and HSO4 ions and HSO4 ions so formed get ionized to form H3O+ and SO2-4 ions. As a result, the aqueous solution of NaHSO4 becomes acidic.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{NaHSO}_4(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{HSO}_4^{-}(a q) \\
\mathrm{HSO}_4^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)
\end{gathered}\)

NaHCO3 in its solution dissociates completely to form Na+ and HCO3 ions [NaHCO3(aq)-Na+(aq) + HCO3 (aq) ]. HCO3 can act both as an acid and a base in aqueous solution.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{HCO}_3^{-}(a q)[\text { Acid }]+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}(a q) \\
& \mathrm{HCO}_3^{-}(a q)[\text { Base }]+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

Question 31. Both CuS and ZnS are precipitated if H2S gas is passed through an alkaline solution of Cu2+ and Zn2+. Explain.
Answer: In an aqueous solution, H2S ionizes to establish the following equilibrium, H2S(aq) + 2HzO(Z) 2H3O+(aq) + S2-(aq) The degree of ionization of H2S increases in alkaline solution because OH- ions present in the solution react with H3O+ ignite) form unionized water molecules. This shifts the equilibrium to the right, thereby increasing the concentration of S2- ions? ‘in the presence of a high concentration of S2- ions, [Cu2+] (s2-] > and [Zn2+][S2-] > Ksp(ZnS). As a result, both CuS and ZnS are precipitous.

Question 32. Calculate the formation constant of [Ag(NH3)2]+
Answer: \(\mathrm{Ag}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{NH}_3(a q) \rightleftharpoons\left[\mathrm{Ag}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)\right]^{+} ; K_1=3.5 \times 10^3\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
{\left[\mathrm{Ag}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)\right]^{+}+\mathrm{NH}_3(a q) \rightleftharpoons\left[\mathrm{Ag}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_2\right]^{+} ; } \\
K_1=1.7 \times 10^3 \ldots
\end{aligned}\)

Equation (3) represents the formation reaction of [Ag(NH3)2]2+. Therefore, the equilibrium constant for the reaction represented by equation (3) will be the formation constant for [Ag(NH3)2]2+. As equation (3) is obtained by adding equations (1) and (2), the formation constant (fcy) for [Ag(NH3)2]2+ equals ky x k2.

Thus, ky = ky X k2 = (3.5 X 103) X (1.7 X 103) = 5.95 X 106

Question 33. Write the correct order of increasing acid strength among HCO3< HSO3 < H3O+ < HSO3F.
Answer: HSO3F is a super acid. So, its strength is the maximum among all the given acids. Comparing the dissociation constants of the remaining acids gives the order in terms of dissociation constant:

Now, the larger the value of Ka for an acid, the higher the strength ofthe acid, So, the increasing order of acid strengths of the given acids will be HCO3< HSO3 < H3O+ < HSO3F.

Question 34. The first and second dissociation constants of an acid H2A are 1 x 10-5 and 5 X 10-1° respectively. Calculate the value of the overall dissociation constant.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~A}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{HA}^{-}(a q) ; \\
K_1=1 \times 10^{-5} \ldots(1)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{r}
\mathrm{HA}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{A}^{2-}(a q) ; \\
K_2=5 \times 10^{-10} \ldots
\end{array}\)

The overall dissociation reaction is the sum of the. reactions (1) and (2). H2A(aq) + 2H2O(Z) 2H30+(aq) + A3-(aq) Thus, the overall disputation constant K = K1 x K2 =  x 10-5) x (5 X 10-1°) = 5 X 10-15

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 35. a -D-glucose Beta -D glucose, the equilibrium constant for this is 1.8. Calculate the percentage of a -D glucose at equilibrium.
Answer: Suppose, the initial concentration of a -D glucose is a mol L-1 and its degree of conversion to p -D glucose at equilibrium is x mol-L-1 -1

Therefore, the concentration of a -D glucose and D glucose at equilibrium will be as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\begin{array}{c}
\text { Initial concentration } \\
\left(\text { in mol } \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\right. \text { ) }
\end{array} & a & 0 \\
\begin{array}{c}
\text { Equilibrium concentration } \\
\left(\text { in mol } \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\right. \text { ) }
\end{array} & a-a x & a x
\end{array}\)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Equilibrium constant for this process, \(K=\frac{[\beta-\mathrm{D}-\text { glucose }]}{[\alpha-\mathrm{D}-\text { glucose }]}\)

⇒ \(1.8=\frac{a x}{a(1-x)}=\frac{x}{1-x}\) or, \(x=\frac{1.8}{2.8}=0.6428\)

Thus, the percentage of a -D-glucose at equilibrium is \(\frac{a(1-0.6428)}{a} \times 100=35.72 \%\)

Question 36. Solid Ba(NO3)2 is gradually dissolved in a 1.0 x 10-4 M Na2CO3 solution. At what concentration of Ba2+ will a precipitate begin to form? ( Ksp for BaCO3 = 5.1 X 10-9)
Answer: Ba(NO3)2 reacts with Na2CO3 to form BaCO3. BaCO3 is a sparingly soluble compound that forms the following equilibrium in its saturated solution.

⇒ \(\mathrm{BaCO}_3(s) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Ba}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{CO}^{2-}(a q)\)

For \(\mathrm{BaCO}_3, K_{s p}=\left[\mathrm{Ba}^{2+}\right]\left[\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}\right]\)

In the solution \(\left[\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}\right]=1 \times 10^{-4} \mathrm{M}\)

BaCO3 will precipitate when [Ba2+][C02-] → Ksp, i.e., when \(\left[\mathrm{Ba}^{2+}\right]\left[\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}\right]>5.1 \times 10^{-9}\left(\text { as } K_{s p}\left[\mathrm{BaCO}_3\right]=5.1 \times 10^{-9}\right)\) \(\text { If }\left[\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}\right]=1 \times 10^{-4} \mathrm{M} \text {, then }\left[\mathrm{Ba}^{2+}\right]>\frac{5.1 \times 10^{-9}}{1 \times 10^{-4}}\) or, [Ba2+] > 5.1 X 10-5 M Thus, the precipitation of BaC03 will start when [Ba2+] in the solution is grater than 5.1 x 10-5 M.

Question 37. 2.5 m l of \(\frac{2}{5} \mathrm{M}\) weak monoacdic base Kb = 1 x 10-125at 25°C ) is titrated with \(\frac{2}{15}\) in water at 25°C. Calculate the concentration of H + at the equivalence point. (kw = 1 x 10-14)
Answer: Ana. 2.5 mL of \(\frac{2}{15}\) M monobasic acid \(\equiv \frac{2}{5} \times 2.5 \equiv 1\) mmol of the base.

Suppose, VmL of \(\frac{2}{15} \mathrm{M}\) HC1 is required for the neutralisation. \(V \mathrm{~mL} \text { of } \frac{2}{15} \mathrm{M} \mathrm{HCl} \equiv \frac{2}{15} \times V \mathrm{mmol} \mathrm{HCl} .\)

Therefore \(\) mmol HCL will neutralise 1mmol of the base Hence \(\frac{2 \times V}{15}=1 \text { or, } V=7.5 \mathrm{~mL}\)

The total volume of the solution after neutralization = (2.5 + 7.5) mL = 10 mL.

The number of mmol of the salt formed in the neutralization =1 mmol.

So, the concentration of the salt in the final solution \((C)=\frac{1}{10}=0.1 \mathrm{M}\) As the resulting salt is formed from a weak base and a strong acid, it undergoes hydrolysis. The pH of the solution of such a salt is given by the pH
\(=7-\frac{1}{2} p K_b-\frac{1}{2} \log C\) \(\text { As } K_b=10^{-12}, p K_b=-\log _{10}\left(10^{-12}\right)=12\)

Therefore \(p H=7-\frac{1}{2} \times 12-\frac{1}{2} \log (0.1)=7-6+0.5=1.5\) and the concentration of H+(aq) ions at the equivalence point is [H+] = 10-PH M = 10-1-5 M = 0.316 M.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Equilibrium Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Some reactions, their equilibrium constants are as follows:

\(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; K_1 \\
& \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+3 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; K_2 \\
& \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+4 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; K_3
\end{aligned}\)

The relation among K1, K2 and K3 is—

  1. \(K_3 \times K_2^3=K_1^2\)
  2. \(K_1 \sqrt{K_2}=K_3\)
  3. K2 x K3 =K1
  4. K3 = k1xk2

Answer: 4. K3 = k1xk2

Question 2. At a given temperature, the reaction, A(g) 20(g), is In equilibrium In a closed flask. At the same temperature, the reaction, C(g) D(g) + O(g) Is in equilibrium in another closed flask. The values of equilibrium constants of these two reactions are Kp and Kp respectively and the total pressures of the equilibrium mixtures are P1 and P2 respectively. If: Kp2 =1:4 and P1 P2 = then the ratio of the degree of dissociation of (g) and C(g) are (assume the degrees of dissociation of bodi care very small compared to —

  1. 0.15
  2. 0.5
  3. 1.0
  4. 1.5

Answer: 2. 0.5

Question 3. At a given temperature, the reaction, A2(g) + B2(g) 2A2(g) was started with 0.4 mol of A2(g) and 0.0 mol of H2(g) in a flask of volume 2L. When the reaction achieved equilibrium, it was found that the reaction mixture contained 0.5 mol of AO. (The equilibrium constant ( Kp) for the reaction is—

  1. 8.30
  2. 4.76
  3. 10.27
  4. 6.49

Answer: 2. 4.76

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 4. At a given temperature, if the degree of dissociation of N2O4 in the following reaction N2O4(g) 2NO2(g) is a, and the total pressure of the equilibrium mixture is P, then it can be shown that the equilibrium constant for the reaction, Kp = a2P (assuming a is very small compared to 1). Which ofthe following comments is true for this relation-

  1. Kp increases as a increases
  2. Kp increases as P increases.
  3. value of Kp does not depend on P but depends on a
  4. The value of Kp depends neither on P nor on a

Answer: 4. The value of Kp depends neither on P nor on a

Question 5. For the reactions \( \mathrm{N}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(g),\) \(\mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g}) \& \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \text {, }\) If the equilibrium constants are Kx, K2 and K3 respectively, then the equilibrium constant for the reaction \(4 \mathrm{NH}_3(g)+5 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 4 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g})+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\) is

  1. \(\frac{K_2 K_3^2}{K_1}\)
  2. \(\frac{K_2^2 K_3^2}{K_1}\)
  3. \(\frac{K_1^3 K_2^2}{K_3}\)
  4. \(\frac{K_2^2 K_3^6}{K_1^2}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{K_2^2 K_3^6}{K_1^2}\)

Question 6. For a hypothetical reaction, Kc = 0.9 and Kp = 538. Which of the following equations pan represents the reaction properly at 25°C-

  1. \(A(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 C(s)+D(g)\)
  2. \(B(g) \rightleftharpoons C(l)+D(l)\)
  3. \(A(l)+2 B(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 C(g)\)
  4. \(A(g)+B(s) \rightleftharpoons 3 C(g)\)

Answer: 4. \(A(l)+2 B(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 C(g)\)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 7. When a mixture containing N2 and H2 in the molar ratio 1:3 heated in presence of a catalyst in a closed vessel, die following equilibrium is established: \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(g)\) At equilibrium, if the mole fraction of NH3 is 0.6 and the total pressure ofthe equilibrium mixture is 10 atm then Kp for the reaction, \(2 \mathrm{NH}_3(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{N}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g)\)

  1. 1.33 atm-2
  2. 0.75 atm-2
  3. 1.333 atm-2
  4. 0.75 atm-2

Answer: 1. 1.33 atm-2

Question 8. The reaction, \(A(g)+4 B(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 C(g)+3 D(g)\) is carried out in a closed vessel of volume 2L by taking 3 mol of A(g) and 4 mol of 5(g). At equilibrium, if the amount of C(g) be1 mol, then Kc for the reaction is-

  1. 0.056
  2. 0.038
  3. 0.084
  4. 1.24

Answer: 3. 0.084

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 9. The total pressure at the equilibrium of the reaction, XY(g) X(g) + Y(g) is P. If the equilibrium constant P for the reaction is Kp and \(K_p=\frac{P}{8}\), then the percent dissociation of XY is—

  1. 30.49%
  2. 33.33%
  3. 41.90%
  4. 19.26%

Answer: 2. 33.33%

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 10. At 500K, for the reaction, PCl5(g) PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) , the equilibrium constant, Kp = 0.52 . In a closed container, these three gases are mixed. If the partial pressure of each of these gases is 1 atm, then in the reaction system—

  1. The number of moles of PCl5 will increase
  2. The number of moles of PCl3 will increase
  3. The reaction will attain equilibrium when 50% of the reaction gets completed
  4. The reaction will attain equilibrium when 75% of the reaction is completed

Answer: 1. The number of moles of pc15 will increase

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 11. For the reaction: \(2 A(g)+B(g) \rightleftharpoons 3 C(g)+D(g)\), two moles of each A and B were taken into a flask which of the following relation between the concentration terms is true when the system attains equilibrium

  1. [A]=[B]
  2. [A]<[B]
  3. [A]=[B]
  4. [A]>[B]

Answer: 2. [A]<[B]

Question 12. The reaction, 2A(g) + 5(g) C(s); AH < 0, is in equilibrium in a closed vessel. Which of the following changes at equilibrium’ will increase the yield of C (s)—

  1. Temperature is increased
  2. At constant volume and temperature, some amount of 5(g) is added to the reaction system
  3. At constant volume and temperature, some amount of c (s) is removed from the reaction system noriw
  4. Pressure is decreased at a constant temperature

Answer: 2. At constant volume and temperature, some amount of 5(g) is added to the reaction system.

Question 13. At 300 K, the reaction A(g) + 5(g) C(s), 1 is in equilibrium in a closed, vessel. At the beginning of the reaction, the partial pressures of A and B gases are 0.2 and 0.3atm respectively and the total pressure of the equilibrium mixture is 0.3atm. Kc, for the reaction, is—

  1. 6.06×104 L2.mol-2
  2. 2.59 x 103 L2.mol-2
  3. 3.03 x 104 L2.mol-2
  4. 8.2 x 10-2 L2.mol-2

Answer: 3. 3.03 x 104 L2-mol-2

Question 14. At 300K, for the reaction, \(\mathrm{AB}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{AB}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~B}_2(\mathrm{~g}),\) Kp = 1.66. At the same temperature, AG° for the reaction, 2AB2(g) + B2(g) 2AB3(g) is-

  1. +2.19kJ
  2. -2.52KJ
  3. +3.85KJ
  4. -3.26kJ

Answer: 2. -2.52KJ

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 15. At a given temperature, when a reversible reaction is carried out in the absence of a catalyst, the ratio of the rate constants for the forward and reverse reactions is found to be 8.0. At the same temperature, if the reaction is carried out in presence  of a catalyst, then the ratio will be—

  1. >8.0
  2. <8.0
  3. =8.0
  4. <8.0

Answer: 3. =8.0

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 16. At a given temperature, a closed vessel contains NH3 gas and solid NH4HS . The pressure of NH3 gas in the vessel is 0.50atm. On dissociation, NH4HS produces NH3 and H2S gases. The total pressure in the flask at equilibrium is 0.84 atm. The equilibrium constant for the dissociation reaction (Kp) of NH4HS is—

  1. 0.30 atm-2
  2. 0.16 atm-2
  3. 0.11 atm-2
  4. 0.22 atm-2

Answer: 3. 0.11 atm-2

Question 17. N2O4 is dissociated to 33% and 40% at total pressures P1 and P2 atm respectively. Hence, the ratio of P1 to P2 is—

  1. \(\frac{7}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{8}{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{8}{5}\)
  4. \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{8}{5}\)

Question 18. The reaction, A(g) + 25(g) 2C(g) + D(g) was studied using an initial concentration of 5 which was 1.5 times that of. The equilibrium concentrations of A and C were found to be equal. So, Kc for the equilibrium is—

  1. 4
  2. 0.32
  3. 2.73
  4. 8.17

Answer: 2. 0.32

Question 19. The equilibrium constants Kp1 and Kp2 for the reactions x ⇌2y and x⇌ p + q, respectively are in the ratio of 1: 9 . If the degree of dissociation and Z is equal then the ratio of total pressure at this equilibrium is

  1. 1:36
  2. 1:1
  3. 1:3
  4. 1:9

Answer: 1. 1:36

Question 20. If the equilibrium constant for Mutrotion or-D-glucose .-D-glucose is the percentage ofthe a -form in the equilibrium mixture is

  1. 64.5
  2. 35.7
  3. 53.7
  4. 44.8

Answer: 2. 35.7

Question 21. The reaction, C(s) + CO2(g)⇌2CO(g), is at equilibrium in a closed vessel under a given set of conditions. If the degree of dissociation of CO2 at equilibrium is a and the total pressure of the equilibrium mixture and the value of equilibrium constant are P and Kp respectively, then a

  1. \(\frac{K_p}{\sqrt{2 P}}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{\frac{K_p}{p}}\)
  3. \(\frac{\sqrt{K_p}}{P}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{P}{K_p}}\)

Answer: 4. \(\sqrt{\frac{P}{K_p}}\)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 22. At a given temperature, the equilibrium constant, Kc, for the reaction, A + B C is 10. At the same temperature, the reaction is allowed to occur in a closed vessel of volume 1L. At a particular moment during the reaction, if the amounts of A, B, and C in the reaction system are 0.1, 0.4, and 0.3 mol respectively, then—

  1. The reaction is in equilibrium at that moment
  2. The reaction will occur to a greater extent towards the left to attain equilibrium
  3. The reaction will occur to a greater extent towards the right to attain equilibrium
  4. The reaction will occur to a greater extent towards the left for achieving equilibrium and concentrations of reactants and product will be the same at a new equilibrium

Answer: 3. The reaction will occur to a greater extent towards the right to attain equilibrium

Question 23. A mixture containing N2 and H2 in a mole ratio of 1: 3 is allowed to attain equilibrium when 50% ofthe mixture has reacted. If P is the pressure at equilibrium, then the partial pressure of NH3 formed is-

  1. p/3
  2. p/2
  3. p/9
  4. p/5

Answer: 1. p/3

Question 24. If the concentration of OH- ions in the reaction Fe(OH)3(s) ⇌ Fe3+(aq) + 30H-(aq) is decreased by 1/4 times, then equilibrium concentration of Fe3+ will be increased by—

  1. 64 times
  2. 4 times
  3. 8 times
  4. 16 times

Answer: 1. 64 times

Question 25. The equilibrium constant (Kp) for the decomposition of gaseous H2O, \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g)\) is related to degree of dissociation (a ) at a total pressure (P) as-

  1. \(\kappa_p=\frac{\alpha^3 p^{1 / 2}}{(1+\alpha)(2+\alpha)^{1 / 2}}\)
  2. \(K_p=\frac{\alpha^3 p^{3 / 2}}{(1-\alpha)(2+\alpha)^{1 / 2}}\)
  3. \(K_p=\frac{\alpha^{3 / 2} p^2}{(1-\alpha)(2+\alpha)^{1 / 2}}\)
  4. \(K_P=\frac{\alpha^{3 / 2} p^{1 / 2}}{(1-\alpha)(2+\alpha)^{1 / 2}}\)

Answer: 4. \(K_P=\frac{\alpha^{3 / 2} p^{1 / 2}}{(1-\alpha)(2+\alpha)^{1 / 2}}\)

Question 26. 2 mol of PCl5(g) is heated at a given temperature in a closed vessel of volume 2L. As a result, PCl5(g) dissociates and forms PCl3(g) and Cl2(g). When the dissociation reaction reaches equilibrium, it Is found that 50% of PClg(g) has dissociated. Kc for the reaction is

  1. 0.15
  2. 0.30
  3. 0.25
  4. 0.5

Answer: 4. 0.5

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 27. At a given temperature, the reaction, SO2Cl2(g) SO2(g) + CI2(g), is in a state of equilibrium in a closed vessel. At constant temperature and volume, if some amount of He gas is added to the reaction system, then —

  1. The concentration of SO2(g) will increase
  2. The concentration of SO2Cl2(g) will increase
  3. The concentrations of SO2(g) , Cl2(g) , SO2cl2(g) will remain the same
  4. The value of the equilibrium constant will decrease

Answer: 3. The concentrations of SO2(g) , Cl2(g) , SO2cl2(g) will remain the same

Question 28. The reaction, C(s) + CO2(g);⇌2CO(g), is in a state of equilibrium in a closed vessel at a constant temperature. The equilibrium of the reaction will shift towards the left and get re-established if at constant temperature and volume some amount of—

  1. C(s) is removed from the reaction system
  2. CO2(g) is added to the reaction system
  3. CO2(g) is removed from the reaction system
  4. CO(g) is removed from the reaction system

Answer: 3. CO2(g) is removed from the reaction system

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 29. The pair of compounds which cannot exist together in solution is

  1. NaHCO3 and NaOH
  2. Na2CO3 and NaHCO3
  3. Na2CO3 and NaOH
  4. NaHCO3 and NaCl

Answer: 1. NaHCO3 and NaOH

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 30. Equimolar solutions of the following were prepared in water separately. Which of the solutions will have the highest pH—

  1. Srcl2
  2. Bacl2
  3. MgC2
  4. Cacl2

Answer: 2. Bacl2

Question 31. A student wants to prepare a saturated solution of Ag+ ion. He has only three samples of Ag— AgCl (Ksp = 1.8 X 10-18), AgBr (Ksp = 5 x 10-13), and Ag2CrO4 (Ksp = 2.4 x 10-12). Which compound should he take’ to obtain maximum [Ag+] —

  1. Agcl
  2. AgBr
  3. Ag2CrO24
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Ag2CrO4

Question 32. The correct relationship between the pH of picomolar solutions of sodium oxide (pH2), sodium sulfide (pH2), sodium selenide (pH3), and sodium telluride (pH4) is

  1. pH1>pH2>pH3>pH4
  2. pH1 <pH2<pH3 < pH4
  3. pH1<pH2<pH3<pH4
  4. pH1>pH2=pH3>pH4

Answer: 1. pH1>pH2>pH3>pH4

Question 33. Solubility product constant (Ksp) of salts of types MX1, MX2 & M3X at temperature TK are 4.0 x10-8, 3.2 x 10-14 & 2.7 x 10-13 respectively. Solubilities (mol dm-3) of the salts at temperature T are in the order—

  1. M3>MX2>M3X
  2. M3X>MX2>MX
  3. MX2>M3X>MX
  4. MX>M3X>MX2

Answer: 4. MX>M3X>MX2

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 34. If the solubilities of AgCl in H2O,0.01(M) CaCl2 , 0.01(M) NaCl and 0.05(M) AgNO3 are S1, S2, S2 Ansd S2 respectively, then—

  1. S1>S2>S3>S4
  2. S1 > S2 = S3 > S4
  3. S1 > s3 > S2 > S4
  4. S4>S2>S3>S1

Answer: 3. S1 > s3 > S2 > S4

Question 35. The degree of hydrolysis of a salt of weak acid and weak base in its 0.01(M) solution is found to be 50%. If the molarity of the solution is 0.2(M), the percentage hydrolysis of the salt should be—

  1. 100%
  2. 50%
  3. 25%
  4. 10%

Answer: 2. 50%

Question 36. The first and second dissociation constants of an acid H2A are 1.0 x 10-5 and 5.0 x 10-I° respectively. The overall dissociation constant of the acid will be

  1. 5.0×10-5
  2. 5.0×1015
  3. 5.0×10-15
  4. 0.2×105

Answer: 3. 5.0×10-15

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 37. If three salts P2X, QY2, and RZ3 have the same solubilities in water then the correct relation among their Ksp values is—

  1. \(K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{X}\right)=K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{QY}_2\right)<K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{RZ}_3\right)\)
  2. \(K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{X}\right)>K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{QY}_2\right)=K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{RZ}_3\right)\)
  3. \(K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{X}\right)=K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{QY}_2\right)=K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{RZ}_3\right)\)
  4. \(K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{X}\right)>K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{QY}_2\right)>K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{RZ}_3\right)\)

Answer: 1. \(K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{X}\right)=K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{QY}_2\right)<K_{s p}\left(\mathrm{RZ}_3\right)\)

Question 38. The pH of the solution was obtained by mixing 20 mL of 0.01 (M) Ca(OH)2 and 30 of 0.1 (M) HC1 solution is

  1. 6.32
  2. 9.85
  3. 11.3
  4. 4.74

Answer: 3. 11.3

Question 39. The pH of an aqueous solution of MCI is 3,0 and that of an aqueous solution of NaOH is 12. The pH of the solution obtained by mixing 100mL of NaOH solution with 500 ml, of HC1 solution’ is

  1. 6.71
  2. 10.92
  3. 12.05
  4. 3.08

Answer: 2. 10.92

Question 40. At 25°C, the pH of 0.1(M) aqueous solution of NH3 is 11.13. At the same temperature, the pH of a ‘solution containing 0.1 (M) of N14C1 and 0.01 (M) of NH3 is-

  1. 4.74
  2. 6.25
  3. 8.26
  4. 9.34

Answer: 3. 8.26

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 41. 800ml. 0.1 (M) HC1 solution is mixed with 200ml. 0.5(M) CH3NH2 solution. In the resulting solution, traction of H3O+ ions is = fix 10 is

  1. 3×10-5(M)
  2. 1.25 x 10-4(M)
  3. 8 x 10-11 (M)
  4. 7.2 X 10-10(M)

Answer: 3. 8 x 10-11 (M)

Question 42. A solution of a weak acid ( Kn = 10-5) has a molarity of (M/5). lol of this solution is neutralized completely with a NaOH solution of molarity (M/20). At the neutra¬ lisation point, concentration of H(Of ions (mol-L-1 ) is

  1. 4.39x 10-5
  2. 1.25 x10-6
  3. 7.02 x 10-8
  4. 1.58 x10-9

Answer: 4. 1.58 x10-9

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 43. At 25°C, K for PbCI, is 1.6 x 10-5 in water. At the same temperature, the amount of PbCl2 (molar mass = 278.19 g-mol-1 ) that remains dissolved in 100 mL of a saturated solution of PbCL, is—

  1. 0.28g
  2. 0.44g
  3. 0.17g
  4. 0.35g

Answer: 2. 0.44g

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 44. At 25°C, the solubility product for Gd(OH)2 in water is 1.2 X 1O-14. What would be the pH of tut aqueous solution of 0.01 (M) Cd2ÿ ions when Cd(OH)2 starts precipitating—

  1. 4.29
  2. 5.60
  3. 8.04
  4. 7.56

Answer: 3. 8.04

Question 45. At 25°C the solubility product of a salt AB0 in water is 4.0 x 10- 15. If 0.1 mol of A2- ions are added to 1 1. of a saturated solution of the salt (assuming the volume of the solution does not change on the addition of A2- ions), then—

  1. The solubility product of ab2 will increase
  2. The solubility product of ab2 will decrease
  3. The cone, of b- ions in the solution will be 2 x it)-7 mol l.-1
  4. The solubility of ab2 in solution will be 4×10- 10. Mol-l-1

Answer: 3. Cone, of b- ions in solution will be 2 x it)-7 mol l.-1

Question 46. At 25°C, Ksp for Al(OH)3.( in water is 2 x 10-33 aqueous solution of ph = 13, the solubility of AI(OH)3 is 2 x 1 0-x. The value of x is

  1. 10
  2. 15
  3. 22
  4. 30

Answer: 2. 15

Question 47. At 25°C, K(l for a weak acid, HA in water, is 10- V2 ml. of 0.1 (M) NaOH solution is added to K, mL of 0.1 (M) solution of HA. How many times would Vl he of K, so that the pH of the solution is 6

  1. 2 times
  2. 1.5 times
  3. 1.1 times
  4. 1.4 times

Answer: 3. 1.1 times

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 48. Which of the relations are correct for the given physical change; \(\mathrm{CuSO}_4 \cdot 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{s}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CuSO}_4 \cdot 3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{s})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\) 

  1. \(K_p=p_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}^2\)
  2. Kc = [H2O(g)]2
  3. Kp – KC(RT)2
  4. Kc = Kp(RT)2

Answer: 1. \(K_p=p_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}^2\)

Question 49. At a given temperature, Kc = 6.3 x 10-e for the reaction S-(g) 4S2(g). At the same temperature, if the lead Ion is started with 2 moles of S0(g) and 0.2 mol of S2(g) In a closed vessel of volume 1 L, then which of the following comments are true regarding this reaction—

  1. At the beginning of the reaction, Qc = 8.0 x 10-4
  2. The reaction will occur to a greater extent towards the right To attain equilibrium
  3. The reaction will occur to a greater extent towards the left to attain equilibrium
  4. The concentration of S8 at equilibrium is greater than 2 mol. L-l.

Answer: 1. At the beginning of the reaction, Qc = 8.0 x 10-4

Question 50. 4NH3(g) + 5O2(g)⇌4NO(g) + 6H2O(g), is in equilibrlum In a closed container of volume 1L at a given temperature. If the reaction is started with 1 mol NH3(g) and 1 mol of O2(g) and the number of mol of H20(g) at equilibrium is 0.6 mol, then at equilibrium-

  1. [NH3] = [NO]
  2. [NO]<[O2]
  3. [NO] > [NH3]
  4. [O2] < [H2O]

Answer: 2. [NO]<[O2]

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 51. The reaction, fe(s) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO(g) + H2(g); ΔH > 0, is in equilibrium. At equilibrium—

  1. If the temperature is increased, the partial pressure of H20(g) will decrease
  2. The concentration of H2(g) will decrease if an inert gas is added at constant temperature and volume
  3. the concentration of CO(g) will increase if pressure is increased at a constant temperature
  4. The equilibrium will move towards the right if an inert gas is added at constant temperature and pressure.

Answer: 1. If the temperature is increased, the partial pressure of H2O(g) will decrease

Question 52. The reaction, 2NOCl(g)⇌ 2NO(g) + Cl2(g) ; ΔH>0, Is In equilibrium. Winch of the following changes at equilibrium will decrease The yield of NO(g) — 

  1. At constant temperature and volume, some amount of nocl(g) is lidded to the reaction system u
  2. At constant temperature and volume, some amount of Cl2(f> ) is added to the reaction system
  3. Temperature is decreased at equilibrium
  4. At constant temperature and pressure, some airfoil of the gas is added to the reaction system

Answer: 2. At constant temperature and volume, some amount of Cl2(f> ) is added to the reaction system

Question 53. The vapor density of the equilibrium mixture of NO2 and N2O4 is found to be 40 for the given equilibrium N2O4(g) 2NO2(g). For the given equilibrium—

  1. 1 Mole percent of nO2 present in the mixture is 59%
  2. 1 Mole percent of nO2 present in the mixture is 26%
  3. The degree of dissociation of n2O4 is 0.45
  4. The degree of dissociation of n2O4 is 0.15

Answer: 2. 1 Mole percent of nO2 present in the mixture is 26%

Question 54. The vapor pressure of liquid methanol at 50°C is 55.5 kPa. These are correct for the equilibrium reaction attained in a closed vessel of 5 L at 50°C for the following equilibrium CH3OH(Z) CH3OH(g)

  1. Kp = 55.5kPa
  2. Kc = 0.021 mol- L-1
  3. K = 0.555
  4. K = 0.555kPa

Answer: 1. Kp = 55.5kPa

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 55. The reactions in which the yield of the products cannot be increased by the application of high pressure are—

  1. 2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌2SO3(g)
  2. NH4HS(s)⇌ NH3(g) + H2S(g)
  3. N2O4(g)⇌2NO2(g)
  4. N2(g) + 3H2(g)⇌2NH3(g)

Answer: 2. NH4HS(s) NH3(g) + H2S(g)

Question 56. Aqueous solutions of which of the following compounds on dilution do not suffer any change in pH value—

  1. PhCOONH4
  2. NH4CN
  3. HCOONa

Answer: 1. PhCOONH4

Question 57. Which can act as an acid as well as a base—

  1. SO42-
  2. HS-
  3. HCO-3
  4. HSO-4

Answer: 2. HS-

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 58. Which mixtures (in molar ratio) can act as buffer—

  1. H2CO3 + NaOH (3:2)
  2. H2CO3 + NaOH (3: 4)
  3. NH3 + HC1 (5: 4)
  4. NH3 + HC1 (4: 5)

Answer: 1. H2CO3 + NaOH (3:2)

Question 59. If equal volumes of the given solutions are mixed, precipitation of AgCl (Ksp = 1.8 x 10-11) will occur only with—

  1. 10-4(M)Ag+ and 10-4(M)Cl-
  2. 10-5(M)Ag+ and 10-5(M)C1-
  3. 10-6(M)Ag+ and 10-6(M)Cr
  4. 10-10(M)Ag+ and l0-10(M)Cl-

Answer: 1. 10-4(M)Ag+ and 10-4(M)Cl-

Question 60. Which ofthe following is true regarding H3PO4

  1. Ka = Ka1 X Ka2 X Ka3
  2. Ka1<Ka2<Ka3
  3. ka1 >ka2 > ka3
  4. ka1=ka2=ka2

Answer: 1. Ka = Ka1 X Ka2 X Ka3

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 61. Select the buffer solutions-

  1. 0.8(M) H2S+0.8(M)KHS
  2. 2(M) C6H5NH2+2(M)C6H5Nh3Br
  3. 3(M)H2Co3+3(M)KHCO3
  4. 0.05(M) KClO4+0.05(M) HClO4

Answer: 1. 0.8(M) H2S+0.8(M)KHS

Question 62. The solubility Of BaSO6 will be almost the same in

  1. 0.1(M) H2O4
  2. 0.1(M) Ba(OH)2
  3. 0.1(M)BA(NO3)2
  4. 0.2(M) HCl

Answer: 1. 0.1(M) H2SO4

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 63. 7he special that can act both and as Bronsted adds and as Bronsted base in water are-

  1. H2PO-4
  2. PO3-4
  3. HCO-3
  4. [Fe(H2O)6]3+

Answer: 1. H2PO-4

Question 64. Among the following salts, whose aqueous solutions will turn blue litmus paper red-

  1. NaHCO3
  2. FeCl3
  3. KCN
  4. C6H5NH3Cl

Answer: 2. NaHCO3

Question 65. At a given temperature, the first and the second ionization constants of the acid, H2A, are 10×10-5 and 5,0 x 10 10 respectively. Which of the following comments are true regarding this add—

  1. The concentration of A2+ Ions In 0.01 (M) aqueous solution of 1 f2A Js 0,01 (Ml
  2. The overall Ionisation constant for H2A is 5.0 x. 10″15
  3. In 0,01 aqueous solution of H2A, the molar concentration of H30* Ions Is twice that of A2″ ions.
  4. In 0,01 (M) aqueous solution of H2A, (H3O+) x [HA-)

Answer: 2. The concentration of A2- Ions In 0.01 (M) aqueous solution of if 2A Js 0,01 (Ml)

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 66. At 25C, Kb for CN- (the conjugate base of HCN) is 2.5 x 10-5, If 25rnf, of 0,01 (M) aqueous NaOH solution Is added to 50ml, of0,0 1 (M) HCN solution, then-

  1. The pH of the solution is 1 1.2
  2. The pH of the respiting solution is 9.4
  3. At 20*c, the ionisation constant for him is 4 x 10-18
  4. At 23*c, the ionisation constant for him is 2.5 x 10-5

Answer: 2. Ph of the respiting solution is 9.4

Question 67. At a given temperature, If the solubility products for MX, MA2 and M., B2 In the water are 10-22, and 10-33 respectively and their solubilities are S1, S2 and S3 mol-1 respectively, then

  1. S1<S3
  2. S2>S3
  3. S2>S1
  4. S2=S3

Answer: 1. S1<S3

Question 68. At 25-C temperature, the solubility products for BaCrO4 and SrCrO4 salts are 2,4×10-10 and 3.6 x 10-6 respectively. If an aqueous solution of K2CrO4 is added drop by drop to an aqueous solution containing Ba2+ and Sr24 ions with concentrations of 10-4 and 10-3(M) respectively, then—

  1. BaCrO4 will be precipitated first
  2. SrCrO4 will be precipitated first
  3. The concentration of sr2+ ions will be 6.6 x 10-8 mol-l-1 when ba2+ ions start precipitating
  4. The concentration of ba2+ ions will be 6,6 x lct8 mol-l-1 when sr2+ ions start precipitating.

Answer: 1. BaCrO4 will be precipitated Erst

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 69. In a buffer solution composed of NaCN and HCN [pKa = 9.4), [NaCN] = 0.2(M) and [HCN] = 0.4(M). An aqueous solution contains Zn2+, Ca2+, Mn2+, and Cr3+ ions, each of which has a concentration of 0.1(M). If 500mL of the buffer solution is added to 500mL of this aqueous solution, then the ions that will precipitate in the resulting solution are—

  1. Zn+
  2. Ca2+
  3. Mn2+
  4. Cr3+

Answer: 1. Zn+

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 70. At 25°C, pKb(NH3) = 4.74, pCa(HF) = 3.14 and pATa(HCN) = 9.4. Hence—

  1. An aqueous solution of nh4f is acidic
  2. Aqueous solution of nh4cn is acidic
  3. The pH of an aqueous solution of nh4cn is greater than that of an aqueous solution of nh4f
  4. Ph values of the solutions of both nh4cn and nh4f are independent of the concentrations ofthe solutions

Answer: 1. Aqueous solution of nh4f is acidic

Question 71. Which of the following comments is true—

  1. If pKa values for the acids HA and HB are 4 and 5 respectively, then the concentration of OH- ions in 0.1(M) aqueous solution of HB will be greater than that in 0.1(M) aqueous solution of HA
  2. pH of pure water at 0°C is smaller than that at 25°C
  3. The degree of hydrolysis of NH4F in its 0.1 (M) and 0.2(M) aqueous solutions is the same at a particular temperature
  4. pH of an acid is 5, implying that the acid is weak.

Answer: 1. If pKa values for the acids HA and HB are 4 and 5 respectively, then the concentration of OH- ions in 0.1(M) aqueous solution ofHB will be greater than that in 0.1(M) aqueous solution of HA

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 72. A certain buffer solution contains equal concentrations of A- and HA. Kb for A- is 10-10. Hence—

  1. Ka for HA is 10-3
  2. ka for HA is 10-4
  3. pH of the buffer is 4
  4. PH of the better is 9

Answer: 2. ka for HA is 10-4

Question 73. A buffer solution containing NH3 and NHÿCl has a pH value of 9. pKb for NH3 is 4.7. If in the buffer solution, the total concentration of buffering reagents is 0.6 mol I.-1, then the amount of—

  1. NH3 in the solution is 3.4g.L-1
  2. NH4C1 in the solution is 8.9g.L-1
  3. NH4C1 in the solution is 21.4g.L-1
  4. NH3 in the solution is 17.5g.L-1

Answer: 1. NH3 in the solution is 3.4g.L-1

Equilibrium Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. At a given temperature for a reversible reaction, K< 1. The rate constant of the forward reaction is___________________ than that ofthe reverse reaction.
Answer: Lower

Question 2. If K<1 for a reaction at a particular temperature, then the value AG° is___________________
Answer: Positive

Question 3. For a gaseous reaction, K > Kc. An increase in pressure at constant temperature will ___________________ the product.
Answer: Decrease

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 4. If C(s) is added the concentration of to the reaction system C(s) + CO2(g) 2CO(g) at constant temperature and volume, then the concentration of CO2(g) will___________________.
Answer: Remain Unchanged

Question 5. For the reaction, COCl2(g) ?=± CO(g) + Cl2(g); AH > 0, an increase in temperature at equilibrium will increase the concentration of___________________
Answer: CO and Cl2

Question 6. The addition of inert gas to the reaction system, PCl5(g)⇌ PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) at constant___________________does do not affect the state of equilibrium.
Answer: Temperature, Volume.

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 7. At a particular temperature, pKw for pure water =12. Its pH will be___________________
Answer: 6

Question 8. The first and second ionization constants of H2S in its aqueous solution are x and y respectively. So, x is _ than y.
Answer: Greater

Equilibrium Constant Calculation

Question 9. The conjugate base of [Al(H20)g]3+ is___________________.
Answer: [Al(H2O)5OH]2+

Question 10. The conjugate acid and conjugate base of HPO2- are respectively.
Answer: \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}, \mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}\)

Question 11. At 25°C, in an aqueous solution of HA, Ka for HA = 1(T6. Kb for A+ ion is___________________
Answer: 10-8

Question 12. If the solubility of Ag3P04 in its saturated aqueous solution is S(M), then, its solubility product will be ___________________
Answer: 27S4

Question 13. The solubility of Ag2CrO4 ___________________in an aqueous solution of than its solubility in pure water.
Answer: Lower

Question 14. Addition of CH3COONa to an aqueous solution of CH6COOH ___________________AgNO3 is the pH value.
Answer: Increases

WBCHSE Chemistry Class 11 Equilibrium Notes

Equilibrium Introduction

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept: Under a given set of experimental conditions, a system is said to be at equilibrium if the macroscopic properties of the system, such as temperature, pressure, concentration, etc. do not show any change with time.

There are two types of equilibria: Static equilibrium and Dynamic equilibrium. Equilibrium involving physical and chemical changes is dynamic.

A dynamic equilibrium is established when two or more opposing processes occur in a system at the same rate. For example, if the decomposition of hydrogen iodide [2HI(g)⇌ H2(g) +I2(g)] is carried out in a closed vessel,  it is found that the reaction is never complete.

At the onset of the reaction, the system contains only hydrogen iodide (reactant) molecules. With time, the concentration of molecules gradually decreases.

In contrast, the concentrations of H2 and I2 (product) molecules gradually increase till a stage is reached at which no further change in concentrations of either the reactants or the products takes place.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At this stage, the reaction appears to have stopped. This state of the system at which no further change occurs is called a state of equilibrium. This state of equilibrium is not static, but it is dynamic because the forward and backward reactions are still going on at the same rate.

Due to this dynamic nature of equilibrium, no change in concentration and other properties of the system occurs at the equilibrium state.

Equilibrium involving chemical reaction (i.e., chemical equilibrium) is represented as Reactants; F=± Products The double half arrows indicate that the reactions in both directions are going on simultaneously.

The mixture consisting of reactants and products in the equilibrium state is called an equilibrium mixture. Dynamic equilibrium is also observed in case of physical changes, particularly during the transition of state example melting of solids, vaporization of liquids, etc.

Physical Equilibrium

Equilibrium involving physical processes is called physical equilibrium. Thus, the equilibria attained during the dissolution of a salt, the evaporation of a liquid, etc., are examples of physical equilibria. Different types of physical equilibria are briefly discussed in the following section.

Solid-liquid Equilibrium

At the melting point (or freezing point) of a pure substance, both its solid and liquid phases co-exist and a dynamic equilibrium develops between the two phases: solid-liquid When the system with the above equilibrium mixture is heated, the temperature of the system remains constant until the whole solid transforms into liquid. Similarly, if heat is withdrawn from this system, the temperature of the system remains constant until the whole liquid transforms into a solid.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Melting point Or freezing point

At Normal atmospheric pressure, the temperature at which the solid and the liquid states of a pure substance remain in equilibrium is called the normal melting point (or normal freezing point) of the substance.

When the solid and liquid phases of a pure substance are kept in contact with each other at its melting point in a closed insulated container, no exchange of heat takes place between the system and its surroundings.

However, a state of dynamic equilibrium is established between the solid and the liquid phases inside the container. It is also observed that the masses of solid and liquid phases do not change with time and the temperature of the system remains constant.

Example: Let us take some ice cubes together with some water inside a thermos flask at 0°C and 1 atm pressure and leave the mixture undisturbed. After some time it will be seen that the masses of ice and water are not changing with time and also the temperature remains unchanged. This represents an equilibrium between ice and water

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equilibrium: H2O (s)H2O(l)

  • Although we observed apparent change inside the thermos flask, a careful examination shows that some activity is still going on between the two phases of water.
  • Some molecules of ice convert into water, while at the same time, the same number of molecules of water convert into ice.
  • However, as the masses of ice and water remain unchanged, it can be concluded that the two opposite processes (i.e., melting of ice and freezing of water) occur at the same rate.

The rate of melting of ice = The rate of freezing of water

Thus, the equilibrium that is established in the solid-liquid system is dynamic in nature.

Liquid-vapour equilibrium

The equilibrium between a liquid and its vapor can be better understood if we consider the vaporization of water in a closed vessel. Let us take a closed vessel connected to a manometer and a vacuum pump as shown in

The closed vessel is first evacuated. The levels of mercury are the same in both the limbs of the manometer.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Then some pure water is introduced into the vessel and the whole apparatus is kept at room temperature (or any desired temperature by placing it in a thermostat).

After some time it is seen that the level of mercury in the left limb begins to fall and the right begins to rise and eventually the levels of mercury in both limbs become fixed at two different levels. Under this condition, the system is said to have attained equilibrium

Equlibrium Evaporation of water in a colsed vessel

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equilibrium: H2O(Z) H2O(g)

Molecular interpretation: At the initial stage of the experiment, as more and more water changes into vapor (by evaporation), the pressure inside the vessel gradually increases. This is indicated by the fall in mercury level in the left limb of the manometer.

The molecules of water vapor, so produced, collide among themselves, with the walls of the vessel and also with the surface of the water.

Water vapor molecules with lower kinetic energy get converted into liquid states when they come in contact with the surface of water. This is called condensation.

At the beginning of the experiment, the rate of evaporation of water is greater than the rate of condensation of its vapor. However, with time, the rate of condensation increases, and that of evaporation decreases.

After some time, the rates of evaporation and condensation become equal. It is said that a dynamic equilibrium is established between water and its vapor

Equlibrium Moleuclar Interpretation Of Evaporation Of Liquid

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At equilibrium: The rate of evaporation = The rate of condensation

  • The difference in the levels of mercury in the two limbs gives a measure of the equilibrium vapor pressure or saturated vapor pressure of water at the experimental temperature.
  • At a fixed temperature, if a liquid remains in equilibrium with its vapor, then the pressure exerted by the vapor is called the vapor pressure of the liquid at that temperature.
  • An equilibrium between a liquid and its vapor is established only in a closed vessel. If the liquid is placed in an open vessel, then its vapor diffuses into the air. Consequently, no equilibrium is established between a liquid and its vapor in an open container.

Solid Vapour equilibrium

In general, solid substances have verylow vapor pressure compared with liquid substances at the same temperature.

However, some substances, e.g., iodine, camphor, solid CO2, naphthalene, etc. have high vapor pressure even at ordinary temperatures. Such substances can convert directly from the solid to the vapor state without passing through the liquid state.

In this process of transformation of a solid directly to the When sublimation of volatile solids done in a closed vessel, equilibrium is established between the solid and its vapor.

Example: If we take some solid iodine [I2(s)] in a closed vessel and heat it below its melting point (113.6°C), it is found that the vessel gets filled with violet vapor of iodine.

Initially the intensity of color increases and eventually it becomes constant. Under this condition, the rate of sublimation of solid iodine is equal to the rate of condensation of iodine vapor. This results in a state of dynamic equilibrium as below,

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equilibrium: I2(s)⇌ I2(g)

Other substances showing this kind of equilibrium are:

  • NH4Cl(s)⇌NH4Cl(g)
  • Camphor (s)⇌ Camphor (g)

Equilibrium involving dissolution of solid in liquid

  • Suppose, at a fixed temperature, an excess amount of a solid substance, say sugar (solute), is added to a definite volume of a suitable solvent (say water) taken in a beaker and then the mixture is stirred well with a glass rod.
  • The particles (i.e., molecules in case of non-electrolytes and ions in case of electrolytes) of solute gradually pass into the solvent, thereby increasing the concentration of the solute in the solution. This process is called dissolution of solute.
  • Then a stage comes when no more solute dissolves in the solvent. Instead, the solute settles down at the bottom of the beaker i.e., a saturated solution is obtained.
  • During the process of dissolution of solute, the reverse process also occurs simultaneously, i.e., the solute particles from the solution get deposited on the surface of the undissolved solute (a process called crystallization).
  • Initially, the rate of dissolution of the solid solute is higher than the rate of crystallization of the dissolved solute.
  • However, with time, as the solution becomes more and more concentrated, the rate of dissolution decreases, and that of crystallization increases. Finally, the rate of dissolution becomes equal to that of crystallization.
  • Under this condition, a state of equilibrium is established between the dissolved solute particles and the undissolved solid solute. The equilibrium can be represented as,
  • Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Solute (solid)⇌Solute (in solution)

Equlibrium At Equilibrium, Rate Of Dissolution = rate of Crystallisation

This state of equilibrium is said to be dynamic because the process of dissolution and crystallization continues as long as the temperature and other external conditions remain unchanged.

The solution obtained at equilibrium is called a saturated solution. The concentration of the saturated solution depends on the temperature.

Equilibrium involving the dissolution of gas in liquid

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

  1. The solubility of a gas in a given liquid depends on the experimental temperature and pressure and also on the nature of the liquid and the gas under consideration.
  2. When a gas (say CO2) comes in contact with a liquid, the molecules of the gas begin to collide with the surface of the liquid. Consequently, some of the gas molecules get attracted by the molecules of the liquid and ultimately pass into the liquid phase.
  3. % At a fixed temperature and pressure, if a gas is passed continuously through a fixed amount of a liquid kept in a closed vessel, gas molecules get dissolved in the liquid, and eventually, a saturated solution of the gas in the liquid is obtained.
  4. In this solution, a dynamic equilibrium is established between the dissolved gas and the gas over the liquid surface.
  5. Under this condition, the rate of dissolution of the gas molecules in the liquid is equal to the rate at which the dissolved gas molecules escape from the solution.
  6. Thus, it is a dynamic equilibrium; Liquid + Gas Dissolved gas.

Taking CO2 as the gaseous substance it can be represented as:

Equlibrium Equilibrium Between Dissolved gas Molecules And GAs Molecules Above The Solutions

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At a fixed temperature, the amount of gas dissolved in a liquid depends upon the pressure of the gas over the liquid. The concentration of the dissolved gas increases with the increase in the pressure of the gas. Henry’s law demonstrates how the solubility of a gas in a liquid varies with pressure at a given temperature.

Henry’s law: The mass (or mole fraction) of a gas dissolved in a given mass of a solvent at a given temperature is directly proportional to the pressure of the gas over the solvent.

In a fixed amount of a liquid, if a gas with a pressure of p dissolves by an amount of w, then according to Henry’s law, wp or, w = kp [k is the proportionality constant]

The reason for fizzing out of CO2 gas when a soda water uc is exposed: In a sealed soda water bottle, CO2 remains dissolved in liquid under high pressure, and there exists an equilibrium between the dissolved CO2 and CO2 gas present over the liquid. As soon as the bottle is opened, the pressure of CO2 gas over the liquid decreases and becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure.

Since the solubility of a gas in a liquid is proportional to the pressure of the gas, the solubility decreases considerably because of the lowering of pressure. As a result, a large amount of dissolved CO2 escapes from the solution until a new equilibrium is established.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

This phenomenon of escaping CO2 gas is associated with a fizzing sound. This is also the reason why a soda water bottle turns flat when left open in the air for some time.

Equlibrium General Characteristicts Of Equilibria Involving Different Physical Process

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Irrversible And Reversible Reactions

Irreversible reactions

A reaction in which the products formed do not react together to revert to the reactants despite the changes in reaction conditions is called an irreversible reaction. Examples: When potassium chlorate (KC1O3) is heated in an open vessel, potassium chloride (KC1) and oxygen (O2) are produced.

However, KC1 and O2 do not react with each other to regenerate KC1O3. So, the thermal decomposition of KC1O2 is an example of an irreversible reaction.

Most of the ionic reactions are irreversible. For example, when an aqueous solution of KC1 is treated with an aqueous AgNO3 solution, a curdy white precipitate of AgCl and KNO3 are produced, but the precipitated AgCl and KN03 do not react back to AgNO3 and KC1.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\mathrm{AgNO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{KCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{AgCl}(s) \downarrow+\mathrm{KNO}_3(a q)\)

WBCHSE Chemistry Class 11 Equilibrium Notes

Characteristics of an irreversible reaction:

  1. The products in an irreversible reaction do not show any tendency to react together. So, the reaction in the opposite direction can never happen. For this reason, an irreversible reaction attains completion in course of time.
  2. Since an irreversible reaction undergoes completion, the reactants participating the reaction in equivalent amounts are completely exhausted.
  3. Irreversible reactions are accompanied by a decrease in Gibbs free energy (i.e., AG<0).

Reversible reactions

A Reaction in which the products formed react together to regenerate the reactants, and an equilibrium is established between the reactants and products under the condition of the reaction is called a reversible reaction.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Example: The thermal decomposition of NH4C1 vapour in a closed vessel is a reversible reaction.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}(\text { vapour }) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(g)+\mathrm{HCl}(g)\)

Explanation: When NH4C1( vapour) is heated in a closed vessel at 350°C,it undergoes thermal decomposition, producing NH3 and HC1 gases. However, even after a long time, it is observed that the reaction mixture contains not only NH3 and HC1 but also NH4C1 vapour.

This proves that the decomposition of NH4C1 vapour in a closed container never gets completed. In another closed vessel, if an equimolar mixture of NH3 and HC1 gases are heated at 350°C for a long time, the vessel is found to contain NH4C1 vapour along with NH3 and HC1 gases.

This means that the reaction between NH3 and HC1 in a closed vessel never gets completed. Thus, it can be concluded that on heating NH4C1 vapour, it decomposes to produce NH3 and HC1 gases which again react partially to form NH4C1 vapour.

Hence, the thermal decomposition of NHC1 vapour is a reversible reaction. The following reactions show reversibility when carried outin a closed vessel.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{N}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(g) ; \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{I}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{HI}(g) \\
& \mathrm{PCl}_5(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{PCl}_3(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) ; \mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NO}_2(g)
\end{aligned}\)

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

 

Characteristics of reversible reaction:

In a reversible reaction, both the forward and the backward reactions occur simultaneously. In the forward reaction, the reactants react together to yield the products, while the products react together to produce the reactants in the backward reaction.

For example, when an equimolecular mixture of H2 gas and I2 vapour is heated in a closed container, the following reaction takes place—

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{I}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{HI}(g) .\)

Here, the forward reaction is: H2(g) + I2(g) →2HI(g) and the backward reaction is: 2HI(g)→H2(g) + I2(g)

Since a reversible reaction does not complete, the reactants are not completely consumed in such reactions. Instead, a mixture containing both the reactants and the products is obtained.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Such reactions achieve equilibrium state when the rate of the forward reaction becomes equal to that of the backwaed reaction.

At a given temperature and prfessure, when a reversble reaction reaches equilibrum, the gibbs free energy change becomes zero i.e., ΔGp,T=0

Reversibility and irreversibility of chemical reactions when carried out in open and closed containers

Many chemical reactions which are found to be irreversible when carried out in open containers become reversible when they are carried outin closed containers.

Different results are obtained when solid calcium carbonate (CaC03) is heated separately in a closed container andin an open container.

Explanation: On strong heating solid CaCO2 decomposes to solid CaO and CO2 gas. If CaCO3 is decomposed in an open container, CO2 gas escapes from the container into the air, and only solid CaO remains as residue. As the reactant (solid CaCO3) in this reaction gets converted into products completely, the reaction is considered as an irreversible reaction.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s) \xrightarrow{\Delta} \mathrm{CaO}(s)+\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

If the same quantity of CaCO3 is decomposedin a closed container, some quantity of CaC03 is still found to remain in undecomposed state. This is because CO2 produced in the reaction cannot escape from the container.

As a result, a portion of CO2 gas reacts with an equivalent amount of CaO to form CaCO3 again. Hence, in the closed vessel, the reaction occurs reversibly. Consequently, a mixture of CaCO3, CaO and CO2 are found to be presentin the reaction vessel.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\mathrm{CaCO}_3(\mathrm{~s}) \stackrel{\Delta}{\rightleftharpoons} \mathrm{CaO}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

When steam is passed over the red hot iron, ferrosoferric oxide (Fe3O4) and H2 gas are produced.

Explanation: If the reaction is carried out in an open vessel, H2 gas produced diffuses into air. So, Fe3O4 resulted from the reaction cannot have hydrogen gas to react with.

Consequently, the reverse reaction cannot take place. For this reason, at the end of the reaction, only Fe3O4 is left behind as residue in the reaction vessel.

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{Fe}(s)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe}_3 \mathrm{O}_4(s)+4 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \uparrow\)

However, if the reaction is carried out in a closed vessel, H2 gas produced cannot escape from the container. As a result, a certain amounts of H2 gas and Fe3O4 together and regenerate Fe and H2O.

Hence, in a closed vessel, the reaction occurs bothin the forward and reserve. directions, giving a mixture of Fe(s), H2O(g), Fe3O4(s) and H2(g).

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{Fe}(s)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Fe}_3 \mathrm{O}_4(s)+4 \mathrm{H}_2(g)\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Chemical Equilibrium

Let us consider a hypothetical reversible reaction A +B⇌C+D, Which is started with 1 mol of A and lmol of B in a closed container at a given temperature.

  1. At the beginning, the reaction system does not contain C and D (products). It contains only A and B (reactants). So, the reaction occurs only in the forward direction (A + B→C+ D).
  2. At the outset of the reaction, since the concentrations of the reactants are maximum, the rate of the forward reaction is also maximum. This is because the rate of a reaction is directly proportional to the concentrations of the reactants.
  3. As there are no C and D molecules at the start, the backward reaction (C+D→A + B) does not occur. However, the backward reaction starts occurring with the formation of A and B in the forward reaction. As C and D accumulate is the reaction system, they begin to react together to form A and B.
  4. With time, the concentrations of C and D increase, while the concentrations of A and B decrease. As a result, the rate of the backward reaction increases, while that of the forward reaction decreases.
  5. Eventually a moment comes when the rate of the forward reaction becomes equal to the rate ofthe backward reaction.
  6. When the rate of the forward reaction is equal to that of the reverse reaction, the reaction is said to have reached the state of equilibrium. However, at equilibrium, the reaction does not stop; instead both the forward and backward reactions occur simultaneously at the same rate
  7. The mixture of reactants and products at equilibrium of a reaction is called the equilibrium mixture. The concentrations of the reactants and products in the equilibrium mixture are called their equilibrium concentrations. If the conditions {i.e., temperature, pressure etc.) of the reaction remain undisturbed the relative concentrations of the reactants and products in the equilibrium mixture do not change with time.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Equlibrium Graph Of Concentraction Vs Time In A Reversible Reaction

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Equlibrium Rate Of Forward And Backward Recations Are Equal At equlibrium

Chemical equilibrium The state of a reversible chemical reaction at a given temperature and pressure when the rates of the forward and reverse reactions become the same, and the concentrations of the reactants and products remain constant with time then the particular state is called the state of chemical equilibrium.

Chemical equilibrium is a dynamic

After the attainment of equilibrium of a reversible chemical reaction, if the reaction system is left undisturbed for an indefinite period at constant temperature and pressure, then the relative amounts of the reactants and the products are found to remain unaltered.

This observation leads to the impression that a reaction stops completely at equilibrium. However, it has been proved experimentally that the reaction does not cease rather both the forward and the backward reactions continue at the same rate. This is the reason why chemical equilibrium is designated as a dynamic equilibrium.

Experimental proof of the dynamic nature of chemical equilibrium:

When some quantity of pure CaCO3 is heated strongly above 827°Cin a closed vessel (A), it decomposes into CaO and CO2, and an equilibrium is established

⇒ \(\mathrm{CaCO}_3(\mathrm{~s}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CaO}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

At equilibrium, the temperature and pressure of the reaction vessel remain unaltered with time.

Now this vessel is connected with another closed vessel 14 containing CO2 at the equilibrium pressure and temperature in such a way that there will be no effect on the equilibrium of the reaction occurring in vessel (A).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

After some time, a small quantity of solid is collected from the vessel (A) and analyzed. The analytical data indicates the presence of 14C in CaCO3.

This is possible only if some amount of 14CO2 and CaO combine to form Ca14CO3 at equilibrium. At the same time, some quantity of CaCO3 decomposes to produce CaO and CO2.

So, the pressure on the reaction vessel remains constant. Thus, this experiment proves that even after the attainment of equilibrium, the reactions do not cease, both the forward and the reverse reactions proceed simultaneously at the same rate.

Characteristics of chemical equilibrium

Permanency of chemical equilibrium: As long as the conditions under which a reaction attains equilibrium remain unaltered, no further change in equilibrium takes place, that is to say, the composition of the equilibrium mixture and other properties of it remains the same with time.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Dynamic nature of equilibrium: Even after the attainment of equilibrium, a chemical reaction does not cease; both the forward and the reverse reactions continue at equal rates.

Incompleteness of the reaction at equilibrium: At the equilibrium of a reaction, both the forward and reverse reactions take place simultaneously at the same rate. If any one of these reactions goes to completion, then the term equilibrium becomes irrelevant. Hence, for the equilibrium to exist, the reactions of both directions will have to be incomplete.

Approachability of equilibrium from either direction: Under a given set of conditions, a reversible reaction attains the same equilibrium state irrespective of whether the reaction is started with its reactants or products.

Example: H2 gas and I2 vapor are allowed to react with each other in a closed vessel at 445°C. Eventually, the following equilibrium is established,

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{I}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{HI}(\mathrm{g})\)

The equilibrium mixture is found to contain H1, H2, and I2 with mole percents of 80%, 10%, and 10%, respectively. In a separate container with the same volume, if 2 moles of H1 gas are heated at 445°C, then H1 gas decomposes to H2 and I2 gases, and eventually, the following equilibrium is established, 2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Here also, the equilibrium consists of H1, H2, and I2 with mole percents of 80%, 10%, and 10%, respectively. Thus, the same equilibrium mixture is obtained, no matter whether we start the reaction with HI(g) or H2(g) and l2(g).

A catalyst cannot alter the state of equilibrium: A catalyst is a substance that enhances the rate of a reaction without being used up in the reaction. A catalyst does not affect the position of equilibrium in a reaction. Its only function is to reduce the time that a reaction takes to reach an equilibrium state.

In the presence of a catalyst, the forward and reverse reactions of a reversible reaction are speeded up to the same extent. Under a given set of conditions, if a reaction is carried out in the presence or absence of a catalyst, then the same equilibrium mixture is obtained. That is, in both cases, the concentrations of the reactants and products are found to be the same.

Homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria

Homogeneous equilibrium: An equilibrium in which all the substances, Z.e., reactants, and products, are in the same phase is known as homogeneous equilibrium.

Examples 1. N2(g) + 3H2(g)⇌ 2NH3(g)

2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌2SO3(g)

CH3COOH(Z) + C2H5OH(l) ⇌CH3COOC2H5(Z) + H20(l)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Heterogeneous equilibrium: An equilibrium in which the reactants and products are in different phases is known as heterogeneous equilibrium.

Examples CaCO3(s) ⇌CaO(s) + CO2(g)

2HgO(s)⇌ 2Hg(l) + O2(g)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept The Law Of Mass Action

In 1864, C.W. Guldberg and P. Waage formulated a law regarding the dependence of the reaction rate on the concentration of the reactant. This law is known as the law of mass action.

At a constant temperature, the rate of a chemical reaction at any instant during the reaction is directly proportional to the active mass of each of the reactants at that instant.

So, the rate of a reaction increases with the increase in active masses of the reactants, while it decreases with the decrease in active masses of the reactants.

Active mass: The active mass of a substance is generally considered as the same as its molar concentration. The active mass is expressed in different ways.

  • In case of a dissolved substance is a solution, the active mass of the substance is taken to be the same as its molar concentration.
  • If a VL solution contains n mol of a substance, then the active mass (or molar concentration) of the substance is n/v .
  • In the case of a component gas in a gas mixture, the active mass of the component can be expressed either in terms of its molar concentration or partial pressure in the mixture.
  • This is because the partial pressure of a component gas in a gas mixture is directly proportional to its molar concentration.

For a pure solid or liquid, the active mass is always taken as unity (1).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The molar concentration of a pure solid or liquid is directly proportion to its density:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { number of moles of the substance }}{\text { volume of the substance (in } \mathrm{L})} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the substance }}{\text { molar mass of the substance }} \times \frac{1}{\text { volume of the substance (in L) }} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the substance }}{\text { volume of the substance (in } \mathrm{L})} \times \frac{1}{\text { molar mass of the substance }} \\
& =\frac{\text { density of the substance }}{\text { molar mass of the substance }}
\end{aligned}\)

As the molar mass of a pure substance is a fixed quantity, the molar concentration of a pure solid or liquid is directly proportional to its density. The density of a pure solid or liquid is constant at a given temperature, so its molar concentration.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Mathematical expression of the law of mass action: Let us consider the following simple chemical reaction in which one mole of A reacts with one mole of B, forming one: mole of C: A + B→C According to the law of mass action, at a particular moment during die reaction, the rate of the reaction, or, r = k[A] [B] Where [A] and [B] are the active masses or molar concentration + of A and B, respectively at that moment, and k is proportionality constant, known as the rate constant of the reaction. Equation [1] represents the rate equation of the said reaction. Here is a table is which some reactions and their rate equations are given.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Equlibrium Mathematical Expression Of The Law Of Mass Action

General statement of the law of mass action: At constant temperature, the rate of a chemical reaction at any instant is directly proportional to the product of molar concentrations (active masses) of the reactants at that instant, each concentration (active mass) term being raised to a power which appears as a stoichiometric coefficient of the species in the balanced chemical equation of the reaction.

Mathematical Form Of The Law Of Mass Action For A Reversible Reaction

Suppose, a reaction is started with ‘ a’ mol of A and ‘b 1 mol of B, and the reaction of A with B leads to the formation of C and D. Let the reaction occur according to the following equation and form an equilibrium: aA + bB cC + dD According to the law of mass action, at equilibrium, the rate of forward reaction (rf)∝[A]a x [B]b or rf=Kf [and that of backward reaction (rb)oc[D]d x [E]e or> rb = kb [D]dx[E]e where k and kb are the rate constants of the forward and the backward reactions respectively. [A], [B], [D], and [E] are the respective molar concentrations or active masses (mol.L-1) of A, B, D, and E at equilibrium.

At equilibrium, the rate of the forward reaction (ry) = the rate of the backward reaction (rb).

⇒ \(\text { So, } k_f[A]^a \times[B]^b=k_b[D]^d \times[E]^e\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{k_f}{k_b}=\frac{[D]^d \times[E]^e}{[A]^a \times[B]^b} \text { or, } \boldsymbol{K}=\frac{[\boldsymbol{D}]^d \times[E]^e}{[A]^a \times[B]^b}\)

The ratio of the two rate constants (fcy and kb) is a constant quantity at a given temperature.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

So, K is a constant. The constant ‘K’ is called the equilibrium constant of the said reversible reaction. Equation [1] expresses the mathematical form of the law of mass action of the given reversible reaction.

In the expression of the equilibrium constant, the reaction. concentration terms of the reactants and the products represent their respective molar concentrations at equilibrium. They do not denote their initial concentrations

At constant temperature, the equilibrium constant (K) of a chemical reaction has a definite value. The value of K changes with temperature. This is because the changes of values of kJ- and kJ with the temperature change do not occur to the same extent.

Equilibrium constant

The equilibrium constant of a reaction is the ratio of the product of the active masses of products at equilibrium to the product of the active masses of reactants at equilibrium, with each active mass term raised to a power equal to its stoichiometric coefficient in the balanced equation of the reaction.

The equilibrium constant is also represented as Kc, Kp, or Kx depending on whether the active mass is expressed in terms of molar concentrations partial pressure, or mole fraction.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept
Equlibrium Different Kinds Of Equilibrium Constants

The law of chemical equilibrium: This law states that when a reversible chemical reaction reaches equilibrium at a particular temperature, the ratio of the product of active masses of the products to that of the reactants, with each active mass term raised to a power equal to its stoichiometric coefficient in the balanced chemical equation is constant.

The mathematical expression for the law of chemical equilibrium can be obtained by applying the law of mass action to a reversible reaction at equilibrium. For a general reversible reaction, aA + bB dD + cE; the mathematical expression can be written as, (constant at a particular temperature) [A]n[B];’

⇒ \(\frac{[D]^d[E]^e}{[\mathrm{~A}]^a[B]^b}=K\) = K (constant at a particular temperature

Expression of the equilibrium constant in case of a heterogeneous equilibrium

At a given temperature, the active mass or molar concentration of a pure solid or liquid is always taken as unity (1). For this reason, in the case of a heterogeneous equilibrium, the active mass or molar concentration term of a pure solid or liquid does not appear in the expression of the equilibrium constant.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Examples: The thermal decomposition of solid CaCO., in a closed container leads to the following equilibrium:

CaCO3(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g)

⇒ \(\text { Equilibrium constant, } K_c=\frac{[\mathrm{CaO}(s)]\left[\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right]}{\left[\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s)\right]}=\left[\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right]\)

[CaCO3(s)] = 1, [CaO(s)] = 1 ] and Kp = PCO2{gy As the value of Kc or Kp is constant of a given temperature, the molar concentration or the partial pressure of CO2(g) at the equilibrium formed on the decomposition of solid CaC03 at a given temperature is always constant.

The following equilibrium is established during the vapo¬ risation ofwaterin a closed vessel: H2O(l) H2O(g)

Here, equilibrium constant \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]}=\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\right]\)

Therefore, the molar concentration or the partial pressure of water vapor remaining in equilibrium with pure water at a particular temperature is always constant.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Equlibrium Expression Of Equlibrium Constants Of Some Chemical Reactions

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Equlibrium Expression Of Equlibrium Constants Of Some Chemical Reactions.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Relation Between Different Equilibrium Constants

Relation between Kp and Kc

Let the following reversible gaseous reaction is at equiUbriumin a closed container at a certain temperature: aA(g) + bB(g);=± dD(g) + eE(g) If the molar concentrations of A(g), B(g), D(g) and E(g) at equilibrium be [A], [B], [D] and [£] respectively, and the partial pressures of A(g), B(g), D(g) and E(g) at equilibrium be pA, PiB pD and pp respectively, then

⇒ \(K_c=\frac{[D]^d \times[E]^e}{[A]^a \times[B]^b} \quad \cdots[1] \quad \text { and } \quad K_p=\frac{p_D^d \times p_E^e}{p_A^a \times p_B^b} \quad \cdots[2]\)

If the reaction mixture behaves as an ideal gas, then the ideal gas equation can be applied to each of the species present in the mixture.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

if the pressure, temperature, and volume of n mole of an ideal gas are P, T, and V respectively, then \(P V=n R T \quad \text { or, } P=\left(\frac{n}{V}\right) R T=C R T\)

Now by applying this equation to each species of the reaction mixture, we get \(p_A=[A] R T, p_B=[B] R T, p_D=[D] R T \text { and } p_E=[E] R T \text {. }\)

Putting the values of pA, pB, PD, and pE into equation (2), we have

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
K_p & =\frac{\{[D] R T\}^d \times\{[E] R T\}^e}{\{[A] R T\}^a \times\{[B] R T\}^b} \\
& =\frac{[\mathrm{D}]^d \times[E]^e}{[A]^a \times[B]^b}(R T)^{(d+e)-(a+b)} \\
\text { or, } K_p & =K_c(R T)^{\Delta n}
\end{aligned}\)

where, An = (d+ e)-(a + b) = the total number of moles of gaseous products – the total number of moles of gaseous reactants.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Inequation [3], the value of An may +ve, -ve, or zero. When the number of moles of the gaseous products is greater than, less than, or equal to the number of moles of the gaseous reactants, then the values of An become positive, negative, or zero, respectively.

If An is positive, Kp is greater than Kc. If An is negative, then the value of Kp is smaller than Kc. If An = 0, then Kp and Kc have the same value.

Equlibrium Realtion Between Kp and Kc In Case Of Some Chemical And Physical Changes

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Relation between KP and KX

Let, at a constant temperature, the following reversible gaseous reaction is at equilibrium in a closed vessel:

⇒ \(a A(g)+b B(g) \rightleftharpoons d D(g)+e E(g)\)

⇒ \(\text { For this reaction, } K_p=\frac{p_D^d \times p_E^e}{p_A^a \times p_B^b} \cdots[1] ; K_x=\frac{x_D^d \times x_E^e}{x_A^a \times x_B^b} \cdots[2]\)

Where, PA, PB, PD, and PE are the partial pressures of A, B, D, and E respectively, at equilibrium, and xA, xB, xD and xE are their respective mole fractions at equilibrium. The partial pressure of a component gas in a gas mixture is its mole fraction times the total pressure of the mixture.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Hence, the relation between the partial pressures and mole fractions of the different components in the said gas mixture is PA = xA xP, PB = xB xP, PD = xD xP, and PE = xE x P where P is the total pressure of the gas mixture at equilibrium.

Putting the values of pA, pB, PD, and pE into equation (1), we have \(\begin{aligned}
K_p & =\frac{\left(x_D \times P\right)^d \times\left(x_E \times P\right)^e}{\left(x_A \times P\right)^a \times\left(x_B \times P\right)^b}=\frac{x_D^d \times x_E^e}{x_A^a \times x_B^b} \times(P)^{(d+e)-(a+b)} \\
& =K_x \times(P)^{(d+e)-(a+b)}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(K_p=K_x \times P^{\Delta n}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Here An = the total number of moles of gaseous products – the total number of moles of gaseous reactants. Equation (3) denotes the relation between Kp and Kx.

Relation between KC and KX

Let the following reversible gaseous reaction be at equilibrium at a temperature T and pressure P in a closed vessel: aA(g) + bB{g) dD(g) + eE(g) For this reaction, the relation between Kp and Kc is, Kp = Kc(RT)Δn, and the relation between Kp and Kx is, Kp = Kx(P)Δn where An = total number of moles of the gaseous products- total number of moles of the gaseous reactants. From equations (1) and (2), we have, Kc(RT)ÿn = Kx(P)ÿn

∴ \(K_c=K_x\left(\frac{P}{R T}\right)^{\Delta n}\)

Equation (3) gives the relation between KP and Kk.

Relation Between  KP, KC & KX:

KP = Kc(RT)Δn = KX(P)Δn When An = 0 for a reaction [e.g.,H2(g) +I2(g)⇌2HI(g)

or, N2(g) + O2(g) 2NO(g)], ⇌then, KP= KC = Kx

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Characteristics of the equilibrium constant

At constant temperature, the value of the equilibrium constant for each chemical reaction has a definite value. Temperature change brings about an increase or decrease in the value equilibrium constant.

In the case of an endothermic reaction, the value of the equilibrium constant increases with the rise in temperature, while in the case of an exothermic reaction, the value of the equilibrium constant decreases with the rise in temperature

The values of KP and KC are not influenced by pressure. If the temperature remains constant, the increase or decrease in pressure does not alter the values of KP and KP. However, except for a reaction for which An = 0, the value of depends upon pressure.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The value of the equilibrium constant for any reaction neither increases nor decreases in the presence of a catalyst because the rate of both the forward and the backward reactions increase equally.

The value of the equilibrium constant of a chemical reaction at a given temperature does not depend on the initial concentration of the reactants.

Example: PCl5(g)PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌In this reaction, Kp at 450°C is 0.19. At 450°C, if the reaction is started with PCl5(g) at any concentration, the value of Kp for the reaction is always 0.19.

The value of the equilibrium constant of any reaction depends on how the balanced equation for the reaction is written.

Consider the reaction in which NH3(g) is synthesized from N2 and H2 gases. The balanced equation for this reaction is: N5(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)

One can also write the equation as \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g})\)

In case of(1), equilibrium constant \(K_{c_1}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{~N}_2\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^3},\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

while in case of (2), equilibrium constant, \(K_{c_2}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]}{\left[\mathrm{N}_2\right]^{1 / 2}\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^{3 / 2}}\)

Thus, the values of Kc1 and Kc2 are not the same. Comparingÿ andÿ gives = \(K_{c_1}=K_{c_2}^2 \text {, i.e., } K_{c_2}=\sqrt{K_{c_1}}\)

Suppose, the equilibrium constant of the reaction,

aA + bB dD+eE is K.

If the coefficients of the reactants and products are multiplied by then the equation becomes: maA + mbB mdD + meE For this equation, the equilibrium constant, K = Km. Again, if the coefficients of the reactants and products are divided by m then the equation becomes:

⇒ \(\frac{1}{m} a A+\frac{1}{m} b B \rightleftharpoons \frac{1}{m} d D+\frac{1}{m} e E\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

For this equation, the equilibrium constant, K” = K1/m

For any reversible chemical reaction, the values of AT equilibrium constants for the forward and the reverse reactions are reciprocal to each other.
Example: \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(g)\) for this reaction equilibrium constant \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]^2}{\left[\mathrm{~N}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^3} \quad \cdots[1]\)

If the reaction is started with NH3 gas (product), then the reaction is: 2NH3(g) N2(g) + 3H2(g) \(\text { Here, equilibrium constant, } K_c{ }^{\prime}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{N}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]^3}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]^2} \quad \cdots[2]\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

From equations [1] and [2], we get \(K_c=\frac{1}{K_c{ }^{\prime}}\)

if a given reaction is expressed as the sum of two or more individual reactions, then the equilibrium constant of the given reaction equals the product of the equilibrium constants of the individual reactions.

If reaction [3] =reaction [2] + reaction [1], then equilibrium constant of reaction [3] = equilibrium constant of reaction [2] x equilibrium constant of reaction [1].

Example:

  • Reaction 1: \(A+B \rightleftharpoons C ; K_1=\frac{[C]}{[A][B]}\)
  • Reaction 2: \(C \rightleftharpoons D ; K_2=\frac{[D]}{[C]}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

  • Reaction 3. \(A+B \rightleftharpoons D ; K_3=\frac{|D|}{[A][B]} .\)
  • Reaction 1+ reaction 2: \(A+B \rightleftharpoons D\)

∴ \(K_1 \times K_2=\frac{[C]}{[A][B]} \times \frac{[D]}{[C]}=\frac{[D]}{[A][B]}=K_3\)

Unit of the equilibrium constant

The unit of equilibrium constant depends on the difference between the sum of the exponents of the concentration (or partial pressure) terms in the numerator and that is the denominator of the equilibrium constant expression. Suppose, this difference is Ax. If Cl Ax = 0, then neither Kc nor Kp has a unit

Ax=0, then both Kp and Kc have units.

Equlibrium Units Of Kp and Kc For Different Values Of X

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Values Of x And The Unit Of Equlibrium Constant For Some Reactions

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The equilibrium constant is unitless: The term ‘active mass’ mentioned in the law of mass action is unitless. Consequently, Kp or Kc is also unitless. With the help of thermodynamics, it can be shown that the partial pressure of any species present in the expression of Kp is the ratio of measured pressure (P0) of that species at equilibrium to its standard pressure (P0). Since (P/P0) is unitless, Kp is also unitless.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

In the case of a pure gas, standard pressure (P0) is taken as 1 atm. Similarly, the concentration of any species present in the expression of Kc is the ratio of the measured concentration (C) of that constituent at equilibrium to its standard concentration (C0). Since (C/C0) is unitless, Kc Is also unitless. The standard concentration (C0) of a solute dissolved in a solution is taken as 1(M) or 1 mol-L-1.

Graphical representations of some reversible reactions

Equlibrium Reaction 1 Graphical Representations Of Some Reversible Reactions

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Reaction 2 Graphical Representations Of Some Reversible Reactions

Equlibrium Reaction 3 Graphical Representations Of Some Reversible Reactions

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Reaction 4 Graphical Representations Of Some Reversible Reactions

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 1. At a particular temperature, the values of rate constants of forward and backward reactions are 1.5 X 10-2 L -mol-1 -s-1 and 1.8 x 10-3 L-mol-1 -s-1 respectively for the reaction A + B — C + D. Determine the equilibrium constant of the reaction at that temperature
Answer: Equilibrium constant,

⇒ \(K=\frac{\text { Rate constant of forward reaction }}{\text { Rate constant of backward reaction }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{1.5 \times 10^{-2} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{1.8 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}=8.33\)

Question 2. At a particular temperature, the equilibrium constant of the reaction 2A + B 2C is 8.0 x 104 L-mol-1. If the rate constant of the reverse reaction is 1.24 L-mol-1 -s-1, then find the value of the rate constant of the forward reaction at that temperature.
Answer: Equilibrium constant

⇒ \(K=\frac{\text { Rate constant of forward reaction }}{\text { Rate constant of reverse reaction }}\)

∴ The rate constant of the forward reaction = K x rate constant of the reverse reaction = 8 x 104 x 1.24 L2-mol-2-s-1

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

= 9.92 X 104 L2-mol-2-s-1

Question 3. For the reaction 2SO2(g) +O2(g)=±2SO3(g), Kp = 3 X 1024 at 25°C. Find the value of ICc.
Answer: For the given reaction, An = 2-(2 + 1) = -1 As given, Kp = 3 X 1024, T = (273 + 25) = 298K and R = 0.0821 L-atm-moH-K-1 We knowKp = Kc(RT)n or, 3 X 1024 = Kc(0.0821 X 298)-1 /. Kc = 3 X 1024 X 0.0821 X 298 = 7.34 X 1025

Question 4. At 1500 K, Kc = 2.6 X 10-9 for the reaction 2BrFg(g) Br2(g) + 5F2(g). Determine the Kp of the reaction at that temperature.
Answer: For the given reaction, An = (1+5)-2 = +4.

As per given data, Kc = 2.6 x 10-9 and T = 1500K Using R = 0.0821 L-atm-mol-1-K-1 in the equation Kp = Kc{RT)Δn, Kp = 2.6 X 10″9 X (0.0821 X 1500)4= 0.598

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 5. Find the temperature at which the numerical values of Kp and Kc will be equal to each other for the reaction \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g})\)
Answer: In the case of the given reaction, \(\Delta n=1-\left(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{3}{2}\right)=-1\). If the numerical values of Kp and Kc be x, then for the above reaction, Kp = x atm-1 and = x(mol-L-1)-1=x L-mol-1

Therefore, Kp = Kc(RT)-l

Or, \(x \mathrm{~atm}^{-1}=x \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \times \frac{1}{0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times T}\)

∴ T=12.18K

∴ The numerical values of Kp and Kc for the given reaction will be equal to 12.18K.

Question 6. At 400°C, H2(g) and I2(g) are allowed to react in a closed vessel of 5 L capacity to produce 111(g). At equilibrium, the mixture in the flask Is found to consist of 0.6 mol H2(g), 0.6 mol I2(g), and 3.5 mol I2(g). Determine the value of Kc of the reaction.
Answer: Equilibrium of the reaction is: H2(g) + 12(g)⇒2HI(g)

⇒ \(\text { Therefore, } K_c=\frac{[\mathrm{HI}]^2}{\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{I}_2\right]}\)

The capacity of the vessel = 5 L. Hence, molar concentrations of H2, 12 and HI are: \(\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right]=\frac{0.6}{5}=0.12 \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} ;\) \(\left[\mathrm{I}_2\right]=\frac{0.6}{5}=0.12 \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \text { and }[\mathrm{HI}]=\frac{3.5}{5}=0.7 \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ \(K_c=\frac{(0.7)^2}{(0.12) \times(0.12)}=34.03\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 7. At a particular temperature, CO(g) reacts with Cl2(g) in a closed container to produce COCI2(g). In the equilibrium mixture, partial pressures of CO(g), Cl2(g), and COCl2(g) are found to be 0.12, 1.2, and 0.58 atm respectively. Find the value of Kp of the reaction, \(\mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{COCl}_2(\mathrm{~g}).\)
Answer: For the given equilibrium \(K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{COCl}_2}}{p_{\mathrm{CO}} \times p_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}}\)

As given, pCQ = 0.12 atm, pc = 1.2 atm, and Pcoc2 = 0.58 atm at equilibrium.

∴ \(K_p=\frac{0.58}{0.12 \times 1.2}=4.03\)

Question 8. In a closed vessel of 1 dm3 capacity, 1 mol N2(g) and 2 mol H2(g) interact to produce 0.8 mol NH3(g) in the equilibrium mixture. What is the concentration of H2(g) in the equilibrium mixture?
Answer: Equation of the equilibrium reaction:

⇒ \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(g)\)

It is observed from the reaction that 1 mol N2(g) and 3 mol H2(g) are necessary for the production of 2 mol NH3(g). Therefore, for the production of 0.8 mol NH3(g), the
number of moles of H2(g) required \(=\frac{3}{2} \times 0.8=1.2 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Hence, the number of moles of H2(g) remaining in the equilibrium mixture = 2-1.2 = 0.8 and its molar concentration =0.8 mol.L-1 [since 1 dm3=1L]

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 9. At 20°C, 0.258mol A(g) and 0.592 mol 5(g) are mixed in a closed vessel of capacity to conduct the following reaction: A(g) + 2B(g) C(g). If 0.035 mol C(g) remains in the equilibrium mixture, then determine the partial pressure of each constituent at equilibrium.
Answer: According to the equation, 1 mol A(g) reacts with 2 mol 5(g) to produce 1 mol C(g). Hence, 0.035 mol A(g) and 2 x 0.035 = 0.07 mol 5(g) are required to produce 0.035 mol C(g). Therefore, equilibrium molar concentrations of different constituents will be as follows:

⇒ \(\begin
& \multicolumn{1}{c}{A(g)+} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{2 B(g) \rightleftharpoons C(g)} \\
No. of moles & 0.258-0.035 & 0.592-0.07 & 0.035 \\
at equilibrium: & =0.223 & =0.522 &
\end{tabular}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \begin{array}{llll}
\text { Equilibrium } & \left(\frac{0.223}{5}\right) & \left(\frac{0.522}{5}\right) & \left(\frac{0.035}{5}\right)
\end{array} \\
& \text { conc. }\left(\mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\right): \quad=0.0446 \quad=0.1044=7 \times 10^{-3} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

As given, T = (273 + 20) K = 293 K

∴ At equilibrium,

PA = [A]BT =0.0446 x 0.0821 x 293 = 1.072 atm

PB = [B]5T = 0.1044 x 0.0821 x 293 = 2.511 atm

pc = [C]5T = 7 X 10-3 x 0.0821 X 293 = 0.168 atm

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 10. 2 mol of were heated in a sealed tube at 440°C until the equilibrium was reached. HI was found to be 22% dissociated. Calculate the equilibrium constant for the reaction \(2 \mathrm{HI}(\mathrm{g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{I}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \cdot\)
Answer: For the given reaction \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{I}_2\right]}{[\mathrm{HI}]^2}\)

As given in the question, HI(g) undergoes 22% dissociation. Hence, out of 2 mol HI(g), 2 x 0.22 = 0.44 mol HI(g) dissociates.

As obtained from the equation, 2 mol HI(g) dissociates to produce 1 mol H2(g) and 1 mol I2(g). Therefore, 0.44 mol HI(g) dissociates to form 0.22mol of each of H2(g) and I2(g).

If the volume of the container is V L, then the equilibrium molar concentrations of different constituents will be as follows:

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
2 \mathrm{HI}(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{I}_2(g) \\
\text { Equilibrium concern. }\left(\mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathbf{L}^{-1}\right):(2-0.44) / V(0.22) / V(0.22) / V \\
=1.56 / V
\end{gathered}\)

∴ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{I}_2\right]}{[\mathrm{HI}]^2}=\frac{\frac{0.22}{V} \times \frac{0.22}{V}}{\left(\frac{1.56}{V}\right)^2}=0.0198\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 11. 1 mol PCl5(g) is heated in a closed container of 2-litre capacity. If at equilibrium, the quantity of PCl5(g) is 0.2 mol then calculate the value of equilibrium constant for the given reaction \(\mathrm{PCl}_5(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{PCl}_3(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)\)
Answer: For the above reaction \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_3\right] \times\left[\mathrm{Cl}_2\right]}{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_5\right]}\)

As per the given data, the number of moles of PCl5(g) at equilibrium =0.2. Hence, number of moles of PCl5(g) dissociated =(1- 0.2) = 0.8.

According to the equation, 1 mol PCl5(g) dissociates to produce 1 mol of each of PCl3(g) and Cl2(g). Therefore, 0.8 mol PCl5(g) will dissociate to give 0.8 mol of each ofPCl3(g) and Cl2(g).

As given, the volume of the container = 2 L. So, the equilibrium concentrations of different constituents are as follows:

⇒\(\begin{array}{lll}
\text { Equilibrium } & \mathrm{PCl}_5(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{PCl}_3(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \\
\text { conc. }\left(\mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\right): & \frac{0.2}{2}=0.1 & \frac{0.8}{2}=0.4 \quad \frac{0.8}{2}=0.4
\end{array}\)

∴ \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_3\right] \times\left[\mathrm{Cl}_2\right]}{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_5\right]}=\frac{0.4 \times 0.4}{0.1}=1.6\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 12. The following reaction is carried out at a particular temperature in a closed vessel of definite volume: CO2(g) +H2(g)s=± CO(g) + H2O(g). Initially, partial pressures of CO2(gj and H2(g) are 2 atm and 1 atm respectively and that of CO2(g) at equilibrium is 1.4 atm. Calculate the equilibrium constant of the reaction.
Answer: For the given reaction \(K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{CO}} \times p_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}}{p_{\mathrm{CO}_2} \times p_{\mathrm{H}_2}}\)

As given, partial pressure of CO2(g) at equilibrium (Pco2) = 1-4 atm. Hence, decrease in pressure of CO2(g) until the equilibrium is reached =(2- 1.4)atm = 0.6atm According to the equation, 1 mol CO2(g) reacts with 1 mol H2(g) to form 1 mol CO(g) and 1 mol H2O(g).

Therefore, if the pressure of CO2(g) is reduced by 0.6 atm, then the pressure of H2(g) will also be reduced by 0.6 atm and the pressure of each of CO(g) and H2O(g) will be 0.6 atm Hence, partial pressures of different constituents at equilibrium will be as follows:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cccc}
\mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \\
\text { Pressure (atm) }: 1.4 & (1-0.6)=0.4 & 0.6 & 0.6
\end{array}\)

∴ \(K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{CO}} \times p_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}}{p_{\mathrm{CO}_2} \times p_{\mathrm{H}_2}}=\frac{0.6 \times 0.6}{1.4 \times 0.4}=0.64\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 13. B(g) + C(g)= A(g). At constant temperature, a mixture of 1 mol A(g), 2 mol E(g), and 3 mol C(g) is left to stand in a closed vessel of 1 L capacity. The equilibrium mixture is found to contain B(g) of 0.175 molar concentration (mol-L-1). Find the value of the equilibrium constant at that temperature.
Answer: For the above reaction \(K_c=\frac{[A]}{[B] \times[C]}\) As given, at equili-brium, [B] =0.175 mol-L-1 . So, 2-0.175=1.825 mol-L 5 of B participated in the reaction.

Now according to the equation, 1 mol B and 1 mol C combine to form 1 mol A. So, 1.825 mol of B and 1.825 mol of C combine to produce 1.825 mol of A. Thus at equilibrium, the concentration of A, B, and C will be

⇒ \(\begin{array}{lcccc}
& B(g)+C(g) & \rightleftharpoons A(g) \\
\text { Initial conc. }\left(\mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathbf{L}^{-1}\right): & 2 & 3 & 1 \\
\text { Equilibrium conc. }\left(\mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathbf{L}^{-1}\right): & 0.175 & 3-1.825 & 1+1.825 \\
& & =1.175 & =2.825
\end{array}\)

[since volume of the container = 1l]

∴ \(K_c=\frac{[A]}{[B] \times[C]}=\frac{2.825}{0.175 \times 1.175}=13.74\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Reaction Quotient, Q

The reaction quotient of a reaction has the same form as the equilibrium constant expression. However, the values of molar concentrations (or partial pressures) in the expression of the reaction quotient are the values at any instant of the reaction, whereas these values in the equilibrium constant expression represent the equilibrium values.

Hence, at a particular temperature, the value of the equilibrium constant of a reaction is fixed but that of the reaction quotient is not.

Reaction Quotient: At constant temperature, the reaction quotient of a reaction at any instant may be defined as the ratio of the product of molar concentrations (or partial pressures) of the products to that of the reactants, with each concentration (or partial pressure) term raised to a power equal to its stoichiometric coefficient in the balanced chemical equation.

The reaction quotient is denoted by Q. When the reaction quotient is expressed in terms of the molar concentration of the reactants and the products, then it is represented by Qc. The reaction quotient expressed by the partial pressures of the reactants and the products is represented by QP.

At the start of the reaction, only reactants are present in the reaction system. So, the value of the numerator in the expression of Q (reaction quotient) is zero, and consequently Q = 0.

If a reaction goes to completion, then only the products are present in the reaction system. So, the value of the denominator in the expression of Q is zero, and hence Q→∞.

If the reaction system contains both the reactants and products, then Q assumes a value in between zero and ∞.

  1. For the reaction, \(a A+b B \rightleftharpoons d D+e E\) , the reaction quotient at any moment \(Q_c=\frac{[D]^d \times[E]^e}{[A]^a \times[B]^b},\). [B], [D], and [E] are molar concentrations of A, B, D, and E respectively, at that moment.
  2. For the same reaction, the expression of Kc: \(K_c=\frac{[D]_{e q}^d \times[E]_{e q}^e}{[A]_{e q}^a \times[B]_{e q}^b}\) Where [A]eq, [B]eq, [D]eq, and [E]eq are the molar concentrations of A, B, D, and E respectively, at equilibrium.
  3. For the reaction,\( A(g)+b B(g) \rightleftharpoons d D(g)+e E(g),\) the reaction quotient at any instant, \(Q_p=\frac{p_D^d \times p_E^e}{p_A^a \times p_B^b}\) PA, pB, pD and pE are the partial pressures of A, B, D
    and E respectively, at that instant.
  4. For the same reaction, the expression of Kp: \(K_p=\frac{\left(p_D\right)_{e q}^d \times\left(p_E\right)_{e q}^e}{\left(p_A\right)_{e q}^a \times\left(p_B\right)_{e q}^b}\) where (pA)eq, (PB)eq, {pc)vq and (Pp)eq are the partial pressures of, B, D, and E, respectively, at equilibrium.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Significance of reaction quotient: At a particular temperature, by comparing the values of the reaction quotient (Q) of a chemical reaction at any instant and the equilibrium constant (K) of the reaction at that temperature, one can predict the extent to which the reaction has proceeded.

From the values of Q and AT, it is possible to predict whether the reaction has already reached or will reach the state of equilibrium. If equilibrium is not attained, then it can also be predicted whether the reaction will proceed in the forward or backward direction to achieve equilibrium.

Equlibrium Predicting The DIrection Of Reaction From The Value Of Qc And Kc

Equlibrium Predicting The DIrection Of Reaction From The Value Of Qc And Kc.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Example: At 700 K, for the following reaction which is carried out in a closed vessel: H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g). Kc = 55.0 at 700K. Analysis of the reaction mixture at a given moment during the reaction shows that the molar concentrations of II2(g), I2(g), and HI(g) are 1.8, 2.8, and 0.4 mol-L-1, respectively. Is the reaction at equilibrium at that moment? If not, in which direction will we proceed to attain equilibrium?
Answer: For the given reaction, \(Q_c=\frac{[\mathrm{HI}]^2}{\left[\mathrm{H}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{I}_2\right]}\)

At the moment of analysis \(Q_c=\frac{(0.4)^2}{1.8 \times 2.8}=0.0317\)

Hence, Qc< Kc. Therefore, the reaction is not at equilibrium. To attain equilibrium, the value of Qc will increase until it becomes equal to Kc.

Again, the value of Qc will increase if, in its expression, the value of the Numerator increases and that of the denominator decreases. This is possible if the forward reaction occurs to a greater extent Therefore, the reaction will proceed more in the forward direction to attain equilibrium.

Applications Of Equilibrium Constant

Application-1: At a given temperature, the value of the equilibrium constant indicates the extent to which a reaction has proceeded before it attains equilibrium.

Explanation: In the expression equilibrium constant (K) of a reaction, the concentrations of the products appear in the numerator, while that of the reactants appear in the denominator.

Hence, a larger value of equilibrium constant (K) for any reversible reaction signifies higher concentrations of the products than reactants in the equilibrium mixture. This means reactants convert into products to a large extent before attaining equilibrium. Hence, the position of equilibrium lies far to the right.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Applications Of Equilibrium Constant

Application 2: If the value of the equilibrium constant of a reaction at a given temperature is known, then the concentrations of the reactants and products at equilibrium can be calculated from the known initial concentrations of the reactants

Question 1. At 550 K, the value of equilibrium constant (K£) is 0.08 for the given \(\mathrm{PCl}_5(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{PCl}_3(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)\) occurring in a closed container. If the equilibrium concentration of PClg(g) and Cl2(g) are 0.75 and 0.32 mol-L-1 respectively, then find the concentration of PCl3(g).
Answer: for the given reaction \(K_c=\frac{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_3\right] \times\left[\mathrm{Cl}_2\right]}{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_5\right]}\)

As given, [PC15] = 0.75mol-L-1, [Cl2] = 0.32 mol-L-1 and Kc = 0.08.

∴ \(\left[\mathrm{PCl}_3\right]=K_c \times \frac{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_5\right]}{\left[\mathrm{Cl}_2\right]}=0.08 \times \frac{0.75}{0.32}=0.187 \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ The equilibrium concentration of PC13 = 0.187mol-L-1.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 2. At a given temperature, Kp is 0.36 for the reaction, 2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) occurring in a closed vessel. If at equilibrium, the partial pressures of SO2(g) & O2(g) are 0.15 atm & 0.8 atm respectively, then calculate the partial pressure of SO3(g).
Answer: For the given reaction, Kp \(K_p=\frac{\left(p_{\mathrm{SO}_3}\right)^2}{\left(p_{\mathrm{SO}_2}\right)^2 \times p_{\mathrm{O}_2}}\)

As Given Kp=0.36,pSO2= 0.15 atm and pO2= 0.8 atm

∴ (pso3)2 = KP x (Pso2>2 x Po2 = 036 x (0.15)2 x (0.8)

= 6.48 x10-3 atm or PSO3= 0.08 atm

Question 1. For the reaction, \(\mathrm{A}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{B}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{AB}(\mathrm{g})\) the value ofequilibrium constant is 50 at 100°C.If a flask of 1 L capacity containing 1 mol A2 is connected with another flask of 2 L capacity containing 2 mol B2, then calculate the number of moles of AB at equilibrium.
Answer: Equilibrium constant, \(K_c=\frac{[\mathrm{AB}]^2}{\left[\mathrm{~A}_2\right] \times\left[\mathrm{B}_2\right]}\)

The equation of the reaction shows that the reduction of x mol of A2 leads to the reduction of x mol of B2 and the formation of 2x mol of AB. Hence, the number of moles of A2, B2, and AB at equilibrium will be as follows.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\begin{array}{lccc}
& \mathrm{A}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{B}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{AB}(\mathrm{g}) \\
\text { Initial no. of moles: } & 1 & 2 & 0 \\
\text { No. of moles at equilibrium: } & 1-x & 2-x & 2 x
\end{array}\)

Now if the two flasks are connected, then the total volume of the reaction system becomes (1 + 2)L = 3L.

Hence, at equilibrium \(\left[\mathrm{A}_2\right]=\left(\frac{1-x}{3}\right) \mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

⇒ \([B]=\left(\frac{2-x}{3}\right) \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \mathrm{~L}^{-1} \text { and }[\mathrm{AB}]=\left(\frac{2 x}{3}\right) \mathrm{mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \text {. }\)

Therefore, \(K_c=\frac{\left(\frac{2 x}{3}\right)^2}{\left(\frac{1-x}{3}\right) \times\left(\frac{2-x}{3}\right)}=50 \text { or, } \frac{4 x^2}{(1-x)(2-x)}=50\)

or, Ax2 s 50×2- 1 50x + J 00 or, 46×2- 150x+ 100 = 0

Or, \(x=\frac{150 \pm \sqrt{(150)^2-4 \times 46 \times 100}}{2 \times 46}=2.32 \text { or, } 0.934\)

∴ 2x = 4.64 or, 1.868

By the Initial number of moles of A2 and B2, the number of moles of AB cannot be 4.64. Therefore, the number of moles of AB at equilibrium = 1 .868.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 2. At a particular temperature, the value of Kp is 100 for the reaction, \(2 \mathrm{NO}(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{N}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g)\)occurringin a closed container. If the initial pressure of NO(g) is 25 atm then calculate the partial! pressures of NO, N2, and O2 at equilibrium.
Answer: For the given reaction \(K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times p_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{\left(p_{\mathrm{NO}}\right)^2}\)

After the attainment of equilibrium, if the reduction in pressure of (g) is p atm, then partial pressures of different constituents at equilibrium will be as follows:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{lccl}
& 2 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g}) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
\text { Initial pressure }(\mathrm{atm}): & 25 & 0 & 0 \\
\text { Pressure at equilibrium }(\mathrm{atm}): & 25-p & p & p \\
& 2 & 2
\end{array}\)

[The equation shows that at constant temperature and pressure if the pressure reduction of NO(g) is p atm then the increase in pressure of each of N2(g) and O2(g) will be P/2 atm.

⇒ \(\text { Hence, } K_p=\frac{\left(\frac{p}{2}\right) \times\left(\frac{p}{2}\right)}{(25-p)^2}=100 \text { or, }\left(\frac{p}{25-p}\right)^2=400\) \(\text { or, } \frac{p}{25-p}=20 \text { or, } 21 p=25 \times 20\) ∴ P= 23.8 atm

Therefore, at equilibrium, partial pressure of NO(g) = (25- 23.8) atm = 1.2 atm andpartial pressure of N2(g) = partial pressure Of \(\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})=\frac{23.8}{2}=11.9 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Application-3: If the value of the equilibrium constant of any reaction at a constant temperature is known, then it is possible to predict whether the mixture of reactants and products is in equilibrium and if not, in which direction the reaction will proceed Formore discussion, to attains equilibrium article number at that 7.6. temperature.

Free Energy Change (ΔG) Of A Reaction and Equilibrium Constant

Suppose, at a temperature of TK, A and B react together to produce D and E according to the following equation: \(a A+b B \rightleftharpoons d D+e E\)

⇒ \(K=\frac{[D]_{e q}^d \times[E]_{e q}^e}{[A]_{e q}^a \times[B]_{e q}^b}[e q=\text { equilibrium }]\)

where [A)eq, [B]eq [D]eq, and [FJÿare the molar concentrations of A, B, D, and E respectively, at equilibrium.

If AG is the from the energy of the system, then with the help of can show that \(\Delta G=\Delta G^0+N T \ln \frac{[D]^a \times[B]^b}{[A]^a \times[B]^b}\)

or, ΔG = ΔG0+RT in Q

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\text { where, } \left.\left.Q=\frac{[D]^d \times[B]^e}{[A]^a \times[B]^b} \text { and } \mid A\right], \mid B\right],[D] \text { and }[B]\)

Represent the active masses or molar concentrations of A, B, I) and respectively at a given moment during the reaction. Is the reaction quotient.

AG° Is the standard free energy change of the reaction. If In a reaction, (lie molar concentration of each of the reactants and products. If unity, then the free energy change of the reaction is called (IK; standard free energy change (AG°).

For a reaction at constant temperature and pressure, if—

  1. ΔG is negative, the reaction is spontaneous as written.
  2. ΔG is positive, the reaction Is non-spontaneOus as written.
  3. ΔG is zero, the reaction Is at equilibrium.

Now, at the equilibrium of a reaction, AG = 0 and

⇒ \(Q=\frac{[D]_{e q}^a \times[B]_{e q}^e}{[A]_{e q}^a \times[B]_{e q}^b}=K \text { [equilibrium constant] }\)

Hence, from equation (2) we get, 0 = AG° + RTlnK or, AG° = -RTlnK —[3] or,AG° = -2.303RTlogK

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

or K= e-ΔG0/Rt

Equations (3), (4), and (5) represent the relation between equilibrium constant {K) and the standard free energy change (AG°) of a reaction at a given temperature. From equations (2) and (3), we get, AG = -RTlnK +RTlnQ

or ΔG = RT In \(\frac{Q}{K}\)

Equation (6) is called reaction isotherm.

If the equilibrium constant expression of a reaction is written in terms of the molar concentrations of reactants and products then K=Ke. This gives \(\Delta G^0=-R T \ln K_c \text { or, } K_c=e^{-\Delta G^0 / R T}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

For gaseous reactions, equilibrium constant expression is written in terms of the partial pressures of reactants and products. So, for such reactions K=K and AG° = -RTlnK p or, Kp = e-ΔG°/RT.

In the equation, reactant products taken the standards I molstatel, of 1, the equation the; -RT in K p, the standard state of each reactant and products Is considered to be 1 atm.

Significance Of the reaction ΔG0=-RT in K

  1. At a particular temperature If the value of AG° is known, then the value of the equilibrium constant (K) can be calculated by using this equation. Similarly, If the equilibrium constant of a reaction at a given temperature is known, then the value of A <7° can be determined by using this reaction.
  2. If ΔG° < 0, i.e., ΔG° = – ve, then K will be greater than [K> 1]. Under such conditions, the amount of products will be relatively more than that of the reactants present in the equilibrium mixture, i.e., the forward reaction predominates.
  3. If ΔG° >0, i.e., ΔG = + ve, then K will be less than 1 [K < 1]. In such cases, the concentration of the reactants is greater than that of the products, i.e., the backward reaction predominates.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Numerical Examples

Question 1. For the reaction A(g) + 2B(g) ⇌2D(g), ΔG°- 2kJ.mol-1 at 500 K. What is the value of Kp for the reaction iyl(g) + B(g)?=±D(g) at that temperature?
Answer: From the equation AG° = -RTlnKp, we get

⇒ \(\ln K_p=-\frac{\Delta G^0}{R T}=-\frac{2000 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{8.314 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \times 500 \mathrm{~K}}=-0.4811\)

∴ Kp= 0.6181

∴ For the given reaction \(K_p=\frac{\left(p_D\right)^2}{p_A \times\left(p_B\right)^2}\)

If the equilibrium constant for the reaction

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} A(g)+B(g) \rightleftharpoons D(g) \text { be } K_p^{\prime} \text {, then } K_p^{\prime}=\frac{p_D}{p_A^{1 / 2} \times p_B}\)

∴ \(K_p^{\prime}=\sqrt{K_p} \quad K_p^{\prime}=\sqrt{0.6181}=0.7862\).

Question 2. Find the value of AG° and ICc for the following reaction at 298K. \(\mathrm{NO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NO}_2(g)\) Given: standard free energy of formation (ΔG) of NO2 and NO are 52.0 and 87.0 kj.mol-1 respectively.
Answer: AG° of a reaction = EAG° of products -EAG° of reactants. For the given reaction,

⇒ \(\Delta G^0=\Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{NO}_2\right)-\Delta G_f^0(\mathrm{NO})-\frac{1}{2} \Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{O}_2\right)\)

We know that, AG° =-RT In Kc

or, -35 x 103 J-mol-1 = – S.SMJ-K-ÿmol-1 x 298K ln Kc

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

or; lnKc = 14.126

∴ Kc = 1.365 x 10 6

Question 3. At 298K, for the attainment of equilibrium of the reaction N2O4(g) ⇌2NO25mol of each of the constituents is taken. Due to this, the total pressure of the mixture turns 20 atm. If AGOF(N2O4)= 100 kJ-mol-1 and 1G(NO2) = 50 k(J-moI_1) then— 0 Give the value of AG of the reaction. In which direction will the reaction proceed to equilibrium?
Answer: For the reaction, \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta G^0 & =2 \Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{NO}_2\right)-\Delta G_f^0\left(\mathrm{~N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4\right) \\
& =(2 \times 50-100)=0 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Total number of moles in the reaction mixture =5 + 5 =10

\(\text { So, } p_{\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4}=\frac{5}{10} \times 20=10 \mathrm{~atm} \& p_{\mathrm{NO}_2}=\frac{5}{10} \times 20=10 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Therefore, Qp f the reaction \(=\frac{\left(p_{\mathrm{NO}_2}\right)^2}{p_{\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4}}=\frac{(10)^2}{10}=10\)

We know, AG = AG° + RT]nQp

∴ ΔG =0 + 8.314 x 298 In 10 = 5.706 kJ

Since ΔG0 =0

Again, AG° =-RT In Kp;

So, 0 = -RT In Kp [since ΔG0=0]

or, Kp = 1

Since, Qp > Kp, the reaction wall proceeds more toward the left to attain equilibrium.

Determination Of Equilibrium Constants Of Some Reactions

Esterification of alcohol:

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}(l)+\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CH}_3 \operatorname{CoOC}_2 \mathrm{H}_5(l)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

Let at a particular temperature, a mol of acetic acid (CH3COOH) reacts with b mol of ethyl alcohol (C2H5OH) to produce x mol of ethyl acetate (CH3COOC2H5) and x mol of water (H2O) at equilibrium.

According to the balanced equation, for the formation of x mol of ester and x mol of H20, x mol of CH3COOH and x mol of C2H5OH are required. If the volume of the reaction mixture is by V L, the die concentration of the different species at equilibrium as well as the expression of equilibrium constant will be as given in the following table:

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Formation Of N0g From N2(g) And O2 (g)

Formation of NO(g) from N2(g) and O2(g): For the reaction: \(\mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g})\); let us assume, at a constant temperature a mol of N2 reacts with b mol of O2 in a closed container of VL to produce 2xmol of NO at equilibrium. According to the equation,ifx mol of N2 and O2 reacts with each other, then 2x mol of NO are formed.

Let, the total pressure of the reaction mixture at equilibrium = P. The molar concentrations and partial pressures of the reactants and products at equilibrium and the expressions of Kp and Kc are given in the table.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Equlibrium Dissociation Of PCl5 Gas

Dissociation of PCl5 gas: For the reaction: PCl5(g)⇌PCl3(g) + Cl2(g); let us assume, at a particular temperature, 1 mol of PC15 gas is heated in a closed vessel of V L capacity so that x mol of PCI5 gets dissociated at equilibrium.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

According to the given equation, x mol of PC15 on dissociation produces x mol of PC13 and x mol of Cl2.

1. Let us assume that die total pressure of the reaction mixture at equilibrium is P. Hence, the molar concentrations and partial pressures of the reactant and products at equilibrium and the expression equilibrium constants are given in the following table.

Equlibrium Formation Of NH3 From N2 And H2

Equlibrium Formation Of NH3 From N2 And H2..

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Formation of NH3 from N2 and H2: For the reaction: N2(g) + 3H2(g) v=± 2NH3(g); let us assume, at a particular temperature, 1 mol of N2(g) is allowed to react with 3 mol of H2(g) in a closed vessel of V L capacity. After the attainment of equilibrium, if 2x mol of NH3(g) is produced, then according to the equation x mol of N2(g) and 3x mol of H2(g) would be consumed.

Let, the total pressure of the reaction mixture be at equilibrium. Therefore, the molar concentrations and partial pressures of the reactants and product at equilibrium and the expression of equilibrium constants are given in the following table

Equlibrium Therma Decomposition Of Ammonium Carbamate

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Thermal decomposition of ammonium carbamate: Reaction: \(\mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{CO}_2 \mathrm{NH}_4(\mathrm{~s}) \Rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\). Let us assume, the l mol of NH2CO2NH4(s) is heated at a particular temperature in a closed vessel of volume VL.

At equilibrium, if x mol of NH2CO2NH4(g) undergoes decomposition, then, according to the equation, 2x mol of NH3 and x mol of CO2, will be produced.

The total pressure of the reaction mixture at equilibrium = P, then the molar concentrations and partial pressures of products and the expression of equilibrium constants are given in the table:

Equlibrium Therma Decomposition Of Ammonium Carbamate..

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

 

Relation Between Degree Of Dissociation And Degree Of Association With Vapour Density

When a compound undergoes incomplete dissociation, an equilibrium is established between the undissociated molecules of the die compound with the species formed on dissociation.

The extent of dissociation of a compound is usually quantized in terms of the degree of dissociation. It is defined as the ratio of the number of moles of the compound that dissociates to the initial number of moles of the compound.

Similarly, if a compound undergoes association, its extent of association is quantized in terms of degree of association. It is defined as the ratio of the number of moles of die compound associates to the initial number of moles of the compound.

Relation between the vapor density and degree of dissociation

Suppose, each molecule of gas A2 on dissociation forms n molecules of gas B. If the reaction is initiated with 1 mol of gas A in a closed vessel of volume V at constant temperature and pressure, then the die number of moles of A2 and B at equilibrium are as follows-

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Reaction: Initial No.of moles No. of moles at equilibrium

Where = the degree of dissociation of A2

Total number of moles of the mixture at equilibrium =1- a + no =1 + o(n- 1) mol At constant temperature and pressure, the total volume of [1 + o(n- 1)] mol of the gas mixture is [1 + <r(n- 1) x V].

Let the actual density and vapor density of gas A2 before dissociation be d and D, respectively. Since the volume of the system increases on the dissociation of gas A2 the density and vapour density of the gas mixture at equilibrium will be different from the actual values of these two quantities for gas A2.

Suppose, the observed density and vapor density of the gas mixture at equilibrium be d’ and D’, respectively. Since the mass of the system remains the same, we can write

⇒ \(\begin{array}{rlr}
d \times V=d^{\prime} \times V[1+\alpha(n-1)] & \\
\text { or, } \frac{d}{d^{\prime}} & =1+\alpha(n-1) & \cdots[1] \\
\frac{D}{D^{\prime}} & =1+\alpha(n-1) & \cdots[2] \quad\left[\frac{d}{d^{\prime}}=\frac{D}{D^{\prime}}\right]
\end{array}\)

From equation [1] we get \(\alpha=\frac{d-d^{\prime}}{d^{\prime}(n-1)}\)

From equation [2] we get \(\alpha=\frac{d-d^{\prime}}{d^{\prime}(n-1)}\)

Relation between the vapor density and degree of association

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Let us consider n mol of gas A associated to form 1 mol of gas B. If the reaction is initiated with 1 mol of gas A in a closed vessel of volume V at constant temperature and pressure, then the number of moles of A and B at equilibrium are as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{lcc}
\text { Reaction: } & n A \rightleftharpoons B \\
\text { Initial no. of moles: } & 0 & 0 \\
\text { No. of moles at equilibrium: } & 1-\alpha & \underline{\alpha} \\
& & n
\end{array}\)

where a = the degree of association of A

∴ Total number of moles of the mixture at equilibrium

⇒ \(=1-\alpha+\frac{\alpha}{n}=1-\alpha\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right) \mathrm{mol}\)

At constant temperature and pressure, the total volume of,\(\left[1-\alpha\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right)\right]\) mol gas \(\left[1-\alpha\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right) \times v\right]\) Now, let actual density and vapor density of gas A before association be d and D respectively.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

If the observed density and vapor density of the gas mixture at equilibrium are d’ and D’, respectively, then—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \quad d \times V=d^{\prime} \times V\left[1-\alpha\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right)\right] \\
& \text { or, } \quad \frac{d}{d^{\prime}}=1-\alpha\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right)
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(\frac{D}{D^{\prime}}=1-\alpha\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right)\) …..[2] [since \(\frac{d}{d^{\prime}}=\frac{D}{D^{\prime}}\)

From equation [1] we get ,\(\alpha=\frac{d^{\prime}-d}{d^{\prime}\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right)}\)

From equation [2] we get \(\alpha=\frac{D^{\prime}-D}{D^{\prime}\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right)}\)

Le Chateuer’s Principle

Equilibrium of a chemical reaction is established under some conditions such as pressure, temperature, Concentration, etc. Le Chatelier, a celebrated French chemist studied the effect of such conditions on a large number of chemical equilibria.

He summed up his observations regarding the effect of these factors on equilibrium in the form of generalization which is commonly known as Le Chatelier’s principle.

Le Chateuer’s Principle If a system under equilibrium Is subjected to a change In pressure, temperature, or concentration then the equilibrium will shift Itself in such a way as to reduce the effect of that change.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The effect of the change in the various conditions of the chemical reactions at equilibrium is discussed below based on Le Chatelier’s principle.

Effect of change in concentration of reactant or product at equilibrium of a reaction

According to Le Chatelier’s principle, at a constant temperature, keeping the volume fixed, if the concentration of reactant or product at equilibrium is changed, the equilibrium will shift in the direction in which the effect of change in concentration is reduced as far as possible.

With the help of the following general reaction, let us discuss how the change in concentration of reactant or product affects the equilibrium of a chemical reaction: A + B⇌ C+D

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of addition of reactant to the reaction system at equilibrium at constant volume and temperature

Reaction: A+B⇌C+D

  1. At constant temperature, keeping the volume un¬ changed, if a certain amount of reactant (A or J3) is added to the system at equilibrium, the concentration of that reactant will increase.
  2. As a result, the reaction will no longer remain in the state of equilibrium.
  3. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, the system will arrange itself in such a manner so that the effect of increased concentration of that reactant is reduced as far as possible. Naturally, the equilibrium will tend to shift in a direction that causes a decrease in the concentration of the added reactant.
  4. Since the concentrations of the reactants reduce in the forward direction, the net reaction will occur in this direction until a new equilibrium is established when the rates of both the forward and reverse reactions become the same.
  5. Therefore, the addition of reactant to the reaction system at equilibrium causes the equilibrium to shift to the right. As a result, the yields of the products (C andD) increase.

Conclusion: At constant volume and temperature, when some quantity of reactant is added to a reaction system at equilibrium, the equilibrium shifts to the right, and the yield of product (s) increases.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Example: Reaction: N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)

At constant temperature, keeping the volume fixed, if some quantity of H2(g) is added to the above system at equilibrium, the net reaction will occur In the forward direction until a new equilibrium is established.

This means that the addition of some H2(g) to the reaction system at equilibrium causes the equilibrium to shift to the tire right. As a result, the yield of NH3(g) will increase.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Effect of addition of product to the reaction system at equilibrium at constant volume and temperature

Effect of addition of the product to the reaction system at equilibrium at constant volume and temperature:

Reaction: A+B ⇌C+D

  1. At constant temperature, keeping the volume fixed, when some quantity of the product (C or D) is added to the system at equilibrium, the concentration of that product increases.
  2. As a result, the reaction will no longer remain in the state of equilibrium.
  3. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, the system will adjust itself in such a way that the effect of an increase in concentration of that product is reduced as far as possible. Naturally, the equilibrium of the system will try to shift in a direction that reduces the concentration of the added product.
  4. Since the concentrations of the product decrease in the reverse direction, the net reaction will occur in this direction until a new equilibrium is established when the rates of both the forward and reverse reactions become identical.
  5. Therefore, the addition of aproduct to the reaction system at equilibrium makes the equilibrium shift to the left. As a result, the concentrations of the reactants (4 and B) increase.
  6. Conclusion: At constant volume and temperature, if some quantity of product is added to a reaction system remaining at equilibrium, then the equilibrium will shift to the left. As a result, the concentration of product(s) decreases, whereas that of the reactant(s) increases.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of removal of reactant from the reaction system at equilibrium at constant volume and temperature:

Reaction A+B⇌C+D

  1. At constant temperature without changing the volume If some amount of reactant (4 orB) is removed from the system at equilibrium, the concentration of that reactant decreases.
  2. As a result, the reaction will no longer exist in the state of equilibrium.
  3. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, the system will adjust itself in such a manner so that the effect of a decrease in concentration of that reactant is reduced as far as possible. Naturally, the equilibrium of the system will shift in a direction that increases the concentration of that reactant.
  4. Since the concentration of the reactants increases in the reverse direction, the net reaction will occur in this direction until a new equilibrium is established when both the forward and reverse reactions take place at equal rates.
  5. Therefore, the removal of a reactant from the reaction system results in shifting the equilibrium position to the left. As a result, the yield of the products (C and D) will decrease and that of the reactants (A and B) will increase.
  6. Conclusion: At constant volume and temperature, if some quantity of reactant(s) is removed from the reaction system at equilibrium, the equilibrium will shift to the left. As a result, the yield of product(s) decreases, whereas that of the reactant(s) increases

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of removal of the product from the reaction system at equilibrium at constant volume and temperature:

Reaction A+B⇌C+D

  1. At fixed temperature, keeping the volume unaltered, when some quantity of product (C or D) is removed from the system at equilibrium, the concentration of that product will decrease.
  2. As a result, the reaction will no longer remain in the equilibrium state.
  3. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, the system will adjust itself in such a manner, so that the effect of a decrease in the concentration ofthatproduct is reduced as far as possible. Hence, the equilibrium will shift in a direction that increases the concentrations of that removed product.
  4. Since the concentration of the products increases in the forward direction, the net reaction will occur in this direction until a new equilibrium is established.
  5. Therefore, the removal of a product from the reaction system results in shifting the equilibrium position to the right. As a result, the yields of products( C or D) increase.
  6. Conclusion: At constant volume and temperature, if some quantity of a product is removed from the reaction system at equilibrium, the equilibrium will shift to the right. As a result, the yield of product(s) increases and that of the reactant(s)
  7. Explanation of the effect of addition or removal of reactant or product on equilibrium in terms of reaction quotient: Let us suppose, at a given temperature, the following reaction Is at equilibrium: A+B⇌C+D

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equilibrium constant, \(K_c=\frac{[C]_{e q} \times[D]_{e q}}{[A]_{e q} \times[B]_{e q}}\) …[1]

Where [A]eq, [B]gq, [C]eq and [D]eq are equilibrium molar concentrations of A, B, C, and D respectively.

Effect of addition of the reactant: Suppose, keeping the temperature and volume fixed, some amount of A is added to the reaction system at equilibrium. Consequently, the concentration of A in the mixture will increase.

Let the concentration of A increase from [A]eq to [A]. At this condition, the reaction quotient will be—

⇒ \(Q_c=\frac{[C]_{e q} \times[D]_{e q}}{[A] \times[B]_{e q}}\)

Since,[A] > [A]eq, QC<KC. Thus, the reaction is not in equilibrium now (because at equilibrium, Qc = Kc). Due to the increase in concentration of A, the forward reaction will take place to a greater extent compared to the reverse reaction. As a result, the value of the numerator in equation (2) increases and that of the denominator decreases, leading to a net increase in the value of Qc.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

A time comes when Qc = K£ and the equilibrium is re-established. Therefore, the addition of reactant (A) to the above reaction system at equilibrium will result in a shift of the equilibrium to the right. As a result, the yields of the products (C and D) increase.

Effect of addition of the product: At constant temperature and volume, if some amount of C is added to the reaction at equilibrium, then the concentration of C in the reaction mixture will increase. Suppose, the concentration of C increases from [C]. at this condition, the reaction quotient Will Be-

⇒ \(Q_c=\frac{[C] \times[D]_{e q}}{[A]_{e q} \times[B]_{e q}}\)

Since, [C]>[C]eq, Qc>Kc. As Qd=Kc, the reaction is no longer at equilibrium. Re-establishing of the equilibrium occurs when Qc = Kc.

This is possible if the shifting of equilibrium occurs to the left because this will cause the numerator to decrease and the denominator to increase in the equation [3]. As a result of the shifting of equilibrium to the left, the yields of the products decrease.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect Of Removal Of The Reactant: Keeping the temperature and volume fixed, let some amount of A be removed from the reaction system at equilibrium.

Consequently, the concentration of A in the reaction mixture will be reduced and eventually, the equilibrium will be disturbed. At this condition, Qc will be greater than Kc i.e., Qc > Kc. This will cause the equilibrium to shift to (lie left. As u result, the yields of the products (C and I) decrease.

Effect of removal of the product: At constant temperature and volume, If some amount of product C is removed from the reaction system, the equilibrium will be disturbed because of a decrease in the concentration of C in the reaction mixture.

At this condition, Qc < Kc. As a result, equilibrium will shift to the right. Consequently, the yields of the products ( C and D) increase.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Some examples from everyday life:

Drying of clothes: Clothes dry quicker when there is a breeze or we keep on shaking them. This is because water vapor of the nearby air is removed and cloth loses more water vapor to re-establish equilibrium with the surrounding air.

Transport of O2 by hemoglobin in blood: Oxygen breathed in combines with the hemoglobin in the lungs according to equilibrium, Hb(s) + O2(g) HbO2(s). In the tissue the pressure of oxygen is low. To re-establish equilibrium oxyhemoglobin gives up oxygen. But in the lungs, more oxyhemoglobin is formed due to the high pressure of oxygen.

Removal of CO2 from tissues by blood: This equilibrium

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3(a q) \\
& \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{HCO}_3^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

In tissue, partial pressure of CO2 is high thus, CO2 dissolves in the blood. In the lungs, the partial pressure of CO2 is low, it is released from the blood.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Tooth decay by sweets: Our teeth are coated with an enamel of insoluble substance known as hydroxylapatite,

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Ca}_5\left(\mathrm{PO}_4\right)_3(\mathrm{OH})(s) \\
\text { Demineralisation } \rightleftharpoons \text { Remineralisation } \\
5 \mathrm{Ca}^{2+}+3 \mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-}
\end{gathered}\)

If we do not brush our teeth after eating sweets, the sugar gets fermented on the teeth and produces H ions which combine with the OH ions shifting the above equilibrium in the forward direction thereby causing tooth decay.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of pressure on equilibrium at constant temperature

The effect of change in pressure at equilibrium is observed only for those chemical reactions whose reactants and products are in a gaseous state and have different numbers of moles.

The effect of change in pressure is not significant for the chemical reactions occurring in a solid or liquid state because the volume of a liquid or a solid does not undergo any appreciable change with the variation of pressure.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of increase in pressure:

  1. At constant temperature, a reaction exists at equilibrium under a definite pressure. Keeping the temperature constant, if the pressure on the system at equilibrium is increased, then the reaction will no longer exist at equilibrium.
  2. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, the system will tend to adjust itself in such a way as to minimize the effect of the increased pressure as far as possible.
  3. At constant temperature, the only way to counteract the effect of the increase in pressure is to decrease the volume or to reduce the number of moles (or molecules).
  4. Hence, at a constant temperature, if the pressure on the system at equilibrium is increased, then the net reaction will take place in a direction that is accompanied by a decrease in volume or several moles (or molecules).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect Of decrease in pressure:

  1. At constant temperature, if the pressure of a reaction system at equilibrium is decreased, then the reaction will no longer remain at equilibrium.
  2. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, the net reaction will tend to occur in a direction that is associated with an increase in the volume or number of molecules.
  3. So, at a constant temperature, the decrease in pressure at the equilibrium of a reaction will result in a shifting of equilibrium in a direction that is accompanied by an increase in volume or an increase in the number of molecules (or moles).

Example: Let, at a constant temperature, the following reaction is at equilibrium: N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g). In the reaction, the number of moles of the product is fewer than that of the reactants. So, the forward reaction is accompanied by a decrease in volume.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of increase in pressure at equilibrium: At constant temperature, if the pressure of the reaction system at equilibrium is increased, then according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium of the reaction will shift to the right i.e., the forward reaction will occur to a greater extent compared to the reverse reaction.

So the yield of NH3(g) will increase. Effect of decrease in pressure at equilibrium: Keeping the temperature constant, if the pressure of the reaction system at equilibrium is decreased, then according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium will shift to the left i.e., the backward reaction will occur to a greater extent, leading to a reduction in the yield of NH3.

For gaseous reactions in which the total number of mole of reactants is equal to that of the products (i.e., An = 0), equilibrium is unaffected by the change in pressure.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

This is because these types of reactions are not accompanied by any volume change. Some examples are:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{I}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{HI}(g) ; \quad \mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g}) \\
& \text { and } \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{HCl}(\mathrm{g}) \text {. }
\end{aligned}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Effect Of Pressure On Equlibrium Of Some Chmeical Reactions At Constant Temperature

Effect of temperature on equilibrium

Chemical reactions are usually associated with the evolution or absorption of heat. A reaction in which heat is evolved is called an exothermic reaction, while a reaction in which heat is absorbed is called an endothermic reaction.

In a reversible reaction, if the reaction in any one direction is endothermic, then the reaction in the reverse direction will be exothermic. The temperature of a system at equilibrium can be increased by supplying heat from an external source while the temperature of the system can be lowered by cooling.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of increase in temperature: At equilibrium, if the temperature of a system is increased, then according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the system will try to offset the effect of the increase in temperature as far as possible. As a result, when the temperature of a reaction system at equilibrium is raised, equilibrium will shift in a direction in which heat is absorbed because it is possible to neutralize the effect of an increase in temperature through the absorption of heat.

Effect of increase In temperature in case of endothermic reactions: If the temperature is increased at the equilibrium of an endothermic reaction, the forward reaction will take place to a greater extent compared to the reverse reaction until a new equilibrium is established when both the forward and backward reaction occur at equal rates. As a result, equilibrium shills to the right, and the yields of products Increase.

Effect of Increase In Temperature In the case of exothermic reactions: The temperature Is Increased at the equilibrium of an exothermic reaction, and then the reverse reaction will occur to a greater extent than the forward reaction until a new equilibrium is established when both the forward and backward reactions take place at equal rates. This makes the equilibrium of the reaction shift to the left, resulting In decreased yields of the products.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of decrease in temperature: According to I.C. Chntolicr’s principle, when the temperature of any system at equilibrium is decreased, the system will try to offset the effect of a decrease in temperature as far as possible.

Therefore, when the temperature is decreased at equilibrium, the equilibrium will shift in a direction in which heat is evolved because it is possible to neutralize the effect of a decrease in temperature through the evolution of heat.

Effect of decrease in temperature In case of endothermic reactions: As heat is absorbed in an endothermic reaction, a decrease in temperature at equilibrium of such a reaction causes the backward reaction to take place to a greater extent compared to the forward reaction until a new equilibrium is established. As a result, the equilibrium shifts to the left, and the yields of products decrease.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of decrease in temperature in case of exothermic reactions: If the temperature is decreased at the equilibrium of an exothermic reaction, the forward reaction will take place to a greater extent compared to the reverse reaction until a new equilibrium is established. As a result, shifts to the right, and the yields of products increase.

Example: Manufacturing of ammonia (NH3) by Haber’s process is an example of an exothermic reaction: N2(g) + 3H2(g) ?=± 2NH3(g); AH = -22kcl. In this case, the forward reaction is exothermic.

Hence, the backward reaction is endothermic. Effect of increase in temperature at equilibrium: If the temperature is increased at the equilibrium of the reaction, then according to Le Chatelier’s principle, the backward reaction will take place to a greater extent compared to the forward reaction’ until a new equilibrium is formed. Hence, the equilibrium will shift to the left, causing a decrease in the yield of NH3.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of decrease In temperature at equilibrium: If the temperature  Is decreased at the equilibrium of the reaction, then according to i.e., Cliuteller’sprinciple, the equilibrium will be In (lie direction In which heat Is generated ie., in ibis case, the forward reaction will be favored, and consequently the yield of N 1 L, will be higher.

Formation of NO(g) from N2(g) and O2(g) Is an ondothormlc reaction: N2(g) + O2(g) ?=2NO(g); All = -idd kcnl. Mere the forward reaction is endothermic. Hence, the backward reaction Is exothermic.

Effect of increase In temperature on equilibrium: if the temperature is Increased at the equilibrium of the reaction, then according to Lc Cliatelier’s principle, the forward reaction will take place to a greater extent compared to the backward reaction until a new equilibrium is formed. Hence, the equilibrium will shift to the right, leading to a higher NO.

Effect of decrease in temperature on equilibrium: If the temperature is decreased at the equilibrium of the reaction, then according to Le Cliatelier’s principle, the equilibrium will shift in the direction in which heat is generated i.e., in this case, the backward reaction will be favored over the forward reaction. Consequently, the yield of NO will be reduced.

Effect Of Catalyst On Equilibrium

A catalyst has no role in the equilibrium of a reaction. At a given temperature, when a reaction is conducted separately in the presence and the absence of a catalyst, the composition of the equilibrium mixture formed in either case remains the same. This is because the catalyst increases the rates of the forward and backward reactions equally.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The catalyst functions to make the attainment of equilibrium faster by accelerating the rates of both the forward and reverse reactions to the same extent. The yield of product in a reaction cannot be increased with the use of a catalyst.

Effect of addition of inert gas on equilibrium

At constant temperature, adding an inert gas (He, Ne, Ar, etc.) to an equilibrium reaction system can be done at constant volume or pressure.

Effect of addition of inert gas at constant volume: At constant temperature, keeping the volume fixed, when an inert gas is added to a reaction system at equilibrium, the total number of molecules (or moles) in the system increases. So, the total pressure of the system increases, but the partial pressure of the components does not change. Hence, the equilibrium of the system remains undisturbed.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Effect of addition of inert gas at constant pressure: Keeping both temperature & pressure fixed, the addition of inert gas to a reaction system at equilibrium causes an increase in the volume of the system (because the total number of moles in the system increases) with a consequent decrease in partial pressures of the components.

So, the sum of the partial pressures of the reactants and the products also decreases. In this situation, equilibrium will shift in a direction that increases the volume of the reaction system i.e., the number of molecules in the reaction system.

Depending on An, three situations may arise—

Equlibrium Effect Of Addition Of Inert Gas At Constant Pressure

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At 986°C, 3 mol of H2O(g) and 1 mol of CO(g) react with each other according to the reaction, CO(g) + H2O(g)⇌CO2(g) + H2(g). At equilibrium, the total pressure of the reaction mixture is found to be 2.0 atm. If Kc = 0.63 (at 986°C), then at equilibrium find O the number of moles of H2(g), 0 the partial pressure of each of the gases.
Answer: Let, a decrease in several moles of H2O(g) be x after the reaction attains equilibrium. Consequently, number of moles of CO also decreases by x. According to the reaction, each of CO2(g) and H2(g) increases by x number of moles.

Therefore, number of moles of different substances will be as follows:

So, the total number of moles of different substances at equilibrium =1-x+3-x+x+x = 4

Partial pressures of different substances at equilibrium:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& p_{\mathrm{CO}}=\frac{(1-x)}{4} \times 2=\frac{1}{2}(1-x) ; \\
& p_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=\left(\frac{3-x}{4}\right) \times 2=\frac{1}{2}(3-x)
\end{aligned}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(p_{\mathrm{CO}_2}=\left(\frac{x}{4}\right) \times 2=\frac{x}{2} ; p_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\left(\frac{x}{4}\right) \times 2=\frac{x}{2}\)

In the given reaction, Δn = 0.

Therefore, Kp – Kc = 0.63.

In the given, ,K_p=\(\frac{p_{\mathrm{CO}_2} \times p_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{p_{\mathrm{CO}} \times p_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}}\)

⇒ \(\text { So, } 0.63=\frac{\left(\frac{x}{2}\right) \times\left(\frac{x}{2}\right)}{\left(\frac{1-x}{2}\right) \times\left(\frac{3-x}{2}\right)}=\frac{x^2}{(1-x) \times(3-x)}\)

or, x2= 0.63×2- 2.52x+ 1.89

or, x2 + 6.81x- 5.108 = 0 x = 0.681

∴ At equilibrium, the number of moles of H2(g) = 0.68

∴ At equilibrium \(p_{\mathrm{CO}}=\frac{1}{2}(1-0.681)=0.1595 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& p_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=\frac{1}{2}(3-0.681)=1.1595 \mathrm{~atm} \\
& p_{\mathrm{CO}_2}=p_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{0.681}{2}=0.3405 \mathrm{~atm}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 2. For the reaction, N2O4(g), and – 2NO4(g) occurring in a closed vessel at 300K, the partial pressures of N2O4(g) and NO2(g) at equilibrium are 0.28 atm and 1.1 atm respectively. What will be the partial pressures of these gases if the volume of the reaction system is doubled keeping the temperature constant?
Answer: Equilibrium constant, \(K_p=\frac{\left(p_{\mathrm{NO}_2}\right)^2}{p_{\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4}}=\frac{(1.1)^2}{0.28}=4.32\)

If the volume of the reaction system is doubled at constant temperature, then partial pressures of N2O4 and NO2 will decrease to half of their initial values. Therefore, partial pressures of N2O4 and NO2 will be 0.14 and 0.55 atm respectively. So, the equilibrium of the reaction will be disturbed. Now, according to Le Chaterlier’s principle, a reaction will attain a new equilibrium by shifting to the right because in such a case the number of moles as well as the volume will increase.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Let, at the new equilibrium, the partial pressure of N2O4(g) decreases to p atm. According to the equation, the partial pressure of NO2(g) will increase to 2p atm. Therefore, at a new equilibrium, the partial pressure of each of the component gases will be:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{rrr}
& \mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4(g) \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{NO}_2(g) \\
\text { Partial pressure at new } & & \\
\text { equilibrium }(\mathrm{atm}): & 0.14-p & 0.55+2 p
\end{array}\)

⇒ \(K_p=\frac{\left(p_{\mathrm{NO}_2}\right)^2}{p_{\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4}}=\frac{(0.55+2 p)^2}{(0.14-p)}=4.32\)

Or, 4p2 + 2.2p + 0.3025 = 4.32(0.14-p) = 0.6048-4.32p

or, p2+ 1.63p- 0.0755 = 0

∴ p = 0.045 atm

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

So, at new equilibrium, partial pressure of N2O4(g) = (0.14-0.045) atm = 0.095 atm and partial pressure of NO2 = (0.55 + 2 X 0.045) atm = 0.64 atm

Question 3. PCl6(g)⇌PCl3(g) + Cl2(g); Kp=1.8 At 250°C if 50% of PC15 dissociates at equilibrium then what should be the pressure of the reaction system?
Answer: Let the initial number of moles of PCl52g) be a. At equilibrium, 50% dissociation of PCl5(g) will occur if the pressure of the reaction system = P atm. After 50% dissociation of PCl5(g), the number of moles of PCl5(g) decreases by an amount of 0.5a, and for PCl3(g) and Cl2(g) it increases by 0.5a. So at equilibrium:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\mathrm{PCl}_5(g) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{PCl}_3(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \\
\text { Number of moles: } \quad a-0.5 a=0.5 a & 0.5 a \quad 0.5 a
\end{array}\)

At equilibrium, total no. moles = 0.5a + 0.5a + 0.5a = 1.5a

∴ At equilibrium, partial pressure of different components \(\text { are, } p_{\mathrm{PCl}_5}=\frac{(0.5 a)}{(1.5 a)} P=\frac{P}{3} ; p_{\mathrm{PCl}_3}=\frac{P}{3} \text { and } p_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}=\frac{P}{3}\)

Equilibrium constant of the reaction \(K_p=\frac{p_{\mathrm{PCl}_3} \times p_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}}{p_{\mathrm{PCl}_5}}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

So at 5.4 atm pressure, 50% of PCl5(g) will be dissociated at 250°C.

Question 4. At a particular temperature and 0.50 aim pressure, NH) Ami some amount of .solid NH4Hs arc present In a rinsed container. Solid NH3(g) dissociates to give NH4(g) and H2S(g). At equilibrium, the total pressure of (ho reaction-mixture Is found to be 0.8 1 atm. Hud the value of the equilibrium constant of this reaction at that temperature.
Answer: Reaction: NH4HS(s)⇌NH3(g) + H2S(g)

Prom the reaction, it is dear that, ) mol NM4HS(s) dissociation produces 1 mol NH(g) and 1 mol HS(g). So, at a particular temperature and volume, the partial pressure of NHa(g) and I H2S(g) will be the same and independent of the amount of NH4HS(s).

Let, partial pressure of H2S(g) at equilibrium =p atm. Therefore, partial pressure of NH3(g) and H2S(g) at Initial stage and at equilibrium arc as follows:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
& \mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{HS}(s) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}(\mathrm{~g}) \\
\text { Initial pressure }(\mathrm{atm}): & 0.5 & 0 \\
\text { Equilibrium pressure }(\mathrm{atm}): & 0.5+p \quad p \\
\text { At equilibrium, total pressure of reaction mixture }
\end{array}\)

∴ 0.5 + 2p = 0.04 or, p = 0.17 atm

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

∴ At equilibrium, partial pressure of NH3,

pNH3 = (0.5 + 0.17) atm =0.67 atm and partial pressure of

H2S,PH2S = 0.17 atm

So, the equilibrium constant of the reaction, Kp = PNH3 X PH20 = 0.67 X 0.17 = 0.1139 atm2

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Ionic Equilibrium Introduction

The compounds that conduct electricity in a molten state or solution and dissociate chemically into new substances are called electrolytes. Various acids (e.g., HC1, HNO3, H2SO4), bases (e.g., NaOH, KOH), and salts (e.g., NaCl, KC1, CuSO4, AgNOg) dissolve in water to conduct electricity. Hence, these are electrolytes.

On the other hand, substances that are unable to conduct electricity either in a molten state or in solution are known as non-electrolytes. Glucose, sugar, alcohol, benzene, etc., are examples of non-electrolytes. In an aqueous solution (or in a molten state), electrolytes undergo spontaneous dissociation or ionization to produce positively and negatively charged particles or ions.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

This is known as electrolytic dissociation or ionization. The ions can conduct electricity in the solution. In a particular solvent and at a certain temperature and concentration, the degree of dissociation or ionization of any electrolytic substance depends on the nature of that substance. The fraction of the total amount of dissolved electrolyte that exists in a dissociated or ionized state is called the degree of dissociation or ionization.

Depending on the degree of ionization in an aqueous solution, electrolytes can be classified into two categories Strong electrolytes and Weak electrolytes. The electrolytes which dissociate almost completely in aqueous solution at all concentrations are called strong electrolytes.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Strong acids (e.g., HC1, HNO3, H2SO4 ), strong bases (e.g., NaOH, KOH), and most of the salts (e.g., NaCl, KC1, NH4C1, CuSO4 ) are strong electrolytes. Electrolytes that dissociate partially aqueous solution are called weak electrolytes.

Some salts (Example- BaSO4, HgCl2), most of the organic acids (example HCOOH, CHgCOOH ), a few in organic bases (example Fe(OH)3, NH3 ), and some inorganic acids (e.g., HCN, H2CO3 ) are weak electrolytes. In aqueous solutions, strong electrolytes undergo almost complete ionization. Hence, such ionisations are represented by a single arrow(→). For example— NaCl(ag)- Na+(ag) + Cl-(ag); HCl(ag)→H+(ng) + Cl-{aq).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

On the other hand, weak electrolytes undergo partial ionization in aqueous solution. Hence, such ionisations are reversible. Consequently, in an aqueous solution of weak electrolytes, a dynamic equilibrium exists between the dissociated ions and unionized molecules. This is known as ionic equilibrium.

Due to its irreversible nature, such ionisations are represented by double arrows(→). For example—HCN(ag)⇒H+(ag) + CN-(ag); CH3COOH(ag) CH3COO-(ag) + H+(ag)

Acids And Bases

Acids and bases according to Arrhenius’s theory

Acids Hydrogen-containing compounds that ionize in an aqueous solution to produce H+ ions are called acids.

Example: The hydrogen-containing compounds such as HC1, HNO3, H2SO4, CH3COOH, etc., ionize in aqueous solutions to form H+ ions. Thus, these compounds are acids according to Arrhenius’s theory.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Bases A compound that ionizes in an aqueous solution to produce hydroxyl ions (OH-) is called a base.

Example: The compounds such as NaOH, KOH, Ca(OH)2 NH4OH, etc., ionize in aqueous solution to produce OH’ ions and hence are termed as bases according to Arrhenius theory.

  1. NaOH(ag) Na+(ag) + OH-(aq)
  2. KOH(ag)→ K+(aq) + OH-(aq)
  3. Ca(OH)2(aq)→ Ca2+{aq) + 20H-(aq)
  4. NH4OH(aq)→ NH+(aq) + OH-(aq)

Limitations of Arrhenius theory: Arrhenius theory is useful for defining acids and bases. It explains the acid-base neutralization reaction by the simple equation: H3O+(a<7) + OH-(aq)→2H2O(Z). However, there are certain limitations of this theory.

  1. According to this theory, the presence of water is essential for a compound to exhibit its acidic or basic properties. However, the fact that acidic or basic property of a compound is its characteristic property, which is independent of the presence of water.
  2. The acidic or basic properties of a substance that is insoluble in water cannot be explained by this theory.
  3. The acidity or basicity of any compound in non-aqueous solvents cannot be explained by Arrhenius’s theory. For example, the acidity of NH4C1 orbasicity of NaNH2 in liquid
    ammonia cannot be explained by this theory.
  4. According to Arrhenius’s theory, compounds containing only hydroxyl ions are considered as bases. Consequently, the basicity of ammonia (NH3), methylamine (CH3NH2), aniline (C6H5NH2), etc., cannot be explained by this theory.
  5. According to Arrhenius’s theory, only the hydrogen-containing compounds that ionize in aqueous solution to produce H+ ions are considered acids. Consequently, the acidity of compounds such as PC15, BF3, and A1C13 cannot be explained by this theory.

Acids And Bases According To Bronsted Lowry Concept (Protonic Theory)

Definitions of acids and- bases according to the theory proposed by J.N. Bronsted and T.M. Lowry are given below:

  1. Acid: An acid is a substance that can donate a proton (or H+ ion)
  2. Base: A base is a substance that can accept a proton (or J+ ions)

So, according to this theory, an acid is a proton donor and a base is a proton acceptor.

Example: HCl(aq) + H2O(aq)→H3O+(aq) + Cl-(aq)

In this reaction, HC1 donates one proton, behaving as acid, while H20 accepts a proton, behaving as a base.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

According to this theory, apart from the mill compounds (HCI, HNO3, CH3COOH, etc cations example; NH+4, C6H5NH+3,[Fe(H2O)6]3, [A](H2O)6]3+, etc.) and anions (example HSO-4, HCO-3, HC2O-4, etc.] and The acidic properties of these three types of substances are shown by the following reactions ;

  1. CH3COOOH(aq)+ H2O(l) ⇌ H3O+(aq)+CH3COO-(aq)
  2. H2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)⇌ 2H3O(aq)+SO2-4(aq)
  3. NH+4{aq) H- H2O(/)⇌ H3O+(aq) +NH3(aq)
  4. [Fe(H2O)6]3+(H2O) + H2O(l)⇌
  5. [Fe(H2O)5OH]2(aq)+ H3O+(aq)
  6. H2PO-4(aq) + H2O(l)⇌ H3O+(aq)+HPO2-4(aq)

Similarly, apart from the neutral compounds (e.g., NH3, C6H5NH2, H2O, etc.), a large number of unions (e.g., OH-, CH3COO-, CO2-3, etc.) can act as a base,

The following reactions indicate the basic properties of these two lands of substances:

  1. CH3COO-(aq) + H2O(l)⇌ CH3COOH(aq) + OH-(aq)
  2. NH3(aq) +H2O(l)⇌NH+4(aq) + OH-(aq)
  3. HPO2-4-(aq) + H2O(l)⇌ (aq) + OH-(aq)

Concept of conjugate acid-base pair:

Concept of conjugate acid-base pair Definition: A pair of species (a neutral compound and the Ion produced from it or, an ion and a neutral compound formed from it or, an ion and the other ion produced from it) having a difference of one proton is called a conjugate acid-base pair.

Examples: (H2O, H3O+), (H2POJ, HPO2-4), (CH3COO-, CH3COOH ), etc., are some examples of conjugate acid-base pairs.

Explanation: To get an idea about conjugate acid-base pair, let us consider the ionization of CH3COOH in an aqueous solution:

CH3CO2H(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌CH3CO2 (aq) + H3O+(aq)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Since CH3COOH is a weak acid, it undergoes partial ionization in the solution, and the above equilibrium is tints established. In the forward reaction, the CH3COOH molecule donates a proton (H+ion) which is accepted by the H2O molecule.

Therefore, according to the Bronsted-Lowry concept, CH2COOH is an acid and H2O is a base. In the reverse reaction, the H3O+ ion donates a proton which is accepted by a CH3COO- ion. Therefore, in the reverse reaction, H3O+ ion acts as an acid and CH3COO- as a base.

⇒ \(\underset{\text { acid }}{\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CO}_2 \mathrm{H}}(a q)+\underset{\text { base }}{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}(l) \underset{\text { base }}{\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CO}_2^{-}(a q)}+\underset{3}{\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}}(a q) \cdots[1]\)

In equation [1], CH3COO- ion is the conjugate base of CH6COOH and CH3COOH is the conjugate acid of CH3COO- ion. Hence, (CH3COOH, and CH6COCT) constitute a conjugate acid-base pair.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Similarly, in equation (1), H2O is the conjugate base of the H3O+ ion and the H3O+ ion is the conjugate acid of H2O. Therefore, (H3O+, H2O ) constitutes a conjugate acid-base pair.

An acid donates a proton to produce a conjugate base and a base accepts a proton to produce a conjugate acid. The conjugate base of an acid has one fewer proton than the acid. On the other hand, the conjugate acid of the base has one more proton than the base

Equlibrium The Conjugate Acid Of A Base Has One More Proton Than The Base

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Acid Conjugate Base

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Base-Acid Conjugate acid

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Strength of conjugate acid-base pair or Bronsted acid-base pair in aqueous solution:

The stronger an acid, the greater its ability to donate a proton. Similarly, a base with greater proton-accepting ability exhibits stronger basicity.

  1. The acids HC1, HNO3, H2SO4, etc., undergo complete ionization in aqueous solution to form H3O+ ions and the corresponding conjugate bases. Hence, these are considered strong acids in an aqueous solution. In an aqueous solution, the conjugate base produced from a strong acid has less tendency than H2O to accept a proton. Therefore in an aqueous solution, the conjugate base of a strong acid is found to be very weak.
  2. The acids HF, HCN, CH6COOH, HCOOH, etc., undergo slight ionization in an aqueous solution to produce H2O+ions and the corresponding conjugate bases. As these acids have little tendency to donate protons in aqueous solution, they are called weak acids.
  3. In an aqueous solution, the conjugate base produced from a weak acid has more tendency’ than H2O to accept a proton. Therefore, in aqueous solution, the conjugate base of a weak add is found to be stronger than H2O.
  4. In aqueous solution, strong bases like NH2, O2-, H” etc., react completely with water to form their corresponding conjugate adds and OH- ions. These conjugate acids are later than H20. Hence, in aqueous solution, the conjugate acid of a strong base is very weak. On the other hand, in an aqueous solution, weak bases like NH3, CH3NH2, etc., react partially with water to produce the corresponding conjugate acids and OH- ions. These conjugate acids are stronger than H2O. Therefore, in an aqueous solution, the conjugate acid of a weak base is strong.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The conjugate acid of a strong base has little tendency to accept protons. On the other hand, the conjugate acid of a weak base has a high tendency to accept protons.

Acid-base neutralization reactions according to Bronstedlowry concept: According to Bronsted-Lowry concept, in an acid-base neutralization reaction, a proton from an acid molecule gets transferred to a molecule of a base.

As a result, the acid converts to its conjugate base, and the base changes to its conjugate acid by accepting a proton.

Equlibrium Conjugate Pair

Example:

Equlibrium Limitations Of Bronsted Lowry Concept

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Limitations of Bronsted-Lowry concept: With the help of this theory, the reaction of an acid with a base is explained in terms of the gain or loss of proton(s). However, there are many acid-base reactions in which the exchange of proton(s) does not take place. Such types of acid-base reactions cannot be explained by this theory.

The acidic properties of many non-metallic oxides (for example; CO2, SO2 ) and basic properties of many metallic oxides (for example; CaO, BaO) cannot be explained with the help of the Bronsted-Lowry concept. Also, the acidic properties of BF3, A1C12, SnCl2, etc., cannot be explained with the help of this theory.

Lewis’s Concept Of Acids And Bases

On the electronic theory of valency, scientist Gilbert N. Lewis proposed the following definitions of acids and bases.

Acid: An acid is a substance which can accept a pair of electrons

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Examples: The compounds that have a central atom with incomplete octets can act as Lewis acids, such as BF3 BC13, A1C13, etc.

Equlibrium Example 1 the compounds Which have A Central Atom

In some compounds due to the presence of vacant orbitals in the central atom, the octet can be expanded. These compounds can also behave as Lewis acids, such as PCl3, SnCl3, SiF4, etc.

SiF4 (Lewis acid) + 2F’ (Lewis base) → [SiF6]2-

Cations like H+, Ag+, Cu2+, Fe3+, Al3+, etc., behave as Lewis acids.

Equlibrium Example 2 the compounds Which have A Central Atom

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Molecules containing multiple bonds between two atoms of different electronegativities behave as Lewis acids, such as CO2, SO2, etc.

Equlibrium Example 4 the compounds Which have A Central Atom

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Base: A base Is a Substance that can donate a pair of electrons

Example: Compounds that contain an atom having one or more lone pairs of electrons behave as Lewis bases, such as NH3, H2O: CH3OH, etc.

Anions like NH-2, Cl-, I-, OH-, CN- etc., are considered as Lewis bases.

A Lewis add is an acceptor of a pair of electrons and forms a coordinate bond with a Lewis base.

A Lewis base is a donor of a pair of electrons and forms a coordinate bond with Lewis acid.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Limitations of Lewis’s concept:

  1. This concept provides no idea regarding the relative strengths of acids and bases.
  2. This theory contradicts the general concept of acids by considering BF3 A1C13, and simple cations as acids.
  3. The behaviour ofprotonic adds such as HC1, H2SO4 etc., cannot be explained by this concept. These acids do not form coordinate bonds with bases which is the primary requirement Lewis concept.
  4. Normally, the formation of coordination compounds is slow, therefore acid-base reactions should also be slow, but acid-base reactions are extremely fast, this cannot be explained by the Lewis concept.

Degree Of Ionisation And Ionisation Constant Of Weak Electrolyte

Weak electrolytes partially dissociate into ions in solutions and there always exists a dynamic equilibrium involving the dissociated ions and the undissociated molecules.

This state of equilibrium is called an ionic equilibrium. The equilibrium constant associated with an ionic equilibrium is known as the ionization or dissociation constant of the weak electrolyte.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Degree Of Ionisation

During the ionization of a solution of a weak electrolyte, the fraction of its total number of molecules that get dissociated at equilibrium is called the degree of ionization or dissociation of the electrolyte.

Degree of ionization of an electrolyte (α)= Number of dissociated molecules of the electrolyte at equilibrium/ Total number of molecules of the electrolyte.

Suppose, a fixed volume of solution contains 0.5 mol of a dissolved electrolyte. If 0.2 mol of this electrolyte gets dissociated at equilibrium, then the degree of dissociation (a) O2 of the electrolyte \(=\frac{0.2}{0.5}=0.4\), i.e., 40 % of the electrolyte exists in an ionized state in the solution.

As strong electrolytes dissociate completely in solutions, their degree of dissociation (a)= 1 but, the degree of dissociation of weak electrolytes is always less than 1.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Ionization or dissociation constant of weak electrolytes: Let us consider the following equilibrium which is established by a weak AB because of its partial ionization in water

⇒ \(\mathrm{AB}(a q) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{A}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{B}^{-}(a q)\)

Applying the law of mass action to the equilibrium we have equilibrium constant, K,\(K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{A}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{B}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{AB}]}\)

where [A+], [B-], and [AB] are the molar concentrations (mol L-1) of A+, B-, and AB, respectively at equilibrium.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

K represents the ionization or dissociation constant of the weak electrolyte AB. The value of equilibrium constant (K) changes well with a variation of temperature,  at a constant uimporniure, It has a fixed value.

Oslwald’s dilution law

Let the initial concentration (before dissociation) of an aqueous solution of a weak electrolyte ΔH he c mold- 1,

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The following equilibrium Is established due to partial dissociation of ΔH in an aqueous solution: ΔH(aq) Δ+(aq)+ B-(aq) Suppose, at equilibrium, the degree of ionization or dissociation of ΔH is a.

So, a mol of ΔH on Its ionization will result In a mol of Δ1 Ion and a mol of H- Ions. The number of moles of AB that remain unlonloniscd is (l — α).

Hence at equilibrium, the molar concentrations of different species will be as follows:

Equlibrium Ostwald's Dillution Law

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

By applying the law of mass action to this equilibrium, we get equilibrium constant \((K)=\frac{\left[\mathrm{A}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{B}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{AB}]}=\frac{\alpha c \times \alpha c}{c(1-\alpha)}=\frac{\alpha^2 c}{1-\alpha} \cdots[1]\)

Equation [1] represents the mathematical expression of Ostwald’s dilution law. The equilibrium constant (K) is called the Ionisation constant of the weak electrolyte, AB. At ordinary concentration, the value of the degree of dissociation (a) of a weak electrolyte is generally very small. So, (1 – a) s: 1 . With this approximation equation [1] can be written as, \(K=\alpha^2 c \quad \text { or, } \quad \alpha=\sqrt{\frac{K}{\boldsymbol{c}}}\)

Equation [2] is the simplified mathematical expression of Ostwald’s dilution law Conclusion,’ From equation [2), it can be concluded that—

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The degree of dissociation (or) of a weak electrolyte in a solution is inversely proportional to the square root of the concentration of the solution (since at constant temperature, K has a definite value).

So, at a fixed temperature, the degree of dissociation of a weak electrolyte in its solution increases with the decrease in the concentration of the solution and decreases with the caraway in the concentration of the solution, It roof of weak electrolyte remains dissolved In 6, of the solution, then the molar concentration of the solution, \(c=\frac{1}{V}.\) Substituting \(c=\frac{1}{V} .\) In equation [2], we have a Thin equation showing that when v Increases (as happens when the solution Is diluted), the degree of dissociation of the electrolyte also Increases.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Ostwald’s dilution law: At a certain temperature, the degree of Ionisation of a weak electrolyte in a solution Is Inversely proportional to the square root of the molar concentration of the solution.

Or, At a certain temperature, the degree of ionization of a weak electrolyte In a solution is directly proportional to the square root of the volume of the solution containing mol of the electrolyte.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Limitation of Ostwald’s dilution law: Ostwald’s dilution law applies to weak electrolytes only. As strong electrolytes ionize almost completely at all concentrations, this law does not apply to them.

Ionization or dissociation constant of a weak acid and concentration of H30+ ions in its aqueous solution

Weak acids partially dissociate into ions in aqueous solutions, and there always exists a dynamic equilibrium involving the dissociated ions and the undissociated molecules. Like any other equilibrium, such type of equilibrium also has an equilibrium constant, known as the ionization or dissociation constant of the corresponding weak acid.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The ionization constant of a weak acid is designated by the Ionisation constant of a weak monobasic acid: Let HA be a weak monobasic acid which on partial ionization in an aqueous solution forms the following equilibrium

HA(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌H3O+(aq) + A-(aq)

Using the law of mass action to the above equilibrium, we get equilibrium contract \(K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right]}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

where [H3O+], [A-], [HA], and [H20] represent the molar concentrations (mol-L-1) of H3O+, A-, HA, and H2O, respectively, at equilibrium in solution.

In the solution, the concentration of H2O is much higher than that of HA and its concentration does not change significantly due to partial ionization of HA. The concentration of H2O, therefore, remains constant.

⇒ \(\text { So, } K \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right]=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]}\)

Since [H2O] = constant, the Kx(H2O] constant is known as the ionization or dissociation constant of the weak acid and Is designated by ‘Ka’.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Therefore \(K_a=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+} \| \mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{II} \mathrm{A}]}\)

Significance of ionization constant of a weak acid:

Like any other equilibrium constant, the value of the ionization constant (Ka) of a weak acid is constant at a fixed temperature.

The higher the tendency of a weak acid HA to donate proton in water, the higher the concentration of H3O+ and A- ions at equilibrium in the solution.

Hence from equation (1), it can be said that the stronger the acid, the larger the value of its ionization constant.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

If the solutions of two monobasic acids have the same molar concentration, then the solution containing the acid with a larger value of Ka will have a higher concentration of H30+ ions than the other solution.

Ionization constants (Ka) of some weak monobasic acids at 25°C [in water]

Equlibrium Ionisation Constants (Ka) Of Some Weak Monobasic Acids At 25 C In Water

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The concentration of H3O+ ions in an aqueous solution of a weak monobasic acid: Let a weak acid HA on its partial ionization water form the following equilibrium:

HA(aq) + H2O(l)⇌ H3O+(aq) + A-(aq)

If the initial concentration of HA in its aqueous solution is Cmol-L-1 and the degree of ionization of HA at equilibrium is then the concentrations of different species nl equilibrium will be as follows:

(During ionization of a weak acid, the concentration of H20 remains unchanged.) Therefore, the Ionisation constant of the weak add HA,

⇒ \(K_a=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]}=\frac{c \alpha \times c \alpha}{c(1-\alpha)}=\frac{\alpha^2 c}{1-\alpha}\)

At ordinary concentration, the degree of dissociation (a) of a weak acid is negligible. So, (1 – or)1

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\text { Hence, } K_a=\alpha^2 c \text { or, } \alpha=\sqrt{\frac{K_a}{c}}\)

Therefore, if the concentration (c) of a weak monobasic acid and its ionization constant (Ka) are known, then the degree of ionization (a) of the acid can be calculated by using the equation [1].

Concentration of H3O+ ion [H3O+αc]

⇒ \(\text { or, }\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\alpha c=\sqrt{\frac{K_a}{c}} \times c=\sqrt{c \times K_a}\)

In an aqueous solution of a weak acid, if the concentration of the acid and its degree of ionization (or) are known, then the concentration of H3O+ ions in the solution can be calculated by using equation [2].

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Alternatively, if the concentration (c) of the acid and its ionization constant (Ka) is known, then the concentration of H3O+ ions can be calculated by using the equation [3].

Relative strengths of two weak monobasic acids: Let us consider the aqueous solutions of two weak acids HA and HA-, each with the same molar concentration of cool-L-1.

At a given temperature, if the ionization constants of HA and HA’ are Ka and K’a respectively and a and a are their degrees of ionization in their respective solutions, then

⇒ \(\alpha=\sqrt{\frac{K_a}{c}} \quad \text { and } \quad \alpha^{\prime}=\sqrt{\frac{K_a^{\prime}}{c}} \quad
\)

∴ \(\frac{\alpha}{\alpha^{\prime}}=\sqrt{\frac{K_a}{K_a^{\prime}}}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Therefore, at a particular temperature, if the molar concentrations of the solutions of two weak monobasic acids are the same, then the acid having a larger ionization constant will have a higher degree of ionization than the other.

The degree of dissociation (a) of a weak acid in its solution of a given concentration is a measure of its strength (or proton donating tendency). The higher the degree of dissociation of an acid in its solution, the stronger the acid.

It means that the strength of an acid in its solution is proportional to its degree of dissociation in the solution.

Hence, at a particular temperature, for a definite molar concentration \(\frac{\text { Strength of acid } \mathrm{HA}}{\text { Strength of acid } \mathrm{HA}^{\prime}}=\sqrt{\frac{K_a}{K_a^{\prime}}}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Ionization constant of weak polybasic acids: An acid with more than one replaceable H-atom is called a polybasic acid, e.g., H2C03, H3PO4, H2S. H2SO4 and H2S are dibasic acids as they have two replaceable H-atoms, whereas H3P04 is a tribasic acid as it has three replaceable hydrogen atoms. These acids dissociate in a series of steps, each of which attains an equilibrium and has its characteristic equilibrium constant.

Example: Ionisation of H3PO4 in water: In water, H3PO4 ionizes in the following three steps as it contains three replaceable hydrogen atoms:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_4(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}(a q) \\
& \text { Ionisation constant, } K_{a_1}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_4\right]}
\end{aligned}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}(a q) \\
& \text { Ionisation constant, } \boldsymbol{K}_{a_2}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}\right]}
\end{aligned}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}(a q) \\
& \text { Ionisation constant, } \boldsymbol{K}_{a_3}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}\right]}
\end{aligned}\)

Overall ionization constant, Ka = Ka1 x Ka2 x Ka3

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At constant temperature, Ka1 > Ka2 > Ka3 for a weak tribasic acid. Due to the electrostatic force of attraction, a singly charged anion (examples- or H2PO4) has less tendency to lose a proton than a neutral molecule (for example H2S ). Similarly, it is more difficult for a doubly charged anion (e.g., HPO2-4 ) to lose a proton than a singly charged anion.

Ionization or dissociation constant of a weak base and concentration of 0H- ions in its aqueous solution

When a weak base is dissolved in water, it reacts with water to form its conjugate acid and OH- ions. Eventually, an equilibrium involving the conjugate acid and unreacted base is established. Such an equilibrium has its characteristic equilibrium constant known as the ionization constant of the weak base. The ionization constant of weak basis is denoted by.

Ionisation Constant of a weak monoacidlc base: Let us consider an aqueous solution of a weak monoacidic base B. Since B is a weak base, a small nili fiber of molecules reacts with an equal number of H20 molecules to form the conjugate acid, BH+, and OH- ions.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

A dynamic equilibrium is thus established between BH+, OH- and unionized molecules as follows:

⇒ \(\mathrm{B}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{BH}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

Applying the law of mass action to the above equilibrium, we have, equilibrium constant \(K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{BH}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{B}]\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right]}\)

Where [BH+], [OH-], [B], and [H20] represent the molar concentrations of BH+, OH-, B, and H20 respectively, at equilibrium. In an aqueous solution, the concentration of H2O is much higher than that of B. Thus, any change in concentration that occurs because of the reaction of H2O with B can be neglected. So, [H2O] remains essentially constant.

So, \(K \times\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right]=\frac{\left[\mathrm{BH}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{B}]}\)

Since [H2O] = constant, K x [H2O] = constant This constant is known as the ionization constant of the weak base B and is denotedby’Kb ‘

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Therefore \(K_b=\frac{\left[\mathrm{BH}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{B}]}\)

Equation [1] expresses the ionization constant for the weak monoacidic base, B.

Significance of ionization constant of a weak base:

As in the case of other equilibrium constants, the ionization constant of a weak base (Kb) has a definite value at a particular temperature.

If the weak base, B, has a high tendency to accept protons in water, it reacts with water to a greater extent. This results in high concentrations of BH+ and OH- in the solution and gives rise to a large value of Kb for the base. Therefore, the larger the value of Kb for a weak base, the stronger the base.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At a certain temperature, if the aqueous solution of two weak bases has some molar concentration, then the solution containing the base with a larger value of Kb will have a higher concentration of OH” ions at equilibrium in the solution.

Equlibrium Ionisation Constants (Kb) Of Some Weak Monobasic Acids At 25 C In Water

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The concentration of OH- in an aqueous solution of a weak monoacidic base: Let a weak base, B on partial ionization in an aqueous solution form the following equilibrium:

B(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ BH+(aq) + OH-(aq)

Let the initial concentration of B in the aqueous solution be c mol-L-1. According to the above equation, at equilibrium, if the concentration of OH- is x mol-L-1, then the concentrations of BH+ & B will be x mol-L-1 and (c-x) mol-L-1 respectively because according to the given equation, 1 molecule of B and 1 molecule of H20 react to form one BH+ and one OH- ion.

Since the base is weak, a very small amount of it reacts with water. So, x is negligible in comparison to c, and hence c-xx.

⇒ \(K_b=\frac{x^2}{c} \quad \text { or, } x=\sqrt{K_b \times c}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Therefore, in an aqueous solution of the weak base, B \(\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\sqrt{K_b \times c}\)

If the ionization constant (Kb) of a monoacidic weak base and the concentration (c) of its aqueous solution are known, then the concentration of OH- ions in the solution can be determined with the help of equation [1].

Determination of [H3O+] in a solution of strong acid and [OH-] in a solution of a strong base

Strong acids (e.g., HCl, HBr, HC1O4, HNOs, H2SO2) and strong bases [e.g., NaOH, KOH, Ca(OH)2] completely ionize in their aqueous solutions. Hence, the concentration of H30+ ions (or, OH- ions) in the aqueous solution of a strong acid (or a strong base) can be calculated from the initial concentration of the acid (or base) in the solution.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

When the concentration of the solution is in ‘molar’ unit: Suppose, the molarity of an aqueous solution of a strong acid (or base) is M. If each acid (or base) molecule in the solution produces x H30+ (or OH-) ions, then in the case of solution of an acid, [H3O+] = x M and in the case of solution of a base [OH-] = x x M.

Examples: 1 molecule of strong monobasic acid on its ionization (HCl, HBr, HC104, HNO3, etc.) gives an H3O+ ion. Hence, in such a solution, the molar concentration of H30+ ions = the molar concentration of the acid solution.

For example, the molar concentration of H3O+ ions in 0.1(M) HC1 or HNO3 solution = 0.1(M). Each molecule of a strong dibasic acid (for example H2SO4) on its ionization produces two H3O+ ions.

Therefore, in such a solution, [HsO+] =2x molar concentration of the solution. For example, in 0.1(M) H2SO4 solution, [H3O+] =2×0.1= 0.2(M).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Similarly, in 0.1(M) NaOH solution, [OH-] =0.1(M) and in O.l(M) Ca(OH)2 solution, [OH-] =2x 0.1 = 0.2(M).

When the concentration of the solution is in ‘normal unit: If the concentration of a solution of strong acid (or base) is given in ‘normal’ unit, then the concentration of H3O+ (or OH- ) ion in that solution will be equal to the normal concentration of the solution.

Example 1. The concentration of H3O+ ionizing.l(N) H2SO4 solution= 0.1(N). Since the H3O+ ion is monovalent, the molar concentration of the H2O+ ion in 0.1(N) H2SO4 solution is 0.1(M).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The concentration of OH- ion in 0.1(N) Ca(OH)2 solution= 0.1(N). Since OH- is monovalent, the molar concentration of OH- ion in 0.1(N) Ca(OH)2 solution= 0.1(M) Normality of a solution =nx Molarity; where n= basicity in case of an acid; acidity in case of a base; total valency location (or anion) per formula unit in case of a salt.

Examples: 1 (M) HC1 = 0.1(N) HC1 solution.

Since the basicity of Hcl =1

0.1(M) H2SO4 = 2 x 0.1 = 0.2 (N)H2SO4 solution.

Since Basicity Of H2SO4 =2

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

0.1(M) H2SO4 = 2 x 0.1 = 0.2 (N)H2SO4 solution.

Since Acidity Of CO(OH2)=2

0.1(M) Ca2+ = 2 X 0.1= 0.2 (N) Ca2+

Since Valency Of Ca2+ in its salt =2

0.1(M)Al2(SO4)3 solution = 6 x 0.1 = 0.6(N) A12(SO4)3 solution [Y in each molecule of AL2(SO4)3, total valency of cation (Al3+) or anion (SO-) = Number of ions of Al3+(or SOl-) x Valency of Al3+ (or SOl-) =6]

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Numerical Examples

Question 1. At 25°C temperature, the molar concentrations of NH3, NH+4 and OH- at equlibrium are 9.6 X 10-3(M), 4.0 x 10-4(M) and 4.0 X 10-4(M) respectively. Determine the ionization constant of NH3 at that temperature.
Answer: In aqueous solution of NH3, the following equilibrium is established
\(\mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

∴ Ionisation Constant Of NH3, Kb = \(=\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_4^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_3\right]}\)

As [NH3] = 9.6×10-3+(m),

[NH+4] = 4.0 X 10-4(M) and [OH-] = 4.0 x 10-4(M)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(K_b=\frac{\left(4 \times 10^{-4}\right) \times\left(4 \times 10^{-4}\right)}{9.6 \times 10^{-3}}=1.67 \times 10^{-5}\)

Question 2. A 0.1(M) solution of acetic acid is 1.34% ionized at 25°C Calculate the ionization constant of the acid.
Answer: We know, the ionization constant of a weak monobasic acid example CH3COOH is \(K_a=\frac{\alpha^2 c}{1-\alpha}\) where- a = degree of ionization and c = initial concentration of the acid solution.

As \(\alpha=\frac{1.34}{100}=1.34 \times 10^{-2} \text { and } c=0.1(\mathrm{M})\)

⇒ \(K_a=\frac{\alpha^2 c}{1-\alpha}=\frac{\left(1.34 \times 10^{-2}\right)^2 \times 0.1}{\left(1-1.34 \times 10^{-2}\right)}=1.82 \times 10^{-5}\)

∴ At 25°C, ionisation constant of CH3COOH = 1.82 x 10-5

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 3. In a 0.01(M) acetic acid solution, the degree of ionization of acetic acid is 4.2%. Determine the concentration of HgO+ ions in that solution
Answer: Acetic acid is a weak monobasic acid. In such a solution, [H30+] = ac; where, c and a are the initial concentration of the acid and its degree of ionization respectively.

⇒ \(\text { As } \alpha=\frac{4.2}{100}=4.2 \times 10^{-2} \text { and } c=0.01(\mathrm{M}) \text {, }\) in 0.01(M) acetic acid solution.

[H3O+] =ac = 4.2 X IQ-2 X 0.01 = 4.2 x 10-4 (M)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 4. The value of the ionization constant of pyridine (C6H6N) at 25°C is 1.6 X 10-9. what is the concentration of OH- ions in a 0.1(M) aqueous solution of pyridine at that temperature
Answer: Pyridine is a monoacidic base. In aqueous solutions of such bases \(\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\sqrt{c \times K_b}\); where c = initial concentration of the base and Kb = ionization constant of the weak base.

As c = 0.1(M) and Kb = 1.6 x 10-9 in 0.1(M) aqueous pyridine solution,

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\sqrt{0.1 \times 1.6 \times 10^{-9}}=1.26 \times 10^{-5}(\mathrm{M}) .\)

Question 5. At 25°C, the value of the ionization constant of a weak monobasic acid, HAis 1.6 X 10-4. What is the degree of ionization of HA in its 0.1(M) aqueous solution?
Answer: Degree of ionization of weak monobasic acid (a) \(=\sqrt{\frac{K_a}{c}}.\)

Given, c = 0.1(M) and Ka = 1.6 x 10-4

The degree of ionisation of HA in its 0.1(M) aqueous solution \(=\sqrt{\frac{K_a}{c}}=\sqrt{\frac{1.6 \times 10^{-4}}{0.1}}=0.04\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

∴ Degree of ionisation of HA in its 0.1(M) aqueous solution = 0.04 x 100%= 4%

Question 6. Ionisation constant of ammonia is 1.8 x 10-5 at 25°C. Calculate the degree of ionization of ammonia in its 0.1(M) aqueous solution at that temperature.
Answer: NH3 is a weak monoacidic base. In aqueous solutions degree of ionization (a) of such base \(=\sqrt{\frac{\kappa_b}{c}}.\) As c = 0.1(M) and k’b = 1.8 x 10-5 tire degree of ionisation of NH3 in its 0.1(M) aqueous solution \(=\sqrt{\frac{1.8 \times 10^{-5}}{0.1}}=0.0134=0.0134 \times 100 \%=1.34 \%\)

Ionic Product Of Water

Pure water is a very poor conductor of electricity, indicating its verylow ionization. Due to the die self-ionization of pure water, H+ and OH- ions are formed and the following dynamic equilibrium involving H+, OH- ions, and unionized water molecules is established:

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

Applying the mass action to this equilibrium, we get

⇒ \(K_d=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}^2\right.}\)

where [H3O+], [OH ], and [H2O] are the molar concentrations of H3O+ OH (aq) and H2O(l) at equilibrium, respectively, and Kd is the ionization or dissociation constant of water.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

As the degree of ionization of water Is very small, its equilibrium concentration is almost the same as Its concentration before Ionisation. Thus, at equilibrium, [H2O]2 = constant.

From equation [1 ] we have, kd[H2O)2 = [H3O+] x [OH-] Since, [H2O]2 = constant, Kd X [H2O]2 = constant. This constant is called the Ionic product of water & is denoted by Kw.

therefore Kw=[H3O+] x[OH-]

Equlibrium Some Important Aspects Of Ionic Product Of Water

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Concentrations of H3O+and OH- in aqueous solution

Any aqueous solution, whether it is acidic or basic, always contains both H3O+ and OH ions. A concentrated acid solution also contains OH- ions although its concentration is much lower compared to H3O+ ions. Likewise, a concentrated alkali solution also contains H3O+ ions but with a much lower concentration than OH- ions.

On the other hand, in a neutral solution, the concentrations of H3O+ and OH ions are always the same. At a particular temperature, if the ionic product of water Kw, then for

\(\text { a neutral solution: }\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\sqrt{K_w}\) \(\text { an acidic solution: }\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]>\sqrt{K_w} \text { and }\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]<\sqrt{K_w}\) \(\text { a basic solution: }\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]<\sqrt{K_w} \text { and }\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]>\sqrt{K_w}\)

At 25°C, Kw = 10’14. So, at this temperature, in case of —

an acidic solution: [H3O+] > 10-7 mol.L-1 and [OH-] < 10-7 mol.L-1

a basic solution: [OH-] > 10-7 mol.L-1 and [H3O+] < 10-7 mol.L-1

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Determination of [H2O4] and [OH-] in aqueous solution:

At a particular temperature, if the value of and any one of [H3O+] or [OH-] are known, then the other can be determined using either of the following equations:

⇒ \(\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\frac{K_w}{\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]} \text {or, }\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\frac{K_w}{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]}\)

For example, in an aqueous solution at 25°C if [H3O+] = 10-4(M),

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\text { then }\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\frac{10^{-14}}{10^{-4}}=10^{-10}(\mathrm{M})\)

[since Kw(25C)=10-14]

PKw = pKw = -log10Kw At 25°C,Kw=10-14

Therefore, at 25°C, pKw = -log 10( 10-14) = 14.

Concept Of PH And PH Scale

In the case dilute solution of an acid or a base, the concentration of H30+ or OH’ ions Is generally expressed in terms of the negative power of 10.

For instance, the concentration of H3O+ negative power of 10. For instance, the concentration of H3O+ concentration of OH- ions In 0.0002(M) NaOH solution is 2 x 10-4 mol. L-1 . However, it is very inconvenient to express the concentration of H3O+ or OH- ions in terms of such negative power.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

To overcome such difficulty encountered in the case of dilute solutions, Sorensen introduced the system of expressing the concentration of H3O+ ions by pH (pH stands for Potein of hydrogen ion; the German word ‘Potenz’ means ‘power’).

Concept Of PH And PH Scale Definition: The ph of a solution is defined as the negative i logarithm to the 10 of Its H30′ Ion concentration In mol- 1,

Therefore, pH=-log 10[H3O+]

Example: If the concentration of If. O- Ions In a solution is 10-3(M), then all of the solution a-log10(10-3)=3

Important points to remember about all of the solutions:

pH – log10[H3O+1 . According to this equation, If (the concentration of Ions in a solution Increases, then the of the solution decreases, and vice-versa. Thus, the higher the value for a solution, [H3O+] lower the pH of the solution. Conversely, the lower the value for a solution, the higher the pH of the solution.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Example: If [H3O+ ] = 10-3 (M) In an aqueous solution, then all of the solution = 3. Now, If the solution Is diluted such that [H3O+ = 1()-G (M), then the pH of that solution increases and becomes 5.

If the pH of an aqueous solution is increased or decreased by one unit, then the concentration of H8O+ Ions In the solution undergoes a ten-fold decrease or increase in its value.

Example: Let the pH of an aqueous solution be 3. So, [H3O4] in the solution = 10-PW= 1()-:,(M). Now, by diluting the solution, If the pH of (lie solution Is made 4, then, the concentration of H3O+ ions i.e., H3O+ will be =10-P-= 10-I (M).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Hence, when the pH of (lie solution is increased by one unit, the concentration of H3O4 Ions In the solution decreases by a factor of ten. Similarly, the decrease In pH by one unit corresponds to a ten-fold Increase In [H3O4].] The acidity of a solution Increases with a decrease In pH and decreases with an Increase In pH.

The POH of a solution Is defined as the negative logarithm to the base 10 of Its OH- Ion concentration In mol- L-1.

Therefore POH = – log 10[OH-]

Important points about the pH of a solution:

  1. With a decrease or Increase In (lie concentration of OH- ions In the solution, the pOH of the solution Increases or decreases respectively
  2. The basicity of a solution increases with a decrease in pOH and decreases with an increase in pOH.

Relation holen pH, pOH, and pKw

At a fixed temperature, for pure water or an aqueous solution,| H3O+|x|OH-| as Kw

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Taking negative logarithms on both sides, we get

-log10[H3O+]-log10[OH-]= – log10 Kw Or, Ph+POH = pkw

Therefore, at a fixed temperature, for pure water or an aqueous solution, pH+POH= pk

At 25C, pKw = J 4. Hence, at 25°C, for pure water or any aqueous solution pH+POH =14

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Values of pH and pOH for pure water: Pure water is neutral. Hence, in pure water [H3O+1 = [OH-] \(\text { or, }-\log _{10}\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=-\log _{10}\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right] \text {or, } p \mathrm{HOH}\)

From the relation, pH + pOH = pKw, we have 2pH= 2pOH = pKw

or \(p H=p O H=\frac{1}{2} p K_w\)

At 25 °C, pKw = 14 . Hence, in the case of pure water at 25 °C,

⇒ \(p H=p O H=\frac{1}{2} \times 14=7\)

At 100°C, pKw = 1 2.26. Hence, in the case of pure water at 100 °C,

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(p H=p O H=\frac{1}{2} \times 12.26=6.13\)

pH of pure water at 100 °C is lower than that at 25 °C. Hence, at 100 °C, the molar concentration of H2O+ ions is higher than that at 25°C. However, this does not mean that pure water is acidic at 100 C. Because the concentration of H2O+ and OH- ions are always the same in pure water, it Is always neutral irrespective of temperature

pH of a basic solution

To calculate the pH of a basic solution, the equation pH + pOH = pK w is used. If the temperature is 25°C, then pKw = 14. Therefore, at 25°C, if the pOH of an aqueous solution lies at 3, then, pH = 14 -pOH =14-3 = 11.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

PH -scale

PH -scale Definition: The scale in terms of which the acidity or basicity of any aqueous solution is expressed by its pH value is called the pH scale.

Range of pH-scale at 25°C: Generally in dilute solution, the concentration of H3O+ or OH- ions is not more than 1mol-L-1. If in the solution, [H30+] = 1 mol-L-1, then pH = —log 10- = 0.

If in the solution, [OH-] = 1 mol-L-1, then [H30+] = 10-14 mol-L- [since At 25°C, Kw = 10-14]. Hence, for a dilute solution.

pH=-log 10-14=14

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Therefore, at 25 °C, the pH of a dilute aqueous solution ranges from 0 to 14.

Equlibrium PH- scale At 25C

Range of pW-scale vs. temperature: The value of pKw of water determines the range of pH -scale. Since the value of pKw varies with the temperature change, the range of pH -scale also changes with the temperature change.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The range of the pH -scale can generally be expressed in the following way:

Equlibrium Neutral Solution

The value of pKw decreases with an increase in temperature. As a result, the range of pH -scale also decreases. For instance, at 25°C, pKw = 14. Hence, at this temperature, the pH scale extends from 0 to 14. On the other hand, at 100°C, pKw = 12.26. Thus, at this temperature pH scale extends from 0 to 12.26. For a neutral aqueous solution at 25°C, pH = 7, and at 100°C, pH =6.13.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

a pH of neutral, acidic, and basic solutions at 25’C:

pH of neutral aqueous solution: In case of a neutral aqueous solution at 25°C, [H3O+]=[OH-] =, O-14

= 10-7 mol-L-1. Hence, for a neutral solution at 25°C, pH=-Iog10 [H3O+] =-log1010-7 = 7.

pH of aqueous acidic solution: In the case of an aqueous acidic solution at 25 °C, [H3O+] > 10-7 mol.L-1 or, -log10 [H3O+]<7 or, pH < 7.

pH of aqueous basic solution: For an aqueous basic solution at 25 °C, [H2O+] < 10-7 mol.L-1 or, -log10[H3O+] >7 or, pH> 7.

At 25 °C, Forneutralaqueoussolution: pH = 7

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

For acidic aqueous solution: pH< 7

Equlibrium Approximate Values Of PH Of Some Common Liquids

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The pH of a solution of a weak acid and that of a weak base

Weak acids or weak bases ionize partially in their aqueous solutions. So, the concentration of H3O+ or OH- ions in an aqueous solution of a weak acid or a weak base cannot be determined directly from their initial concentrations.

To determine the pH (or pOH) of a weak acid (or weak base), the initial concentration of the acid (or base) as well as the degree. of ionization of the add (or base) or ionization constant of the acid (or base) should be known.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Determination of a solution of a weak monobasic acid: Let a weak monobasic acid be HA. In an aqueous solution,

Hapartiallyionises to establish the given equilibrium: HA(a<7) + H2O(1) =H3O+(a<7) + A-(aq) If the initial concentration of HA = c (M), its degree of ionisation at equilibrium = a and its ionization constant

⇒ \(=K_a \text {, then }\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=\alpha c=\sqrt{\frac{K_a}{c}} \times c=\sqrt{c \times K_a}\)

∴ For HA, pH = -log10[H2O+] = -log10(orc)

⇒ \(\text { or, } p H=-\log _{10}\left(c \times K_a\right)^{1 / 2}=-\frac{1}{2} \log _{10} K_a-\frac{1}{2} \log c\)

∴ \(p H=\frac{1}{2} p K_a-\frac{1}{2} \log c\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Thus, if the initial concentration (c) of the solution and the degree of ionization (or) of the acid are known, the pH of the solution can be determined by applying equation (1) Or, from the knowledge of the initial concentration (c) of the solution and the ionization constant (Ka) of the acid at the experimental temperature, it is possible to determine the of that solution with the help of equation [2]

Since the ionization constant of a weak acid (or base) is very small similar to the concentration of H30+ (or OH-) ions in very dilute solutions, the ionization constant can also be expressed in terms of ‘p’ pKa = -log10Ka and pKb = -log10Kb.

So, a smaller value of Ka (or Kb) corresponds to a large value of pKa (or pKb) and vice-versa. The stronger an acid, the larger its Ka, and hence the smaller its pKa.

For this reason, between two weak acids, the one with a smaller value of pKa is stronger than the other in water. Similarly, between two weak bases, the one with a small value of pKb is stronger than the other in water.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Determination of pH of a solution of a weak monoacidic base: Let B be a weak monoacidic base. In an aqueous solution, B reacts with water and forms the following equilibrium.

⇒ \(\mathrm{B}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{BH}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

In aqueous solution \(\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\sqrt{c \times K_b}\)

∴ \(-\log _{10}\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=-\log _{10}\left(c \times K_b\right)^{1 / 2}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } p O H=-\frac{1}{2} \log _{10} K_b-\frac{1}{2} \log c\)

∴ \(p O H=\frac{1}{2} p K_b-\frac{1}{2} \log c\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Hence, if we know the initial concentration (c) of the weak monoacidic base in the solution and its ionization constant (Kb) at the experimental temperature, then we can calculate the pOH of the solution by applying equation (1).

Now, pH+ pOH = 14 [at 25°C]

∴ For a solution of weak monoacidic base, \(p H=14-p O H=14-\left(\frac{1}{2} p K_b-\frac{1}{2} \log c\right)\)

∴ \(p H=14-\frac{1}{2} p K_b+\frac{1}{2} \log c\)

Therefore, by putting the values of pKb and concentration (c) of the solution in equation (2), the pH of the solution can be determined.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

pH (or pOH) of an aqueous solution of acid (or base) having concentration <10-7(m)

It is apparent that for an aqueous solution of 10-7(M)HC1, pH = 7, and an aqueous solution of 0-8(M) NaOH, pOH = and i.e., pH = 14 -pOH = 14-8 = 6. However, these values are not acceptable because the pH of an acidic solution and the pOH of a basic solution are always less than 7. Similarly, the pOH of an acidic solution and the pH of a basic solution are always greater than 7.

Generally, in the calculation of the pH or pOH of an aqueous acidic or basic solution, the concentration of H3O+ or OH- ions produced by the ionization of water is considered to be negligible. However, we cannot neglect them when the concentration of the acidic or basic solutions is very small [<10-7 (M)].

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The total concentration of HgO+ ions in a very dilute aqueous acid solution = the concentration of H6O+ ions produced by the ionization of acid + the concentration of H6O+ ions produced by ionization of water. If the acid solution is calculated by using this total concentration of H3O+, then the value of pH is always found to be less than 7.

The total concentration of OH- ions in a very dilute aqueous base solution is the concentration of OH- ions produced by the ionization of base + the concentration of OH- ions produced by the ionization of water.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

If pOH of the baste solution is calculated by using this total concentration of OH-, then the value of pOH is always found to be less than 7.

Numerical Examples

Determine the pH of the following solutions:

  1. 0.01(N)
  2. HC1
  3. 0 0.05(M) H2SO4
  4. 0 0.001(N)
  5. H2SO4.

Answer: 0.01(N) HC1 = 0.01(M)I-IC1 solution HC1 is a monobasic acid] In 0.01(M) [since HCl is a monobasic acid]

[since 1 molecule of HC1 ionizes to give a single H3O+ ion] In case of an aqueous 0.01(M) HC1 solution, pH = -log10[H3O+] = -log10(0.01) = 2.0

In 0.05(M) H2SO4 solution, [H30+]= 2 X 0.05= 0.1(M)  [since Each H2SO4 molecule ionises to give two H30+ ions] For an aqueous 0.05(M)H2S04 solution,

pH = -log10[H3O+] = -log10(0.1) = 1.0

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

In 0.001(N) H2SO4 solution, [H3O+] = 0.001(M) In case of an aqueous 0.001(N) H2SO4 solution,
pH = -log10[H3O+] = -log10(0.001) = 3.0

Question 2. Determine the pH of the following solutions: 0.1(N)NaOH 0 0.005(M) Ca(OH)
Answer: 0.1(N)NaOH = 0.1(M)NaOH [NaOH is amino acid base]

In 0.1(M)NaOH solution, [OH ] = 0.1(M)

∴ For an aqueous 0.1(M)NaOH solution pOH = -log10[OH-] = -log10(0.1) = 1.0

pH = 14-pOH = 14-1 = 13

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

In case of 0.005(M) Ca(OH)2 solution, [OH-] = 2X0.005 = 0.01(M)

[since Each Ca(OH)2 molecule ionizes to give 2 OH- ions]

∴ In case of 0.005(M) Ca(OH)2 solution,

pOH = -log10[OH-] – -log10(0.01) = 2

∴ pH = 14- pOH = 14- 2 = 12

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Question 3. Calculate the concentrations of HaO+ and OH- ions in the solutions with the following pH values at 25 °C. 0 pH = 5.0 pH = 12
Answer: In the case of a solution with pH = 5,

[H3O+1 = 10-PH(M) = 10-5(M)

∴ In this solution,

⇒ \(\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\frac{10^{-14}}{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]}=\frac{10^{-14}}{10^{-5}}(\mathrm{M})=10^{-9}(\mathrm{M})\)

In case of a solution with pH – 12 [H3O+] = 10-(M) = 10-12(M)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

∴ In the solution \(\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]=\frac{10^{-14}}{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]}=\frac{10^{-14}}{10^{-12}}(\mathrm{M})=10^{-2}(\mathrm{M})\)

Question 4. Calculate the amount of Ca(OH)2 required to be dissolved to prepare 250mL aqueous solution of pH- 12.
Answer: As given in the question, the pH of the solution =12.

∴ pOH = 14- 12 = 2

∴ In the solution, [OH-] = 10-POH = 10-2(M)

Common Ion Effect On The Ionisation Of Weak Acids And Weak Bases

In a solution of two electrolytes, the ion which is common to both electrolytes, is called the common ion.

Example: Acetic acid on its partial ionization forms CH3COO-(aq) and H3O+(aq), and sodium acetate on its complete ionization forms CH3COO-(aq) and Na+(aq). As the CH3COO-(aq) ion is common to both CH3COOH and CH3COONa, it is a common ion in this system.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Common Ion Effect When a strong electrolyte is added to a solution of a weak electrolyte having an ion common with a strong electrolyte, the extent of ionization of the weak electrolyte decreases. This phenomenon is called the common ion effect.

Common ion effect on ionization of a weak acid:

Effect of common anion: Acetic acid is a weak acid. It partially ionizes in its aqueous solution, forming the following equilibrium:

CH3COOH(aq) + H2O(Z)⇌HgO+(aq) + CH3COO-(aq)

If CH3COONa is added to this solution, then CH3COONa, being a strong electrolyte, ionizes almost completely into Na+ and CH3COO- ions (common ion) in the solution. Consequently, the equilibrium involved in the ionization of acetic acid gets disturbed.

So, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, some of the CH3COO- ions combine with an equal number of H3O+ ions to form the unionized CH3COOH and H2O molecules, thereby causing the equilibrium to shift to the left. As a result, the degree of ionization of CH3COOH and the concentration of H3O+ ions in the solution decreases. This leads to increased pH of the solution.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Common ion } \\
& \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COONa}(a q) \longrightarrow \begin{array}{l}
\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}(a q) \\
\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}(a q)
\end{array}+\mathrm{Na}^{+}(a q) \\
&+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

Effect of common cation: When a strong acid such as HC1 is added to a solution of acetic acid, it almost completely ionizes into H3O+ and Cl- ions. The complete dissociation of HC1 increases the concentration of H3O+(ag) ions (common ion) in the solution. As a result, the equilibrium formed by the ionization of CH6COOH gets disturbed.

According to Le principle, some of the H3O+ ions combine with an equal number of CH6COO- ions to form unionized CH6COOH and H2O molecules. As a result, the equilibrium shifts to the left, causing a decrease in the degree of ionization of CH3COOH.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{HCl}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathbf{H}_3 \mathbf{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q) \\
\mathbf{H}_3 \mathbf{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}(a q)
\end{gathered}\)

Common ion effect on ionization of a weak base: Effect of common cation: Ammonia (NH3) is a weak base. In aqueous solution, NH3 reacts with water to establish the following equilibrium:

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

If a strong electrolyte such as, NH4C1 is added to this solution, it almost completely ionizes to form NH+4(a<7) and Cl-(aq). The complete ionization of NH4C1 gives rise to a high concentration of NH4(a3) ions (common ions) in the solution. As a result, the equilibrium involved in the ionization of NH3(ag) gets disturbed.

According to Le Chatelier’s principle, some NH3(aq) ions combine with an equal number of OH- ions to form unionized NH3 and H2O molecules and thereby cause the equilibrium to shift to the left. Consequently, the degree of ionization of NH3 as well as the concentration of OH- ions in the solution decreases. This results in a decrease in the pH of the solution.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}(a q) \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

Effect of common anion: When NaOH (a strong base) is added to an aqueous solution of NH3, it almost completely ionizes into Na+ and OH- ions. This increases the concentration of OH- ions (common ions) in the solution.

As a result, the equilibrium involved in the ionization of NH3 gets disturbed. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, some OH- ions combine with an equal number of NH- ions to form unionized NH3 and H2O molecules, thereby causing the equilibrium to shift
to the left. This results in a decrease in the degree of ionization of NH3.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\text { Common ion } \\
\mathrm{NaOH}(a q) \longrightarrow \mathrm{Na}^{+}(a q)+\mathbf{O H}^{-}(a q)
\end{gathered}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathbf{O H}^{-}(a q)\)

Hydrolysis Of Salts

A normal salt (Example; NaCl, KC1, Na2SO4 CH3COONa, NH4C1 ) does not contain any ionizable H-atom or OH- ion. The solutions of normal salts are therefore expected to be neutral as they are formed by the complete neutralization of an acid. and a base. However, the aqueous solutions of many normal salts are found to be acidic or basic.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Example: Aqueous solutions of NH4C1, FeCl3, A1C13, etc., acidic, and those of CH6COONa, NaF, and KCN are basic. This is because the cations or the anions produced by the dissociation of these salts react partially with water to produce an H3O+ or OH- ions solution. This increases the concentration of H3O+ or OH- ions in the solution. As a result, the solutions become acidic or basic. Such a phenomenon is known as hydrolysis.

Definition: The process in which the cations or the anions or both of a normal salt in its aqueous solution react with water to furnish H3O+ or OH- ions, thus making the solution acidic or alkaline is known as hydrolysis of the salt.

Types of normal salts that undergo hydrolysis

A salt forms due to the reaction of an acid with a base. An acid or a base may be strong or weak. Four different normal salts are possible depending upon the nature of acids and bases involved in their formations.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Among these salts, those produced by reactions of strong acids and strong bases do not undergo hydrolysis. So, if the acid and the base that react to form a salt are weak or one of them is weak, then the salt formed will undergo hydrolysis.

Consequently, aqueous solutions of these salts are either acidic (pH < 7) or basic (pH > 7).On the other hand, an aqueous solution of a salt strong acid, and strong base is always neutral (pH = 7).

Equlibrium Nature Of Aqueous Solutions Of Different Normal Salts

Hydrolysis of salts obtained from strong acids and strong bases

A salt of this type does not undergo hydrolysis in its aqueous solution because neither its cation nor its anion reacts with water.

As a result, the concentration of H+ ions or OH ions in the solution is not affected; that is, the equality of their concentrations is not disturbed. This is why an aqueous solution of a salt derived from a strong acid and a strong base is neutral {pH = 7).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Explanation: NaCl is a salt of strong acid (HC1) and strong base (NaOH). NaCl dissociates almost completely In aqueous solution to produce Na+(ag) and Cl {aq) ions [NaCl(a<7)-Na+(ag) + cr(ag)].

Water also ionizes slightly to produce an equal number of H30+(aq) and OH-(aq) ions [2H2O(Z) s=± H3O+{aq) + OH-{aq)].

Na+(aq) is a very weak Bronsted acid and it is unable to react with H20 to produce proton: Na+{aq) + 2H2O(Z) NaOH(aq) + H3O+{aq).

On the other hand, Cl- ion is the conjugate base of strong acid HC1. Hence, it is a very weak Bronsted base. For this reason, Cl- is unable to react with water to produce OH- ions [Cl-{aq) + H2O(Z) HC1{aq) + OH-{aq)].

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Thus, an aqueous solution of NaCl contains H3O+ and OH- ions in equal concentration. As a result, the aqueous solution of NaCl is neutral. For the same reason, other salts obtained from strong acids and strong bases form neutral aqueous solutions.

Hydrolysis of salts obtained from weak acids and strong bases

A salt of this type undergoes hydrolysis in its aqueous solution as its anion reacts with water to form OH- ions. As a result, the concentration of OH- in the solution becomes higher than that of H3O+, thereby making the solution basic (H > 7). Since anion of such a salt takes part in hydrolysis, this type of hydrolysis is called anionic hydrolysis.

Explanation: KCN is a salt-weak acid (HCN) and strong base (KOH)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

It dissociates almost completely in its aqueous solution and produces K+{aq) and CN-{aq) ions [KCN(a<7)⇌K+(ag) + CN-(ag)]. Water also ionises slightly to produce equal number of H3O+(aq) and OH-{aq) ions \(\mathrm{K}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{KOH}(a q)+\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\)  K+(aq) is a very weak Bronsted acid.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

So, it cannot react with to produce proton: K+(aq) +H2O KOH(aq) + H+(aq).

On the other hand, CN- ion is the conjugate base of a weak acid (HCN). Hence, it has sufficient basic character to abstract a proton from an H2O molecule to form OH-ions: [CN-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HCN(ag) + OH-{aq)]

The formation of OH- ions increases the concentration of OH- ions in the solution and makes the solution basic (pH > 7). For the same reason, other salts obtained from weak acids and strong bases form basic aqueous solutions.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Hydrolysis of salts obtained from strong acids and weak bases

A salt of this type undergoes hydrolysis in its aqueous solution because its cation reacts with water to form H3O+ ions. As a result, the concentration of H3O+ ions in the solution becomes higher than that of OH- ions. This makes the solution acidic (pH < 7). Since the cation of such a salt takes part in hydrolysis, this type of hydrolysis is called cationic hydrolysis.

Hydrolysis of salts obtained from strong acids and weak bases Explanation: Ammonium chloride (NH4C1) is formed by the reaction of HC1 (a strong acid) with NH3 (a weak base).  NH4C1 almost completely dissociates in its aqueous solution to produce,NH+(nq) and Cl-{aq) ions [NH4Cl(aq)→NH+(aq) + cr(aq)]. H2O also ionislightly to produce equal number of  \(\left[2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right] .\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Cl- ion is the conjugate. the base of strong acid:  and hence, is a very weak Bronsted base. So, Cl- ion fails to react with H2O to produce OH- ions \(\left[\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{HCl}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right]\)

NH+ ion is the conjugate acid of a weak base, NH3, and has sufficient acidic character to donate a proton to H2O molecules. Thus, NH+4 ion reacts with water to form unionised molecules of NH3 and H3O+ ions \(\left[\mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)\right]\)

The formation of HaO+ ions increases the concentration of HgO+ ions in the solution and makes the solution acidic (pH < 7). For the same reason, other salts obtained from
strong acids & weak bases form acidic aqueous solutions.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Aqueous solution of FeCI3 [or Fe(NO2)g] is acidic: Being a strong electrolyte, FeCl3 undergoes complete dissociation in the solution to form [Fe(H2O)g]3+(oÿ) & Cr(aq): eCl3(aq) + 6H2O(Z) [Fe(H2O)g]3+(at2) + 3Cl- Water also ionises slightly to produce equal number of H3O+ ions and OU-(aq) ions [2H3O(Z) H3O+(aq) + OH-{aq)] . Cl- ion is the conjugate base of strong acid (HC1).

Hence, it is a very weak Bronsted base and fails { to react with water in aqueous solution. Due to the small size and higher charge of Fe3+ ion, its charge density is very high. As a result, the H2O molecules bonded to the Fe3+ ion are polarised and their O—H bonds become very weak.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

These O—H bonds are easily dissociated to produce H+ ions, which are accepted by H20 molecules to form H3O+ ions. [Fe(H2O)6]3+(a<7) + H20(Z) [Fe(H20)50H]+ H3O+(aq) Among the H2O molecules attached to the Fe3+ ion, the one which releases proton finally gets attached to the Fe3+ ion as OH- ion. For the same reason, aqueous solutions of AIGb3, CuSO3, etc., are acidic. A1C13→ + 6H2O(Z) [Al(H2O)6]3+→ + 3Cl- [A1(H2O)6]3+H2O(Z) [A1(H2O)5OH]3+H3O+(aq)

Hydrolysis of salts obtained from weak acids and weak bases

In the case of a salt of this type, both the cation and anion react with water. In reaction with water, the cation forms H3O+ ions, and the anion forms OH- ions. Aqueous solutions of such a salPipay be acidic, basic, or neutral, depending upon the relative acid strength of the cation and base strength of anion. If the strengths of the cation and anions are the same, the solution will be neutral.

On the other hand, if the strength of the cation is greater or less than that of the anion, then the solution will be acidic or basic. When the aqueous solution of the salt is neutral: CH3COONH4 is a salt of weak acid, CH3COOH, and a weak base, NH3.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Explanation: Being a strong electrolyte, CH3COONH4 dissociates almost completely in aqueous solution to produce NH4 and CH3COO-(aq) ions:

CH3COONH4(aq)→NH+(a<7)]. H2O, a weak electrolyte, also ionizes slightly in solution to produce an equal number of U30+(aq) and OH-(aq) ions [2H20(l) H30+(a<7) + OH-(aq)].

NH+ ion is the conjugate acid of a weak base (NH3) and CH3COO- is the conjugate base of a weak acid, (CH3COOH). In an aqueous solution, both NH4 and CH3COO- are stronger than H2O (which can act both as a weak Bronsted acid and base). As a result, CH3COO- and NH3 ions react with water to establish the following equilibria:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q) \\
\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At ordinary temperature, both CH3COO- and NH3 ions have the same value of dissociation constants. As a result, they get hydrolyzed to the same extent in aqueous solution.

Therefore, the aqueous solution of CH3COONH4 contains equal concentrations of H3O+ (produced by the hydrolysis of NH4 ions) and OH- (produced by the hydrolysis of CH3COO- ions), and hence, the solution is neutral.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

When the aqueous solution of the salt is acidic: Ammonium formate (HCOONH4 strong electrolyte) is a salt of weak acid, HCOOH, and weakbase, NH3. Explanation:

HCOONH4, dissociates almost completely in its aqueous solution to form HC3CT(ag) and NH3[HCOONH4(a<7H>HCOO-(a<7) + NH+(a<7)].

H2O, a weak electrolyte, also ionizes slightly to form an equal number of H3O+{aq) and OH-(aq) ions. NH4 and HCOO- react with water to form the given equilibria:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q) \\
\mathrm{HCOO}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{HCOOH}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

At ordinary temperature, Ka for NH+4 is larger than Kb for HCOO- i.e., in aqueous solution NH- hydrolyses to a greater extent than HCOO-. The concentration of H3O+ is more than that of OH-. So, the aqueous solution of HCOONH4 is acidic.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

When the aqueous solution of the salt is basic: Ammonium bicarbonate, NH4HCO3 is a salt of a weak acid, H2CO3, and weak base, NH3.

Explanation: strong electrolyte, NH4HCO3 dissociates almost completely solution to form NH+ and HCO3– ions:,\(\left[\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{HCO}_3(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{HCO}_3^{-}(a q)\right] \cdot \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) a weak electrolyte, also Ionises slightly to form equal number of HgO + and OH→ 7) ions [2H2O(l)x=i H30+) + OH~(aq) ]. NH3 and HCO3 ions react with water to establish die following equilibria.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q) \\
\mathrm{HCO}_3^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At ordinary temperature, Kb for HCO4 Is much greater than Ka for NH+. This means that in an aqueous solution, HCO3 ions hydrolyze to a greater extent than NH- ions. So, the concentration of OH- ions is more than that of H3O 1 ions 111 an aqueous solution of NHhCO-. Thus, the aqueous solution of NH2HCO, Is music in nature.

Hydrolysis constant, degree of hydrolysis, and pH of an aqueous solution of a salt

Hydrolysis constant: In the hydrolysis of a salt, u dynamic equilibrium is established Involving the unhydrolyzed salt and the species formed by hydrolysis. The equilibrium constant corresponding to this equilibrium Is called the hydrolysis constant.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Equlibrium Equation Of Hydrolysis Constant For Different Types Of Salts

Degree of hydrolysis: The degree of hydrolysis (ft) of a salt may be defined as the fraction of the total number of moles of that salt hydrolyzed in its aqueous solution at equilibrium. In an aqueous solution, the degree of hydrolysis of salt is ft— it means that out of 1 mol of the salt dissolved in the solution, ft mol undergoes hydrolysis.

Equlibrium Degree Of Hydrolysis And Corresponding PH Of different Salt Solutions

Relation Between Ionisation Constants Of Conjugate Acid-Base

Let’s consider a weak acid, HA. The conjugate base of this acid is A-. Hence, the conjugate acid-base pair is (HA, A-).

In an aqueous solution, HA and A- form the following equilibrium: \(\mathrm{HA}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{A}^{-}(a q)\)

The ionisation constant of HA, Ka \(=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]} \quad \cdots[1]\)

In aqueous solution, the base A- reacts with water to form the following equilibrium:

A-(aq) + H2O(l)⇌ HA(aq) + OH-(aq)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The ionisation constant of \(\mathrm{A}^{-}, K_b=\frac{[\mathrm{HA}] \times\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}\)

Multiplying equations (1) and (2), we have,

KaxKb= [H3O+]x[OH-]

Again, Kw = [H3O+] X [OH-]

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

∴ Ka x Kb = Kw

Equation (3) represents the relation between ionization constants of a conjugate acid-base. This equation applies to any conjugate acid-base pair in aqueous solutions

at 25°C, Kw = 10-14

Therefore, at this temperature, Ka X Kb = 10-14]

Therefore, at a given temperature, we know the value of Kw and the ionization constant of any one member of the conjugate acid-base pair, then the ionization constant of the other can be determined by applying equation (4)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Examples: 1 At 25°C, Ka (CH3COOH) = 1.8 x 10-5

So, at 25°C, Kb (CH3COO- ) \(=\frac{10^{-14}}{K_a}=\frac{10^{-14}}{1.8 \times 10^{-5}}\)

At 25°C, Kb (NH3) = 1.8 x lO-5

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

\(\text { So, at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, K_a\left(\mathrm{NH}_4^{+}\right)=\frac{10^{-14}}{K_a}=\frac{10^{-14}}{1.8 \times 10^{-5}}=5.5 \times 10^{-10}\)

Derivation of the relation, pKa + pKb = pKw: We know that, Ka x Kb = Kw. Taking negative logarithm on both sides

we have, -log10 (Ka x Kb) = -log10 Kw

or, -log10 Ka- log10  Kb = -log10 Kw

∴ PKa+PKb = PKw

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At 25°C, pKw = 14. So, at 25°C, pKa + pKb = 14

Hence, if the pKa of the acid (or pKb of the base) in a conjugate acid-base pair is known, then the pKb of the base (or pKa of the acid) can be determined by using equation (5)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept Buffer Solutions

At ordinary temperature, the pH of pure water is 7. Now, when 1 mL of (M) HC1 solution is added to 100 mL of pure water, it is observed that the value of pH decreases from 7 to 2. Again, if 1 mL of 1 (M) NaOH solution is added to 100 mL of pure water the value of the pH of the solution increases from 7 to 2. However, many solutions resist the change in pH even when a small quantity of acid or base is added to them. Such solutions are called buffer solutions.

Buffer Solutions Definition: A buffer solution may be defined as a solution that resists the change in its pH when a small amount of acid or base is added to it.

Various types of buffer solutions depending on the nature of the acid/base and the salt:

Solution of a weak acid and its salt: An aqueous solution of a weak acid and its salt acts as a buffer solution. Example: Aqueous solutions of CH3COOH and CH3COONa, H2CO3 and NaHCO3, citric acid and sodium citrate, boric acid, and sodium borate, etc.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Solution of a weak base and its salt: An aqueous solution of a weak base and its salt acts as a buffer solution. Example: Aqueous solutions of NH3 and NH4C1, aniline and anilinium hydrochloride, etc.

Solution of two salts of a polybasic acid: An aqueous solution containing two salts of polybasic acid can act as a buffer solution.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Example: Aqueous solutions of Na2CO3 and NaHCO3 (NaHCO3 is a weak acid and Na2CO3 is its salt), NaIT2PO4 and Na2HPO4 etc.

Solution of a salt derived from a weak acid and a weak base: An aqueous solution of a salt formed by a weak acid and a weak base can function as a buffer solution.

Example: CH3COONH4 is a salt of weak acid (CH3COOH) and weak base (NH4OH). A solution of this salt acts as a buffer solution.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Types of buffer solutions depending on their pH values: Depending on pH values, buffer solutions are of two types—

Acidic buffer: Buffer solutions with a pH lower than 7 are called acidic buffers. Aqueous solutions of CH3COOH and CH3COONa, aqueous solutions of lactic acid and sodium lactate, etc., are some common examples of acidic buffer solutions.

Basic buffer: Buffer solutions with a pH higher than 7 are called basic buffers. An aqueous solution of NIT4O11 and NH4C1 is an example of a basic buffer solution.

Mechanism of buffer action

Mechanism of buffer action Definition: The ability of a buffer solution to resist the change of its pH value on the addition of a small amount of an acid or a base to it is called buffer action.

Mechanism of action of an acidic buffer: To understand the mechanism of buffer action of an acidic buffer, let us consider an acidic buffer solution that consists of CH3COOH and CH3COONa.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

In the solution, CH3COONa almost completely dissociates into CH3COO_(at/) and Na+ ions, whereas acetic acid, being a weak electrolyte, partially dissociates into CH3COO-(£7<7) and H30+(flt/). The partial dissociation of acetic acid leads to the formation of the following equilibrium.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}(a q)+ \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \\
& \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

As CH3COOH ionizes partially and CH3COONa ionizes almost completely, the solution consists of high concentrations of CH3COOH and CH3COO- ions

Addition of a small amount of strong acid: If a small amount of strong acid (e.g., HC1 ) is added to this buffer solution, H3O+ ions produced from the strong acid combine with an equal number of CH3COO- ions present in the solution to form unionized CH3COOH molecules: CH3COO→+ H3O+(l)→CH3COOH(l) + H2O(l)

This causes the equilibrium involved in the ionization of CH3COOH (equation 1) to shift to the left. As a result, the concentration of H3O+ Ionsin in the solution virtually remains the same, i.e., the pH of the solution remains almost unchanged.

Addition of a small amount of strong base: When a small amount of a strong base like NaOH, KOIT, etc., is added to this buffer solution, the OH- ions obtained from the strong base combine with an equal number of H4,f ions (which results mainly from the dissociation of CH3COOH ) present in the solution, producing unionized water molecules.

Consequently, the equilibrium associated with the ionization of CH3COOH [eqn. (1)] gets disturbed. So, according to Le Chatcller’s principle, some molecules of CH3COOH ionize to produce H30- ions, and the equilibrium, shifts towards the right. Therefore, the addition of a small quantity of a strong base with almost no change in are to the solution causes the concentration of either OH- ions or H2O+ ions, and consequently pH of the solution remains almost unaltered.

Mechanism of action of basic buffer: Let us consider a basic buffer solution consisting of a weak base NH3 and its salt, NH4C1. Being a strong electrolyte, ammonium chloride (NH4C1) dissociates almost completely in solution: NH4Cl(a<7)→ NH2(ar7) + Cl-(aq). However, NH3, being a weak base, reacts partially with water and forms the following equilibrium solution.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

As NH3 reacts partially with water and NH4C1 gets completely dissociated, the concentration of NH3 and NH3 in the solution is sufficient.

Addition of a small amount of strong acid: If a small quantity of strong acid (for example HC1, H2SO4) is added to this buffer solution, H3O+ ions obtained from the strong acid react almost completely with an equal number of OH- ions (which results mainly from the reactions of NH3 with water) present in the solution and produce unionized water molecules.

As a result, the equilibrium [eqn. (1)] gets disturbed. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, some NH3 molecules react with water to form OH- ions. As a result, the equilibrium [eqn. (1)] shifts to the right. So, the addition of a small amount of a strong acid to the buffer solution causes almost no change in concentration of either OH- ions or HsO+ ions, i.e., the pH of the solution remains unchanged.

Addition of a small amount of strong base: When a small quantity of a strong base (e.g., NaOH, KOH is added to the buffer solution, OH- ions produced by the strong base react almost completely with an equal number of NHJ ions present in the solution and form unionized NH3 molecules[NH|(ag) + OU~(aq) – NH3(l) + H2O(Z)].

As a result the equilibrium [eqn. (1)] shifts to the left. Consequently, the concentration of OH- ions in the solution virtually remains the same, and hence pH of dissolution remains unchanged.

Buffer action of two salts of polybasic acid (in solution): Let us consider the buffer solution comprising of two salts NaH2PO4 and Na2HPO4 (which are the salts of polybasic acid, H3PO4 ). In this solution, NaH2PO4 acts as an acid while Na2HPO4 as a salt, and both of them undergo complete dissociation as given below:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{NaH}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}(a q) \\
& \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{HPO}_4(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Na}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

H2PO4 itself is a weak acid and due to a common ion (HPO-), it undergoes slight ionization in the solution forming the following equilibrium:

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q) \cdots[1]\)

As H2PO4 undergoes slight ionization and Na2HP04 gets completely ionized, the concentration of H2PO4 and HPO4- in the solution is sufficient.

Addition of a small amount of strong acid: When a small quantity of a strong acid is added to this buffer solution, H3O+ ions produced by the strong acid react almost completely with an equal number of HPO- ions and form unionized H2PO4 ions

⇒ \(\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{PO}_4^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

As a result, the equilibrium [eqn. (1)] shifts towards the left. Hence, the effect of the addition of a small amount of strong acid is neutralized. Thus, the pH of the solution remains unchanged.

Addition of a small amount of strong base: When a small quantity of a strong base is added to the buffer solution, OH- ions from the added base almost completely react with an equal number of H3O+ ions (which results mainly from the ionization of H2PO4 ) present in the solution and form unionized water molecules, This disturbs the ionization equilibrium of NaH2PO4.

As a result, according to Le Chatelier’s principle, some molecules of NaH2PO4 ionize to form H3O+ ions and cause the equilibrium to shift towards the right. Therefore, the addition of a small quantity of a strong base makes no change in the concentration of either OH- ions or H3O+ ions, and consequently, the pH of the solution remains almost unchanged.

Determination of pH of a buffer solution: Henderson’s equation

Let us consider a buffer solution consisting of a weak acid (HA) and its salt (MA). In the solution, MA dissociates completely, forming M+(aq) and A-(aq) ions, while the weak acid, HA, because of its partial ionization, forms the following equilibrium \(\mathrm{HA}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{A}+(a q)\) Applying the law of mass action to the abbveÿequilibrium, we have ionization constant of HA \(K_a=\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]},\)

Where, [H3O+], [A-], and [HA] are the molar concentrations of H3O+, A-, and HA respectively at equilibrium.

∴ \(\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=K_a \times \frac{[\mathrm{HA}]}{\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}\)

Taking negative logarithms on both sides we get,

⇒ \(-\log _{10}\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=-\log _{10} K_a-\log _{10} \frac{[\mathrm{HA}]}{\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}\)

⇒ \(-\log _{10}\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]=-\log _{10} K_a-\log _{10} \frac{[\mathrm{HA}]}{\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}\)

Or, ,\(p H=p K_a+\log _{10} \frac{\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]}\)

As HA is a weak acid, its ionization in the solution is very small, which gets further decreased in the presence ofthe common ion, A-. Therefore, the molar concentration of unionized HA can be considered to be the same as the initial molar concentration of HA.

Again, the molar concentration of A- ions produced by complete dissociation of MA is much higher than that of A- ions produced by partial ionization of HA. Therefore, the total molar concentration of A- ions in the solution is almost the same as the initial molar concentration of MA in the solution.

∴ From equation [1] \(p H=p K_a+\log \frac{[\text { salt }]}{[\text { acid }]}\)

where Ka is the ionization constant of the weak acid; [acid] and [salt] are the initial molar concentrations of acid and salt respectively the buffer solution. Equation [2] is called the Henderson’s equation.

It is used to determine the pH of a buffer solution consisting of a weak acid and its salt. Similarly, the equation for determining the pOH of a buffer solution consisting of a weak base and its salt is-

⇒  \(p O H=p K_b+\log \frac{[\text { salt] }}{\text { [base] }}\)

where, K, b is the ionization constant ofthe weak base; [salt] and [base] represent the initial molar concentrations of salt and base respectively. The above equation can be rewritten as,

⇒ \(p H=14-p O H=14-p K_b-\log \frac{[\text { salt] }}{\text { [base] }}\)

At a fixed temperature, the value of pATa of a weak acid is fixed. Hence, at a fixed temperature, the pH of a buffer solution consisting of a weak add and its salt depends upon the die value of the pKa of the weak acid as well as the ratio of the molar concentrations of the salt to the molar concentration of the acid.

Similarly, at a particular temperature, the pH of a buffer solution consisting of a weak base and its salt depends on the value of pKb of the weak base and the ratio of molar concentrations of the salt to the base.

Applications of Henderson’s equation:

If the molar concentrations of a weak acid (or base) and its salt present in a buffer solution as well as the dissociation constant of that acid (or base) are known, then that solution can be determined by using Henderson’s equation.

If in an acidic or basic buffer solution, the molar concentrations of the weak acid (or base) and its salt and pH of that solution are known, then the dissociation constant of the weak acid (or base) can be calculated with the help ofHenderson’s equation.

For the preparation of a buffer solution with a desired value of pH, the ratio of the weak acid and its salt (or weak base and its salt) in the solution can be determined by Henderson’s equation.

Buffer Capacity

Buffer Capacity Definition: The buffer capacity of a buffer solution is defined as the number of moles of a strong base or an acid required to change the pH of 1L of that buffer solution by unity.

When an acid is added to a buffer solution, its pH value decreases, whereas when a base is added to a buffer solution, its pH value increases.

Mathematical explanation: When the pH of 1 L of solution increases by d(pH) due to the addition of db mol of any strong base, then the buffer capacity of that buffer
solution \(\beta=\frac{d b}{d(p H)}\)

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Similarly, when the pH of 1L of buffer solution decreases by d(pH) due to the addition of da mol of any acid, then the buffer capacity of that buffer solution \(\beta=\frac{d a}{d(p H)}\)

Some important facts regarding buffer capacity:

  1. If the buffer capacity of any buffer solution is high, then a greater amount of a strong add or base will be required to bring about any change in the pH of that solution.
  2. Between two buffer solutions having the same components, the buffer capacity of that solution will be higher when the concentrations of the components are
    higher.
  3. In a buffer solution, if the difference in molar concentration of die components is small, then the addition of a small amount of strong acid or base causes a small change in molar concentrations of die components.

Consequently, the change in pH of the die solution also becomes small. For this reason, the die buffer capacity of a buffer solution becomes maximum when the molar concentrations ofthe components are the same.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The buffer capacity of a buffer solution consisting of a weak acid and its salt becomes maximum when die molar concentrations of the weak acid and its salt become equal. Under this condition, the pH of the buffer solution = pKa of the weak acid, e.g., the buffer capacity of CH3COOH/CH3COONa solution will be maximum when its pH = 4.74 (since, pKa of CH3COOH =4.74).

For the same reason, the buffer capacity of a buffer solution consisting of a weak base and its salt becomes maximum when the pOH of the buffer becomes equal to the pKb of the weak base. For example, the buffer capacity of NH3/NH4C1 solution will be maximum when its pOH = 4.74 (since, pKb ofNH3 = 4.74)

pH range of buffer capacity: A buffer solution consisting of a weak acid and its salt will work properly only when the ratio of the molar concentration of the salt to the acid lies between 0.1 to 10. Therefore, according to Henderson’s equation, the pH -range for the buffer capacity of such a buffer will vary from (pKa – 1) to (pKa + 1). 0 Similarly the range ofpOH for buffer capacity of a buffer consisting of a weak base and its salt will vary from (pKb – 1) to (pKb+ 1).

Importance of butter solutions

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The pH of human blood lies between 7.35 to 7.45, i.e., human blood is slightly alkaline. In spite, ofthe presence of acidic or basic substances produced due to various metabolic processes, the pH of human blood remains almost constant because ofthe presence of different buffer systems like bicarbonate-carbonic acid buffer (HCO2-4 / H2PO-4), phosphate buffer (HPO2-4 /H2PO-4), etc.

Excess acid in the blood is neutralized by the reaction: HCO-3 + H3O+⇌ H2CO3 +H2O. H2CO3 formed decomposes into CO2 and water. The produced CO2 is exhaled out through the lungs. Again, if any base (OH-) from an external source enters the blood, it gets neutralized by the reaction: H2CO3 + OH- HCO3 +H2O.

Buffers find extensive use in analytical works as well as in chemical industries. In these cases, a buffer solution is used to maintain pH at a certain value. For instance, in qualitative analysis, in electroplating, tanning of hides and skins, fermentation, manufacture of paper, ink, paints, and dyes, etc., pH is strictly maintained. Buffer solution is also used for the preservation of fruits & products derived from fruits.

Solubility And Solubility Product Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

The terms ‘solubility’ and ‘solubility product’ are often used in the context of the dissolution of a solute in a liquid. It is important to note that these two terms do not have the same meaning and therefore cannot be used interchangeably.

Comparison between solubility and solubility product:

  1. The term solubility applies to all kinds of solutes (ionic, neutral, sparingly soluble, or highly soluble) whereas the term solubility product is mainly used for sparingly soluble compounds.
  2. The solubility of a solute in a solution may change due to common ion effects or formation of complex salt but its solubility product remains constant at a fixed temperature.
  3. Both solubility and solubility products of a solute in a liquid change with the temperature variation.

Solubility products of sparingly soluble salts

Salts having solubilities less than 0.01 mol-L-1 at ordinary temperature are commonly known as sparingly soluble salts. Some examples of such salts are AgCl, BaSO4, CaSO4, etc. A salt of this type in its saturated aqueous solution remains virtually insoluble and only a small part of it gets dissolved but the dissolved portion of the salt, however small it may be, gets completely dissociated.

Solubility Product: The Solubility Product of A sparingly soluble salt at a given temperature is defined as the product of the molar concentrations of the constituent ions in its saturated solution, each concentration term raised to a power representing the number of ions of that type produced by dissociation of one formula unit of the salt.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Characteristics of solubility product:

  1. At a particular temperature, the solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt has a fixed value. Its value changes with temperature variation.
  2. At a particular temperature, the solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt in its saturated solution remains unaltered if the concentrations of the constituent ions are changed. It remains fixed even in the presence of other ions in the solution.

Equation of solubility product: Let’s consider the equilibrium that exists in a saturated solution of the sparingly soluble salt, AxBy. In this solution, undissolved AxBy remains in equilibrium with the ions (A+ and B- ) produced from the dissociation of dissolved AxBy.

⇒ \(\mathrm{A}_x \mathrm{~B}_y(s \text {, undissolved }) \rightleftharpoons x \mathrm{~A}^{y+}(a q)+y \mathrm{~B}^{x-}(a q)\)

Applying the law of mass action we have, equilibrium constant, \(K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{A}^{y+}\right]^x \times\left[\mathrm{B}^{x-}\right]^y}{\left[\mathrm{~A}_x \mathrm{~B}_y(s)\right]}\)

where, [Ay+], [Bx-] and [AxBy(s)] are the molar concentrations of AJ,+, Bx- and AxBy(s) respectively, at equilibrium.

Now, the molar concentration of pure solid at a particular temperature is constant. Again, at a given temperature, the equilibrium constant, K is also constant.

So, at a given temperature, Kx [AxBy(s)] = constant.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

∴ Kx[AxBy(s)]=[Ay+]x [Bx-]y

or Ksp = [Ay+]x x [Bx-]y [ sp = solubility product ]

where, Ksp = Kx [AxByO)] = constant.

Ksp is called the solubility product or solubility product constant of the sparingly soluble salt, AxBy.

Equlibrium Equations Of Solubility Product (Ksp) Of Some Sparngly Soluble Salts

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Relation between solubility and solubility product

In case of a sparingly soluble salt of the type AB: Equilibrium formed by a sparingly soluble salt of the type AB in its saturated aqueous solution:

AB(s)⇌ A+(aq) + B-(aq)

∴ The solubility product of, Ksp = [A+] x [B-]

Let the solubility of the salt, AB, in its saturated aqueous solution at a given temperature be S mol.L-1.

Hence, in the solution, the molar concentration of A+ ions [A+] = S mol.L-1 and that of B- ions, [B-] = S mol-L-1 [v one formula unit of AB on dissociation gives one A+ and one B- ion].

∴ Ksp=[A+][B-]=S x S = S2

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

∴ Ksp = s2 ……[1] and S = \(\sqrt{K_{s p}}\)….[2]

Equation [1] is the relation between the solubility the and solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt of the type AB.

Equation [2] indicates that the solubility of a sparingly soluble salt, AB is equal to the square root of its solubilityproduct.

Example: AgCl is a sparingly soluble salt. In a saturated solution of AgCl, the following equilibrium is formed:

⇒ \(\mathrm{AgCl}(s) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Ag}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)\)

So, the solubility product of AgCl, Ksp = [Ag+] x [Cl-] Suppose, at a certain temperature, the solubility of AgCl in its saturated aqueous solution = S mol.L-1. Hence, in the solution, [Ag+] tS mol-L-1 and [Cl-] =S mol-L-1.

∴ Ksp = [Ag+] x [Cl-] = S x S = S2

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Similarly, in the case of other sparingly soluble salts ofthe type AB (CaSO4, BaSO4, AgBr, etc.), Ksp = S2

In the case of a sparingly soluble salt of type AB2: The following equilibrium exists in a saturated aqueous solution of a sparingly soluble salt of the type AB2:

⇒ \(\mathrm{AB}_2(s) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{A}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{~B}^{-}(a q)\)

The solubility product of AB2, Kgp = [A2+] X [B-]2 Let the solubility of AB2 in its saturated solution at a given temperature be S mol.L-1. Therefore, in the solution, [A2+] = S mol-L-1, [B-] = 2S mol-L-1 formula unit of AB2 dissociates into one A2+ ion and two B_ ions].

∴ Ksp = [A2+] X [B-]2 = S X (2S)2 = 4S3

∴ Ksp=4S3

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equation [1] represents the relation between the solubility and the solubility product of the sparingly soluble salt AB2.

Example: In a saturated aqueous solution of CaF2, the following equilibrium exist: CaF2(s) Ca.2+(aq) + 2F-(aq)

The solubility product of CaF2, Ksp = [Ca2+] [F-]2 Let the solubility of CaF2 in its saturated aqueous solution at a certain temperature = S mol.L-1. So, in the saturated solution,

[Ca2+] = S mol-L-1 and [F-] =2S mol-L-1 Ksp = [Ca2+] x [F-]2 = S X (2S)2 = 4S3

Similarly, in the case of other sparingly soluble salts ofthe type AB2 (BaF2, PbCl2, etc.), Ksp = 4S3 sparingly soluble salt of the type AxBy: in a saturated aqueous solution of a salt of the type, AxBy, the following equilibrium is established: AxBy(s) xkVÿaq) +yBx-(aq).

∴ The solubility product of AxBy, Ksp = [Ay+]x x [Bx-y]y

Suppose, the solubility of its saturated solution is = S mol.L-1.

Hence, in the solution, [Ay+] = xS mol-L-1 and [Bx-] = yS mol.L-1

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

[since one formula unit of AxBy dissociates into x number of A-V+ and y number of Bx- ions]

∴ Ksp=[Ay+]xx[Bx-]y=(xs)xx(ys)y=(xxyy) sx+y

∴ Ksp = xx yy(S)x+y

Equation [1] represents the relation between the solubility and the solubility product of sparingly soluble salt AxBy

Equlibrium Relation Between Solubility and solubility productof some sparngly soluble salts

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Values Of Solubility Products Of Some Sparingly Soluble salts At 25C

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Equlibrium Values Of Solubility Products Of Some Sparingly Soluble salts At 25C..

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Common Ion Effect On The Solubility Of A Sparingly Soluble Salt 

Ag+ and Cl are always constant at a particular temperature.

Therefore, if the molar concentration of one of the ions between Ag+ and Cl- is increased, then the molar concentration of the other will be decreased to maintain a constant value of Ksp.

Let strong electrolyte KC1 (having common ion Cl- ) be added to the saturated solution AgCl. This will increase the molar concentration of the common ion (Cl-) in the solution.

According to Le Chatelier’s principle, to maintain the constancy of Ksp, some of the Cl- ions combine with an equal number of Ag+ ions to form solid AgCl. This causes the equilibrium to shift to the left. As a result, the solubility ofAgCl in the solution decreases.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

At the new equilibrium, [Cl-] <sc[Ag+], and the solubility of AgCl becomes equal to [Ag+]. If an aqueous AgNO3 solution instead of KC1 is added to the saturated solution of AgCl, then the solubility of AgCl will also decrease because of the communion (Ag+) effect.

Increase in solubility due to the presence of common ion: AgCN is a sparingly soluble salt and its solubility increases when KCN is added to its aqueous solution. However, this increase in solubility does not contradict the principle of solubility product. KCN reacts with sparingly soluble AgCN, and forms a water-soluble complex, K [Ag(CN)2]. Thus, the solubility of AgCN increases. KCN(a<7) + AgCN(aq) K [Ag(CN)2] (aq) A similar phenomenon is observed in the case of mercuric iodide (Hgl2). It shows greater solubility in an aqueous KI solution due to the formation of a water-soluble complex, K2[HgI4]. 2KI(aq) + Hgl2(a<?) K2[HgI4](a<7)

Effect of pH on solubility

The solubility of salts of weak acids like phosphate increases at lower pH. This is because, at a lower pH, the concentration of the anion decreases due to its protonation. This in mm increases the solubility of that salt. Example: Consider the solubility equilibrium: CaF2(s) Ca2+(ai7) + 2F-{aq) If the solution is made more acidic, it results in the protonation of some ofthe fluoride ions.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{F}^{-}(a q) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{HF}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) As acid is added, the concentration of F- ion decreases due to the reaction [2]. This causes the equilibrium [1] to shift to the right, thereby increasing the concentration of Ca2+ ions. Thus, more CaF2 dissolves in a more acidic solution.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Principle of solubility product and precipitation of sparingly soluble salts

Principle of solubility product: At a particular temperature, the precipitation of salt from its solution or its dissolution in the solution depends on the value ofthe solubility product of the salt at that temperature.

If the product of the molar concentrations of the constituent ions, with suitable powers, of the salt in the solution exceeds the value of the solubility product of the salt at that temperature, then the salt will be precipitated from the solution.

If this value does not exceed the solubility product of that salt, then the salt will not be precipitated. This principle is known as the principle of solubility product. This principle is extensively used in different chemical analysis and industrial processes.

Explanation: At 25°C, the solubility product of AgCl is 1.8 x 10-10. Hence, in the saturated solution of AgCl at 25°C, the highest value of the product of molar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl- ions is 1.8 xlO-10.

If the product of molar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl- ions is less than, then the solution will be unsaturated. Under this condition, AgCl will be dissolved in the solution to increase the concentration of Ag+ and Cl- ions and this will continue until the product of ofmolar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl- becomes equal to. If the product of molar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl- is greater than kTip(AgCl), then AgCl will be precipitated and this will continue unless the product ofmolar concen¬ trations of Ag+ and Cl- becomes equal to KspfAgCl).

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Applications of solubility product

Application-1: At a certain temperature, if the solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt is known, then the solubility of the salt, as well as the molar concentrations of the constituent ions of the salt in its saturated solution, can be determined.

Conditions for precipitation: In the solution, if the product of the molar concentrations (with appropriate powers) of the constituent cation and anion of the salt at a particular temperature.

Is greater than the solubility product of the salt at that temperature, then the salt will be precipitated, Is less than the solubility product of the salt at that temperature, then the salt will remain dissolved in the solution, Is equal to the solubility product of the salt at that temperature, then the solution will just be saturated. In this case, the dissolved portion of the salt remains in equilibrium with the undissolved part.

Applications of solubility product principle

Preparation of pure NaCl from impure NaCl: pure sodium chloride can be prepared from impure sodium chloride by applying this principle. When dry HC1 gas is introduced into the saturated aqueous solution of impure sodium chloride, the concentration of Cl- ions increases to a great extent and the ionic product of Na+ and Cl-, i.e., [Na+] x [Cl-] exceeds the solubility product of NaCl. Consequently, sodium chloride gets separated as pure crystals.

During this precipitation, impurities like MgCl2, CaCl2, etc., do not precipitate out as the values of the ionic product of the constituent ions of these impurities do not exceed their respective solubility products.

Separation of NaHCO3 by Solvay process: in this process, a saturated solution of sodium chloride is added to a solution of NH4HC03. The reaction concerned is: \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{HCO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{NaCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaHCO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}(a q)\) Among the compounds participating in the reaction, NaHCO3 has the least value of solubility product. The product of the molar concentrations of Na+ and HCO-3 ions present in the solution can easily exceed the solubility product of NaHCOg, and hence NaHCO. gets precipitated.

[KHCO3 cannot be prepared by the Solvay process because the solubility product of KHCO3 Is very high.]

Manufacture of soaps: Soap consists of sodium or potassium salts of organic fatty acids of high molecular mass, such as stearic acid, oleic acid, etc. During the manufacturing of soaps, some amount of soap remains in a colloidal state in the mother liquor. If some NaCl is added to this solution, then the concentration of Na+ ions increases, thereby decreasing the solubility of soap. As a result, soap gets precipitated.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Application in analytical chemistry: The principle of solubility product is extremely helpful in the qualitative analysis of basic radicals. Based on the values of the solubility product, the basic radicals of inorganic salts are divided into different groups.

Group 1: Basic radicals \(\mathbf{A g}^{+}, \mathbf{P b}^{2+}, \mathbf{H g}_2^{2+}(\text { ous })\)

Group reagent: 6(N) HC1 As the values of the solubility product of chlorides of group-I metals are sufficiently low [At 25°C, Ksp(AgCl)= 1.8 X 10-10, Ksp(Hg2Cl2) = 1.2 X lO-5, Ksp(PbCl2) = 1.7 X 10-18 ], on addition of6(N)HCI, the solubility products of these chlorides are exceeded by the products of molar concentration of the corresponding ions. So, these chlorides get precipitated.

On the other hand, the chlorides of other groups have higher values of solubility product and thus are not precipitated. [The solubility product of PbCl2 is much higher than that of both AgCl and Hg2Cl2. So, Pb2+ ions are not completely precipitated as PbCl2 in group 1. Pb2+ ions left in the solution are separated as precipitate in group 2.

Group 2: Basic radicals: Cu2+, Pb2+, Cd2+, Hg2+ (ic), Bi3+, As3+, Sb3+, Sn2+.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Group reagent: H2S gas in the presence of dilute HC1 In an aqueous solution, H2S ionizes partially to produce S2- ions, which precipitate the basic radicals of this group as their corresponding sulfides (CuS, PbS, CdS, etc.).

The solubilityproduct ofthe metallic sulphides of group-2 [Ksp(CuS) = 8.0 X IO-37, rip(PbS) = 3.0 X 10-28, Ksp(CdS) = 1.0 x lO’27, ATsp(HgS) = 2 X 10-53,

Ksp (Bi2S3) = 1.6 X10-72] are much smaller as compared to those of the sulfides of the subsequent groups. So, when H2S gas is passed through the solution consisting of different basic radicals in the presence of HC1, the product of molar concentrations of the corresponding ions of each of the sulfides of this group exceeds its corresponding solubility product. Hence, only the sulfides of this group are precipitated.

It is important to note that the degree of ionization of weak acid H2S in the presence of HC1 decreases due to the common ion (H+) effect. As a result, except for group- 2, the solubility products of sulfides of the subsequent groups are not exceeded. Therefore, except for the sulfide salts of group-2, sulfides of all other groups are not precipitated.

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Another notable point is that among the sulfides of group-2, the solubility products of CdS and PbS are sufficiently high. So, as a result of the common ion effect, if the concentration of S2– ions decreases to a large extent, CdS and PbS are not precipitated. It has been experimentally proved that if H2S gas is passed through the solution using 0.3(N) HC1 solution, then all the sulfides of this group are completely precipitated, but the precipitation of the sulfides of other groups does not occur.

Group 3A Basic radicals: Fe3+, Al3+, Cr3+ Group reagent: NH4OH solutions presence of NH4C1 The basic radicals of this group are precipitated as their corresponding hydroxides [Fe(OH)3, Al(OH)3, Cr(OH3) ]. The solubility products of the hydroxides of the basic radicals of group 3A are much smaller than those of the hydroxides belonging to the subsequent groups.

So, when NH4OH is added to the solution of different basic radicals in the presence of NH4C1, only the solubility products of the hydroxides of group-3A are exceeded, resulting in the preferential precipitation of the hydroxides of group-3A basic radicals. The hydroxides of the basic radicals of subsequent groups are not removed by this way of precipitation

Dynamic Equilibrium Concept

Here, it is to be noted that the degree of ionization of weak base NH3 in the presence of NH4C1 is decreased due to the common ion (NH4-) effect. As a result, the concentration of OH ions decreases to such an extent that except for group-3A, the solubility product of metallic hydroxides of the subsequent groups is not exceeded. Therefore, except for group-IIIA, metallic hydroxides of other groups are not precipitated.

Group 3 Basic radicals: Co2+, Ni2+, Mn2+, Zn2+

Group reagent: H2S in the presence of NH3 For precipitation of the basic radicals of this group as their corresponding sulfides [CoS, ZnS, MnS, NiS], H2S gas is passed through the test solution in the presence of NH3.

In the presence of OH- ions produced by the dissociation of NH4OH, the equilibrium involving the dissociation of the weak acid H2S gets shifted to the right, forming sulfide ions (S2-) to a greater extent [H2S(a<7) + 2H2O(Z) 2H3O+(aq) + S2-(aq)].

Due to a sufficient increase in the concentration of S2- ions, the solubility products of the sulfides of group-3B are exceeded. Hence, the basic radicals of this group are precipitated as sulfides.

WBCHSE Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Question And Answers

Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Long Answer Questions

Element Classification Techniques: Question 1. Three elements X, Y, and Z follow Dobereiner’s law of triads. If the atomic masses of X and Z are 7 and 39 respectively, then determine the atomic mass of Y.
Answer: Atomic mass of Y = arithmetic mean of atomic masses of X and Z. Therefore, the atomic mass of Y 7 + 39/2 = 23.

Question 2. For which elements, Newlands’ law of octaves is not applicable?
Answer: Heavier elements beyond Ca

Question 3. Which properties of the elements are dependent on their electronic configurations and which are not
Answer: The chemical properties and some physical properties of elements are dependent on their electronic configurations whereas nuclear properties (like radioactivity) do not depend on their electronic configurations.

Question 4. How many periods and groups are there in the modem version of Mendeleev’s table?
Answer: There are 7 periods and 9 groups of a modern version of Mendeleev’s periodic table.

WBCHSE Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Question And Answers

Question 5. Elements of the 4th, 5th, and 6th periods of Mendeleev’s periodic table were divided into even and odd series—why?
Answer: Due to the difference in properties of each pair of elements belonging to the same period and group, the elements of the 4th, 5th, and 6th periods of Mendeleev’s periodic table were divided into even and odd series.

Question 6. Which periods in Mendeleev’s periodic table (modified form) do not contain subgroups?
Answer: Periods 1, 2 and 3

Question 7. Name the elements with which even and odd series of 4th, 5th, and 6th periods begin.
Answer: Even series begins with K, Rb, and Cs. The odd series begins with Cu, Ag, and Au.

Question 8. Identify the elements eka-aluminium and eka-silicon. What was the reason for such naming?
Answer: Ga and Ge. The elements were so named by Mendeleev because he predicted that the properties of ekaaluminium and eka-silicon would be similar to those of aluminium and silicon respectively.

Question 9. How many periods and groups are there in the present form (i.e., long form) of the periodic table?
Answer: 7 periods and 18 groups

Question 9. Which group ofthe long form of the periodic table contains solid, liquid, and gaseous elements?
Answer: Group-17.

Question 10. State the reason for the repetition of properties ofthe elements after certain regular intervals of their atomic numbers.
Answer: After certain regular intervals of their atomic numbers, elements show similar electronic configurations in their valence shell. For this reason, repetition of properties of the elements is observed.

Question 11. What are rare-earth elements? Why are they so called?
Answer: The 14 elements from cerium (58Ce) to lutetium (71Lu) ofthe periodic table are called rare-earth elements. These elements are so named because most of these elements occur in very small amounts in the earth’s crust.

Question 12. Write down the names ofthe coinage metals and indicate their positions in the long form ofthe periodic table.
Answer: Cu, Ag, Au (periods 4, 5, & 6in group 11).

Question 13. Give one example of each of the following and indicate their positions in the periodic table (long form) (1) liquid non-metal (11) liquid metal (ill) radioactive halogen (lv) radioactive inert gas (v) radioactive alkali-metal.
Answer:

  1. Liquid non-metal: Bromine (Br), 17th group in 4th period,
  2. Liquid metal: Mercury (Hg), 12th group in 6th period,
  3. Radioactive halogen: Astatine (At), 17th group in 6th period,
  4. Radioactive inert gas: Radon (Rn), 18th group in 6th period,
  5. Radioactive alkali metal: Francium (Fr), 1st group in 7th period.

Question 14. Indicate the period that contains the first series of transition elements.
Answer: 4th period.

Question 15. Mention the names of the first member of each of the first, second, and third series of transition elements.
Answer: Scandium (Sc), Yttrium (Y), and Lanthanum (La)

Question 16. Mention the names of the first and last members of the actinide series.
Answer: Thorium (Th) and Lawrencium (Lr).

Question 17. What are pnictogens and chalcogens?
Answer: Gr-15 elements: pnictogens; Gr-16 elements: chalcogens

Question 18. Elements of the same group exhibit similar chemical properties—why?
Answer: Because they have similar outer electronic configurations.

Question 19. What are d-block elements? Give their general electronic configuration.
Answer: The reasons behind placing Na and K in the same group of the periodic table are— The valence shell electronic configurations of and are the same Na: ls22s22p63s1 K: ls22s22p63s23p64sl.

Question 20. Why are sodium (Na) and potassium (K) placed in the same group of the periodic table? Give any two reasons.
Answer: (n- l)d1-10 ns1-2f (n-2)f-14(n-l)d0-1ns2

Question 21. Give general electronic configurations of 1 transition elements and 2 inner-transition elements
Answer: Due to the presence of unpaired electrons in (n-l)d subshell

Question 22. What is the reason for the strong reducing character of s-block elements?
Answer: Since they have low ionization energy.

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

Question 23. Which block in the periodic table contains metals, nonmetals, and metalloids? Give three examples of metalloids.
Answer: p -block; Si, Ge, As

Question 24. Cu in the +1 oxidation state and Hg in the +2 oxidation state resemble each other in their properties. Explain.
Answer: Valence shell configurations of Cu+([Ar]3d10) and Hg2+([Xe]5d10) are similar. So they resemble each other in their properties.

Question 25. Mention the names of two noble metals and indicate their positions in the periodic table.
Answer: Pt and Au. In the periodic table, they are present in the 6th period in the 10th and 11th groups respectively.

Question 26. Which one of the following exhibits paramagnetism? Sc3+, Cr3+, Cu+, Zn2.
Answer: Cr3+ : [Ar]3d3. Due to the presence of unpaired electrons, it exhibits paramagnetism.

Question 27. Locate the position of an element in the long form of the periodic table.
Answer: Electronic configuration: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s24p3.
Period = 4th, Group No. = 10+ total no. of electrons present in 4s and 4p orbitals =10 + 2 + 3 = 15

Question 28. Find the atomic number of an element that belongs to the third period and group 17 in the periodic table.
Answer: The atomic number ofthe given element = 17

Question 29. An element belongs to the third period of p -block. It has five valence electrons. Predict its group.
Answer: Group ofthe element= 10 + no. of valence electrons = 10 + 5 = 15

Question 30. Write the IUPAC name and symbol of the element with atomic number 135.
Answer: IUPAC name: Untripentium; Symbol: Utp

Question 31. How many elements beyond actinides have been given official names in the last period of the periodic table? Write the IUPAC name and symbol of the last element.
Answer: 11 elements beyond actinides have been given official names in the last period of the periodic table. IUPAC name ofthe last element is Ununoctium and its symbol is Uuo.

Question 32. Arrange the following elements in decreasing order of their atomic radius: Na, H, Si, S, P, Cl
Answer: Na > Si > P > S > Cl > H

Question 33. The atomic radius of elements in a period decreases with an increase in atomic number but for inert gases, it increases. Why?
Answer: Atoms in inert gases are held together by weak van der Waals forces, not by covalent bonds. Thus, atomic radii and van der Waals radii of inert gases are equal.

However, as the van der Waals radius is greater than the covalent radius, the atomic radius of elements across a period decreases with an increase in atomic number but for inert gases increases.

Question 34. Indicate the largest and smallest species among the following: Mg, Al, Mg2+, Al3+
Answer: Largest: Mg; Smallest: Al3+

Question 35. Consider the set of ions (Na+, N3-, Mg2+, 02-, F_, and Al3+) and answer the following questions: What is the common factor associated with the species? Arrange the ions in order of increasing radii.
Answer: All are isoelectronic species.

Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < F- < O2- < N3

Question 36. The number of electrons in Sr2+ and Br- are the same. Justify whether the atomic radii ofthese two ions will be the same or not.
Answer: Although Sr2+ and Br- have the same number of electrons, their proton number are different Number of protons in Sr2+ is greater than that of Br-‘;

Thus, the nuclear pull on the electrons is greater in Sr2+ than in Br-. So atomic radius or Sr2-1, is less them that of 8r-.

Question 38. Write the names ofthe smallest cation and anion.
Answer: H+ and H-

Question 39. Calculate the atomic volume of sodium (atomic mass – 23) if its density is 0.972 g-cm-3.
Answer: Atomic volume of sodium \(=\frac{23 \mathrm{~g}}{0.972 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}}=23.66 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 40. Based on atomic number and position in the periodic table arrange the following elements in decreasing order of their metallic character: Si, Na, Mg, P, Be.
Answer: Na > Mg > Be > Si > P

Question 41. Arrange in increasing order of oxidizing power: F, Br, Cl, I
Answer: I < Br < Cl < F

Question 42. The atom of an element has the electronic configuration ls22s22p63s23/?5. Identify a metal or non-metal.
Answer: Non-metal

Question 43. Which of the following oxides is the most acidic? A1203, S02, S03, P4O10 and CO.
Answer: Out of the elements Al, S, P, and C, S lies at the extreme right of the periodic table and so it is the most electronegative.

Again in S03 die oxidation state of S is the highest (+6). Hence, S03 is the most acidic compound. It reacts with water to give a strong acid.

Question 44. Arrange the elements according to the instructions given:

  • Na, Cu, Zn (increasing order of electropositivity).
  • Na, Cs, K, Rb, Li (increasing order of atomic volume)

Answer:

  1. Cu < Zn < Na
  2. Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs

Question 45. The first ionization enthalpy of Na is less than that of Mg, but the second ionization enthalpy o/Na is higher than that of Mg. Explain.
Answer: By losing an electron from its outermost shell. Na attains the stable electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas Ne. So, the first ionization enthalpy of Na is less than Mg.

On the other hand, the removal of one electron from the outermost shell of Mg+1 leads to the attainment of the stable electronic configuration of Ne. So the second ionization enthalpy of Mg is less than that of Na.

Question 46. Ionization enthalpy values ofSe, Br, Te andI are 869, 941, 1191, and 1142 kj. mol l-1. The values are not arranged in the correct order. Predict which element the ionization enthalpy value is 869kj. mol-1 and 1142kJ . mol-1 respectively.
Answer: Se and Te are found in the fourth and fifth periods of group 16 in the periodic table. On the other hand, Br and are found in the fourth and fifth periods of group 17.

On moving across a period from left to right, ionization enthalpy increases whereas on moving down a group, its value decreases.

So, the elements in increasing order of ionization enthalpy are Te <I < Se < Br. Therefore, ionization enthalpy values of Te and Br are 869 and 1142 kj-mol-1 respectively.

Question 47. Why is the ionization enthalpy of oxygen less than those of nitrogen and fluorine?
Answer: For the explanation ofthe ionization enthalpy of oxygen is less than nitrogen, the  Ionisation enthalpy of oxygen is less than fluorine because—

  1. Nuclear charge increases from oxygen to fluorine,
  2. The number of shells remains the same and the addition of differentiating electrons occurs in the same shell of fluorine,
  3. The atomic size of oxygen is greater than fluorine.

Question 48. The outermost electronic configurations of the two elements are 2s2 and 2s22p1 respectively. Which has greater ionization enthalpy Which has the highest ionization enthalpy: N, O, Ar, P?
Answer: The element with outermost electron configuration 2s2
has greater ionization enthalpy.

Question 49. The ionization potential of hydrogen is 1312.0 kj mol-1. Express the value in eV atom-1. (leV = 1.6 x 10 19
Answer: Ionisation potential of hydrogen = 1312.0 kj-mol-1

\(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{1312 \times 10^5}{6.023 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{atom}^{-1} \\
& =\frac{1312 \mathrm{w} \times 10^3}{6.023 \times 10^{23}} \times \frac{1}{1.6 \times 10^{-19}} \mathrm{eV} \cdot \mathrm{atom}^{-1} \\
& =13.61 \mathrm{eV} \cdot \mathrm{atom}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 50. Electron-gain enthalpy of N is less than that of O. Explain.
Answer: Nitrogen (2s22p3) has stable outer electronic configu¬
ration with half-filled 2p -subshell. So, it is reluctant to accept an additional electron. Thus the electron-gain enthalpy of nitrogen is less than that of oxygen.

Question 51. What is the basic difference between electron-gain enthalpy and electronegativity of an element?
Answer: Electron-gain enthalpy means the enthalpy change involved when an electron is added to an isolated gaseous atom in its lowest energy state.

Whereas electronegativity means the tendency of an atom to attract the shared pairs of electrons toward its nucleus when the atom is covalently bonded in a molecule.

Question 52. Which one has the least electron-gain enthalpy: B, C, N, or O?
Answer: N.

Question 53. Electron-gain enthalpy value of Cu is negative while that of Zn is positive. Explain.
Answer: In the Cu atom, there is only a single electron in the 4s subshell of the valence shell. When it gains another electron, it attains a stable electronic configuration of 3d104s2. However, in Zn, the 4s -subshell of the valence shell is already filled with two electrons. So, the electron-gain enthalpy value of Cu is negative while that of Zn is positive.

Question 54. Indicate the similarity in the electron affinity/Mg and Explain the order of electronegativity: I < Br < Cl < F.
Answer: Both magnesium and nitrogen, have a +ve value of electron-gain enthalpy.

Question 55. Out of the following elements, which one has the least value electronegativity? Na, C, S, Br, Mg, Li
Answer: Out of the given elements Na has the least value of electronegativity.

Question 56. Arrangeinincreasingorderofelectronegativity: N, Na, Si, CL
Answer: Na < Si < N < Cl

Question 57. Which element in each of the following pairs has higher electronegativity: 1 K & Cu, 2 P & S, 3 C & Si
Answer:

  1. Cu
  2. S
  3. C

Question 58. Justify the following statement—The electronegativity of the N atom in all nitrogen-containing compounds is the same.
Answer: The electronegativity of N-atom in all nitrogen-containing compounds is not the same because it depends on the state of hybridization ofthe element under consideration. In different hybridization states, the electronegativity of N follows the sequence: sp-N > sp2-N > sp3-N.

Question 59. Write the formula of the compound formed by the most electronegative and least electronegative elements.
Answer: The most electronegative element is F while the least electro-negative element is Cs. Formula ofthe compound is CsF. 85

Question 60. Which is mostacidic: S03, P205, ZnO, Na20?
Answer: S03 is the most acidic compound.

Question 61. Which is mostbasic: Si02, MgO, A1203, Na20 ?
Answer: Na20 is the most basic compound

Question 62. Arrange according to the instruction given: 4J A1203, P205, C1207, S03 (increasing order of acidity) ,{\() MgO, ZnO, CaO, Na20, CuO (increasingprderofbasicity).
Answer: A1203 < P205 < S03 < C1207

CuO < ZnO < MgO < CaO < Na20

Question 63. How does the basicity of the oxides of representative elements vary on moving a group in the periodic table? On moving across a period from left to right, how does die acidity of the oxides of representative elements vary?
Answer: On moving down a group in the periodic table, the basicity of the oxides of representative elements increases. On moving across a period from left to right, the acidity of the oxides ofthe representative elements increases.

Question 64. identify the following as acidic, basic, or amphoteric oxides: BeO, AlÿOy CaO, Si02.
Answer: Acidic oxide: Si02, basic Oxide: CaO, Amphoteric oxides: BeO, A1203.

Question 65. Between XaOH and CsOH, which one is more basic and why?
Answer: CsOH is more basic than NaOH because the electronegativity of Cs is more electropositive than Na.

Question 66. Formulas of oxide and chloride of an element M are M1O- & MCI3 respectively. State the group to which the element belongs to. Determine whether it is metal or non-metal.
Answer: The valency of the element M is 5 when oxygen Is considered the standard as the valency of M Is 3 when chlorine Is considered as the standard.

Since, the oxygon-butted valency of an element Is equal to Its group number, the group to which M belongs Is VA(I f>). lenient M Is a nonmetal as It Is located In group VA of the periodic table

Question 67. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of their reducing: NH3, PH3, and AsH3.
Answer: Nh3 < ph3 < AsH3.

Question 68. Which products are liberated at the cathode and anode when molten ionic hydrides are electrolyzed?
Answer: When molten Ionic hydrides are electrolyzed, the metal Ions are discharged at the cathode while hydrogen gas is liberated at the anode.

Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Mention two laws (for the classification of elements), which were proposed before Mendeleev.
Answer: Dobereincr’s law of triads and Newland’s law of octaves.

Question 2. Write the IUPAC name and the symbol of the element with atomic number 108.
Answer: Unniloctium; Uno.

Question 3. What are the names given to eka-aluminum and cka -Aluminium predicted by Mendeleev?
Answer: The names of these elements are Gallium and Germanium respectively.

Question 4. Mention the number of periods and groups in the long form of the periodic table.
Answer: 7 periods and 18 groups

Question 5. Mention the name of the s -s-block element which is placed along with the p -block elements.
Answer: Helium (He, Is2).

Question 6. To which group of the long form of the periodic table do the chalcogens belong?
Answer: The chalcogens belong to group 16.

Question 7. Write the general electronic configuration of the inner-transition elements.
Answer: \((n-2) f^{1-14}(n-1) d^{0-1} n s^2 \text {. }\)

Question 8. Write the atomic number of the element placed just below cobalt (Z = 27) in the modern periodic table
Answer: The atomic number of the element is 27 + 18 = 45.

Question 9. Indicate the position of the element having electronic configuration Is22s22p63s23p63d34s2 in the periodic table.
Answer: 4th period and 15th group in the periodic table

Question 10. What is the total number of elements incorporated
now in the periodic table? Write down the name and symbol of the last element.
Answer: The total number of elements incorporated in the periodic table is 118. The name of the last element is Ununoctium and its symbol is Uuo (Z = 118).

Question 11. Which group of the periodic table contains solid, liquid & gaseous elements? What are those elements?
Answer: Solid, liquid, and gaseous elements are present in group- 17(VIIA). These elements are fluorine (gas), chlorine (gas), bromine (liquid), iodine (solid) and astatine (solid).

Question 12. Which element is the most electronegative
Answer: Fluorine is the most electronegative of all the elements.

Question 13. Name one property that is not periodic
Answer: The radioactivity of an element is not a periodic property.

Question 14. Arrange according to the instructions given in the bracket:

  • O, Te, Se, S (Increasing order of electronegativity)
  • Na, Cu, Zn (Increasing order of electropositive character)
  • I, F, Br, CI (Increasing order of metallic character)
  • I, F, Br, Cl (Decreasing order of electron affinity)
  • Na, K, F, Cl, Br (Increasing order of atomic radius)
  • Mg, AI, Si, Na (Increasing order of ionization potential)
  • PbO, MgO, ZnO (increasing order of basic character)
  • Na+, Mg2+, Al3+ (Decreasing order of size)
  • Cu, S, C (graphite) (Increasing order of electrical conductivity)
  • Be, C, B, N, O (Increasing order of electron affinity)
  • Cl, Mg, C, S (Increasing order of electronegativity)
  • A12O3, P2O5, CL2O7, SO3 (Increasing order of acidic property)
  • MgO, ZnO, CaO, Na20, CuO (Increasing order of basic property)
  • Na+, F-, O2-, Mg2+, N3- (Increasing order of ionic radii)
  • B —Cl, Ba—Cl, Br —Cl, Cl —Cl (Increasing order of bond polarity)
  • Br, F, Cl, I (Increasing order of oxidising property)
  • Na, Cs, K, Rb, Li (Increasing order of atomic volume)
  • Sb2O3, N2Og, AS2O3 (Increasing order of acidic property)

Answer:

  • Te < Se < S < O
  • Cu< Zn< Na
  • F < Cl < Br <I
  • Cl > F > Br >I
  • F < Cl < Br < Na < K
  • Na<Al<Mg<Si
  • ZnO < PbO < MgO
  • Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+
  • S < C(graphite) <Cu
  • Be<N<B<C<0
  • Mg < C = S < Cl
  • A12O3 < P2O5 < SO3 < C12O7
  • CuO < ZnO < MgO < CaO < Na20
  • Mg2+ < Na+ < F < O2-– < N3-
  • Ba —Cl > B —Cl > Br —Cl > Cl —Cl
  • I < Br < Cl < F
  • Li < Na < K < Kb < Cs
  • Sb2O3 < AS2O3 < N2O5

Question 15. Name the elements having the highest and lowest
ionization enthalpy.
Answer: Highest value: Helium (He), Lowest value: Cesium (Cs).

Question 16. What do you mean by the statement—the covalent radius of H-atom is 0.37 A?
Answer: It indicates that one-half of the internuclear distance between two bonded H-atoms in an H2 molecule is 0.37 A.

Question 17. Indicate the similarity observed in the electron-gain enthalpy values of Mg and N.
Answer: Both Mg and N have positive electron-gain enthalpy values.

Question 18. Why is the size of F- smaller than that of O2- ion? {
Answer: O2- and F ions are isoelectronic, but their nuclei contain 8 and 9 protons respectively.

So, the nuclear attractive force acting on the electrons of the F ion is greater than that on the electrons of the O2- ion. Consequently, the F ion is smaller than the O2- ion.

Question 19. Compare the radii of K+ and Cl ions (each contain the same number of electrons)
Answer: The nuclei of the isoelectronic ions K+ and Cl contain 19 and 17 protons respectively. So the magnitude of nuclear attractive force acting on the electrons of K+ ions is greater than that on the electrons of Cl- ion. Consequently, the radius of the K+ ion is smaller than that of the Cl- ion.

Question 20. What do you understand by the negative value of electron-gain enthalpy of an element?
Answer: It signifies that energy is released when an isolated gaseous atom of the element under consideration accepts an electron to form a monovalent gaseous anion.

Question 21. The electronic configuration of the atom of an element is ls22s22p623s33px. Locate its position in the periodic table. Is it a metal or non-metal? What is its valency?
Answer: The receives its last electron in 3p -orbital. So it belongs to p -p-block elements. Accordingly, its group number = 10 + no. of electrons in the valence shell = 10 + (2 + 1)= 13.

Again, the period of the element = several principal quantum numbers ofthe valence shell = 3.

It is metal because it belongs to the 13th group of the periodic table. Valency of the element = number of electrons in the valence shell =2+1 = 3.

Question 22. The atomic numbers of elements A, B, and C are 10, 13, & 17 respectively. Write their electronic configurations.
Which one of them will form a cation and which one an anion?0 Mention their valencies.
Answer: Electronic configuration of 10A: ls22s22p6 electronic configuration of 13B: ls22s22p63s33p1 Electronic configuration of 17C: ls22s22p63s23p5 The element, A belonging to group 18, is an inert gas.

So it will form neither a cation nor an anion. The element B, belonging to group 13, is a metal. It will readily form a cation by the loss of 3 electrons from its valence shell (3rd shell).

The element C will readily gain one electron in its outermost 3rd shell to attain inert gas electronic configuration (Is2……3s23p6). So, C will form an anion.

Valency of A = 0 (it has a complete octet of electrons in the outermost shell). Valency of B = 3 (by the loss of 3 electrons from the 3rd shell it will attain stable inert gas electronic configuration).

Valency of C = 1 (because by the gain of the electron, it can attain stable inert gas configuration).

Question 23. A, B, and C are three elements with atomic numbers group (8 + 2) = 10. 17, 18, and 20 respectively. Write their electronic configuration. Which one of them is a metal and which one is a non-metal? What will be the formula of the compound formed by the union of A and C? What may be the nature of valency involved in the formation of the above compound?
Answer: Electronic configuration of 1A: ls22s22p63s23p5

Electronic configuration of 10B: ls22s22p63s23p6

Electronic configuration of 2QC: ls22s22p63s23p64s2

Element C is a metal as it can easily form a dipositive ion by the loss of two electrons from 4s -orbital. ElementA is an anon-metal as it can achieve inert gas configuration by accepting one electron in a 3p -subshell.

As already mentioned, the element C can easily, form a dipositive cation (C2+), while the element A readily forms a uninegative anion (A-).

So the elements A and C can combine to form the compound CA2.

The above-mentioned compound is electrovalent because it will be formed by the union of two A ions with one C2+ ion.

Question 24. Outer electronic configuration of 4 elements is as follows: 3d°4s1 3s23p5 4s24p6 Electronic configuration of 10A: ls22s22p6 3d84s2. Find their positions in the periodic table
Answer: This element (3d°4s1) is an s -block element. So it is an element of period group 1.

This element (3s23p5) is a p -p-block element containing (2 + 5) or 7 electrons in the valence shell (n = 3). Soitis an element ofthe 3rd periodin group (10 + 2 + 5) = 17.

This element (4s24p6) is a p -p-block element containing (2 + 6) or 8 electrons in the valence shell (n = 4). So it is an element of the 4thperiodin group (10 + 2 + 6) = 18.

This element (3d84s2) is a d -d-block element containing 8 electrons in the d -orbital of the penultimate shell (n = 3) and 2 electrons in the s -orbital of the valence shell (n = 4). So, it is an element of the 4th period in group (8+2)=10

Question 25. Write the electronic configuration of the element with atomic number 35. What will be the stable oxidation states of the element?
Answer: Electronic configuration: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s24p5. The most stable oxidation state is -1 because it can accept one electron to achieve inert gas configuration (Is2… 3d104s24p6).

Again in an excited state, it can also exhibit oxidation number +3 or +5 by forming a covalent bond by using its 3 or 5 odd electrons in its outermost shell.

Class 11 Chemistry Classification Of Elements And Periodicity in Properties Electronic Configuration

Question 26. justify by mentioning two reasons, the inclusion of Ca and Mg in the same group of the periodic table.
Answer: Both Ca and Mg have similar electronic configurations. Both of them belong to s -s-block. Electronic configuration of Mg: ls22s22p63s2 Electronic configuration of Ca: ls22s22p63s23p64s2

Both are typical divalent metals and form stable ionic compounds, for example; MgCl2, CaCI2; MgO, and CaO.

Question 27. Cu, Ag & Au are regarded as transition elements. Why?
Answer: Despite having filled d -orbitals (d10), copper, silver, and gold are considered transition elements because at least in one stable oxidation state of the atoms of these elements, d -orbital is partially filled with electrons, For example, the electronic configuration of Cu2+ is ls22s22p63s23p23d94s2.

Question 28. Write down the electronic configuration of the element having atomic number 21. Name two other elements of the same series to which this element belongs. Why do they belong to the same series?
Answer: Electronic configuration ofthe element (Atomicnumber= 21): ls22s22p63s23p63d14s2 From the electronic configuration, it can be said that the element belongs to the first transition series as its 3d -orbital is partially filled. Two other elements belonging to this series are Cr(24) and Mn(25). The 3d -orbitals of these elements are also partially filled. Their electronic configurations are—

Cr: ls22s22p63s23p63d54s1

Mn: ls22s22p63s23p63d54s2

Question 29. Can Cu (At. no. 29) and Zn (At. no. 30) be called transition elements? Explain.
Answer: Although the Cu -atom in its ground state does not contain an incompletely filled d-orbital, Cu2+ has a partially filled d-orbital and so it is a transition element.

  • Electronic config. of Cu: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s1
  • Electronic config. of Cu2+: ls22s22p63s23p63d94S2

In the ground state or any stable oxidation state of Zn, the d orbital is filled. So, it is not a transition element.

Question 30. The atomic numbers of three elements A, B, and C are 9, 13, and 17 respectively.

  • Write their electronic configuration.
  • Ascertain their positions in the periodic table.
  • Which one is most electropositive and which one is most electronegative?

Answer: Electronic configurations of gA: ls22s22p5, 13B: ls22s22p63s23p1, 17C: ls22s22p63s23p5

All three elements are p -p-block elements. Hence, their group and period numbers are as follows:

Question 27. Cu, Ag & Au are regarded as transition elements. Why?
Answer: Despite having filled d -d-orbitals (d10), copper, silver, and gold are considered transition elements because at least in one stable oxidation state of the atoms of
these elements, the -orbital is partially filled with electrons, For example, the electronic configuration of Cu2+ is ls22s22p63s23p63d14s0

Question 28. Write down the electronic configuration of the element having atomic number 21. Name two other elements of the same series to which this element belongs. Why do they belong to the same series?
Answer: Electronic configuration ofthe element (Atomicnumber= 21) : ls22s22p63s23p63d14s2

From the electronic configuration, it can be said that the element belongs to the first transition series as its 3d –orbital is partially filled.

Two other elements belonging to this series are Cr(24) and Mn(25). The 3d -orbitals of these elements are also partially filled. Their electronic configurations are—

  • Cr: ls22s22p63s23p63d54s1
  • Mn: ls22s22p63s23p23d54s2

Question 29. Can Cu (At. no. 29) and Zn (At. no. 30) be called transition elements? Explain.
Answer: Although the Cu -atom in its ground state does not contain an incompletely filled d-orbital, cu 2+ has a partially filled d-orbital and so it is a transition element.

  • Electronic config. of Zn: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s1
  • Electron Config. of Zn2+: ls22s22p63s23p63d94s0

Question 30. The atomic numbers of three elements A, B, and C are 9, 13, and 17 respectively.
Write their electronic configuration. Ascertain their positions in the periodic table. Which one is most electropositive and which one is most electronegative?
Answer: Electronic configurations of gA: ls22s22p5 13B: ls22s22p63s23p1, 17C: ls22s22p63s23p5

All three elements are p -block elements. Hence, their group and period numbers are as follows:

Element B can easily donate 3 electrons from its outermost shell to attain a stable inert gas configuration. So, it is the most electropositive element.

Elements A and C are electronegative because they can accept one electron to attain stable
inert gas electronic configuration.

These elements (A and C) have similar outer electronic configurations (ns2np5) but the size of A is smaller than that of C. So, the electronegativity of A is greater than that of C. Hence, A is the most electronegative element.

Question 31. Why is the atomic size of Ca2+ smaller than that of K+?
Answer: K+ and Ca2+ are isoelectronic (each contains 18 electrons). K+ contains 18 protons in its nucleus and Ca2+ contains 20 protons.

Several protons being in Ca2+  ion, the electrons in the outermost shell of Ca2+  ion will experience greater attractive force by the nucleus compared to K+. Consequently, Ca2+ has a smaller ionic size than K+ ions.

Question 32. The atomic radius of the chlorine atom is 0.99 A but the ionic radius of chloride (Cl-) is 1.81 A—explain.
Answer: In an anion, the total number of electrons being greater than that of the number of protons, attraction of the nucleus for the outermost electrons decreases.

Furthermore, due to mutual repulsion among electrons, the outermost orbit gets appreciably expanded.

As a result, the anionic radius becomes more than the radius of the parent atom. On account of this, the radius of Cl- (1.81 A) (18 electrons and 17 protons) is greater than the radius of the chlorine (0.99 A) atom (17 electrons and 17 protons).

Question 33. First ionization energy of elements increases with the atomic numbers of the elements in a period—why? Cite an exception.
Answer: In any period, with an increase in atomic number, the magnitude of the positive charge of the nucleus increases, but there is no addition of any new shell.

In consequence, the attractive force of the nucleus for the outermost electrons increases. So, the amount of energy required for the removal of an electron from the outermost shell of the atom (z.e., first ionization energy) in any period increases with the increase in atomic number.

An exception to this generalization is the nitrogen-oxygen pair. In the second period, oxygen belonging to group VIA has a lower value of first ionization energy than nitrogen of group. The reason can be ascribed to the stable electronic configuration of the nitrogen atom (ls22s22p3)

Question 34. The ionization potential of O is less than that of N—
explain.
Answer: The reason for such a difference may be explained based on their electronic configurations filled, its electronic configuration is highly stable.

So, a large amount of energy is required to form N+ ion by removal of 2pelectron.

On the other hand, the formation of 0+ ion by removal of one electron from a partially filled 2p -orbital requires less energy, since the 2p -orbital of 0+ion is half-filled, the electronic configuration assumes stability. Hence, oxygen has a lower ionization potential than nitrogen.

Class 11 Chemistry Classification Of Elements And Periodicity in Properties Ionisation Potential Of O is Less than Of N

Question 35. Explain why the ionization potentials of inert gas are very high while that of alkali metals are very low. ses are
Answer: Outermost shells of inert gases contain octets of electrons. Besides this, each of the inner shells of inert gas elements is filled. Such configuration is exceptionally staMe conversion of a neutral inert gas atom into its ions try removal of an electron from the outermost shell requires large energy. As a result, they have high ionization potentials.

Configuration of the outermost and penultimate shell of alkali metals is {n-l)s2(n-1)p6nsl (except Li ). Thus loss of 1 electron from their outermost shell brings about a stable configuration of inert gases. Hence, the conversion of alkali metals to their ions requires comparatively less amount of energy. As a result, alkali metals have low values of ionization potential.

Question 36. Which member in each of the following pairs has
a lower value of ionization potential? F, Cl S, Cl Ar, K O Kr, Xe Na, Na+.
Answer: Cl has lower ionization enthalpy than F because electrons of 2p-orbital are more strongly attracted by the nucleus than the 3p-electrons in Cl.

(Note that effective nuclear charge on the outermost electrons is nearly the same for both and Cl).

S has lower ionization enthalpy than Cl because the size of S is greater than that of Cl and also the nuclear charge of is less than that of CL

K has a lower ionization potential than Ar as the outermost shell is filled with electrons in Ar. On the other hand, K can attain a stable configuration like the inert gas Arby the loss of only 1 electron.

Xe has lower ionization enthalpy than Kr because ionization enthalpy decreases on moving down a group in the periodic table.

Na (ls22s22p263s1) has lower ionization enthalpy’ than Na+(ls22s22p6), because the former can attain inert gas-like electronic configuration by loss of 1 electron from its outermost shell, whereas the latter attains unstable electronic configuration (Is22s22p5) by loss of one electron from its outermost shell.

Question 37. Why is the value of electron-gain enthalpy negative?
Answer: When an electron is added to a neutral gaseous atom to form a negative gaseous ion, energy’ is usually liberated, i.e., the enthalpy change in the process is usually negative. So electron-gain enthalpies of most elements have negative values.

Question 38. Calculate the energy (in kj unit) required to convert all sodium atoms into sodium ions, present in 3.45 mg of its vapor. [I.P of sodium 490kJ mol-1 ]
Answer: Sodium atoms present \(=\frac{3.45}{23} \times 10^{-3}=1.5 \times 10^{-4} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Na(g) + = Na+(g) + = 490 kj. mol-1.

The energy required for the ionization of 1 mol sodium is 490 kj.

The energy required for ionization of 1.5 X 10-4 mol sodium is 490 X 1.5 X 10-4 kj = 73.5J

Question 39. A, B, C, and D are four elements of the same period, of which A and B belong to s -block. B and D react together to form B+D~. C and D unite together to produce a covalent compound, CD2. What is the formula of the compound formed by A and D ? 0 What is the nature of that compound? What will be the formula and nature of the compound formed by the union of B and C
Answer: Since A and B are s -block elements of the same period, one of them is an alkali metal group-1A while the other is an alkaline earth metal of group-2A.

B and D react to form anionic compound B+D. Therefore, B is a monovalent alkali metal of group IA, and D is a monovalent electronegative element of group VIIA.

Hence, the other element A of the s -the block is a bivalent alkaline earth metal of group-2A. C and D combine to produce the covalent compound CD2. Hence, C is a bivalent electronegative element belonging to group 4A.

The formula of the compound formed by the combination ofelectropositive bivalent element A with electronegative monovalent element D is AD2

The compound is ionic or electrovalentinnature. A compound formed by reactions of electropositive monovalent element B with electronegative bivalent element C will have the formula B2C. It is an electrovalent or ionic compound.

Question 40. What changes in the following properties are observed while moving from left to right along a period & from top to bottom in a group? Atomic volume, Valency, Electronegativity, Oxidising, and reducing powers.
Answer: On moving from left to right across a period, atomic volume first decreases and then increases. In a group, atomic volume increases with an increase in atomic number down a group.

Oxygen-based valency goes on increasing from left to right over a period but does not suffer any change down a group.

Electronegativity increases gradually from left to right across a period while it decreases down a group with an increase in atomic number.

Oxidizing power increases from left to right across a period and decreases from top to bottom in a group.

On the other hand, reducing power decreases from left to right in a period but it increases from top to bottom in a group.

Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Write the name of the element which is diagonally related to the element beryllium. Three elements A, B, and C have atomic numbers 11, 14, and 17 respectively.
State the periodic table in which elements A and C belong. Write the formulas ofthe compounds formed between B and C and A and C. State the nature ofthe bonds.
Answer: Aluminium (Al)

  • 11A: ls22s22p63s23p2,
  • 17C: ls22s22p63s23p5

From the electronic configuration is evident that A is an s -a block element whereas C is a p -a block element.

The compound formed between B and C has the formula BC4 and the nature of the bond is covalent. The compound formed by a combination of A and C is AC (electrovalent).

Question 2. Classify as basic, amphoteric, or acidic: BeO, A12O3, CaO, SiO2 State the modem periodic law.
Answer: BeO, A12O3: amphoteric; CaO: basic; SiO2: acidic

Question 3. Write the name of the element which is diagonally related to the element beryllium. Three elements A, B, and C have atomic numbers 11, 14, and 17 respectively. State the periodic table in which elements A and C belong. Write the formulas ofthe compounds formed between B and C and A and C. State the nature ofthe bonds.
Answer: 

  1. Symbol of one transition element — Fe.
  2. Symbol of one inner-transition element — Ce
  3. Ionic radius is highest for O2- for the given case.
  4. Electronegativity is lowest for Na for the given case.
  5. Ionization energy is highest for Ar for the given case.

Question 4. State the group number in the modem periodic table where solid, liquid, and gaseous elements are present at room temperature. Identify solid, and liquid elements. Indicate the given elements as alkali metal, alkaline-earth metal, coinage metal, chalcogen: Li, Ca, S, Cu.
Answer: Group 17 of modem periodic table contains solid (iodine, I2), liquid (bromine, Br2), and gaseous (chlorine, Cl2) elements at the same time

  • Group 17 of the modern periodic table contains solid
  • (iodine, I2), liquid (bromine, Br2) and gaseous
  • (chlorine, Cl2) elements at the same time.

Question 5. Among which of the following pairs of elements, the first has lesser ionization energy than the second—

  1. Na, K
  2. N, O
  3. B, Be
  4. Br, I

Answer: 3. B, Be

Question 6. Name a pair of elements that exhibit diagonal relationships.
Answer: Li and Mg.

Question 7. Name a chalcogen and an alkaline earth metal.
Answer: Oxygen (O) is an example of chalcogen and magnesium (Mg) is an alkaline earth metal

Question 10. Mention the names of the most electropositive and most
electronegative stable elements in the periodic table. 2 What is metalloid? Give one example.
Answer: The most electropositive stable element of the periodic table is cesium (Cs) and the most electronegative stable element of the periodic table is fluorine (F).

Question 11. Which has greaterionisation energy and why—S or P?
Answer: Phas greaterionisation energy than S. According to Hund’s
rule the half-filled electronic configuration is highly stable
and the outermost 3p -orbital of the P atom is half-filled.

To produce P+ ions by removing an electron from the 3p orbital ofPrequireshuge energyresulting a very high value of ionization energy. On the other hand, S atom has a partially filled 3p -orbital which attains a stable half-filled electronic configuration in the S+ ion.

Therefore, to produce S to S+ comparatively lower energy is required resulting in a lower-value of ionization energy.

Question 13. Arrange as directed: SiO2, NO2, A12O3, C1O2 (Increasing acidic property) Na+, Al3+, F-, Cl- (Increasing ionic radius) Arrange the following ions in the increasing order of their ionic radius. F-, Mg2+ Al3+, O2-
Answer: AI2O3 < SiO2 < NO2 < C1O2 Al3+ < Na+ < F- < Cl-

Question 14. Arrange the following ions in the increasing order of their ionic radius. F-, Mg2+, Al3+, O2-
Answer: Al3+ < Mg2+ < F < O2-

Question 15. Which ofthe given elements has the lowest electron affinity

  1. C
  2. P
  3. O
  4. S

Answer: 2. P

Question 16. Arrange the following elements according to their decreasing oxidising ability: I, Br, F, Cl.
Answer: F > Cl > Br >I

Question 17. Arrange as per instruction: Na2O, B2O3, AI2O3, MgO (increasing order of basicity) Be, 0, Cl, I (increasing order of electro-negativity)
Answer: B2O3 < A12O3 < MgO < Na2O ; Be <I < Cl < O

Question 19. Two atoms X and Y have electronic configurations [He] 2sz2p3 and [Ne] 3s23p2 respectively. Which period and group of the periodic table do they belong to? The second electron affinity of an element is always endothermic. Explain.
Answer: X — Period 2, Group-15. Y — Period 3, Group-14.

Question 20. Electron affinity ofCl is greater than that of. Explain. Indicate the basic/acidic behavior of the hydrides of the following elements: F, C, O, and N Metallic properties of elements in the periodic table.
Answer: HF: acidic, CH4: neutral, H2O: neutral, NH3: basic (From left to right along a period the relative acidity of the hydrides ofthe elements increase).

Question 21. Metallic property of elements down the group in the periodic table
Answer: HF: acidic, CH4: neutral, H2O: neutral, NH3: basic (From left to right along a period the relative acidity of the hydrides ofthe elements increase).

Question 22. Arrange the following in increasing order of ionic radius: Na+, F, O2-, Al3+, N3-.
Answer: Al3+ < Na+ < F < O2- < N3

Question 23. Why does nitrogen have a higher ionization enthalpy than that of Oxygen? Arrange the following in increasing order of acidity: NO2, A12O3, SiO2, CIO2
Answer: Na < A1 < Mg < Si

Question What will be the order of, Mg, A1, and SI in terms of the first ionization enthalpy?
Answer: Mg2+ < Na+ < F < O2-

Question 25. Arrange the following ions in order of increasing ionic radii: Na+, F-, O2-, Mg2+.
Answer: Mg2+ < Na+ < F” < O2-

Question 26. Why is the electron-gain enthalpy of oxygen less than
that of sulfur? Arrange the following metal oxides in terms of ascending order of basicity: ZnO, MgO, CaO, CuO.
Answer: Electron-gain enthalpy of O is less than that of S as the 2p -orbital of the outermost shell of O-atom is much smaller in size than the 3p -orbital of the outermost shell of the S-atom.

So, the additional electron-electron repulsive force produced due to the addition of one electron to the 2p -orbital of the oxygen atom from outside is more than the additional electron-electron repulsive force developed by the addition of one electron to the 3p -orbital of the S-atom. So the electron-gain enthalpy of the O-atom becomes less than that S-atom.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CuO}<\mathrm{ZnO}<\mathrm{MgO}<\mathrm{CaO}\)

Question 27. Why is the first ionization enthalpy of helium maximum among all the elements? Arrange the given compounds in terms of ascending order of oxidizing property: HC1, HBr, HI, HF
Answer: Configuration of He is Is2, i.e., all electrons of He are present in the Is -orbital. These electrons are attracted very strongly by the nucleus. Further, there are no inner electronic orbitals to shield these electrons from the pull of the nucleus.

So removal of an electron from the Is -orbital requires a large amount of energy. Therefore, the first ionization enthalpy of He is maximum. Hydrogen halides do not show oxidising properties. However, the reducing power of the hydrogen halides follows the sequence: HF <HCl < HBr < H

Question 28. Determine the position of an element in the long form of the periodic table if its electronic configuration is [18Ar]3d104s2.
Answer: It is a d -block element. Hence period no. = principle quantum no. of the outermost shell = 4 and its group no. = total electronin 3d and 4s -orbital = 10 + 2 = 12.

Question 29. Mention the name and the position of two elements, one which is most electronegative and the other most positive in the periodic table.
Answer: Most electronegative element =F (group 17, period-2)

Most electropositive element = Cs (group 1, period-6)

Question 30. Which of the following two elements has a diagonal relationship? Li, Be, A1, and Si Between 2gCu and igK which one has higher ionization enthalpy and why
Be and Al

  • Electronic configuration of 19K: ls22s22p63s23p64s1
  • Electronic configuration of 2gCu: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s1

The nucleus of the Cu-atom contains 10 more protons than that of the K-atom.

Additional nuclear pull on the outermost electron (4s1) in Cu-atom is not counter-balanced by the shielding effect of ten 3d-electrons because orbitals have poor screening effects. Thus the effective nuclear charge acting on the 4s-electron of copper is greater than that acting on the 4s-electron of

Question 31. Arrange the following ions in ascending order of radius: Na+, F-, O2-, Mg2+
Answer: Mg2+ < Na+ <F < O2-

Question 32. Is the electronegativity of Sn2+ and Sn4+ equal or different?
Answer: Elements in a higher oxidation state have higher electronegativity compared to the elements in a lower oxidation state. Thus Sn4+ is more electronegative than Sn2

Question 33. What is the oxidation state of TI in the compound t3? Which is the stronger oxidizing agent between CO2 and PbO2 and why?
Answer: +1

PbO2. Due to the inert pair effect, Pb is very unstable in the +4 oxidation state. Thus Pb4+ can be easily reduced to Pb2.

Question 34. Which iw is more stable between BC13 and T1C13 and why? What is the oxidation state of Zn in Zn-Hg Arrange the following elements in the increasing order of their first ionisation enthalpy.IX Be. Na, Mg 56 Arrange the following elements in the decreasing order of their electro-negativity. Si N. F. Cl
Answer: Because of the poor shielding effect by the inner d – and/- electrons, the inert pair effect is maximum for Tl.

Thus the most stable oxidation state of TL is +1 and not +3. Therefore TIClg is unstable. B does not exhibit an inert pair effect and thus BC13 is stable.

Question 37. The outermost electronic configuration of the atom of an element is 3s-3p3. Mention the position of the element in the long periodic table.

Why is electron gain enthalpy of oxygen less than that of sulfur?
Answer: Because of the poor shielding effect by the inner d – and/- electrons, the inert pair effect is maximum for Tl. Thus the most stable oxidation state of TL is +1 and not +3. Therefore TIClg is unstable. B does not exhibit an inert pair effect and thus BC13 is stable.

Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Solved NXERT Exercise

Question 1. What is the basic theme of organization in the periodic table?
Answer: The basic theme of organization in the periodic table is to study different physical and chemical properties of all the elements and their compounds simply and systematically.

Elements belonging to the same group have similar physical and chemical properties.

So, if the physical and chemical property of any one element of a group is known, then it is possible to predict the physical and chemical properties of the remaining elements of that group.

Therefore, it is not important to keep in mind the physical and chemical properties of all elements in the periodic table.

Question 2. Which property did Medeleev use to classify the elements in his periodic table? Did he stick to that?
Answer: Mendeleev classified th<? elements based on their increasing atomic weights in the periodic table. He arranged almost 63 elements in order of their increasing atomic weights placing together elements with similar properties in a vertical column

He observed that while classifying elements in the periodic table according to increasing atomic weight, certain elements had different properties than those elements belonging to the same group.

For such cases, Mendeleev prioritized the properties of the element over its atomic weight.

So, he placed an element with a higher atomic weight before an element with a lower atomic weight.

For example, iodine [I (126.91)] with a lower atomic weight than tellurium [Te (127.61)] is placed after tellurium in group VII along with elements like fluorine, chlorine, etc., due to similarities in properties with these elements.

Thus, Mendeleev did not stick to his idea of classifying elements only according to the increasing atomic weights.

Question 3. What is the basic difference in approach between Mendeleev’s Periodic Law & the Modern Periodic Law?
Answer: According to Mendeleev’s periodic law, the physical and chemical properties of elements are a periodic function of their atomic weights.

On the other hand, the modern periodic table states that the physical and chemical properties of the elements are a periodic function of their atomic numbers.

Thus the basic difference in approach between Medeleev’s periodic law and modern periodic law is the change in the basis of the classification of elements from atomic weight to atomic number.

Based on quantum numbers, justify that the sixth period of the periodic table should have 32 elements. In the modern periodic table, each period begins with the filling of a new principle energy level. Therefore, the sixth period starts with the filling of the principal quantum number, n = 6.

In the sixth period elements, the electron first enters the 6s -orbital, and then from left to right across a period the electrons enter the 4/, 5d, and 6p orbitals of the elements.

Filling of electrons in orbitals in the case of6th period continues till a new principal energy level of quantum number, n = 7 begins, i.e., for elements of the sixth period, electrons fill up the 6s, 4/, 5d, and 6p orbitals a total number of orbitals in this case =1 + 7 + 5 + 3 = 16. Since each orbital can accommodate a maximum of two electrons, there can be 16 X 2 or 32 elements in the sixth period.

Question 5. In terms of period and group, where would you locate the element with Z = 114?
Answer: It is known that the difference between atomic numbers of the successive members of any group is 8,8,18,18 and 32 (from top to bottom). So, the element with atomic number 114 will lie just below the element with atomic number (114- 32) = 82.

The element with atomic number 82 is lead (Pb), which is a member of the 6th period belonging to group number 14 (p -block element). Thus the element with atomic number 114 takes its position in the 7th period and group- 14 (p -block element) of the periodic table.

Question 6. Write the atomic number of the element present in the
third period & seventeenth group of the periodic table.
Answer: The general electronic configuration of the valence shell of the elements of group-17 (halogens) is ns2np5. For the third period, n = 3. Therefore, the electronic configuration of the valence shell of the element of the third period and group-17 Is 3ia3p12 and the complete electronic configuration of this element Is ls22s22p63s23p5. There are a total of 17 electrons In this element. Thus, the element In the third period and seventeenth group of the periodic table has atomic number = 17.

Question 7. Which clement do you think would have been named by Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory & Seaborg’s group?
Answer: Lawrencium, Lr and Berkellum, UK. Seaborgium, Sg.

Question 8. Why do elements In the same group have similar physical and chemical properties?
Answer: Elements belonging to the same group have similar valence shell electronic configurations and so they have similar physical and chemical properties.

Question 9. What do you mean by isoelectronic species? Name a species that will be isoelectronic with each of the given atoms or ions: F- Ar, Mg2+, Rb+.
Answer: Isoelectronic ions are ions of different elements that have the same number of electrons but different magnitudes of nuclear charge.

There are (9 + 1) or 10 electrons in F-. Isoelectronic species of F- are nitride (N3-) ion [7 + 3], oxide (O2-) ion [8 + 2], neon (Ne) atom [10], sodium (Na+) ion [11-1], magnesium (Mg2+) ion [12-2], aluminum (Al3+) ion [13-3]. There are 18 electrons in Ar. Isoelectronic species of Ar phosphide (P3-) ion [15 + 3], sulfide (S2-) ion [16 + 2]. chloride (Cl ion [17 + 1], potassium (K+) ion [19 -1], calcium (Ca2+) ion [2O-2].

There are (12-2) = 10 electrons in Mg2t. Isoelectronic species of Mg2+ are nitride (N3-) ton [7 + 3], oxide (O2-) ion [8 + 2], fluoride (F)ion [9+1] sodium (Na+) ion [11-1]. There are (37-1)- 36 electrons In Kb 1 . Isoelectronic species of Rb+ are bromide (Br) Ion [35 + 1], krypton (Kr) atom [36], strontium (Sr2-) Ion [302-].

Question 12. Consider the given species: N2-, O2-, I1-, Nn+, Mg2+ and Al3+. What Is Common In them? Arrange them in the order of increasing ionic radii.
Answer: Each of the given ions has 10 electrons. Hence, they are all isoelectronic species. Ionic radii of isoelectronic ions decrease with an increase in the magnitude of the nuclear charge.

The order of increasing nuclear charge of the given isoelectronic ions is N3- < O2- <F < Na+ < Mg2+ < Al3+. Therefore, the order of increasing ionic radii is: Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < F- < O2- < N3-.

Question 13. What is the significance of the terms—’ isolated gaseous atom’ and ‘ground state’ while defining the ionization enthalpy and electron-gain enthalpy?
[Hint: Requirements for comparison purposes]
Answer: The ionization energy of an element is defined as the minimum amount of energy required to remove the most loosely bound electron from the valence shell of an isolated gaseous atom existing in its ground state to form a cation in the gaseous state.

Electron-gain enthalpy is defined as the enthalpy change involved when an electron is added to an isolated gaseous atom in its lowest energy state (ground state) to form a gaseous ion carrying a unit negative charge.

The force with which an electron gets attracted by the nucleus of an atom is influenced by the presence of other atoms in the molecule or the neighborhood. Thus, to determine the ionization enthalpy, the interatomic forces should be minimal. Interatomic forces are minimal in the case of the gaseous state as the atoms are far apart from each other.

Consequently, the‘ value of ionization enthalpy is less affected by the surroundings. Similarly, for electron affinity, the interatomic forces of attraction should be minimal for the corresponding atom. Tor Tills reason, the term ‘Isolated gaseous atom’ Is used while defining Ionisation enthalpy and electron-gain enthalpy.

Ground state means the state at which the atom exists In Its most stable state. If the atom Is In the excited state, then the amount of heat applied to remove an electron or the amount of heat liberated due to the addition of an electron is low.

So, for comparison, the term ‘ground state’ Is used while defining ionization enthalpy and electron-gain enthalpy.

Question 15. The energy of an electron in the ground state of the Hatom is -2.18 X 10-18J. Calculate the ionization enthalpy of atomic hydrogen in terms of J . mol-1. [Hint: Apply the idea of the mole concept.]
Answer: Amount of energy required to remove an electron from a hydrogen atom at ground state =Eog-El = 0-El = -(-2.18 X 10-18)J =2.18 X 10-8 J

Ionization enthalpy atomic hydrogen per mole = 2.18 X 10“18 X 6.022 X 1023 = 1312.8 X 103 J.mol-1.

Question 17. How would you explain the fact that the first ionization enthalpy of sodium is lower than that of magnesium but its second ionization enthalpy is higher than that of magnesium?
Answer:

Class 11 Chemistry Classification Of Elements And Periodicity in Properties Magnesium

Evident that in both atoms, the valence electrons enter the 3s orbital. However, the nuclear charge of the Mg atom (+12) is greater than that of the Na atom (+11).

Again, the 3s orbital of the Mg atom being filled is more stable than half-filled.

3s -orbital of Na atom. Thus, the first ionization enthalpy of sodium is lower than that of magnesium.

On the other hand, the removal of one electron from the valence shell of the Na atom leads to the formation of the Na+ ion whose electronic configuration is highly stable (similar to inert gas, neon).

So high amount of energy is required to remove the second electron because it disturbs the stable electronic configuration. However, the electronic configuration of Mg+ is not as stable as that of Na+, but the electronic configuration of Mg2+ is more stable as it is similar to the electronic configuration of the inert gas, neon.

So, less amount of energy is required to remove an electron from Mg+. Thus, the second ionization enthalpy of sodium is higher than that of magnesium.

Question 18. What are the various factors due to which the ionization enthalpy of the main group elements tends to decrease down a group?
Answer: The two factors are: atomic size and screening effect.

Question 19. First ionisation enthalpy values (in kjmol-1) of group-13 elements are: B = 801, A1 = 577, Ga = 579, In = 558 and T1 = 589. How would you explain this deviation from the general trend?
Answer: On moving down group-13 from B to Al, ionization enthalpy decreases due to an increase in atomic size and shielding effect which jointly overcome the effect of an increase in nuclear charge. However, ionization enthalpy increases slightly on moving from Al to Ga (2 kj.mol-1).

This is because due to poor shielding of valence electrons by 3d -electrons effective nuclear charge on Ga is slightly more than Al.

On moving from Ga to In, the shielding effect of all the inner electrons overcomes the effect of the increase in nuclear charge. Thus, the ionization enthalpy of In is lower than Ga.

Again, on moving from Into T1, there is a further increase in nuclear charge which overcomes the shielding effect of all electrons present in the inner shells including those of 4f- and 5d -orbitals. So, the ionization enthalpy of T1 is higher than In.

Question 20. Which of the given pairs would have a more negative
electron-gain enthalpy: O or F F or Cl?
Answer: 0 and F both belong to the second period. As one moves from O to F, atomic size decreases and nuclear charge increases. Due to these factors, the incoming electron when enters the valence shell, and the amount of energy liberated in the case of F is more than that of O.

Again, Fatom (ls22s22p5) accepts one electron to form F- ion (lsz2s22p6) which has a stable configuration similar to neon. However, O-atom when converted to O- does not attain any stable configuration.

Thus energy released is much higher going from F to F- than in going from 0 to 0-. So, the electron-gain enthalpy of is much more negative than that of O

Question 21. Would you expect the second electron-gain enthalpy of 0 as positive, more negative, or less negative than the first? Justify your answer.
Answer: There are sue valence electrons in oxygen and it requires two more electrons to complete its octet. So, the O-atom accepts one electron to convert into O~ ion and in the process liberates energy. Thus, the first electron-gain enthalpy of oxygen is negative.

⇒ \(\mathrm{O}(g)+e \rightarrow \mathrm{O}^{-}(g)+141 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\left(\Delta_i H_1=-v e\right)\)

However, when another electron is added to O to form an O2-ion, energy is absorbed to overcome the strong electrostatic repulsion between the negatively charged O ion and the second incoming electron. Thus, the second electron-gain enthalpy of oxygen is positive.

⇒ \(\mathrm{O}^{-}(\mathrm{g})+e \rightarrow \mathrm{O}^{2-}(\mathrm{g})-\left(780 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\right)\left(\Delta_i H_2=+v e\right)\)

Question 23. How would you react to the statement that the electronegativity of N on the Pauling scale is 3.0 in all the nitrogen compounds?
Answer: The electronegativity of any element depends on the hybridization state and oxidation state of that element in a particular compound, i.e., the electronegativity of an element varies from compound to compound. For example, the electronegativity of Natom varies as sp3 —N < sp2—N < sp—N. So, the, given statement is not correct.

Question 24. Would you expect the first ionization enthalpies for two isotopes of the same element to be the same or different? Justify your answer.
Answer: Isotopes of an element have the same number of electrons and similar electronic configurations. So their nuclear charge and atomic radii are identical. Consequendy, two isotopes of the same element are expected to have the same ionization enthalpy.

Question 25. What are the major differences between metals and non-metals?
Answer: Metals have a strong tendency to lose electrons to form cations they are strong reducing agents, have low ionization enthalpies, have less negative electron gain enthalpies, low electronegativity, and form basic oxides and ionic compounds.

Non-metals have a strong tendency to accept electrons to form anions. They are strong oxidizing agents, have high ionization enthalpies, have high negative electron-gain enthalpies, and high electronegativity, and form acidic oxides and covalent compounds.

Question 26. Use the periodic table to answer the given questions. Identify an element with 5 electrons in the outer subshell. Identify an element that would tend to lose 2 electrons. Identify an element that would tend to gain 2 electrons. Identify the group having metal, non-metal, liquid, and gas at room temperature
Answer: Fluorine. Its configuration is ls22s22p5

Magnesium. Its configuration is ls22s22p63s2. So, Mg loses 2 electrons from its outermost shell to form Mg2+ and attains a stable configuration.

Oxygen. Its configuration is ls22s22p4 So, O gains 2 electrons to form O2- and attains stable configuration. Group-17. The metallic character of astatine (At) is much greater than its non-metallic character and its melting point is very high (302°C).

So, astatine is considered as a metal. So in group-17 there is a metal (At), non-metals (F2, Cl2, Br2, I2), liquid (Br2) and gas (F2, Cl2).

Question 28. The order of reactivity of group-1 LI < Na < K < Rb < Cs whereas that of group-17 elements Is F > Cl > Br >I. Explain.
Answer: There is only one electron in the valence shell of the elements of group 1. Thus, they have a strong tendency to lose this single electron. The tendency to lose electrons depends on the ionization enthalpy. As ionization enthalpy decreases down the group, the correct order of increasing reactivity of group 1 elements is Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs. On the other hand, there are 7 electrons in the valence shell of the elements of group-17.

Thus, they have a strong tendency to gain a single electron. The tendency to gain electrons depends on the electrode potentials of the elements. As the electrode potential of elements decreases down the group, the correct order of activity is F > Cl > Br >I.

Alternate explanation: In the case of halogens, their reactivity increases with the increase in electron-gain enthalpy.

Order of electron-gain enthalpy: F < Cl > Br >I. As electron gain enthalpy decreases from Cl to, the order of reactivity also follows this sequence. However, fluorine is the most reactive halogen as its bond dissociation energy is verylow.

Question 29. Assign the position of the element having outer electronic configuration: ns2np4 for n = 3, 0 (n-l)d2ns2 for n = 4 & (n-2)/7(n-l)d1ns2 for tt = 6, in the periodic table.
Answer: (T) As n= 3, the element belongs to the period. Since the last electron enters the p-orbital, the given element is a p-block element. For p-block elements, group no. of the element = 10+no. of electrons in the valence shell. The element is in the (10+6) = 16th period. As n = 4, the element belongs to the fourth period.

Since is present in the element, it is a block element. For d-block elements, group no. of the element = no. of ns electrons + no. of(n-l) f electrons = 2+2 = 4. Therefore, the element is in the 4th period.

As n – 6, the element belongs to the sixth period. Since the last electron enters the f-orbital, the element is a f-block element. All f-block elements are situated in the third group of the periodic table.

The first (A1H1) and second (A12) ionization enthalpies (klmol-1) and the (AegH) electron gain enthalpy (in kj.mol-1 ) of a few elements are given below: Which of the above elements is likely to be: the P least reactive clement. the most reactive metal.

the most reactive non-metal. the least reactive non-metal. the metal which can form a stable binary halide of the formula MX2(X = halogen).

Question 30. The metal that can form a predominantly stable covalent halide of the formula MX (X = halogen)? Element V is the least reactive metal as it has highest first ionization enthalpy & positive electron-gain enthalpy.
Answer: Element is the most reactive metal as it has the lowest first ionization enthalpy & low negative electron-gain enthalpy.

Element 3 is the most reactive non-metal because it has a very high first ionization enthalpy and very high negative electron-gain enthalpy.

Element 4 is the least reactive non-metal because it has a high negative electron-gain enthalpy but not so high first ionization enthalpy.

Element 4 has low first and second ionization enthalpy. Again, the first ionization enthalpy of this element is higher than those ofthe alkali metals. Thus, the given element is an alkaline earth metal and can form a stable binary halide ofthe formula MX2.

The first ionization enthalpy of elements is low but its second ionization enthalpy is high. So, it is an alkali metal and can form stable covalent halide (MX)

Predict the formulas of the stable binary compounds that would be formed by given pairs of elements: OLi and O,0Mg and N, A1 and, Si and O, P and F, Element with atomic numbers 71 and F.

Question 31. In the modern periodic table, period indicates the value of atomic number atomic mass principal quantum number azimuthal quantum number
Answer: Each period in the modern periodic table begins with the filling of a new shell. So, the period indicates the value of a principal quantum number.

Question 32. Which of the following statements related to the modern periodic table is incorrect?

  • p -block has 6 columns because a maximum of 6 electrons can occupy all the orbitals in a p-shell.
  • d -block has 8 columns, as a maximum of 8 electrons can occupy all the orbitals in a d -subshell.
  • Each block contains many columns equal to the number of electrons that can occupy that subshell.
  • Block indicates the value of azimuthal quantum number (l) for the last subshell that received electrons in building up electronic configuration

Answer: The statement is incorrect because d -the block has 10 columns because a maximum of ten electrons can occupy all the orbitals in a d -subshell.

Question 33. Anything that influences the valence electrons will affect the chemistry of the element. Which one of the following factors does not affect the valence shell?

  1. Valence principal quantum number (n)
  2. Nuclear charge (Z)
  3. Nuclear mass
  4. Number of core electrons.
  5. Nuclear mass does not affect the valence shell electrons (such as, and H have similar chemical properties.
  6. The size of isoelectronic species F-, Ne, Na+ is affected by: nuclear charge (Z)
  7. valence principal quantum number (n)

Higher Order Thinking Skills

Question 1. What will be the name (IUPAC) and symbol if the element with atomic number 119 is discovered? Write its electronic configuration. Also, write the formulas of the stable chloride and oxide of this element.
Answer: IUPAC name : Ununennium, Symbol: Uue

Atomic number ofthe element =119 = 87 + 32

It is known that the element with atomic number 87 is francium (Fr). Fr belongs to group 1 in the 7th period of the periodic table.

So, the element with atomic number 119 will take its position in group 1 and 8th period just below francium(Fr).

The electronic configuration of this element will be [UuojBs1, (where Uuo = Ununoctium, Z = 118). It will be an alkali metal with valency=1

If the symbol ofthe element is ‘M’ then the formulas of its stable chloride and oxide will be MCI and M20 respectively.

Question 2. Formulas of oxide and chloride of an element A are A205 and AClg respectively. Which group of Mendeleev’s periodic table will the element belong to? State whether it is a metal or a non-metal.
Answer: Hiking oxygen as standard, the valency ofthe element A is 5, and taking chlorine as standard, the valency of A is 3. Since oxygen-based valency (8-chlorine-based valency) is the same as that ofthe group number of the element, the element will be of group Mendeleev’s periodic table. Thus, itis a non-metal.

Question 3. A and B are two elements with atomic numbers 9 and 17 respectively. Explain why the element A is a more powerful oxidizing agent than the element B.
Answer: Electronic configuration of gA: ls22s22p5. Electronic configuration of 1? B: ls22s22p63s23p5. Both A and B can accept electrons to form the anions of A- and B_ having inert gas electronic configuration. However, the anions A- are more stable than B- because of the smaller atomic size of A. So A is a stronger oxidizing agent than B.

Question 4. Elements A, B, and C have atomic numbers (Z- 2), Z, and (Z +1) respectively. Of these, B is an inert gas. Which one of these has the highest electronegativity? Which one of these has the highest ionization potential? What is the formula of the compound formed by the combination of A and C? What is the nature of the bond in this compound?
Answer: Since element B (atomic no =Z) is an inert gas, the element ‘A’ with atomic number (Z- 2) is included in group 6A. On the other hand, the element C, having an atomic number (Z + 1) must belong to groups (alkali metal). Hence, the electronegativity of the element A is maximum.

The element B, being an inert gas, has the highest value of ionization potential.

The valency of the element A, belonging to group (8- 6) = 2, and that ofthe element C, being an element of group IA, is 1. Therefore, the formula of the compound formed by A and C will be C2A.

Being a strongly electronegative element and C being a strongly electropositive element complete their octet through gain and loss of electrons respectively. So, the nature of the bond formed between C and A in C2A isionic or electrovalent bond.

Question 5. Atomic radius of 1(2)Ne is more than that of gF —why?
Answer: Fluorine forms diatomic molecules, thus the atomic radius of fluorine is a measure of half of the internuclear distance in its molecule (i.e., half of the covalent bond length of F2 molecule) but neon being an inert gas, its atoms are incapable of forming covalent bonds by mutual combination amongst themselves.

The only force that comes into play between the atoms is the weak van der Waals force. So a measure of the atomic radius of Ne is equal to its van der Waals radius but the van der Waals radius is always greater than the covalent radius.

Thus, the atomic radius of neon is larger than that of fluorine. Furthermore, due to an increase in the number of electrons in the outermost 2p -orbital of Ne, there occurs an increase in electron-electron repulsion. So 2p-orbital of Ne suffers expansion leading to its increased atomic radius.

Question 6. The first electron affinity of oxygen is negative but the second electron affinity is positive—explain.
Answer: When an electron is added to the valence shell of an isolated gaseous O-atom in its ground state to form a negative ion, energy is released.

Because a neutral oxygen atom tends to complete its octet with electrons. So, the electron affinity of oxygen is an exothermic process and its value is negative.

When an extra electron is added to an O- ion, that second electron experiences a force of repulsion exerted by the negative charge ofthe anion. So, first, this process requires a supply of energy from an external source.

This accounts for the endothermic nature of second electron affinity and has a positive value.

Question 7. The electron affinity of sodium is negative but magnesium has a positive value—why?
Answer: Electronic configuration of nNa: ls22s22p63s1 Electronic configuration of 12Mg: ls22s22p63s2 Addition of one electron to the 3s -orbital of Na leads to a comparatively stable electronic configuration with fulfilled orbital.

So, this process of the addition of electrons to Na is an exothermic, process. So, the electron affinity of Na is negative. On the other hand, Mg has fulfilled 3s orbital and that has a stable electronic configuration.

So the addition of an electron to the 3p -orbital destabilizes the electronic configuration of Mg.

Additional energy is required for the addition of electrons to the outermost shell of Mg i.e., this process is endothermic and thus the value of electron affinity ofMg is positive.

Question 8. If the electron affinity of chlorine is 350 kJ*moI-1, then what is the amount of energy liberated to convert 1.775 g of chlorine (existing at atomic state) to chloride ions completely (in gaseous state)
Answer: Atomic mass of chlorine = 35.5 g .mol 1
The energy liberated in the conversion of 35.5 g of Cl to Clion =350 kj
Energyliberatedin the conversion of1.775 g ofCl to Cl-

\(\text { ion }=\frac{350}{35.5} \times 1.775=17.5 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Question 9. The second ionization enthalpy of Mg is sufficiently high and the second electron-gain enthalpy of O has a positive value. How do you explain the existence of Mg2+ O2- rather than Mg+O-?
Answer: The lattice energy of an ionic crystal depends on the force of
attraction between the cations and anions \(\left(F \propto \frac{q_1 q_2}{r^2}\right)\)

So, the magnitude of lattice energy increases as the charges on the cation and anion increase. Consequently, the lattice energy of Mg2+ O2- is very much greater than that of Mg+ O.

The lattice energy of Mg2+ O2- is so high that it exceeds the unfavorable effects of the second ionization enthalpy of Mg and the second electron-gain enthalpy of 0.

So, Mg2+ O2- is a stable ionic compound, and its formation is favored over Mg+ O.

Question 10. The atomic numbers of some elements are given below. Classify them into three groups so that the two elements in each group exhibit identical chemical behavior: 9, 12, 16, 34, 53, 56.
Answer:

\(\begin{array}{|c|c|}
\hline \begin{array}{c}
\text { Atomic } \\
\text { no. }
\end{array} & \text { Electronic configuration } \\
\hline 9 & 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^5 \\
\hline 12 & 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2 \\
\hline 16 & 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2 3 p^4 \\
\hline 34 & 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2 3 p^6 3 d^{10} 4 s^2 4 p^4 \\
\hline 53 & 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2 3 p^6 3 d^{10} 4 s^2 4 p^6 4 d^{10} 5 s^2 5 p^5 \\
\hline 56 & 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2 3 p^6 3 d^{10} 4 s^2 4 p^6 4 d^{10} 5 s^2 5 p^6 6 s^2 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

Elements with atomic numbers 9 and 53 belong to the -block and they have similar outer electronic configurations (ns2np5). So they will exhibit similar chemical properties. Their group number = (10 + 2 + 5) = 17. Elements with atomic numbers 12 and 56 belong to s -block and they have similar outer electronic configurations (ns2).

So they will exhibit similar chemical properties. Their group number = 2. Elements with atomic numbers 16 and 34 belong to the -block and they have similar outer electronic configurations (ns2np2).

So, they will exhibit similar chemical properties. Their group number = (10 + 2 + 4) = 16. So, based on similarity in chemical properties, the given elements are divided into three groups :

⇒ \(\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}
\hline & Group-2 & Group-16 & Group-17 \\
\hline \multirow{2}{*}{\begin{tabular}{c}
Atomic \\
number
\end{tabular}} & 12 & 16 & 9 \\
\cline { 2 – 4 } & 56 & 34 & 53 \\
\hline
\end{tabular}\)

Question 11. Which one is more basic and why—MgO & A12O3?
Answer: MgO is more basic than A12O3. Mg & A1 are elements of group-2A and 3A of period-3 respectively. Since in a periodic table, metallic property decreases along a period from left to right, the metallic property of Mg is greater than that of A1. Again the oxide of an element with more metallic character is more basic than that with less metallic character. Thus, the basic character of MgO will be more than that of A12O3.

Question 12. Though the nuclear charge of sulfur is more than that of phosphorus, yet the ionization potential of phosphorus is relatively high”—why?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& { }_{15} \mathrm{P}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2 3 p_x^1 3 p_y^1 3 p_z^1 \text { and } \\
& { }_{16} \mathrm{~S}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2 3 p_x^2 3 p_y^1 3 p_z^1
\end{aligned}\)

3p -orbital of the outermost shell of the P -atom being half filled, this electronic configuration is very stable. So, the removal of one 3p -electron to produce a P+ ion requires a sufficiently high amount of energy.

On the other hand, the amount of energy required for removing one electron from a partially filled 3p -orbital of the S -atom to yield an S+ ions relatively less, since the half-filled 3p -orbital of S+ assumes the extra stability due to the loss of this electron. This accounts for the higher value of ionization potential of phosphorus, relative to sulfur.

Question 13. Mg has relatively higher ionization enthalpy than A1 although the atomic number of the latter is more than the former—explain why.
Answer: . Electronic configuration of 12Mg \(: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2\)

Electronic Configuration of \({ }_{13} \mathrm{Al}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p^6 3 s^2 3 p^1\)

The penetration effect of the s-electron is greater than that of the electron. So it is easier to remove the 3p-electron from the outermost shell of Al.

Furthermore, the removal of this electron gives Al+, which has filled 3s-orbital (stable electronic configuration) in the outermost shell. On the other hand, Mgatom has filled 3s-orbital (stable electronic configuration) in its ground state.

Removal of one electron from the 3s-orbital of Mg-atom will require a large amount of energy because the resulting Mg+ ion will have a less stable electronic configuration (ls22s22p63s1). Furthermore, it is rather difficult to remove an electron from the s-orbital having a greater penetration effect. So ionization enthalpy ofMg is greater than that of A.

Question 15. Compare the atomic radii of fluorine and neon.
Answer: Fluorine and neon are the members of the second period having atomic numbers 9 and 10 respectively. The covalent radius of fluorine (halogen) is expressed in terms of its covalent radius, while that of neon (noble gas) is expressed in terms of its van der Waals radius. Since by definition, van der Waals radii are always greater than covalent radii, therefore, the atomic radius of neon is greater than that of fluorine.

Question 16. Why are electron-gain enthalpy of Be and N positive?
Answer: The fact that Be and N have positive electron-gain enthalpy values can be explained by considering the given electron-gain processes.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Be}\left(1 s^2 2 s^2\right) \stackrel{+e}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{Be}^{-}\left(1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^1\right)
(fully filled 2 s-subshell)\)

⇒ \(
\mathrm{N}\left(1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^1 2 p_y^1 2 p_z^1\right) \stackrel{+e}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{N}^{-1}\left(1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^2 2 p_y^1 2 p_z^1\right)
(half-filled 2 p-subshell)\)

It is observed that the stable electronic configuration of both Be and N -atoms are disturbed by the addition of an electron to each of them.

Consequently, such electron addition processes involve the absorption of energy and hence, both Be and N have positive electron-gain enthalpy values.

Question 17. The electron affinity of lithium is negative but the electron affinity of beryllium is positive”—why?
Answer: Electronic configuration of 3Li: ls22s1 Electronic configuration of 4Be: ls22s2 On addition of an electron to Li-atom, 2s -orbital of Li becomes filled with electrons and consequently that electronic configuration attains stability.

This process is accompanied by the liberation of energy. On the other hand, Be has a stable electronic configuration with a frilly-filled 2s subshell.

When an electron is added to Be-atomic occupies 2p -subshell causing destabilization ofthe stable electronic configuration.

This process is accompanied by the absorption of heat. Naturally electron affinity of Li is negative but the electron affinity ofBe is positive.

Question 18. LiCO2 in spite of being an alkali metal carbonate, is sparingly soluble in water like MgCO3 — explain.
Answer: The electronegativities of Li and Mg are very close to each other. Furthermore, both Li+ and Mg2+ have similar ionic potential) values and both of them have high polarising power.

So Li and Mg show some similarities in their chemical properties. Due to their small ionic size and high polarising power, their carbonates are somewhat covalent. So, both LiCO3 (alkali metal carbonate) and MgCO3 are sparingly soluble in water.

Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. An element belongs to Group 15 and the third period of the periodic table. Its electronic configuration will be—

  1. ls22s22p2
  2. ls22s22p4
  3. ls22s22p63s23p3
  4. ls22s22p63s23p2

Answer: 3. ls22s22p63s23p3

The electronic configuration of the valence shell of group 15 elements in the periodic table is ns2np3 where n is the tire period number.

Therefore, the element located in the third period has the electronic configuration ls22s22p63s23p3

Questions 2. Which one ofthe following has the lowest ionization energy—

  1. ls22s22p6
  2. ls22s22p5
  3. ls22s22p63s1
  4. ls22s22p3

Answer: 2. ls22s22p5

The electronic configuration ls22s22p63s1 is that of an alkali metal. In a certain period of the periodic table, the ionization potential of alkali metals is the lowest.

Question 3. If 2nd the ionization 1st ionization energy of the atom-atom is— is 13.6 eV, then the

  1. 27.2 eV
  2. 40.8 eV
  3. 54.4 eV
  4. 108.8eV

Answer: 3. 54.4 eV

The first ionization energy of the -atom is calculated as:

⇒ \(\frac{2 \pi^2 m Z^2 e^4}{h^2}\left(\frac{1}{n_1^2}-\frac{1}{n_2^2}\right)=13.6 \mathrm{eV}\)

The second ionization energy of the He atom is = 13.6 X Z2 eV = 13.6 X 22 eV = 54.4 eV.

Questions 4. The stable bivalency of Pb and trivalency of Bi is—

  1. Due to d contraction in pb and bi
  2. Due to relativistic contraction of the 6s -orbitals of pb
  3. And bi, leading to an inert pair effect
  4. Due to the screening effect
  5. Due to the attainment of noble gas configuration.

Answer: 2. Due to relativistic contraction of the 6s -orbitals of pb

Due to the relativistic contraction of 6s -orbital, an inert pair effect is observed as a result ofwhich, the lower oxidation states of elements attain stability on moving down a group in the periodic table. Thus lead shows stable bivalency while bismuth shows stable trivalency

Question 5. Which of the following is correct?

  1. Radius of ca2+ < cl- < s2
  2. The radius of cl- <s2-ca2+
  3. Radius of s2- = cl- = ca2+
  4. Radius of s2- cl- < ca2+

Answer: 1. Radius of ca2+ < cl- < s2+

The number of electrons in Ca2+, S2- and CI= 18, i.e., all three ions are isoelectronic.

For any ion, ionic radius oc(e/Z) [where, e = electron number and Z = atomic number]. Therefore, the correct order of the radii ofthe given three ions is—Ca2+ < Cl < S2-

Question 6. For BC13, A1C13, and GaCl3, the increasing order of ionic character is

  1. BC13 < A1C13 < GaCl3
  2. GaCl3 < A1C13 < BC13
  3. BCl3 <GaCl3 <AlCl3
  4. A1C13 < BC13 < GaCl3

Answer: 3. BCl3 <GaCl3 <AlCl3

The ionic character of a compound depends on the polarising power of the cation present in the compound. The greater the magnitude of polarising power, the lesser will be the ionic character of the cation.

Polarisingpower of B3+, Al3+, and Ga3+ follows the order: Al3+ < Ga3+ < B3+, Thus, the order of increasing ionic character is— BCl3 < GaCl3 < AICI3.

Question 7. The hydrides of the first elements in groups 15-17, namely NH3, H3O, and HF respectively show abnormally high values for ting and boiling points. This is due to—

  1. Small sizes of n, 0 and
  2. The ability to form extensive intermolecular-bonding
  3. The ability to form extensive intramolecular h-bonding
  4. Effective van der waals interaction

Answer: 2. The ability to form extensive intramolecular-bonding

The ionization potential values of, O, and F are quite high and thus, they form intermolecular H-bonding in the compounds, NH3, H3O, and HF. As a result, these compounds show abnormally high values for melting and boiling points.

Question 8. Decreasing the basic character of K2O, BaO, CaO, and MgO is

  1. K2O > BaO > CaO > MgO
  2. K2O > CaO > BaO > MgO
  3. MgO > BaO > CaO > K2O
  4. MgO > CaO > BaO > K2O

Answer: 1. K2O > BaO > CaO > MgO Alkali metal oxides are highly basic in nature. Down the group in the periodic table, the ionization potential of the alkaline earth metals decreases.

Question 9. Amongst Be, B, Mg, and A1 the second ionization potential is maximum for—

  1. B
  2. Be
  3. Mg
  4. Al

Answer: 1. B

The electronic configuration of B (5) is ls22s22p1. The second ionization potential of B is the maximum because an electron has to be removed from the filled 2s orbital which will require a high amount of energy.

Question 10. An element X belongs to the period and fifteenth group of the periodic table. Which of the following statements is true—

  1. It has a filled s -s-orbital and a partially filled d -d-orbital
  2. It has filled s -and p -orbital and a partly filled d -orbital
  3. It has filled s -and p orbitals and a half-filled d -orbital.
  4. It has a half-filled p -p-orbital and filled s and d – d-orbital

Answer: 4. It has a half-filled p -orbital and filled s and d – orbital The element X is positioned at the 4th period and 15th group. Hence the element is As. (Atomic mass = 33) Electronic configuration ofthe element: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s2433 Thus the element has a half-filled p -p-orbital and a filled s – and a d –orbital

Question 11. Which of the following atoms should have the highest 1st electron affinity—

  1. F
  2. O
  3. N
  4. C

Answer: 1. F

Decreasing order of electron affinity: F > O > N > C.

Question 12. Which of the set of oxides are arranged in the proper order of basic, amphoteric acidic

  1. SO2,P2O5,CO
  2. BaO, A12O3, SO2
  3. CaO, SiO2> A12O3
  4. CO2, A12O3, CO

Answer: 2. BaO→basic, A12O3 amphoteric, SO2 → acidic

Question 13. Which ofthe following orders presents a correct sequence of the increasing basic nature ofthe given oxides—

  1. A12O3 < MgO < Na2O < K2O
  2. MgO < K2O < A12O3 < Na2O
  3. Na2O < K2O < MgO < A12O3
  4. K2O < Na2O < A12O3 < MgO

Answer: 1. A12O3 < MgO < Na2O < K2O

With the increase in the value of electropositivity of metals, the basic nature of their oxides also increases.

Question 14. The increasing order of the ionic radii of the given isoelectronic species is —

  1. S2- , Cl2- Ca2+ , K
  2. Ca2+ , K+ , Cl S2-
  3. K+ , S2- , Ca2+ , Cl
  4. Cl-, Ca2+, K2+, S2+

Answer: 2. Ca2+ , K+ , Cl S2-

For any atom Orion, ionic radius oc(e/Z) [e=number of electrons and Z= atomic number]. Since the given ions are isoelectronic their electron number is also the same.

It means the higher the atomic number lower the ionic radius of the ion. Therefore, the correct order of the ionic radii ofthe ions is Ca2+, K+, Cl S2-

Question 15. The first ionization potential of Na is 5.1 eV. The value of electron-gain enthalpy of Na+ will be—

  1. +2.55ev
  2. -2.55ev
  3. -5.1ev
  4. -10.ev

Answer: 3. -5.1ev

For any element, value offirstionisation potential and that of the electron-gain enthalpy of its unipositive ion. However, for electron gain enthalpy energy is liberated while for ionization potential energy is absorbed. Hence, they have the same magnitude but opposite sign.

Question 16. Which of the given represents the correct order of increasing first ionization enthalpy for Ca, Ba, S, Se, and Ar—

  1. Ca<Ba<S<Se<Ar
  2. Ca < S < Ba < Se < Ar
  3. S < Se < Ca < Ba < Ar
  4. Ba < Ca < Se < S < Ar

Answer: 4. Ba < Ca < Se < S < Ar

On moving from left to right across a period in the periodic table, the values of ionization enthalpy of elements increase, while moving down a group it decreases.

Question 17. Ionic radii (A) of N3- , O2- and F

  1. 1.71, 1.40 and 1.36
  2. 1.36, 1.40 and 1.71
  3. 1.71, 1.36 and 1.40
  4. 1.36, 1.71 and 1.40

Answer: 2. 1.36, 1.40 and 1.71

The boiling point of Xe is the highest because the boiling point increases down the group from He to Rn due to an increase in van der Waals force of attraction as the size of the atom increases.

Question 19. Which of the following atoms has the highest first ionization energy

  1. Rb
  2. Na
  3. K
  4. Sc

Answer: 4. Sc

Question 20. The group having isoelectronic species is-

  1. O2- , F, Na+ Mg2+
  2. O, F,Na+   Mg2+
  3. O2- F, Na, Mg2+
  4. O F, Na+, Mg2+

Answer: 1. O2-, F, Na+ Mg2+

Question 21. Both lithium and magnesium display several similar properties due to the diagonal relationship, however, the incorrect one, is—

  1. Both form nitrides
  2. Nitrates of both li and mg yield nO2 and O2 on heating
  3. Both form soluble carbonates
  4. Both form soluble bicarbonates

Answer: 3. Both form soluble carbonates

Despite having a diagonal relationship, Li and Mg differ in carbonate salts. Magnesium forms basic carbonate [3MgCO3, Mg(OH)2, 2H2O] but lithium like other alkali metals forms normal carbonate [Li2CO3] salts. Hence, O-2, F+, and Mg2+ are isoelectronic species.

Question 22. What is the value of electron-gain enthalpy of Na+ if IEX

  1. -5.1 eV
  2. -10.2 eV
  3. +2.55 eV
  4. +10.2 eV

Answer: 1. -5.1 eV

Question 23. In which of the following arrangements, the given sequence is not according to the indicated against it—

  1. HO < H2S < H2Se < H2Te: increasing pKa values
  2. NH3 < PH3 < ASH3 < SbH3: increasing acidity
  3. CO2<SiO2<SnO2<PbO2: increasing oxidising power
  4. HF < HC1 < HBr <HI: increasing acidic strength

Answer: 1. HO < H2S < H2Se < H2Te: increasing pKa values

On moving down a group in the periodic table, the covalent character of the hydrides of the elements increases and so their acidity gradually increases. Therefore, the acidic character of the hydrides of the elements of group VA and VILA follows the order— NH3< PH3 < AsH3 < SbH3 and HF < HCI < HBr < HI On the other hand, the oxidizing power of the oxides in option follows the trend:

CO2 < SiO2 < SnO2 < PbO2

Question 24. Identify the wrong statement among the following —

  1. The atomic radius of the elements increases as one moves down the first group ofthe periodic table
  2. The atomic radius of the elements decreases as one moves across from left to right in the 2nd period of the periodic table
  3. Amongst isoelectronic species, the smaller the positive charge on the cation, the smaller the ionic radius
  4. Amongst isoelectronic species, the greater the negative charge on the anion, the larger is the the ionic radius

Answer: 3. Amongst isoelectronic species, the smaller the positive charge on the cation, the smaller the ionic radius

On moving from left to right across a period. The proton number and magnitude of the nuclear charge of elements increase gradually leading to a corresponding decrease in the atomic radii of the elements.

Again, moving down a group, with an increase in the atomic number of elements, their atomic radii gradually decrease due to the addition of new shells. For isoelectronic ions, with a decrease in the positive charge of cations and with an increase in the negative charge of anions, ionic radii increase.

Question 25. The reason for lanthanoid contraction is—

  1. Negligible screening effect of f-orbitals
  2. Increasing nuclear charge
  3. Decreasingnuclear charge
  4. Decreasing screening effect

Answer: 1. Negligible screening effect of f-orbitals.

Question 26. Be2+ is isoelectronic with which ofthe following ions?

  1. H+
  2. Li+
  3. Na+
  4. Mg2+

Answer: 2. Li+

⇒ \(\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|}
\hline \text { Ion } & \mathrm{Be}^{2+} & \mathrm{H}^{+} & \mathrm{Li}^{+} & \mathrm{Na}^{+} & \mathrm{Mg}^{2+} \\
\hline \text { No. of electron } & 2 & 0 & 2 & 10 & 10 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

Question 27. Which of the following orders of ionic radii is correctly represented?

  1. H→ H+→H
  2. F→ O2→Na+
  3. Na+ → F→ O2-
  4. Al3+ > Mg2+ > N3

Answer: 2. F→ O2→Na+

None of the options is correct; An atom loses an electron (s) to form a cation. Thus, the radius of the formed cation is less than the parent atom.

Again an atom gains electron (s) to form an anion. So, the radius of the formed anion is greater than the parent atom. Therefore, H- > H > H+. Now, for isoelectronic species, with an increase in their atomic number, their ionic radii decrease. Therefore, the correct orders of ionic radii are O2-→F¯ > Na+ and N3- > Mg2+ > Al3+

Question 28. The species Ar, K+, and Ca2+ contain the same number of electrons. In which order do their radii increase—

  1. Ca2+ <K+<Ar
  2. K+ < Ar < Ca2+
  3. Ar < K+ < Ca2+
  4. Ca2+ < Ar < K+

Answer: 1. Ca2+ <K+<Ar

For isoelectronic species atomic/ionic radii decrease with the increase of nuclear charge. Hence increasing order atomic/ionic radii 20 Ca2+ < igK+ < 18Ar.

Question 29. Because of lanthanide contraction, which of the following pairs of elements have nearly the same atomic radii (Numbers in the parenthesis are atomic numbers)—

  1. Zr(40) and Hf(72)
  2. Zr(40) and Ta(73)
  3. Ti(22) and Zr(40)
  4. Zr(40) and Nb(41)

Answer: 1. Zr(40) and Hf(72)

Zr and Hf have the same atomic radii due to the lanthanide contraction.

Question 30. In which ofthe following options the order of arrangement does not agree with the variation of property indicated against it

  1. I < Br < Cl < F (increasing electron-gain enthalpy)
  2. Li<Na<K<Rb (increasingmetallic radius)
  3. Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < F_ (increasing ionic size)
  4. B<C<N<0 (increasing first ionization enthalpy)

Answer: 1. I < Br < Cl < F (increasing electron-gain enthalpy) The increasing order of negative electron gain enthalpy; I < Br < F < Cl and that of first ionization energy: B < C < O < N.

Question 31. The element Z =114 has been discovered recently. It will belong to which of the following family/groups and electronic configuration—

  1. Carbon family, [rn]5/I46d107s27p2
  2. Oxygen family, [rn]5/146d107s27p4
  3. Nitrogen family, [rn]5/146d107s27p6
  4. Halogen family, [rn]5/I46d107s27p5

Answer: 1. Carbon family, [rn]5/i46d107s27p2

The electronic configuration of the element having atomic mass 114 is [rn]5/i46d107s27p2 The outer electronic configuration of the element is the same as that of carbon. So the element should belong to the carbon family.

Question 32. Among CaH2, BeH2, BaH2 the order of ionic character

  1. BeH2<CaH2<BaH2
  2. CaH2 < BeH2 < BaH2
  3. BeH2 < HaH2 < CaH2
  4. BaH2 < BeH2 < CaH2

Answer: BeH2<CaH2<BaH2

Down a group metallic character increases. Thus ionic character of the metal hydride increases down the group. Hence least ionic compound is BeH2.

Question 33. Which ofthe following oxides is most acidic—

  1. MgO
  2. BeO
  3. BaO
  4. CaO

Answer: 2. BeO

Down a group, the metallic character of the elements increases. Hence down the group basic character of the metallic oxide increases. Thus BeO has the most acidic character. Actually, it is an amphoteric oxide whereas others are basic oxides.

Question 34. The first ionization enthalpy of Na, Mg, and Si are 496, 737, and 776 kj.mol-1 respectively. What will be the first ionization enthalpy potential ofA1inkj mol-1 —

  1. >766 kj – mol-1
  2. >496 and < 737 k).mol-1
  3. >737 and < 766 kj.mol-1
  4. >496 kj- mol-1

Answer: 2. >496 and < 737 k).mol-1

The ionization enthalpy of A1 is lower than that of Mg as the 3p1 electron of A1 is easier to remove than to remove an electron from the fully-filled 3s -orbital of Mg.

Question 35. Which is correct regarding the size of the atom—

  1. B < Ne
  2. Na > K
  3. N < O
  4. V > Ti

Answer: 2. The atomic radii of noble gases are the largest in their respective periods. This is due to the reason that noble gases have only van der Waals radii.

Question 36. An element (X) belongs to the fourth period and fifteenth group of the periodic table. Which one of the following is true regarding the outer electronic configuration of (X)? It has—

  1. Partially filled d -d-orbitals and filled orbital,
  2. Filled s -orbital and filled p orbitals.
  3. Filled s -orbital and half-filled p -orbitals.
  4. Half-filled d -orbitals and filled s -orbitals.

Answer: 3. filled s -orbital and half-filled p -orbitals.

The electronic configuration of (X) can be written as X: ls22s22p63s33p64s23d104p3 So, element (X) has filled s -and d -orbitals and half-filled p -orbitals.

Question 36. Which of the following transformations produces the maximum amount of energy—

  1. M-(g)→M(g)
  2. M(g)→M-(g)
  3. M+(g)→M3+(g)

Answer: 4. M2++(g)→M3+(g)

Question 37. The amount of energy released when 106 atoms of iodine in a vapor state are converted into- ions is 4.8 x 10-13 J. What is the electron affinity of iodine in kJ mol.1 —

  1. 489
  2. 289
  3. 259
  4. 389

Answer: 2. 289

Question 38. The elements that occupy the peaks of ionization energy potential curve are—

  1. Na, K, Rb, Cs
  2. Cl, F, Br, I
  3. Na, Mg, Cl, I
  4. He, Ne, Ar, Kr

Answer: 4. He, Ne, Ar, Kr

Question 39. The electronic configuration ofthe atom having maximum difference second and third ionization enthalpies is—

  1. ls22s22p63s2
  2. ls22s22p63s23p1
  3. ls22s22p63s23p2
  4. ls22s22p63s1

Answer: 1. ls22s22p63s2

Question 40. Identify the least stable ion amongst the following—

  1. Li-
  2. Be-
  3. B-
  4. C-

Answer: 2. Be-

Question 41. If each orbital can accommodate a maximum of four electrons, the number of elements in the third period of the periodic table will be—

  1. 10
  2. 12
  3. 14
  4. 16

Answer: 4. 16

Question 42. Three elements X, Y, and Z are present in the third short period and their oxides are ionic, amphoteric, and giant molecules respectively. The correct order of atomic numbers of X, Y, and Z is—

  1. Z< Y<X
  2. X<Z<Y
  3. Y<Z<X
  4. X<Y<Z

Answer: 4. X<Y<Z

Question 43. A gaseous mixture of He, Ne, Ar, and Kr is irradiated with photons of frequency appropriate to ionize Ar. The ion(s) present in the mixture will be—

  1. Only
  2. Ar+ and He+
  3. Ar+ and Ne
  4. Ar+ and Kr+

Answer: 4. Ar+ and Kr+

Question 44. Boiling point of Kr & Rn are -152°C & -62°C respestively. Then the boiling point of Xe is expected to be—

  1. -92C
  2. -87C
  3. -107C
  4. 77C

Answer: 3. -107C

Question 45. Which ofthe following is smallest in size—

  1. Li+ (aq)
  2. Na+ (aq)
  3. K+ (aq)
  4. Rb+ (aq)

Answer: 4. Rb+ (aq)

Question 46. The atomic radius of Li is 1.23 A and ionic radius of Li+ is 0.76 A. Percentage of the volume occupied by a single valence electron in Li is—

  1. 35
  2. 52.5
  3. 76.4
  4. 83.72

Answer: 3. 76.4

Question 47. The number of valence electrons in element A is 3 and that in element B is 6. The most probable compound from A and B is—

  1. A2B
  2. AB2
  3. A6B3
  4. A2B3

Answer: 4. A2B3

Question 48. The ionic radius of ‘Cr’ is the minimum in which of the following compounds—

  1. K2CrO4
  2. CrF3
  3. CrO2
  4. CrCl3

Answer: 1. K2CrO4

Question 49. The correct order of radii is—

  1. N < Be < B
  2. F<O2- <N3-
  3. Na < Li < K
  4. Fe3+ <Fe2+<Fe4+

Answer: 2. F<O2- <N3-

Question 50. The atomic number of the inert gas in which the total number of d -electrons is equal to the difference in the numbers of total p -and s -electrons is-

  1. 18
  2. 36
  3. 54
  4. 86

Answer: 2. 36

Question 51. The element with atomic number 118 (Uuo) has been discovered recently. Which ofthe following is not expected for this element—

  1. It is a radioactive and unstable element
  2. It is a solid at room temperature
  3. Its ionization enthalpy is minimal in the group
  4. It has a 7s27p6 outer shell configuration

Answer: 2. It is a solid at room temperature

Question 52. Which occupy the peak ofthe atomic volume curve—

  1. Transition Elements
  2. Halogens
  3. Alkali Metals
  4. Alkaline earth metals

Answer: 3. Alkali Metals

Question 53. The ionization energy will be the maximum for the process

  1. Ba BA2+
  2. Be Be2+
  3. Cs C+3-
  4. Li li2+

Answer: 2. Be Be2+

Question 54. The correct order of second ionization potential of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, and fluorine is

  1. C>N>O>F
  2. O>N>F>C
  3. O>F>N>C-
  4. F>O>N>C

Answer: 3. O>F>N>C-

Question 55. The most reactive metal is

  1. Na
  2. Fe
  3. Hg
  4. Cs

Answer: 4. Cs

Question 56. You are given Avogadro’s number of atoms of a gas X. If the atoms are converted into X+(g) by energy AH, then the ionization enthalpy of X is

  1. \(\frac{2 \Delta H}{N_A}\)
  2. \(\frac{2 N_A}{\Delta H}\)
  3. \(\frac{\Delta H}{2 N_A}\)
  4. \(\frac{N_A}{\Delta H}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{2 \Delta H}{N_A}\)

Question 57. The second electron affinity of oxygen is +744 kj.mol-1 then the second electron affinity of sulphur is—

  1. -200kj mol-1
  2. +450 kj – mol-1
  3. +800 kj – mol-1
  4. 1200 kl – mol-1

Answer: 2. +450 kj – mol-1

Question 58. What would be the atomic number of the next halogen if discovered in the future—

  1. 116
  2. 117
  3. 118
  4. 119

Answer: 2. 117

Question 59. An element belongs to group 17 and the fourth period of the periodic table. Which of the following properties will be shown by the element—

  1. Gaseous, non-metallic
  2. Liquid, non-metallic
  3. Solid, non-metallic
  4. Solid, metallic

Answer: 2. Liquid, non-metallic

Question 60. Five successive ionization enthalpies of an element are 800, 2427, 3638, 25024 & 32824kj. mol-1 respectively.

The number of valence electrons ofthe element is—

  1. 3
  2. 5
  3. 4
  4. 2

Answer: 1. 3

Question 61. Choose the correct set of ionic radii among the following—

  1. Ti3+<Mn7+
  2. 35ci-<37ci-
  3. p3+→p5+
  4. K+→C1-

Answer: 3. p3+>p5+

Question 62. Electron affinity(kj.mol-1 ) of three halogens X, Y, and Z are -349, -333, and -325. X, Y, Z are respectively—

  1. F2, Cl2 and Br2
  2. Cl2, F2 and Br2
  3. Br2, Cl2 and F2
  4. Br2, F2 and Cl2

Answer: 1. F2, Cl2 and Br2

Question 63. The correct order of ionic radii is—

  1. N3- → O2- →F → Na+
  2. N3- → Na+ → O2- →F
  3. Na3+ → O2- → N3- →F
  4. O2- → F→ Na2+ → N3-

Answer: 1. N3- → O2- →F → Na+

Question 64. The ionization enthalpy of lithium is 520 kj. mol-1. The amount required to convert 210 mg of -atoms in a gaseous state into Li+ ions is—

  1. -520kj
  2. -173.3 kj
  3. 2.47 kj
  4. 15.60 kj

Answer: 4. 15.60 kj

Question 365. Electronic configuration ls22s22p63s23p63d9 indicates—

  1. Mentalization
  2. Non-metal atom
  3. Non-mental anion
  4. Mental atom

Answer: 1. Mentalcation

Question 66. In the periodic table metals used as catalysts belong to

  1. F-block
  2. d- block
  3. p-block
  4. s-block

Answer: 2. d- block

Question 67. The oxide of an element having configuration [Ne]3s1 is

  1. Amphoteric
  2. Basic
  3. Acidic
  4. Neutral

Answer: 2. Basic

Question 68. Which one of the following orders is not by the property stated against it—

  1. F → Cl → Br →I : oxidisingpower
  2. F →Cl → Br →l : electronegativity
  3. F→F → Cl→Cl → Br→Br → I→I: bond dissociation energy
  4. HI → HBr → HC1 → HF: acidic property in water

Answer: 3. F→F → Cl→Cl → Br→Br → I→I: bond dissociation energy

Question 69. In which ofthe following process energy is absorbed

  1. FF
  2. Hh
  3. Clcl
  4. OO2-

Answer: 4. OO2-

Question 70. In which of the following pairs do both the metals have identical values of metallic radii

  1. Ag and Au
  2. Cu And Ag
  3. Cu and Zn
  4. Zn and Hg

Answer: 1. Ag and Au

Question 71. In which of the following pairs the difference between the covalent radii ofthe two metals is maximum—

  1. K, Ca
  2. Mn, Fe
  3. Co, Ni
  4. Cr, Mn

Answer: 1. K, Ca

Question 72. The increasing order of the first ionization enthalpies of the elements B, P, S, and F is—

  1. F<S<P<B
  2. P<S<B<F
  3. B<P<S<F
  4. B<S<P<F

Answer: 4. B<S<P<F

Question 73. Which group of atoms have nearly the same atomic radius—

  1. Na, K, Rb, Cs
  2. Li, Be, B, C
  3. Fe, Co, Ni, Cu
  4. F, Cl, Br,I

Answer: 3. Fe, Co, Ni, Cu

Question 74. The lattice energy is highest for

  1. CsF
  2. RbF
  3. NaF
  4. KF

Answer: 3. NaF

Question 75. The correct order of lattice energy for lithium halides is-

  1. Lil > LiBr > LiCl > LiF
  2. LiCl > LiF > LiBr > Lil
  3. LiBr > LiCl > Lil > LiF
  4. LiF > LiCl > LiBr > Lil

Answer: 4. LiF > LiCl > LiBr > Lil

Question 76. An element with atomic number 20 is most likely to combine with the element whose atomic number is

  1. 11
  2. 16
  3. 18
  4. 10

Answer: 2. 16

Question 77. K+, Cl-, Ca2+, and S2- ions are isoelectronic. The decreasing order of their size is—

  1. S2- → Cl- → K+→ Ca2+
  2. Ca2+ → K+ →> Cl- → S2-
  3. K+ → Cl→ Ca2+ → S2-
  4. Cl → S2-→ Ca2+ → K+

Answer: 1. S2-→ Cl → K+ → Ca2+

Question 78. Which ofthe following oxides of Cr is amphoteric

  1. CrO
  2. CrO3
  3. Cr2O3
  4. None of the theses

Answer: 3. Cr2O3

Question 79. The element with atomic number 118 has been discovered recently. In the periodic table, the element will occupy its position in the family of

  1. Halogens
  2. Insert gases
  3. Chalcogens
  4. Alkaline earth metals

Answer: 2. Insert gases

Question 80. In the relation, Electronegativity \(=\frac{0.359 Z_{\text {eff }}}{r^2}+0.744, r \text { is }-\)

  1. Ionic radius
  2. Metallic radius
  3. Van der Waals radius
  4. Covalent radius

Answer: 4. Covalent radius

Question 81. Select the endothermic processes—

  1. H→H
  2. O→ O2-
  3. Cr3+
  4. Ar→Ar+

Answer: 2. O→O2-

Question 82. Which of the following sequences contain the atomic number of only representative elements—

  1. 3,33,53,87
  2. 7,17,25,37,48
  3. 2,10,22,86
  4. 9,35,51,88

Answer: 1. 3,33,53,87

Question 83. Which of the given elements will gain one electron more readily in comparison to other elements of their group—

  1. S
  2. Na
  3. O
  4. Cl

Answer: 1. S

Question 84. MgSO4 is soluble in water but BaS04 is not because—

  1. The hydration enthalpy of MgSO4 is more than its lattice enthalpy
  2. The lattice enthalpy of MgSO4 is greater than its hydration enthalpy
  3. The lattice enthalpy of BaSO4 is greater than its hydration enthalpy
  4. The hydration enthalpy of BaSO4 is greater., than its lattice enthalpy

Answer: 1. The hydration enthalpy of MgSO4 is more than its lattice enthalpy

Question 85. Consider the following ionization steps—

  • M(g)→M+(g) + e-; AH = 100 eV
  • M(g)→M2+(g) + 2e-; AH = 250 eV

Select the correct statements—

  1. Af H1 ofM(g) =100eV
  2. H1 of M+(g) =150 eV
  3. AlH2 of M(g)=250eV
  4. AlH2 of M(g)=150 eV

Answer: 1. M(g)→M+(g) + e-; AH = 100 eV

Question 86. In which of the following sets of atomic numbers, all elements are in the same group—

  1. 8,16,24
  2. 3,11,37
  3. 12,38,56
  4. 10,18,54

Answer: 2. 3,11,37

Question 87. Which of the following elements are artificially made and do not exist in nature—

  1. Bi
  2. Ge
  3. Tc
  4. At

Answer: 3. Tc

Question 88. Choose the pairs in which the IEX of the first element is greater than the IEl of second element but in the case of IE2 order is reversed—

  1. P, S
  2. F, O
  3. Mg, Al
  4. N, O

Answer: 1. P, S

Question 89. Which ofthe following ions can form complexes—

  1. Al3+
  2. Cu2+
  3. Cr3+
  4. Fe2+

Answer: 1. Al3+

Question 90. Which ofthe following pairs contain metalloid

  1. In, Tl
  2. Ge, Ga
  3. As, Te
  4. I, Bi

Answer: 2. Ge, Ga

Question 91. Which of the following elements exist in a liquid state at room temperature—

  1. Selenium
  2. Germanium
  3. Cesium
  4. Gallium

Answer: 2. Germanium

Question 92. Which of the following elements can form two or more chlorides—

  1. Cu
  2. Vs
  3. Hg
  4. Cs

Answer: 1. Cu

Question 93. Which of the following hydrides rarely show basic properties—

  1. PH2
  2. SbH3
  3. AsH3
  4. BiH3

Answer: 2. SbH3

Question 94. The correct sequences of increasing electropositive character are

  1. Fe<Cu<Mg
  2. Cu < Fe < Mg
  3. Cs < Ca < Sr
  4. Ca<Sr<Cs

Answer: 2. Cu < Fe < Mg

Question 95. Select the correct sequence of electron-gain enthalpy—

  1. S > Se > O
  2. Cl > F >I
  3. F > Cl >I
  4. S > O > Se

Answer: 3. F > Cl >I

Question 96. The correct orders of electronegativity are

  1. C < Si < P < N
  2. Si < P < C < N
  3. P < Se < S < N
  4. S < P < Se < N

Answer: 3. P < Se < S < N

Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Very Short Type Questions

Question 1. Who proposed the ‘law of octaves’?
Answer: Newland

Question 2. For which of the elements, the ‘Law of octave’ is not applicable?
Answer: Heavy mental

Question 3. Identify the element predicted by Mendeleev as ekaaluminium.
Answer: Gallium

Question 4. Mention the name of the group in the periodic table, which contains solid, liquid, and gaseous elements.
Answer: Group 72 or 17

Question 5. Mention the position of the alkali metals in the periodic table.
Answer: Group 1 A or 1

Question 6. Give an example of an element whose atomic mass has been corrected by Mendeleev’s periodic table.
Answer: Be

Question 7. Who proved that atomic number but not atomic
mass is the more proper determining factor of the periodicity of elements?
Answer: Moseley

Question 8. Give an example of d -a block element which is not regarded as a transition element.
Answer: Zn

Question 9. How many rare earth elements are present in the periodic table? Give an example-
Answer: 14

Question 10. Give the common electronic configuration of d-block elements.
Answer: (n-1) s1-10 ns 1-2

Question 11. Name the transition element having the lowest atomic mass.
Answer: Se

Question 12. Which element gives brick red coloration to the flame? In which block, the element is in the periodic table?
Answer: Ca, s-block

Question 13. Mention the respective block of the elements having atomic numbers 7, 11 and 22.
Answer: p,s,d

Question 14. What do you mean by representative elements?
Answer: Elements Of S and P- block’s

Question 15. Give two terminal elements of rare earth element series.
Answer: Ce, lu

Question 16. How will you detect the starting and ending of a period in the periodic table?
Answer: By electronic configuration.

Question 17. Which block contains inner transition elements?
Answer: F

Question 18. Give an example of a transition element, which has filled d-subshellinits ground state.
Answer: Cu

Question 19. Why the ions or atoms of the transition elements
are paramagnetic?
Answer: Due to the presence of unpaired d -electrons, 20. Cations of group-1A and 2A,

Question 20. Give an example of a diamagnetic.
Answer: Cations of group-1A and 2A,

Question 21. Why and Co called ferromagnetic?
Answer: They can easily be converted into magnets.

Question 22. Which element gives golden-yellow coloration to the flame?
Answer: Na

Question 23. Why Mg cannot be identified by flame test?
Answer: They can easily be converted into magnets.

Question 24. Which are called ‘noble metals’?
Answer: Elements of 5d -series (especially Pt, Au, and Hg ),

Question 25. Give the electronic configuration of the outermost shell of lanthanides.
Answer: 4f1-14 H5d0-116s2

Question 26. Which of the groups in the periodic table contain all the metallic elements?
Answer: Group-2A

Question 27. Give the names of the ‘noble gas’ elements present in the second and fifth periods.
Answer: Ne, Xe

Question 28. Mention the name and atomic number of the element present in group 13 of the third period.
Answer: A1.13

Question 29. Give the electronic configuration of the fifth element ofthe first transition series.
Answer: Electronic configuration of Mn

Question 30. Identify the transition element(s): K, Mn, Ca, Cs, Fe, Cu, pb.
Answer: Mn, Fe, Cu, Pb,

Question 31. Name two elements that do not give a flame test.
Answer: Be, Mg

Question 32. Which lanthanide elements have only 1 electron in a 5dsubshell?
Answer: Lu

Question 33. Write the outermost electronic configuration of chalcogens.
Answer: ns2 np4

Question 34. What will be the position in the periodic table of the element having electronic configuration ls22s22p4?
Answer: Second period, Grop -16

Question 35. Mention the position of the pnictogens in the long form of the periodic table.
Answer: 15

Question 37. Which element has the highest oxidising property?
Answer: Fluorine

Question 38. Give one example of each of metal, nonmetal, or metalloid presenting the p -block of the periodic table.
Answer: Pb.N.As

Question 39. Give the names of two non-metals present in s -block of the periodic table.
Answer: H2.He

Question 40. What is the unit of electron affinity?
Answer: kj-mol-1

Question 41. Is the value of the electron affinity of an element zero?
Answer: Yes

Question 42. Between Fe2+ and Fe3+, which is smaller in size, and 6. Why?
Answer: Fe3+, Z/e ratio is higher,

Question 43. Which element of each pair has higher electron affinity?

  • Br. Cl
  • F.Cl
  • O.S

Answer:

  • Cl
  • Cl
  • S

Question 44. The first ionization potential of carbon is 11.2 eV. State whether the value of first ionisation potential of silicon is same or greater or less than that of carbon
Answer: Lower

Question 45. Arrange s,p,d & /-subshells according to the screening power.
Answer: S>p>d> f

Question 46. Which element has the lowest ionization potential?
Answer: Cs

Question 47. Which element has the highest ionization potential?
Answer: He

Question 48. What is the unit of ionization potential?
Answer: eV atom-1

Question 49. What is the change observed in the covalent
character of the oxides of the elements starting from Na to Cl in the third period?
Answer: Increases

Question 50. Arrange Mg, Al, Si, and Na in the increasing order of their ionization potentials.
Answer: Na < Al < Mg < Si

Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. Mendeleev’s periodic law was similar to the law proposed by the scientist______________.
Answer: Lothar Meyer

Question 2. In Mendeleev’s periodic table, the______________incomplete period.
Answer: Seventh

Question 3. The starting elements of even series are K, Rb, and ______________period is an
Answer: Cs

Question 4. The starting elements of odd series are______________Au.
Answer: CU

Question 5. Meneleev’s triad elements are Ag and are the ______________ fundamental property of the element.
Answer: Transition elements

Question 7. ‘The elements from 58Ce to 71Lu are called ______________
Answer: lanthanides

Question 8. Be, Mg, Ca are called______________1L
Answer: Alkaline Earth

Question 9. Cu, Ag, Au are called______________metals.
Answer: Coinage

Question 10. S, Se, Te are called ______________
Answer: Chalcogens,

Question 11. The potential of s -block elements is
Except Be and______________ the s -block elements response to the flame test.
Answer: Low

Question 12. Except Be and______________the s -block elements response to the flame test.
Answer: Mg

Question 13. The s -block elements of the fourth, fifth, and sixth periods can form complex compounds by vacant d -orbital. in as they have ______________.
Answer: Coordinate Covalency

Question 14. Noble metals are chemically______________.
Answer: Insert

Question 15. F-block elements are _ the presence of odd electrons. block elements generally form colored in nature due to the omplex compounds.
Answer: Paramagnetic

Question 16. Block elements Generally from colored complex compounds ______________.
Answer: d

Question 17. Zn, Cd, and are not they are d -block elements.
Answer: Hg

Question 18. The element with electronic configuration ls22s22p4 is presentin group______________.
Answer: 16

Question 19. The general electronic configuration of transition
elements is______________
Answer: (n-1)d1-10 ns 1-2

Question 20. Effective nuclear charge = total nuclear change ______________.
Answer: Screening Constant,

Question 21. The IUPAC name of the element having an atomic number
150 is______________
Answer: Unpentrilum

Question 22. For homonuclear diatomic molecule, covalent radius = ______________x intemuclear distance.
Answer: \(=\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 23. The internuclear distance of the HC1 molecule is 1.36 A and the covalent radius of the chlorine atom is 0.99 A. Thus, the covalent radius ofhydrogen atom will be______________.
Answer: 0.37

Question 24. The covalent radius of an element is ______________ der Waals radius.
Answer: Shorter

Question 25. Anionic radius is ______________ radius.
Answer: Greater

Question 26. On moving from left to right across a period, the acidic property of oxide of element______________.
Answer: Increases

Question 27. Hydrides of most of the non-metals are ______________nature.
Answer: Colvent and nonpolar

Question 28. The first ionization potential of carbon is. the second ionization potential is ______________.
Answer: Increases

Question 29. Among the halogens,______________ nature.
Answer: Idonine

Question 30. Electron affinity of Be and are ______________ almost same.
Answer: Mg

Question 31. In a particular energy Level(orbit), the Followers the orders s>p>f.
Answer: Screening effect,

Question 32. In the case of elements belonging to the same group, ionic radii with increases in atomic number ______________.
Answer: Increases

Question 33. F-,Ar,Mg2+,Rb+ are inons ______________
Answer: Isoelectronic

Question 34. The ionization enthalpy of Cu and K can be explained based on______________.
Answer: Screening effect

Question 35. of the atom of any element and the first ionization enthalpy of its anion (unit -ve charge) are the same.
Answer: Electron affinity

Question 36. Atomic mass = Atomic volume x______________.
Answer: Density

Question 37. Low solubility of Li2CO3 and MgCO3 in water can be
explained by______________.
Answer: Diagonal relationship.